Products Available From 1 Solid State Relays and I/O Modules Catalog 1 2 Automation Controls Catalog 2 Switches and Sensors Catalog 3 3 Motors and Fans Catalog 4 Pneumatics Catalog 5 4 For your copy of the catalogs, contact 5 Tel: (800) 677-5311 / Fax: (800) 677-3865 www.crouzet-usa.com Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/ i SOLID STATE RELAYS DIGITAL I/O MODULES 1) Solid State Relays and Digital I/O Modules Solid State Relays & Heat Sinks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/1 GN & GNA5 Series AC Output Solid State Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 SSR Monitoring Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/6 GF & GT Series DC Output Solid State Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/8 Dual Output Solid State Relays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/9 GA8 & GA1 Series PC Mount Solid State Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/10 GA3 Series Three-Phase Solid State Relays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/12 GA0 Motor-Reversing Solid State Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/14 GZ Series Solid State Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/16 SIMM Series Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/18 RHP Series Hybrid Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/21 DIN Rail Solid State Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/22 Heat Sinks and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/29 Digital I/O Modules & Mounting Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/38 0.6 Series Input / Output Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/38 M Series Input / Output Modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/42 Quad Input / Output Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/46 SM Series Input / Output Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/50 "Universal Logic" Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/54 Reed Relay Output Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/56 C4 Series Input / Output Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/58 DIN Rail Mount Input / Output Modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/64 0.6 Series I/O Mounting Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/70 M Series I/O Mounting Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/80 Quad I/O Mounting Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/85 SM Series I/O Mounting Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/91 C4 Series I/O Mounting Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/96 Mounting Board Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/97 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/ ii Index Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page 84060001 84115501 84115502 84115503 84130100 84130101 84130102 84130103 84130104 84130105 84130108 84130110 84130111 84130112 84130113 84130114 84130115 84130116 84130117 84130118 84130150 84130152 84130158 84130220 84130221 84130222 84130310 84130311 84130312 84132000 84132010 84132100 84132110 84132200 84132210 84132300 84132310 84132400 84132410 84132500 84132510 84132600 84132610 84132700 84132710 84134000 84134001 84134010 84134011 84134020 84134021 84134030 84134031 84134040 84134041 84134080 84134081 84134100 84134101 84134110 84134111 84134120 84134121 84134130 84134131 84134140 84134141 84134180 84134181 84134200 84134210 84134220 84134230 84134240 84134280 84134300 84134310 84134320 84134330 1/6 1/68 1/68 1/68 1/23 1/23 1/23 1/23 1/69 1/69 1/69 1/25 1/25 1/25 1/25 1/25 1/25 1/23 1/23 1/23 1/23 1/23 1/23 1/27 1/27 1/27 1/27 1/27 1/27 1/17 1/17 1/17 1/17 1/17 1/17 1/17 1/17 1/17 1/17 1/17 1/17 1/17 1/17 1/17 1/17 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 84134340 84134380 84134750 84134850 84134860 84134870 84134900 84134901 84134902 84134904 84134905 84134907 84134909 84134910 84134911 84134912 84134914 84134915 84134917 84134919 84136500 84137000 84137001 84137010 84137011 84137020 84137021 84137030 84137031 84137040 84137041 84137080 84137081 84137100 84137101 84137110 84137111 84137120 84137121 84137130 84137131 84137140 84137141 84137180 84137181 84137200 84137210 84137220 84137230 84137240 84137280 84137300 84137310 84137320 84137330 84137340 84137380 84137750 84137850 84137860 84137870 84138000 84138001 84138101 84138201 84140000 84140010 84140100 84140110 84140200 84140210 84140300 84140310 84145001 84145004 84145005 84145010 84145011 84145015 1/2 1/2 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/29 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/21 1/21 1/21 1/21 1/9 1/9 1/9 1/9 1/9 1/9 1/9 1/9 1/19 1/19 1/19 1/19 1/19 1/19 84145020 84145021 84145024 84145025 84145031 84145041 84145042 84145043 84145046 84145050 84145051 84145052 84145053 84145061 84145062 84145064 84145066 84145071 11.06.278 11.06.288 11.06.293 11.06.305 11.06.413 11.06.415 C4IAC C4IACA C4IDC C4IDCB C4IDCG C4IDCK C4OAC C4OACA C4OACAR C4OACR C4ODC C4ODCA C4SWIN C4SWOUT DRIAC24 DRIAC24A DRIAC5 DRIAC5A DRIDC24 DRIDC24A DRIDC5 DRIDC5A DROAC DRODC24 DRODC5 GA012D25 GA012D40 GA16B02 GA312A25R GA312A25Z GA312A45R GA312A45Z GA312D10R GA312D10Z GA312D25R GA312D25Z GA312D45R GA312D45Z GA86B02 GA86B02R GA86D05 GA86D05R HS2 HS3 HS5 HS6 HS7 HS8 HS9 HS10 HS12 HS13 HSP1 HSP3 IAC24 1/19 1/19 1/19 1/19 1/19 1/20 1/20 1/20 1/20 1/20 1/20 1/20 1/20 1/18 1/18 1/18 1/18 1/18 1/104 1/104 1/104 1/104 1/105 1/105 1/59 1/59 1/59 1/59 1/59 1/59 1/61 1/61 1/61 1/61 1/61 1/61 1/63 1/63 1/65 1/65 1/65 1/65 1/65 1/65 1/65 1/65 1/67 1/67 1/67 1/15 1/15 1/11 1/13 1/13 1/13 1/13 1/13 1/13 1/13 1/13 1/13 1/13 1/11 1/11 1/11 1/11 1/30 1/31 1/32 1/32 1/33 1/34 1/34 1/35 1/35 1/31 1/29 1/29 1/39 Part Number Page Part Number Page IAC24A IAC5 IAC5A IAC5AQ IAC5EQ IAC5Q IDC24 IDC24F IDC24N IDC5 IDC5BQ IDC5F IDC5N IDC5Q JC48 JM2 JM8 JQP2 JQP4 JS2 JS8 MIAC24 MIAC24A MIAC5 MIAC5A MIDC24 MIDC5 MIDC5F MIDC5N MOAC24 MOAC24A MOAC5 MOAC5A MOAC5AH MOAC5AR MOAC5R MOACU MOACUA MOACUAH MODC24 MODC5 MODC5A MODC5F MODC5MA MODC5MC MODC5ML MORR24 MORR5 OAC24 OAC24A OAC5 OAC5A OAC5AH OAC5AQ OAC5AR OAC5Q OAC5R OACU OACUA OACUAH ODC15 ODC24 ODC24A ODC24F ODC5 ODC5A ODC5F ODC5MA ODC5MC ODC5ML ODC5Q ODC5Q.11 ORR24 ORR5 ORR5Q PB16 PB16C PB16C4 PB16C4T 1/39 1/39 1/39 1/47 1/47 1/47 1/39 1/39 1/39 1/39 1/47 1/39 1/39 1/47 1/103 1/103 1/103 1/103 1/103 1/103 1/103 1/43 1/43 1/43 1/43 1/43 1/43 1/43 1/43 1/45 1/45 1/45 1/45 1/45 1/45 1/45 1/55 1/55 1/55 1/45 1/45 1/45 1/45 1/45 1/45 1/45 1/57 1/57 1/41 1/41 1/41 1/41 1/41 1/49 1/41 1/49 1/41 1/55 1/55 1/55 1/41 1/41 1/41 1/41 1/41 1/41 1/41 1/41 1/41 1/41 1/49 1/49 1/57 1/57 1/57 1/74 1/74 1/98 1/99 PB16H PB16HQ PB16M PB16MC PB16MV PB16Q PB16S PB16SM PB16SMA PB16SMB PB16SMC PB16SMV PB16T PB16V PB24 PB24C PB24C4 PB24HQ PB24M PB24MD PB24MV PB24Q PB24SM PB24SMA PB24SMB PB24SMC PB24SMV PB24V PB32C4 PB32D PB32HQ PB32M PB32MC PB32Q PB32SM PB4 PB4C4 PB4H PB4R PB8 PB8C4 PB8H PB8M PB8MC PB8MV PB8SM PB8SMB PB8SMC PB8SMV PB8V SMIAC24 SMIAC24A SMIAC5 SMIAC5A SMIDC24 SMIDC5 SMIDC5F SMIDC5N SMOAC24 SMOAC24A SMOAC5 SMOAC5A SMOAC5AH SMOAC5AR SMOAC5R SMOACU SMOACUA SMOACUAH SMODC24 SMODC5 SMODC5A SMODC5F SMODC5MA SMODC5MC SMODC5ML SMORR24 SMORR5 1/75 1/86 1/81 1/81 1/81 1/85 1/76 1/92 1/92 1/92 1/92 1/92 1/77 1/74 1/78 1/78 1/100 1/88 1/82 1/83 1/82 1/87 1/94 1/94 1/94 1/94 1/94 1/78 1/101 1/79 1/90 1/84 1/84 1/89 1/95 1/70 1/96 1/71 1/70 1/72 1/97 1/73 1/80 1/80 1/80 1/91 1/91 1/91 1/91 1/72 1/51 1/51 1/51 1/51 1/51 1/51 1/51 1/51 1/53 1/53 1/53 1/53 1/53 1/53 1/53 1/55 1/55 1/55 1/53 1/53 1/53 1/53 1/53 1/53 1/53 1/57 1/57 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/ iii 1 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/iv 1 Solid State Relays Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/1 GN Series Solid State Relays Current ratings from 10 to 125 amps Output voltage from 24 to 660 Vac Back to back SCR's for severe inductive loads Direct bond copper substrate Improved power lead frame design LED input status indicator Transient protection built in 4000 Vac optical isolation Available with IP20 "touch-safe" cover UL E79183, CSA LR 38595, TUV Approved, CE Compliant Output Specifications Voltage range (Vrms) Peak Voltage (Vpk, t = 1 min.) Off-state leakage (@ max. line voltage & Ta = 25C) 24 - 280Vac 600 0.1mArms 48 - 660Vac 1200 0.25mArms 25 50 75 100 125 50 300 100 750 100 1000 100 1200 100 1700 75 150 225 300 375 1.35 1.35 1.3 1.3 1.3 937 0.4 2458 0.25 5000 0.16 6000 0.155 12.041 0.15 500 500 500 500 500 1.5@ 50C 1.0@ 40C 0.7@ 40C 0.6@ 40C 0.4@ 40C Rating 10 Amp 25 Amp Output 24-280Vac 24-280Vac 48-660Vac 50 Amp 24-280Vac 48-660Vac 75 Amp 24-280Vac 48-660Vac 100 Amp 24-280Vac 48-660 Input Specifications Input voltage* Drop out voltage Max. input current Min. input current (for on-state) Input Resistance Turn-on time** Turn-off time *4-32Vdc for 48-660Vac models **Random SSR's turn on in less than 100s 3-32Vdc 90-280Vac*** 1Vdc 10Vrms 14mA 10mArms 7mA 5mArms Current Regulated 8.33ms 20ms 8.33ms 30ms 125 Amp Safety and Noise Immunity Compliance CE Compliant with the LVD 73/23/EEC UL / cUL Recognized per UL 508 and CSA C22.2 no. 14-M91 TUV EN60950 IEC 1000-4-2: Electrostatic Discharge - Level 3 IEC 1000-4-3: Radiated Electromagnetic Noise - Level 3 IEC 1000-4-4: Electrically Fast Transients - Level 3 IEC 1000-4-5: Electrical Surges - Level 3 IEC 1000-4-6: Conducted Electromagnetic Noise - Level 3 CISPR 11 - Class A: Allowable Levels of Conducted and Radiated Noise for Industrial Environments Input 90-280Vac 3-32Vdc 90-280Vac 3-32Vdc 90-280Vac 3-32Vdc 90-280Vac 3-32Vdc 90-280Vac 3-32Vdc 90-280Vac 3-32Vdc 90-280Vac 3-32Vdc 90-280Vac 3-32Vdc 90-280Vac 3-32Vdc 90-260Vac 3-32Vdc 90-280Vac 3-32Vdc 90-280Vac 3-32Vdc 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 IP00 134 001 134 000 134 101 134 100 134 011 134 010 134 111 134 110 134 021 134 020 134 121 134 120 134 031 134 030 134 131 134 130 134 041 134 040 134 141 134 140 134 081 134 080 134 181 134 180 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 IP20 137 001 137 000 137 101 137 100 137 011 137 010 137 111 137 110 137 021 137 020 137 121 137 120 137 031 137 030 137 131 137 130 137 041 137 040 137 141 137 140 137 081 137 080 137 181 137 180 Input 3-32Vdc 3-32Vdc 3-32Vdc 3-32Vdc 3-32Vdc 3-32Vdc 3-32Vdc 3-32Vdc 3-32Vdc 3-32Vdc 3-32Vdc 3-32Vdc 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 IP00 134 200 134 300 134 210 134 310 134 220 134 320 134 230 134 330 134 240 134 340 134 280 134 380 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 IP20 137 200 137 300 137 210 137 310 137 220 137 320 137 230 137 330 137 240 137 340 137 280 137 380 Random SSR's Rating 10 Amp 25 Amp -20 to +80 -40 to +100 4000Vrms 2500Vrms 8pF (typical) 47 to 63 Hz UL 94V0 (self extinguishing) 24-280Vac 48-660Vac General Characteristics Operating Temperature (C) Storage Temperature (C) Input to output isolation Input/output to ground isolation Input to output capacitance Operating Frequency Housing Material IP00 Part Numbers (Zero Crossing) 48-660Vac Output Current (Mounted on 10 proper heat sink, see deratings) Minimum Current (mArms) 50 Max. 1 cycle surge current 150 (Apk, Ta = 25C) Max. 1 second surge current 30 (Apk, Ta = 25C) Forward voltage drop 1.35 (Vpk @ Imax, Ta = 25C) 416 I2T (60Hz, 1/2 cycle) Rjb (thermal res. Junction to 0.5 baseplate, C/W) Static off-state dv/dt 500 (Vs, Ta = 25C) Minimum heat sink @ ambient 3.0@ (for max current = C/W & Ta) 70C IP20 50 Amp 75 Amp 100 Amp 125 Amp Output 24-280Vac 48-660Vac 24-280Vac 48-660Vac 24-280Vac 48-660Vac 24-280Vac 48-660Vac 24-280Vac 48-660Vac 24-280Vac 48-660Vac Dimensions - see page 1-4 *** For ambient temperatures above 40C the maximum control voltage must not exceed 250Vac. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/2 GNA5 Series Solid State Relays Current ratings 10 and 25 amps Output voltage 24 to 280 Vac Triac output Regulated AC and DC inputs 4000 Vac optical isolation UL E79183, CSA LR 38595, TUV Approved, CE Compliant Output Specifications Part Numbers Voltage range (Vrms) Peak Voltage (Vpk, t = 1 min.) Off-state leakage (@ max. line voltage & Ta = 25C) Output Current (Mounted on proper heat sink, see deratings) Minimum Current (mArms) Max. 1 cycle surge current (Apk, Ta = 25C) Max. 1 second surge current (Apk, Ta = 25C) Forward voltage drop (Vpk @ Imax, Ta = 25C) I2T (60Hz, 1/2 cycle) Rjb (thermal res. Junction to baseplate, C/W) Static off-state dv/dt (Vs, Ta = 25C) Minimum heat sink @ ambient (for max current = C/W & Ta) 1 00 49 13 84 24 - 280Vac 600 0.10mArms 48 - 660Vac 1200 .25mArms 10 25 75 100 125 100 100 100 250 100 1000 100 1200 100 1700 30 75 225 300 375 1.5 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 41 2.2 240 1.7 5000 0.16 6000 0.155 12.041 0.15 500 500 500 500 500 3.0@ 40C 1.0@ 40C 0.7@ 40C 0.6@ 40C 0.4@ 40C Input Specifications Rating 10 Amp Output 24-280Vac Input IP00 90-280Vac 84 134 901 3-32Vdc 84 134 900 25 Amp 24-280Vac 90-280Vac 84 134 911 3-32Vdc 84 134 910 Quick connect terminals: 3/16 input and 1/4 output Rating Output Input IP00 10 Amp 24-280Vac 90-280Vac 84 134 905 10 Amp 24-280Vac 3-32Vdc 84 134 904 25 Amp 24-280Vac 90-280Vac 84 134 915 10 Amp 24-280Vac 3-32Vdc 84 134 914 Quick connect terminals: 1/4 input and 1/4 output Rating Output Input IP00 10 Amp 24-280Vac 90-280Vac 84 134 909 10 Amp 24-280Vac 3-32Vdc 84 134 907 25 Amp 24-280Vac 90-280Vac 84 134 919 10 Amp 24-280Vac 3-32Vdc 84 134 917 84 137 001 84 137 000 84 137 011 DIMENSIONS IN INCHES 90-280Vac** 10Vrms 8.5mArms 5mArms 20ms 30ms 1/L1 4/A2 Input voltage* 3-32Vdc Drop out voltage 1Vdc Max. input current 14mA Min. input current (for on-state) 9.5mA Input Resistance Current Regulated Turn-on time 8.33ms Turn-off time 8.33ms *4-32Vdc for 48-660Vac models ** For ambient temperatures above 40C the maximum control voltage must notSSR's exceed 250Vac. **Random turn on in less than 100s General Characteristics INPUT 2/T1 -20 to +80 -40 to +100 4000Vrms 2500Vrms 8pF (typical) 47 to 63 Hz UL 94V0 (self extinguishing) 3/A1 Operating Temperature (C) Storage Temperature (C) Input to output isolation Input/output to ground isolation Input to output capacitance Operating Frequency Housing Material OUTPUT Safety and Noise Immunity Compliance CE Compliant with the LVD 73/23/EEC UL / cUL Recognized per UL 508 and CSA C22.2 no. 14-M91 E46203 TUV EN60950 IEC 61000-4-2: Electrostatic Discharge - Level 3 IEC 61000-4-3: Radiated Electromagnetic Noise - Level 3 IEC 61000-4-4: Electrically Fast Transients - Level 3 IEC 61000-4-5: Electrical Surges - Level 3 IEC 61000-4-6: Conducted Electromagnetic Noise - Level 3 IEC 61000-4-11 CISPR 11 - Class A: Allowable Levels of Conducted and Radiated Noise for Industrial Environments Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/3 DIMENSIONS IN INCHES 1/L1 4/A2 1/L1 4/A2 INPUT 2/T1 3/A1 2/T1 3/A1 OUTPUT DERATING CURVES DERATE CURVES: GN SSR-25 AMP TRIAC OUTPUT Load Current (Amperes) Load Current (Amperes) DERATE CURVES: GN SSR-10 AMP TRIAC OUTPUT Ambient Temperature (C) Ambient Temperature (C) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/4 DERATE CURVES: GN SSR-25 AMP SCR OUTPUT (1200 & 600V) Load Current (Amperes) Load Current (Amperes) DERATE CURVES: GN SSR-10 AMP SCR OUTPUT 1 Ambient Temperature (C) DERATE CURVES: GN SSR-50 AMP SCR OUTPUT (1200 & 600V) DERATE CURVES: GN SSR-75 AMP SCR OUTPUT (1200 & 600V) Load Current (Amperes) Load Current (Amperes) Ambient Temperature (C) 0.5C/W 0.7C/W 1.0C/W 1.5C/W Ambient Temperature (C) DERATE CURVES: GN SSR-100 AMP SCR OUTPUT (1200 & 600V) DERATE CURVES: GN SSR-125 AMP SCR OUTPUT (1200 & 600V) Load Current (Amperes) Load Current (Amperes) Ambient Temperature (C) Ambient Temperature (C) Ambient Temperature (C) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/5 SOLID STATE RELAYS "SMART MODULE" FEATURES: Supplies Electrical And Visual Feedback If An Error Occurs In The Circuit Or With The Host SSR 4 to 32 VDC Push-Pull Transistor Alarm Output 4000 VAC Optical Isolation 1200 VAC Peak Off-State Blocking Voltage Allows For Use With Any DC Input G & GA5 Series SSR UL/cUL Recognition Evaluation Pending Mounts On Any Standard Puck Style SSR ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS: (1) LINE VOLTAGE: INPUT: Nominal Voltage Maximum Voltage Minimum Voltage Off-State Voltage (2) 5-24 VDC 32 VDC 3 VDC 1 VDC Line Voltage Off-State Blocking Voltage (6) Off-State Leakage Current (7) DC SUPPLY/ERROR SIGNAL: Supply Voltage (3) Supply Current (4) Error Output Voltage (5) Error Output Current 24-660 Vrms 1200 Vpk 8 mArms GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: 4-32 VDC 15-30 mA 4-32 VDC 30 mA Operating Temperature Storage Temperature Input To Output Isolation (8) Turn-On Time Turn-Off Time -20 to +80C -40 to +100C 4000 Vrms 8.3 mSec 8.3 mSec FUNCTION: (SMART MODULE ENERGIZED) Notes: (1) Specifications apply to an ambient of -20 to + 80C unless otherwise specified (2) Defined as the maximum allowable voltage on the input terminals of the SSR for the module to "sense" an off-state condition (3) Referenced to pin #4 (common) of the SSR (4) 30 mA max @ 32 VDC supply voltage; current regulated (5) During normal operation of the SSR; Error output = DC supply voltage (6) Maximum 1 minute duration (7) At maximum line voltage (8) At 25C for 1 second Ordering Information Part Number: 84060001 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/6 SOLID STATE RELAYS WIRING DIAGRAM: 1 Load AC Line (24 - 660 Vac) SOLID STA STATE RELAY RELAY Smartt Module Smar Error Output (2) (4-32 Vdc) DC Po Power Supply (2) (4-32 Vdc) Error Indicator Input Indicator Input (3-32 Vdc) (1) Ground (2) Note: Note: 1. G480D and G575D Series DC Input Range is 4-32 Vdc 1. HV GN Series DC Input Range is 4-32 Vdc 2. Input, Outputs and DC Power Supply 2. voltages Input, Outputs and DC Supply are refered to Power the same common Ground voltages are referred to the same common Ground Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/7 DC Solid State Relays GF Series; FET output - 10A, 15 A, 30A Very low leakage current (< 10uA) Milliohm On-Resistance Minimizes voltage drop, heat dissipation 1500 VAC Optical Isolation UL/cUL recognized, Tuv approved, CE compliant IP20 00 49 13 84 GT Series; transistor output 10A Long Life Switching of DC loads 4 kV Optical Isolation UL E46203 Available with IP20 "touch-safe" cover IP00 Output Specifications Output Voltage range VDC Off-state leakage mA Output Current (Mounted on proper heat sink, see deratings) Minimum Current Max. 1 second surge current Max On-State Voltage Drop or On-State Resistance m Ohms Rjb (thermal res. Junction to baseplate, C/W) Minimum hear sink @ ambient (for max current = C/W & Ta) FET 1-200 0.01 10 FET 1-100 0.01 15 FET 1-50 0.01 30 TRAN 3-60 1.0 10 0.1 60 n/a 90 4.4 0.1 120 n/a 90 4.6 0.1 160 n/a 50 2.3 10 90 n/a n/a 4.3 3.0 @ 25c 3.0 @ 25C 1.0 @ 25C 1.0 @ 65C Part Numbers FET Output Rating 10 Amp 15 Amp 30 Amp Output 1-200Vdc 1-100Vdc 1-50Vdc Input 3-32Vdc 3-32Vdc 3-32Vdc IP00 84 134 850 84 134 860 84 134 870 IP20 84 137 850 84 137 860 84 137 870 3-32Vdc 84 134 750 84 137 750 Transistor Output 10 Amp 3-60Vdc Input Specifications Input voltage* Drop out voltage Max. input current (mA) Min. input current (for on-state) m Input Resistance Max. Turn-on time (mS) Max. Turn-off time (uS) 20 12 2 50 3-32Vdc 1Vdc 20 20 12 12 Current Regulated 2 2 50 50 14.5 9 .1 200 General Characteristics Operating Temperature (C) Storage Temperature (C) Input to output isolation Input/output to ground isolation Input to output capacitance Housing Material -20 to +80 -40 to +100 4000Vrms 2500Vrms 8pF (typical) UL 94V0 (self extinguishing) Safety and Noise Immunity Compliance CE Compliant with the LVD 73/23/EEC TUV EN60950 4 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT 3 + + 2 Rc GT SERIES EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT DC inductive loads must be diode suppressed to prevent damage to SSR 1 4 CONTROL CIRCUIT + 3 + CURRENT REGULATOR 2 GF SERIES EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/8 Dual Solid State Relays 1 Output Specifications Part Numbers Voltage range (Vrms) Peak Voltage (Vpk, t = 1 min.) Off-state leakage mArms (@ max. line voltage & Ta = 25C) Output Current (Mounted on proper heat sink, see deratings) Minimum Current (mArms) Max. 1 cycle surge current (Apk, Ta = 25C) Max. 1 second surge current (Apk, Ta = 25C) Forward voltage drop (Vpk @ Imax, Ta = 25C) I2T (60Hz, 1/2 cycle) Rjb (thermal res. Junction to baseplate, C/W) Static off-state dv/dt (Vs, Ta = 25C) 24 - 280Vac 550 0.1 24 - 280Vac 550 0.1 25 40 100 500 100 780 150 234 1.4 1.3 1041 0.6 2435 0.4 500 500 4-15Vdc 1Vdc 7.5mA 34mA 500 8.33msec 8.33msec 17-32Vdc 1Vdc 13mA 24mA 1500 8.33msec 8.33msec Input Specifications Input voltage Drop out voltage Min. input current (for on-state) Maximum input current Input Resistance (Ohms) Turn-on time* Turn-off time *Random SSR's turn on in less than 100s General Characteristics Operating Temperature (C) Storage Temperature (C) Input to output isolation Input/output to ground isolation Input to output capacitance Operating Frequency Housing Material -40 to +80 -40 to +100 4000Vrms 2500Vrms 8pF (typical) 47 to 63 Hz UL 94V0 (self extinguishing) Standards of Compliance CE Compliant with the LVD 73/23/EEC UL / cUL Recognized per UL 508 and CSA C22.2 no. 14-M91 Rating 25 Amp 25 Amp 40 Amp 40 Amp Rating 25 Amp 25 Amp 40 Amp 40 Amp 84 137 011 Zero Crossing Output Output Input 24-280Vac 4-15Vdc 24-280Vac 17-32Vdc 24-280Vac 4-15Vdc 24-280Vac 17-32Vdc Random Fire Output Output Input 24-280Vac 4-15Vdc 24-280Vac 17-32Vdc 24-280Vac 4-15Vdc 24-280Vac 17-32Vdc Part Number 84 140 000 84 140 010 84 140 200 84 140 210 Part Number 84 140 100 84 140 110 84 140 300 84 140 310 DERATE CURVE: 25 AMP GN Series Dual SSRs Ambient Temperature (C) DERATE CURVE: 40 AMP GN Series Dual SSRs 1.131 0.375 Ambient Temperature (C) Mating Connector AMP #640441-4 40 amp dual AC output relays Output voltage from 24 to 280 Vac Direct bond copper substrate Back to back dual SCR output 4000 Vac optical isolation Zero crossing or random turn on UL/cUL E79183, CE Compliant Combined Channel Output Current (Amperes) Combined Channel Output Current (Amperes) 0.175 1.256 0.886 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/9 SOLID STATE RELAYS GA1, GA8, SERIES High Current Thyristor for 100A Surge Capability UL Recognized/Horse Power Rated (GA8) (E46203) 4KV Optical Isolation Zero Voltage Turn-On Industry Standard Packaging, SIP or Flat Pack Form A Output CE Compliant GA1 0.15 (3,8) 0.15 (3,8) 2(OUTPUT)1 1.2 (30,5) 1.5 (38,2) 1.1 (27,9) 4 (INPUT) 3+ 0.3 (7,6) 0.8 (20,3) 0.04 (1.0) DIA. TYP. 1.4 (35,6) 0.25 (6,4) 4 3 2 1 1.0 (25,4) 0.035 (,89) 0.245 (6,2) 0.375 (9,5) GA8 DIMENSIONS: inches (mm) TOLERANCE: 0.020 (0,50) 0.042 (1,1) DIA 1.7 (43,2) TRIGGER CIRCUIT 0.3 (7,6) 0.7 (17,8) 1 + SNUBBER 0.1 (2,5) 0.4 (10,2) 4 2 3 1.2 (30,5) 1.4 (35,5) DIMENSIONS: inches (mm) TOLERANCE: 0.020 (0,50) GA1 & GA8 SERIES DC INPUT EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/10 SOLID STATE RELAYS GA1, GA8, SERIES 1 INPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1) Parameter Minimum Turn-On Voltage Maximum Input Voltage Drop Out Voltage Maximum Input Current (2) Nominal Input Resistance (3) GA16B02 GA86B02 3.0 28 1.0 25 1K GA86D05 GA86D05R 3.0 28 1.0 25 1K Units VDC VDC VDC mADC GA16B02 (10) GA86B02 GA86D05 GA86D05R Units 240 24 280 600 200 240 24 280 600 200 Vrms Vrms Vrms Vpeak V/S GA16B02 GA86B02 4.0 .05 100 1.6 GA86D05 GA86D05R 5.0 .05 100 1.6 Units Arms Arms Apeak Vpeak .1 1/4 .1 1/4 mArms H.P. All Devices -30 to +80 -40 to +100 .5 4000 8 47 to 63 Units C C Cycle Vrms pF Hz OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS: Model Number Parameter Nominal Line Voltage Minimum Line Voltage Maximum Line Voltage Maximum Peak Off-State Voltage(4) Static (Off-State) dv/dt Parameter Maximum On-State Current (5) Minimum On-State Current Maximum 1-Cycle Surge (6) On-State Voltage Drop (7) Maximum Off-State Leakage (8) 240V Models HP Rating (11) GENERAL SPECIFICATION: (1) Parameter Operating Temperature Range Storage Temperature Range Response Time (12) Input to Output Isolation Voltage (9) Capacitance Input to Output (Typ) Line Frequency Range Note: GA1-2B and GA1-4B have been replaced by GA1-6B GA8-2B and GA8-4B have been replaced by GA8-6B 10 5 AMP. GA8 DERATING CURVE 9 8 A rms 7 6 5 AMP. Notes: (1) Specifications apply to Ta -30 TO +80 unless otherwise noted. (2) At maximum input voltage. (3) Does not include IRED impedance (drop). (4) One minute maximum duration when applied as a DC Voltage. (5) At Ta of 20C, derate by 25 mA/C to 40C, 50 mA/C from 40C to 80C. UL rating is 3.5 Arms, CSA rating is 3.0 Arms. (6) At Ta of 25C, non-repetitive. (7) At Ta of 25C and maximum on-state current. (8) At Ta of 25C and maximum line voltage. (9) At Ta of 25C, for one second. (10) Random turn-on versions available. Specify by adding suffix "R" to appropriate part number. Contact factory for additional details. (11) For GA8 only, 1/4 H.P. at 240 VAC, 1/8 HP at 120 VAC (12) AT 60 Hz 100 S for Random Turn-on (suffix "R") models 4 3 2 1 0 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 TEMPERATURE DEGREE C 60 70 80 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/11 SOLID STATE RELAYS THREE-PHASE SOLID STATE RELAYS 10, 25 and 45 Amps Output Per Channel Available 24 to 600 VAC Output Voltage Range Suitable for Many Applications 1200 Volts Peak Blocking Voltage Helps Protect Against Transients in Harsh Electrical Environments Internal RC Snubber Network 4000 VAC Optical Isolation 4 to 32 Control Voltage for a Wide Variety of Logic Circuit Applications Zero Voltage or Random Turn-on Industry Standard Package UL Recognized (E74183) 10 hp 480 VAC, CSA Certified (LR38545) CE Compliant CURRENT LIMITER 1 A1+ U ZERO VOLTAGE DETECTOR OVER VOLTAGE PROTECTION S N U B B E R U ZERO VOLTAGE DETECTOR OVER VOLTAGE PROTECTION S N U B B E R 4 5 U ZERO VOLTAGE DETECTOR A2- OVER VOLTAGE PROTECTION S N U B B E R DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE:+-0.020 ( +- 0.50) 0.91 (23.1) 1.16 (29.4) OUTPUT TERMINALS 4.0 mm (6) 4.09 (104.0) 0.3 (7.62) - + 4 6 1 3 5 2.89 (73.5) A2 0.2 (5.3) A1 1.87 (47.6) 2 INPUT TERMINALS 3.5 mm (2) 0.47 (12.1) 0.25 (6.35) 3.62 (92.0) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/12 6 OUTPUT INPUT 2 3 SOLID STATE RELAYS THREE-PHASE SOLID STATE RELAYS 1 INPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1) Model Number GA312D10R GA312D10Z GA312D25R Parameter Voltage Range Drop Out Voltage Control Current (2) GA312D25Z GA312D45R GA312D45Z 4.0 to 32.0 VDC 1.0 VDC 20 mA GA312A25R GA312A25Z GA312A45R GA312A45Z 90-280 VAC 10 VAC 10 mA OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1) Model Number GA312D10R GA312D10Z GA312A25R GA312A25Z GA312D25R GA312D25Z GA312A45R GA312A45Z GA312D45R GA312D45Z Parameter Line Voltage Range SSR Maximum Peak Off-State Voltage (3) Rated Current (4) Minimum Current Maximum Off-State Leakage (5) One Cycle Surge Current (6) l2t Fusing Current Maximum On-State Voltage Drop (7) Off-State dv/dt (8) 24 to 660 1200 10 0.2 10.0 160 128 1.6 500 24 to 660 1200 25 0.2 10.0 270 365 1.6 500 24 to 660 1200 45 0.2 10.0 450 1000 1.6 500 GA312D10R GA312D25R GA312D45R GA312D10Z GA312D25Z GA312D45Z GA312A25R GA312A25Z GA312A45R GA312A45Z -30 to 80C -40 to 100C .20 8.33 4000 4000 8 47 to 63 450 -30 to 80C -40 to 100C 8.33 8.33 4000 4000 8 47 to 63 450 -30 to 80C -40 to 100C 20 30 4000 4000 8 47-63 450 Units VAC Vpeak Arms Arms mArms Apeak A2 Seconds Volts V/Sec GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: (1) Parameter Operating Temperature Range Storage Temperature Range Maximum Turn-on Time (9) Maximum Turn-off Time (10) Input/Output Isolation (11) Input/Output to Base Isolation (11) Input/Output Capacitance (typical) Line Frequency Range Weight GA3 SERIES 3 PHASE SOLID STATE RELAY PART NUMBER SELECTION GUIDE OUTPUT RATING FUNCTION 10A 25A 45A GA312D10R GA312A25R GA312A45R GA312D25R GA312D45R Random Turn-on Zero Voltage Turn-on GA312D10Z GA312A25Z GA312A45Z GA312D25Z GA312D45Z UNITS C C mSec mSec VAC VAC pF Hz g Notes: (1) Specifications apply to each phase at an ambient temperature of -20 to 80C unless otherwise noted. (2) Input is regulated and current limited. (3) 1000 V peak with Transorb(R) protection. Applying 1000V or greater will increase the off-state leakage and may result in relay failure if applied for longer than 1 second. (4) See thermal dissipation/derating chart for heat sinking requirements. Catalog number HS-7 heat sink available separately for mounting GA3 series SSR's. (5) At 480 VAC line voltage, 25C. (6) One AC cycle maximum duration, non-repetitive, 25C. (7) At rated output current, 25C. (8) Minimum dv/dt per EIA/NARM RS443, method RS397, 25C. (9) At minimum input voltage, maximum line voltage, rated output ourrent, 25C. (10) At maximum input voltage, maximum line voltage, rated output current, 25C. (11) At 25C for 1 second maximum duration. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/13 SOLID STATE RELAYS THREE-PHASE MOTOR REVERSING RELAYS Convenient Self-Contained Design Eases Installation and Wiring 24 to 600 VAC Output Voltage Range Suitable for Many Applications 1000 Volts Peak Blocking Voltage Helps Protect Against Transients in Harsh Electrical Environments 5000 VAC Isolation 3 to 32 Control Voltage for a Wide Variety of Logic Circuit Applications Compact Sealed Package with Screw Terminals Interlock Circuit Prevents Inadvertant Actuation of Both Directions UL and cUL Recognized E79183 CE Compliant O V P O V P O V P O V P V OVER VOLTAGE PROTECTION EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT 4.09 (104,0) 3.19 (81,0) OUTPUT TERMINALS 4.0 mm (4) 2.4 (61,0) DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE:+-0.020 ( +- 0,50) 1.6 (41,0) 0.3 (7,62) 0.82 (21,0) 1.87 (47,6) U L2 Y V 0.2 (5,3) 2.89 (73,5) 0.73 (18,5) L1 0.88 (22,6) A1F A2 A1R 0.47 (12,1) 0.25 (6,35) INPUT TERMINALS 3.5 mm (3) 3.62 (92,0) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/14 SOLID STATE RELAYS THREE-PHASE MOTOR REVERSING RELAYS 1 INPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1) MODEL NUMBER Parameter Voltage Range Drop Out Voltage Control Current (2) GA012D25 GA012D40 3.0 to 32 1.0 25 Units VDC VDC mA GA012D25 GA012D40 24 to 660 1200 25 0.2 .25 270 365 1.6 500 24 to 660 1200 40 0.2 .25 450 1000 1.6 500 OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1) MODEL NUMBER Parameter Line Voltage Range Maximum Peak Off-State Voltage (3) Rated Current (4) Minimum Current Maximum Off-State Leakage (5) One Cycle Surge Current (6) l2t Fusing Current Maximum On-State Voltage Drop (7) Off-State dv/dt (8) Units VAC Vpeak Arms Arms mArms Apeak A Seconds Volts peak V/Sec GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: (1) Parameter Operating Temperature Range Storage Temperature Range Maximum Turn-on Time (9) Maximum Turn-off Time (10) Input/Output Isolation (11) Input/Output to Base Isolation (11) Input/Output Capacitance (typical) Line Frequency Range Weight Interlocking Time All Devices -30 to 80C -40 to 100C 150 ms 1/2 cycle 4000 VAC 2500 VAC 8 pF 47 to 63 Hz 455 grams 100 mSec GAO THERMAL DISSIPATION CURVES THERMAL DISSIPATION 25 AMP GAO SERIES (ALL) 5 1 C/ W 80 C/ W 40 90 2 C /W 30 100 3 C/W 20 110 10 120 NO HEATSINK 0 5 10 15 ON-STATE CURRENT (AMPS rms) 20 25 10 20 30 40 50 60 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C) 70 80 BASEPLATE TEMPERATURE (C) POWER DISSIPATION (WATTS) 70 0. 50 Notes: (1) Specifications apply to each phase at an ambient temperature of -20 to 80C unless otherwise noted. (2) Input is regulated and current limited. (3) Semiconductors rated at 1200 V. (4) See thermal dissipation/derating chart for heat sinking requirements. Catalog number PR250/100SE2 heat sink available separately for mounting GAO series SSR's. (5) At maximum line voltage, 25C. (6) One AC cycle maximum duration, non-repetitive, 25C. (7) At rated output current, 25C. (8) Minimum dv/dt per EIA/NARM RS443, method RS397, 25C. (9) At minimum input voltage, maximum line voltage, rated output ourrent, 25C. (10) At maximum input voltage, maximum line voltage, rated output current, 25C. (11) At 25C for 1 second maximum duration. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/15 SOLID STATE RELAYS GZ SERIES SSR FEATURES: 12 & 20 Amp AC Output Relays Low Profile Package Economical Triac Output 4000 VAC Optical Isolation Zero Crossing or Random Turn-On UL/cUL Recognized E46203 DIMENSIONS: DERATE CURVES: LOW CURRENT STANDARD GZ SSRs 12 AMP 12.0 11.5 11.0 10.5 Load Current (Amperes) 10.0 9.5 9.0 HEAT SINK RATINGS: 8.5 0.5C/W 0.7C/W 1.0C/W 1.5C/W 2.0C/W 8.0 7.5 7.0 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.0 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 Ambient Temperature (C) DERATE CURVES: HIGH CURRENT STANDARD GZ SSRs 20 AMP 20.0 19.0 18.0 WIRING: 17.0 16.0 1 4 TRIGGER HEAT SINK RATINGS: 14.0 13.0 0.5C/W 0.7C/W 1.0C/W 1.5C/W 2.0C/W 12.0 11.0 10.0 CIRCUIT + 3 2 Rc GZ SERIES DC INPUT EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT 9.0 8.0 7.0 6.0 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 Ambient Temperature (C) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/16 SNUBBER Load Current (Amperes) 15.0 SOLID STATE RELAYS GZ SERIES SSR 1 INPUT SPECIFICATIONS: Model Number Parameter Control Voltage Drop Out Voltage Maximum Input Current (1) Maximum Turn-On Time Maximum Turn-Off Time Type Wire Size 84132000 84132010 84132400(9) 84132410(9) 84132100 84132110 84132500 84132510 4-15 1.0 32 8.33 8.33 Zero Crossing 4-15 1.0 32 0.1 8.33 Random Turn-On Units VDC VDC mA ms ms OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS: Model Number Parameter Line Voltage Peak Off-State Voltage (2) Maximum Off-State Leakage (3) Static Off-State dv/dt Minimum On-State Current Maximum On-State Current (4) Maximum 1-Cycle Surge (5) Maximum 1-Second Surge (6) Peak On-State Voltage Drop (7) l2t (60 Hz, Half-Cycle) Rjb 84132000 84132100 84132010 84132110 84132400 84132500 84132410 84132510 24-280 600 0.1 250 0.1 12 120 36 1.65 50 3.0 24-280 600 0.1 250 0.1 20 200 60 1.55 50 2.2 36-530 800 0.1 250 0.1 12 120 36 1.65 50 3.0 36-530 800 0.1 250 0.1 20 200 60 1.55 50 2.2 Units Vrms Vpeak mArms V/Sec Arms Arms Apeak Apeak Vpeak A2 sec C/W GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: Parameter Operating Temperature Range Storage Temperature Range Input to Output Isolation Voltage (8) I/O to Ground Isolation Voltage (8) Capacitance (Input to Output) Line Frequency Range All Devices -20 to 80C -40 to 100C 4000 Vrms 2500 Vrms 8 pF 47 to 63 Hz Notes: (1) At 15Vdc. (2) Do not apply continuously for over 1 minute. (3) At maximum rated voltage. (4) Mounted in free air, Ta = 45C. (5) Non-repetitive 60 Hz, Resistive load, Ta = 25C. (6) Non-repetitive 50 or 60 Hz, Resistive load, Ta = 25C. (7) At maximum rated current. (8) Limited to 1 mA for 1 second, Ta = 25C. (9) Input current is 63 mA Max. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/17 SIMM Series Input Relays 6.2 mm wide and 65 mm deep DIN Rail mounted LED input status indicator Bridges enable quick linking of common voltage Identification zone on front face IP20 Part Numbers 84145061 84145062 84145064 84145066 84145071 24Vdc 19.2-30Vdc 20 mA 24Vac/dc 19.2-30Vac/dc 20 mA 120 95-121Vac/dc 5 mA 240 195-253Vac/dc 5 mA 5 - 28 19.2-30Vac/dc 20 mA 30Vac/36Vdc 50 mA 30Vac/36Vdc 50 mA 30Vac/36Vdc 50 mA 30Vac/36Vdc 50 mA 30Vac/36Vdc 50 mA -25 to 60C -40 to 80C 8 ms 10 ms 10 Hz >10 x 106 -25 to 60C -40 to 80C 8 ms 10 ms 10 Hz -25 to 60C -40 to 80C 8 ms 10 ms 10 Hz -25 to 60C -40 to 80C 8 ms 10 ms 10 Hz -25 to 60C -40 to 80C 8 ms 10 ms 10 Hz 6 x 106 1.23 oz >10 x 106 6 x 106 1.23 oz >10 x 106 6 x 106 1.23 oz >10 x 106 6 x 106 1.23 oz SPDT SPDT >10 x 106 6 x 106 1.23 oz AgSnO2 gold plated SPDT SPDT SPST (N.O.) Input Characteristics (at ambient 25 C) Nominal voltage Operating voltage range Max. input current Output Characteristics (at ambient 25 C) Max Voltage Max current General Characteristics Operating temperature range Storage temperature range Turn-On time Turn-Off time Switching frequency Mechanical Life (operations) Electrical Life (number of operation) Weight Contact Material Contact Arrangement Note: Exceeding the value given for the output relay current will remove the gold plating from the contacts and therefore we cannot guarantee correct operation at low currents. Dimensions: SPDT SPST 4 35 78 90 44 6.2 34 48 70 85 44 6.2 70 35 4 48 65 65 Wiring Diagram and Thermal Curves: 84145061 / 062 / 064 / 066 A1 A2 12 14 Accessories 84145050 Front Panel marker (88 per bag) 84145052 10 position jumper - Blue 84145051 2 Pole "Common" Jumper 84145053 10 position jumper - Red 11 84145071 A1 13 A2 14 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/18 SIMM Series Output Relays 6.2 mm wide and 65 mm deep DIN Rail mounted LED input status indicator Bridges enable quick linking of common voltage Identification zone on front face IP20 1 Part Numbers 84145001 84145004 84145005 84145010 84145011 84145015 24Vdc 10-44Vdc 6 mA 5Vdc 110Vac/dc 70-130Vac/dc 7 mA 30Vac/dc 230Vac 90-230Vac 8.5 mA 40Vac 5Vdc 4-5.5Vdc 6 mA 2Vdc 24Vdc 10-44Vdc 6 mA 3Vdc 230Vac 90-230Vac 7 mA 40Vac 5-48Vdc 0.5A Transistor 5-48Vdc 0.5A Transistor 5-48Vdc 0.5A Transistor 5-48Vdc 2A Transistor 5-48Vdc 2A Transistor 5-48Vdc 2A Transistor -20 to 60C -40 to 80C 20 us 100 us 1k Hz 1.13 oz -20 to 60C -40 to 80C 30 ms 20 ms 10 Hz 1.13 oz -20 to 60C -40 to 80C 45 ms 15 ms 10 Hz 1.13 oz -20 to 60C -40 to 80C 1 ms 5 ms 10 Hz 1.06 oz -20 to 60C -40 to 80C 1 ms 5 ms 10 Hz 1.06 oz -20 to 60C -40 to 80C 1 ms 10 ms 10 Hz 1.06 oz 84145020 84145021 84145024 84145025 84145031 5Vdc 4-6.2Vdc 6 mA 2Vdc 24Vdc 10-44Vdc 6 mA 3Vdc 110Vac/dc 70-130Vac/dc 6 mA 35Vac/dc 230Vac 140-250Vac 7 mA 80Vac 24Vdc 10-44Vdc 6 mA 3Vdc 24-250Vac 0.5A Triac 24-250Vac 0.5A Triac 24-250Vac 0.5A Triac 24-250Vac 0.5A Triac 24-250Vac 1A Triac -20 to 60C -40 to 80C 10 ms 10 ms 20 Hz 1.13 oz -20 to 60C -40 to 80C 10 ms 10 ms 20 Hz 1.13 oz -20 to 60C -40 to 80C 10 ms 10 ms 20 Hz 1.13 oz -20 to 60C -40 to 80C 10 ms 10 ms 20 Hz 1.13 oz -20 to 60C -40 to 80C 8.33 ms 8.33 ms 20 Hz .95 oz Input Characteristics (at ambient 25 C) Nominal voltage Operating voltage range Max. input current Drop out voltage Output Characteristics (at ambient 25 C) Operating voltage range Max current Output Type General Characteristics Operating temperature range Storage temperature range Turn-On time Turn-Off time Switching frequency Weight Part Numbers Input Characteristics (at ambient 25 C) Nominal voltage Operating voltage range Max. input current Drop out voltage Output Characteristics (at ambient 25 C) Operating voltage range Max current Output Type General Characteristics Operating temperature range Storage temperature range Turn-On time Turn-Off time Switching frequency Weight Derating Curves: Dimensions: 84145001 / 004 / 005 84145020 / 021 / 024 / 025 14 0.5 0.8 0 C 0 84145010 / 011 / 015 10 20 30 40 50 60 35 A2 4 I (A) 44 13+ 70 A1 Solid State Output: 78 84145001 / 004 / 005 84145010 / 011 / 015 84145020 / 021 / 024 / 025 I (A) 2 1.7 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 A1 13+ A2 14 6.2 48 65 C 84145031 84145031 I (A) 1 0.7 A1 13 A2 14 C 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/19 SIMM Series Output Relays 6.2 mm wide and 65 mm deep DIN Rail mounted LED input status indicator Bridges enable quick linking of common voltage Identification zone on front face IP20 Part Numbers 84145041 84145042 84145043 84145046 24Vdc 19.2-30Vdc 20 mA 24Vac/dc 19.2-30Vac/dc 20 mA 110Vac/dc 95-125Vac/dc 5 mA 230Vac 195-253Vac/dc 6 1-250Vac 6A 1-250Vac 6A 1-250Vac 6A 1-250Vac 6A -25 to 60C -40 to 80C 8 ms 10 ms 10 Hz >10 x 106 -25 to 60C -40 to 80C 8 ms 10 ms 10 Hz -25 to 60C -40 to 80C 8 ms 10 ms 10 Hz -25 to 60C -40 to 80C 8 ms 10 ms 10 Hz 6 x 106 1.23 oz >10 x 106 6 x 106 1.23 oz >10 x 106 6 x 106 1.23 oz >10 x 106 6 x 106 1.23 oz SPDT SPDT SPDT SPDT Input Characteristics (at ambient 25 C) Nominal voltage Operating voltage range Max. input current Output Characteristics (at ambient 25 C) Operating voltage range Max current General Characteristics Operating temperature range Storage temperature range Turn-On time Turn-Off time Switching frequency Mechanical Life (operations) Electrical Life (number of operation) Weight Contact Material Contact Arrangement AgSnO2 Dimensions: Wiring Diagram and Thermal Curves: Relay Output: 84145041 / 042 / 043 / 046 I (A) 4 6 90 A2 85 44 70 35 A1 1 6.2 34 48 C 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 65 Accessories 84145050 Front Panel marker (88 per bag) 84145052 10 position jumper - Blue 84145051 2 Pole "Common" Jumper 84145053 10 position jumper - Red Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/20 12 14 11 Hybrid Power Relay - RHP (Single Pole Relay) 20 Amp output (Resistive only) Every SSR advantage without the drawbacks Lifetime > 5 million operations full load Noiseless Functions: contactor - bistable 17.5 mm DIN rail mount UL/c UL (listed) Label NF-USE CE compliant 1 Type Part number Operation: Contactor Output of the contactor is closed when the input is On. Output of the contactor is opened when the input is Off. Led is On when the output is closed. AC input contactor DC input contactor AC input distable relay AC input day/night contactor Bistable Relay Output of the bistable changes of status for every pulse on the input and stays in its position between pulses. Front plate push button allows to select the operation mode: Stop - led off - output off On forced - led flashing - output on Auto - led on - bistable relay operation 84 84 84 84 138 138 138 138 001 000 101 201 Specifications Power supply Frequency Max. power consumption 90-260 Vac 50 / 60 Hz 11 VA Input Control Day/night contactor Output of the contactor is closed when the input is On Output of the contactor is opened when the input is Off. Front plate push button allows to select the operation mode: Stop - led off - output off On forced - led flashing - output on - back to the Auto mode at the next change of the input. Auto - led on - day/night contactor operation Compliance CEI/EN 60947-4-3 (industrial environment) CEI/EN 60669-2-1 (household environment) CEI/EN 60601-1 (medical environment) CEI/EN 60947-7-1 (connections in industrial env.) CEI/EN 60998-2-1 (connections in household env. Insulation: Installation category: 3 pollution: 3 CEI60664-1: 4KV/3 dielectric CEI/EN 60669-2-1: 2 KV/1mm / 1mA / 50 Hz Insulation CEI/EN 60669-2-1: > 5M/500VDC / 1 min Vibrations CEI/EN 60068-2-6: frequencies: 10 to 55 Hz magnitude: 0,35 mm 90-260 Vac Frequency Value Input OFF Input ON Min. time input 50 / 60 Hz 0 - 46 Vac 76 - 260 Vac 50 ms 0-32 Vdc 0 - 1 Vdc 4 - 32 Vdc 50 ms Output Voltage Max. current Overload current 20A Min current Frequency Contact Switching frequency lifetime leakage current Acoustic noise ON position switching terminal capacity 2 x 2.5 mm2 without ferrule 1 x 4 mm2 without ferrule Torque 3 A1 18 1 N 1 45 81 Voltage I 3 < 35 dB @ 1m < 50 dB @ 0.5m 2 x 1.5 mm2 with ferrule 1Nm maxi. screw M3 (CEI 60947-1) Operating temperature: Storage temperature Humidity Housing protection (CEI 60529) -5C to +55C -40C to +85C 90 to 95% non-condensing self extinguish housing IP 50 terminal IP 20 weight 70 gr A1 90... 260V~ 2 90-260 Vac 20A in AC1 / AC51 / AC7a AC-51: 1,25 x Ie - 60s: 50 - 30 (CEI 60947-4-3) 100mA in AC1 / AC51 / AC7a 50 / 60 Hz N.O. 6 / min > 5,000,000 < 5 mA 4 A2 LOAD 44 60 5.5 17.5 2 4 A2 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/21 SOLID STATE RELAYS 22.5mm DIN-RAIL SSR FEATURES: DIN-Rail or panel mount. Compact Size. LED indicator. AC or DC control. Zero AC turn-on models. 12 and 25 Amp Outputs UL, cUL Recognized (25 Amp Model: UL Rating 20 Amps) 12 Amp .5 HP @ 240 VAC 20 Amp 1.5 HP @ 240 VAC CE Compliant Per EN60950 UL E79183 DIMENSIONS: inches (mm) EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT CURRENT LIMITER VISIBLE LED GREEN 1 5.15 (0.203) 4.50 (0.177) OVER VOLTAGE PROTECTION TRANSIENT PROTECTION U VOLTAGE DETECTOR OVER VOLTAGE PROTECTION OUTPUT 2 3OUTPUT 2 3 DC INPUT 22.5mm ZERO TURN-ON 43.85 [1.725] 11.25 (0.443) 4.50 (0.177) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/22 102.80 [4.047] 9.00 (0.354) 84130101 SOLID STATE RELAY 6.80 [0.268] + 87.70 (3.453) 1 4 SNUBBER NETWORK CURRENT LIMITER VISIBLE LED GREEN 4+ GORDOS 5.00 (0.197) AC INPUT 22.5mm ZERO TURN-ON 1 97.80 (3.85) INPUT 2 80.00 (3.150) VOLTAGE DETECTOR SNUBBER TRANSIENT PROTECTION U 3 - 22.50 (0.886) 5.24 (0.208) 4 SOLID STATE RELAYS 22.5mm DIN-RAIL SSR 1 INPUT SPECIFICATIONS: 84130101 84130103 84130116 4-32 VDC 1.0 VDC 12 8.33 8.33 Zero Crossing 0.00-.078 84130150 84130152 84130158 90-140 VAC 10 VAC 6 20 30 Zero Crossing 0.00-.078 84130100 84130102 84130118 180-280 VAC 10 VAC 6 20 30 Zero Crossing 0.00-.078 Model Number 84130100 84130101 84130102 84130103 Parameter Line Voltage Peak Off-State Voltage (2) Maximum Off-State Leakage (3) Static Off-State dv/dt (4) Minimum On-State Current Maximum On-State Current (5) Maximum 1-Cycle Surge (6) Maximum 1-Second Surge (7) Peak On-State Voltage Drop (8) l2t (60 Hz, Half-Cycle) Output Type Wire Size 84130150 24-280 600 .1 200 100 12 250 60 1.85 260 TRIAC 0.20-.078 84130152 24-280 800 .1 600 100 20 400 140 1.8 600 ALTERNISTOR 0.20-.078 84130116 84130117 84130118 84130158 48-660 1200 .25 500 100 25 250 75 1.6 260 B/B SCR 0.20-.078 Model Number Parameter Control Voltage Drop Out Voltage Maximum Input Current (1) Maximum Turn-On Time Maximum Turn-Off Time Type Wire Size 84130117 Units 4-32 VDC 1.0 VDC 12 0.1 8.33 Random Turn-on 0.00-.078 mA ms ms OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS: Units Vms Vpeak mArms V/Sec mArms Arms Apeak Apeak Vpeak A2 sec GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: Parameter Operating Temperature Range Storage Temperature Range Input to Output Isolation Voltage (9) Input/Output to Ground Isolation Voltage (9) Capacitance (Input to Output) Line Frequency Range All Devices -20 to 80C -40 to 100C 4000 Vrms 2500 Vrms 8 pF 47 to 63 Hz Notes: (1) At maximum input voltage. Input is regulated and current limited. (2) Do not apply continuously for over 1 minute. (3) At maximum line voltage, Ta = 25C. (4) Minimum dv/dt per EIA/NARM R5443, method RS397, 25C. (5) Mounted in vertical position on DIN-Rail. Free Air. (6) Non-repetitive 60 Hz, resistive load, Ta = 25C. (7) Non-repetitive 50 or 60 Hz, resistive load, Ta = 25C. (8) At maximum rated current. (9) Limited to 1 mA for 1 second, Ta = 25C. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/23 SOLID STATE RELAYS 45mm DIN-RAIL SSR FEATURES: DIN-Rail or Panel Mount. Compact Size. LED Indicator. AC or DC Control. Zero AC or Random turn-on models. 35 and 45 Amp Outputs. 4 kV Optical Isolation. CE Compliant Per EN60950 UL, cUL Recognized E79183 45.00 (1.772) 3.20 (0.126) 35.70 (1.406) 12.20 (0.480) CURRENT LIMITER 1 VISIBLE LED 4 5.00 (0.197) 2 3 AC 45mm THREE PHASE 2 9.00 (0.354) INPUT 4-32 VDC + 4 AC INPUT EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT CURRENT LIMITER OUTPUT 35 AMPS 48 TO 530 VAC 80.00 (3.150) 84130111 SOLID STATE RELAY 87.70 (3.453) PROTECTION OVER VOLTAGE PROTECTION 88.00 (3.858) SNUBBER GORDOS 1 3 9.30 (0.366) 1 VISIBLE LED 2 3 DC 45mm THREE PHASE RANDOM DC INPUT EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/24 102.80 [4.047] SNUBBER OVER VOLTAGE PROTECTION 6.80 [0.268] PROTECTION 4 SOLID STATE RELAYS INPUT SPECIFICATIONS: 1 Model Number Parameter 84130111 84130113 84130112 84130114 84130110 84130115 Control Voltage Drop Out Voltage Maximum Input Current (1) Maximum Turn-On Time Maximum Turn-Off Time Type Wire Size 4-32 VDC 1.0 VDC 10 8.33 8.33 Zero Crossing .020-.078 4-32 VDC 1.0 VDC 10 0.1 8.33 Random Turn-on .020-.078 90-280 VAC 10 VAC 6 20 30 Zero Crossing .020-.078 Units mA ms ms OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS: Model Number 84130110 84130111 84130112 84130113 84130114 84130115 48-530 1200 .25 500 100 35 750 145 1.6 1000 .040-.220 48-530 1200 .25 500 100 45 750 145 1.6 1000 .040-.220 Parameter Units Line Voltage Peak Off-State Voltage (2) Maximum Off-State Leakage (3) Static Off-State dv/dt (4) Minimum On-State Current Maximum On-State Current (5) Maximum 1-Cycle Surge (6) Maximum 1-Second Surge (7) Peak On-State Voltage Drop (8) I2t (60Hz, Half-Cycle) Wire Size Vrms Vpeak mArms V/Sec mArms Arms Apeak Apeak Vpeak A2 sec GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: Parameter All Devices Operating Temperature Range Storage Temperature Range Input to Output Isolation Voltage (9) I/O to Ground Isolation Voltage (9) Capacitance (Input to Output) Line Frequency Range -20 to 80C -40 to 100C 4000 Vrms 2500 Vrms 8 pF 47 to 63 Hz Notes: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) At maximum input voltage. Input is regulated and current limited. Do not apply continuously for over 1 minute. At maximum line voltage, Ta = 25C. Minimum dv/dt per EIA/NARM R5443, method RS397, 25C. Mounted in vertical position on DIN-Rail. Free Air. Non-repetitive 60 Hz, resistive load, Ta = 25C. Non-repetitive 50 or 60 Hz, resistive load, Ta = 25C. At maximum rated current. Limited to 1 mA for 1 second, Ta = 25C. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/25 SOLID STATE RELAYS 90mm 2 and 3 PHASE DIN-RAIL SSR FEATURES: DIN-Rail or panel mount. Compact Size. LED indicator. AC or DC control. Zero AC or random turn-on models. 4 kV optical isolation. UL, cUL Recognized (File E79183) CE Compliant Per EN60950 90.00 (3.543) 80.70 (3.177) S/L2 R/L1 97.20 (3.827) 4.50 (0.177) T/L3 87.70 (3.827) 87.70 (3.827) 84130310 SOLID STATE RELAY OUTPUT: 25 OUTPUT: 20 AMPS AMPS 48660 VAC 48-660 VAC U/T1 98.00 (3.858) GORDOS GRD V/T2 V/T1 + A2 A1 DIMENSIONS: inches (mm) TOLERANCE: 0.20 (0.008) 9.30 (0.366) CURRENT CURRENT LIMITER LIMITER VISIBLE LED VISIBLE LED GREEN GREEN U/T1 U/T1 VISIBLE LED VISIBLE LED GREEN GREEN U/ T1 U/T1 A1 VOLTAGE VOLTAGE DETECTOR DETECTOR VOLTAGE VOLTAGE DETECTOR DETECTOR SNUBBER SNUBBER U OVER OVER VOLTAGE VOLTAGE PROTECTION PROTECTION OVER OVER VOLTAGE VOLTAGE PROTECTION PROTECTION SNUBBER U CURRENT CURRENT LIMITER LIMITER SNUBBER A1 R/L1 R/L1 V/T2 V/T2 U VOLTAGE VOLTAGE DETECTOR DETECTOR SNUBBER SNUBBER TRANSIENT TRANSIENT PROTECTION PROTECTION OVER OVER VOLTAGE VOLTAGE PROTECTION U INPUT VOLTAGE VOLTAGE DETECTOR DETECTOR U/T1 U/T1 SNUBBER V/T2 V/T2 SNUBBER TRANSIENT TRANSIENT PROTECTION PROTECTION R/L1 R/L1 OUTPUT OVER OVER VOLTAGE VOLTAGE PROTECTION PROTECTION S/L2 S/L2 PROTECTION W/T3 W/T3 S/L2 S/L2 VOLTAGE VOLTAGE DETECTOR DETECTOR OVER OVER VOLTAGE VOLTAGE PROTECTION PROTECTION VOLTAGE VOLTAGE DETECTOR DETECTOR OVER OVER VOLTAGE VOLTAGE PROTECTION PROTECTION T/L3 T/L3 A2 T/L3 T/L3 A2 3 PHASE 90mm DC INPUT ZERO CROSSING OR RANDOM 3 PHASE 90mm DC INPUT 3 PHASE 90mm AC INPUT ZERO CROSSING 3 PHASE 90mm AC INPUT ZERO CROSSING NOTE: V/T2 to S/L2 is shorted on 2 phase models. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/26 SNUBBER SNUBBER SNUBBER U U SNUBBER W/T3 W/T3 SOLID STATE RELAYS 90mm 2 and 3 PHASE DIN-RAIL SSR 1 INPUT SPECIFICATIONS: Model Number Parameter Control Voltage Drop Out Voltage Maximum Input Current (1) Maximum Turn-On Time Maximum Turn-Off Time Type OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS: Model Number Parameter Line Voltage Peak Off-State Voltage (2) Maximum Off-State Leakage (3) Static Off-State dv/dt (4) Minimum On-State Current Maximum On-State Current per phase (5) Maximum 1-Cycle Surge (6) Maximum 1-Second Surge (7) Peak On-State Voltage Drop (8) l2t (60 Hz, Half-Cycle) 84130310 84130220 4-32 VDC 1.0 VDC 22 8.33 8.33 Zero Crossing 84130312 84130221 4-32 VDC 1.0 VDC 22 0.1 8.33 Random Turn-on Three Phase 84130310 84130311 84130312 Two Phase 84130220 84130221 84130222 48-530 1200 .25 500 100 20 750 145 1.6 1000 48-530 1200 .25 500 100 25 750 145 1.6 1000 84130311 84130222 90-280 VAC 10 VAC 6 20 30 Zero Crossing Units mA ms ms Units Vrms Vpeak mArms V/Sec mArms Arms Apeak Apeak Vpeak A2 sec GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: Parameter Operating Temperature Range Storage Temperature Range Input to Output Isolation Voltage (9) Input/Output to ground Isolation Voltage (9) Capacitance (Input to Output) Line Frequency Range All Devices -20 to 80C -40 to 100C 4000 Vrms 2000 Vrms 8 pF 47 to 63 Hz Notes: (1) At maximum input voltage. Input is regulated and current limited. (2) Do not apply continuously for over 1 minute. (3) At maximum line voltage, Ta = 25C. (4) Minimum dv/dt per EIA/NARM R5443, method RS397, 25C. (5) Mounted in vertical position on DIN-Rail. Free Air. Derated by 27.3 mA/C to 80C. (6) Non-repetitive 60 Hz, resistive load, Ta = 25C. (7) Non-repetitive 50 or 60 Hz, resistive load, Ta = 25C. (8) At maximum rated current. (9) Limited to 1 mA for 1 second, Ta = 25C. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/27 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/28 SOLID STATE RELAY ACCESSORIES THERMAL PADS HSP1 Series: 1 HSP3 Series: Single Phase Three Phase GAO and GA3 HSP1 for Single Phase Relay. HSP3 for 3 phase GAO Series and GA3 Series. Sold in multiples of 25 (1 package) per part number. Thermstrate is a registered Trademark of Power Devices, Inc. (R) Solid State Relay Cover FEATURES: Snaps onto Crouzet Single Phase SSRs Provides "Finger Safe Operation" of SSRs Made of High Impact, Flame Retardant Polycarbonate. ORDERING INFORMATION: Model # 84136500 Description Solid State Relay Cover Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/29 SOLID STATE RELAY ACCESSORIES HS2 HEATSINK 2.000 4.770 DIMENSIONS: inches TOLERANCES: 0.02 inches MATERIAL: AISI 6063-T5 Aluminum FINISH: Black Anodized 4.450 ORDERING INFORMATION: Model # HS2 Description Heatsink 2.0C/W (For Single Phase SSR's) 0.201 2.000 3.00 0.50 0.16 #8-32 UNC FOR #8-32 SCREWS 4 PLACES Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/30 SOLID STATE RELAY ACCESSORIES HS3 HEATSINK 1 2.625 4.750 0.50 0.201 3.00 4.430 0.16 2.000 DIMENSIONS: inches TOLERANCES: 0.02 inches MATERIAL: AISI 6063-T5 Aluminum FINISH: Black Anodized ORDERING INFORMATION: Model # HS3 Description Heatsink 1.5C/W (For Single Phase SSR's) #8-32 UNC FOR #8-32 SCREWS HS13 HEATSINK ORDERING INFORMATION: Model # HS13 Description Heatsink 0.8C/W (For Single Phase and Three Phase SSR's) DIMENSIONS: inches TOLERANCES: 0.02 inches MATERIAL: AISI 6063-T5 Aluminum FINISH: Black Anodized Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/31 SOLID STATE RELAY ACCESSORIES HS5 HEATSINK 2.630 4.750 DIMENSIONS: inches TOLERANCES: 0.02 inches MATERIAL: AISI 6063-T5 Aluminum FINISH: Black Anodized 4.350 0.194 5.250 6.000 0.750 0.200 ORDERING INFORMATION: Model # HS5 Description Heatsink 0.7C/W (For Single Phase SSR's) #8-32 UNC HS6 HEATSINK FOR #8-32 SCREWS 4 PLACES 6.250 6.250 Model # HS6 Description Heatsink 0.5C/W (For Single Phase SSR's) 1.00 0.201 ORDERING INFORMATION: #8-32 UNC 6.00 6.050 0.10 4.000 DIMENSIONS: inches TOLERANCES: 0.02 inches MATERIAL: AISI 6063-T5 Aluminum FINISH: Black Anodized FOR #8-32 SCREWS 4 PLACES Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/32 SOLID STATE RELAYS HS7 HEATSINK 1 3.70 [94.0] 2.84 [72.0] .0125 [3.2] ORDERING INFORMATION: Model # HS7 4.094 [104.0] Description Heatsink 0.9C/W (For GA3 Series SSR's) 3.307 [84.0] 7.87[200.0] 6.89[175.0] 5.90[150.0] 5.59[142.0] 4.92[125.0] 3.94[100.0] 2.95[75.0] 1.97[50.0] 0.98[25.0] 0.0[0.0] 3.465[88.0] 1.88[47.7] M4 X 0.7(16)PLACES MOUNTING HOLE (4) DIMENSIONS: inches (mm) TOLERANCES: 0.02 inches MATERIAL: AISI 6063-T5 Aluminum FINISH: Black Anodized Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/33 SOLID STATE RELAYS HS8 HEATSINK ORDERING INFORMATION: Model # HS8 Description Heatsink 2.1C/W (For Single Phase SSR's) HS9 HEATSINK ORDERING INFORMATION: Model # HS9 Description Heatsink 1.5C/W (For Single Phase SSR's) DIMENSIONS: inches (mm) TOLERANCES: 0.02 inches MATERIAL: AISI 6063-T5 Aluminum FINISH: Black Anodized Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/34 SOLID STATE RELAYS HS10 HEATSINK 1 2.362 ORDERING INFORMATION: Model # HS10 Description Heatsink 1.1C/W (For Single Phase SSR's) HS12 HEATSINK ORDERING INFORMATION: Model # HS12 Description Heatsink 0.55C/W (For Single Phase SSR's) DIMENSIONS: inches (mm) TOLERANCES: 0.02 inches MATERIAL: AISI 6063-T5 Aluminum FINISH: Black Anodized Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/35 SOLID STATE RELAYS STANDARDS MET BY SOLID-STATE RELAYS SERIES NOTES CODE GMS Series, 17.5mm DR GRD Series, 22.5mm DR GRD Series, 45mm DR GRD Series, 90mm DR GN Series "New Look" GD Series, Dual output 40A GD Series, Dual output 25A GNA5 Series SSR GA3 Series, 3-Phase GA0-12D25, 3-Phase Rev. GA0-12D40, 3-Phase Rev. GA8, GA1 Series GT60D10 I/O Modules (All) SMART SSR SMART Module 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,9 1,2,3,5,9 1,2,3,9 1,2,3,9 1,2,3,4,7 Pending 1,2,3 1,2,3,5,8 1,2,3,4,5,8 1,2,3,4,5 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4,6,8 1,2,3,4,8 1,2,3,4,8 Pending 5 9 Pending 1,2,3 1,2,3 Notes: (1) UL Recognized - UL 508 (2) cUL Recognized - CSA C22.2 No. 14 (3) "CE" Mark based on LVD 73/23/EEC of 19/02/73 modified by Directive 93/68/EEC of 22/07/93 Supported by Conformity to EN60950 (4) IEC 664-1 (5) TUV Certificate (EN60950) (6) DEMKO Certificate (EN60950) (7) VDE Certificate (Pending) EN60950 (8) CSA C22.2 No. 14 (9) Manufacturer's Declaration of Conformity EMC Compatibility to EN 50082-2 (Immunity) (Criteria from IEC 947-4-2) IEC 1000-4-2 Level 3 IEC 1000-4-3 Level 3 IEC 1000-4-4 Level 3 IEC 1000-4-5 Level 3 IEC 1000-4-6 Level 3 IEC 1000-4-11 (Pending) EMC Compatibility to EN 50081-2 (Emissions) C.I.S.P.R. 22 (Radiated) Class B C.I.S.P.R. 22 (Conducted) Class A (Requires EMI filter) EN60950 IEC 947-4-2 Class 2 equipment Utilization Category AC-53a Pluggable equipment - Type A Form 3 Motor Controller Pollution degree 1 IP20 Rating Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/36 1 Digital I/O Modules Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/37 DIGITAL I/O MODULES 0.6 INCH INPUT MODULES FEATURES: CE Compliant Plug into Mounting Boards for 0.6 Modules AC Inputs for 24 V, 120 V, 240 V DC Inputs for 3.3 to 32 V, 10 to 48 V UL Recognized (E46203) / CSA Certified (38595) 4 kV Optical Isolation Open-Collector Output Industry Standard Packaging PORTION OF PB SERIES I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARD 1.7 (43,2) 1.0 (25,4) 5 4 3 2 VAC 0.24 (6,1) 1.25 (31,8) CASE COLORS: AC-YELLOW DC-WHITE 1 SCREW TERMINALS 2 VAC 5A FUSE +VCC LOGIC SUPPLY + LED 3 SCHMITT TRIGGER 3.3K 1 OUTPUT 4-40 HOLDDOWN SCREW AC INPUT PLUG-IN MODULE 0.042 (1,1) DIA 1.6 (40,6) 1.4 (35,6) 1.2 (30,5) 0.7 (17,8) 0.3 (7,6) LOGIC GND (COMMON) 4 TRACES ON MALE CARD EDGE 5 PORTION OF PB SERIES I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARD VDC DC-INPUT PLUG-IN MODULE + + 1 SCREW TERMINALS VDC * 2 * +VCC LOGIC SUPPLY + + LED 3 SCHMITT TRIGGER 3.3K 0.6 (15,2) 0.1 (2,5) 0.3 (7,6) 5A FUSE OUTPUT LOGIC GND (COMMON) DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE:+-0.020 ( +- 0,50) 4 TRACES ON MALE CARD EDGE 5 (EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/38 DIGITAL I/O MODULES 0.6 INCH INPUT MODULES INPUT SPECIFICATIONS: Model Number 1 (1) IAC5 IAC24 IAC5A IAC24A IDC5 IDC24 IDC5F IDC24F IDC5N IDC24N 240 VAC 280 VAC/VDC 180 VAC/VDC 75 k 5 mArms 1.5 mArms 2.0 mArms 50 VAC/VDC 5-28 VDC 32 VDC/VAC 3.3 VDC/VAC 1 k 34 mA 1.0 mA 1.5 mA 2.0 VDC 5-28 VDC 32 VDC 4.0 VDC 500 68 mA 1.0 mA 1.5 mA 2.0 VDC 12-48 VDC 48 VDC/VAC 10 VDC/VAC 2.7 k 34 mA 1.0 mA 1.5 mA 4.0 VDC IAC5 IAC5A IDC5 IDC5F IDC5N IAC24 IAC24A IDC24 IDC24F IDC24N 5.0 6.0 3.0 16.0 10.0 30.0 50.0 10.0 0.2 24.0 30.0 20.0 16.0 10.0 30.0 50.0 10.0 0.2 Units VDC VDC VDC mA A VDC mA A VDC (1) IAC5, IAC5A, IAC24, IAC24A IDC5 IDC24 IDC5F IDC24F IDC5N IDC24N -30 to 80 -40 to 100 20 20 4000 8 47 to 63 1.1 oz -30 to 80 -40 to 100 1.0 1.0 4000 8 DC 1.1 oz -30 to 80 -40 to 100 0.05 0.10 4000 8 DC 1.1 oz -30 to 80 -40 to 100 8.0 7.0 4000 8 DC 1.1 oz Parameter Nominal Voltage Maximum Voltage Minimum Voltage Resistance (2) (3) Maximum Current (4) Drop-out Current (5) Allowable Current/ Voltage for No Output (6) 120 VAC 140 VAC/VDC 90 VAC/VDC 28 k 6 mArms 2.0 mArms 2.5 mArms 50 VAC/VDC OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1) Model Number Parameter Nominal Logic Supply Voltage Maximum Logic Supply Voltage Minimum Logic Supply Voltage Maximum Logic Supply Current (7) Maximum Logic Supply Leakage Current (8) Maximum Voltage (9) Maximum Current (10) Maximum Leakage Current (11) Maximum Voltage Drop (12) GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: Model Number Parameter Operating Temperature Range Storage Temperature Range Maximum Turn-on Time (13) Maximum Turn-off Time (13) Input/Output Isolation Voltage (14) Input/Output Capacitance (typical) Line Frequency Range Weight TABLE OF MODEL NUMBER SUFFIXES IDENTIFYING OPTIONAL FEATURES Suffix A F N Feature High voltage versions (240 VAC for AC modules). Fast-switching version of DC Modules. Enhanced noise immunity version of DC modules. Notes: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) Units C C mSec mSec VAC pF Hertz Specifications apply to an ambient temperature of -30 to 80C unless otherwise noted. Resistance values for IAC modules are effective impedance values at 25C. Resistance values are +/-10% at 25C. Measured at maximum specified input voltage, 25C. Defined as the maximum current allowed through the module's input to guarantee that the output will switch from "on" to "off." Higher currents may result in the output remaining in the "on" state. Defined as the maximum current allowed through the module's input that will not switch the module's output state from "off" to "on." With external LED status indicator at maximum specified logic supply voltage and 25C. 18 mA without external LED status indicator. At maximum specified logic voltage and 25C. Maximum allowable applied voltage across open collector output transistor. Maximum allowable sinking current through open collector output transistor. At maximum output voltage and 25C. At maximum allowable output current and 25C. At nominal logic supply voltage, 25 mA output sinking current, nominal input voltage and 25C. At 25C for 1 second maximum duration. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/39 DIGITAL I/O MODULES 0.6 INCH OUTPUT MODULES FEATURES: CE Compliant UL Recognized/Horse Power Rated (E46203)/CSA Certified (38595) AC Modules have High Current Thyristor with 100 Amp Surge Capability Zero or Random Turn-On Available in AC Modules Plug into Mounting Boards for 0.6 Modules 4 kV Optical Isolation (1500 VAC Optical Isolation for FET DC Output Modules) Industry Standard Packaging 3.5 Amp AC Modules Provide Extra Switching Capability Form "A" Output 5.0 Amp AC(OAC5AH) and DC Modules Available DERATING CURVE FOR OAC5AH ONLY: 10 9 8 A rms 7 6 AMP. 5 4 3 2 1 0 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 TEMPERATURE DEGREE C 60 70 80 (EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/40 DIGITAL I/O MODULES 0.6 INCH OUTPUT MODULES INPUT SPECIFICATIONS: Model Number Parameter Nominal Voltage Minimum Voltage (2) Maximum Voltage Drop-Out Voltage Maximum Current (3) Resistance (4) 5.0 2.75 8.0 1.0 20.0 220 OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS: Model Number Parameter Nominal Line Voltage Minimim Line Voltage Maximum Line Voltage Max Off-State Voltage (5) Max Off-State Leakage (6) Static Off-State dv/dt (7) Maximum Rated On-State Current (8) Minimum On-State Current Maximum Surge Current (9) On-State Voltage Drop or Resistance (10) H.P. Rating (13) 1 (1) OAC5 OAC5A OAC5AH OAC5AR OAC5R ODC5 ODC5A ODC5F ODC5MA ODC5MC ODC5ML OAC24 OAC24A ODC24 ODC24A ODC24F 5.0 2.75 8.0 1.0 18.0 250 24.0 18.0 32.0 1.0 13.0 2000 Units VDC VDC VDC VDC mA Ohms (1) OAC5 OAC5R OAC24 OAC5A OAC5AR OAC24A 120 VAC 12 VAC 140 VAC 400 Vpeak .1 mArms 200 V / sec ODC5 ODC24 ODC5A ODC24A ODC5F ODC24F ODC5MA ODC5MC ODC5ML 240 VAC 240 VAC 24 VAC 24 VAC 280 VAC 280 VAC 600 Vpeak 600 Vpeak .1 mArms .1 mArms 200 V / sec 200 V / sec 5-48 V 3.0 V 60 V 60 V 10 A N/A 5-150 V 3.0 V 250 V 250 V 10 A N/A 5-48 V 3.0 V 60 V 60 V 10 A N/A 5-150 V 1.0 V 200 V 200 V 10 A N/A 5-90 V 1.0 V 100 V 100 V 10 A N/A 5-48 V 1.0 V 50 V 50 V 10 A N/A 3.5 Arms 50 mArms 100 Apeak 3.5 Arms 50 mArms 100 Apeak 5.0 A 50 mArms 100 Apeak 3.0 A 10 mA 5.0 A 1.0 A 10 mA 5.0 A 3.0 A 10 mA 5.0 A 3.0 A 1.0 mA 10 A 5.0 A 1.0 mA 10 A 5.0 A 1.0 mA 10 A 1.6 V 1/8 H.P. 1.6 V 1/3 H.P. 1.6 V 1/2 H.P. 1.5 V N/A 1.5 V N/A 1.5 V N/A 0.25 N/A 0.10 N/A 0.05 N/A GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: Model Number Parameter Operating Temperature Range Storage Temperature Range Maximum Turn-on Time (11) Maximum Turn-off Time (11) Input/Output Isolation Voltage (12) Input/Output Capacitance (typical) Line Frequency Range Weight OAC5AH (1) OAC5 OAC5A OAC5AH OAC24 OAC24A OAC5R OAC5AR ODC5 ODC5A ODC24 ODC24A ODC5F ODC24F ODC5MA ODC5MC ODC5ML -30 to 80 -40 to 100 8.33 8.33 4000 8 47 to 63 1.1 oz -30 to 80 -40 to 100 0.1 8.33 4000 8 47 to 63 1.1 oz -30 to 80 -40 to 100 0.1 0.75 4000 8 DC 1.1 oz -30 to 80 -40 to 100 0.025 0.05 4000 8 DC 1.1 oz -30 to 80 -40 to 100 1.0 0.05 1500 8 DC 1.1 oz TABLE OF MODEL NUMBER SUFFIXES IDENTIFYING OPTIONAL FEATURES Suffix Feature A High voltage versions (240 VAC for AC modules, 250 VDC for DC modules). AH High voltage AC, 5 Amps. F Fast-switching version of ODC modules. MA FET output version of DC module, 3.0 A, 200 VDC. MC FET output version of DC module, 5.0 A, 100 VDC. ML FET output version of DC module, 5.0 A, 50 VDC. R Random AC voltage turn-on. Notes: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) Units C C mSec mSec VAC pF Hertz Specifications apply to an ambient temperature of -30 to 80C unless otherwise noted. Without external LED status indicator. Add 1.7 volt for external LED if utilized. At nominal input voltage, without external LED status indicator. +/-10% at 25C. Maximum 1 minute duration for OAC modules when applied as a DC voltage rather than peak AC voltage. At maximum line voltage, 25C for OAC modules, and 80C for ODC modules. Minimum dv/dt per EIA/NARM RS443, method RS397. dv/dt ratings do no apply to ODC modules. At 40C, derate OAC modules by 58 mA/C to 80C; derate ODC, ODCxMC and ODCxML modules b 50 mA/C to 80C; derate ODCxmA modules by 30 mA/C to 80C. CSA rating of OAC modules is 3.0 Arms at 40C. At 25C. Maximum duration: 1 AC cycle for OAC modules, 1 second for ODC modules. At maximum rated on-state current and 25C. At maximum line voltage, maximum rated output current, nominal input voltage, 25C. Switching speed of OAC modules based upon 60 Hz line frequency. At 25C for 1 second maximum duration. 1/3 H.P. at 240 VAC, 1/8 H.P. at 120 VAC. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/41 DIGITAL I/O MODULES M SERIES INPUT MODULES FEATURES: CE Compliant Plug into Mounting Boards for M Series Modules AC Inputs for 24 V, 120 V, 240 V DC Inputs for 3.3 to 32 V, 10 to 48 V UL Recognized (E46203)/CSA Certified (38595) 4 kV Optical Isolation Open-Collector Output Industry Standard Packaging CASE COLORS: AC-YELLOW DC-WHITE 5 4 3 2 1 1.0 (25,4) PORTION OF PB SERIES I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARD 0.035 (,89) 0.240 (6,1) VAC AC INPUT PLUG-IN MODULE 1 SCREW TERMINALS 2 VAC 5A FUSE +VCC LOGIC SUPPLY + LED 3 SCHMITT TRIGGER 3.3K OUTPUT 0.042 (1,1) DIA LOGIC GND (COMMON) 1.7 (43,2) 4 TRACES ON MALE CARD EDGE 5 0.1 (2,5) 0.4 (10,2) PORTION OF PB SERIES I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARD 0.3 (7,6) 0.7 (17,8) 1.2 (30,5) 1.4 (35,5) 1.6 (40,6) DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE:+-0.020 ( +- 0,50) VDC DC-INPUT PLUG-IN MODULE + + 1 SCREW TERMINALS VDC * 2 * 5A FUSE +VCC LOGIC SUPPLY + + LED 3 SCHMITT TRIGGER 3.3K OUTPUT LOGIC GND (COMMON) 4 TRACES ON MALE CARD EDGE 5 (EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/42 DIGITAL I/O MODULES M SERIES INPUT MODULES INPUT SPECIFICATIONS: Model Number (1) MIAC5 MIAC24 Parameter Nominal Voltage Maximum Voltage Minimum Voltage Resistance (2) (3) Maximum Current (4) Drop-out Current (5) Allowable Current/ Voltage for No Output (6) 120 VAC 140 VAC/VDC 90 VAC/VDC 28 k 5 mArms 2.0 mArms 2.5 mArms 50 VAC/VDC OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1) Model Number Parameter Nominal Logic Supply Voltage Maximum Logic Supply Voltage Minimum Logic Supply Voltage Maximum Logic Supply Current (7) Maximum Logic Supply Leakage Current (8) Maximum Voltage (9) Maximum Current (10) Maximum Leakage (11) Maximum Voltage Drop (12) GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: Model Number Parameter Operating Temperature Range Storage Temperature Range Maximum Turn-on Time (13) Maximum Turn-off Time (13) Input/Output Isolation Voltage (14) Input/Output Capacitance (typical) Line Frequency Range Weight 1 MIAC5A MIAC24A MIDC5 MIDC24 MIDC5F MIDC5N 240 VAC 280 VAC/VDC 180 VAC/VDC 75 k 5 mArms 1.5 mArms 2.0 mArms 50 VAC/VDC 5-28 VDC 32 VDC/VAC 3.3 VDC/VAC 1 k 34 mA 1.0 mA 1.5 mA 2.0 VDC 5-28 VDC 32 VDC 4.0 VDC 500 68 mA 1.0 mA 1.5 mA 2.0 VDC 12-48 VDC 48 VDC/VAC 10 VDC/VAC 2 k 34 mA 1.0 mA 1.5 mA 4.0 VDC MIAC5 MIAC5A MIDC24 MIDC5 MIDC5F MIDC5N MIAC24 MIAC24A 5.0 6.0 3.0 16.0 10.0 30.0 50.0 10.0 0.2 24.0 30.0 20.0 16.0 10.0 30.0 50.0 10.0 0.2 (1) MIAC5, MIAC5A, MIAC24, MIAC24A -30 to 80 -40 to 100 20 20 4000 8 47 to 63 .65 oz TABLE OF MODEL NUMBER SUFFIXES IDENTIFYING OPTIONAL FEATURES Suffix A F N Feature High voltage versions (240 VAC for AC modules). Fast-switching version of DC modules. Enhanced noise immunity version of IDC module. Units VDC VDC VDC mA A VDC mA A VDC MIDC5 MIDC24 MIDC5F MIDC5N -30 to 80 -40 to 100 1.0 1.0 4000 8 DC .65 oz -30 to 80 -40 to 100 0.05 0.10 4000 8 DC .65 oz -30 to 80 -40 to 100 8.0 7.0 4000 8 DC .65 oz Notes: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) Units C C mSec mSec VAC pF Hertz Specifications apply to an ambient temperature of -30 to 80C unless otherwise noted. Resistance values for MIAC modules are effective impedance values at 25C. Resistance values are +/-10% at 25C. Measured at maximum specified input voltage, 25C. Defined as the maximum current allowed through the module's input to guarantee that the output will switch from "on" to "off." Higher currents may result in the output remaining in the "on" state. Defined as the maximum current allowed through the module's input that will not switch the module's output state from "off" to "on." With external LED status indicator at maximum specified logic supply voltage and 25C. 18 mA without external LED status indicator. At maximum specified logic voltage and 25C. Maximum allowable applied voltage across open collector output transistor. Maximum allowable sinking current through open collector output transistor. At maximum output voltage and 25C. At maximum allowable output current and 25C. At nominal logic supply voltage, 25 mA output sinking current, nominal input voltage and 25C. At 25C for 1 second maximum duration. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/43 DIGITAL I/O MODULES M SERIES OUTPUT MODULES FEATURES: CE Compliant 5.0 Amp AC (MOAC5AH) and DC Modules Available UL Recognized/Horse Power Rated (E79183)/CSA Certified (38595) AC Modules have High Current Thyristor with 100 Amp Surge Capability Zero or Random Turn-On Available in AC Modules Plug into Mounting Boards for M Series Modules 4 kV Optical Isolation (1500 VAC Optical Isolation for FET DC Output Modules) Industry Standard Packaging 0.035 (8,9) VAC LOAD* (A) VAC LOAD* (B) AC OUTPUT PLUG-IN MODULE 1 S N U B SCREW TERMINALS CASE COLOR: BLACK 4 3 2 1 1.0 (25,4) 0.240 (6,1) PORTION OF PB SERIES I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARD 2 5A FUSE + +VCC LOGIC SUPPLY + LED ZERO VOLTAGE CIRCUIT Rc 3 3.3K INPUT 4 MALE CARD EDGE TRACES * LOAD MAY BE WIRED IN LOCATION A OR B 0.042 (1,1) DIA PORTION OF PB SERIES I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARD 1.7 (43,2) DC OUTPUT PLUG-IN MODULE + 0.1 (2,5) 0.4 (10,2) +VDC 0.3 (7,6) -VDC LOAD* (A) + 1 SCREW TERMINALS LOAD* (B) 2 5A FUSE 0.7 (17,8) + +VCC LOGIC SUPPLY 1.2 (30,5) 1.4 (35,5) AMPLIFIER + LED 3.3K INPUT 4 MALE CARD EDGE TRACES *LOAD MAY BE WIRED IN LOCATION A OR B DC INDUCTIVE LOADS MUST BE DIODE SUPRESSED TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE I/O MODULE. DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE:+-0.020 ( +- 0,50) DERATING CURVE FOR MOAC5AH: PB SERIES I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARD 10 9 'M' SUFFIX (FET) DC OUTPUT PLUG-IN MODULE 8 + +VDC A rms 7 LOAD* (A) + 1 SCREW TERMINALS 6 -VDC 5 AMP. Rc 3 LOAD* (B) 2 CONTROL CIRCUIT 5A FUSE +VCC LOGIC SUPPLY 4 + + LED Rc 3 3.3K 3 INPUT 2 4 MALE CARD EDGE TRACES 1 0 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 TEMPERATURE DEGREE C 60 70 80 * LOAD MAY BE WIRED IN LOCATION A OR B DC INDUCTIVE LOADS MUST BE DIODE SUPPRESSED TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE I/O MODULE. (EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/44 DIGITAL I/O MODULES M SERIES OUTPUT MODULES INPUT SPECIFICATIONS: Model Number (1) MOAC5 MOAC5A MOAC5AR MOAC5R MOAC5AH Parameter Nominal Voltage Minimum Voltage (2) Maximum Voltage Drop-Out Voltage Maximum Current (3) Resistance (4) 5.0 2.75 8.0 1.0 20.0 220 1 MODC5 MODC5A MODC5F MODC5MA MODC5MC MODC5ML MOAC24 MOAC24A MODC24 5.0 2.75 8.0 1.0 18.0 250 24.0 18.0 32.0 1.0 13.0 2000 Units VDC VDC VDC VDC mA Ohms OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS: Model Number Parameter Nominal Line Voltage Minimim Line Voltage Maximum Line Voltage Max Off-State Voltage (5) Max Off-State Leakage (6) Static Off-State dv/dt (7) Maximum Rated On-State Current (8) Min On-State Current Max Surge Current (9) On-State Voltage Drop or Resistance (10) H.P. Rating (13) (1) MOAC5 MOAC5R MOAC24 MOAC5A MOAC5AH MODC5 MODC5A MODC5F MOAC5AR MODC24 MOAC24A MODC5MA MODC5MC MODC5ML 120 VAC 12 VAC 140 VAC 400 Vpeak .1 mArms 200 V/sec 240 VAC 24 VAC 280 VAC 600 Vpeak .1 mArms 200 V/sec 240 VAC 24 VAC 280 VAC 600 Vpeak .1 mArms 200 V/sec 5-48 V 3.0 V 60 V 60 V 10 A N/A 5-150 V 3.0 V 250 V 250 V 10 A N/A 5-48 V 3.0 V 60 V 60 V 10 A N/A 5-150 V 1.0 V 200 V 200 V 10 A N/A 5-90 V 1.0 V 100 V 100 V 10 A N/A 5-48 V 1.0 V 50 V 50 V 10 A N/A 3.5 Arms 50 mArms 100 Apeak 3.5 Arms 5.0 A 50 mArms 50 mArms 100 Apeak 100 Apeak 3.0 A 10 mA 5.0 A 1.0 A 10 mA 5.0 A 3.0 A 10 mA 5.0 A 3.0 A 1.0 mA 10 A 5.0 A 1.0 mA 10 A 5.0 A 1.0 mA 10 A 1.6 V 1/8 H.P. 1.6 V 1/3 H.P. 1.5 V N/A 1.5 V N/A 1.5 V N/A 0.25 N/A 0.10 N/A 0.05 N/A 1.6 V 1/2 H.P GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: (1) MOAC5 MOAC5A MOAC5AH MOAC24 MOAC24A Model Number Parameter Operating Temperature Range Storage Temperature Range Maximum Turn-on Time (11) Maximum Turn-off Time (11) Input/Output Isolation Voltage (12) Input/Output Capacitance (typical) Line Frequency Range Weight -30 to 80 -40 to 100 8.33 8.33 4000 8 47 to 63 .65 oz MOAC5R MOAC5AR MODC5 MODC5A MODC24 MODC5F MODC5MA MODC5MC -30 to 80 -40 to 100 0.1 8.33 4000 8 47 to 63 .65 oz -30 to 80 -40 to 100 0.1 0.75 4000 8 DC .65 oz -30 to 80 -40 to 100 0.025 0.05 4000 8 DC .65 oz -30 to 80 -40 to 100 1.0 0.05 1500 8 DC .65 oz TABLE OF MODEL NUMBER SUFFIXES IDENTIFYING OPTIONAL FEATURES Suffix A AH F MA MC ML R Feature High voltage versions (240 VAC for AC modules, 250 VDC for DC modules). High voltage AC 5 amp Fast-switching version of DC modules. FET output version of DC module, 3.0 A, 200 VDC. FET output version of DC module, 5.0 A, 100 VDC. FET output version of DC module, 5.0 A, 50 VDC. Random AC voltage turn-on. Notes: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) Units C C mSec mSec VAC pF Hertz Specifications apply to an ambient temperature of -30 to 80C unless otherwise noted. Without external LED status indicator. Add 1.7 volt for external LED if utilized. At nominal input voltage, without external LED status indicator. +/-10% at 25C. Maximum 1 minute duration for MOAC modules when applied as a DC voltage rather than peak AC voltage. At maximum line voltage, 25C for MOAC modules, and 80C for MODC modules. Minimum dv/dt per EIA/NARM RS443, method RS397. dv/dt ratings do no apply to MODC modules. At 40C, derate MOAC modules by 58 mA/C to 80C; derate MODC and MODCxmA modules by 50 mA/C to 80C; derate MODCxMC and MODCxML modules by 125 mA/C to 80C. CSA rating of MOAC modules is 3.0 Arms at 40C. For MOAC5AH see derating curve. At 25C. Maximum duration: 1 AC cycle for MOAC modules, 1 second for MODC modules. At maximum rated on-state current and 25C. At maximum line voltage, maximum rated output current, nominal input voltage, 25C. Switching speed of MOAC modules based upon 60 Hz line frequency At 25C for 1 second maximum duration. 1/3 H.P. at 240 VAC, 1/8 H.P. at 120 VAC. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/45 DIGITAL I/O MODULES QUAD-PACK INPUT MODULES FEATURES: CE Compliant Plug into Mounting Boards for Quad-Pack Modules AC Inputs for 24 V, 120 V, 240 V DC Inputs for 4 to 32 V, 10 to 60 V 4 Input Circuits per Module UL Recognized (E46203)/CSA Certified (38595) 4 kV Optical Isolation Open-Collector Output Industry Standard Packaging LOGIC GND OUT 3 OUT 4 +VCC IN 4 COMMON 14 13 12 11 10 9 IN 3 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 IN 2 COMMON IN 1 2.9 (73,2) 0.5 (12,7) CASE COLORS: AC: YELLOW DC: WHITE 0.2 (5,1) QUAD PACK QUAD-PACK I/OMODULE MODULE I/O R1 0.042 (1,1) DIA. PINS PAN HEAD SCREW .125R 1.9 (47,5) LOGIC OUT 1OUT 2 +VCC GND 0.45 (11,43) 0.2 (5,1) 4-40 x 0.75 (19,1) IAC5Q, IAC5AQ, IDC5Q EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT LOGIC GND OUT 3 OUT 4 +VCC 7 6 5 4 10 9 8 3 2 1 13 12 11 (-) COMMON + IN 3 10 9 8 1.1 (26,9) 14 14 13 12 11 + IN 4 0.3 (7,6) 0.2 (5,1) 0.4 (10,2) 0.9 (22,9) 1.1 (27,9) 1.3 (33,0) R1 2.1 (53,3) DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE:+-0.020 ( +- 0,50) 7 6 5 4 LOGIC OUT 1OUT 2 +VCC GND 3 2 1 IN 2 + COMMON (-) IN 1 + IDC5BQ EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/46 DIGITAL I/O MODULES QUAD-PACK INPUT MODULES INPUT SPECIFICATIONS: Model Number Parameter Nominal Voltage Maximum Voltage Minimum Voltage Resistance (2) (3) Maximum Current (4) Drop-out Current (5) Allowable Current/ Voltage for No Output (6) OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS: Model Number Parameter Nominal Logic Supply Voltage Maximum Logic Supply Voltage Minimum Logic Supply Voltage Maximum Logic Supply Current (7) Maximum Logic Supply Leakage (8) Maximum Voltage (9) Maximum Current (10) Maximum Leakage (11) Maximum Voltage Drop (12) 120 VAC 140 VAC/VDC 90 VAC/VDC 28K 6 mArms 2.0 mArms 2.5 mArms 50 VAC/VDC IAC5AQ IAC5EQ IDC5Q IDC5BQ 240 VAC 280 VAC/VDC 180 VAC/VDC 75 k 5 mArms 1.5 mArms 2.0 mArms 50 VAC/VDC 24 VAC 36 VAC/VDC 18 VAC/VDC 3.3 k 10 mArms 1.0 mArms 1.5 mArms 10 VAC/VDC 12-48 VDC 60 VDC/VAC 10 VDC/VAC 2 k 34 mA 1.0 mA 1.5 mA 4.0 VDC 5-28 VDC 32 VDC 4.0 VDC 500 68 mA 1.0 mA 1.5 mA 2.0 VDC (1) IAC5Q IAC5AQ IAC5EQ IDC5Q IDC5BQ Units VDC VDC VDC mA A VDC mA A VDC 5.0 6.0 3.0 16.0 10.0 30.0 50.0 10.0 0.2 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: Model Number Parameter Operating Temperature Range Storage Temperature Range Maximum Turn-on Time (13) Maximum Turn-off Time (13) Input/Output Isolation Voltage (14) Input/Output Capacitance (typical) Line Frequency Range 1 (1) IAC5Q (1) IAC5Q, IAC5AQ -30 to 80 -40 to 100 20 20 4000 8 47 to 63 TABLE OF MODEL NUMBER SUFFIXES IDENTIFYING OPTIONAL FEATURES Suffix A B E Q Feature High voltage versions (240 VAC for AC modules). Fast switching version of DC modules. Low voltage 24 VAC input for AC modules. Four-channel quad-pack module. IAC5EQ -30 to 80 -40 to 100 60 30 4000 8 47 to 63 Notes: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) IDC5Q IDC5BQ -30 to 80 -40 to 100 5.0 5.0 4000 8 DC -30 to 80 -40 to 100 0.05 0.10 4000 8 DC Units C C mSec mSec VAC pF Hertz Specifications apply to an ambient temperature of -30 to 80C unless otherwise noted. Resistance values for IAC Quad Modules are effective impedance values at 25C. Resistance values are +/-10% at 25C. Measured at maximum specified input voltage, 25C. Defined as the maximum current allowed through the module's input to guarantee that the output will switch from "on" to "off." Higher currents may result in the output remaining in the "on" state. Defined as the maximum current allowed through the module's input that will not switch the module's output state from "off" to "on." With external LED status indicator at maximum specified logic supply voltage and 25C. 18 mA without external LED status indicator. At maximum specified logic voltage and 25C. Maximum allowable applied voltage across open collector output transistor. Maximum allowable sinking current through open collector output transistor. At maximum output voltage and 25C. At maximum allowable output current and 25C. At nominal logic supply voltage, 25 mA output sinking current, nominal input voltage and 25C. At 25C for 1 second maximum duration. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/47 DIGITAL I/O MODULES QUAD-PACK OUTPUT MODULES FEATURES: CE Compliant UL Recognized (E46203)/CSA Certified (38595) AC Modules have High Current Thyristor with 100 Amp Surge Capability Zero or Random Turn-On Available in AC Modules Plug into Mounting Boards for 0.6 Modules 4 kV Optical Isolation Industry Standard Packaging 3.5 Amp AC Modules Provide Extra Switching Capability 4 Outputs per Quad-Pack Module 2.9 (73,2) 0.5 (12,7) CASE COLORS: AC: BLACK DC: RED 0.2 (5,1) QUAD PACK QUAD-PACK I/O I/OMODULE MODULE IN 3 13 IN 4 +VCC 12 11 OUT 4 COMMON OUT 3 IN 3 10 9 8 13 SNUB IN 4 +VCC 12 11 5 4 OUT 4 (-) COMMON(+) OUT 3 (-) 10 9 8 3 2 1 SNUB 0.042 (1,1) DIA. PINS 4-40 x 0.75 (19,1) PAN HEAD SCREW 1.9 (47,5) 13 12 11 6 5 4 10 9 8 3 2 1 5 4 3 SNUB 2 1 OUT 2 COMMON OUT 1 IN 2 +VCC OAC5Q, OAC5AQ EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT 6 IN 1 IN 2 +VCC OUT 2 (-) COMMON (+) OUT 1(-) ODC5Q, ODC5AQ EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT 1.1 (26,9) .125R 0.45 (11,43) 0.2 (5,1) SNUB 6 IN 1 0.3 (7,6) 0.2 (5,1) 0.4 (10,2) 0.9 (22,9) 1.1 (27,9) 1.3 (33,0) 2.1 (53,3) DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE:+-0.020 ( +- 0,50) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/48 DIGITAL I/O MODULES QUAD-PACK OUTPUT MODULES INPUT SPECIFICATIONS: Model Number (1) OAC5Q OAC5AQ OAC5ARQ OAC5RQ Parameter Nominal Voltage Minimum Voltage Maximum Voltage Drop-Out Voltage Maximum Current (2) Resistance (3) OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS: Model Number Parameter Nominal Line Voltage Minimim Line Voltage Maximum Line Voltage Max Off-State Voltage (4) Max Off-State Leakage (5) Static Off-State dv/dt (6) Maximum Rated On-State Current (7) Min On-State Current Max Surge Current (8) On-State Voltage Drop or Resistance (9) 1 ODC5Q ODC5Q.11 5.0 4.0 8.0 1.0 20.0 220 5.0 4.0 8.0 1.0 18.0 250 Units VDC VDC VDC VDC mA Ohms (1) OAC5Q OAC5RQ OAC5AQ OAC5ARQ ODC5Q ODC5Q.11 120 VAC 12 VAC 140 VAC 400 Vpeak .1 mArms 200 V/sec 240 VAC 24 VAC 280 VAC 600 Vpeak .1 mArms 200 V/sec 5-48 V 3.0 V 60 V 60 V 10 A N/A 3.5 Arms 50 mArms 100 Apeak 3.5 Arms 50 mArms 100 Apeak 3.0 A 10 mA 5.0 A 1.6 V 1.6 V 1.5 V (1) OAC5Q OAC5AQ OAC5RQ OAC5ARQ ODC5Q ODC5Q.11 -30 to 80 -40 to 100 8.33 8.33 4000 8 47 to 63 -30 to 80 -40 to 100 0.1 8.33 4000 8 47 to 63 -30 to 80 -40 to 100 0.1 0.75 4000 8 DC GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: Model Number Parameter Operating Temperature Range Storage Temperature Range Maximum Turn-on Time (10) Maximum Turn-off Time (10) Input/Output Isolation Voltage (11) Input/Output Capacitance (typical) Line Frequency Range TABLE OF MODEL NUMBER SUFFIXES IDENTIFYING OPTIONAL FEATURES Suffix A Q R .11 Feature High voltage versions (240 VAC for AC modules) Four-channel Quad-pack module. Random AC voltage turn-on. Common emitter output version of ODC5Q module. Units C C mSec mSec VAC pF Hertz Notes: (1) Specifications apply to each Quad-Pack channel at an ambient temperature of -30 to 80C unless otherwise noted. (2) At nominal input voltage, without external LED status indicator. (3) +/-10% at 25C. (4) Maximum 1 minute duration for OACQ modules when applied as a DC voltage rather than peak AC voltage. (5) At maximum line voltage, 25C for OACQ modules, and 80C for ODCQ modules. (6) Minimum dv/dt per EIA/NARM RS443, method RS397. dv/dt ratings do no apply to ODCQ modules. (7) At 40C, derate OACQ modules by 58 mA/C to 80C; derate ODCQ modules by 50 mA/C to 80C. CSA rating of OACQ modules is 3.0 Arms at 40C. (8) At 25C. Maximum duration: 1 AC cycle for OACQ modules, 1 second for ODCQ modules. (9) At maximum rated on-state current and 25C. (10) At maximum line voltage, maximum rated output current, nominal input voltage, 25C. Switching speed of OACQ modules based upon 60 Hz line frequency. (11) At 25C for 1 second maximum duration. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/49 DIGITAL I/O MODULES SM SERIES INPUT MODULES FEATURES: 5 4 3 2 1 0.24 (5,97) 1.0 (25,4) CASE COLORS: AC-YELLOW DC-WHITE 0.035 (,89) 0.12 (2,9) VAC AC INPUT PLUG-IN MODULE 1 SCREW TERMINALS 2 VAC +VCC LOGIC SUPPLY + LED 3 SCHMITT TRIGGER 3.3K 0.1 (2,5) 0.4 (10,2) OUTPUT 0.2 (5,1) PLASTIC PIN SNAPS IN 0.100" DIA HOLE 0.005" 1.0 (25,4) PORTION OF PB SERIES I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARD 5A FUSE 0.042 (1,1) DIA 1.7 (43,2) CE Compliant Plug into Mounting Boards for SM or 0.6 Modules AC Inputs for 24 V, 120 V, 240 V DC Inputs for 3.3 to 32 V, 10 to 48 V UL Recognized (E46203)/CSA Certified (38595) 4 kV Optical Isolation Open-Collector Output Industry Standard Packaging 0.3 (7,6) 0.7 (17,8) 1.2 (30,5) 1.4 (35,6) 1.6 (40,6) LOGIC GND (COMMON) 4 TRACES ON MALE CARD EDGE 5 PORTION OF PB SERIES I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARD VDC DC-INPUT PLUG-IN MODULE + + 1 SCREW TERMINALS VDC +VCC LOGIC SUPPLY + * + LED 3 SCHMITT TRIGGER 3.3K DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE:+-0.020 ( +- 0,50) * 2 5A FUSE OUTPUT LOGIC GND (COMMON) 4 TRACES ON MALE CARD EDGE 5 (EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/50 DIGITAL I/O MODULES SM SERIES INPUT MODULES INPUT SPECIFICATIONS: Model Number Parameter Nominal Voltage Maximum Voltage Minimum Voltage Input Resistance (2) (3) Maximum Current (4) Drop-out Current (5) Allowable Current/ Voltage for No Output (6) (1) SMIAC5 SMIAC24 120 VAC 140 VAC/VDC 90 VAC/VDC 28 k 5 mArms 2.0 mArms 2.5 mArms 50 VAC/VDC 1 SMIAC5A SMIAC24A SMIDC5 SMIDC24 SMIDC5F SMIDC5N 240 VAC 280 VAC/VDC 180 VAC/VDC 75 k 5 mArms 1.5 mArms 2.0 mArms 50 VAC/VDC 5-28 VDC 32 VDC/VAC 3.3 VDC/VAC 1 k 34 mA 1.0 mA 1.5 mA 2.0 VDC 5-28 VDC 32 VDC 4.0 VDC 500 68 mA 1.0 mA 1.5 mA 2.0 VDC 12-48 VDC 48 VDC/VAC 10 VDC/VAC 2 k 34 mA 1.0 mA 1.5 mA 4.0 VDC SMIAC5 SMIAC5A SMIDC5 SMIDC5F SMIDC5N SMIAC24 SMIAC24A SMIDC24 5.0 6.0 3.0 16.0 10.0 30.0 50.0 10.0 0.2 24.0 30.0 20.0 16.0 10.0 30.0 50.0 10.0 0.2 OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1) Model Number Parameter Nominal Logic Supply Voltage Maximum Logic Supply Voltage Minimum Logic Supply Voltage Maximum Logic Supply Current (7) Maximum Logic Supply Leakage Current (8) Maximum Voltage (9) Maximum Current (10) Maximum Leakage Current (11) Maximum Voltage Drop (12) Units VDC VDC VDC mA A VDC mA A VDC GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: Model Number Parameter Operating Temperature Range Storage Temperature Range Maximum Turn-on Time (13) Maximum Turn-off Time (13) Input/Output Isolation Voltage (14) Input/Output Capacitance (typical) Line Frequency Range Weight (1) SMIAC5, SMIAC5A, SMIAC24, SMIAC24A SMIDC5 SMIDC24 SMIDC5F SMIDC5N -30 to 80 -40 to 100 20 20 4000 8 47 to 63 .6 oz -30 to 80 -40 to 100 1.0 1.0 4000 8 DC .6 oz -30 to 80 -40 to 100 0.05 0.10 4000 8 DC .6 oz -30 to 80 -40 to 100 8.0 7.0 4000 8 DC .6 oz Units C C mSec mSec VAC pF Hertz TABLE OF MODEL NUMBER SUFFIXES IDENTIFYING OPTIONAL FEATURES Suffix A F N Feature High voltage versions (240 VAC for AC modules). Fast-switching version of DC modules. Enhanced noise immunity version of DC modules. Notes: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) Specifications apply to an ambient temperature of -30 to 80C unless otherwise noted. Resistance values for SMIAC modules are effective impedance values at 25C. Resistance values are +/-10% at 25C. Measured at maximum specified input voltage, 25C. Defined as the maximum current allowed through the module's input to guarantee that the output will switch from "on" to "off." Higher currents may result in the output remaining in the on" state. Defined as the maximum current allowed through the module's input that will not switch the module's output state from "off" to "on." With external LED status indicator at maximum specified logic supply voltage and 25C. 18 mA without external LED status indicator. At maximum specified logic voltage and 25C. Maximum allowable applied voltage across open collector output transistor. Maximum allowable sinking current through open collector output transistor. At maximum output voltage and 25C. At maximum allowable output current and 25C. At nominal logic supply voltage, 25 mA output sinking current, nominal input voltage and 25C. At 25C for 1 second maximum duration. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/51 DIGITAL I/O MODULES SM SERIES OUTPUT MODULES FEATURES: CE Compliant UL Recognized/Horse Power Rated (E46203)/CSA Certified (38595) AC Modules have High Current Thyristor with 100 Amp Surge Capability Zero or Random Turn-On Available in AC Modules Plug into Mounting Boards for SM or 0.6 Modules 4 kV Optical Isolation (1500 VAC Optical Isolation for FET DC Output Modules) Industry Standard Packaging 3.5 Amp AC Modules Provide Extra Switching Capability 5.0 Amp AC (SMOAC5AH) AND DC Modules Available 4 3 2 1 VAC LOAD* (A) VAC LOAD* (B) 1 ZERO VOLTAGE CIRCUIT 5A FUSE + +VCC LOGIC SUPPLY + LED Rc 3 3.3K INPUT 4 MALE CARD EDGE TRACES 0.1 (2,5) 0.4 (10,2) * LOAD MAY BE WIRED IN LOCATION A OR B 0.2 (5,1) PLASTIC PIN SNAPS IN 0.100" DIA HOLE 1.0 (25,4) S N U B 2 0.042 (1,1) DIA 1.7 (43,2) AC OUTPUT PLUG-IN MODULE SCREW TERMINALS 0.24 (5,97) 1.0 (25,4) CASE COLORS: AC-BLACK DC-RED 0.035 (,89) 0.12 (2,9) PORTION OF PB SERIES I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARD PORTION OF PB SERIES I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARD DC OUTPUT PLUG-IN MODULE + +VDC 0.3 (7,6) 0.7 (17,8) 1.2 (30,5) 1.4 (35,6) -VDC LOAD* (A) + 1 SCREW TERMINALS LOAD* (B) 2 5A FUSE + +VCC LOGIC SUPPLY AMPLIFIER + LED Rc 3 3.3K INPUT 4 MALE CARD EDGE TRACES DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE:+-0.020 ( +- 0,50) *LOAD MAY BE WIRED IN LOCATION A OR B DC INDUCTIVE LOADS MUST BE DIODE SUPRESSED TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE I/O MODULE. PB SERIES I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARD DERATING CURVE FOR SMOAC5AH ONLY: 'M' SUFFIX (FET) DC OUTPUT PLUG-IN MODULE 10 + 9 +VDC LOAD* (A) -VDC LOAD* (B) + SCREW TERMINALS 8 A rms 7 2 CONTROL CIRCUIT 5A FUSE 6 +VCC LOGIC SUPPLY 5 AMP. 1 Rc 3 3.3K INPUT 4 4 MALE CARD EDGE TRACES 3 * LOAD MAY BE WIRED IN LOCATION A OR B DC INDUCTIVE LOADS MUST BE DIODE SUPPRESSED TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE I/O MODULE. 2 1 0 -30 + LED + -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 TEMPERATURE DEGREE C 60 70 80 (EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/52 DIGITAL I/O MODULES SM SERIES OUTPUT MODULES INPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1) Model Number Parameter Nominal Voltage Minimum Voltage (2) Maximum Voltage Drop-Out Voltage Maximum Current (3) Resistance (4) 1 SMOAC5 SMOAC5A SMOAC5AH SMOAC5AR SMOAC5R SMODC5 SMODC5A SMODC5F SMODC5MA SMODC5MC SMODC5ML SMOAC24 SMOAC24A SMODC24 5.0 2.75 8.0 1.0 20.0 220 5.0 2.75 8.0 1.0 18.0 250 24.0 18.0 32.0 1.0 13.0 2000 Units VDC VDC VDC VDC mA Ohms OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS: Model Number (1) SMOAC5 SMOAC5A SMOAC5AH SMODC5 SMODC5A SMODC5F SMODC5MA SMODC5MC SMODC5ML SMOAC5R SMOAC5AR SMODC24 SMOAC24 SMOAC24A Parameter Nominal Line Voltage 120 VAC 240 VAC Minimim Line Voltage 12 VAC 24 VAC Maximum Line Voltage 140 VAC 280 VAC Max Off-State Voltage (5) 400 Vpeak 600 Vpeak Max Off-State Leakage (6) .1 mArms .1 mArms Static Off-State dv/dt (7) 200 V/sec 200 V/sec Maximum Rated On-State Current (8) 3.5 Arms 3.5 Arms Min On-State Current 50 mArms 50 mArms Max Surge Current (9) 100 Apeak 100 Apeak On-State Voltage Drop or Resistance (10) 1.6 V 1.6 V H.P. Rating (13) 1/4 H.P. 1/4 H.P. 240 VAC 24 VAC 280 VAC 600 Vpeak .1 mArms 200 V/sec 5-48 V 3.0 V 60 V 60 V 10 A N/A 5-150 V 3.0 V 250 V 250 V 10 A N/A 5-48 V 3.0 V 60 V 60 V 1.0 mA N/A 5-150 V 1.0 V 200 V 200 V 10 A N/A 5-90 V 1.0 V 100 V 100 V 10 A N/A 5-48 V 1.0 V 50 V 50 V 10 A N/A 5.0 A 50 mArms 100 Apeak 3.0 A 10 mA 5.0 A 1.0 A 10 mA 5.0 A 3.0A 10 mA 5.0 A 3.0 A 1.0 mA 10 A 5.0 A 1.0 mA 10 A 5.0 A 1.0 mA 10 A 1.6 V 1/2 H.P. 1.5 V N/A 1.5 V N/A 1.5 V N/A 0.25 N/A 0.10 N/A 0.05 N/A GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: (1) SMOAC5 SMOAC5A SMOAC5AH SMOAC24 SMOAC24A Model Number Parameter Operating Temperature Range Storage Temperature Range Maximum Turn-on Time (11) Maximum Turn-off Time (11) Input/Output Isolation Voltage (12) Input/Output Capacitance (typical) Line Frequency Range Weight -30 to 80 -40 to 100 8.33 8.33 4000 8 47 to 63 .65 oz SMOAC5R SMOAC5AR SMODC5 SMODC5A SMODC24 SMODC5F SMODC5MA SMODC5MC SMODC5ML -30 to 80 -40 to 100 0.1 8.33 4000 8 47 to 63 .65 oz -30 to 80 -40 to 100 0.1 0.75 4000 8 DC .65 oz -30 to 80 -40 to 100 0.025 0.05 4000 8 DC .65 oz -30 to 80 -40 to 100 1.0 0.05 1500 8 DC .65 oz TABLE OF MODEL NUMBER SUFFIXES IDENTIFYING OPTIONAL FEATURES Suffix Feature A High voltage versions (240 VAC for AC modules, 250 VDC for DC modules). AH High Voltage AC, 5 A F Fast-switching version of DC modules. MA FET output version of DC module, 3.0 A, 200 VDC. MC FET output version of DC module, 5.0 A, 100 VDC. ML FET output version of DC module, 5.0 A, 50 VDC. R Random AC voltage turn-on. Notes: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) Units C C mSec mSec VAC pF Hertz Specifications apply to an ambient temperature of -30 to 80C unless otherwise noted. Without external LED status indicator. Add 1.7 volt for external LED if utilized. At nominal input voltage, without external LED status indicator. +/-10% at 25C. Maximum 1 minute duration for SMOAC modules when applied as a DC voltage rather than peak AC voltage. At maximum line voltage, 25C for SMOAC modules, and 80C for SMODC modules. Minimum dv/dt per EIA/NARM RS443, method RS397. dv/dt ratings do no apply to SMODC modules. At 40C, derate SMOAC modules by 58 mA/C to 80C; derate SMODC and SMODCxmA modules by 50 mA/C to 80C; derate SMODCxMC and SMODCxML modules by 125 mA/C to 80C. CSA rating of SMOAC modules is 3.0 Arms at 40C. For SMOAC5AH see derating curve. At 25C. Maximum duration: 1 AC cycle for SMOAC modules, 1 second for SMODC modules. At maximum rated on-state current and 25C. At maximum line voltage, maximum rated output current, nominal input voltage, 25C. Switching speed of SMOAC modules based upon 60 Hz line frequency. At 25C for 1 second maximum duration. 1/4 H.P. at 240 VAC, 1/8 H.P. at 120 VAC. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/53 DIGITAL I/O MODULES 0.6 INCH, M, SM OUTPUT MODULES FEATURES: CE Compliant Available in three physical configurations UL Recognized (E46203) / CSA Certified (38595) 4 kV Optical Isolation 0.6" SERIES 4 0.1 (2,5) 0.4 (10,2) 1.7 (43,2) 0.6 (15,2) 0.1 (2,5) 0.3 (7,6) 2 1 0.24 (5,97) 0.042 (1,1) DIA 0.042 (1,1) DIA 0.042 (1,1) DIA 1.4 (35,6) 1.2 (30,5) 0.7 (17,8) 0.3 (7,6) 3 1.0 (25,4) 1 0.3 (7,6) 0.7 (17,8) 1.2 (30,5) 1.4 (35,5) 1.7 (43,2) 1.0 (25,4) 0.1 (2,5) 2 0.4 (10,2) 3 0.035 (,89) 0.035 (8,9) 0.240 (6,1) 4 CASE COLOR: BLACK 0.2 (5,1) 1 PLASTIC PIN SNAPS IN 0.100" 0.005 DIA HOLE 4-40 HOLDDOWN SCREW 2 CASE COLOR: BLACK 1.0 (25,4) 4 3 0.25 (6,4) 1.25 (31,8) CASE COLOR: BLACK SM SERIES 0.12 (2,9) M SERIES 1.7 (43, 2) 1.0 (25,4) 0.3 (7,6) 0.7 (17,8) 1.2 (30,5) 1.4 (35,6) DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE:+-0.020 ( +- 0,50) PORTION OF PB SERIES I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARD VAC LOAD* (A) VAC LOAD* (B) AC OUTPUT PLUG-IN MODULE 1 S N U B SCREW TERMINALS 2 5A FUSE +VCC LOGIC SUPPLY + + LED ZERO VOLTAGE CIRCUIT Rc 3 3.3K INPUT 4 MALE CARD EDGE TRACES * LOAD MAY BE WIRED IN LOCATION A OR B Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/54 DIGITAL I/O MODULES 0.6 INCH, M, SM OUTPUT MODULES INPUT SPECIFICATIONS: Model Number (1) OACU OACUA OACUAH MOACU MOACUA MOACUAH Parameter Nominal Voltage Minimum Voltage (2) Maximum Voltage Drop-Out Voltage Maximum Current (3) Resistance (4) OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS: 1 SMOACU SMOACUA SMOACUAH Units VDC VDC VDC VDC mA Ohms 15 3 15 1 44 360 (1) Model Number Parameter Nominal Line Voltage Minimim Line Voltage Maximum Line Voltage Max Off-State Voltage (5) Max Off-State Leakage (6) Static Off-State dv/dt (7) Maximum Rated On-State Current (8) Minimum On-State Current Maximum Surge Current (9) On-State Voltage Drop or Resistance (10) H.P. Rating (13) GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: Model Number OACU MOACU SMOACU OACUA MOACUA SMOACUA OACUAH MOACUAH SMOACUAH 120 VAC 12 VAC 140 VAC 400 Vpeak 1.75 mA 200 V / sec 3.5 Arms 50 mArms 100 Apeak 1.6 V 1/4 H.P. 240 VAC 24 VAC 280 VAC 600 Vpeak 1.75 mA 200 V / sec 3.5 Arms 50 mArms 100 Apeak 1.6 V 1/4 H.P. 240 VAC 24 VAC 280 VAC 600 Vpeak 1.75 mA 200 V / sec 5.0 Arms 50 mArms 250 Apeak 1.6 V (1) OACU OACUA OACUAH Parameter Operating Temperature Range Storage Temperature Range Maximum Turn-on Time (11) Maximum Turn-off Time (11) Input/Output Isolation Voltage (12) Input/Output Capacitance (typical) Line Frequency Range MOACU MOACUA MOACUAH -30 to 80 -40 to 100 8.33 8.33 4000 8 47 to 63 SMOACU SMOACUA SMOACUAH Units C C mSec mSec VAC pF Hertz TABLE OF MODEL NUMBER SUFFIXES IDENTIFYING OPTIONAL FEATURES Suffix Feature Notes: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) Specifications apply to an ambient temperature of -30 to 80C unless otherwise noted. Without external LED status indicator. Add 1.7 volt for external LED if utilized. At nominal input voltage, without external LED status indicator. +/-10% at 25C. Maximum 1 minute duration for OAC modules when applied as a DC voltage rather than peak AC voltage. At maximum line voltage, 25C for OAC modules. Minimum dv/dt per EIA/NARM RS443, method RS397. At 40C, derate OAC modules by 58 mA/C to 80C. CSA rating of OAC modules is 3.0 Arms at 40C. At 25C. Maximum duration: 1 AC cycle for OAC modules. At maximum rated on-state current and 25C. At maximum line voltage, maximum rated output current, nominal input voltage, 25C. Switching speed of OAC modules based upon 60 Hz line frequency. At 25C for 1 second maximum duration. 1/4 H.P. at 240 VAC, 1/8 H.P. at 120 VAC. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/55 DIGITAL I/O MODULES 0.6 INCH, M, SM AND QUAD-PACK REED RELAY OUTPUT MODULES FEATURES: 575 VAC/VDC Universal Output Rating Eliminates Need for Separate AC and DC Modules 1 A Off-State Leakage Current Permits Reliable Switching of Sensitive Devices No Minimum Output Voltage or Current Limitation Allows Unrestricted Application 10 Million Operations Provide Long Life Switching up to 25 Volt/Amp Loads 2,500 VAC Isolation 5, 24 Volt Versions for a Wide Variety of Logic Circuit Applications Available in Four Physical Configurations 0.6" SERIES 4 0.042 (1,1) DIA PB SERIES I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARD DC OUTPUT PLUG-IN MODULE 0.1 (2,5) 0.4 (10,2) 1.7 (43,2) 0.6 (15,2) 0.1 (2,5) 0.3 (7,6) 1.4 (35,6) 1.2 (30,5) 0.7 (17,8) 0.3 (7,6) 0.3 (7,6) 0.7 (17,8) 1.2 (30,5) 1.4 (35,5) + 1 1.7 (43,2) 1.0 (25,4) IN 3 IN 4 +VCC 12 11 5 4 OUT 4 COMMON OUT 3 10 9 8 1 SCREW TERMINALS LOAD * (B) 2 5A FUSE +VCC LOGIC SUPPLY + + LED 3 3.3K INPUT 4 MALE CARD EDGE TRACES * LOAD MAY BE WIRE IN LOCATION A OR B ORR MODULES ARE NOT RECOMMENDED FOR SWITCHING INDUCTIVE LOADS. IF USED TO SWITCH INDUCTIVE LOADS, THE LOADS MUST BE DIODE SUPRESSED TO MINIMIZE DAMAGE TO THE INTERNAL CONTACTS. 6 IN 1 IN 2 +VCC ORR, MORR, SMORR EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT 3 2 1 OUT 2 COMMON OUT 1 ORR5Q EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/56 0.24 (6,1) 0.3 (7,6) 0.7 (17,8) 1.2 (30,5) 1.4 (35,6) DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE:+-0.020 ( +- 0,50) 13 LOAD * (A) 2 0.042 (1,1) DIA 0.042 (1,1) DIA 4-40 HOLDDOWN SCREW 3 1.0 (25,4) 1 0.1 (2,5) 2 0.4 (10,2) 3 0.035 (,89) 0.035 (8,9) 0.240 (6,1) 4 0.2 (5,1) 1 CASE COLOR: BLACK PLASTIC PIN SNAPS IN 0.100" DIA HOLE 0.005 2 CASE COLOR: BLACK 1.0 (25,4) 4 3 0.25 (6,4) 1.25 (31,8) CASE COLOR: BLACK SM SERIES 0.12 (2,9) M SERIES 1.7 (43, 2) 1.0 (25,4) DIGITAL I/O MODULES 0.6 INCH, M, SM AND QUAD-PACK REED RELAY OUTPUT MODULES ORR5 MORR5 SMORR5 ORR5Q 5.0 3.0 8.0 1.0 32 250 Operating Temperature Range Storage Temperature Range Maximum Pick-up Time (6) Maximum Drop-out Time (7) Input/Output Isolation (8) Input/Output Capacitance (typical) Load Circuit Frequency Range Life Expectancy (9) 575 VAC/VDC 1500 Vpeak 1 A 1.0 Amp AC/DC 25 Volt-Amp 200 mOhms (1) QUAD-PACK QUAD PACK I/O MODULE CASE COLOR: BLACK All Devices -20 to 80C -40 to 100C 0.5 mSec 0.1 mSec 2500 VAC 8 pF DC to 10 KHz 10 million operations 0.042 (1,1) DIA. PINS 4-40 x 0.75 (19,1) Notes: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) Specifications apply to an ambient temperature of -20 to 80C unless otherwise noted. At maximum input voltage, 25C. +/-10%, 25C. At maximum voltage and 25C. Measured at maximum current, 25C. Measured at minimum input voltage, maximum load circuit voltage, 25C. Measured at maximum input voltage, maximum load circuit voltage, 25C. At 25C for 1 second maximum duration. At 10 VA, 50% duty cycle, one operation per second, 25C. 2.9 (73,2) GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: All Devices 0.5 (12,7) (1) Voltage Peak Off-State Voltage Off-State Leakage (4) Current Power Contact Resistance (5) Units VDC VDC VDC VDC mA Ohms PAN HEAD SCREW .125R 1.9 (47,5) 13 12 11 6 5 10 9 8 3 2 1 4 1.1 (26,9) OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS: 24 18 32 1.0 16 2K 0.2 (5,1) Nominal Voltage Minimum Pick-up Voltage Maximum Voltage Drop-out Voltage Maximum Current (2) Nominal Resistance (3) ORR24 MORR24 SMORR24 0.45 (11,43) Model Number Maximum Maximum Maximum Maximum Maximum Maximum 1 (1) 0.2 (5,1) INPUT SPECIFICATIONS: 0.3 (7,6) 0.2 (5,1) 0.4 (10,2) 0.9 (22,9) 1.1 (27,9) 1.3 (33,0) 2.1 (53,3) DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE:+-0.020 ( +- 0,50) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/57 DIGITAL I/O MODULES C4 INPUT MODULES FEATURES: CE Compliant Built-in LED Status Indicator Regulated Supply Voltage New Industry Standard Packaging 4000 VAC Optical Isolation AC and DC Inputs UL and CSA SCHEMATIC: PLUG-IN MODULE MOUNTING RACK AC/DC INPUT 1 VAC OR VDC SCREW TERMINALS R1 2 + + LED VCC 3 4.7K Rc 4 CONNECTOR LOGIC END (COMMON) 5 EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT ONLY C4 SERIES I/O MODULES AC/DC INPUT SCHEMATIC DIMENSIONS: LED 1.868 (47.44) 1.620 (41.15) C4IDC 1.750 (44.45) 10-32 VDC INPUT 1 2 1.500 (38.10) 4.5-30 VDC Crouzet + - 3 4 5 0.200 (5.08) 1.920 (48.77) 1.550 (39.37) 0.204 (3.56) 1.150 (29.21) 0.650 (16.50) 0.400 (10.16) 0.200 (5.07) 0.160 (4.07) o0.042 (1.07) 0.140 (3.56) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/58 DIGITAL I/O MODULES C4 INPUT MODULES 1 SPECIFICATIONS: INPUT SPECIFICATIONS: Nominal Voltage Maximum Voltage Minimum Voltage Resistance (2) (3) Maximum Current (4) Drop out Current (5) Input Allowed for No Output (6) Maximum Turn-on Time (12) Maximum Turn-off Time (12) (1) C4IAC C4IACA 120 VAC 140 VAC 90 VAC 22 k 14 mA 3 mA 2.5 mA/50 VAC 20 ms 20 ms 240 VAC 10-32 VDC 280 VAC 32 VDC 140 VAC 10 VDC 75 k 2 k 5 mA 20 mA 1 mA 1.5 mA .7 mA/50 VAC 1 mA/3 VDC 20 ms 5 ms 20 ms 5 ms OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1) C4IAC C4IACA C4IDC Logic Supply Voltage Maximum Logic Supply Voltage Minimum Logic Supply Voltage Maximum Logic Supply Current (7) Maximum Supply Idle Current (8) Maximum Current (9) Maximum Logic Leakage Current (10) Maximum Output Voltage Drop (11) GENERAL SPECIFICATION: C4IDC C4IDCB C4IDCG C4IDCK 4-16 VDC 16 VDC 4 VDC 400 40 mA 2 mA .7 mA/1 VAC 50 s 100 s 35-60 VDC 60 VDC 35 VDC 10 k 10 mA 1 mA .7 mA / 7 VDC 10 ms 10 ms 2.5-16 VDC 16 VDC 2.5 VDC 300 60 mA 2 mA .2 mA / 1 VDC 25 s 25 s C4IDCB C41DCG C4IDCK 4.5 to 30 VDC 30 VDC 4.5 VDC 25 mA 7 mA 50 mA 10 A 0.2 VDC (1) Operating Temperature Range Storage Temperature Range Input to Output Isolation Voltage (13) -30 to +80C -40 to +100C 4000 VAC ORDERING INFORMATION: PART NUMBER C4IAC C4IACA C4IDC C4IDCB C4IDCG C4IDCK Notes: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) INPUT 90-140 VAC 140-280 VAC 10-32 VDC 4-16 VDC 35-60 VDC 2.5-16 VDC DC OUTPUT LOGIC 4.5 to 30 VDC 4.5 to 30 VDC 4.5 to 30 VDC 4.5 to 30 VDC 4.5 to 30 VDC 4.5 to 30 VDC Specifications apply to an ambient temperature of -30 to 80C unless otherwise noted. Resistance values for C4IAC modules are effective impedance values at 25C. Resistance values are +/-10% at 25C. At max turn-on voltage, TA=25C For on-state condition to off-state condition, TA=25C. Higher currents may result in the output remaining in the "on" state. Defined as the maximum current/voltage allowed through the module's input that will not switch the module's output state from "off" to "on." At maximum logic supply voltage and 25C. At maximum specified logic voltage and 25C. Maximum allowable sinking current through open collector output transistor. At maximum output voltage and 25C. At maximum allowable output current and 25C. At 15 VDC logic, 30 VDC output, 50 mA, 25C and nominal input voltage. At 25C for 1 second maximum duration. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/59 DIGITAL I/O MODULES C4 OUTPUT MODULES FEATURES: CE Compliant Built-in LED Status Indicator Replacable 2 AG Type Fuse New Industry Standard Packaging UL and CSA 4 to 32 VDC Regulated Input SCHEMATIC: MOUNTING RACK PLUG-IN MODULE MOUNTING RACK PLUG-IN MODULE AC OUTPUT VAC OR SCREW TERMINALS VAC *FUSE OR SCREW TERMINALS Rc ZERO VOLTAGE CIRCUIT + 3 + LED VCC AMPLIFIER Rc 3 4.7K I OUT *FUSE 2 LOAD + LED VCC 1 LOAD 2 LOAD + DC OUTPUT 1 LOAD 4.7K I OUT 4 CONNECTOR C4 SERIES I/O MODULES AC OUTPUT SCHEMATIC * LITTLE FUSE 229003S 4 CONNECTOR EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT ONLY EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT ONLY C4 SERIES I/O MODULES DC OUTPUT SCHEMATIC * LITTLE FUSE 229003S DIMENSIONS: 1.868 (47.44) 0.05 (1.27) 0.80 (20.32) LED 0.050 (1.27) GORDOS Crouzet C4OAC 1.750 (44.45) 12-140VAC 3A OUTPUT 1 2 1.620 (41.15) 1.500 (38.10) 4.5-30 VDC INPUT + - 3 4 0.200 (5.08) 1.920 (48.77) #4-40 HOLD DOWN SCREW 1.350 (34.30) 0.200 (5.08) 0.140 (3.56) 0.950 (24.14) 0.450 (11.44) 0.200 (5.09) 0.360 (9.14) o0.042 (1.07) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/60 DIGITAL I/O MODULES C4 OUTPUT MODULES 1 SPECIFICATIONS: INPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1) C4OAC C4OACA Nominal Voltage Drop-out Voltage Maximum Current (2) (3) Resistance C4OACR C4ODCA C4OACAR C4ODC 4-32VDC 4-32DVC 1VDC 1VDC 22 mA 16 mA Regulated Input OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1) C4OAC C4OACR 120 VAC 12 VAC 140 VAC 600 V Peak .1 mA 200 V / s 3A 50 mA 100 A Peak 1.6 V Peak 1/4 HP Nominal Line Voltage Minimum Line Voltage Maximum Line Voltage Maximum Off-state Voltage (4) Maximum Off-state Leakage (5) Static Off-state dv/dt (6) Maximum Output Current (7) Minimum Output Current Maximum Surge Current (8) On-State Voltage Drop (9) HP Rating GENERAL SPECIFICATION: Operating Temperature Range Storage Temperature Range Maximum Turn-on Time (10) Maximum Turn-off Time Input to Output Isolation Voltage (11) Input/Output Capacitance C4OACA C4OACAR 240 VAC 12 VAC 280 VAC 600 V Peak .1 mA 200 V / s 3A 50 mA 100 A Peak 1.6 V Peak 1/4 HP C4ODC C4ODCA 5-48 VDC 5 VDC 60 VDC 60 VDC 10 A n/a 3A 10 mA 5 A Peak 1.6 VDC n/a 5-150 VDC 3 VDC 250 VDC 250 VDC 100 A n/a 1A 10 mA 5 A Peak 1.6 VDC n/a (1) C4OAC C4OACA -30 to +80 -40 to +100 8.33 8.33 4000 4 C4OACR C4OACAR -30 to +80 -40 to +100 0.1 8.33 4000 4 C4ODC C4ODCA -30 to +80 -40 to +100 0.05 0.05 4000 4 C C mSec mSec VAC pF ORDERING INFORMATION: PART NUMBER C4ODC C40DCA C4OAC C4OACA C4OACR C40ACAR Notes: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) INPUT 4-32VDC 4-32VDC 4-32VDC 4-32VDC 4-32VDC 4-32VDC OUTPUT 5-60VDC 5-250VDC 12-140VAC 24-280VAC 12-140VAC 24-280VAC Specifications apply to an ambient temperature of -30 to 80C unless otherwise noted. At 32 VDC typical. 13 mA at 5 VDC for AC output models only. Maximum 1 minute duration. At maximum rated line voltage, TA=80C. Minimum DV/DT per EIA/NARM RS443, method RS397. DV/DT ratings do not apply to C4ODC. Without any external heat sink in still air, TA=45C, at 40C derate 40 mA/C to 80C. At 25C, maximum duration: 1AC cycle for AC modules, 1 second for DC module. At peak rated current. Before zero voltage, Vin=4V AC modules only based on 60 Hz. Vin=15V for DC module. For 1 second maximum duration TA=25C. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/61 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/62 DIGITAL I/O MODULES 1 C4 INPUT SWITCH OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS: Logic Supply Voltage 4.5 to 30 VDC Maximum Output Current 50 mA C4 OUTPUT SWITCH OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS: 3 Amps rms @ 250 VAC C4SWIN C4SWOUT FUSE N/C 1 N/C LED 2 4 3 SCREW TERMINALS 1 5 2 SCREW TERMINALS 4.7K C4 MOUNTING RACK 4.7K C4 MOUNTING RACK LOAD LOAD OR LOGIC GND (COMMON) +VCC VAC OR VDC 4 3 OUTPUT VAC OR VDC ORDERING INFORMATION: PART NUMBER C4SWIN C4SWOUT INPUT MODULE OUTPUT MODULE Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/63 DIGITAL I/O MODULES DIN-RAIL MOUNTABLE INPUT MODULES FEATURES: 2.46 (62) 0.69 (17.5) CE Compliant DIN-Rail Mountable Single Point Input Modules AC Inputs for 24 V, 120 V, 240 V DC Inputs for 3.3 to 32 V, 10 to 48 V UL Recognized (E46203)/CSA Certified (38595) 4 kV Optical Isolation Open-Collector Output, with LED Indicator Input and Output Barrier Strips Accept 14 to 28 AWG Wire Configured for Panel Mounting DIN RAIL AC INPUT MODULE 1 VAC 2 SCREW TERMINALS 0.16 (4) VAC +VCC LOGIC SUPPLY 2.36 (60) 3 LED 4 3.3K SCHMITT TRIGGER 1.96 (50) 0.56 (14) OUTPUT LOGIC GND (COMMON) 5 DIN RAIL DC INPUT MODULE 0.125 (3) 1 1.77 (45) CASE COLORS: AC-YELLOW DC-WHITE +VDC 2 * -VDC +VCC LOGIC SUPPLY 2.77 (70) SCREW TERMINALS 3 LED 4 3.3K * SCHMITT TRIGGER OUTPUT DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE: 0.020 (0.50) LOGIC GND (COMMON) 5 (EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/64 DIGITAL I/O MODULES DIN-RAIL MOUNTABLE INPUT MODULES INPUT SPECIFICATIONS: Model Number (1) DRIAC5 DRIAC24 Parameter Nominal Voltage Maximum Voltage Minimum Voltage Resistance (2) Maximum Current (3) Drop-out Current (4) Allowable Current/ Voltage for No Output (5) 120 VAC 140 VAC/VDC 90 VAC/VDC 28 k 5.0 mArms 2.0 mArms 2.5 mArms 50 VAC/VDC OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1) Model Number Parameter Nominal Logic Supply Voltage Maximum Logic Supply Voltage Minimum Logic Supply Voltage Maximum Logic Supply Current (6) Maximum Logic Supply Leakage Current (7) Maximum Voltage (8) Maximum Current (9) Maximum Leakage Current (10) Maximum Voltage Drop (11) GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: DRIAC5A DRIAC24A DRIDC5 DRIDC24 DRIDC5A DRIDC24A 240 VAC 280 VAC/VDC 180 VAC/VDC 75 k 5.0 mArms 1.5 mArms 2.0 mArms 50 VAC/VDC 5-28 VDC 32 VDC/VAC 4.0 VDC/VAC 1 k 34 mA 1.0 mA 1.5 mA 2.0 VDC 12-48 VDC 48 VDC 10 VDC 2 k 34 mA 1.0 mA 1.5 mA 4.0 VDC DRIAC5 DRIAC5A DRIDC5 DRIDC5A DRIAC24 DRIAC24A DRIDC24 DRIDC24A 5.0 6.0 3.0 28.0 10.0 30.0 50.0 10.0 0.2 24.0 30.0 20.0 28.0 10.0 30.0 50.0 10.0 0.2 DRIAC5 DRIAC5A DRIAC24 DRIAC24A DRIDC5 DRIDC5A DRIDC24 DRIDC24A -30 to 80 -40 to 100 20 30 4000 8 47 to 63 -30 to 80 -40 to 100 1.0 1.0 4000 8 DC Units VDC VDC VDC mA A VDC mA A VDC (1) Model Number Parameter Operating Temperature Range Storage Temperature Range Maximum Turn-on Time (12) Maximum Turn-off Time (12) Input/Output Isolation Voltage (13) Input/Output Capacitance (typical) Line Frequency Range TABLE OF MODEL NUMBER SUFFIXES IDENTIFYING OPTIONAL FEATURES Suffix A 1 Feature High voltage versions (240 VAC for AC modules), (48 VDC for DC modules). Notes: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) Units C C mSec mSec VAC pF Hertz Specifications apply to an ambient temperature of -30 to 80C unless otherwise noted. Resistance values for IAC modules are effective impedance values at 25C. Measured at maximum specified input voltage, 25C. Defined as the maximum current allowed through the module's input to guarantee that the output will switch from "on" to "off." Higher currents may result in the output remaining in the "on" state. Defined as the maximum current allowed through the module's input that will not switch the module's output state from "off" to "on." At maximum specified logic supply voltage and 25C. At maximum specified logic voltage and 25C. Maximum allowable applied voltage across open collector output transistor. Factory recommends this voltage not exceed logic voltage. Maximum allowable sinking current through open collector output transistor. At maximum output voltage and 25C. At maximum allowable output current and 25C. At nominal logic supply voltage, 25 mA output sinking current, nominal input voltage and 25C. At 25C for 1 second maximum duration. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/65 DIGITAL I/O MODULES DIN-RAIL MOUNTABLE OUTPUT MODULES FEATURES: CE Compliant DIN-Rail Mountable Single Point Output Modules (35mm DIN) UL Recognized/Horse Power Rated (E46203)/ CSA certified (38595) AC Output Rating 5 Amp at 12 to 280 VAC, with 250 Amp Single Cycle Surge Capability DC Output Rating 3 Amp at 3 to 60 VDC 3 to 32 VDC Input for AC Module, 5V or 24V for DC Module Zero Voltage Turn-on for AC Module 4 kV Optical Isolation with LED Indicator Barrier Strips Accept 14 to 28 AWG Wire Configured for Panel Mounting DIN RAIL AC OUTPUT MODULE 2.46 (62) 0.69 (17.5) 1 VAC VAC LOAD* (A) SCREW TERMINALS 2 REPLACEABLE 5A FUSE 3 LED S N U B LOAD* (B) ZERO VOLTAGE CIRCUIT +VCC LOGIC SUPPLY 0.16 (4) 4 INPUT 2.36 (60) 1.96 (50) 0.56 (14) *LOAD MAY BE WIRED IN LOCATION A OR B DIN RAIL DC OUTPUT MODULE 1 CASE COLORS: AC-BLACK DC-RED 1.77 (45) +VDC -VDC LOAD* (A) VAC VAC SCREW TERMINALS 2 REPLACEABLE 5A FUSE 3 LED +VCC LOGIC LOAD* (B) Rc AMPLIFIER +VCC LOGIC SUPPLY 0.125 (3) 4 INPUT 2.77 (70) DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE: 0.020 (0.50) *LOAD MAY BE WIRED IN LOCATION A OR B. DC INDUCTIVE LOADS MUST BE DIODE SUPRESSED TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE I/O MODULE. (EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/66 DIGITAL I/O MODULES DIN-RAIL OUTPUT MODULES 1 INPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1) Model Number Parameter Nominal Voltage Minimum Voltage Maximum Voltage Drop-Out Voltage Maximum Current (2) Resistance (3) DROAC DRODC5 DRODC24 5-24 3.7 32 1.0 18.0 -- 5.0 3.5 8.0 1.0 18.0 250 24.0 18.0 32.0 1.0 13.0 2000 OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1) Model Number Parameter Nominal Line Voltage Minimim Line Voltage Maximum Line Voltage Max Off-State Voltage (4) Max Off-State Leakage (5) Static Off-State dv/dt (6) Maximum Rated On-State Current (7) Min On-State Current Max Surge Current (8) On-State Voltage Drop (9) Horse Power Rating (13) DROAC DRODC5 DRODC24 120/240 VAC 12 VAC 280 VAC 600 Vpeak .1 mArms 200 V / sec 5-48 V 3.0 V 60 V 60 V 10 A N/A 5.0 Arms 50 mArms 250 Apeak 1.6 V 1/2 H.P. 3.0 A 10 mA 5.0 A 1.5 V N/A Units VDC VDC VDC VDC mA Ohms GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: Model Number (1) DROAC Parameter Operating Temperature Range Storage Temperature Range Maximum Turn-on Time (10) Maximum Turn-off Time (10) Input/Output Isolation Voltage (11) Input/Output Capacitance (typical) Line Frequency Range Fuse (12) -30 to 80 -40 to 100 8.33 8.33 4000 8 47 to 63 5 Notes: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) DRODC5 DRODC24 -30 to 80 -40 to 100 0.1 0.75 4000 8 DC 5 Units C C mSec mSec VAC pF Hertz Amps Specifications apply to an ambient temperature of -30 to 80C unless otherwise noted. At nominal input voltage for DC modules, AC modules are current limited +/-10% at 25C . +/-10% at 25C for DC modules. Maximum 1 minute duration for OAC modules when applied as a DC voltage rather than peak AC voltage. At maximum line voltage, 25C for OAC modules, and 80C for ODC modules. Minimum dv/dt per EIA/NARM RS443, method RS397. dv/dt ratings do not apply to ODC modules. At 40C, derate OAC modules by 125 mA/C to 80C; derate ODC modules by 50 mA/C to 80C. At 25C. Maximum duration: 1 AC cycle for OAC modules, 1 second for ODC modules. At maximum rated on-state current and 25C. At maximum line voltage, maximum rated output current, nominal input voltage, 25C. Switching speed of OAC modules based upon 60 Hz line frequency. At 25C for 1 second maximum duration. Fuse is Buss, PC-TRON #PCE5. 1/2 H.P. at 240 VAC, 1/4 H.P. at 120 VAC. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/67 DIGITAL I/O MODULES 17.5mm DIN-RAIL INPUT MODULES FEATURES: CE Compliant DIN-Rail Mountable (17.5 mm wide) Single Point Input Modules 4 kV Optical Isolation Open-Collector Output with LED Indicator UL and cUL (E46203) Recognized Regulated Supply Voltage Built-in LED Status Indicator DIMENSIONS: (1) 84115501 84115502 1 3 4 5 INPUT SPECIFICATIONS: Model Number 2 17.50 (0.689) 84115503 81.00 (3.189) 18.00 (0.709) OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS: 240 VAC/DC 280 VAC/DC 180 VAC/DC 2 mA 5 mA 1 mA 0.7 mA 50 VAC/DC 20 mS 20 mS 4-32 VDC 32 VDC 4 VDC 27 mA 35 mA 1 mA 1 mA 2.2 VDC 5 mS 10 mS 45.00 (1.772) 49.00 (1.949) 120 VAC/DC 140 VAC/DC 90 VAC/DC 7 mA 14 mA 3 mA 2.5 mA 50 VAC/DC 20 mS 20 mS 65.00 (2.559) Parameter Nominal Voltage Maximum Voltage Minimum Voltage Minimum Current (2) Maximum Current (2) Drop-out Current (3) Allowable Current (4) Voltage for No Output (4) Maximum Turn-on Time (5) Maximum Turn-off Time (5) (1) Model Number 84115501 84115502 84115503 Logic Supply Voltage Maximum Logic Supply Voltage Minimum Logic Supply Voltage Maximum Logic Supply Current (6) Maximum Supply Idle Current (6) Maximum Current (7) Maximum Logic Leakage Current (8) Maximum Output Voltage Drop (9) 4.5 to 30 VDC 30 VDC 4.5 VDC 32 mA 7 mA 50 mA 10 A 0.2 VDC 40.65 (1.600) DIMENSIONS: MILLIMETERS (INCHES) TOLERANCE: +0.020 (+0.50) Notes: (1) AC/DC INPUT (4) 1 R1 2 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: (1) (5) + LED Operating Temperature Range Storage Temperature Range Input to Output Isolation Voltage (10) -30 to +80C -40 to +100C 4000 VAC 3 (6) 3.9 K Rc 4 (7) (8) 5 EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT ONLY (9) (10) te condition to off-state condition, TA=25 C. Higher currents may result in the output remaining in the "on" state. Defined as the maximum current/voltage allowed through the module's input that will not switch the module's output state from "off" to "on." At 15 VDC logic, 30 VDC output, 50 mA. 25 C and nominal input voltage. At maximum logic supply voltage and 25 C. Maximum allowable sinking current through open collector output transistor. For off state condition excluding 3.9 K Ohm pull up resistor At 50 mA, TA = 25C At 25 C for 1 second maximum duration. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/68 DIGITAL I/O MODULES 17.5mm DIN-RAIL OUTPUT MODULES 1 FEATURES: UL and cUL (E46203) Recognized CE Compliant DIN-Rail Mountable (17.5mm wide) Single Point Output Modules AC Output Rating 5 Amp at 12 to 280 VAC, with 350 Amp Single Cycle Surge Capability DC Output Rating 3 Amp at 5 to 60 VDC 4 to 32 VDC Input Current regulated Zero Voltage Turn-on for AC Module 4 kV Optical Isolation with LED Indicator Barrier Strips Accept 14 to 28 AWG Wire Configured for Panel Mounting OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS: Model Number Parameter Nominal Line Voltage Minimim Line Voltage Maximum Line Voltage Max Off-State Voltage (3) Max Off-State Leakage (4) Static Off-State dv/dt (5) Maximum Rated On-State Current (6) Min On-State Current Max Surge Current (7) On-State Voltage Drop (8) (1) 84130105 84130108 84130104 INPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1) 120/240 VAC 12 VAC 280 VAC 800 Vpeak .1 mA 50 V / sec 5-60 VDC 5 VDC 60 VDC 60 VDC 10 A N/A Model Number Parameter Nominal Voltage Minimum Voltage Maximum Voltage Drop-Out Voltage Maximum Current (2) Resistance 5.0 Arms 50 mArms 350 Apeak 1.85 Vpeak 3.0 A 10 mA 5.0 A 1.6 VDC Model Number Parameter Operating Temperature Range Storage Temperature Range Maximum Turn-on Time (9) (11) Maximum Turn-off Time (9) Input/Output Isolation Voltage (10) Input/Output Capacitance (typical) Line Frequency Range 17.50 (0.689) 3 2 4 1 81.00 (3.189) 18.00 (0.709) 45.00 (1.772) 4-32 VDC 4 VDC 32 VDC 1 VDC 22 mA Current Regulated GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: DIMENSIONS: 84130104 84130105 (1) Units C C mSec mSec VAC pF Hertz 84130105 -30 to 80 -40 to 100 8.33 8.33 4000 6 47 to 63 84130104 -30 to 80 -40 to 100 0.05 0.05 4000 4 DC Notes: (1) Specifications apply to an ambient temperature of -30 to 80C unless otherwise noted. (2) Modules are current limited +/-10% at 25C . (3) Maximum 1 minute duration for OAC modules when applied as a DC voltage rather than peak AC voltage. (4) At maximum line voltage, 25C for OAC modules, and 80C for ODC modules. (5) Minimum dv/dt per EIA/NARM RS443, method RS397. dv/dt ratings do not apply to ODC modules. (6) At 25C, derate 84130105 modules by 46.9 mA/C to 80C; derate 84130104 modules by 21.5 mA/C to 80C. (7) At 25C. Maximum duration: 1 AC cycle for OAC modules, 1 second for ODC modules. (8) At maximum rated on-state current and 25C. (9) At maximum line voltage, maximum rated output current, nominal input voltage, 25C. Switching speed of OAC modules based upon 60 Hz line frequency. (10) At 25C for 1 second maximum duration. (11) For 84130108 turn-on time is 0.1 mSec. DIN RAIL 49.50 (1.949) 65.00 (2.559) AC OUTPUT MODULE DIN RAIL DC OUTPUT MODULE 1 +VDC LOAD* (A) 2 -VDC VAC 1 VAC VAC SCREW TERMINALS VACLO +VCC REPLACEABLE 5A FUSE LOAD* (B) LOAD* (A) SCREW TERMINALS 2 REPLACEABLE 5A FUSE 3 LED LOAD* (B) S N U B ZERO VOLTAGE CIRCUIT +VCC LOGIC SUPPLY 3 LED Rc AMPLIFIER +VCC LOGIC SUPPLY 4 INPUT 4 INPUT *LOAD MAY BE WIRED IN LOCATION A OR B DIMENSIONS: MILLIMETERS (INCHES) TOLERANCE: 0.020 (0.50) 40.65 (1.600) *LOAD MAY BE WIRED IN LOCATION A OR B. DC INDUCTIVE LOADS MUST BE DIODE SUPRESSED TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE I/O MODULE. (EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/69 DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS FEATURES: Plug-compatible logic connections on 8, 16, 24 and 32 position boards. Screw terminal barrier block for logic connections on 4-positon boards. Screw terminal barrier block for load connections Resident pull-up resistors 5 amp field-replaceable fuses (LITTLEFUSE #251005 or equivalent) LEDs indicate logic status All even-numbered logic connections are logic ground Input and output modules accepted interchangeably Operate with 5, 15 or 24 volt logic supplies Captive-screw retaining system for standard-size modules and "Quad-Packs." Pin retaining system for "SM" series minature modules. Optional hold down bar for "M" and "SM" series miniature modules. PB4, PB4R, PB8, PB16, PB16S, PB16T, PB24, PB24Q and PB32Q UL recognized and approved for field wiring (E79183) and CSA certified (38595). Additional approvials pending. Consult factory for updated list. FOR 0.6 INCH MODULES (Compatible with "SM" Series Modules) PB4 DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE:+-0.020 ( +- 0,50) REPLACEABLE 5 AMP LINE FUSES (4) (see note 3) POWER BARRIER STRIP (see notes 1,2) UNUSED 1 POWER BARRIER STRIP 0.25 (6,4) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 REPLACEABLE 5 AMP FUSE (4) SWAGED STANDOFF THRU HOLE 0.15 (3,8) DIA. (4) 3.5 (88,9) 3.0 (76,2) GORDOS DIGITAL I/O MODULES SOLD SEPERATELY PULL UP RESISTOR 3.3K OHM (4) LED STATUS INDICATORS (4) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0.75 (19,1) 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 I/O MODULE PIN SOCKETS 9 0.25 (6,4) PULL UP RESISTOR 3.3K OHM (4) LED STATUS INDICATOR (4) 4.0 (101,6) 2.2 (55,9) 4.5 (114,3) SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT BARRIER STRIP SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT BARRIER STRIP (see notes 2,3) 1 2 NOTES: 1) 6-32 SCREW TERMINAL BARRIER STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 24 TO 12 AWG. 2) OPTIONAL JUMPERS AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER STRIP COMMONS. ORDER 1 EACH "JS8" AND CUT IN HALF. 3) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT. PB4R 3 5 6 7 REPLACEABLE 5 AMP LINE FUSES (4) (see note 3) 0.25 (6,4) 1 9 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 3.5 (88,9) 3.0 (76,2) SWAGED STANDOFF THRU HOLE 0.15 (3,8) DIA. (4) PULL UP RESISTOR 3.3K OHM (4) LED STATUS INDICATORS (4) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 LOGIC SUPPLY CONNECTED TO BARRIER STRIP (+1,-2) (see note 1) 4.0 (101,6) 2.2 (55,9) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 POWER BARRIER STRIP GORDOS DIGITAL I/O MODULES SOLD SEPERATELY 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 REPLACEABLE 5 AMP FUSE (4) I/O MODULE PIN SOCKETS PULL UP RESISTOR 3.3K OHM (4) 0.25 (6,4) SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT BARRIER STRIP (see notes 2,3) LED STATUS INDICATOR (4) 4.5 (114,3) NOTES: 1) 6-32 SCREW TERMINAL BARRIER STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 24 TO 12 AWG. 2) OPTIONAL JUMPERS AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER STRIP COMMONS. ORDER 1 EACH "JS8" AND CUT IN HALF. 3) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT. 4) PB4R ACCEPTS ONLY OUTPUT MODULES. INPUT MODULES WILL NOT PLUG INTO PB4R. SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT BARRIER STRIP 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 UNUSED Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/70 8 UNUSED POWER OUTPUT BARRIER STRIP (see notes 1,2) DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE:+-0.020 ( +- 0,50) 0.75 (19,1) 4 LOGIC GND +LOGIC LOGIC SUPPLY CONNECTED TO BARRIER STRIP (+1, -2) (see note 1) 8 9 DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS FOR 0.6 INCH MODULES (Compatible with "SM" Series Modules) 1 PB4H DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE:+-0.020 ( +- 0,50) 0.25 (6,4) REPLACEABLE 1 AMP LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE (see note 4) 5.25 (133,4) 0.375 (9,5) 4.5 (114,3) SCREW TERMINAL LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP PWR ON +5V GND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3.5 (88,9) JUMPERS CONNECTING LOGIC SUPPLY THROUGH HEADER CONNECTOR PIN 49 4.0 (101,6) REPLACEABLE 5 AMP LINE FUSE (4) (see note 5) NEGATIVE (-) LOGIC SUPPLY BUS TERMINATION SWAGED STANDOFF THRU HOLE 0.15 (3,8) DIA. (4) POWER BARRIER STRIP (see notes 2,3) PIN 1 SPARE 5 AMP LINE FUSE 5V JUMPERS 0 1 2 3 PULL UP 3.3K OHM RESISTOR (4) POSITIVE (+) LOGIC SUPPLY BUS TERMINATION 0.65 (16,5) 50 CONDUCTOR SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT MALE PIN CONNECTOR (see note 1) GORDOS DIGITAL I/O MODULES SOLD SEPERATELY LED STATUS INDICATORS (4) 2.1 (53,3) NOTES: 1) CONNECTOR IS CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B-SR OR EQUIVLAENT. 2) 6-32 SCREW TERMINAL BARRIER STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 24 TO 12 AWG. 3) OPTIONAL JUMPERS ARE AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER STRIP COMMONS. ORDER 1 EACH "JS8" AND CUT IN HALF. 4) LITTLE FUSE 251001 OR EQUIVALENT. 5) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT. LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP +5V GND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 POWER BARRIER STRIP D1 5 AMP LINE FUSES (4) 1 AMP LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE PWR 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 ON J1 1 49 EVEN 2-50 PINS SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50 CONDUCTOR MALE PIN CONNECTOR TO G1 BOARD OR RIBBON CABLE 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 LOGIC SUPPLY BUS TERMINATION I/O MODULE PIN SOCKETS AMP 645979-1 OR EQUIVALENT NC NC PULL UP RESISTOR 3.3K OHM (4) + - LED STATUS INDICATORS (4) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/71 DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS FOR 0.6 INCH MODULES (Compatible with "SM" Series Modules) PB8 SCREW TERMINAL LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP 6-32 SCREW TERMINAL POWER BARRIER STRIP (see note 2) 8.0 (203,2) DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE:+-0.020 ( +- 0,50) 7.5 (190,5) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 - + REPLACEABLE 5 AMP LINE FUSE (8) (see note 4) GORDOS DIGITAL I/O MODULES SOLD SEPERATELY 0.3 (7,6) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 3.5 (88,9) SWAGED STANDOFF THRU HOLE 0.15 (3,2) DIA. (4) 3.0 (76,2) 2.6 (66,0) 1.4 (35,6) 7 PULL UP RESISTORS 3.3K OHM (8) 0.45 (11,4) 0.75 (19,1) SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50 TRACE (0.1" CENTERS) MALE CARD EDGE (see note 1) 2.2 (55,9) LED STATUS INDICATORS (8) NOTES: 1) MATING CONNECTOR IS BERG 66317-150 OR EQUIVALENT. SPECIFY SUFFIX "V" FOR OPTIONAL CA26HM-2F-SR CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY OR EQUIVALENT 26 CONDUCTOR PERPENDICULAR-TO-THE-BOARD MALE PIN CONNECTOR. 2) 6-32 SCREW TERMINAL BARRIER STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 24 TO 12 AWG. 3) OPTIONAL JUMPERS ARE AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER STRIP COMMONS. ORDER 1 EACH "JS8". 4) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT. LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP 1 2 + BOTTOM ALL EVEN PINS "V" OR "C" OPTION EDGE CONN TOP + LOGIC 49 25 SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50 TRACE (0.1" CENTERS) MALE CARD EDGE OR OPTIONAL PIN CONNECTOR +LOGIC 47 45 43 41 39 37 35 33 25 1 3 4 5 6 POWER BARRIER STRIP 7 8 9 10 1112 1314 5 AMP LINE FUSE 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 23 21 19 17 15 13 11 9 1 CUSTOMER INSTALLED OPTIONAL JUMPERS FOR CONNECTING LOGIC SUPPLY THRU CARD EDGE CONNECTOR 15 16 I/O MODULE PIN SOCKETS AMP #645979-1 OR EQUIVALENT LED STATUS INDICATOR (8) PULL UP RESISTOR 3.3K OHM (8) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/72 DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS FOR 0.6 INCH MODULES (Compatible with "SM" Series Modules) 1 PB8H SCREW TERMINAL LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP REPLACEABLE 1 AMP LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE (see note 4) 8.25 (209,55) DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE:+-0.020 ( +- 0,50) 7.5 (190,5) 0.375 (9,5) 1 AMP FUSE PWR ON +5V GND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 POWER BARRIER STRIP (see notes 2,3) PIN 49 4.0 (101,6) JUMPERS CONNECTING LOGIC SUPPLY THRU HEADER CONNECTOR 3.5 (88,9) SPARE SWAGED STANDOFF THRU HOLE 0.15 (3,8) DIA. (4) 5A FUSE REPLACEABLE 5 AMP LINE FUSES (8) (see note 5) NEGATIVE (-) LOGIC SUPPLY BUS TERMINATION PIN 1 SPARE 5 AMP LINE FUSE 5V JUMPERS POSITIVE (+) LOGIC SUPPLY BUS TERMINATION 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 PULL UP RESISTOR 3.3K OHM (8) 0.65 (16,5) 0.25 (6,4) SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50 CONDUCTOR MALE PIN CONNECTOR (see note 1) GORDOS DIGITAL I/O MODULES SOLD SEPERATELY LED STATUS INDICATORS 2.1 (53,3) NOTES: 1) CONNECTOR IS CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B-SR OR EQUIVALENT. 2) 6-32 SCREW TERMINAL BARRIER STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 24 TO 12 AWG. 3) OPTIONAL JUMPERS ARE AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER STRIP COMMONS. ORDER 1 EACH "JS8". 4) LITTLE FUSE 251001 OR EQUIVALENT. 5) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT. LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP +5V GND 1 2 3 4 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 5 6 7 POWER BARRIER STRIP D1 5 AMP LINE FUSUES (8) 1 AMP LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE 1 49 SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50 CONDUCTOR MALE PIN CONNECTOR TO G1 BOARD OR RIBBON CABLE PWR ON J1 EVEN 2-50 PINS 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 LOGIC SUPPLY BUS TERMINATION 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 I/O MODULE PIN SOCKETS NC NC + - PULL UP RESISTOR 3.3K OHM (8) LED STATUS INDICATORS (8) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/73 DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS FOR 0.6 INCH MODULES (Compatible with "SM" Series Modules) PB16 14.1 (356,9) DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE:+-0.020 ( +- 0,50) 7.3 (185,4) 6.25 (158,8) SCREW TERMINAL LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 POWER BARRIER STRIP (see notes 2,3) 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 0.2 (6,4) 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 REPLACEABLE 5 AMP LINE FUSES (16) (see note 4) + 1.4 (35,6) 3.5 (88,9) 2.6 (66,0) NYLON STANDOFF 6-32 THD. SWAGED STANDOFF THRU HOLE 0.15 (3,2) DIA. (4) GORDOS DIGITAL I/O MODULES SOLD SEPERATELY 1.6 (40,6) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 PULL UP RESISTOR 3.3K OHM (16) 0.75 (19,1) 0.45 (11,4) 2.2 (55,9) LED STATUS 0.4 (10,2) INDICATOR (16) NOTES: 1) MATING CONNECTOR IS BERG 66317-150 OR EQUIVALENT. SPECIFY SUFFIX 'C' FOR OPTIONAL 65823-093 OR EQUIVALENT MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR THE PARALLEL-TO-THE-BOARD CABLE CONNECTION. SPECIFY SUFFIX 'V' FOR OPTIONAL CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B-SR OR EQUIVALENT MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PERPENDICULAR-TO-THE-BOARD CABLE CONNECTION. 2) 6-32 SCREW TERMINAL BARRIER STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 24 TO 12 AWG. SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50 TRACE (0.1" CENTERS) MALE CARD EDGE (see note 1) 3) OPTIONAL JUMPERS ARE AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER STRIP COMMONS. ORDER 1 EACH "JS2" AND 2 EACH "JS8". 4) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT. POWER BARRIER STRIP LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP EDGE CONN + BOTTOM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 5 AMP LINE FUSES (16) LOGIC ALL GND EVEN PINS 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 I/O MODULE PIN SOCKETS TOP +LOGIC SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50 TRACE (0.1" CENTERS) MALE CARD EDGE OR OPTIONAL PIN CONNECTOR +LOGIC 1 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 PULL UP RESISTOR 3.3K OHM (16) CUSTOMER INSTALLED OPTIONAL JUMPERS TO CONNECT LOGIC SUPPLY TO EDGE CONNECTOR (2) LED STATUS INDICATOR (16) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/74 DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS FOR 0.6 INCH MODULES (Compatible with "SM" Series Modules) 1 PB16H 14.0 (355,6) DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE:+-0.020 ( +- 0,50) 13.25 (336,6) 5.125 (130,2) 1 +5V GND 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 POWER BARRIER STRIP (see notes 2,3) PWR ON REPLACEABLE 5 AMP LINE FUSES (16) (see note 5) JUMPERS CONNECTING LOGIC SUPPLY THRU HEADER CONNECTOR 3.5 (88,9) NEGATIVE (-) LOGIC SUPPLY BUS TERMINATION SWAGED STANDOFF THRU HOLE 0.15 (3,8) DIA. (6) PIN 49 4.0 (101,6) SCREW TERMINAL LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP 8.125 (206,4) 0.375 (9,5) REPLACEABLE 1 AMP LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE (see note 4) PIN 1 GORDOS DIGITAL I/O MODULES SOLD SEPERATELY 5V JUMPERS 0 POSITVE (+) LOGIC SUPPLY BUS TERMINATION 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 PULL UP RESISTOR 3.3K OHM (16) 0.65 (16,5) SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50 CONDUCTOR MALE PIN CONNECTOR (see note 1) 0.25 (6,4) LED STATUS INDICATOR (16) NOTES: 1) CONNECTOR IS CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B-SR OR EQUIVALENT. 2) 6-32 SCREW TERMINAL BARRIER STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 24 TO 12 AWG. 3) OPTIONAL JUMPERS ARE AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER STRIP COMMONS. ORDER 1 EACH "JS2" AND 2 EACH "JS8". 4) LITTLE FUSE 251001 OR EQUIVALENT. 5) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT. 2.1 (53,3) LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP +5V GND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 POWER BARRIER STRIP D1 5 AMP LINE FUSE (16) 1 AMP LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE PWR ON 1 49 J1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 I/O MODULE PIN SOCKETS EVEN 2-50 PINS SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50 CONDUCTOR MALE PIN CONNECTOR TO G1 BOARD OR RIBBON CABLE LOGIC SUPPLY BUS TERMINATION 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 PULL UP RESISTOR 3.3K OHM (16) + - LED STATUS INDICATOR (16) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/75 DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS FOR 0.6 INCH MODULES (Compatible with "SM" Series Modules) PB16S 14.1 (356,9) DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE:+-0.020 ( +- 0,50) 7.3 (185,4) 6.25 (158,8) 0.25 (6,4) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 POWER BARRIER STRIP (see notes 1,2) NYLON STANDOFF 6-32 THD. 1.4 (35,6) 3.5 (88,9) SWAGED STANDOFF THRU HOLE 0.15 (3,8) DIA. (4) REPLACEABLE 5 AMP LINE FUSES (16) (see note 3) GORDOS DIGITAL I/O MODULES SOLD SEPERATELY PULL UP RESISTORS 3.3K OHM (16) 1.6 (40,6) + - LED STATUS INDICATORS (16) 0.25 (6,4) 0.75 (19,1) INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL BARRIER STRIP (see note 1) SCREW TERMINAL LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP NOTES: 1) 6-32 SCREW TERMINAL BARRIER STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 24 TO 12 AWG. 2) OPTIONAL JUMPERS ARE AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT COMMONS. ORDER 1 EACH "JS2" AND 2 EACH "JS8". 3) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT. 2.2 (55,9) POWER BARRIER STRIP 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 1314 1516 1718 19 20 2122 2324 2526 2728 2930 3132 5 AMP LINE FUSUES (16) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 I/O MODULE PIN SOCKETS LED STATUS INDICATOR (16) +LOGIC UNUSED PULL UP RESISTOR 3.3K OHM (16) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 1314 1516 1718 1920 2122 2324 2526 2728 2930 3132 SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT BARRIER STRIP Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/76 DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS FOR 0.6 INCH MODULES (Compatible with "SM" Series Modules) 1 PB16T 14.1 (356,9) DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE:+-0.020 ( +- 0,50) 7.3 (185,4) 6.25 (158,8) 0.25 (6,4) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 POWER BARRIER STRIP (see notes 1,2) NYLON STANDOFF 6-32 THD. 1.4 (35,6) 3.5 (88,9) SWAGED STANDOFF THRU HOLE 0.15 (3,8) DIA. (4) REPLACEABLE 5 AMP LINE FUSES (16) (see note 3) GORDOS DIGITAL I/O MODULES SOLD SEPERATELY PULL UP RESISTORS 3.3K OHM (16) 1.6 (40,6) + - LED STATUS INDICATORS (16) 0.75 (19,1) 0.25 (6,4) INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL BARRIER STRIP (see note 1) SCREW TERMINAL LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP NOTES: 1) 6-32 SCREW TERMINAL BARRIER STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 24 TO 12 AWG. 2) OPTIONAL JUMPERS ARE AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT COMMONS. ORDER 1 EACH "JS2" AND 2 EACH "JS8". 3) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT. 2.2 (55,9) POWER BARRIER STRIP 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1516 1718 19 20 21 22 2324 25 26 27 28 29 30 3132 5 AMP LINE FUSUES (16) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 I/O MODULE PIN SOCKETS LED STATUS INDICATOR (16) GRD +LOGIC PULL UP RESISTOR 3.3K OHM (16) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1314 15 16 1718 1920 2122 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT BARRIER STRIP Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/77 DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS FOR 0.6 INCH MODULES (Compatible with "SM" Series Modules) PB24 18.75 (476,3) DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE:+-0.020 ( +- 0,50) 16.5 (419,1) 1.1 (28,5) 11.0 (279,4) POWER BARRIER STRIP (see notes 2,3) 5.5 (139,7) 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 27 28 29 30 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 47 48 REPLACEABLE 5 AMP LINE FUSES (24) (see note 5) GORDOS DIGITAL I/O MODULE SOLD SEPERATELY PULL UP RESISTOR 3.3K OHM (24) SWAGED STANDOFF THRU HOLE 0.15 (3,8) DIA. (8) 0 1 2 3 - 0.25 (6,4) 0.75 (19,1) 7 4.0 (101,6) 4.5 (114,3) 1 4 5 6 8 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 LED STATUS INDICATOR (24) + SCREW TERMINAL LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP 0.4 (10,2) REPLACEABLE 1 AMP LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE (see note 4) SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50 TRACE (0.1" CENTERS) MALE CARD EDGE (see note 1) 2.2 (55,9) 1.0 (25,4) 2.6 (66,0) 8.1 (204,9) NOTES: 1) MATING CONNECTOR IS BERG 66317-150 OR EQUIVALENT. SPECIFY SUFFIX 'C' FOR OPTIONAL 65823-093 OR EQUIVALANT MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PARALLEL-TO-THE-BOARD CABLE CONNECTION. SPECIFY SUFFIX 'V' FOR OPTIONAL CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B-SR OR EQUIVALENT MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PERPENDICULAR-TO-THE-BOARD CABLE CONNECTION. 2) 6-32 SCREW TERMINAL BARRIER STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 24 TO 12 AWG. 3) OPTIONAL JUMPERS ARE AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER STRIP COMMONS. ORDER 2 EACH "JS2" AND 3 EACH "JS8". 4) LITTLE FUSE 251001 OR EQUIVALENT. 5) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT. LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP + LOGIC GRD ALL EVEN PINS REPLACEABLE 1 AMP LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50 TRACE (0.1" CENTERS) MALE CARD EDGE OR OPTIONAL PIN CONNECTOR POWER BARRIER STRIP 5 AMP LINE FUSE (24) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 REPLACEABLE 1 AMP LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE PULL UP RESISTOR 3.3K OHM (24) LED STATUS INDICATORS (24) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/78 I/O MODULE PIN SOCKETS AMP #645979-1 OR EQUIVALENT DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS FOR 0.6 INCH MODULES (Compatible with "SM" Series Modules) 1 PB32D SCREW TERMINAL LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP POWER BARRIER STRIP (see notes 2,3) 14.05 (356,9) DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE:+-0.020 ( +- 0,50) 6.25 (158,7) 7.3 (185,4) 0.4 (10,2) 3.3 (82,5) 1.4 (35,5) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 PULL UP RESISTOR 3.3K OHM (32) LED STATUS INDICATOR (32) 2.6 (66,0) 7.0 (177,8) 0 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 11 21 12 20 13 19 18 14 17 15 GORDOS DIGITAL I/O MODULES SOLD SEPERATLEY REPLACEABLE 5 AMP LINE FUSES (32) (see note 4) 18 3.3 (82,5) 3-32 NYLON STANDOFF (4) 1.4 (35,5) SWAGED STANDOFF THRU HOLE 0.15 (3,8) DIA. (8) 0.75 (19,1) 2.2 (55,8) SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50 TRACE (0.1" CENTERS) MALE CARD EDGE (see note 1) NOTES: 1) MATING CONNECTOR IS BERG 66317-150 OR EQUIVALENT. SPECIFY SUFFIX 'C' FOR OPTIONAL 65823-093 OR EQUIVALENT MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PARALLEL-TO-THE-BOARD CABLE CONNECTION. SPECIFY SUFFIX 'V' FOR OPTIONAL CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B-SR OR EQUIVALENT MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PERPENDICULAR-TO-THE-BOARD CABLE CONNECTION. 2) 6-32 SCREW TERMINAL BARRIER STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 24 TO 12 AWG. 3) OPTIONAL JUMPERS ARE AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER STRIP COMMONS. ORDER 2 EACH "JS2" AND 4 EACH "JS8". 4) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT. LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP + POWER BARRIER STRIP 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 AMP LINE FUSES (32) SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50 TRACE (0.1" CENTERS) MALE CARD EDGE OR OPTIONAL PIN CONNECTOR 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 45 46 43 49 48 44 50 47 41 36 42 35 40 38 39 37 PULL UP RESISTOR 3.3K OHM (32) LED STATUS INDICATOR (32) 14 12 13 11 16 9 15 10 4 1 7 3 2 8 5 6 17 19 21 22 LOGIC GROUND 23 25 26 28 30 31 32 34 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 POWER BARRIER STRIP Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/79 DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS FOR "M" SERIES MINIATURE MODULES PB8M 6.4 (162,5) 6.0 (152,4) DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE:+-0.020 ( +- 0,50) 5.3 (134,5) LOGIC SUPPLY TERMINAL STRIP (see note 2) 0.9 (22,8) 0.25 (6,4) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 POWER TERMINAL STRIP (see notes 2,3,4) + Y W B R AC INPUT DC INPUT AC OUTPUT DC OUTPUT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 3.5 (88,9) SWAGED STANDOFF THRU HOLE 0.1" (3,8) DIA. (4) 3.0 (76,2) REPLACEABLE 5 AMP LINE FUSE (8) (see note 5) OPTIONAL HOLD DOWN BAR KIT (see note 6) GORDOS DIGITAL I/O MODULES SOLD SEPERATELY 7 PULL UP RESISTOR 3.3K OHM (8) SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50 TRACE (0.1" CENTERS) MALE CARD EDGE. (see note 1) 0.75 (19,0) 1.9 (47,6) LED STATUS INDICATORS (8) NOTES: 1) MATING CONNECTOR IS BERG 66317-150 OR EQUIVALENT. SPECIFY SUFFIX 'C' FOR OPTIONAL 65823-093 OR EQUIVALENT MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PARALLEL-TO-THE-BOARD CABLE CONNECTION. SPECIFY SUFFIX 'V' FOR OPTIONAL CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B-SR OR EQUIVALENT MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PERPENDICULAR-TO-THE-BOARD CABLE CONNECTION. 2) 4-40 SCREW TERMINAL STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 26 TO 14 AWG. 3) OPTIONAL JUMPERS ARE AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER STRIP COMMONS. ORDER 1 EACH "JM8". 4) PHOENIX MKD51.5 5.08mm SERIES (OR EQUIVALENT) SCREW TERMINAL BLOCKS STANDARD. SPECIFY SUFFIX "A" FOR BOARD-MOUNTED PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-G-5.08 (OR EQUIVALENT) MALE CONNECTOR. SPECIFY SUFFIX "B" FOR BOARD-MOUNTED PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-G-5.08 (OR EQUIVALENT) MALE CONNECTOR AND MATING PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-ST-5.08 (OR EQUIVALENT) FEMALE, SCREW-TERMINAL PLUG-IN CONNECTOR. 5) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT. 6) TWO HOLD-DOWN BAR KITS ARE AVAILABLE SEPARATELY. MODEL NO. 11.06.414 EMPLOYS A PLAIN ALUMINUM CHANNEL WHILE MODEL NO. 11.06.293 PROVIDES POCKETS IN THE CHANNEL FOR INDIVIDUAL MODULES. LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP 1 2 + POWER BARRIER STRIP 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 1516 5 AMP LINE FUSE (8) BOTTOM ALL EVEN PINS EDGE CONN TOP + LOGIC 50 TRACE (0.1" CENTERS) MALE CARD EDGE OR OPTIONAL PIN CONNECTOR SIGNAL INPUT/ OUTPUT +LOGIC 49 47 45 43 41 39 37 35 33 25 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 1 1 1 1 25 23 21 19 17 15 13 11 9 1 OPTIONAL CUSTOMER INSTALLED JUMPERS FOR WIRING LOGIC SUPPLY TO HEADER CONNECTOR 1 2 I/O MODULE PIN SOCKETS LED STATUS INDICATOR (8) PULL UP RESISTOR 3.3K OHM (8) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/80 DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS FOR "M" SERIES MINIATURE MODULES 1 0.45 (11,4) PB16M DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE:+-0.020 ( +- 0,50) LOGIC SUPPLY TERMIANL STRIP (see note 2) REPLACEABLE 1 AMP LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE (see note 5) 1 POWER TERMINAL STRIP (see notes 2,3,4) 16 17 32 REPLACEABLE 5 AMP LINE FUSES (16) (see note 6) + 3.5 (88,9) SWAGED STANDOFF THRU HOLE 0.15 (3,8) DIA. (4) 2.6 (66,0) 1.25 (31.75) 3-32 NYLON STANDOFF (1) OPTIONAL HOLD DOWN BAR KIT (see note 7) 1.75 (44.45) 1.9 (47,6) 0.2 (5,1) SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50 TRACE (0.1" CENTERS) MALE CARD EDGE OR 0.4 (10,2) OPTIONAL MALE PIN CONNECTOR (see note 1) 5.125 (130,2) 0.25 (6,4) 0.75 (19,0) GORDOS DIGITAL I/O MODULE SOLD SEPERATELY PULL UP RESISTOR 3.3K OHM (16) LED STATUS INDICATOR (16) 4.225 (107,3) 10.0 (254,0) NOTES: 1) MATING CONNECTOR IS BERG 66317-150 OR EQUIVALENT. SPECIFY SUFFIX 'C' FOR OPTIONAL 65823-093 OR EQUIVALENT MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PARALLEL-TO-THE-BOARD CABLE CONNECTION. SPECIFY SUFFIX 'V' FOR OPTIONAL CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B-SR OR EQUIVALENT MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PERPENDICULAR-TO-THE-BOARD CABLE CONNECTION. 2) 4-40 SCREW TERMINAL STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 26 TO 14 AWG. 3) OPTIONAL JUMPERS ARE AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER STRIP ORDER 1 EACH "JM2" AND 2 EACH "JM8". 4) PHOENIX MKD51.5 5.08mm SERIES (OR EQUIVALENT) SCREW TERMINAL BLOCKS STANDARD. SPECIFY SUFFIX "A" FOR BOARD-MOUNTED PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-G-5.08 (OR EQUIVALENT) MALE CONNECTOR. SPECIFY SUFFIX "B" FOR BOARD-MOUNTED PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-G-5.08 (OR EQUIVALENT) MALE CONNECTOR AND MATING PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-ST-5.08 (OR EQUIVALENT) FEMALE. SCREW-TERMINAL PLUG-IN CONNECTOR. 5) LITTLE FUSE 251001 OR EQUIVALENT. 6) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT. 7) TWO HOLD-DOWN BAR KITS ARE AVAILABLE SEPARATELY. MODEL NO. 11.06.415 EMPLOYS A PLAIN ALUMINUM CHANNEL WHILE MODEL NO. 11.06.278 PROVIDES POCKETS IN THE CHANNEL FOR INDIVIDUAL MODULES. LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP 1 2 + +LOGIC +LOGIC 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 5 AMP LINE FUSE (16) ALL LOGIC EVEN GND PINS TOP 1 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 POWER BARRIER STRIP 3 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 I/O MODULE PIN SOCKETS * PULL UP RESISTOR 3.3K OHM (16) LED STATUS INDICATOR (16) * 1 AMP LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE CUSTOMER INSTALLED OPTIONAL JUMPERS TO WIRE LOGIC SUPPLY TO HEADER CONNECTOR SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50 TRACE (0.1" CENTERS) MALE CARD EDGE OR OPTIONAL PIN CONNECTOR Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/81 DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS FOR "M" SERIES MINIATURE MODULES PB24M 13.0 (330,2) 4.0 (101,6) 4.0 (101,6) 4.0 (101,6) REPLACEABLE 5 AMP LINE FUSE (24) (see note 6) POWER TERMINAL STRIP (see notes 2,3,4) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 1213 141516 0.35 (8,9) 33 343536 3738 394041 4243 444546 4748 3.05 (77,5) 17 1819 202122 2324 252627 282930 3132 SWAGED STANDOFF THRU HOLE 0.15 (3,8) DIA. (8) REPLACEABLE 1 AMP LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE (see note 5) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Y 19 W B 0.75 (19,1) + R LOGIC SUPPLY TERMINAL STRIP (see note 2) 3.45 (87,6) 1.88 (47,6) 20 21 AC INPUT DC INPUT AC OUTPUT DC OUTPUT 22 3.75 (95,3) 0.5 (12,7) GORDOS DIGITAL I/O MODULES SOLD SEPERATELY OPTIONAL HOLD DOWN BAR KIT (see note 7) 23 LED STATUS INDICATOR (24) PULL UP RESISTOR 3.3K OHM (24) SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50 TRACE (0.1" CENTERS) MALE CARD EDGE (see note 1) 5.1 (129,5) 3.45 (67,6) NOTES: 1) MATING CONNECTOR IS BERG 66317-150 OR EQUIVALENT. SPECIFY SUFFIX 'C' FOR OPTIONAL 65823-093 OR EQUIVALENT MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PARALLEL-TO-THE-BOARD CABLE CONNECTION. SPECIFY SUFFIX 'V' FOR OPTIONAL CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B-SR OR EQUIVALENT MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PERPENDICULAR-TO-THE-BOARD CABLE CONNECTION. 2) 4-40 TERMINAL STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 26 TO 14 AWG. 3) OPTIONAL JUMPERS ARE AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER STRIP ORDER 3 EACH "JM8". 4) PHOENIX MKD51.5 5.08mm SERIES (OR EQUIVALENT) SCREW TERMINAL BLOCKS STANDARD. SPECIFY SUFFIX "A" FOR BOARD-MOUNTED PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-G-5.08 (OR EQUIVALENT) MALE CONNECTOR. SPECIFY SUFFIX "B" FOR BOARD-MOUNTED PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-G-5.08 (OR EQUIVALENT) MALE CONNECTOR AND MATING PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-ST-5.08 (OR EQUIVALENT) FEMALE. SCREW-TERMINAL PLUG-IN CONNECTOR. 5) LITTLE FUSE 251001 OR EQUIVALENT. 6) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT. 7) TWO HOLD-DOWN BAR KITS ARE AVAILABLE SEPARATELY. MODEL NO. 11.06.413 EMPLOYS A PLAIN ALUMINUM CHANNEL WHILE MODEL NO. 11.06.288 PROVIDES POCKETS IN THE CHANNEL FOR INDIVIDUAL MODULES. DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE:+-0.020 ( +- 0,50) POWER BARRIER STRIP LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP EDGE CONN BOTTOM LOGIC GRD 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1516 17 1819 20 21 22 23 24 25 2627 28 29 30 31 32 3334 3536 3738 39 40 4142 43 44 45 46 47 48 + ALL EVEN PINS 5 AMP LINE FUSE (24) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 1 2 I/O MODULE PIN SOCKET 1 5 9 13 SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 17 50 TRACE (0.1" CENTERS) 21 MALE CARD EDGE 25 OR OPTIONAL PIN CONNECTOR 29 33 37 41 45 +LOGIC 49 PULL UP RESISTOR 3.3K OHM (24) 1 AMP LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE LED STATUS INDICATOR (24) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/82 DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS FOR "M" SERIES MINIATURE MODULES NOTES: DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE: +0.020 (+.50) 1 PB24MD SCREW TERMINAL LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP REPLACEABLE 1A LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE 2.200 (55.88) 0.750 (19.05) POWER BARRIER STRIP 0.400 (10.16) WIRE INSERTION SIDE 8.000 (203.19) 1.700 (43.18) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 R1 RESISTOR NETWORK 2.600 (66.04) HOLD-DOWN BAR 1 R3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 LED STATUS INDICATOR (24 PLCS) R2 6.000 (152.40) 3-32 NYLON STANDOFF 1 REPLACEABLE 5A LINE FUSE (24 PLCS) Y AC INPUT W DC INPUT SWAGED STANDOFF 0.15 (3.8) DIA B AC OUTPUT R DC OUTPUT CROUZET PB-24MD 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 0.250 (6.35) NOTES: DIMENSIONS: INCHES 9MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE: +0.020 (+.50) NOTES: 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 0.294 (7.46) SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50 TRACE (0.1 CENTERS) MALE CARD EDGE. MATING CONNECTOR IS BERG66317-150 OR EQUIVALENT. SPECIFY SUFFIX `C' FOR OPTIONAL 65823-093 OR EQUIVALENT MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PARALLEL-TO-THE-BOARD CABLE CONNECTION. SPECIFY SUFFIX `V' FOR OPTIONAL CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B-SR OR EQUIVALENT MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PERPENDICULAR-TO-THE-BOARD CABLE CONNECTION. 4-40 TERMINAL STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 26 TO 14 AWG . OPTIONAL JUMPERS ARE AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER STRIP ORDER "JM8" PHOENIX MKD51.5 5.08mm SERIES (OR EQUIVALENT) SCREW TERMINAL BLOCKS STANDARD. SPECIFY SUFFIX "A" FOR BOARD-MOUNTED PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-G-5.08 (OR EQUIVALENT) MALE CONNECTOR. SPECIFY SUFFIX "B" FOR BOARD-MOUNTED PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-G-5.08 (OR EQUIVALENT) MALE CONNECTOR AND MATING PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-ST-5.08 (OR EQUIVALENT) FEMALE. SCREW-TERMINAL PLUG-IN CONNECTOR. LITTLE FUSE 251001 OR EQUIVALENT. LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT. POWER BARRIER STRIP 1 + LOGIC SUPPLY TERMINAL STRIP 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 48 47 46 45 4 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 25 27 29 31 33 35 50 PIN 37 CONNECTOR 39 41 43 45 47 49 ALL EVEN PINS 2-50 1 3 5 7 9 50 PIN 11 CONNECTOR 13 15 17 19 21 23 43 POWER BARRIER STRIP Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/83 DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS FOR "M" SERIES MINIATURE MODULES PB32M POWER TERMINAL STRIP (4) (see notes 2,3,4) LOGIC SUPPLY TERMINAL STRIP (see note 2) DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE:+-0.020 ( +- 0,50) 0.4 (10,2) 10.2 (259,1) 5.475 (139,1) 4.225 (107,3) 1 16 17 32 1.25 (31,8) REPLACEABLE 1 AMP LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE (see note 5) REPLACEABLE 5 AMP LINE FUSES (32) (see note 6) 49 2.6 (66,0) SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50 TRACE (0.1" CENTERS) MALE CARD EDGE (see note 1) 6.2 (157,5) OPTIONAL HOLD DOWN BAR KIT (see note 7) 6-32 NYLON STANDOFF (2) SWAGED STANDOFF THRU HOLE 0.15 (3,8) DIA. (8) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 3.2 (81,3) LED STATUS INDICATOR (32) 1 1.8 (45,7) GORDOS DIGITAL I/O MODULES SOLD SEPERATELY 1.25 (31,8) 64 49 48 PULL UP RESISTOR 3.3K OHM (32) 33 0.25 (6,4) NOTES: 1) MATING CONNECTOR IS BERG 66317-150 OR EQUIVALENT. SPECIFY SUFFIX 'C' FOR OPTIONAL 65823-093 OR EQUIVALENT MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PARALLEL-TO-THE-BOARD CABLE CONNECTION. SPECIFY SUFFIX 'V' FOR OPTIONAL CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B-SR OR EQUIVALENT MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PERPENDICULAR-TO-THE-BOARD CABLE CONNECTION. 2) 4-40 SCREW TERMINAL STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 26 TO 14 AWG. 3) OPTIONAL JUMPERS ARE AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER STRIP ORDER 2 EACH "JM2" AND 4 EACH "JM8". 4) PHOENIX MKD51.5 5.08mm SERIES (OR EQUIVALENT) SCREW TERMINAL BLOCKS STANDARD. SPECIFY SUFFIX "A" FOR BOARD-MOUNTED PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-G-5.08 (OR EQUIVALENT) MALE CONNECTOR. SPECIFY SUFFIX "B" FOR BOARD-MOUNTED PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-G-5.08 (OR EQUIVALENT) MALE CONNECTOR AND MATING PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-ST-5.08 (OR EQUIVALENT) FEMALE. SCREW-TERMINAL PLUG-IN CONNECTOR. 5) LITTLE FUSE 251001 OR EQUIVALENT. 6) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT. 7) TWO HOLD-DOWN BAR KITS ARE AVAILABLE SEPARATELY. MODEL NO. 11.06.418 EMPLOYS A PLAIN ALUMINUM CHANNEL WHILE MODEL NO. 11.06.305 PROVIDES POCKETS IN THE CHANNEL FOR INDIVIDUAL MODULES. 0.75 (19,1) 1.9 (47,6) LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP + 1 AMP LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50 TRACE (0.1" CENTERS) MALE CARD EDGE OR OPTIONAL MALE PIN CONNECTOR POWER BARRIER STRIP 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 1 1 1 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 55 AMP AMP LINE LINE FUSES (32) FUSES (32) 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 45 46 43 49 48 44 50 47 41 36 42 35 40 38 39 37 PULL UP RESISTOR 3.3K OHM (32) LED STATUS INDICATOR (32) 14 12 13 11 16 9 15 10 4 1 7 3 2 8 5 6 LOGIC GROUND 17 19 21 22 23 25 26 28 30 31 32 34 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 POWER BARRIER STRIP Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/84 DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS FOR QUAD-PACK MODULES 1 PB16Q 5.8 (147,3) DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE: 0.20 ( 0.50) 5.3 (134,6) 2.65 (67,31) 0.25 (6,4) 0.25 (6,4) c c 3 4 c c 5 6 c c 9 10 7 8 c c 11 13 12 14 15 16 2.05 (52,07) 1 2 POWER BARRIER STRIP (SEE NOTE 2,3) F2 F3 F5 F4 F6 F7 F8 REPLACEABLE 5A LINE FUSE (8) (SEE NOTE 5) 5.5 (139,7) 6.0 (152,4) F1 QUAD PACK I/O MODULES SOLD SEPERATELY THREADED (6-32) NYLON STANDOFF F1A 0-3 4-7 8-11 12-15 TB2 P1 J1 CROUZET 57-466 PB-16Q +5V GND 3.9 (99,1) LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP (SEE NOTE 2) REPLACEABLE 1A LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE (SEE NOTE 4) SWAGED STANDOFF THRU HOLE 0.15, (3,8) DIA X 0.75 (19,1) LONG (4) OPTIONAL FUSE LOCATION MOVE 1A FUSE TO HERE TO PROVIDE LOGIC SUPPLY VOLTAGE THROUGH EDGE CONNECTOR PIN 49 SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50 CONDUCTOR CARD EDGE (SEE NOTE 1) THROUGH EDGE CONNECTOR PIN 49 NOTES: 1) MATING CONNECTOR IS BERG 66317-150 OR EQUIVALENT. SPECIFY SUFFIX "C" FOR OPTIONAL BERG 65823-093 (OR EQUIVALENT) MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PARALLEL-TO-THE BOARD CABLE CONNECTION. SPECIFY SUFFIX "V" FOR OPTIONAL CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B-SR (OR EQUIVALENT) MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PERPENDICULAR-TO-THE-BOARD CABLE CONNECTION. 2) BARRIER STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 24 TO 12 AWG. 3) OPTIONAL JUMPERS AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER STRIP COMMONS. ORDER 2 EACH JUMPER "JQ4". 4) LITTLE FUSE 251001 OR EQUIVALENT. 5) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT. 1 C 2 REPLACEABLE 1 AMP LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE 49 + - LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP 3 C 5 4 C 6 7 C 9 8 C 10 11 C 13 12 14 C C 16 1 8 1 8 1 8 1 2 9 2 9 2 9 2 9 3 10 3 10 3 10 3 10 4 11 4 11 4 11 4 11 5 12 5 12 5 12 5 12 6 13 6 13 6 13 6 13 7 14 7 14 7 14 7 14 47 4543 41 39 3735 33 31 2927 25 LOWER POWER BARRIER STRIP 15 8 23 2119 17 UPPER POWER BARRIER STRIP REPLACEABLE 5 AMP LINE FUSES (8) I/O MODULE PIN SOCKETS PINS 2-50 TIED TO COM SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT TRACE (0.1" CENTERS) CONNECTOR OR OPTIONAL MALE PIN CONNECTOR (OPTION "C" OR "V") OPTIONAL FUSE LOCATION TO PROVIDE LOGIC SUPPLY POWER THROUGH EDGE CONNECTOR PIN 49 (CUSTOMER INSTALLED). Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/85 DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS FOR QUAD-PACK MODULES PB16HQ 6.75 (171,5) DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE: 0.20 ( 0,50) 6.0 (152,4) 0.375 (9,5) REPLACEABLE 1A LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE (SEE NOTE 4) c c 1 2 +5V GND 3 4 c c 5 6 7 8 c c 9 10 13 14 11 12 c c 15 16 F1A POWER BARRIER STRIPS (SEE NOTE 2,3) TB2 R1 D2 PWR ON 4.5 (114,3) 5.0 (127,0) LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP J3 F2 F1 NEGATIVE (-) LOGIC SUPPLY BUS TERMINATION F3 F5 F4 F6 F7 REPLACEABLE POWER LINE FUSE (8) (SEE NOTE 5) F8 D1 GORDOS QUAD PACK DIGITAL DIFITAL I/O MODULES SOLD SEPERATELY J1 PIN J2 3.75 (95,3) 0.25 (6,4) F9 JUMPERS CONNECTING LOGIC SUPPLY THROUGH HEADER CONNECTOR SWAGED STANDOFF THRU HOLE 0.15 (3,8) DIA X 0.65 (16,5) LONG (4) 0-3 4-7 CROUZET 57 - 463 PB - 16HO SPARE 5A FUSE PIN 49 5V JUMPERS SPARE 5A LINE FUSE (SEE NOTE 5) 12 - 15 8 - 11 SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50 CONDUCTOR MALE PIN CONNETOR (SEE NOTE 1) POSITIVE (+) LOGIC SUPPLY BUS TERMINATION NOTES: 1) CONNECTOR IS BERG 65863-145 OR EQUIVALENT. 2) 6-32 SCREW TERMINAL BARRIER STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 24 TO 12 AWG. 3) OPTIONAL JUMPERS AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER STRIP COMMONS. ORDER 2 EACH JUMPER "JQ4". 4) LITTLE FUSE 251001 OR EQUIVALENT. 5) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT. 1 LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP +5V GND (-) 3 C 5 C 7 9 C 11 13 C 15 LOWER BARRIER STRIP 2 C 4 6 C 8 10 C 12 14 C 16 UPPER BARRIER STRIP D1 1A LOGIC FUSE 1 49 SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50 CONDUCTOR MALE PIN CONNECTOR TO G1 BOARD OR RIBBON CABLE 5A LINE FUSES (8) PWR ON J1 EVEN 2-50 PINS 1 8 1 8 1 8 1 2 9 2 9 2 9 2 9 3 10 3 10 3 10 3 10 4 11 4 11 4 11 4 11 5 12 5 12 5 12 5 12 6 13 6 13 6 13 6 13 7 14 7 14 7 14 7 14 8 I/O MODULE PIN SOCKETS 47 45 43 41 39 37 35 33 31 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 LOGIC SUPPLY BUS TERMINATION + - Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/86 DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS FOR QUAD-PACK MODULES 1 PB24Q 8.0 (203,2) DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE: 0.20 ( 0.50) 7.5 (190,5) 3.75 (92,3) 0.25 (6,4) 0.25 (6,4) 1 2 C C 5 6 C C 7 8 9 10 C C 11 12 13 14 C C 15 16 17 18 C C 19 20 21 22 C C 23 25 POWER BARRIER STRIPS (SEE NOTE 2,3) 2.0 (50,8) TB1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 5.5 (139,7) F1 6.0 (152,4) 3 4 REPLACEABLE 5A POWER LINE FUSE (SEE NOTE 5) GORDOS QUAD-PACK DIGITAL I/O MODULES SOLD SEPERATELY F1A 0-3 4-7 8 - 11 12 - 15 16 - 19 THREADED (6-32) NYLON STANDOFF 20 - 23 P1 TB2 +5V 4-40 SCREW TERMINAL LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP 3.9 (99,1) SWAGED STANDOFF THRU HOLE 0.15 (3,8) DIA x 0.75 (19,1) LONG (4) COUZET 57-465 PB-24Q GND REPLACEABLE 1A LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE (SEE NOTE 4) OPTIONAL FUSE LOCATION MOVE 1A FUSE TO HERE TO PROVIDE LOGIC SUPPLY VOLTAGE THROUGH EDGE CONNECTOR PIN 49 SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50 TRACE (0.1" CENTERS) MALE CARD EDGE (SEE NOTE 1) NOTES: 1) MATING CONNECTOR IS BERG 66317-150 OR EQUIVALENT. SPECIFY SUFFIX "C" FOR OPTIONAL BERG 65823-093 (OR EQUIVALENT) MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PARALLEL-TO-THE BOARD CABLE CONNECTION. SPECIFY SUFFIX "V" FOR OPTIONAL BERG 65863-145 (OR EQUIVALENT) MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PERPENDICULAR-TO-THE-BOARD CABLE CONNECTION. 2) 6-32 SCREW TERMINAL BARRIER STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FORM 24 TO 12 AWG. 3) OPTIONAL JUMPERS AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER STRIP COMMONS. ORDER 2 EACH JUMPER "JQ4". 4) LITTLE FUSE 251001 OR EQUIVALENT. 5) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT. 1 C 2 3 C REPLACEABLE 1 AMP LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE 5 4 C 6 7 C 9 8 C 11 10 C 13 C 15 12 14 C 17 C 19 16 18 C LOWER POWER BARRIER STRIP 21 C 23 20 22 C 24 1 8 1 8 1 8 1 8 1 8 1 8 2 9 2 9 2 9 2 9 2 9 2 9 3 10 3 10 3 10 3 10 3 10 3 10 4 11 4 11 4 11 4 11 4 11 4 11 5 12 5 12 5 12 5 12 5 12 5 12 6 13 6 13 6 13 6 13 6 13 6 13 7 14 7 14 7 14 7 14 7 14 7 14 UPPER POWER BARRIER STRIP REPLACEABLE 5 AMP LINE FUSES (12) I/O MODULE PIN SOCKETS + - 49 47 45 43 41 39 37 35 33 31 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 15 13 11 9 7 5 3 1 PINS 2-50 TIED TO COM SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50 TRACE (0.1" CENTERS) MALE CARD EDGE OR OPTIONAL OPTIONAL FUSE LOCATION TO PROVIDE LOGIC SUPPLY POWER THROUGH EDGE CONNECTOR PIN 49 ( customer installed) MALE PIN CONNECTOR (option "C" or "V") LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/87 DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS FOR QUAD-PACK MODULES PB24HQ 8.0 (203,2) DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE: 0.20 ( 0.50) 7.5 (190,5) 0.25 (6,4) 0.25 (6,4) 1 2 SWAGED STANDOFF THRU HOLE 0.15 (3,8) DIA. x 0.75 (19,1) LONG (4) C C 3 4 5 6 C C 7 8 9 10 C C 11 13 12 14 C C 15 16 17 18 C C 19 21 20 22 C C 23 24 POWER BARRIER STRIPS (SEE NOTE 2,3 F6 F5 F8 F7 F10 F9 F11 F12 SPARE 5A LINE FUSE 5.5 (139,7) 6.0 (152,4) F4 F3 SPARE F2 F1 5A FUSE F13 REPLACEABLE 5A LINE FUSE (12) (SEE NOTE 5) GORDOS QUAD-PACK DIGITAL 1/0 MODULES SOLD SEPERATELY F1A 0-3 4-7 D1 8 - 11 20-23 16-19 12-15 R1J1 D2 TB2 P1 CROUZET 57-464 PB-24HQ PWR ON +5V GND SIGNAL INPUT / OUTPUT 50 CONDUCTOR MALE PIN CONNECTOR (SEE NOTE 1 ) 4-40 SCREW TERMINAL LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP REPLACEABLE 1A FUSE LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE (SEE NOTE 4) 3.9 (99,1) NOTES: 1) CONNECTOR IS CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B-SR OR EQUIVALENT. 2) 6-32 SCREW TERMINAL BARRIER STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 24 TO 12 AWG. 3) OPTIONAL JUMPERS AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER STRIP COMMONS. ORDER 2 EACH JUMPERS "JQ2" AND 4 EACH JUMPERS "JQ4". JQ4 REQUIRES CUSTOMER MODIFACATIONS TO USE WITH PB24HQ. 4) LITTLE FUSE 251001 OR EQUIVALENT. 5) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT. 1 C 3 5 C 7 9 C 11 13 C 17 15 C 19 21 23 C LOWER BARRIER STRIP LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP +5V GND 2 C 4 6 C 8 10 C 12 14 C 16 18 20 C 22 24 C UPPER BARRIER STRIP D1 1 AMP LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE J1 49 EVEN PINS SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50 CONDUCTOR MALE PIN CONNECTOR TO RIBBON CABLE 2-50 5 AMP LINE FUSES (12) PWR ON 1 8 1 8 1 8 1 8 1 8 1 8 2 9 2 9 2 9 2 9 2 9 2 9 3 10 3 10 3 10 3 10 3 10 3 10 4 11 4 11 4 11 4 11 4 11 4 11 5 12 5 12 5 12 5 12 5 12 5 12 6 13 6 13 6 13 6 13 6 13 6 13 7 14 7 14 7 14 7 14 7 14 7 14 47 45 43 41 39 37 35 33 31 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 15 13 11 9 7 5 3 1 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/88 I/O MODULE PIN SOCKETS DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS FOR QUAD-PACK MODULES 1 PB32Q 10.2 (259,1) DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE: 0.20 ( 0.50) 9.7 (246,4) 5.0625 (128,6) 0.25 (6,4) 0.25 (6,4) c c 3 4 c c 5 6 7 8 c c 9 10 c 15 c 16 11 13 12 14 c c 17 18 19 20 c c 21 22 25 26 23 24 c c 27 28 c c 29 30 31 32 2.25 (57,2) 1 2 TB1 F2 F3 F5 F4 F6 F8 F7 F11 F10 F9 F13 F12 F14 F16 F15 REPLACEABLE 5A LINE FUSE (SEE NOTE 5) 5.7 (144.8) 6.2 (157,5) F1 POWER BARRIER STRIP (SEE NOTE 2) GORDOS QUAD-PACK DIGITAL I/O MODULE SOLD SEPERATELY THREADED (6-32) NYLON STANDOFF 0-3 F1A 0-3 4-7 8-11 TB2 3.9 (99,1) 24-27 20-23 16-19 49 + 1 4-40 SCREW TERMINAL LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP 28-31 CROUZET 57-467 PB-32Q - REPLACEABLE 1A LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE (SEE NOTE 4) SWAGED STANDOFF THRU HOLE 0.15, (3,8) DIA X 0.75 (19,1) LONG (4) 12-15 SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50 TRACE (0.1" CENTERS) MALE CARD EDGE (SEE NOTE 1) NOTES: 1) MATING CONNECTOR IS BERG 66317-150 OR EQUIVALENT. SPECIFY SUFFIX "C" FOR OPTIONAL BERG 65823-093 (OR EQUIVALENT) MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PARALLEL-TO-THE BOARD CABLE CONNECTION. SPECIFY SUFFIX "V" FOR OPTIONAL CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B-SR (OR EQUIVALENT) MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PERPENDICULAR-TO-THE-BOARD CABLE CONNECTION. 2) 6-32 SCREW TERMINAL BARRIER STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 24 TO 12 AWG. 3) OPTIONAL JUMPERS AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER STRIP COMMONS. ORDER 2 EACH JUMPERS "JQ2" AND 2 EACH JUMPERS "JQ4". 4) LITTLE FUSE 251001 OR EQUIVALENT. 5) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT. 1 C 2 3 C 5 4 C 6 7 C 9 8 C 11 10 C 13 C 15 12 14 C 17 C 19 16 18 C 21 C 23 20 22 C 25 C 27 24 26 C 28 30 C 32 1 8 1 8 1 8 1 8 1 8 1 8 1 8 1 8 2 9 2 9 2 9 2 9 2 9 2 9 2 9 2 9 3 10 3 10 3 10 3 10 3 10 3 10 3 10 3 10 4 11 4 11 4 11 4 11 4 11 4 11 4 11 4 11 5 12 5 12 5 12 5 12 5 12 5 12 5 12 5 12 6 13 6 13 6 13 6 13 6 13 6 13 6 13 6 13 7 14 7 14 7 14 7 14 7 14 7 14 7 14 7 14 37 39 38 40 35 42 36 41 47 50 44 48 LOGIC GROUND 17 19 21 22 23 25 26 28 30 31 32 34 49 43 46 45 14 12 13 11 N/C 18 20 24 27 29 33 16 9 15 10 4 1 7 3 LOWER POWER BARRIER STRIP 29 C 31 2 8 5 UPPER POWER BARRIER STRIP REPLACEABLE 5 AMP LINE FUSES (16) I/O MODULE PIN SOCKETS 6 SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT TRACE (0.1" CENTERS) MALE CARD EDGE OR OPTIONAL MALE PIN CONNECTOR (option "C" OR "V") + - LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP REPLACEABLE 1 AMP LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/89 DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS FOR QUAD-PACK MODULES PB32HQ DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE: 0.020 ( 0.50) 11.5 (291,9) 11.0 (279,4) SWAGED STANDOFF THRU HOLE 0.15 (3.8) DIA. x 0.75 (19,1) LONG (4) 0.25 (6,4) 5.5 (139,7) 0.25 (6,4) PWR ON 5A D2 SPARE FUSE R1 D1 1 2 GND +5V C C 3 4 5 6 C C 7 8 9 10 C C 11 13 12 14 C C 15 16 17 18 C C 19 21 20 22 C C 23 24 25 26 C C 27 28 29 30 C C 31 32 TB1 POWER BARRIER STRIPS (SEE NOTE 2,3) TB3 6.5 (164,9) 6.0 (152,4) F1A 4-40 SCREW TERMINAL LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP REPLACEABLE 2 AMP LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE (SEE NOTE 4) J1 J2 F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 F16 REPLACEABLE 5 AMP LINE FUSES (16) (SEE NOTE 5) GORDOS QUAD-PACK DIGITAL I/O MODULES SOLD SEPERATELY 0-3 12-15 8-11 4-7 20-23 16-19 3.15 (80,0) 3.9 (100,2) PAM-4 MULTIPLEXER BOARD SOLD SEPERATELY 28-31 CROUZET CORP. 57-462 PB-32HQ J3 50 CONDUCTOR MALE PIN CONNECTORS (J1,J2) (SEE NOTE 1) 24-27 HEADER CONNECTOR (J3) CARD SUPPORTS (2) NOTES: 1) CONNECTOR IS CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B-SR OR EQUIVALENT. CONNECTORS ARE WIRED IN PARALLEL. 2) 6-32 SCREW TERMINAL BARRIER STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 24 TO 12 AWG. 3) OPTIONAL JUMPERS AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER STRIP COMMONS. ORDER 2 EACH JUMPERS "JQ2" AND 4 EACH JUMPERS "JQ4". 4) LITTLE FUSE 251001 OR EQUIVALENT. 5) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT. 1 LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP 1 AMP LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE +5V GND C 2 5 4 C 6 7 C 9 8 C 10 11 C 13 12 C 14 15 C 17 16 C 18 19 C 21 20 C 22 23 C 25 24 C 26 27 C 29 28 C 30 31 C 8 1 8 1 8 1 8 1 8 1 8 1 8 1 9 2 9 2 9 2 9 2 9 2 9 2 9 2 9 3 10 3 10 3 10 3 10 3 10 3 10 3 10 3 10 11 4 11 4 11 4 11 4 11 4 11 4 11 4 4 LOWER BARRIER STRIP 32 2 1 PWR ON 3 C 8 UPPER BARRIER STRIP 5 AMP LINE FUSES (16) 11 5 12 5 12 5 12 5 12 5 12 5 12 5 12 5 12 6 13 6 13 6 13 6 13 6 13 6 13 6 13 6 13 7 14 7 14 7 14 7 14 7 14 7 14 7 14 7 14 I/O MODULE PIN SOCKETS 70-PIN MALE CONNECTOR ACCEPTS PAM4 MULTIPLEXER BOARD J1 J2 SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50 CONDUCTOR MALE PIN CONNECTORS. J1 AND J2 ARE WIRED IN PARALLEL. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/90 DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS FOR "SM" SERIES MINIATURE MODULES 1 PB8SM 6.4 (162,5) 6.0 (152,4) DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE:+-0.020 ( +- 0,50) 5.3 (134,5) LOGIC SUPPLY TERMINAL STRIP (see note 2) 0.9 (22,8) 0.25 (6,4) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 POWER TERMINAL STRIP (see notes 2,3,4) + Y W B R AC INPUT DC INPUT AC OUTPUT DC OUTPUT 1 0 2 3 4 5 6 3.5 (88,9) SWAGED STANDOFF THRU HOLE 0.1" (3,8) DIA. (4) 3.0 (76,2) REPLACEABLE 5 AMP LINE FUSE (8) (see note 5) OPTIONAL HOLD DOWN BAR KIT (see note 6) GORDOS DIGITAL I/O MODULES SOLD SEPERATELY 7 PULL UP RESISTOR 3.3K OHM (8) SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50 TRACE (0.1" CENTERS) MALE CARD EDGE (see note 1) 0.75 (19,0) 1.9 (47,6) LED STATUS INDICATORS (8) NOTES: 1) MATING CONNECTOR IS BERG 66317-150 OR EQUIVALENT. SPECIFY SUFFIX 'C' FOR OPTIONAL 65823-093 OR EQUIVALENT MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PARALLEL-TO-THE-BOARD CABLE CONNECTION. SPECIFY SUFFIX 'V' FOR OPTIONAL CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B-SR OR EQUIVALENT MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PERPENDICULAR-TO-THE-BOARD CABLE CONNECTION. 2) 4-40 SCREW TERMINAL STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 26 TO 14 AWG. 3) OPTIONAL JUMPERS ARE AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER STRIP COMMONS. ORDER 1 EACH "JM8". 4) PHOENIX MKD51.5 5.08mm SERIES (OR EQUIVALENT) SCREW TERMINAL BLOCKS STANDARD. SPECIFY SUFFIX "A" FOR BOARD-MOUNTED PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-G-5.08 (OR EQUIVALENT) MALE CONNECTOR. SPECIFY SUFFIX "B" FOR BOARD-MOUNTED PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-G-5.08 (OR EQUIVALENT) MALE CONNECTOR AND MATING PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-ST-5.08 (OR EQUIVALENT) FEMALE, SCREW-TERMINAL PLUG-IN CONNECTOR. 5) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT. 6) TWO HOLD-DOWN BAR KITS ARE AVAILABLE SEPARATELY. MODEL NO. 11.06.414 EMPLOYS A PLAIN ALUMINUM CHANNEL WHILE MODEL NO. 11.06.293 PROVIDES POCKETS IN THE CHANNEL FOR INDIVIDUAL MODULES. LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP 1 2 + POWER BARRIER STRIP 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 5 AMP LINE FUSE (8) BOTTOM ALL EVEN PINS EDGE CONN TOP + LOGIC 50 TRACE (0.1" CENTERS) MALE CARD EDGE OR OPTIONAL PIN CONNECTOR SIGNAL INPUT/ OUTPUT +LOGIC 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 49 47 45 43 41 39 37 35 33 25 1 OPTIONAL CUSTOMER INSTALLED JUMPERS FOR WIRING LOGIC SUPPLY TO HEADER CONNECTOR I/O MODULE PIN SOCKETS AMP #645979-1 OR EQUIVALENT LED STATUS INDICATOR (8) PULL UP RESISTOR 3.3K OHM (8) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/91 DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS FOR "SM" SERIES MINIATURE MODULES PB16SM 0.45 (11,4) DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE:+-0.020 ( +- 0,50) 4-40 SCREW TERMINAL LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP POWER TERMINAL STRIP REPLACEABLE 1 AMP LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE (see note 6) 1 (see notes 2,3,4) 16 REPLACEABLE 5 AMP LINE FUSES (16) (see note 5) 17 32 + 1.3 (44,5) SWAGED STANDOFF THRU HOLE 0.15 (3,8) DIA. (4) 2.6 (66,0) 3.5 (88,9) 3-32 NYLON STANDOFF (1) 1.8 (31,8) PULL UP RESISTOR 3.3K OHM (16) LED STATUS INDICATOR (16) 1.9 (47,6) GORDOS DIGITAL I/O MODULE SOLD SEPERATELY 0.2 (5,1) 5.125 (130,2) 4.225 (107,3) 0.4 (10,2) 0.25 (6,4) 0.75 (19,0) SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50 TRACE (0.1" CENTERS) MALE CARD EDGE OR OPTIONAL MALE PIN CONNECTOR (see note 1) 10.0 (254,0) NOTES: 1) MATING CONNECTOR IS BERG 66317-150 OR EQUIVALENT. SPECIFY SUFFIX 'C' FOR OPTIONAL 65823-093 OR EQUIVALENT MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PARALLEL-TO-THE-BOARD CABLE CONNECTION. SPECIFY SUFFIX 'V' FOR OPTIONAL CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B-SR OR EQUIVALENT MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PERPENDICULAR-TO-THE-BOARD CABLE CONNECTION. 2) 6-32 SCREW TERMINAL BARRIER STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 24 TO 12 AWG. 3) OPTIONAL JUMPERS ARE AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER STRIP ORDER 1 EACH "JM2" AND 2 EACH "JM8". 4) PHOENIX MKD51.5 5.08mm SERIES (OR EQUIVALENT) SCREW TERMINAL BLOCKS STANDARD. SPECIFY SUFFIX "A" FOR BOARD-MOUNTED PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-G-5.08 (OR EQUIVALENT) MALE CONNECTOR. SPECIFY SUFFIX "B" FOR BOARD-MOUNTED PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-G-5.08 (OR EQUIVALENT) MALE CONNECTOR AND MATING PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-ST-5.08 (OR EQUIVALENT) FEMALE. SCREW-TERMINAL PLUG-IN CONNECTOR. 5) LITTLE FUSE 251001 OR EQUIVALENT. 6) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT. 7) TWO HOLD-DOWN BAR KITS ARE AVAILABLE SEPARATELY. MODEL NO. 11.06.415 EMPLOYS A PLAIN ALUMINUM CHANNEL WHILE MODEL NO. 11.06.278 PROVIDES POCKETS IN THE CHANNEL FOR INDIVIDUAL MODULES. LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP 1 2 + LOGIC GND +LOGIC +LOGIC POWER BARRIER STRIP 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 5 AMP LINE FUSE (16) ALL EVEN PINS 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 I/O MODULE PIN SOCKETS TOP 1 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 * PULL UP RESISTOR 3.3K OHM (16) LED STATUS INDICATOR (16) * 1 AMP LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE CUSTOMER INSTALLED OPTIONAL JUMPERS TO WIRE LOGIC SUPPLY TO HEADER CONNECTOR SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50 TRACE (0.1" CENTERS) MALE CARD EDGE OR OPTIONAL PIN CONNECTOR. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/92 OPTIONAL HOLD DOWN BAR KIT (see note 7) DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS FOR "SM" SERIES MINIATURE MODULES 1 PB16SMH REPLACEABLE 1 AMP LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE (see note 5) LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP (see note 2) 10.4 (254,2) .375 (9,5) PWR ON 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 5A 5A 5A 5A 5A 5A 5A 5A 5A 5A 5A 5A 5A POWER TERMINAL STRIP (see notes 2,3,4) 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 3.5 (88,9) 4.0 (101,6) 5A GND 5A 1A FUSE +5V SWAGED STANDOFF 0.15 (3,8) DIA. (6) 4.525 (114,9) 5.125 (130,2) 5A NEGATIVE (-) LOGIC SUPPLY BUS TERMINATION OPTIONAL HOLD DOWN BAR KIT (see note 7) GORDOS DIGITAL I/O MODULES SOLD SEPERATELY PIN 49 PIN 1 5V JUMPERS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 SPARE 0.25 (6,4) 1.75 (44,4) JUMPERS CONNECTING LOGIC SUPPLY THRU HEADER CONNECTOR SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50 CONDUCTOR MALE PIN EDGE CONNECTOR (see note 1) POSITIVE (+) LOGIS SUPPLY BUS TERMINATION PULL UP RESISTOR 3.3K OHM (16) LED STATUS INDICATOR (16) 5A FUSE 0.625 (15,88) REPLACEABLE 5 AMP LINE FUSE (16) (see note 6) DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE:+-0.020 ( +- 0,50) NOTES: 1) CONNECTOR IS CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B-SR OR EQUIVALENT. 2) 4-40 SCREW TERMINAL STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 26 TO 14 AWG. 3) OPTIONAL JUMPERS ARE AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER STRIP ORDER 1 EACH "JM2" AND 2 EACH "JM8". 4) PHOENIX MKD51.5 5.08mm SERIES (OR EQUIVALENT) SCREW TERMINAL BLOCKS STANDARD. SPECIFY SUFFIX "A" FOR BOARD-MOUNTED PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-G-5.08 (OR EQUIVALENT) MALE CONNECTOR. SPECIFY SUFFIX "B" FOR BOARD-MOUNTED PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-G-5.08 (OR EQUIVALENT) MALE CONNECTOR AND MATING PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-ST-5.08 (OR EQUIVALENT) FEMALE. SCREW-TERMINAL PLUG-IN CONNECTOR. 5) LITTLE FUSE 251001 OR EQUIVALENT. 6) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT. 7) TWO HOLD-DOWN BAR KITS ARE AVAILABLE SEPARATELY. MODEL NO. 11.06.415 EMPLOYS A PLAIN ALUMINUM CHANNEL WHILE MODEL NO. 11.06.278 PROVIDES POCKETS IN THE CHANNEL FOR INDIVIDUAL MODULES. LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP POWER BARRIER STRIP +5V GND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213 14 15 16 17 18 19 2021 2223 2425 26 27 2829 30 31 32 D1 1 AMP LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE 5 AMP LINE FUSE (16) PWR ON J1 1 49 EVEN 2-50 PINS SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50 CONDUCTOR MALE PIN CONNECTOR TO G1 BOARD OR RIBBON CABLE 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 I/O MODULE PIN SOCKETS AMP #645979-1 PULL UP RESISTOR 3.3K OHM (16) LOGIC SUPPLY + BUS TERMINATION LED STATUS INDICATOR (16) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/93 DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS FOR "SM" SERIES MINIATURE MODULES PB24SM 13.0 (330,2) 4.0 (101,6) 4.0 (101,6) 4.0 (101,6) REPLACEABLE 5 AMP LINE FUSE (24) (see note 6) POWER TERMINAL STRIP (see notes 2,3,4) 17 1819 202122 232425 2627 282930 3132 0.35 (8,9) 33 343536 3738 394041 4243 444546 4748 3.05 (77,5) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 1213 141516 SWAGED STANDOFF THRU HOLE 0.15 (3,8) DIA. (8) REPLACEABLE 1 AMP LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE (see note 5) 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 + LOGIC SUPPLY TERMINAL STRIP (see note 2) 3.45 (87,6) 1.88 (47,6) 10 19 20 21 AC INPUT W DC INPUT B AC OUTPUT R DC OUTPUT 22 GORDOS DIGITAL I/O MODULES SOLD SEPERATELY OPTIONAL HOLD DOWN BAR KIT (see note 7) 23 Y 0.75 (19,1) 3 3.75 (95,3) 0.5 (12,7) LED STATUS INDICATOR (24) PULL UP RESISTOR 3.3K OHM (24) SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50 TRACE (0.1" CENTERS) MALE CARD EDGE (see note 1) 5.1 (129,5) 3.45 (67,6) NOTES: 1) MATING CONNECTOR IS BERG 66317-150 OR EQUIVALENT. SPECIFY SUFFIX 'C' FOR OPTIONAL 65823-093 OR EQUIVALENT MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PARALLEL-TO-THE-BOARD CABLE CONNECTION. SPECIFY SUFFIX 'V' FOR OPTIONAL CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B-SR OR EQUIVALENT MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PERPENDICULAR-TO-THE-BOARD CABLE CONNECTION. 2) 4-40 SCREW TERMINAL STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 26 TO 14 AWG. 3) OPTIONAL JUMPERS ARE AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER STRIP ORDER 3 EACH "JM8". 4) PHOENIX MKD51.5 5.08mm SERIES (OR EQUIVALENT) SCREW TERMINAL BLOCKS STANDARD. SPECIFY SUFFIX "A" FOR BOARD-MOUNTED PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-G-5.08 (OR EQUIVALENT) MALE CONNECTOR. SPECIFY SUFFIX "B" FOR BOARD-MOUNTED PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-G-5.08 (OR EQUIVALENT) MALE CONNECTOR AND MATING PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-ST-5.08 (OR EQUIVALENT) FEMALE. SCREW-TERMINAL PLUG-IN CONNECTOR. 5) LITTLE FUSE 251001 OR EQUIVALENT. 6) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT. 7) TWO HOLD-DOWN BAR KITS ARE AVAILABLE SEPARATELY. MODEL NO. 11.06.413 EMPLOYS A PLAIN ALUMINUM CHANNEL WHILE MODEL NO. 11.06.288 PROVIDES POCKETS IN THE CHANNEL FOR INDIVIDUAL MODULES. DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE:+-0.020 ( +- 0,50) POWER BARRIER STRIP LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP EDGE CONN BOTTOM LOGIC GRD + ALL EVEN PINS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1516 17 1819 20 21 22 23 2425 26 27 28 2930 31 32 3334 35 36 3738 3940 4142 43 44 45 46 47 48 5 AMP LINE FUSE (24) 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 I/O MODULE PIN SOCKET 1 5 9 13 SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 17 50 TRACE (0.1" CENTERS) 21 MALE CARD EDGE 25 OR OPTIONAL PIN CONNECTOR 29 33 37 41 45 +LOGIC 49 PULL UP RESISTOR 3.3K OHM (24) 1 AMP LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE LED STATUS INDICATOR (24) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/94 DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS FOR "SM" SERIES MINIATURE MODULES 1 PB32SM LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP (see note 2) DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE:+-0.020 ( +- 0,50) POWER BARRIER STRIP (4) (see notes 2,3,4) 0.4 (10,2) 10.2 (259,1) 5.475 (139,1) 4.225 (107,3) 1 16 17 32 1.3 (31,8) REPLACEABLE 1 AMP LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE (see note 5) REPLACEABLE 5 AMP LINE FUSES (32) (see note 6) 49 2.6 (66,0) SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50 CONDUCTOR MALE CARD EDGE CONNECTOR (see note 1) 6.2 (157,5) OPTIONAL HOLD DOWN BAR KIT (see note 7) 6-32 NYLON STANDOFF (2) SWAGED STANDOFF THRU HOLE 0.15 (3,8) DIA. (8) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 3.2 (81,3) LED STATUS INDICATOR (32) 1 1.8 (45,7) GORDOS DIGITAL I/O MODULES 1.3 (31,8) SOLD SEPERATELY 64 49 48 PULL UP RESISTORS 3.3K OHM (32) 33 0.25 (6,4) 0.75 (19,1) NOTES: 1) MATING CONNECTOR IS BERG 66317-150 OR EQUIVALENT. SPECIFY SUFFIX 'C' FOR OPTIONAL 65823-093 OR EQUIVALENT MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PARALLEL-TO-THE-BOARD CABLE CONNECTION. SPECIFY SUFFIX 'V' FOR OPTIONAL CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B-SR OR EQUIVALENT MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PERPENDICULAR-TO-THE-BOARD CABLE CONNECTION. 2) BARRIER STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 26 TO 14 AWG. 3) OPTIONAL JUMPERS ARE AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER STRIP ORDER 2 EACH "JM2" AND 4 EACH "JM8". 4) PHOENIX MKD51.5 5.08mm SERIES (OR EQUIVALENT) SCREW TERMINAL BLOCKS STANDARD. SPECIFY SUFFIX "A" FOR BOARD-MOUNTED PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-G-5.08 (OR EQUIVALENT) MALE CONNECTOR. SPECIFY SUFFIX "B" FOR BOARD-MOUNTED PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-G-5.08 (OR EQUIVALENT) MALE CONNECTOR AND MATING PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-ST-5.08 (OR EQUIVALENT) FEMALE. SCREW-TERMINAL PLUG-IN CONNECTOR. 5) LITTLE FUSE 251001 OR EQUIVALENT. 6) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT. 7) OPTIONAL HOLD DOWN BAR KITS AVAILABLE. ORDER KIT 11.06.418 FOR LOW COST CLAMPING VERSION, OR KIT 11.06.305 FOR FULLY RETAINED VERSION. 1.9 (47,6) LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP + 1 AMP LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50 TRACE (0.1"CENTERS) MALE CARD EDGE OR OPTIONAL MALE PIN POWER BARRIER STRIP 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 1 1 1 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 5 AMP LINE FUSES (32) 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 45 46 43 49 48 44 50 47 41 36 42 35 40 38 39 37 PULL UP RESISTOR 3.3K OHM (32) LED STATUS INDICATOR (32) 14 12 13 11 16 9 15 10 4 1 7 3 2 8 5 6 LOGIC GROUND 18, 20, 24, 27, 29, 33 NOT CONNECTED 17 19 21 22 23 25 26 28 30 31 32 34 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 POWER BARRIER STRIP Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/95 DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS FOR C4 MODULES PB4C4 3.25 [82.6] 2.75 [69.9] 0.25 [6.4] 0.25 [6.4] SEE THRU FUSE HOLDER OUTPUT MODULES 3.25 [82.6] 2.75 [69.9] SEE NOTE 3 DIMENSION: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE: 0.20 (0, 50) BARRIER STRIPS (SEE NOTES 1,2) SWAGED STANDOFF (4) 0.62 (15.7) NOTES: 1) 2) 3) LED STATUS INDICATOR BARRIER STRIP IS PHOENIX MKDS5/X 6.35mm ACCEPTS UP TO 10 AWG WIRE LITTLE FUSE 229003S OR EQUIVALENT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 N/C SPARE FUSE N/C 680 OHM FUSE GOOD INDICATOR FUSE TEST 0 1 2 3 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 4.7K PULL UP RESISTOR TYP 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/96 DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS FOR C4 MODULES 1 PB8C4 6.0 [152.4] SEE THRU FUSE HOLDER OUTPUT MODULES 5.10 [129.5] 0.65 [16.5] POWER BARRIER STRIP (SEE NOTES 1, 2) 0.25 [6.4] 50 PIN IDC HEADER CONNECTOR (SEE NOTE 3) 3.25 [82.6] 2.75 [69.9] SEE NOTE 4 DIMENSION: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) LED STATUS INDICATOR SWAGED STANDOFF (4) 0.62 (15.7) TOLERANCE: 0.20 (0, 50) NOTES: 1) BARRIER STRIP IS PHOENIX MKDS5/X 6.35mm 2) ACCEPTS UP TO 10 AWG WIRE 3) CONNECTOR IS CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B OR EQUIVALENT 4) LITTLE FUSE 229003S OR EQUIVALENT LOGIC + - J1 50 PIN IDC HEADER CONNECTOR EVEN PINS 2-50 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 N/C SPARE FUSE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 FUSE GOOD INDICATOR 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 FUSE TEST N/C 880 OHM 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 4.7K PULL UP RESISTOR TYP Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/97 DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS FOR C4 MODULES PB16C4 SWAGED STANDOFF (4) 0.62 (15.7) POWER BARRIER STRIP (SEE NOTES 1, 2) SEE THRU FUSE HOLDER OUTPUT MODULES 0.25 [6.4] 50 PIN IDC HEADER CONNECTOR (SEE NOTE 3) 3.25 [82.6] 2.75 [69.9] SEE NOTE 4 LED STATUS INDICATOR 0.65 [16.5] DIMENSION: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) 9.10 [231.1] TOLERANCE: 0.20 (0, 50) 10.00 [254.0] NOTES: 1) BARRIER STRIP IS PHOENIX MKDS5/X 6.35mm 2) ACCEPTS UP TO 10 AWG WIRE 3) CONNECTOR IS CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B OR EQUIVALENT 4) LITTLE FUSE 229003S OR EQUIVALENT LOGIC + - J1 50 PIN IDC HEADER CONNECTOR EVEN PINS 2-50 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 31 32 N/C 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 FUSE GOOD INDICATOR 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 FUSE TEST 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 17 47 4.7K PULL UP RESISTOR TYP Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/98 SPARE FUSE 0 N/C 880 OHM DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS FOR C4 MODULES 1 PB16C4T 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 FUSE TESTER R1 FUSE TESTER F1 3 AMP 3.25 (82.6) SPARE FUSE (SEE NOTE 3) 250V CROUZET 2.75 (69.85) PB-16C4-T D1 F2 SPARE FUSE TB2 SWAGED STANDOFF (4) 0.62 " (15.7) 0.25 (6.4) 0 2 3 RN1 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 RN1 12 13 14 15 TB4 + 1 - LOGIC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 0.25 (6.4) 9.00 (228.6) 9.50 (241.3) BARRIER STRIPS (SEE NOTES 1,2) PULL UP RESISTOR NOTES: STATUS LED INDICATOR FUSED OUTPUT MODULE 1) BARRIER STRIP IS PHOENIX MKDS5/X 6.35mm 2) ACCEPTS UP TO 10 AWG WIRE 3) LITTLE FUSE 229003S OR EQUIVALENT PB16C4T MODULE INPUT/OUTPUT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 BARRIER STRIP TB1 N/C F2 TB2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 N/C R1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 D1 F1 RN2 RN1 TB5 TB4 BARRIER STRIP TB3 + - 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 LOGIC MODULE INPUT/OUTPUT Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/99 DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS FOR C4 MODULES PB24C4 7.50 [190.5] 7.00 [177.8] 0.25 [6.4] 0.25 [6.4] POWER BARRIER STRIP (SEE NOTES 1, 2) LED STATUS INDICATOR 6.25 [158.8] 50 PIN IDC HEADER CONNECTOR (SEE NOTE 3) 5.75 [146.1] SEE NOTE 4 SWAGED STANDOFF (4) 0.62 (15.7) SEE THRU FUSE HOLDER OUTPUT MODULES DIMENSION: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE: 0.20 (0, 50) NOTES: 1) BARRIER STRIP IS PHOENIX MKDS5/X 6.35mm 2) ACCEPTS UP TO 10 AWG WIRE 3) CONNECTOR IS CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B OR EQUIVALENT 4) LITTLE FUSE 229003S OR EQUIVALENT LOGIC + - J1 50 PIN IDC HEADER CONNECTOR EVEN PINS 2-50 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 47 48 N/C SPARE FUSE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 23 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 FUSE GOOD INDICATOR 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 FUSE TEST N/C 880 OHM 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 4.7K PULL UP RESISTOR TYP Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/100 DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS FOR C4 MODULES 1 PB32C4 SCREW TERMINAL LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP POWER BARRIER STRIP (SEE NOTES 1 & 2) 10.000" [ 254.00 ] 9.500" [ 241.43 ] 7 6 5 4 3 2 LOGIC 1 6.000" [ 152.40 ] F2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 R1 RN3 6.500" [ 165.09 ] RN2 SPARE FUSE RN1 TB1 TB2 8 - 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 + 16 D1 FUSE TESTER F1 3 AMP 250V P1 RN4 SEE NOTE 3 TB3 SWAGED STANDOFF 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE: .020 ( 0,50) Notes: 1 + 2 3 4 5 6 1) BARRIER STRIP IS PHOENIX MKDS5/X 6.35mm 2) ACCEPTS UP TO 10 AWG WIRE 3) LITTLE FUSE 229003S OR EQUIVALENT 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 37 39 38 40 35 42 36 41 47 50 44 48 49 43 46 45 680 OHMS FUSE GOOD INDICATOR FUSE TEST 14 12 13 11 16 9 15 10 4 1 7 3 2 8 5 6 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 5 4 3 2 1 64 63 5 4 3 2 1 62 61 5 4 3 2 1 60 59 5 4 3 2 1 58 57 5 4 3 2 1 56 55 5 4 3 2 1 54 53 5 4 3 2 1 52 51 5 4 3 2 1 50 49 5 4 3 2 1 48 47 5 4 3 2 1 46 45 5 4 3 2 1 44 43 5 4 3 2 1 42 41 5 4 3 2 1 40 39 5 4 3 2 1 38 37 5 4 3 2 1 36 35 5 4 3 2 1 34 33 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/101 DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS HEADER CONNECTOR OPTION "-C" CONNECTOR OPTION (1) "-V" CONNECTOR OPTION (2) TOP VIEW TOP VIEW BOARD BOARD SIDE VIEW SIDE VIEW NOTES: 1.) CONNECTOR IS BERG 65823-093 OR EQUIVALENT 2.) CONNECTOR IS CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B OR EQUIVALENT TERMINAL OPTIONS FOR "M" AND "SM" I/O MOUNTING BOARDS REMOVABLE TERMINAL BLOCK PC BOARD OPTION A OPTION B Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/102 DIGITAL SYSTEM ACCESSORIES JUMPERS FOR I/O DIGITAL MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS The J-series of copper jumpers are used to connect the common ("C" labeled) terminals of digital I/O module mounting boards. The two-position jumpers are used for electrical connection between barrier strips, and the 4 or 8-position jumpers connect common points 2.88 (73,15) 0.65 (16,51) MODEL # JQP2 0.125 (3,18) 0.65 (16,5) MODEL # JM8 0.125 (3,18) MODEL # JM2 1 within a barrier strip. All jumpers are made from 0.031 0.002 inch thick copper and plated with bright tin. The JS, JM, JQ and JC4 jumpers are used with mounting boards for 0.6, M / SM series, Quad-pack and C4 modules respectively. 1.23 (31.4) 0.11 (2.8) 0.63 (16.0) 0.08 (2,03) 0.08 (2,03) R0.06 (R1.6) TYP. 0.11 (2.8) TYP. 1.35 (34,3) 0.4 (10,16) 1.12 (28.6) MATERIAL: 0.031" (0,787) TIN PLATED COPPER MATERIAL: 0.031" (0,787) TIN PLATED COPPER DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE:+-0.020 ( +- 0,50) DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE:+-0.020 ( +- 0,50) MODEL # JQP4 DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES (MILLIMETERS). 5.5 (139,7) 0.11 (2.8) 0.63 (16.0) 0.64 (16,26) 0.14 (3,56) 3.48 (88.5) 0.4 (10,1) MODEL # JS8 0.075R (1,91) (8X) R0.06 (R1.6) TYP. 1.12 (28.6) TYP. 1.12 (28.6) 0.25 (6,4) 0.75 (19,1) 2.25 (57.1) 3.37 (85.7) MATERIAL: 0.031" (,787) TIN PLATED COPPER DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES (MILLIMETERS). DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE:+-0.020 ( +- 0,50) MODEL # JC48 0.64 (16,26) 0.4 (10,1) 1.0 (25,4) 0.14 (3,56) MODEL # JS2 BREAK APART NOTCH (6) R0.6 [0.025] 0.075R (1,91) (2X) 2.0 [0.081] 3.3 [0.130] 15.7 [0.618] 0.25 (6,4) 0.75 (19,1) 2.5 [0.098] R0.3 [0.010] 12.7 [0.500] (7) 91.4 [3.598] MATERIAL: 0.031" (,787) TIN PLATED COPPER DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE:+-0.020 ( +- 0,50) MATERIAL: 0.787 [0.031] TIN PLATED COPPER DIMENSIONS: MILLIMETERS [INCHES] TOLERANCE: =/- 0.5 [0.020] Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/103 DIGITAL SYSTEM ACCESSORIES DIGITAL I/O MODULE HOLD DOWN BAR KITS Gordos hold-down bar kits for M and SM series I/O module mounting boards provide positive module retention in applications subject to shock and vibration. Two styles are available. One employs a plain aluminum channel to clamp the modules to the board, while the other employs a pocketed channel to assure module alignment as well. All hold-down bar kits include bar(s), spacers and screws. MODEL # 11.06.278 HOLD-DOWN BAR KIT NUMBER 11-06-278 8.850 (229,79) 8.45 (214,63) .125 THRU C'BORE .250 DIA X .125 DEEP (X3) 4.425 (112,395) 0.375 (9,525) 0.1875 (4,7625) 0.20 (5,08) 0.375 (9,525) 0.025 (,635) 0.12 (3,048) TYP. 0.41 (10,414) 0.38 (9,652) TYP. MATERIAL: ALUMINUM, BALCK ANODIZED. KIT INCLUDES 1 EACH HOLD-DOWN BAR, 3 EACH 4-40X1.5" MACHINE SCREWS, AND 3 EACH 1"X.250" DIA NYLON SPACERS. MODEL # 11.06.288 INTENDED FOR USE WITH GORDOS PB-16M OR PB-16SM I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS. HOLD-DOWN BAR KIT NUMBER 11-06-288 DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE: 0.020 (0.50) 12.85 (326,39) 12.45 (316,23) 6.425 (163,195) .125 THRU C'BORE .250 DIA X .125 DEEP (X3) 0.375 (9,525) 0.1875 (4,7625) 0.375 (9,525) MODEL # 11.06.293 0.12 (3,048) TYP. 0.38 (9,652) TYP. HOLD-DOWN BAR KIT 11-06-293 MATERIAL: ALUMINUM, BALCK ANODIZED. KIT INCLUDES 1 EACH HOLD-DOWN BAR, 3 EACH 4-40X1.5" MACHINE SCREWS, AND 3 EACH 1"X.250" DIA NYLON SPACERS. 4.7 (119,38) INTENDED FOR USE WITH GORDOS PB-24M OR PB-24SM I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS. DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE:+- 0.020 (0.50) 4.3 (109,22) 0.375 (9,525) 0.275 (6,985) 0.5 (12,70) TYP. 0.1875 (4,7625) 0.375 (9,525) 0.025 (,635) 0.41 (10,414) 0.12 (3,048) 0.38 (9,652) 0.125 THRU C'BORE 0.250 DIA X 0.125 DEEP (X2) MODEL # 11.06.305 MATERIAL: ALUMINUM, BLACK ANODIZED. KIT INCLUDES 1 EACH HOLD-DOWN BAR, 2 EACH 4-40X1.5" MACHINE SCREWS, AND 2 EACH 1"X.250" DIA NYLON SPACERS. INTENDED FOR USE WITH GORDOS PB-8M OR PB-8SM I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS. HOLD-DOWN BAR KIT NUMBER 11-06-305 DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE: 0.020 (0.50) 8.850 (229,79) 8.45 (214,63) .125 THRU C'BORE .250 DIA X .125 DEEP (X3) 4.425 (112,395) 0.375 (9,525) 0.1875 (4,7625) 0.20 (5,08) 0.375 (9,525) 0.12 (3,048) TYP. 0.025 (,635) 0.41 (10,414) 0.38 (9,652) TYP. MATERIAL: ALUMINUM, BALCK ANODIZED. KIT INCLUDES 2 EACH HOLD-DOWN BARS, 6 EACH 4-40X1.5" MACHINE SCREWS, AND 6 EACH 1"X.250" DIA NYLON SPACERS. INTENDED FOR USE WITH GORDOS PB-32M OR PB-32SM I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS. DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS) TOLERANCE: 0.020 (0.50) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/104 TYP. TYP. DIGITAL SYSTEM ACCESSORIES DIGITAL I/O MODULE HOLD DOWN BAR KITS 1 MODEL # 11.06.413 6.225 6.225 6.50 .125 DIA. (3 PLCS.) 0.600 0.125 13.00 MATERIAL: .125 BLACK ANODIZED ALUMINUM KIT INCLDES 1 EACH HOLD-DOWN BAR 3 EACH WASHER FACED THUMB SCREW 3 EACH 15/16 x 3/16 DIA ALUMINUM SPACERS INTENDED FOR USE ON GORDOS PB-24M OR PB-24SM I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS. DIMENSIONS: INCHES TOLERANCE: 0.020 MODEL # 11.06.414 4.300 0.200 0.125 DIA. (2 PLCS.) 0.600 0.125 4.700 MATERIAL: .125 BLACK ANODIZED ALUMINUM KIT INCLDES 1 EACH HOLD-DOWN BAR 2 EACH WASHER FACED THUMB SCREW 2 EACH 15/16 x 3/16 DIA ALUMINUM SPACERS INTENDED FOR USE ON GORDOS PB-8M OR PB-8SM I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS. DIMENSIONS: INCHES TOLERANCE: 0.020 MODEL # 11.06.415 4.225 4.225 0.125 DIA. (3 PLCS.) 4.425 0.600 0.125 8.850 MATERIAL: .125 BLACK ANODIZED ALUMINUM KIT INCLDES 1 EACH HOLD-DOWN BAR 3 EACH WASHER FACED THUMB SCREW 3 EACH 15/16 x 3/16 DIA ALUMINUM SPACERS INTENDED FOR USE ON GORDOS PB-16M OR PB-16SM I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS. DIMENSIONS: INCHES TOLERANCE: 0.020 MODEL # 11.06.418 4.225 4.225 0.125 DIA. (3 PLCS.) 4.425 0.600 0.125 8.850 MATERIAL: .125 BLACK ANODIZED ALUMINUM KIT INCLDES 2 EACH HOLD-DOWN BAR 6 EACH WASHER FACED THUMB SCREW 6 EACH 15/16 x 3/16 DIA ALUMINUM SPACERS INTENDED FOR USE ON GORDOS PB-32M OR PB-32SM I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS. DIMENSIONS: INCHES TOLERANCE: 0.020 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/105 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/106 1 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/107 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/108 Products Available From 1 Solid State Relays and I/O Modules Catalog 1 2 Automation Controls Catalog 2 Switches and Sensors Catalog 3 3 Motors and Fans Catalog 4 Pneumatics Catalog 5 4 For your copy of the catalogs, contact 5 Tel: (800) 677-5311 / Fax: (800) 677-3865 www.crouzet-usa.com Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/ i AUTOMATION CONTROLS AUTOMATION CONTROLS 2) Automation Controls Logic Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/1 Millenium II+ Logic Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/2 .................................................................. 2/13 812-816 & TOP948 Series Digital Panel Mount Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14 88220 Series Motorized Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/20 TMR48 / TOP36 / RTM Series Analog Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/22 Chronos 2 Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/30 S Series DIN Rail Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/43 Mechanical & Cam Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/48 Control Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/57 MIC48 / CT / CTD(H) Series Temperature Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/58 ENR / L2N Series Liquid Level Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/66 NR / NNR Series Liquid Level Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/73 JR / JRS Series Alternating Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/78 FW Series Phase Control Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/80 WRL / WRA / WRS Series Phase Control Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/81 HDI / MCI / EI Series Current Control Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/85 IRT / IART Series Current Control Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/88 HDU / EU (S/F) Series Voltage Control Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/90 UR / SR / UFR Series Voltage Control Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/93 FRL Series Underspeed Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/97 Control Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/98 Safety Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/101 Safety Relays and Stack Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/101 Counters & Ratemeters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/123 Electromechanical Counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/124 2108 / 2108H Series Counters & Elapsed Time Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/127 2231 Series Counters & Elapsed Time Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/129 Timers Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/ii AUTOMATION CONTROLS AUTOMATION CONTROLS Counters & Ratemeters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/123 99761 Series Mechanical Elapsed Time Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/132 "CP4 / CP7 Series Digital Counters, Chronometers, and Ratemeters" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/134 2 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/iii Index Part Number 18372112 26546803 26546829 26546830 26546831 26852304 74525305 79214586 79214587 79214588 83895201 83895202 83895203 83895204 83895205 83895206 83895207 83895208 83895209 83895210 83895211 83895212 83895213 83895214 84870201 84870203 84870204 84870211 84870213 84870214 84870401 84870403 84870404 84871020 84871021 84871022 84871023 84871024 84871030 84871031 84871032 84871033 84871034 84871040 84871041 84871042 84871043 84871044 84871102 84871301 84871302 84871304 84871305 84871306 84871307 84871309 84871310 84872020 84872021 84872023 84872024 84872030 84872031 84872033 84872034 84872040 84872046 84872047 84872056 84872057 84872301 84872302 84872304 84872305 84872306 84872307 84872309 84872310 84874300 Page 2/7 2/132 2/131 2/131 2/131 2/87 2/89 2/120 2/120 2/120 2/120 2/120 2/120 2/120 2/120 2/120 2/120 2/120 2/120 2/120 2/120 2/120 2/120 2/120 2/66 2/66 2/66 2/68 2/68 2/68 2/72 2/72 2/72 2/87 2/87 2/87 2/87 2/87 2/87 2/87 2/87 2/87 2/87 2/87 2/87 2/87 2/87 2/87 2/86 2/85 2/85 2/85 2/85 2/85 2/85 2/85 2/85 2/91 2/91 2/91 2/91 2/91 2/91 2/91 2/91 2/92 2/92 2/92 2/92 2/92 2/90 2/90 2/90 2/90 2/90 2/90 2/90 2/90 2/97 Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page 84874301 84874303 84874304 85100036 85100037 85100326 85100434 85100435 85100436 85100536 85100626 85100634 85100635 85100636 85100736 85100936 85100937 87610050 87610150 87610340 87610440 87614340 87614440 87618012 87618014 87618018 87618022 87618024 87618028 87618032 87618034 87618038 87618062 87618064 87618068 87618072 87618074 87618078 87618112 87618114 87618118 87618122 87618124 87618128 87618132 87618134 87618138 87618162 87618164 87618168 87618172 87618174 87618178 87618222 87618224 87618228 87618322 87618324 87618328 87619012 87619014 87619018 87619022 87619024 87619028 87619112 87619114 87619118 87619122 87619124 87619128 87619222 87619224 87619228 87619322 87619324 87619328 88225011 88225014 2/97 2/97 2/97 2/104 2/104 2/112 2/106 2/106 2/106 2/108 2/114 2/116 2/116 2/116 2/110 2/118 2/118 2/129 2/130 2/127 2/128 2/127 2/128 2/134 2/134 2/134 2/134 2/134 2/134 2/134 2/134 2/134 2/134 2/134 2/134 2/134 2/134 2/134 2/134 2/134 2/134 2/134 2/134 2/134 2/134 2/134 2/134 2/134 2/134 2/134 2/134 2/134 2/134 2/136 2/136 2/136 2/136 2/136 2/136 2/138 2/138 2/138 2/138 2/138 2/138 2/138 2/138 2/138 2/138 2/138 2/138 2/140 2/140 2/140 2/140 2/140 2/140 2/21 2/21 88225029 88225030 88225031 88225032 88225033 88225034 88226011 88226014 88226029 88226030 88226031 88226032 88226033 88226034 88226504 88226508 88226509 88226510 88226511 88226512 88226513 88226514 88826004 88826014 88826044 88826054 88826100 88826103 88826105 88826115 88826125 88826135 88826145 88826155 88826180 88826185 88826195 88826503 88857003 88857005 88857103 88857105 88857301 88857302 88857307 88857400 88857406 88857409 88857502 88857504 88857506 88857508 88857601 88857607 88857701 88857707 88857800 88865100 88865103 88865105 88865115 88865125 88865135 88865145 88865155 88865175 88865215 88865265 88865300 88865503 88867100 88867103 88867105 88867135 88867155 88867215 88867300 88867303 88867305 2/21 2/21 2/21 2/21 2/21 2/21 2/21 2/21 2/21 2/21 2/21 2/21 2/21 2/21 2/21 2/21 2/21 2/21 2/21 2/21 2/21 2/21 2/33 2/33 2/33 2/33 2/31 2/31 2/30 2/30 2/31 2/31 2/31 2/31 2/31 2/31 2/31 2/31 2/16 2/16 2/16 2/16 2/18 2/18 2/18 2/17 2/17 2/17 2/19 2/19 2/19 2/19 2/15 2/15 2/15 2/15 2/19 2/35 2/35 2/34 2/34 2/34 2/35 2/35 2/35 2/35 2/37 2/37 2/37 2/35 2/39 2/39 2/39 2/39 2/39 2/39 2/41 2/41 2/40 88867415 88867435 88867455 88867801 88886016 88886106 88886116 88886516 88888111 88888115 88888117 88888131 88888135 88888137 88888151 88888155 88888157 88888171 88888175 88888177 88895201 88895202 88895203 88895206 88895207 88896201 88896202 88896203 88896206 88896207 88901302 88901308 88901322 88901328 88901342 88901348 88901372 88901378 88901392 88901398 88950001 88950002 88950003 88950004 88950005 88950006 88950009 88950011 88950012 88950013 88950014 88950015 88950016 88950019 88950021 88950022 88950023 88950024 88950025 88950026 88950029 88950031 88950032 88950033 88950034 88950035 88950036 88950039 88950041 88950042 88950043 88950044 88950045 88950046 88950049 88950051 88950052 88950053 88950054 2/41 2/41 2/41 2/38 2/22 2/22 2/22 2/22 2/25 2/25 2/25 2/25 2/25 2/25 2/25 2/25 2/25 2/25 2/25 2/25 2/28 2/28 2/28 2/28 2/28 2/28 2/28 2/28 2/28 2/28 2/26 2/26 2/26 2/26 2/26 2/26 2/26 2/26 2/26 2/26 2/6 2/6 2/6 2/6 2/6 2/6 2/6 2/6 2/6 2/6 2/6 2/6 2/6 2/6 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/4 2/4 2/4 2/4 2/4 2/4 2/4 2/4 2/4 2/4 2/4 88950055 88950056 88950059 88950061 88950062 88950063 88950064 88950065 88950066 88950069 88950070 88950071 88950072 88950073 88950074 88950075 88950076 88950077 88950100 88950101 88950102 88950105 88950106 88950107 88950108 88950111 88950112 88950113 88950200 88950204 88950210 88950211 88950212 88950213 88950214 88950215 88950219 88950300 88950301 88950810 88950813 88950831 88950832 88950833 88950834 88950839 89420047 89420067 89420077 89420087 89420097 89421102 89421108 89421112 89421118 89422002 89422008 89422012 89422018 89422102 89422108 89422112 89422118 89422402 89422408 89422412 89422418 89422502 89422508 89422512 89422518 89422702 89422708 89422712 89422718 89422722 89422728 89750103 89750109 2/4 2/4 2/4 2/4 2/4 2/4 2/4 2/4 2/4 2/4 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/8 2/8 2/9 2/9 2/9 2/9 2/6 2/6 2/9 2/9 2/9 2/9 2/6 2/6 2/6 2/6 2/6 2/6 2/6 2/6 2/6 2/9 2/9 2/6 2/8 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/65 2/65 2/65 2/65 2/65 2/58 2/58 2/58 2/58 2/60 2/60 2/60 2/60 2/58 2/58 2/58 2/58 2/60 2/60 2/60 2/60 2/59 2/59 2/59 2/59 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/9 2/9 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/iv Index Part Number 89750146 89750147 89750150 89750151 89750152 89750153 89750155 89750160 89750161 89750162 99761715 99761716 99761718 99766601 99766602 99766604 99766607 99766610 99766611 99766613 99766616 99766701 99766702 99766704 99766707 99766710 99766711 99766713 99766716 99766901 99766902 99766904 99766907 99766921 99766922 99766924 99766927 DIART 110A DIART 220A DIART 24A DIART 24D DIRT 110A DIRT 220A DIRT 24A DIRT 24D DNR110A DNR2110A DNR2110AHS DNR220A DNR2230A DNR2230AHS DNR224AHS DNR24A DNR24A DNRT110A DNRT220A DNRT24A DNRU110A DNRU220A DNRU24A DR DSR110A DSR12D DSR220A DSR24A DSR24D DSR48A DSR48D DUFR2230A110A DUFR2230A230A DUFR2400A110A DUFR2400A230A DUFR2400A400A DUFR2440A110A DUFR2440A440A DUR110A DUR220A DUR24A DUR24D Page 2/7 2/7 2/7 2/7 2/7 2/7 2/7 2/9 2/9 2/9 2/132 2/132 2/132 2/125 2/125 2/125 2/125 2/125 2/125 2/125 2/125 2/126 2/126 2/126 2/126 2/126 2/126 2/126 2/126 2/124 2/124 2/124 2/124 2/124 2/124 2/124 2/124 2/89 2/89 2/89 2/89 2/88 2/88 2/88 2/88 2/75 2/76 2/76 2/75 2/76 2/76 2/76 2/75 2/76 2/77 2/77 2/77 2/74 2/74 2/74 2/99 2/94 2/94 2/94 2/94 2/94 2/94 2/94 2/95 2/95 2/95 2/95 2/95 2/95 2/95 2/93 2/93 2/93 2/93 Part Number Page Part Number Page DUR48A DWRA220A DWRA2220A DWRA2380A DWRA2440A DWRA380A DWRA440A DWRL230A DWRL380A DWRL480A DWRS220A DWRS380A DWRS440A L546.050 L546.100 L546.200 L546.500 L595.020 L595.050 L595.100 L595.200 L595.300 L595.400 LIART110A LIART220A LIART24A LIART24D LIRT110A LIRT220A LIRT24A LIRT24D LJR2110A LJR2220A LJR224AD LJRS2110A LJRS2220A LJRS224AD LNR110A LNR220A LNR24A LNRT110A LNRT220A LNRT24A LNRU110A LNRU220A LNRU24A LSR110A LSR12D LSR220A LSR24A LSR24D LSR48A LSR48D LUFR2230230A LUFR2230A110A LUFR2230A24A LUFR2400110A LUFR2400A400A LUFR2440440A LUFR2440A24A LUFRN2230A110A LUFRN2230A230A LUR110A LUR220A LUR24A LUR24D LUR48A LWRA220A LWRA2220A LWRA2380A LWRA2440A LWRA380A LWRA440A LWRL220A LWRL230A LWRL380A LWRL440A LWRS220A LWRS380A 2/93 2/82 2/83 2/83 2/83 2/82 2/82 2/81 2/81 2/81 2/84 2/84 2/84 2/99 2/99 2/99 2/99 2/99 2/99 2/99 2/99 2/99 2/99 2/89 2/89 2/89 2/89 2/88 2/88 2/88 2/88 2/78 2/78 2/78 2/79 2/79 2/79 2/75 2/75 2/75 2/77 2/77 2/77 2/74 2/74 2/74 2/94 2/94 2/94 2/94 2/94 2/94 2/94 2/95 2/95 2/95 2/95 2/95 2/95 2/95 2/96 2/96 2/93 2/93 2/93 2/93 2/93 2/83 2/83 2/83 2/83 2/82 2/82 2/81 2/81 2/81 2/81 2/84 2/84 LWRS440A NNR110A NNR220A NNR24A NNR48A PADAPT PJR110A PJR220A PJR24AD PJRS110A PJRS220A PJRS24AD PJRX110A PJRX220A PJRX24AD PJRXS110A PJRXS220A PJRXS24AD PNR110A PNR220A PNR24A PNRT110A PNRT220A PNRT24A PNRU110A PNRU220A PNRU24A PSR110A PSR12D PSR220A PSR24A PSR24D PSR48A PSR48D PWRA220A PWRA380A PWRA440A PWRL230A PWRL380A PWRL480A PWRS220A PWRS380A PWRS440A Q Series Timers S08 S08600V S12 S15 S5 S5.1 S8 SAS timers SDS Timers SHS Timers 2/84 2/73 2/73 2/73 2/73 2/54 2/78 2/78 2/78 2/79 2/79 2/79 2/78 2/78 2/78 2/79 2/79 2/79 2/75 2/75 2/75 2/77 2/77 2/77 2/74 2/74 2/74 2/94 2/94 2/94 2/94 2/94 2/94 2/94 2/80 2/80 2/80 2/79 2/79 2/79 2/82 2/82 2/82 2/46 2/99 2/99 2/54 2/54 2/98 2/98 2/98 2/43 2/44 2/45 Part Number Page Part Number Page 2 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/v Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/vi 2 Millenium Controllers Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/1 logic controller Power supply: 12 VDC, 24 VAC, 24 VDC, 100-240 VAC Inputs: Discrete 3-wire PNP IPD, Analogue 0-10 V, Full-scale potentiometer input Interface: PC programming, Program memory cartridge, Modem link Adjacent extension: AS-I or MODBUS communication or Additional inputs and outputs Backlit LCD display: Status indicator, User messages, Values Modular case: DIN rail, surface or front panel mounting Outputs: Discrete including one changeover or solid state PWM (Pulse Width Modulation) Parameters set via an ergonomic keypad Local extension: Additional solid state outputs or Communication between two Millenium XT20-EX20 Your open, adaptable configuration Your pre-programmed functions Your flexibility for programming Millenium 2 consists of a complete range with versions which are: * user-definable from the front panel * low-cost (no displays and parameter-setting buttons) * bare boards for massproduction applications * numerous extensions (I/O, communication, etc) Millenium 2 incorporates the most extensive function library on the market, which now includes application-specific functions (calculation, pump rotation, Cam timer, etc). Moreover, Crouzet will offer to design the function which is perfect for your application. Millenium 2 is the only logic controller to combine flexible programming using function blocks with the added benefit of sequential flow chart blocks. Its useroriented design simplifies the process of designing your programs. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/2 Your applications already pre-programmed with our application-specific functions! CROUZET offers you a library of applicationspecific functions which can be added to according to your requirements: Calculation function Multiplication/Division Addition/Subtraction Data archiving function Cam timer function Clock function with parameter modification Pump rotation function Up/down counter with calculation function Example of application-specific function: Rotation of 3 pumps The pump rotation function is used to manage the water level in a tank by means of 3 sensors and 3 pumps. BOOLEAN Used to create logic equations between connected inputs. SET - RESET Bistable memory - Priority assigned to either SET or RESET. TIMER A/C Timer - Function A/C (On-delay and off-delay). TIMER Li Pulse generator (ON setting, OFF setting). TIMER B/H Timer. Function BH. (adjustable impulse signal). TRIGGER Defines an activation zone with Hysteresis. MUX Multiplexing functions on 2 analogue values. COMPARE Comparison of 2 analogue values using =, >, <, , operators. PRESET COUNT Up/down counter. GAIN Used to convert an analogue value by changing scale and offset. COMP IN ZONE Zone comparison (MIN VALEUR MAX). DISPLAY Display of digital and analogue data, date, time, messages for man-machine interface. TIMER BW Timer - Function BW (impulse on a rising or falling edge). PRESET H-METER Hour counter (presetting of hour, minute). 2 TIME PROG Hourly, weekly and annual programmer. BISTABLE Impulse relay function. Inputs You can connect physical inputs, whether discrete, analogue or potentiometer. There are also internal inputs such as the keypad, constants, etc. Function toolbar Outputs FBD functions You have two types of output: * physical: discrete, solid state with PWM (Pulse Width Modulation), * internal: display backlighting. Logic functions 21 pre-programmed functions are available for counting, timing, comparison, multiplexing, timer programming and display. AND, OR, NAND, NOR, XOR, NOT functions. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/3 Millenium II + Controllers Standard versions Intuitive programming via function block (FBD) or grafcet (SFC) Function: timing, counting, etc Application-specific functions: rotation, cam timers, calculation, etc. Discrete, analogue or potentiometer inputs Relay or solid state with PWM outputs Backlit LCD display Program protected by a password Calendar program clock User-definable from the front panel SA12 SA20 Type Input Output Power supply Part Number SA12 8 8 8 8 8 NPN 8 8 12 12 12 12 12 NPN 12 12 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 24 VDC 100 - 240 VAC 24 VAC 24 VDC 24 VDC 12 VDC 12 VDC 24 VDC 100 - 240 VAC 24 VAC 24 VDC 12 VDC 12 VDC 12 VDC 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 SA20 relay relay relay solid state/4 relay relay solid state/4 relay relay relay solid state/6 relay relay solid state/6 PWM PWM PWM PWM 950 950 950 950 950 950 950 950 950 950 950 950 950 950 041 043 044 042 049 045 046 051 053 054 052 059 055 056 Expandable version Expandable: communication, inputs/outputs, etc Intuitive programming via function block (FBD) or grafcet (SFC) Function: timing, counting, etc Application-specific functions: load rotation, cam timers, calculation, etc. Discrete, analogue or potentiometer inputs Relay or solid state with PWM outputs Backlit LCD display Program protected by a password Calendar program clock User-definable from the front panel Can take an XC adjacent extension and an XL local extension XT20 Type Input Output Power supply Part Number XT20 12 12 12 12 12 NPN 12 12 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 24 VDC 100 - 240 VAC 24 VAC 24 VDC 24 VDC 12 VDC 12 VDC 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 relay relay relay solid state/6 PWM relay relay solid state/6 PWM 950 950 950 950 950 950 950 061 063 064 062 069 065 066 Example of configuration MODBUS Communication between two Millenium XT20 Local extension XT20-XT20 Adjacent extension 6 I/O Local extension XT20-XT20 Adjacent extension Slave MODBUS Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/4 Millenium II + Controllers Expandable Economy Performs the same as the XT 20 but without the Display or the Front Panel Ideal for use in applications where modifications of the parameters from the front panel is not a requirement Type Input Output Power supply Part Number EX20 12 PNP 12 12 12 PNP 12 NPN 8 8 8 8 8 24 VDC 110 - 240 VAC 24 VAC 24 VDC 24 VDC 88 88 88 88 88 relay relay relay solid state relay 950 950 950 950 950 831 833 834 832 839 2 Local extensions For EX & XT 20 only (1 local extension per module) Millenium - Millenium local link Doubles the hardware and software capacities Transparent communication between 2 EX & XT 20 Max. distance between 2 EX & XT 20: 10 meters Cable type: screened twisted pair 4 Solid State Outputs on XL05 XL01 Type Description Part Number XL01 XL05 XL06 M2 - M2 local link (2 modules) 4 solid state outputs 2 relays 88 950 200 88 950 204 88 950 810 Adjacent extensions For use with XT 20 Models (one adjacent extension per module) Communication using MODBUS or AS-i protocol (Slave module) 6 additional inputs/outputs on XC03 Type Description XC01 4 inputs 2 relay outputs 4 inputs 2 relay outputs 4 inputs 2 relay outputs 4 inputs 2 relay outputs 4 NPN inputs 2 relay outputs AS-i exchange unit MODBUS exchange unit RTC GSM XC02 XC03 Modems XC01 XC03 Part Number 24 VDC 24 VAC 110 - 240 VAC 12 VDC 12 VDC 24 VDC 24 VDC 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 950 950 950 950 950 950 950 950 950 210 211 212 215 219 213 214 106 107 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/5 Millenium II + Controllers Economy versions No display or parameter-setting buttons Intuitive programming via function block (FBD) or grafcet (SFC) Function: timing, counting, etc Application-specific functions: load rotation, cam timers, calculation, etc. Discrete, analogue or potentiometer inputs Relay or solid state with PWM outputs Program protected by a password Calendar program clock EC12 EC20 Type Input Output Power supply Part Number EC12 8 8 8 8 8 NPN 8 12 12 12 12 12 NPN 12 12 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 24 VDC 100 - 240 VAC 24 VAC 24 VDC 24 VDC 12 VDC 24 VDC 100 - 240 VAC 24 VAC 24 VDC 24 VDC 12 VDC 12 VDC 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 EC20 relay relay relay solid state/4 PWM relay relay relay relay relay solid state/6 PWM relay relay solid state/6 PWM 950 950 950 950 950 950 950 950 950 950 950 950 950 021 023 024 022 031 032 031 033 034 032 039 035 036 Starter kit Each kit includes: - a standard or expandable Millenium 2 - a PC/Millenium 2 link interface - an interactive CD-Rom including the software workshop, tutorial, application library and technical brochures SA12 Type Input Output Power supply Part Number KIT SA 12 8 8 12 12 12 12 4 4 8 8 8 8 24 VDC 100 - 240 VAC 24 VDC 100 - 240 VAC 24 VDC 100 - 240 VAC 88 88 88 88 88 88 KIT SA 20 KIT XT 20 relay relay relay relay relay relay 950 950 950 950 950 950 070 071 072 073 074 075 Bare board versions For mass-production applications Intuitive programming via function block (FBD) or grafcet (SFC) Function: timing, counting, etc. Application-specific functions: load rotation, cam timers, calculation, etc. Discrete, analogue or potentiometer inputs Relay or solid state with PWM outputs Program protected by a password Calendar program clock CN12 Consult factory for availability. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/6 CN20 Millenium II + Temperature Sensors Temperature sensors Ambient temperature -10 +60C Supply voltage 24 VDC (10%) Ambient humidity 5 95% RH Output 0 10 VDC Casing material Self-extinguishing Technical Specifications Temperature coefficients Derating 0.01% / C of full scale Offset 1.5 mV / C Built-in converter: 0-10V DC output Applications: Industrial, Services Types Range Accuracy Protection Part numbers Zone Ventilation duct -10 +40C -10 +60C -0.2C + 1.2C (-10 +40C) -0.2C + 1.9C (-10 +60C) IP 30 casing IP 65 casing IP 30 probe 89 750 150 89 750 151 Outdoor Remote/submersible probe -10 +40C -10 +150C -0.2C + 1.2C (-10 +40C) -0.2C + 1.9C (-10 +150C) 89 750 152 89 750 153 Remote -40 +20C -0.2C + 1.9C (-40 +20C) IP 65 IP 65 IP 68 IP 65 IP 68 Accessories casing casing probe casing probe 2 89 750 155 Code Copper protective sleeve for 89 750 153 Stainless steel (316) protective sleeve for 89 750 153 Heat transfer compound 89 750 146 89 750 147 18 372 112 Connection/Dimensions 89 750 153 89 750 152 89 750 150 Accessory 89 750 146 and 89 750 147 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/7 Millenium II + Specialty Kits Specialty Kits Discover the possibilities of the Millenium II + with these complete kits for your individual applications. Each kit includes: - 1 SA12 Millenium II + Liquid Level Detector (24 VAC) - Liquid Level Adaptor Liquid Level Control Kit (24 VAC) - 1 CD software - 1 Millenium II + programming cable - Liquid Level Adaptor - 4 Liquid Level sensors S7 Liquid Level Detector Liquid Level Control Kit Type Input Output Power supply Part Number SA12 Liquid Level Detector SA12 Liquid Level Control Kit 8 8 4 relay 4 relay 24 VAC 24 VAC 88 950 813 88 950 076 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/8 Millenium II + Accessories Power Supplies Potentiometer allows for the regulation of the output from 100 to 120% to compensate for fluctuation in the voltage lines. LED indicator for output status, automatic restart after fault is cleared Regulated and protected against short circuits and voltage spikes Fits easily into established panels and conforms with the MII line CE UL/cUL CSA TUV and C-Tick Certified Specifications Type Input PS12 PS24 Output 100 - 240 VAC 100 - 240 VAC Conforms to the standards 12VDC 24VDC Consumed Power 12 VDC adjustable from 100 - 120% 24 VDC adjustable from 100 - 120% EN 50081-1, EN 50082-1, IEC 61000-8-2 & IEC 950 22W 30W Part Number 88 950 300 88 950 301 2 Cabling Cables Part Number PC - Millenium cabling PC - Millenium II cable DB9 PC - Millenium II cable USB 88 950 102 88 950 105 Programming Software Part Number Software MII Software on CD MII modem installation CD EEPROM memory module Memory Module 88 950 100 88 950 113 88 950 101 Converters Converters Part Number 0-20mA 0 - 10VDC converter Input module converts 0 - 20mA to 0 - 10 VDC PWM 0 - 10VDC converter Output module converts PWM to 0 - 10 VDC 88 950 108 88 950 112 Covers / Faceplates Covers / Faceplates Part Number Faceplates Water tight Covers Mounting faceplate for EC-12 / SA-12 Mounting faceplate for EC-20 / SA-20 / XT-20 / EX-20 Water tight covers for SA12 / EC12 Water tight covers for SA20 / XT20 / EC20 / EX20 Water tight covers for SA20 / XT20 / EX20 / EC20 + 1 adjacent extension 89 89 89 89 89 750 750 750 750 750 103 109 160 161 162 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/9 Millenium II + Specifications Technical characteristics Insulation 7 M Removable memory Safety class 0 industrial / II domestic casing Data memory 256 bits/words backed up for 10 years Earthing None LCD display Display with 4 lines of 12 characters IP20/Terminal block IP40 Real-time clock Protection IP00 for CN12 and CN20 EEPROM Drift < 1 min/month at 25C with user-definable correction of drift Certification CE, UL, cUL Compliance EN 60947-1 Storage temperature Data retention: 10 years (lithium battery) EN 60730-1 Operating temperature -5 -> +55C EN 60601-1 Relative humidity 90 -> 95% Programming method Function blocks/SFC (without condensation) Program size 128 blocks Dimensions (w x h x d) Program memory Flash EEPROM -40 -> +70C SA12-EC12: 72 x 90 x 60 mm SA20-XT-EC20: 125 x 90 x 60 mm CN12: 72 x 90 x 42 mm CN20: 125 x 90 x 42 mm Electrical characteristics 100 - 240 VAC power supply Operating voltage 100 - 240 VAC input 100 VAC -> 240 VAC (+10% - 15%) Input voltage 50/60 Hz Operating frequency 50/60 Hz 85 VAC -> 264 VAC Input impedance 700 k Immunity from micro power cuts 10 ms Pull-in voltage 80 VAC Maximum inrush current at logic state 1 Operating limits Maximum power consumption 7A SA12-EC12-CN12: 6 VA Drop-out voltage SA20-EC20-CN20: 6.5 VA at logic state 0 XT20-EX20: 8 VA Status indicator 24 VAC power supply 100 - 240 (+10% / -15%) VAC 40 VAC On LCD screen for SA12, SA20, XT20 24 VAC input Operating voltage 24 VAC +20% - 15% 50/60 Hz Input voltage Operating limits 20.4 VAC -> 28.8 VAC Operating frequency 50/60 Hz Input impedance 4 k Pull-in voltage 15 VAC Immunity from micro power cuts 10 ms Maximum inrush current 7A Maximum power consumption SA12-EC12-CN12: 6 VA at logic state 1 SA20-EC20-CN20: 6.5 VA Drop-out voltage XT20-EX20: 8 VA at logic state 0 Status indicator 24 (+10% / -15%) VAC 5 VAC On LCD screen for SA12, SA20, XT20 24 VDC power supply Operating voltage 24 VDC +20% - 15% 24 VDC input Operating limits 20.4 VDC -> 28.8 VDC Input voltage 24 (+20% - 15%) VDC Immunity from micro power cuts 1 ms Input current 3.2 mA/5.5 mA max Maximum inrush current Pull-in voltage 15 VDC Maximum power consumption 7A SA12-EC12-CN12: 3.5 W at logic state 1 SA20-EC20-CN20: 4W Drop-out voltage XT20-EX20: 5W at logic state 0 5 VDC Response time 10 ms Analogue inputs (24 VDC model only) Sensor type Contact - 3-wire PNP CN12-SA12-EC12 4 inputs from I5 to I8 Status indicator On LCD screen for SA12, SA20, XT20 CN20-SA20-EC20-XT20 8 inputs from I5 to I12 Measuring range (0 -> 10 V) or (0 -> Power supply V) Relay outputs Resolution 8 bits Max. voltage breaking capacity Conversion time 10 ms Max. current breaking capacity 8A Max. input voltage 28.8 VDC Service life 8 A / 250 VAC resistive 250 VAC Input impedance (k) > 10 Precision +/- 5% Min. load (100,000 operations) 10 mA / 5 VDC Temperature drift +/- 3 LSB Response time 10 ms Potentiometer control 2.2 K/0.5 W Status indicator On LCD screen for SA12, SA20, XT20 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/10 Millenium II + Specifications 12 VDC power supply Operating voltages 12 VDC input 12 VDC +30% - 15% (+30% - 11% Input voltage for XT20 relais 88 950 065) Operating Limits 12(+30%-15%) VDC Except XT20R +30%-11%) 10.2 VDC >15.6 VDC (10.68 VDC Input current 1.9 mA/2.3 mA max. >15.6 VDC pour XT20 relais 88 950 065) Pull in voltage > 8 VDC Immunity to micro cuts 1 ms at logic state 1 Maximum inrush current 6A Drop out voltage Maximum power consumption SA12-EC12-CN12:2.2 W at logic state 0 SA20-EC20-CN20:4.5 W response 10 ms XT20-EX20:5.5 W Sensor type Contact or PNP / NPN 3 wire Status Indicator < 3 VDC On LCD display for SA12, SA20, & XT20 Discrete/PWM solid state outputs PWM solid state outputs SA12-EC12-CN12: 01 to 04 Response time 1ms SA20-XT20-EC20-CN20: 01 to 06 Isolated no Voltage breaking capacity 5-28.8 VDC PWM frequency 120 Hz to 1,920 Hz (user-definable) Current breaking capacity 0.7 A / 5-28.8 VDC PWM Cyclic ratio 0 to 100% (256 steps) Min. load 1 mA PWM precision at 120 Hz < 5% (15% to 85%) load at 10 mA Max. inductive load 0.7 A PWM precision at 500 Hz < 10% (20% to 80%) load at 10 mA Max. incandescent load 0.1 A Status indicator On LCD screen for SA12, SA20, XT20 Off-state leakage 0.1 mA / 24 VDC Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/11 2 Millenium II + Dimensions Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/12 2 Timers Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/13 TIMERS TIMERS 812, 814, 815, 816 Series .22" (5.5) (70.4) 2.77" .57" +0.6 (45 0 ) 1.77" 1.89" (48) +.02 -0 Panel cut-out (48) 1.89" +0.6 (45 0 ) +.02 1.77" - 0 88857 Series Cut-out 69.2 14.5 5.5 48 48 +0.6 45 0 TOP 948 CHECK RST ENT +0.6 45 0 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/14 PR TIMERS TIMERS 816 SERIES MULTIFUNCTION TIMER UL listed CSA recognized * Red LCD Backlit Actual Timing Display * High Contrast LCD Setpoint Display * 6 Modes of Operation * 11 Selectable Time Ranges A: Delay on Make C: Delay on Break PWR PWR INI INI RST RST 8 H: Interval PWR PWR INI INI RST RST RLY RLY T ON 8 T ON Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 VAC, 110 VAC, 24 VAC/DC, +10%, -15% D: Repeat Cycle - Equal Input Power Consumption . . 1 VA at 24 VAC, 4 VA at 110 VAC, 12 VA at PWR 230 VAC, .5 W at 24 VDC INI Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 mm High, 4 Digit Backlit LCD RST Initiate Switch Input . . . . . . . Dry Contact (50 ms min.) RLY Output Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT Max Switching Current/Voltage 8 Amp 250 VAC PROGRAMMING: Max Power Rating . . . . . . . . . 200 VA/190 W Min Switch Current . . . . . . . . 100 mA 2 1 6 3 Electrical Life of Relay . . . . . 105 Operations at full load Time Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99.99 s 999.9 s TIMER 816 9999 s 99 min 59 s 4 99.99 min 999.9 min 9999 min 99h 59 min 10 99.99 hrs 999.9 hrs 14 9999 hrs Note: The 99.99 s time range is not available in the Repeat Cycle Mode Front Panel Rating . . . . . . . . . NEMA 12 + Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . 0.03%, +20 ms Reset Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 ms during timing WIRING: 50 ms after timing ~ ~ + + Insulation Resistance . . . . . . . 100 m min @ 500 VAC to IEC 255.5 S1 Dielectric Strength . . . . . . . . . 2000 VAC @ 50 Hz for 1 min to VDE 0435 Start S2 Noise Immunity/Interference . . IEC 1000.4.4 Level IV (Direct 4 KV) 4 5 6 3 IEC 1000.4.3 7 2 * Level III (10 V/m) 1 8 Operating Temperature . . . . . . +14F to +140F (-10C to +60C) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 oz. (100g) ~ ~ Panel Cutout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 x 45mm ( +0.6 ) - - 0 T OFF T ON T OFF T ON DI: Repeat Cycle - Equal PWR INI RST RLY t IN T ON T OFF T ON T OFF 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: 7: 8: 9: 10: 11: 12: 13: 14: 5 R ORDERING INFORMATION: VOLTAGE 110 VAC/24 VAC/DC 220 VAC/24 VAC/VDC T ON 8 8 8 T OFF 8 RLY RLY B: Single Shot S1 Start S2 4 5 6 7 3 2 1 11 8 9 10 * VOLTAGE PART NUMBER PART NUMBER VOLTAGE 8 PIN 11 PIN 8 PIN VERSION 88 857 607 88 857 601 8 SPECIFICATIONS: 2 MODE OF OPERATIONS: 8 The 816 Series Timer is a multifunction timer with a red backlit LCD display showing actual process time and a high contrast LCD display showing setpoint time. The 816 Timer has eleven selectable time ranges (.01 sec to 9999 hours) and is housed in a 1/16 DIN (48 x 48mm) style enclosure. Easy programming from the front panel push buttons allows selection of up or down timing. 6 different timing functions (Delay on Make, Delay on Break, Interval, Single Shot, Repeat Cycle ON Time First and Repeat Cycle OFF Time First) and 11 different timing ranges. The LCD display also shows relay output, power input and initiate switch status. Slide switch on side of unit provide lockout of front panel access to operating mode programming. t Power On Indicator Initiate Switch Indicator Timing Indicator Timing Display Timing Range Unit Decimal Point Mode of Operation Up or Down Timing Timing Range Relay Output Status Program Mode Validation Preset Keyboard Preset Value Display For 24 VAC/VDC service voltage for 8 pin versions jumper terminals 2 and 8. For 24 VAC/VDC service voltage for 11 pin versions jumper terminals 2 and 11. "Load, such as light bulb or contractor, can be connected in parallel with the start switch DIMENSIONS See page 2/14 11 PIN VERSION 88 857 707 88 857 701 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/15 TIMERS TIMERS 814 SERIES MULTIFUNCTION TIMER UL listed CSA recognized * DIN-Sized (48 x 48mm) Housing * 6 Modes of Operation * Large LCD Display * Up or Down Timing * SPDT 10 Amp Relay Output * NEMA 12 Front Panel MODE OF OPERATIONS: A: Delay on Make C: Delay on Break PWR PWR INI INI RST RST 8 B:Single Shot H: Interval PWR PWR INI INI RST RST RLY RLY T ON 8 T ON D: Repeat Cycle Equal Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 VAC, 115 VAC, 48 VAC/DC, 24 VAC/DC PWR 12 VDC, 50/60 Hz, 15% INI Input Power Consumption . . . . 11 VA at 220 VAC 0.5 W at 24 VDC RST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 VA at 110 VAC 0.5 W at 12 VDC RLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 VA at 24 VAC Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Timing Display .3 (7.5mm) High 4 Digit LCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preset Display .18 (4.5mm) High 4 Digit LCD PROGRAMMING: Initiate Switch Input . . . . . . . . . Dry Contact (50 ms min.) Output Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Max. Switching Current/Voltage . ............................ Max. Power Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . Min. Switch Current . . . . . . . . . . . Electrical Life of Relay . . . . . . . . . Time Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............................ ............................ ............................ ............................ ............................ ............................ Front Panel Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reset Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............................ Insulation Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . Dielectric Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . . Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Panel Cutout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT Relay 8 pin Version: 10 Amp 250 VAC 11 pin Version: 8 Amp 250 VAC 2000 VA/50 W 100 mA 2 x 105 Operations 99.99 s, 999.9 s 9999 s, 99 min, 59 s 99.99 min 999.9 min 9999 min 99h 59 min 99.99 hrs 999.9 hrs 9999 h Note: The 99.99 s time range is not available in the Repeat Cycle Mode NEMA 12 +0.03% 50 ms during timing 50 ms after timing 100 M min @ 500 VAC to IEC 255.5 2000 VAC @ 50 Hz for 1 min to VDE 0435 +14F to +140F (-10C to +60C) 3.5 oz. (100g) 45 x 45mm ( +0.6 0 ) ORDERING INFORMATION: 2 1 DI: Repeat Cycle Equal PWR INI RST RLY t T OFF T ON T OFF T ON 6 T ON T OFF T ON T OFF 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: 7: 8: 9: 10: 11: 12: 13: 14: 3 TIMER 814 IN 4 5 10 14 R Power On Indicator Initiate Switch Indicator Timing Indicator Timing Display Timing Range Unit Decimal Point Mode of Operation Up or Down Timing Timing Range Relay Output Status Program Mode Validation Preset Keyboard Preset Value Display ~ + ~ + For 24 VAC/VDC service voltage for 8 pin versions jumper terminals 2 and 8. For 24 VAC/VDC service voltage for 11 pin versions jumper terminals 2 and 11. S1 S1 Start S2 4 5 3 2 1 Start S2 6 4 7 3 8 * 5 6 7 2 1 11 ~ - 8 9 10 * *Load, such as light bulb or contractor, can be connected in parallel with the start switch ~ - PART NUMBER PART NUMBER VOLTAGE 8 PIN 11 PIN 8 PIN VERSION 88 857 005 88 857 003 DIMENSIONS See page 2/14 11 PIN VERSION 88 857 105 88 857 103 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/16 t WIRING: VOLTAGE VOLTAGE 220/110 VAC/24 VAC/DC 48/24 VAC/DC/12 VDC 8 SPECIFICATIONS: T ON 8 8 8 T OFF 8 RLY RLY 8 The 814 Series Timer is a multifunction timer with multi-time ranges (0.01 sec to 9999 hours) housed in a 1/16 DIN (48 x 48mm) style enclosure. Easy programming from the front panel push buttons allows selection of up or down timing, 6 different timing functions (Delay on Make, Delay on Break, Interval, Single Shot, Repeat Cycle ON Time First and Repeat OFF Time First) and 11 different timing ranges. A large 4-digit LCD display indicates current and preset values as well as relay output, power input, and initiate switch status. Load such, as light bulb or contactor can be connected to the start switch. Slide switch on side of unit provides lockout of front panel access to operating mode programming. TIMERS TIMERS 812 SERIES DELAY ON MAKE TIMER UL listed CSA recognized * DIN-Sized (48 x 48mm) Housing * Dual LCD Display Shows Setpoint and Actual * Up or Down Timing * DPDT Output Relay * Popular Octal Socket Relay 2 MODES OF OPERATION: The 812 Timer is a Delay on Make digital timer with a DPDT output relay in the industry standard octal socket plug-in base. The series has a large, easy to read LCD display that shows actual and preset time values as well as relay output relay output status. Easy programming from front panel allows selection of eleven time ranges from.01 sec. to 9999 hours. Delay on Make Input Power S1 SPECIFICATIONS: Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . ................... ................... Input Power Consumption ................... ................... Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................... ................... ................... Relay R1 R2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 VAC, 220 VAC, 24 VAC/DC, +10%, -15% 50/60 Hz 0.5 W at 24 V 3.5 VA at 110 V 11 VA at 230 V Timing Display .3 (7.5mm) High 4 Digit LCD Preset Display .18 (4.5mm) High 4 Digit LCD Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Output Rating . . . . . . . . . Maximum Power Rating . Min. Switch Current . . . . Mechanical Life of Relay Electrical Life of Relay . . .................... Time Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . .................... .................... .................... .................... .................... Front Panel Rating . . . . . . . Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . Reset Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . Insulation Resistance . . . . Dielectric Strength . . . . . . . Operating Temperature . . . Storage Temperature . . . . . Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . Panel Cutout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPDT 5 Amp/250 VAC resistive load 1200 VA/120 W 100 mA 5 x 106 105 at max. rated load and at 10 cycles per minute max. 99.99 s 999.9 s 9999 s 99 min 59 s 99.99 min 999.9 min 9999 min 99 h 59 min 99.99 hrs 999.9 hrs 9999 hrs NEMA 12 0.03%, 20 ms 50 ms 100 M min @ 500 VAC to IEC 255.5 2000 VAC @ 50 Hz for 1 min to VDE 0435 +14F to +140F (-10C to 60C) -22F to 150F (-30C to 70C) 140 grams 48 x 48 x 85mm 45 x 45mm (+0.6 ) T When input power (S1) is applied, the timer delay begins. DPDT relay energizes after the timing period. Interruption of input power resets timer. Timer is supplied with relay status indicator on LCD display. PROGRAMMING: Output 5 1 TIMER 812 POW 3 RUN IN 4 8 12 6 VALID MODE R 10 11 9 Voltage 24 VAC/DC 110 VAC 220 VAC Power On Indicator Timing Indicator Timing Display Timing Range Unit Decimal Point Up or Down Timing Timing Range Relay Output Status Program Mode Validation Preset Keyboard Preset Value Display 7 WIRING: 4 Part Number 88 857 409 88 857 406 88 857 400 5 3 6 2 7 1 ORDERING INFORMATION: 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: 7: 8: 9: 10: 11: 12: 2 8 DIMENSIONS See page 2/14 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/17 TIMERS TIMERS 815 SERIES DELAY ON MAKE TIMER WITH MEMORY UL listed CSA recognized * Retains Cycle Progress During Power Interruptions * DIN-Sized (48 x 48mm) Housing * 2 Delayed SPDT or 1 Delayed SPDT and 1 instantaneous SPDT * Up or Down Timing The 815 Timer is a Delay on Make digital timer with memory and can MODES OF OPERATION: be programmed to retain cycle progress during power interruption. Function A1 - Delay On Make Output relays can be programmed either as 2 SPDT delayed outputs 1 SPDT Instantaneous Output (R1), 1 SPDT Delayed Output (R2) or 1 SPDT instantaneous output and 1 SPDT delayed output. The 815 Series has a large, easy to read LCD display that shows actual Input Power S1 and preset time values as well as relay output status. Easy programming from front panel allows selection of eleven time ranges from .01 Relay R1 sec. to 9999 hrs. Termination is for 11 pin round socket. Relay R2 SPECIFICATIONS: Input Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 VAC, 220 VAC, 12 VAC/DC 24 VAC/DC; +10%, -15% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz Input Power Consumption . . . . . . . . 1 W at 24 V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 VA at 110 V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 VA at 230 V Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Timing Display .3 (7.5mm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High 4 Digit LCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preset Display .18 (4.5mm) DIMESIONS: (mm) High 4 Digit LCD Input Power S1 Relay R1 R2 Time Ranges. . . . . . . . .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. Front Panel Rating . . . Repeat Accuracy . . . . Reset Time . . . . . . . . . Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dielectric Strength . . . . ................... Operating Temperature. Storage Temperature . . Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . Panel Cutout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ORDERING INFORMATION: 2-SPDT 8 Amp/250 VAC resistive load 2000 VA / 190 W 100 mA 5 x 106 105 at max. rated load and at 10 cycles per minute max. 99.99 s 999.9 s 9999 s 99 min 59 s 99.99 min 999.9 min 9999 min 99h 59 min 99.99 hrs 999.9 hrs 9999 hrs NEMA 12 0.03%, 20 ms 50 ms 100 M min @ 500 VAC to IEC 255.5 2000 VAC @ 50 Hz for 1 min to VDE 0435 +14F to 140F (-10C to +60C) -22F to 150F (-30C to 70C) 140 grams 0 48 x 48 x 85mm 45 x 45m (+0.6) T 0 Function AM-Delay On Make-Memory During Timing Period Timer retains cycle progress during power outage and resumes timing when power returns. Timer resets when in timed out state when power outage occurs. Output Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Output Rating . . . . . . . . . Max. Power Rating . . . . . Min. Switch Current . . . . Mechanical Life of Relay . Electrical Life of Relay . . t T 0 Function A2 Delay On Make 2 SPDT Output Relays Programmed for Delayed Output Function AMt-Delay On Make-Memory During and After Timing Period Timer retains cycle progress during power outage and resumes timing when power returns. If power interruption occurs after time out, the timer will return to the timed out state when power returns. PROGRAMMING: 1 R 2 6 3 1: Power On Indicator 2: Initiate Switch Indicator 3: Timing Indicator 4: Timing Display 5: Timing Range Unit 6: Decimal Point 7: Mode of Operation TIMER 815 GORDOS 4 5 10 7 8 14 R 12 13 11 WIRING: Part Number 12 VAC/DC & 48 VAC/DC 24 VAC/DC & 110 VAC 24 VAC/DC & 220 VAC 88 857 302 88 857 307 88 857 301 Up or Down Timing Timing Range Relay Output Status Program Mode Validation Preset Keyboard Preset Value Display GORDOS 9 ~ + S1 Reset Voltage 8: 9: 10: 11: 12: 13: 14: 5 6 7 8 4 9 R1 3 R2 2 10 1 11 ~- (1) For 12 VAC/DC service voltage (Part Number 88-857-302) and for 24 VAC/DC service voltage (Part Numbers 88-857-307 & 88-857-301) jumper terminals 2 and 7. 1) Load, such as light bulb or contactor can be connected in parallel with the start switch. DIMENSIONS See page 2/14 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/18 TIMERS TIMERS TOP 948 LCD MULTI-FUNCTION TIMER UL listed CSA recognized * 8 Timing Functions * Multi-timing Range * DIN-Sized (48 x 48mm) Housing * Large LCD Display * NEMA 4 Front Panel * 10 year EEPROM Memory 2 GENERAL FEATURES: FUNCTIONS: The 88 857 Series is a programmable timer with multi-time ranges (0.01s to 999.9 hrs) housed in 1/16 DIN (48 x 48mm) style enclosure. The 8 available functions -- On Delay, Interval, Single Shot, Repeat Cycle... the large 4 Digit display and the NEMA 4 front panel will fit most industrial applications. The large LCD permits easy programming and monitoring of status such as time remaining, preset value, output relay, time range, function, etc. A: Delay on Make Ab: Delayed Single Shot PWR PWR INI INI RST RST RLY RLY T OFF T OFF B: Single Shot PWR SPECIFICATIONS: Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . ................... Input Power Consumption Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . Protection Rating . . . . . . . Dielectric Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 VAC, 110 VAC, 24/48 VAC, 50/60 Hz +15% 24/12 VDC +10% 8 VA at 115 VAC, 0.5 W at 12 VDC 4 Digit .3 (8mm) High LCD 10 years (EEPROM) +0.05% NEMA 4 (IP 65) 3000V (IEC 255-5) INI RST RST RLY SPDT Relay 8 Amp AC Resistive, 8 Amp DC Resistive 250 VAC, 250 VDC 1250 VA, 30 W 2 x 107 Operations 1 x 105 Operations 99.99 sec, 999.9 sec, 99.99 min, 999.9 min, 999.9 hrs, 99 min, 59 sec, 99 hrs, 99 min 1.77 oz. 14F to 122F 13F to 158F D: Repeat Cycle T ON DI: Repeat Cycle PWR PWR INI INI RST RST RLY RLY T OFF T ON T OFF T ON 1 T ON T OFF T ON T OFF 1 T: On Delay w/memory PWR Output . . . . . . . . . . . . RLY T ON H: Interval Initiate Switch Input . . . . . . . . Dry Contact, PNP Open Collector, Voltage Minimum Initiate Closure Time 50 ms Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum Switching Current Maximum Switching Voltage Maximum Power Rating . . . . Mechanical Life of Relay . . . Electrical Life of Relay . . . . . Time Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....................... ....................... Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating Temperature . . . . . . Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . PWR INI Initiate Switch Input T ON C: Delay on Break PWR INI INI RST RST RLY RLY T ON t1 t2 t1 t1 + t2 = T OFF WIRING DIAGRAM: Part Number 88 857 506 + + Part Number 88 857 800 + + + - - - + S - ORDERING INFORMATION: RST Start Voltage VOLTAGE 12/24 VDC 24/48 VAC 110 VAC 110/220 VAC Part Number Part Number 8-PIN VERSION 11-PIN VERSION 8-PIN VERSION 88 857 800 11-PIN VERSION 88 857 502 88 857 504 88 857 506 88 857 508 4 3 2 RST 5 6 7 1 11 8 9 10 4 OV + INI 5 6 3 7 2 1 - 8 OV INPUT POWER INPUT POWER DIMENSIONS See page 2/14 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/19 TIMERS TIMERS 88220 SERIES MULTIFUNCTION MOTOR TIMER WITH MEMORY UL listed CSA recognized * Five Functions in One Unit * Timing Range from 0.3 sec to 12 hours * DIN-Rail, Plug-in, or Panel Mounting DESCRIPTION: The 88220 Series is a synchronous motor driven reset timer. The timer is available in 2 standard time ranges from 0.3 sec to 12 hours. Time ranges are knob adjustable and all have a progress pointer which displays the remaining time. Different functions (ON Delay, Interval, One Shot) selectable through external wiring. FUNCTION AND WIRING DIAGRAMS: (Octal plug-in mounting shown) "ON DELAY" Maintained Start Switch 4 SPECIFICATIONS: 5 3 6 2 7 1 Start N.O. Power (Start Switch) . . 24 VAC, 110 VAC, 220 VAC . . 10%, 60 Hz . 3 VA . . 1 x SPST Relay & 1 x SPDT . . Relay . . AgCdO . . 8 Amp 1/3 HP . . 220 VAC . . 2.5 million operations . . 1.5% (except 4% on 6 sec . . range) . . +2% (except 5% on 6 sec . . range) . . 200 ms . . -20 to +70C (-4 to 158F) . . -20 to +55C (-4 to 131F) 8 Output 4 5 1 8 Momentary Contact 6 3 Start 7 2 N.O. Load Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......................... Maximum power consumption Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......................... Contact material . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum loading . . . . . . . . . . Maximum switching voltage . Mechanical life of relay . . . . . Repeat accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . ......................... Setting Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . ......................... Reset time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Storage temp. rating . . . . . . . Operating temp. rating . . . . . . "ON DELAY" Momentary Push Button Delay Output Load AC Supply Delay AC Supply "INTERVAL" Maintained Start Switch 4 5 3 6 2 7 1 Start N.O. "INTERVAL" Momentary Push Button 4 Power (Start Switch) 8 5 3 6 2 7 1 Output Load Start N.O. Delay AC Supply Momentary Contact 8 Output Load Delay AC Supply Reset "ONE SHOT" CROSS REFERENCE TABLE FOR: Octal Plug Pins = Screw Terminals 4 3 6 2 7 1 Momentary Contact Load 5 6 2 Delay 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 5 3 8 Output AC Supply 4 7 1 8 Start N.O. DIMENSIONS: inches (mm) = = = = = = = = 24 A1 23 -16 18 A2 15 A1 15 24 23 16 18 A2 Type 88 225 0 (DIN - rail mounting) 1.48 (37.5) Type 88 226 5 (octal plug-in) with memory 1.38 (35) without memory 6 2 7 1.89 (48) .51 (13) 3.54 (90) 2.75 (70) 2.36 (60) 3.19 (81) 1.77 (45) 8 3.58 (91) . (5 20 .2 ) 1 1.17 (45) 5 1.89 (48) 4 3 2.46 (62.5) .16 (4.2) FIXED 2.16 (55) 3.03 (77) 1.97 (50) 4.05 (103) Max. Thickness of panel .39 (10) 3.27 (83) Nut M3 Type 88 226 0 (paneling mounting) 1.81 (46) 1.89 (48) 1.71 (45) Panel cut-out 1.89 (48) Max. Thickness of panel .39 (10) .47 (12) 3.94 (100) 1.81 (46) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/20 TIMERS TIMERS TRANSIENT IMMUNITY GENERAL FEATURES: Built-in MULTI-RANGE MULTI-FUNCTION 2 model/3 time ranges each cover from 0.3 sec to 12 hours on-delay, interval and single shot in on timer CYCLE PROGRESS dial shows time remaining in cycle 2% SETTING ACCURACY MEMORY 1.5% REPEAT ACCURACY 2 when "on," holds time during power interruption ADAPTER PLATE available for field interchangeability (not shown) OFF MEMORY ON TIME RANGES Model 1 (12 min.): .3 to 6 s, .5 to 12 min. Model 2 (12 hrs.): .3 to 6 min., 3 to 60 min, .5 to 12 hrs. ORDERING INFORMATION: EXAMPLE MODEL 1 (12 MIN.), 115V/60Hz, OCTAL PLUG-IN, 88 226 510 When ordering, select model, voltage/frequency and mounting to determine part number in chart below MODELING MODEL VOLTAGE/FREQ.* OCTAL PLUG-IN (PART NUMBER) PANEL MOUNTING (PART NUMBER) BASE MOUNTING (PART NUMBER) MODEL 1 MODEL 1 MODEL 1 MODEL 1 (12 (12 (12 (12 MIN.) MIN.) MIN.) MIN.) 24 V/60 Hz 115 V/60 Hz 220 V/60 Hz 220 V/50 Hz 88 226 509 88 226 510 88 226 511 88 226 504 88 226 029 88 226 030 88 226 031 88 226 011 88 225 029 88 225 030 88 225 031 88 225 011 MODEL 2 MODEL 2 MODEL 2 MODEL 2 (12 (12 (12 (12 HRS.) HRS.) HRS.) HRS.) 24 V/60 Hz 115 V/60 Hz 220 V/60 Hz 220 V/50 Hz 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 226 226 226 226 512 513 514 508 226 226 226 226 032 033 034 014 225 225 225 225 032 033 034 014 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/21 TIMERS TIMERS TMR 48 Analog Timers * Multi-function or monofunction * Multi-timing ranges from 0.02 Sec to 300 Hrs * Multi voltage from 12-240 Vdc / 24-240 Vac * Time setting displayed on dial * 2 output relays 5A / 250 Vac * 2 LED indicators 1 for power and 1 for relay status Type Functions Output Supply Voltage Part Number TMR 48 U A, B, C, W, Ac, Bw 2 SPDT relays, 11 pin plug in 5A / 250 Vac 88 886 016 TMR 48 A A 2 SPDT relays, 8 pin plug in 5A / 250 Vac TMR 48 X A1, A2, H1, H2, Q1, Q2, D-Di TMR 48 L L, Li, G, Gi 2 SPDT relays, 8 pin plug in 5A / 250 Vac 2 timed or 1 timed & 1 instantaneous 2 SPDT relays, 11 pin plug in 5A / 250 Vac 12 - 250 Vdc 24 - 240 Vac 12 - 250 Vdc 24 - 240 Vac 12 - 250 Vdc 24 - 240 Vac 12 - 250 Vdc 24 - 240 Vac General Specifications Supply Voltage Un 12 - 250 Vdc 24 - 240 Vac +/- 10% DC Supply -15% / +10% AC Supply 50 / 60 Hz 4.8 VA / 230 Vac 2.5 VA / 110 Vac 1.1 VA / 24 Vac 0.5 W / 24 Vdc 0.8 W / 12 Vdc 0.02 - 1.2 s 0.2 - 12 m 0.05 - 3 s 0.5 - 3 m 0.2 - 1.2 s 2 - 12 m 0.5 - 30 s 5 - 300 m 2 - 120 s 5 - 300 s +/- 0.5% of full scale at 25C (typical with +/- 0.05% of full scale +/-5% of full scale at 25C 25ms 60ms 60ms 50ms Operating Range Frequency Power Consumption 14 Timing Ranges Available Repetition Accuracy Temperature drift according to IEC / EN 61812 Display Accuracy Minimum required START pulse duration Minimum required GATE pulse duration Minimum required RESET pulse duration Minimum required START pulse duration 0.2 - 12 H 0.3 - 5 H 2 - 12 H 5 - 300 H constant parameters) Output Specifications Nominal Rating Nominal insulation voltage Rated power (resistive load) Minimum Current Electrical life at max / Vac resistive (# of operations) Mechanical Life 2 x 5A 250Vac 2000VA 10mA 105 30 x 106 Function & Use Display of output state by 2 LED's Operating Temperature range Storage Temperature range Breakdown Voltage Protection Class (IEC 60529) - Panel Mounted Protection Class (IEC 60529) - Casing Housing Material Weight (g) Green : Power ON, Flashing during timing Yellow : On output ON, OFF output OFF -20 to +55C -40 to +70C 2 KV IP 50 IP40 Self extinguishing 140 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/22 88 886 106 88 886 116 88 886 516 TIMERS TIMERS Dimensions 35 mm DIN rail base with clips 79 237 739 Panel cut-out TMR 48 U / A / X / L 5 45 5 4 3 32 12 14 15 3.5 48 39 6 45 1 34 44.4 18.5 3.5 68.2 52 7.8 1.1 35 6.4 1.5 B 31 4 3 7 8 1 2 6.8 15.5 64.5 96.8 48 24.2 30 38 Connections TMR 48 U TMR 48 A/X ~ + ~ ~ + U + U 4 6 5 Gate 3 R1 R2 R2 7 6 5 Gate 8 4 R1 3 - 9 ~ 10 1 6 R1 1 8 2 - 2 7 4 U 5 3 Reset Start 2 TMR 48 L 2 11 1 - ~ 2 6 7 R2 2 off start on start 11 8 9 10 7 L G TMR 48 Covers Decorative Covers Color Part Numbers Black 79 237 783 Grey 79 237 784 Other colors available by special order. Time Function Curves Function A (TMR 48 A) Delay on make (delay on energisation) U (2 Function A1 Delay on make (delay on energisation) Function A2 Delay on make (delay on energisation) 7 ) 7 ) R2 ( 5 6 8 ) R2 ( 5 6 8 ) R2 ( 5 6 8 ) R1 ( 1 3 4 ) R1 ( 1 3 4 ) R1 ( 1 3 4 ) U (2 T T Function H1 Timing on energisation - interval U(2 R2 ( 5 6 R1 ( 1 8 ) ) 3 4 ) 7 T R1 ( 1 T T Function Q1 Star-delta U (2 ) 8) ) T ) T 7 3 4 7 T Function H2 Timing on energisation - interval U (2 R2 ( 5 6 T U (2 T 7 ) R2 ( 5 6 8 ) R1 ( 1 3 4 ) T Ti T T Ti Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/23 TIMERS TIMERS Function Q2 Star-delta 2 Function D-Di Cyclic timing : repeat cycle : symetric recycler 7 ) 7 ) R2 ( 5 6 8 ) R2 ( 5 6 8 ) R1 ( 1 3 4 ) R1 ( 1 3 4 ) U (2 U (2 T Ti T T T Ti T T T Function B Timing on impulse : single shot Function A (TMR 48U) Delay on make (delay on energisation) U (2 10 ) U 6 ) Start 2 6 Gate ( 2 5 ) Gate 2 5 Reset ( 2 7 ) R1 ( 1 3 4 ) R2 ( 8 9 11 ) Start ( 2 Reset T t1 T t2 T T 2 10 2 7 R1 ( 1 3 4 R2 ( 8 9 11 ) ) T T U (2 10 ) U (2 6 ) Start ( 2 6 ) Gate ( 2 5 ) Gate ( 2 5 ) Reset ( 2 R1 ( 1 3 7 ) ) Reset ( 2 R1 ( 1 3 7 4 4 ) ) R2 ( 8 9 11 ) R2 ( 8 T t1 t2 T=t1+t2 T U (2 U (2 ) Gate ( 2 5 ) Reset ( 2 R1 ( 1 3 7 4 ) ) R2 ( 8 t1 t2 T=t1+t2 T T T Function Ac Timing after closing and opening of control contact 10 ) 6 T T 9 11 ) T Function G Cyclic function Start ( 2 T 10 ) T T t1 t2 T= t1+t2 T Function W Timing after impulse on control contact Function C Timing after impulse - Delay on break - Delay off w/constant supply Start ( 2 T T T= t1+t2 9 11 ) T T P P 10 ) Start ( 2 6 ) Gate ( 2 5 ) Reset ( 2 7 ) R1 ( 1 3 4 ) R2 ( 8 9 11 ) T t1 t2 P t3 t4 P T = t1+t2 P = t1+t3+t4 T T T T t1 t2 t1 t2 T=t1+t2 T=t1+t2 T T Function Bw Pulse output (adjustable) U (2 10 ) Start ( 2 6 ) Gate ( 2 5 ) Reset ( 2 7 ) R1 ( 1 3 4 ) R2 ( 8 9 11 ) T T T t1 t2 t1 T=t1+t2 T=t1+t2 t2 T T Function L/Li - G/Gi Cyclic timing : asymetrical recycler L U (2 Li G Gi 10 ) Gate ( 2 5 ) OFF start / ON start ( 2 6 ) L /G ( 2 7 ) R1 ( 1 3 4 ) R2 ( 8 9 11 ) Ton Ton Ton Toff Toff t1 t2 t1 t2 Toff = Ton = t1+t2 t1+t2 Ton Ton t1 Toff t2 t1 t2 Toff Ton = Toff = t1+t2 t1+t2 P Ton P t1 t2 t3 t4 Ton = t3+t4 P=t1+t2+t4 Ton T Ton T t1 t2 t3 t4 Ton = t1+t2 P=t1+t2+t3+t4 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/24 T T Obsolete TIMERS TIMERS TOP 36 SERIES DELAY ON MAKE TIMER UL listed CSA recognized * DIN-Sized (36 x 36mm) Housing * Low Cost * Solid State Technology * 5 Amp DPDT Relay * LED Power On Indicator DIMENSIONS: Function: A2 36 (1.42) Delay on Make 5 (.2) 2 3 1 .05 4 5 Sec 27 (1.06) T 0 UN 32,8 (1.29) 73 (2.87) 88 (3.46) When input power (S1) is applied, the relay delays the preset time (T) period prior to energizing. Interrupt power to unlatch the relay. WIRING DIAGRAM: SPECIFICATIONS: ZAR2 S1 Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VAC/DC, 110 VAC 220 VAC 15% 50/60 Hz Max. Power Consumption . . . . 24 VDC: 0.6 W 110 VAC: 3.5 VA 24 VAC: 1 VA 220 VAC: 7 VA Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPDT Relay Contact Material . . . . . . . . . . . . AgCdO Max. Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Amp AC resistive 5 Amp DC resistive Min. Loading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 mA AC resistive Max. Switching Voltage . . . . . . 240 VAC 250 VDC Max. Power Rating . . . . . . . . . . 1200 VA 150 W Mechanical Life of Relay . . . . . 20 million operations Electrical Life of Relay . . . . . . . 100.000 operations at 1200 VA Repetition Accuracy. . . . . . . . . 1% at constant temperature Setting Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10% Reset Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 ms after Timing 100 ms during Timing Operating Temperature . . . . . . +14F to +140F (-10C to +60C) Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 to 85% Dielectric Strength . . . . . . . . . . 2000 VAC 50 Hz for 1 min. Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9 oz. (60g) 3 4 5 R2 R1 1 8 2 CUT OUT: inches (mm) 6 7 MOUNTING CLIP: 33 (1.29) 40,5 (1.59) Relay R1 R2 36 (1.42) Input Power 2 61 (2.40) +0.5 33 -0 (1.29) 36 (1.42) ORDERING INFORMATION: (10 pcs. minimum) Part Number 24 VAC/VDC Version 88 888 111 88 888 131 88 888 151 88 888 171 110 VAC Version 88 888 115 88 888 135 88 888 155 88 888 175 Time Range 220 VAC Version 88 888 117 88 888 137 88 888 157 88 888 177 .05 to 5 sec .6 to 60 sec 3 to 300 sec .3 to 30 min Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/25 TIMERS TIMERS 88 901 SERIES DELAY ON MAKE TIMER * 22mm Panel Mount Timer * 2 Wire AC or 3 Wire DC * PLC Compatible * NEMA 4 Rating DESCRIPTION: FUNCTION: Delay on Make The 88 901 Series is a front panel mount analog timer with a NEMA 4 front panel. The unit is available in a 2 wire AC (110/220 V) or 3 Wire DC (24 V PNP Transistor) Configuration. The unit can drive a contactor or be connected, for the 3 wire DC version, between the input and the output of a PLC for remote setting of a time variable. The delay on make timer is available in 10 different time ranges from 1 sec. to 30 min. The device is protected against reverse polarity and short-circuit. SPECIFICATIONS: 3 Wire 2 Wire Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VDC Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PNP Open Collector Max. Current at 20C . . . . . . . . 200 mA Off State Voltage Drop . . . . . . . < 3 VDC Derating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5 mA/C Off State Leakage Current . . . . < 1 mA Max. Reset Time: during timing 20 ms after timing . 20 ms Display Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . 5% Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . 0.2% Dielectric Strength . . . . . . . . . . 1500 V/1 min. Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . 1 W Connections . . . . . . . . . . Screw Terminals Temperature Range . . . . -4F to 140F Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 oz. A1-A2 18 T WIRING: 90 to 260 VAC SCR 400 mA < 4 VAC 2.5 mA/C < 4 mA 120 ms 15 ms 5% 0.2% 1500 V/1 min. 1.5 VA 3 Wire DC with Relay/Contactor with PLC + | O - + 18 A1 A2 18 A1 A2 03 01 - Output of programmable controller 02 - Input of programmable controller 03 - Load 2 Wire Ac (-) (-) (+) DIMENSIONS: (mm) 01 02 +0.4 -0 22 29 22.3mm A1 A2 Load A 03 1 to 8 (-) (+) (+) 47.5 ORDERING INFORMATION: (10 pcs. minimum) Part Number 24 VDC Version 88 901 302 88 901 322 88 901 342 88 901 372 88 901 392 Time Range 110/220 VAC Version 88 901 308 88 901 328 88 901 348 88 901 378 88 901 398 .05 to 1 sec .5 to 10 sec 3 to 60 sec .5 to 10 min 3 m to 60 min Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/26 02 01 2 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/27 TIMERS TIMERS RTM SERIES DELAY ON MAKE TIMER UL listed CSA recognized * Subminiature 21 x 27mm Enclosure * Multi timing Range (0.55 to 100 hrs) * Low Cost * 2PDT or 4PDT Relay Output * LED Power On Indicator * LED Relay Indicator WIRING DIAGRAM: RTM-4PDT Function A: Delay on Make 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Input Power S1 Relay Relay R1 R2 R2 R3 R4 13 14 T 0 Input (+) SPECIFICATIONS: (-) DIMENSIONS: (mm) ORDERING INFORMATION: Voltage 3.5 65.5 27 21 R 0.55 Un 59.5 5.5 21 2.8 27 Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 VAC, 115 VAC, 15%, 50/60Hz Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . 3 VA at 230 VAC 3 VA at 115 VAC Output Rating Maximum load 5 Amp Maximum switching voltage 100 m Amp Maximum power rating 240 VAC Electrical life at 240 VAC 2 x 105 operations Mechanical life 107 operations Setting error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20% Repeat accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5% Reset time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 msec. after timing 100 msec. during timing Dielectric strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2KV VAC between coil and contact 1000 VAC between contacts Noise Immunity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Consult Factory Operating temperature . . . . . . . . . -20C to +60C Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 grams Note: When Time Base Selector is on "Inst.," the ouput relays will turn on instantaneously Time Base Selector See "Accessories" section for PC Board and DIN-Rail sockets Part Number Part Number 2 PDT Version Voltage 12 VDC 24 VDC 24 VAC 115 VAC 230 VAC 2 PDT 88895201 88895202 88895203 88895206 88895207 4 PDT Version 88896201 88896202 88896203 88896206 88896207 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/28 1.2 3 TIMERS TIMERS NAR2 SERIES OPEN BOARD TIMER UL listed Consult factory for custom open-board timers. 2 WIRING DIAGRAM: (-) S1 1234 SLIDE SWITCH POTENTIOMETER (+) DIMENSIONS: inches (mm) (92) 3.62 (55) 2.15 (38.1) 1.5 (76.2) 3 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/29 Chronos 2 electronic timers - 17.5 mm Multi-function or mono-function Multi-range (7 ranges, available options) Multi-voltage SPDT relay output: 10A - 250V Screw or spring terminals 1 LED status indicator Option of connecting a small cord to the control input 3-wire sensor control option Timing Technical specifications 0.1s * 100h 0.1s * 100h MUR1 MAR1 Types Timing 0.5 % (CEI 1812-1) Screw terminals Spring terminals - Temperature - Voltage Display precision according to IEC 1812-1 Minimum pulse duration - Typically (relay version) - Typically (solid state version) - Typically under load (relay version) Maximum reset time by de-energisation 0.05 % / C 0.2 % / V 10 % / 25 C 24V c / 24 * 240V a 12 V a / c 12 * 240 V a / c - Typically (relay version) - Typically (solid state version) Immunity to breaks in supply voltage: typically 100 ms 350 ms >10 ms Repetition accuracy (with constant parameters) Drift - Part numbers and voltage Functions 30 ms 50 ms 100 ms - Nominal current 88 826 105 Multi-function A - At - B - C - H - Ht Di - D - Ac - Bw 10 A SPDT 88 826 115 Bifunction A - At 10 A SPDT Timing ranges (7 ranges) 1s - 10 s - 1 min - 10 min - 1 h - 10 h - 100 h General specifications Power supply Multi-voltage power supply depending on version, see pages 6/2, 6/3 50/60 Hz 85 to 110 % Un (85 to 120 % Un for 12V AC/DC) 100 % 0.6 W 24V AC/DC 1.5 W 230V AC 32 VA 230V AC Frequency Operating range Load factor Maximum power consumption Output elements relay output 1 or 2 changeover relays, AgNi (cadmium-free) Rated power Maximum breaking current Minimum breaking current Voltage breaking capacity Electrical life 2000 VA / 80 W 2000 V A / 80W 10 A AC 10 A DC 10 mA / 5 VDC 250V AC/VDC 105 operations 8 A 250V resistive 5 x 106 operations 2.5 kV / 1min / 1 mA /50Hz 5 kV, wave 1.2 / 50 s Mechanical life Breakdown voltage acc. to IEC 1812-1 Impulse voltage acc. to IEC 664-1 IEC 1812-1 Display State displayed by 1 LED - Flashing green when on Green LED operation indicator Pulsing: - timer on, no timing in progress (except functions Di-D and Li-L) Flashing: - timing in progress Permanently lit: - Relay waiting, no timing in progress Conforming to standards IEC 1812-1, EN 50081-1/2, EN 50082-1/2, LV directives (73/23/EEC + 93/68/EEC (CE marking) + EMC (89/336/EEC + IEC 669-2-3 (17.5 mm) Approvals cUL listed UL listed CSA recognized Temperatures limits - use - stored Installation category (acc. to IEC 664-1) Creepage distance and clearance acc. to IEC 664-1 Degree of protection acc. to IEC 529 - terminal block - casing - front face (except Tk2R1) Vibration resistance acc. to IEC 68-2-6 Relative humidity acc. to IEC 68-2-3 without condensation Electromagnetic compatibility - Immunity to electrostatic discharges acc. to IEC 1000-42 - Immunity to electrostatic fields acc. to ENV 50140/204 (IEC 1000-4-3) - Immunity to rapid transient bursts acc. to IEC 1000-4-4 - Immunity to shock waves on power supply acc. to IEC 1000-4-5 Input type - Volt-free contact - 3-wire PNP output control option maximum residual voltage: 0.4 V whatever the timer power supply 0.4 V Other information For special features, functions etc. please contact us. - Immunity to radiofrequency in common mode acc. to ENV - Immunity to voltage dips and breaks acc. to IEC 1000-4-11 - Mains-borne and radiated emissions acc. to EN 55022 (EN 55011 Group 1) Fixing: Symmetrical DIN rail (EN 50022) Connection capacity - without ferrule - with ferrule Spring terminals, 2 terminals per connection point - flexible wire - rigid wire Casing material Weight: 17.5 mm casing -20 C + 60 C -30 C + 60 C Voltage surge category 4 kV / 3 IP 20 IP 40 IP 50 f = 10 * 55 Hz A = 0.35 mm 93 % Level III (Air 8 K / Contact 6 KV) Level III 10V/m: 80 MHz to 1 GHz) Level III (direct 2kV/ Capacitive coupling clamp 1 KV) Level III (common mode 2 KV / residual current mode 1KV) Level III (10V rms: 0.15 MHz to 80 MHz) 30 % / 10 ms 60 % / 100 ms > 95 % / 5 s Class B 35 mm 2 x 2.5 mm2 2 x 1.5 mm2 1.5 mm2 2.5 mm2 Self-extinguishing 60 g Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/30 0.1s * 100h 0.1s * 100h 0.1s * 100h 0.1s * 100h 0.1s * 100h 0.1s * 100h MBR1 MCR1 MHR1 MLR1 MUR4 MUR3 - 1 - - - - - MURc3 2 88 826 125 Mono-function B 88 826 135 Mono-function C 88 826 145 Bifunction H - Ht 88 826 155 Bifunction Li - L 10 A SPDT 10 A SPDT 10 A SPDT 10 A SPDT 88 826 100 Multi-function A - At - B - C - H - Ht Di - D - Ac - Bw 10 A SPDT 88 826 103 88 826 503 Multi-function A - At - B - C - H - Ht Di - D - Ac - Bw 10 A SPDT Function diagrams Function A Function H Function Li Function C Delay on Make 1 relay Interval 1 relay Repeat Cycle On Time First Delay on Break 1 relay U U U R R U T C R R T1 T2 T T Function At Function Ht Function D Function Bw Accumulative Delay on Make 1 relay U Accumulative Interval 1 relay U Repeat Cycle. Equal On/Off Time. Off Time First Pause start Pulse output (adjustable) 1 relay C C U R R R t1 t2 T = t1+t2 t1 t2 T = t1+t2 U C R T T T T Function B Function L Function Di Function Ac Single Shot 1 relay Repeat Cycle Offtime First Repeat Cycle Equal On/Off Time. On Time First Combo Delay on Make/Delay on Break. Equal On/Off Time 1 relay U U U U C R C R R T T T1 T2 R T U 3,5 + Y1 A1 15 R Y1 15 R A2 A2 45 A1 16 16 15 18 16 18 Functions: A - At / H - Ht / B / C Di - D / Ac / BW 17,5 44 Li L: 81 U T Dimensions Connections (Y1 = C, Function diagrams) + T 60 A1 5,5 Y1 To order, specify: 1 Type 2 Part number Example: Chronos 2 Timers MUR1 88 826 105 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/31 2 Chronos 2 electronic timers - 17.5 mm Solid state output Multi-function or mono-function Multi-range (7 ranges, available options) Multi-voltage Solid state output: 0.7 A - 250 V (0.5 A UL) Screw or spring terminals 1 LED status indicator Timing Technical specifications Types Timing Repetition accuracy (with constant parameters) 0.5 % (CEI 1812-1) Drift - Temperature - Voltage Display precision according to IEC 1812-1 Minimum pulse duration - Typically (relay version) - Typically (solid state version) - Typically under load (relay version) Maximum reset time by de-energisation 0.05 % / C 0.2 % / V 10 % / 25 C - Typically (relay version) - Typically (solid state version) Immunity to breaks in supply voltage: typically 100 ms 350 ms >10 ms 30 ms 50 ms 100 ms Part numbers and voltage 24 * 240 V a 50 * 60 Hz 24 * 240 V a c 50 * 60 Hz Functions Nominal current Timing ranges (7 ranges) Power supply Multi-voltage power supply depending on version, see page 6/5 50/60 Hz 85 to 110 % Un (85 to 120 % Un for 12V AC/DC) 100 % 0.6 W 24V AC/DC 1.5 W 230V AC 32 VA 230V AC Frequency Operating range Load factor Maximum power consumption Output elements: Solid state output Rated power 0.7 A AC/DC 20 C (0,5A UL) 5 mA / C 20 A 10 ms 10 mA < 5 mA 250V AC/VDC 3 fils 4V - 2 fils 8V 108 operations 108 operations 2.5 kV to 1 mA / 1 min. Derating Maximum admissible current Minimum breaking current Off-state leakage Voltage breaking capacity Maximum voltage drop at terminals Electrical life Mechanical life Breakdown voltage acc. to IEC 664, IEC 255-5 Display State displayed by 1 LED - Flashing green when on Green LED operation indicator Pulsing: - timer on, no timing in progress (except functions Di-D and Li-L) Flashing: - timing in progress Permanently lit: - Relay waiting, no timing in progress 1s - 10 s - 1 min - 10 min - 1 h - 10 h - 100 h General specifications Conforming to standards IEC 1812-1, EN 50081-1/2, EN 50082-1/2, LV directives (73/23/EEC + 93/68/EEC (CE marking) + EMC (89/336/EEC + IEC 669-2-3 (17.5 mm) Approvals UL cUL listed CSA recognized Temperatures limits - use - stored Installation category (acc. to IEC 664-1) Creepage distance and clearance acc. to IEC 664-1 Degree of protection acc. to IEC 529 - terminal block - casing - front face (except Tk2R1) Vibration resistance acc. to IEC 68-2-6 Relative humidity acc. to IEC 68-2-3 without condensation Electromagnetic compatibility - Immunity to electrostatic discharges acc. to IEC 1000-42 - Immunity to electrostatic fields acc. to ENV 50140/204 (IEC 1000-4-3) - Immunity to rapid transient bursts acc. to IEC 1000-4-4 - Immunity to shock waves on power supply acc. to IEC 1000-4-5 Input type - Volt-free contact - 3-wire PNP output control option maximum residual voltage: 0.4 V whatever the timer power supply 0.4 V Other information For special features, functions etc. please contact us. - Immunity to radiofrequency in common mode acc. to ENV - Immunity to voltage dips and breaks acc. to IEC 1000-4-11 - Mains-borne and radiated emissions acc. to EN 55022 (EN 55011 Group 1) Fixing: Symmetrical DIN rail (EN 50022) Connection capacity - without ferrule - with ferrule Spring terminals, 2 terminals per connection point - flexible wire - rigid wire Casing material Weight: 17.5 mm casing -20 C + 60 C -30 C + 60 C Voltage surge category 4 kV / 3 IP 20 IP 40 IP 50 f = 10 * 55 Hz A = 0.35 mm 93 % Level III (Air 8 K / Contact 6 KV) Level III 10V/m: 80 MHz to 1 GHz) Level III (direct 2kV/ Capacitive coupling clamp 1 KV) Level III (common mode 2 KV / residual current mode 1KV) Level III (10V rms: 0.15 MHz to 80 MHz) 30 % / 10 ms 60 % / 100 ms > 95 % / 5 s Class B 35 mm 2 x 2.5 mm2 2 x 1.5 mm2 1.5 mm2 2.5 mm2 Self-extinguishing 60 g Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/32 0.1s * 100h MUS2 0.1s * 100h MAS5 0.1s * 100h MHS2 0.1s * 100h MLS2 88 826 004 - 88 826 014 88 826 044 - 88 826 054 - Multi-function A - At - B - C - H - Ht Di - D - Ac - Bw Mono-function A Mono-function H Bifunction Li - L 0.7 A, 0.5 A (UL) 0.7 A, 0.5 A (UL) 0.7 A, 0.5 A (UL) 0.7 A, 0.5 A (UL) 1 2 2 Function diagrams Function A Function H Function Li Function C Delay on Make 1 relay Interval 1 relay Repeat Cycle. On Time First. Pulse start Delay on Break 1 relay U U U R R U C R T R T1 T2 T T Function At Function Ht Function D Function Bw Accumulative Delay on Make 1 relay U Accumulative Interval U 1 relay Repeat Cycle. Equal On/Off Time. Off Time First. Pause start U Pulse output (adjustable) 1 relay U C C R C R R t1 t2 T = t1+t2 t1 t2 T = t1+t2 R T T T T Function B Function L Function Di Function Ac Single Shot 1 relay Repeat Cycle. Off Time First. Pause start Repeat Cycle. Equal On/Off Times. On Time First. Pulse start U Combo Delay on Make/Delay on Break. Equal On/Off Time. 1 relay U U U C C R R R T T T1 T2 R T U U U A1 A1 A1 A2 Y1 T Dimensions Connections (Y1 = C, Function diagrams) T 3,5 A2 17,5 44 Y1 MULTI Functions: A/H Y1 U 18 R Li L: A2 Y1 81 R 45 18 R A2 60 5,5 To order, specify: 1 Type 2 Part number Example: Chronos 2 Timers MUS2 88 826 004 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/33 Chronos 2 electronic timers - 22.5 mm Multi-function or mono-function Multi-range (7 ranges, available options) Multi-voltage SPDT relay output: 10 A - 250 V Screw or spring terminals 1 LED status indicator Option of connecting a small cord to the control input 3-wire sensor control option Timing Technical specifications 0.1s * 100h 0.1s * 100h 0.1s * 100h TUR1 TAR1 - TBR1 88 865 115 Bifunction A - At 88 865 125 Mono-function B 10 A SPDT 10 A SPDT Types Timing 0.5 % (CEI 1812-1) Screw terminal Spring terminal - Temperature - Voltage Display precision according to IEC 1812-1 Minimum pulse duration - Typically (relay version) - Typically (solid state version) - Typically under load (relay version) Maximum reset time by de-energisation 0.05 % / C 0.2 % / V 10 % / 25 C 24V c / 24 * 240V a 88 865 105 12 V a / c 12 * 240 V a / c Functions Multi-function A-At - B - C - H-Ht Di-D - Ac - Bw Nominal current 10 A SPDT - Typically (relay version) - Typically (solid state version) Immunity to breaks in supply voltage: typically 100 ms 350 ms >10 ms Repetition accuracy (with constant parameters) Drift 30 ms 50 ms 100 ms - - Part numbers and voltage Timing ranges (7 ranges) 0.1s - 1s - 10s - 1 min - 10 min - 1 h - 10 h - 100 h Power supply Multi-voltage power supply depending on version, see pages 6/6, 6/7 50/60 Hz 85 to 110 % Un (85 to 120 % Un for 12V AC/DC) 100 % 0.6 W 24V AC/DC 1.5 W 230V AC 32 VA 230V AC Frequency Operating range Load factor Maximum power consumption Output elements relay output 1 or 2 changeover relays, AgNi (cadmium-free) Rated power Maximum breaking current Minimum breaking current Voltage breaking capacity Electrical life 2000 VA / 80 W 2000 V A / 80W 10 A AC 10 A DC 10 mA / 5 VDC 250V AC/VDC 105 operations 8 A 250V resistive 5 x 106 operations 2.5 kV / 1min / 1 mA /50Hz 5 kV, wave 1.2 / 50 s Mechanical life Breakdown voltage acc. to IEC 1812-1 Impulse voltage acc. to IEC 664-1 IEC 1812-1 Display State displayed by 1 LED - Flashing green when on Green LED operation indicator Pulsing: - timer on, no timing in progress (except functions Di-D and Li-L) Flashing: - timing in progress Permanently lit: - Relay waiting, no timing in progress TQR1: Selectable switching time 20 / 40 / 60 / 80 / 100 / 120 / 140 ms General specifications Conforming to standards IEC 1812-1, EN 50081-1/2, EN 50082-1/2, LV directives (73/23/EEC + 93/68/EEC (CE marking) + EMC (89/336/EEC + IEC 669-2-3 (17.5 mm) Approvals UL cUL listed CSA recognized Temperatures limits - use - stored Installation category (acc. to IEC 664-1) Creepage distance and clearance acc. to IEC 664-1 Degree of protection acc. to IEC 529 - terminal block - casing - front face (except Tk2R1) Vibration resistance acc. to IEC 68-2-6 Relative humidity acc. to IEC 68-2-3 without condensation Electromagnetic compatibility - Immunity to electrostatic discharges acc. to IEC 1000-42 - Immunity to electrostatic fields acc. to ENV 50140/204 (IEC 1000-4-3) - Immunity to rapid transient bursts acc. to IEC 1000-4-4 - Immunity to shock waves on power supply acc. to IEC 1000-4-5 - Immunity to radiofrequency in common mode acc. to ENV - Immunity to voltage dips and breaks acc. to IEC 1000-4-11 Input type - Volt-free contact - 3-wire PNP output control option maximum residual voltage: 0.4 V whatever the timer power supply 0.4 V Other information For special features, functions etc. please contact us. - Mains-borne and radiated emissions acc. to EN 55022 (EN 55011 Group 1) Fixing: Symmetrical DIN rail (EN 50022) Connection capacity - without ferrule - with ferrule Spring terminals, 2 terminals per connection point - flexible wire - rigid wire Casing material Weight: 22.5 mm casing -20 C + 60 C -30 C + 60 C Voltage surge category 4 kV / 3 IP 20 IP 40 IP 50 f = 10 * 55 Hz A = 0.35 mm 93 % Level III (Air 8 K / Contact 6 KV) Level III 10V/m: 80 MHz to 1 GHz) Level III (direct 2kV/ Capacitive coupling clamp 1 KV) Level III (common mode 2 KV / residual current mode 1KV) Level III (10V rms: 0.15 MHz to 80 MHz) 30 % / 10 ms 60 % / 100 ms > 95 % / 5 s Class B 35 mm 2 x 2.5 mm2 2 x 1.5 mm2 1.5 mm2 2.5 mm2 Self-extinguishing 90 g Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/34 0.1s * 100h 0.1s * 100h 0.1s * 100h 0.1s * 100h 0.1s * 100h 0.1s * 100h TCR1 THR1 TLR1 TQR1 TUR4 TUR3 - 1 - - - - - 88 865 135 Mono-function C 88 865 145 Bifunction H - Ht 88 865 155 Bifunction Li - L 88 865 175 Mono-function Q 10 A SPDT 10 A SPDT 10 A SPDT 10 A SPDT TURc3 2 88 865 100 Multi-function A - At - B - C - H - Ht Di - D - Ac - Bw 10 A SPDT 88 865 103 88 865 503 Multi-function A - At - B - C - H - Ht Di - D - Ac - Bw 10 A SPDT Function diagrams Function A Function H Function Li Function C Delay on Make 1 relay Interval 1 relay Repeat Cycle. On Time First. Pulse start Delay on Break 1 relay U U U R R U T C R R T1 T2 T T Function At Function Ht Function D Function Bw Accumulative Delay on Make 1 relay U Accumulative Interval 1 relay U Repeat Cycle. Equal On/Off Time. Off Time First. Pause start U Pulse output (adjustable) 1 relay U C C R t2 T = t1+t2 C R R t1 t1 t2 T = t1+t2 R T T T T Function B Function L Function Di Function Ac Single Shot 1 relay Repeat Cycle. Off Time First Pause start Repeat Cycle. Equal On/Off Time. On Time First. Pulse start U Combo Delay on Make/Delay on Break. Equal On/Off Time. 1 relay U U U C C R R R T T T1 T2 R T T T Function Q Star-delta Connections (Y1 = C, Function diagrams) U Dimensions R U U U A1 Y1 A1 15 R Y1 15 R A2 A2 63 22,5 3,5 A1 15 R A1 15 Y1 A2 16 16 15 18 16 18 Functions: A - At / H - Ht / B / C Di - D / Ac / BW 32 + + + 28 18 78 Ti 57 T LiQ L: A1 18 16 A2 Y1 95 5 To order, specify: 1 Type 2 Part number Example: Chronos 2 Timers TAR1 88 865 115 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/35 2 Chronos 2 electronic timers - 22.5 mm Multi-function or mono-function Multi-range (7 ranges, available options) Multi-voltage DPDT relay output, 10A - 250V including 1 instantaneous Screw terminals 1 LED status indicator Option of connecting a small cord to the control input 3-wire sensor control option Timing Technical specifications Types Timing Repetition accuracy (with constant parameters) 0.5 % (CEI 1812-1) Drift - Temperature - Voltage Display precision according to IEC 1812-1 Minimum pulse duration - Typically (relay version) - Typically (solid state version) - Typically under load (relay version) Maximum reset time by de-energisation 0.05 % / C 0.2 % / V 10 % / 25 C - Typically (relay version) - Typically (solid state version) Immunity to breaks in supply voltag: typically 100 ms 350 ms >10 ms 30 ms 50 ms 100 ms Power supply Multi-voltage power supply depending on version, see page 6/9 50/60 Hz 85 to 110 % Un (85 to 120 % Un for 12V AC/DC) 100 % 0.6 W 24V AC/DC 1.5 W 230V AC 32 VA 230V AC Frequency Operating range Load factor Maximum power consumption Output elements relay output 1 or 2 changeover relays, AgNi (cadmium-free) Rated power Maximum breaking current Minimum breaking current Voltage breaking capacity Electrical life 2000 VA / 80 W 2000 V A / 80W 10 A AC 10 A DC 10 mA / 5 VDC 250V AC/VDC 105 operations 8 A 250V resistive 5 x 106 operations 2.5 kV / 1min / 1 mA /50Hz 5 kV, wave 1.2 / 50 s Mechanical life Breakdown voltage acc. to IEC 1812-1 Impulse voltage acc. to IEC 664-1 IEC 1812-1 Display State displayed by 1 LED - Flashing green when on Green LED operation indicator Pulsing: - timer on, no timing in progress (except functions Di-D and Li-L) Flashing: - timing in progress Permanently lit: - Relay waiting, no timing in progress Part numbers and voltage 24V c / 24 * 240V a 12 V a / c Functions Nominal current Timing ranges (7 ranges) 0.1s - 1s - 10s - 1 min - 10 min - 1 h - 10 h - 100 h TK2R1 (4 ranges) 0.06s - 0.6s - 2.5s - 20s - 160s General specifications Conforming to standards IEC 1812-1, EN 50081-1/2, EN 50082-1/2, LV directives (73/23/EEC + 93/68/EEC (CE marking) + EMC (89/336/EEC + IEC 669-2-3 (17.5 mm) Approvals UL listed cUL listed CSA recognized Temperatures limits - use - stored Installation category (acc. to IEC 664-1) Creepage distance and clearance acc. to IEC 664-1 Degree of protection acc. to IEC 529 - terminal block - casing - front face (except Tk2R1) Vibration resistance acc. to IEC 68-2-6 Relative humidity acc. to IEC 68-2-3 without condensation Electromagnetic compatibility - Immunity to electrostatic discharges acc. to IEC 1000-42 - Immunity to electrostatic fields acc. to ENV 50140/204 (IEC 1000-4-3) - Immunity to rapid transient bursts acc. to IEC 1000-4-4 - Immunity to shock waves on power supply acc. to IEC 1000-4-5 - Immunity to radiofrequency in common mode acc. to ENV Input type - Volt-free contact - 3-wire PNP output control option maximum residual voltage: 0.4 V whatever the timer power supply 0.4 V Other information - Immunity to voltage dips and breaks acc. to IEC 1000-4-11 - Mains-borne and radiated emissions acc. to EN 55022 (EN 55011 Group 1) Fixing: Symmetrical DIN rail (EN 50022) Connection capacity - without ferrule - with ferrule Casing material Weight: 22.5 mm casing For special features, functions etc. please contact us. -20 C + 60 C -30 C + 60 C Voltage surge category 4 kV / 3 IP 20 IP 40 IP 50 f = 10 * 55 Hz A = 0.35 mm 93 % Level III (Air 8 K / Contact 6 KV) Level III 10V/m: 80 MHz to 1 GHz) Level III (direct 2kV/ Capacitive coupling clamp 1 KV) Level III (common mode 2 KV / residual current mode 1KV) Level III (10V rms: 0.15 MHz to 80 MHz) 30 % / 10 ms 60 % / 100 ms > 95 % / 5 s Class B 35 mm 2 x 2.5 mm2 2 x 1.5 mm2 Self-extinguishing 90 g Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/36 0.1s * 100h 0.1s * 100h 0.06s - 160s 0.1s * 100h TU2R1 TA2R1 TK2R1 TU2R4 88 865 305 88 865 215 Bifunction A - At 88 865 265 Mono-function K 10 A DPDT 2 Timers 10 A DPDT 2 Timers 1 Multi-function A - At - B - C - H - Ht Di - D - Ac - Bw 10 A DPDT 1 Relay Timed and 1 Relay Timed or Instant Function diagrams 2 88 865 300 Multi-function A - At - B - C - H - Ht Di - D - Ac - Bw 10 A DPDT 1 Relay Timed and 1 Relay Timed or Instant 2 Function A Function C Function Ac Function K Delay on Make 1 Relay Timed and 1 Relay Timed or Instant Delay on Break 1 Relay Timed and 1 Relay Timed or Instant Combo Delay on Make/Delay on Break. Equal On/Off Time 1 Relay Timed and 1 Relay Timed or Instant True delay OFF 2 relays U U U U R1/R2 C C R1/R2 R1/R2 R1/R2 R2 INST T R2 inst. Accumulative Delay on Make 1 Relay Timed and 1 Relay Timed or Instant Function H Function D Function Bw Interval 1 Relay Timed and 1 Relay Timed or Instant Repeat Cycle Equal On/Off Time. Off Time First. 1 Relay Timed and 1 Relay Timed or Instant Pulse output (adjustable) 1 Relay Timed and 1 Relay Timed or Instant U U U C R1/R2 R1/R2 R1/R2 R2 Inst. T t1 T R2 Inst. T Function At T T t2 U C T T R R2 Inst. T T R2 Inst. T = t1+t2 Function B Function Ht Function Di Single Shot 1 Relay Timed and 1 Relay Timed or Instant Accumulative Interval 1 Relay Timed and 1 Relay Timed or Instant Repeat Cycle Equal On/Off Time. On Time First. 1 Relay Timed and 1 Relay Timed or Instant U U U C C R1/R2 R1/R2 T T R1/R2 t1 T R2 Inst. R2 Inst. t2 R2 Inst. T = t1+t2 Connections (Y1 = C, Function diagrams) Dimensions 32 63 22,5 3,5 U U + + A1 15 Y1 Y1 15 R1 25 15 A1 25/21 R2 R1 R2 16 18 26 28 78 57 A1 A2 A2 16 18 26/22 28/24 Functions: A - At / H - Ht / B / C Di - D / Ac / BW 18 16 A2 95 K 5 To order, specify: 1 Type 2 Part number Example: Chronos 2 Timers TA2R1 88 865 215 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/37 Chronos 2 electronic timers - Plug-in 8-pin (35 mm) Multi-function or mono-function Multi-range (7 ranges, available options) Multi-voltage SPDT or DPDT relay output 10A - 250V Plug-in 1 LED status indicator Option of connecting a small cord to the control input 3-wire sensor control option 0.1s * 100h Timing Technical specifications Types Timing Repetition accuracy (with constant parameters) 0.5 % (CEI 1812-1) Drift - Temperature - Voltage Display precision according to IEC 1812-1 Minimum pulse duration - Typically 0.05 % / C 0.2 % / V 10 % / 25 C - Typically under load Maximum reset time by de-energisation 100 ms - Typically 100 ms Immunity to breaks in supply voltage: typically >10 ms OL2R1 Part numbers and voltage 24V c / 24 * 240V a 12 V a / c 12 * 240 V a / c 88 867 801 -- -- Monofunction L Nominal current Accessories 8 A DPDT 8-pin connector base (for the whole range) S-08 2 timers Functions 30 ms Timing ranges (7 ranges) 0.1s - 1s - 10s - 1 min - 10 min - 1 h - 10 h - 100 h Power supply Multi-voltage power supply depending on version, see page 6/10, 6/11 50/60 Hz 85 to 110 % Un (85 to 120 % Un for 12V AC/DC) 100 % 0.6 W 24V AC/DC 1.5 W 230V AC 32 VA 230V AC Frequency Operating range Load factor Maximum power consumption Output elements relay output 2000 VA / 80 W 2000 V A / 80W 10 A AC 10 A DC 10 mA / 5 VDC 250V AC/VDC 105 operations 8 A 250V resistive 5 x 106 operations 2.5 kV / 1min / 1 mA /50Hz 5 kV, wave 1.2 / 50 s 1 or 2 changeover relays, AgNi (cadmium-free) Rated power Maximum breaking current Minimum breaking current Voltage breaking capacity Electrical life Mechanical life Breakdown voltage acc. to IEC 1812-1 Impulse voltage acc. to IEC 664-1 IEC 1812-1 Display State displayed by 1 LED - Flashing green when on Green LED operation indicator Pulsing: - timer on, no timing in progress (except functions Di-D and Li-L) Flashing: - timing in progress Permanently lit: - Relay waiting, no timing in progress General specifications Conforming to standards IEC 1812-1, EN 50081-1/2, EN 50082-1/2, LV directives (73/23/EEC + 93/68/EEC (CE marking) + EMC (89/336/EEC + IEC 6692-3 (17.5 mm) Approvals UL cUL listed CSA recognized Temperatures limits - use - stored Installation category (acc. to IEC 664-1) Creepage distance and clearance acc. to IEC 664-1 Degree of protection acc. to IEC 529 - terminal block - casing - front face (except Tk2R1) Vibration resistance acc. to IEC 68-2-6 Relative humidity acc. to IEC 68-2-3 without condensation Electromagnetic compatibility - Immunity to electrostatic discharges acc. to IEC 1000-42 - Immunity to electrostatic fields acc. to ENV 50140/204 (IEC 1000-4-3) - Immunity to rapid transient bursts acc. to IEC 1000-4-4 - Immunity to shock waves on power supply acc. to IEC 1000-4-5 Input type - Volt-free contact - 3-wire PNP output control option maximum residual voltage: 0.4 V whatever the timer power supply 0.4 V - Immunity to radiofrequency in common mode acc. to ENV - Immunity to voltage dips and breaks acc. to IEC 1000-4-11 Other information For special features, functions etc. please contact us. - Mains-borne and radiated emissions acc. to EN 55022 (EN 55011 Group 1) Fixing: plug-in bases Casing material Weight: plug-in casing -20 C + 60 C -30 C + 60 C Voltage surge category 4 kV / 3 IP 20 IP 40 IP 50 f = 10 * 55 Hz A = 0.35 mm 93 % Level III (Air 8 K / Contact 6 KV) Level III 10V/m: 80 MHz to 1 GHz) Level III (direct 2kV/ Capacitive coupling clamp 1 KV) Level III (common mode 2 KV / residual current mode 1KV) Level III (10V rms: 0.15 MHz to 80 MHz) 30 % / 10 ms 60 % / 100 ms > 95 % / 5 s Class B 8-pin Self-extinguishing 80 g Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/38 0.1s * 100h 0.1s * 100h 0.1s * 100h 0.1s * 100h 0.1s * 100h 0.1s * 100h OUR1 OA2R1 OCR1 OLR1 OUR4 OUR3 88 867 105 Multi-function A - At - B - C - H - Ht Di - D - Ac - Bw 10 A SPDT 88 867 215 Mono-function A 88 867 135 Mono-function C 88 867 155 Bifunction Li - L 10 A DPDT 10 A SPDT 10 A SPDT 88 867 100 Multi-function A - At - B - C - H - Ht Di - D - Ac - Bw 10 A SPDT 88 867 103 Multi-function A - At - B - C - H - Ht Di - D - Ac - Bw 10 A SPDT 1 2 3 2 relays 1 relay 1 relay 1 relay 1 relay 1 relay Function diagrams Function A Function C Function L Function D Delay on Make 1 relay Delay on Break 1 relay Repeat Cycle. Off Time First Pause start Repeat Cycle. Equal On/Off Time. Off Time First. Pause start U R T U U C R U R T1 T2 T T R T 2 relays U R1/R2 T Function H Function Li Function Di Interval 1 relay Repeat Cycle. On Time First. Pulse start Repeat Cycle. Equal On/Off Time. On Time First. Pulse start Function At U U R R T Accumulative Delay on Make 1 relay U U R T1 T2 T T C R t1 t2 T = t1+t2 Function Ht Function Ac Function Bw Accumulative Interval 1 relay U Combo Delay on Make/Delay on Break. Equal On/Off Time. 1 relay Pulse output (adjustable) 1 relay Function B C U Single Shot 1 relay R C t2 T = t1+t2 t1 U R U C R T T T T C R T Dimensions Connections: 8-pin 1 relay 8-pin 2 relay (Y1 = C, Function diagrams) Accessories 74,5 4 5 3 6 3 7 2 4 5 6 3 R1 7 2 12,5 .200 35 5 .320 R2 6 R R 8 8 - Li L: A 2 .312 Functions: A - At / H - Ht / B / C Di - D / Ac / BW 7 1 - 1.295 1 8 - 1.575 2 1 3,5 U 45 4 + U .1650 Y1 U .980 + + 8-pin connector base S08 6 To order, specify: 1 Type 2 Part number Example: Chronos 2 Timers OUR1 88 867 105 3 Part number 8-pin connector base S08 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/39 2 Chronos 2 electronic timers - Plug-in 11-pin (35 mm) Multi-function or mono-function Multi-range (7 ranges, available options) Multi-voltage DPDT Relay output 10A - 250V Plug-in 1 LED status indicator Option of connecting a small cord supply to the control input 3-wire sensor control option Timing Technical specifications Types Timing Repetition accuracy (with constant parameters) 0.5 % (CEI 1812-1) Drift - Temperature - Voltage Display precision according to IEC 1812-1 Minimum pulse duration - Typically (relay version) - Typically (solid state version) - Typically under load (relay version) Maximum reset time by de-energisation 0.05 % / C 0.2 % / V 10 % / 25 C - Typically (relay version) - Typically (solid state version) Immunity to breaks in supply voltage: typically 100 ms 350 ms >10 ms 30 ms 50 ms 100 ms Part numbers and voltage 24V c / 24 * 240V a 12 V a / c 12 * 240 V a / c Functions Nominal current Accessories 11-pin connector base (for the whole range) Power supply Multi-voltage power supply depending on version, see page 6/13 50/60 Hz 85 to 110 % Un (85 to 120 % Un for 12V AC/DC) 100 % 0.6 W 24V AC/DC 1.5 W 230V AC 32 VA 230V AC Frequency Operating range Load factor Maximum power consumption Output elements relay output 1 or 2 changeover relays, AgNi (cadmium-free) Rated power Maximum breaking current Minimum breaking current Voltage breaking capacity Electrical life 2000 VA / 80 W 2000 V A / 80W 10 A AC 10 A DC 10 mA / 5 VDC 250V AC/VDC 105 operations 8 A 250V resistive 5 x 106 operations 2.5 kV / 1min / 1 mA /50Hz 5 kV, wave 1.2 / 50 s Mechanical life Breakdown voltage acc. to IEC 1812-1 Impulse voltage acc. to IEC 664-1 IEC 1812-1 Display State displayed by 1 LED - Flashing green when on Green LED operation indicator Pulsing: - timer on, no timing in progress (except functions Di-D and Li-L) Flashing: - timing in progress Permanently lit: - Relay waiting, no timing in progress Timing ranges (7 ranges) 0.1s - 1s - 10s - 1 min - 10 min - 1 h - 10 h - 100 h General specifications Conforming to standards IEC 1812-1, EN 50081-1/2, EN 50082-1/2, LV directives (73/23/EEC + 93/68/EEC (CE marking) + EMC (89/336/EEC + IEC 6692-3 (17.5 mm) Approvals UL cUL listed CSA recognized Temperatures limits - use - stored Installation category (acc. to IEC 664-1) Creepage distance and clearance acc. to IEC 664-1 Degree of protection acc. to IEC 529 - terminal block - casing - front face (except Tk2R1) Vibration resistance acc. to IEC 68-2-6 Relative humidity acc. to IEC 68-2-3 without condensation Electromagnetic compatibility - Immunity to electrostatic discharges acc. to IEC 1000-42 - Immunity to electrostatic fields acc. to ENV 50140/204 (IEC 1000-4-3) - Immunity to rapid transient bursts acc. to IEC 1000-4-4 - Immunity to shock waves on power supply acc. to IEC 1000-4-5 - Immunity to radiofrequency in common mode acc. to ENV Input type - Volt-free contact - 3-wire PNP output control option maximum residual voltage: 0.4 V whatever the timer power supply 0.4 V - Immunity to voltage dips and breaks acc. to IEC 1000-4-11 Other information S11 - Mains-borne and radiated emissions acc. to EN 55022 (EN 55011 Group 1) Fixing: plug-in bases Casing material Weight: plug-in casing -20 C + 60 C -30 C + 60 C Voltage surge category 4 kV / 3 IP 20 IP 40 IP 50 f = 10 * 55 Hz A = 0.35 mm 93 % Level III (Air 8 K / Contact 6 KV) Level III 10V/m: 80 MHz to 1 GHz) Level III (direct 2kV/ Capacitive coupling clamp 1 KV) Level III (common mode 2 KV / residual current mode 1KV) Level III (10V rms: 0.15 MHz to 80 MHz) 30 % / 10 ms 60 % / 100 ms > 95 % / 5 s Class B 11-pin Self-extinguishing 80 g For special features, functions, etc. please contact us. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/40 0.1s * 100h 0.1s * 100h 0.1s * 100h 0.1s * 100h 0.1s * 100h 0.1s * 100h PU2R1 PA2R1 PC2R1 PL2R1 PU2R4 PU2R3 88 867 305 88 867 415 Bifunction A - At 88 867 435 Mono-function C 88 867 455 Bifunction Li - L 10 A DPDT 10 A DPDT 10 A DPDT 1 2 Multi-function A - At - B - C - H - Ht Di - D - Ac - Bw 10 A DPDT - 88 867 303 Multi-function A - At - B - C - H - Ht Di - D - Ac - Bw 10 A DPDT 88 867 300 Multi-function A - At - B - C - H - Ht Di - D - Ac - Bw 10 A DPDT 3 1 Relay Timed and 1 Relay Timed or Instant Function diagrams 2 relays 2 relays 2 relays 1 Relay Timed and 1 Relay Timed or Instant 1 Relay Timed and 1 Relay Timed or Instant Function A Function C Function Ac Function Bw Delay on Make 1 Relay Timed and 1 Relay Timed or Instant Delay on Break 1 Relay Timed and 1 Relay Timed or Instant Combo Delay on Make/Delay on Break. Equal On/Off Time. 1 Relay Timed and 1 Relay Timed or Instant Pulse output (adjustable) 1 Relay Timed and 1 Relay Timed or Instant U U C U U R1/R2 R1/R2 C C R2 INST R2 inst. R1/R2 T T T R T T T R2 Inst. Function At Function H Function D Function L Accumulative Delay on Make 1 Relay Timed and 1 Relay Timed or Instant Interval 1 Relay Timed and 1 Relay Timed or Instant Repeat Cycle Equal On/Off Time. Off Time First. 1 Relay Timed and 1 Relay Timed or Instant Repeat Cycle. Off Time First. 2 relays U C R1/R2 t1 U U U R1/R2 R1/R2 R1/R2 T t2 T1 T2 T T R2 Inst. R2 Inst. R2 Inst. T = t1+t2 Function B Function Ht Function Di Function Li Single Shot 1 Relay Timed and 1 Relay Timed or Instant Accumulative Interval 1 Relay Timed and 1 Relay Timed or Instant Repeat Cycle. On Time First. 1 Relay Timed and 1 Relay Timed or Instant Repeat Cycle. On Time First. 2 relays U U C C R1/R2 R1/R2 t1 T R2 Inst. U U R1/R2 R1/R2 T1 T2 T T t2 R2 Inst. R2 Inst. T = t1+t2 Connections (Y1 = C, Function diagrams) Y1 U 6 5 U R2 2 6 5 9 R2 2 10 9 .165 11 - Functions: A - At / H - Ht / B / C Di - D / Ac / BW 2.06 Li L: .58 10 1 11 2.30 35 8 R1 3 - 12,5 7 4 8 R1 1 3,5 7 4 3 Accessories 74,5 2.01 + 45 + Dimensions .82 11-pin connector base S11 2 5 To order, specify: 1 Type 2 Part number Example: Chronos 2 Timers PU2R1 88 867 305 3 Accessories 11-pin connector base S11 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/41 2 Cross Reference (For Chronos to Chronos 2) Old Part # BAR U 12D BAR U 48A BAR U 110A BAR U 220A BAS U MAD BBR U 12D BBR U 48A BBR U 110A BBR U 220A BCR U 12D BCR U 48A BCR U 110A BCR U 220A BDR U 12D BDR U 48A BDR U 110A BDR U 220A BDRI U 12D BDRI U 110A BDRI U 220A BLR U 12D BLR U 48A BLR U 110A BLR U 220A BLS U MA OAR U 12D OAR U 48A OAR U 110A OAR U 220A OAR2 U 12D OAR2 U 24AD OAR2 U 48A OAR2 U 110A OAR2 U 220A OAS U MAD OBR U 12D OBR U 48A OBR U 110A OBR U 220A OCR U 12D OCR U 48A OCR U 110A OCR U 220A ODR U 12D ODR U 48A ODR U 110A ODR U 220A ODRI U 12D ODRI U 110A ODR2 U 12D ODR2 U 48A ODR2 U 110A ODR2 U 220A ODRI1 U 12D ODRI2 U 110A ODRI2 U 220A OHR U 12D OHR U 110A OHR U 220A New Part # Alternative 88826100 88826115 88865115 88826115 88865115 88826115 88865115 88826014 88826100 88865100 88826125 88865125 88826125 88865125 88826125 88865125 88826100 88865100 88826135 88865135 88826135 88865135 88826135 88865135 Call for assistance 88826155 88865155 88826155 88865155 88826155 88865155 Call for assistance 88826155 88865155 88826155 88865155 88826100 88865100 88826105 88865105 88826105 88865105 88826105 88865105 88826004 88867100 88867215 88867215 88867215 88867300 88867215 88867215 88867215 88867215 Call for assistance 88867100 88867105 88867105 88867105 88867100 88867135 88867135 88867135 Call for assistance 88867155 88867155 88867155 Call for assistance 88867155 Call for assistance 88867801 88867801 88867801 Call for assistance 88867801 88867801 88867100 88867105 88867105 Old Part # OHR2 U 12D OHR2 U 24AD OHR2 U 110A OHR2 U 220A OLR U 12D OLR U 48A OLR U 110A OLR U 220A OLS U MA TAR2 U 12D TAR2 U 110A TBR2 U 12D TBR2 U 48A/24AD TBR2 U 110A TBR2 U 220A TCR2 U 12D TCR2 U 48A TCR2 U 110A TCR2 U 220A TDR2 U 12D TDR2 U 48A TDR2 U 110A TDR2 U 220A TDRI2 U 12D TDRI2 U 48A TDRI2 U 110A TDRI2 U 220A TLR2 U 12D TLR2 U 48A TLR2 U 110A TLR2 U 220A 88893003 88893115 88893135 88893335 88893525 88893715 88893823 88893916 83820051 83820052 New Part # Call for assistance Call for assistance Call for assistance Call for assistance 88867100 88867105 88867105 88867105 Call for assistance 88867300 88867415 88867300 88867305 88867305 88867305 88867300 88867435 88867435 88867435 Call for assistance 88867455 88867455 88867455 Call for assistance 88867455 88867455 88867455 88867300 88867305 88867305 88867305 88865305 88826115 88865215 88865305 Call for assistance Call for assistance 88865265 88865175 83870101 83870102 Old Part # New Part # G480A25 G480D50 G480A50 G480D75 G480A75 G480D90 G480A90 G575D10 G575A10 G575D25 G575A25 G575D50 G575A50 G575D75 G575A75 G575D90 G575A90 G240D10R G240D25R G240D45R G240D75R G240D90R G480D10R G480D25R G480D50R G480D75R G480D90R G575D10R G575D25R G575D50R G575D75R G575D90R 84131000 84131001 84131010 84131011 84131020 84134111 84134120 84134121 84134130 84134131 84134140 84134141 84134100 84134101 84134110 84134111 84134120 84134121 84134130 84134131 84134140 84134141 84134200 84134210 84134220 84134230 84134240 84134300 84134310 84134320 84134330 84134340 84134300 84134310 84134320 84134330 84134340 84137000 84137001 84137010 84137011 84137020 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/42 TIMERS TIMERS GENERAL DETAILS OF TYPE S TIMERS S series are compact, low cost, precision devices designed to the most demanding specifications. The small size, epoxy filled case is highly resistant against dust, vibrations, shock or humidity. Creep and strike distance according to VDE 0110 Group C 250V. Case protection IP66. Case material - Polymid. 1.96 (50) 0.47 (12) 0.8 0.77 (45) 2.46 (62.5) 0.16 (42) 0.69 (17.5) 6.35 2.76 (70) 2.36 (60) 2 SAS SERIES DELAY ON MAKE Function A: Delay on Make Input Power S1 TIMER WITH SOLID STATE OUTPUT UL listed Output 0 T CSA recognized SPECIFICATIONS: Function A: When input power is applied, timing (t) begins. At the end of the preselected time, the solid state SCR output turns on. The output turns off when the input power is removed, resetting the timer for the next cycle. Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VAC/DC, 110 VAC/DC 220 VAC/DC, 15%, 50/60 Hz Output Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . max.: 0.7 A at 20C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . min.: 10 mA Repetition accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5% at a constant ambient Temp rise derating . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 mA / C Reset time SAS & SAS-D . . . . . . . 25 ms after timing 100 ms during timing SAS-P . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 ms during timing Leakage current during timing . . . 5 mA max Peak surge current . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 A < 10 ms Peak surge voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . 1400 V, 10 s Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/4 (6.35mm) quick connect Opertating temperature . . . . . . . . . -22F to +140F (-30C to +60C) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9 oz. (55g) WIRING DIAGRAM: +- SAS SAS-D S1 SAS-P S1 S1 470K POTENTIOMETER A1 A2 Peak Surge Current A1 A2 Z1 Z2 A1 A2 100A 50A 20A 15A 10A Peak Surge Current vs Surge Current Duration LOAD 5A LOAD LOAD 2A 1A 10ms 20ms 50ms 100ms 200ms 500ms 1s 2s 5s +- Surge Current Duration ORDERING INFORMATION: (500 pcs. minimum order, 250 pcs. minimum release) S AS-D 100S 220 AD MOUNTING MOUNTING S =Encapsulated requiring DIN-Rail, Panel Adapter or use Base Mounting Holes SERIES AS = standard relay AS-D = remote potentiometer AS-P = internal potentiometer SERIES TIME RANGE INPUT POWER TIME RANGE AS = Fixed .1 sec - 1 min AS-D = .1 sec - 60 min Ex: = 10-100 sec maintain 10:1 ratio AS-P = .1 sec - 10 sec 1-100 sec maintain 100:1 ratio INPUT POWER 24AD = 24 VAC/DC 110AD = 110 VAC/DC 220AD = 220 VAC/DC Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/43 TIMERS TIMERS SDS SERIES REPEAT CYCLE TIMER UL listed CSA recognized * Shock Resistant * SCR Solid State Output * Optional Remote Potentiometer * DIN-Rail or Base Mounting When input power S1 is applied, the solid state output turns on immediately for the timer period specified. It then turns OFF for that same time period and repeats continuously while power is applied. Recycling Input Power S1 Output 0 T t T SPECIFICATIONS: WIRING DIAGRAM: Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VAC, 48 VAC, 110 VAC 220 VAC, 15%, 50/60 Hz Maximum power consumption . . 24 VAC: 0.2 VA 48 VAC: 0.3 VA 110 VAC: 0.6 VA 220 VAC: 1.2 VA Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCR Output Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . max.: 0.7 A at 20C min.: 10 mA Repetition accuracy . . . . . . . . . . 0.5% at a constant ambient Temp. rise derating . . . . . . . . . . . 5 mA / C Reset time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 ms after timing 150 ms during timing Leakage current during timing . . 2 mA max. Peak surge current . . . . . . . . . . . 20 A < 10ms Peak surge voltage . . . . . . . . . . . 1400 V, 100 s Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Faston 1/4 (6.35mm) Operating temperature . . . . . . . . -22F to +140F -30C to +60C Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9 oz. (55g) SDS SDSD S1 SDSP S1 470 K S1 POTENTIOMETER A2 18 A1 A2 18 A1 Z1 Z2 LOAD A2 18 A1 LOAD LOAD ORDERING INFORMATION: (500 pcs. minimum order, 250 pcs. minimum release) P.S.: Specify maximum time for "D" and "P" versions. S DS 10 min 24 MOUNTING SERIES TIME RANGE INPUT POWER MOUNTING SERIES TIME RANGE S = Encapsulated, requiring DIN-Rail, Panel Adapter or use Base Mounting Holes DS = Fixed time DS-D = remote potentiometer DS-P = internal potentiometer DS = Fixed .1s. - 120 min DS-D = .1 sec. - 120 min. Maintain 10:1 ratio DS-P = 1 -10 sec. or min., 10 - 100 sec. or min. Maintain 100:1 ratio DIMENSIONS See page 3-34 INPUT POWER 24A = 24 VAC 48A= 48 VAC 110A = 110 VAC 220A = 220 VAC Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/44 TIMERS TIMERS SHS SERIES INTERVAL TIMER WITH SOLID STATE OUTPUT UL listed CSA recognized * Epoxy Encapsulated * DIN-Rail or Base Mounting * Internal or External Time Set * Fixed Time 2 The solid state output turns on when the input power (S1) is applied. The output turns off at the end of time (T). The timer is reset when the input power is removed. Function H: Internal Timer Input Power S1 Output t T 0 SPECIFICATIONS: WIRING DIAGRAM: Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VAC, 48 VAC, 110 VAC 220 VAC, 15%, 50/60 Hz Maximum power consumption . . 24 VAC: 0.2 VA 48 VAC: 0.3 VA 110 VAC: 0.6 VA 220 VAC: 1.2 VA Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCR Output Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . max.: 0.7 A at 20C min.: 10 mA Repetition accuracy . . . . . . . . . . 0.5% at a constant ambient Temp. rise derating . . . . . . . . . . . 5 mA / C Reset time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 ms after timing 150 ms during timing Leakage current during timing . 2 mA max. Peak surge current . . . . . . . . . . . 20 A < 10 ms Peak surge voltage . . . . . . . . . . . 1400 V, 100 s Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Faston 1/4 (6.35mm) Operating temperature . . . . . . . . -22F to +140F -30C to +60C Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9 oz. (55g) SHS SHS-D S1 SHS-P S1 470 K S1 POTENTIOMETER A2 18 A1 A2 18 A1 Z1 Z2 LOAD A2 18 A1 LOAD LOAD Note: Available with internal potentiometer in HS-P Series. ORDERING INFORMATION: (500 pcs. minimum order, 250 pcs. minimum release) P.S.: Specify maximum time for "D" and "P" versions. S HS-D 300S 220A MOUNTING SERIES TIME RANGE INPUT POWER MOUNTING SERIES S = Encapsulated, requiring DIN-Rail, Panel Adapter or use Base Mounting Holes HS = Fixed time HS-D = remote potentiometer HS-P = internal potentiometer DIMENSIONS See page 3-34 TIME RANGE HS = Fixed .1s. - 120 min HS-D = .1 sec. - 120 min. Maintain 10:1 ratio HS-P = 1 -10 sec. or min., 10 - 100 sec. or min. Maintain 100:1 ratio INPUT POWER 24A = 24 VAC 48A = 48 VAC 110A = 110 VAC 220A = 220 VAC Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/45 TIMERS TIMERS GENERAL DETAILS OF TYPE Q TIMERS Q series timers are compact, low cost, precision devices designed to the most demanding specifications. The small size, epoxy filled case is highly resistant against dust, vibrations, shock and humidity. Creep and strike distance according to VDE 0110 Group C 250V. Case protection IP66. Case material - Phenolic. 1.30 (33.2 mm) 2.00 (50.8mm) .75 (19.05 mm) 2.00 (50.8mm) 250 (16.35 mm) 250 DIA. MALE QUICK CONNECT TERMINALS (16.35 mm) Consult factory for Q TIMER specifications. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/46 2 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/47 TIMERS TIMERS 88 256.4 and 88 256.5 SERIES MANUALLY SET INTERVAL TIMER UL listed CSA recognized * Standard Motor * Standard Switches * Easy to use and troubleshoot DESCRIPTION: WIRING DIAGRAM: An adjustable knob with a graduated dial is mounted on the motor output shaft. A friction clutch allows it to be rotated manually. End Time Switch 1 (Device) Actuation In the case of the Single Pole version, the molded cam is set to operate the switch when the zero position is reached. T Switch 1 In the case of the Double Pole version, the second switch (No. 2) changes over after the first switch (No. 1). The second switch (No. 2) controls the motor. End Time Switch 2 (Motor) D W R T = desired time. Switch 2 W R Dephasing is equal to 3% of total max. time range on switch #2. W = work R = rest D = dephasing T = time SPECIFICATIONS: Standard Voltage . . . . . . . Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . Other voltages on request Motor 82 344 (Crouzet) Output Circuit . . . . . . . . . . Contact material . . . . . . . . Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connections . . . . . . . . . . . Ambient Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 V - 60 Hz . . . 3.5 Watts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Switch 83 160.0 (Crouzet) AgCdO 8 Amp, 125/250 AC 1/4 spade terminals 23F to 158.0F (-5C to +70C) UL components recognized NOTE: If motor connected to constant supply, timer becomes a recycle timer. DIMENSIONS: inches (mm) (10) .629 (16) 2.36 (61) 1 (25.5) 2 fixing holes* .118 (M3) 31.5 (80) 1 2 .394 2.16 (55) .561 (14.25) (20) .561 (14.25) .787 .197 (5) dia .236 (6) Single pole: 2.83 (72) Double pole: 3.29 (83.5) .118 (3) NO NC C * (2) screws supplied Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/48 min c TIMERS TIMERS SERIES 88 256.4 AND 88 256.5 MANUALLY SET INTERVAL TIMERS PART NUMBER NUMBER OF CAMS MODEL MAXIMUM ACCURACY DEPHASING TIME RANGE OF SETTING+ OF SWITCHES VOLTAGE 88 256 455 1 60 sec. 56 sec. 2.5 sec - 115 VAC - 60 hz 88 256 456 1 30 min. 28 min. 1 min. - 115 VAC - 60 hz 88 256 457 1 1 hr. 56 min. 2.5 min. - 115 VAC - 60 hz 88 256 562 2 60 sec. 56 sec. 2.5 2 sec. 115 VAC - 60 hz 88 256 563 2 5 min. 4 min. 40 sec. 15 sec. 9 sec. 115 VAC - 60 hz 88 256 564 2 15 min. 14 min. 30 sec. 27 sec. 115 VAC - 60 hz 88 256 565 2 1 hr. 56 min. 2.5 min. 1 min. 48 sec. 115 VAC - 60 hz 88 256 4.30 HR 1 30 hr. 28 hr. 1 hr. - 115 VAC - 60 hz 88 256 4.30 SEC 1 30 sec. 28 sec. 1 sec. - 115 VAC - 60 hz 88 256 4.5 HR 1 5 hr. 4 hr. 43 min. 15 min. - 220 VAC - 60 hz 88 256 4.5 MIN 1 5 min. 4 min. 40 sec. 15 sec. - 115 VAC - 60 hz 88 256 5.15 SEC 2 15 sec. 14 sec. .5 sec. .45 sec. 115 VAC - 60 hz 88 256 5.30 SEC 2 30 sec. 28 sec. 1 sec. .9 sec. 115 VAC - 60 hz 2 For other Time & Voltage requirements contact factory. IMPORTANT NOTE: The maximum time setting is equal to 17/18 of the maximum dial range. ORDERING INFORMATION: Specify Part number Example: 88 256 4.3 HR Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/49 TIMERS TIMERS 88 646 SERIES CAM TIMERS UL listed CSA recognized 88 646 SERIES is specifically adapted for applications requiring 2 to 4 circuits. The switches are mounted on both sides of frame to give minimum overall length. Precision SPDT switches rated at 6 Amps, 1/3 H.P., 125/250V AC. are standard. Switches are individually removable. Adjustable cams are simple and quick setting. Adjustable cam key comes as standard. STANDARD CAMS FOR SINGLE ON/OFF OPERATION PER CYCLE: DIMENSIONS: inches (mm) B 88 646 SERIES 3.38 (86) 2.48 (63) Cams are adjusted by using red plastic key supplied. Each cam consists of two sections, one red half and one grey half. The grey section is normally adjusted for "START" and the red section for "STOP." Each cam has a notch which will match the tab on the adjusting key. With the key positioned so the "START" side is facing the knob, the grey cam section can be adjusted by inserting the tab of the key into the notch in the cam while turning the knob. Reversing the key so the "STOP" side faces the knob, the red cam can be adjusted. STEP 1. Insert Cam Adjusting Key into No. 1 cam (grey section) having the word "START" on tool facing adjusted knob and turn knob until the degree reading matches the first transfer point on your time chart for that cam. STEP 2. Insert Cam Adjusting Key into No. 1 (red section) having the word "STOP" on tool now facing cam adjusting knob and turn knob until the degree reading matches the next transfer point on your time chart for that same cam. This completes setting of No. 1 cam. STEP 3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 for each additional circuit of your cam timer. NOTE: All switches have single pole, double throw circuitry. On each circuit where the load should be energized for less than 180 of cam shaft rotation, use the NO switch terminal. 1.73 (44) .55 (14) 4.25 (108) .59 (15) .69 (17.5) 1.77 (45) A .69 (17.5) Type 2.95 (75) .30 (7.5) 3.94 (100) Cams Circuits A B Weight inch (mm) inch (mm) oz (g) 88 646 0 2 2 3.74 ( 95) 3.15 (80) 8.18 (250) 88 646 2 4 4 4.25 (108) 3.66 (93) 10.58 (300) 88 646 series mounted by clipping onto an INTERNATIONAL DINRAIL, or by two screws fastened by built in ears. SPECIFICATIONS: GENERAL Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............................... Input Power 88 646 (Crouzet motor 82 344) . . . . . . . Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Duty Cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Output Switches (Crouzet 83 160 080) Wiring Connections Gear Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gear Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAMS 220 VAC, 115 VAC, 24 VAC, (+10 -15%) Minimum Notch or Pulse 50-60 Hz (Electrical) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 (1/20 of cycle) Rise Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum Cam Speed . . . . . . . . . Setting Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . Repeat Accuracy Adjustable and Programmable Cams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cut Cams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......................... Cam Construction Adjustable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 W -5C +60C (23F +140F) -40C +80C (-40F +178F) 100% SPDT 6 A, 1/3 H.P., 125/250 1/4 spade terminal block 1/4 spade terminal block CW direction is standard OPTIONAL: P: Programmable Cams: For multiple on/off operations per cycle see page 2/53 for details. C: Cut Cams: For multiple or non-tamperable operations per cycle, consult factory with time charts for cams. . . . . . . . 12 (1/20 of cycle) . . . . . . . 30 RPM . . . . . . . 1 . . . . . . . +1 (+.25% of cycle time) . . . . . . . +0.5% (+ .125% of cycle . . . . . . . time) . . . . . . . split type - made of delrin P C ORDERING INFORMATION: SERIES SERIES 88 646 NO. OF CAMS 002 = 2 cam 204 = 4 cam NO. OF CAMS . TYPE OF CAM S=Standard cam P=Programmable cam C=Cut cam TYPE OF CAM 2S 6S 3S 10S 4S 12S . SPEED/CYCLE TIME S=s - M=min. - H=Hr SPEED/CYCLE TIME Select one of these: 15S 60S 4M 30M 20S 2M 10M 1H 30S 3M 15M 2H 4H 12H 24H . ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL AS =115 VAC - 60hz ES =220 VAC - 50hz AH =220 VAC - 60hz EL =24 VAC - 50hz AL = 24 VAC - 60hz CS =110 VAC - 50hz EXAMPLE: 88646002.S.6S.AS ie: 88 646 cam timer with 2 standard cams, 6 second cycle time, and 115 VAC - 60hz Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/50 TIMERS TIMERS 88 645 SERIES CAM TIMERS UL listed CSA recognized 88 645 Series is specifically adapted for applications requiring 1 to 22 circuits. The switches are mounted on both sides of frame to give minimum overall length. Precision SPDT switches rated at 6 Amps, 1/3 H.P., 125/250 V AC are standard. Switches are individually removable. Adjustable cams, simple and quick setting. Adjustable cam key comes as standard. 88 645 SERIES 2 1.97 (50) 2.60 (66) 4.13 (105) Type 88 88 88 88 645 645 645 645 2.09 (53) 1.97 (50) 3.11 (79) Cams are adjusted by using red plastic key supplied. Each cam consists of two sections, one red half and one grey half. The grey section is normally adjusted for "start" and the red sections for "stop." Each cam has a notch which will match the tab on the red adjusting key. With the key positioned so the "start" side is facing the knob, the grey cam section can be adjusted by inserting the tab of the key into the notch in the cam while turning the knob. Reversing the key so the "stop" side faces the knob, the red cam can be adjusted. STEP 1. Insert Cam Adjusting Key into No. 1 cam (grey section) having the word "start" on tool facing adjusted knob and turn knob until the degree reading matches the first transfer point on your time chart for that cam. STEP 2. Insert Cam Adjusting Key into No. 1 (red section) having the word "stop" on tool now facing cam adjusted knob and turn knob until the degree reading matches the next transfer point on your time chart for that same cam. This complete setting of No.1 cam. STEP 3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 for each additional circuit of your cam timer. note: All switches have single pole, double throw circuitry. On each circuit where the load should be energized for less than 180 of cam shaft rotation, use the NC switch terminal. On each circuit where the load should be energized for more that 180 of cam shaft rotation, use the NO switch terminal. DIMENSIONS: inches (mm) .413 (10.5) STANDARD CAMS FOR SINGLE ON/OFF OPERATION PER CYCLE: .17 (4.5) Cams Circuits Avail. A inch (mm) 7 12 17 22 1 to 7 8 to 12 13 to 17 18 to 22 3.23 ( 82) 4.57 (116) 5.83 (148) 7.09 (180) 0 2 4 6 A .59 B (15) B oz (g) 5.12 6.46 7.72 8.98 (130) (164) (196) (228) Weight 19.40 ( 550) 26.45 ( 750) 31.75 ( 900) 35.27 (1000) SPECIFICATIONS: GENERAL Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 VAC, 115 VAC, 24 VAC (+10-15%), 50-60 Hz Input Power 88 645 (Crouzet motor 82 334) . . . . 2.3 W Operating Temperature. . . . . . . . . . -5C to +60C (23F to +140F) Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . -40C to +80C (-40F to +178F) Duty Cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100% Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT Output Switches (Crouzet 83 160 080) 6 A, 1/3 H.P., 125/250 Wiring Connections Gear Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/4 spade terminal block Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/4 spade terminals Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CW direction is standard CAMS Minimum Notch or Pulse (Electrical) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rise (Electrical) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum Cam Speed. . . . . . . . . . . Setting Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repeat Accuracy Adjustable and Programmable Cam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cut Cams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cam Construction Adjustable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 (1/20 of a cycle) 12 (1/20 of a cycle) 30 RPM 1 +1 (.25% of cycle time) .5% (.125% of cycle time) split type - made of delrin OPTIONAL: P: Programmable Cams: For multiple on/off operations per cycle see page 2/53 for details. C: Cut Cams: For multiple or non-tamperable operations per cycle, consult factory with time charts for cams. ORDERING INFORMATION: SERIES SERIES 88 645 NO. OF CAMS TYPE OF CAM NO. OF CAMS 007 = 7 cam S= Standard cam 212 = 12 cam P= Programmable cam 417 = 17 cam C= Cut cam 622 = 22 cam . TYPE OF CAM . SPEED/CYCLE TIME Select one of these 2S 6S 15S 60S 4M 30M 3S 10S 20S 2M 10M 1H 4S 12S 30S 3M 15M 2H P SPEED/CYCLE TIME S=sec - M=min. - H=Hr C . ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL AS = 115 VAC - 60 Hz ES = 220 VAC - 50 Hz 4H AH = 220 VAC - 60 Hz EL = 24 VAC - 50 Hz 12H AL = 24 VAC - 60 Hz CS = 110 VAC - 50 Hz 24H EXAMPLE: 88645002.P.10S.AS ie: 88 645 cam timer with 2 programmable cams, 10 second speed/cycle time, and 115 VAC - 60hz. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/51 TIMERS TIMERS A cam timer is a simple timing device comprised of a frame which holds a series of cams on a shaft. The shaft is driven by a motor with a gear train that is set to rotate 360 over a certain time period. During this time period the cams actuate snap-acting SPDT (Single Pole Double Throw) switches. The switches can be wired to be either NC (normally Closed) or NO (Normally Open) so that when the individual cam actuates the individual switch, its output changes from Open to Closed. This change will happen once and go back to the rest position once in 360 with the standard cam. Maximum differential per standard cam is 180. If multiple tripping of the switch is required, the cam must be changed to either a programmable cam or a custom cut-cam (in large quantities). With the programmable cam, Programmable Cam Pins must also be used and plugged-in at the required 6 intervals to create the desired effect. Programmable cam with pins Standard cam Custom cut-cam NOTE: Replacement red cam adjustment tool for 88 645 and 88 646 with standard cams: Part Number 79 221 702 NOTE: Programmable cams can be combined with standard cams for the most economical results of a required pattern by the user. See opposite page for more detail. EXAMPLE: 5 sec T= 0 PROGRAMMING A CAM TIMER: STANDARD CYCLE TIMES: MOTOR SPEED TIME 2 sec . . . . . . . . . 30 RPM 3 sec . . . . . . . . . 20 RPM 4 sec . . . . . . . . . 15 RPM 6 sec . . . . . . . . . 10 RPM 10 sec. . . . . . . . . 6 RPM 12 sec . . . . . . . . 5 RPM 15 sec . . . . . . . . 4 RPM 20 sec . . . . . . . . 3 RPM 30 sec . . . . . . . . 2 RPM 60 sec . . . . . . . . 1 RPM cycle=1 min 0 { circuits It is best to create a time chart as shown. Use "T" as the trip-point and "R" as rest for each cam (P1, P2, P3, etc.) and draw throw/off pattern for each movement of the switch. This will make the final adjustment very easy. P1 T R 50 sec 30 sec 180 30 360 230 300 30 P2 42 54 170 180 240 250 270 280 P3 TIME MOTOR SPEED 1 min . . . . . . . 1 RPM 2 min . . . . . . . . 1/2 RPM 3 min . . . . . . . . 1/3 RPM 4 min . . . . . . . . 1/4 RPM 10 min . . . . . . .1/10 RPM 12 min . . . . . . .1/12 RPM 15 min . . . . . . .1/15 RPM 24 min . . . . . . .1/24 RPM 30 min . . . . . . .1/30 RPM Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/52 60 sec TIMERS TIMERS 79 222 640 79 222 641 PROGRAMMABLE CAMS (for 88 645 & 88 646) INSTALLATION & INFORMATION Disconnect timer from power sources (motor and switches) before installing programmable cams. Programmable Cam (1 piece) Programmable Cam Pins (1 bag) 1 bag = 30 pieces total 10-Rise/Fall pins 20 intermediate pins DESCRIPTION: CROUZET programmable cams should be used whenever multiple actuations are required from the same cam during one timing cycle. Any number of adjustable cams can be replaced with programmable cams. INSTALLATION: It is suggested that the programmable cams be installed in timer before the programming pins are installed on the cam. To install cam(s), refer to instructions for your particular model. MODEL 88 645 SERIES: 1. Remove snap ring and slide knob from cam shaft. 2. Remove the two screws from gray end bracket and slide from cam shaft. Note correct position before removing for reassembly. 3. Loosen two screws on clutch assembly (opposite knob end) and slide shaft assembly free. NOTE: On some models it may be necessary to run motor to allow access to screws. Position screws for easy access. 4. The adjustable cam(s) can now be removed by sliding them toward knob end of cam shaft. 5. Replace the adjustable cam(s) with programmable cam(s) making sure the total number of adjustable and programmable cams is equal to original number of cams. NOTE: When replacing adjustable cams, be sure red cam half is facing knob end of cam shaft. 6. There should not be any space between the cams and the first cam should be against the shoulder on cam shaft. 7. Replace gray end bracket on cam shaft noting it is facing same direction as when removed. 8. Replace knob and snap ring on shaft making sure snap ring is square to and against knob. Shaft should rotate freely in bracket; if not, move snap ring away from knob slightly. 9. Replace entire assembly into cam timer with clutch assembly on motor shaft and aligning holes in end bracket with mounting holes. Replace the two end bracket screws and tighten. Tighten clutch assembly screws. PROGRAMMING CAMS Each slot on the programmable cam is 6 apart. Any operation requires a minimum of one "rise" and one "fall" program pin; therefore, the minimum pulse that can be obtained in 12 or 1/30 of the cycle time. (Cycle time being time for one complete revolution of timer.) It is suggested a timing chart be made for each cam to make programming easier. The chart should be from 0 to 360. Indicate on the chart each "on" and "off" point. Since the programmable cam has slots ever 6, the "on" and "off" degree points must be divisible by 6. MODEL 88 645 1. Remove snap on protective cover. 2. Loosen hex nut in center of knob and slide cover knob from shaft. 3. Remove the four screws securing the end bracket to timer frame and remove end bracket. 4. Loosen two screws on clutch assembly (end opposet knob) and slide cam shaft assembly free. NOTE: On some timers it may be necessary to run motor to position screws for easy access. 5. Remove snap ring (knob end). 6. The adjustable cams can now be removed by sliding them toward the knob end of the cam shaft. 7. Replace the adjustable cam (s) with programmable cam(s) making sure total number of adjustable and programmable cams is equal to the original number of cams. NOTE: When replacing adjustable cam, make sure red cam half is facing knob end of cam shaft. 8. There should not be any space between the cams and the first cam should be against the shoulder on cam shaft. 9. Replace snap ring on cam shaft making sure it is square and against the last cam. 10. Replace cam shaft assembly in timer so clutch assembly is on motor shaft. 11. Replace end bracket and secure with four screws. 12. Tighten screws on clutch assembly. 13. Replace knob and tighten hex nut. IMPORTANT: A "rise" and "fall" pin must always be used at the beginning and end of actuation. Therefore, the minimum pulse will be 12 or 1/30 of total time cycle. For ever intermediate pin used, the time of the pulse will be increased by 6 or 1/60 of time cycle. In example shown, first pulse will require 1 rise, 1 fall, 2 flat top pins. NOTE: Rise and fall pins are the same pins, the direction in which they are inserted determines whether it is a "rise" or "fall." When programmable cams are complete, the adjustable cams may be adjusted in standard manner. 000 54 (210) (234) 162 180 (342)(360) 240 (60) 282 360 (102) The following sample program illustrates a circuit with three pulses per cycle. When pins are insert on programmable cam, they are inserted from top of timer which will put the pins 180 from the actual switching point. To compensate for this, you simply add 180 to each of your actuation points. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/53 2 TIMERS TIMERS 2.83" (72 mm) 2.46" (62.5 mm) P - PANEL MOUNTING ADAPTER .50" (12.5 mm) + ++ + .39" (10 mm) .16" (4.2 mm) 2.36" (60 mm) T I M E R S .86" (22.5 mm) ++ + + This panel adapter is a rugged, black, auto extinguishable polycarbonate material. It is mounted with two 6/32 screws. A timer is mounted by clipping to the adapter or panel. Order part number P ADAPT. DR - DIN-RAIL The DR-DIN-Rail material is an extruded aluminum material of the standard configuration, 35mm. Timers and Controls conveniently snap onto the track. Order part number "DR" which is available in 1 meter (39) lengths. Shown with S08, S11 and K11 sockets. 1.42" (36mm) 2.01" .165" (4.19mm) 2.99" (76 mm) .312" S11 1.46" .079" (37mm) (2mm) 1.69" (43mm) .1650" .82" + 1.295" 2.06" + .200" .320" .980" o .165" 1.14" (29mm) BND DIN Rail .315" (8mm) .58" 1.575" The S08, and S11 are 8 and 11 pin sockets fabricated from a rugged, durable polycarbonate.* The color is grey to match the majority of accessories available. Mounting is with two 6/32 screws .250 or on .30 DIN-Rail, DR. Order part "S08" or "S11." 2.30" .2.2" (56mm) S08, S11 & SCREW TERMINAL SOCKETS .571" (14.5mm) .984" (25mm) S08 S08-600: 600V, 10A rated 8 pin socket-UL and CSA S12 & S15 SOLDER TERMINAL SOCKETS The S12 and S15 are 11 and 8 pin solder terminal sockets fabricated from a rugged, durable polycarbonate. They are black and connections are made by soldering to the tabs or by 3/16 (4.8mm) push-on connectors. Order Part Number "S12" (11 pin) and "S15" (8 pin) 1.26" (32mm) 1.89" (48mm) .68" (17.3mm) .20" (5.2mm) 1.50" (38mm) SA8 & SA11 - Back connecting Socket 1.77 1.77 18 58 18 58 1.77 1.77 SA11NN SA8NN Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/54 TIMERS TIMERS ACCESSORIES FOR RTM TIMER 13.2 = = 3x4.4 = 7.5 6.5 2x6.3 29.5 25.5 29.5 29.5 = 11.5 4.1 5 21.5 1.5 21.5 5.3 SOCKETS PC Board Sockets (mm) = 13.5 = 21.5 2 Poles Ref: 26532709 4 Poles Ref: 26532708 30 2 24 4.1 68 11 11 2 Poles Ref: 26532707 4 Poles Ref: 26532706 Mounting Clip for DIN-Rail Sockets Ref: 26532702 RTM 79 238 250 (Part Number) PANEL MOUNT REMOTE POTENTIOMETER DIMENSIONS: inches (mm) .57 (14,5) Panel Screw Sealing ring .87 (O22) O1.14 (O29) 470K Ohm 10% / 0.2 W / linearity 10% 1 8mm .87 (28) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/55 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/56 2 Control Relays Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/57 CONTROLS CONTROLS CTD 46 AND 43 SERIES TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER UL listed * * * * * * * CSA recognized 1/16 DIN-Sized Enclosure 5 Temperature Control Modes Multiple Temperature Range (F and C) Auto-tuning Built-in Alarm Soft Start Function NEMA 4X Front Panel DESCRIPTION: WIRING DIAGRAM: The CTD Series is a temperature controller available in two basic models: The CTD 43 is a single display unit and the CTD 46 is a dual display unit. Both models have a temperature range of -199 to 999F or -199 to 999C and will accept J, K, L, or N type thermocouples and RTD's as temperature sensors. Control modes include ON-OFF or proportioning action (PID, P, PI, PD). The main output can be programmed for direct (cooling) or inverse (heating) and the relay alarm output programmed to 16 different alarm configurations. The auto-tuning "Smart" function will calculate and set automatically the optimum values for the PID mode to insure the closest control of any heating or cooling load. Voltage output Relay output Supply Supply Main output 0-24 V== / 20 mA max. Main output /3A 250 V ~ SPECIFICATIONS: Alarm output 250 V /1A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz +15% - 10% 24 VAC, 50/60 Hz, +15% - 10% 24 VDC, +15% - 10% 3 Digit (10mm) Red Leds Connection of thermocouple or resistance thermometer DIMENSIONS: (mm) 3 Digit (10mm) Red Leds 3 Digit (7.5mm) Green Leds 48 75 OUTPUT OUTPUT Relay Transistor Relay Transistor + 0.6 0 Relay: SPDT, 3 Amp 250 VAC Logic: Level 1: 24 VDC/1mA Level 1: 14 VDC/20 mA Level O: 0.5 VDC Max/0 mA Relay: SPST N.O. 1 Amp 250 VAC +/- 0.3% of full scale range 0.1 deg C/deg C 5 VA > 100 M ohm 1500 Vrms 0.5 sec NEMA 4x Screw Terminals 11 oz. (300g) 32F to 122F ORDERING INFORMATION: VOLTAGE VOLTAGE 110/220 VAC 110/220 VAC 24 VAC/DC 24 VAC/DC Connection of thermocouple or resistance thermometer 45 Alarm Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reference Function Derating . . . . Max. Power Consumption . . . . . . . Insulation Resistance . . . . . . . . . . Dielectric Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sampling Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEMA Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . ~ 60 Display CTD 43 Measure/Preset Display . . . . . . . . CTD 46 Measure Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preset Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Output Main Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alarm output 250 V /1A ~ 56 Input Power 100 45 PART NUMBER PART NUMBER CTD43 CTD46 89421108 89422108 89421118 89422118 89421102 89422102 89421112 89422112 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/58 + 0.6 0 CONTROLS CONTROLS CTH 46 SERIES TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER UL listed * * * * * CSA recognized Dual Heat/Cooling Function 1/16 DIN-Sized Enclosure Set Point and Actual Temperature Displayed Auto-Tuning NEMA 4X Front Panel 2 WIRING DIAGRAM: DESCRIPTION: The CTH accepts inputs from various types of sensors (thermocouple and RTD). The CTH provides dual outputs for heating and cooling. The CTH has a temperature range from -199 to 999 degrees Fahrenheit or -199 to 999 degrees Centigrade and will accept J K L or N types thermocouples and RTDs as temperature sensors. Control modes include ON-OFF or proportioning action (PID, P, PI, PD). The auto-tuning "Smart" function will calculate and set automatically the optimum values for the PID mode to insure the closest control of any heating or cooling load. CTH 46 Voltage output Relay output Supply Supply Main output 0-24 V== / 20 mA max. Main output /3A 250 V ~ SPECIFICATIONS: Cool output 250 V /1A ~ ~ Connection of thermocouple or resistance thermometer Connection of thermocouple or resistance thermometer DIMENSIONS: (mm) 48 75 45 + 0.6 0 60 56 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz +15% - 10% 24 VAC, 50/60 Hz, +15% - 10% Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 VA Display Measure Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Digit (10mm) Red Leds Preset Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Digit (7.5mm) Green Leds Output Main Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Relay: SPDT, 3 Amp 250 VAC Logic: Maximum load is 700 ohm Level 0 : <0.5 VDC Level 1 : 14 VDC @ 20 mA 24 VDC @ 1 mA Cool Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NO-1A contact, 250 VAC resistive Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + .3% of full scale range Insulation Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . > 100 M ohm Dielectric Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1500 Vrms Sampling Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 sec Wiring Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screw Terminals Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . 32F to 122F NEMA Panel Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEMA 4X Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 oz. (300g) Cool output 250 V /1A Input Power 100 45 + 0.6 0 ORDERING INFORMATION: VOLTAGE VOLTAGE 100 to 240 VAC 100 to 240 VAC 24 VAC/VDC 24 VAC/VDC OUTPUT OUTPUT Relay Transistor Relay Transistor PART NUMBER PART NUMBER 89422508 89422518 89422502 89422512 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/59 Temperature Control MIC 48 Heating and/or cooling function 2 independent alarms Load break detection 2nd setpoint which can be selected remotely Manual/automatic power adjustment RS 485 / MODBUS - JBUS serial communication option Type MIC 48 Part Number Output Relay Logic Relay Logic Input Power 100 - 240 Vac 100 - 240 Vac 24 Vac / Vdc 24 Vac / Vdc Inputs Part Number Without RS 485 link 89 422 008 89 422 018 89 422 002 89 422 012 With RS 485 link 89 422 408 89 422 418 89 422 402 89 422 412 Outputs Thermocouples Reference Junction J, K, R, S, & N Conforms to IEC 584-1 Output Type discontinuous L Conforms to Din 43710 Action Type can be programmed for heating and/or cooling Automatic cold junction Power output heating action adjustable from 0 to 100% compensation 0-50C limit: heating/cooling adjustable from -100 action to +100% Reference junction drift 0.1C / C SOFT-START Input Impedance > 1M Note: this function is only active on starting if the measurement is less Conforms to IEC 584-1 than the setpoint. Calibration RTD 3 wire PT 100 Output element 20 Max Line Resistance OUT1 Input types and standard range Input types Temp Scale in C Temp Scale in F TC L 0 / 400.0C 0 / 1650F TC L 0 / 900C TC J 0 / 400.0C TC J 0 / 1000C TC K 0 / 400.0C TC K 0 / 1200C TC N 0 / 1400C N/O contact Main 3A 250 Va resistive (N/C contact is possible via a jumper) Output logic Level 0: < 0.5 V c Level 1: 14 V c 20%@ 20 mA max 24 V c 20% @1 mA max 0 / 1830F 0 / 2190F Main output cycle time 1 s to 99 s OUT2 N/O -2A contact, 250 Va resistive Cool output or alarm 1 output OUT3 N/O -2A contact, 250 Va resistive 0 / 2500F Load break output and/or TC R 0 / 1760C 0 / 3200F Alarm 2 output TC S 0 / 1760C 0 / 3200F Automatic/manual mode RTD Pt100 -199.9 / 400.0C -199.9 / 400.0F It is possible to force the heat or cool output power by pressing the RTD Pt100 -200 / 800.0C -330 / 1470F key Configurable Input Impedance Manual adjustment of the Heat 0 to 99% mA & V inputs 0 - 20mA output power Cool 0 to 99% < 5 4 - 20mA 0 - 60mV 0 - 5V > 200K 1 - 5V 0 - 10V 2 - 10V Measurement Range Decimal Point adjustable Disabling the power status It is possible to disable the power output. In this case, the controller operates as a simple temperature display unit. This option is frequently used during machine adjustment. > 1M 12 - 60mV on the front panel. 0000, > 400K General Specifications -1999 to +4000 Power Supply 000.0, 00.00, 0.000 100 - 240 Vac, 24 Vac / Vdc Frequency 50 / 60 Hz Tolerance -15% / +10% Vin Power consumption Display Measurement 8VA max 4 digits, Red LED's, 7 segment, 10 mm height Setpoint 4 digits, Green LED's, 7 segment, 7.5mm height Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/60 Temperature Control MIC 48 Display Lower display: - setpoint - output power - heating element consumption (in amps) - abbreviation of the parameter selected during programming. Upper display: - measurement - parameter values during programming Main output status LED, lit when the output is active. REM LED on when the controller is communicating via the RS485 serial link Cool output or alarm 1 output status LED, lit when the output is active. When the sensor input is connected to a thermocouple or a Pt100, the LED corresponding to the selected unit of measurement is lit. Load break alarm output and/or alarm output 2 status LED, lit when the output is active. LED indicating the SMART function adaptive tune Parameter modification and direct access to the setpoint. SP2 LED flashes slowly when control occurs at setpoint SP2. SP2 LED flashes rapidly when the setpoint value is programmed via the RS485 serial link Parameter selection and validation in configuration and parameter definition modes. This key is also used to display the output power and the heating element consumption. Inputs Alarms Current Transformer input for monitoring the load break In addition to its main output, the MIC 48 has two other outputs Measurement range with transformer 10A to 100A which can be configured: Resolution 10 to 20A 0.1A OUT2 21 to 100A 1A OUT3 Measurement logic relay output NO or NC Threshold logic output level 1 or 0 Description of alarms 1 and 2 50 ms Note: Measurement update period 2 auto-tune Manual/automatic operation. The LED flashes when the controller is in manual mode. Setpoints cool output or alarm 1 output load break output and/or alarm 2 output These 2 alarms can be configured independently of each other. 2 setpoints are main setpoint SP Output type direct or reverse available auxiliary setpoint SP2 Functions absolute alarm SP/SP2 50 mAa selection point selection via external n/c type contact band alarm N.B.: The 50mA AC input is used either as a load break monitoring input (with an associated current transformer), or as a control input for the 2nd setpoint. Selection between these two functions is made in configuration mode. deviation alarm Reset manual automatic Inhibition can be configured Note: Each alarm can be configured using an inhibition sequence. This function means it is possible to ignore any temperature threshold overshoots at the start of the process and after each setpoint change. Serial Link Type absolute alarm RS 485 Protocol MODBUS, J.BUS Address 1 to 255 Alarm Transmission speed 600 to 19 200 Baud Output power Number of data bits Parity even, odd, no Stop bit 1 absolute value independent from SP band alarm threshold value relative to SP, adjustable from 0 to 500C/F deviation alarm value relative to SP, adjustable from -500 C/F (negative deviation) to +500C/F (positive deviation) Alarm 0.1 to 10.0% of scale amplitude Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/61 Temperature Control MIC 48 Control characteristics Protection PID with auto-tune and adaptive tune: Control algorithm Watchdog detects a fault in the equipment caused by external interference and activates automatic reset without modification of the process. Switch the configuration and calibration are accessed via an internal switch, which can only be accessed when the device is unplugged. SMART Control type heat or cool heat - cool Sampling time Proportional band linear input 250 ms TC and RTD input 500 ms heat or cool 1.0 to 100% Pb of scale amplitude heat - cool 1.5 to 100% of scale amplitude Note: if Pb = 0% discrete action Hysteresis 0.1 to 10% of scale amplitude Approvals UL / CSA in progress (during discrete action) Integral time ti 20s to 20 min Note: if ti > 20 min: integral action is inactive Derivative time td 1 s to 10 min Note: if td = 0: derivative action is inactive Cycle time heating 1 to 200 s cooling 1 to 200 s Heat-cool control Cool proportional rC x heat band proportional band rC : relative gain 0.20 to 1.00 dead/overlap band -20% to +50% of the heat proportional band Note: The MIC 48 offers the following parameters directly, depending on the cooling medium used: fluid rc relative gain air 1.00 cooling cycle time 10 s oil 0.80 4s water 0.40 2s These parameters can be adjusted depending on the limitations of the process. Presentation and environment Insulation resistance conforming to IEC 348 > 100 M Insulation voltage conforming to IEC 348 1500 V Immunity to interference conforming to IEC 801- Level 3 4 conforming to IEC 801- 8000 V 2 Accuracy 0.2% of the full measurement scale 1 digit at an ambient temperature of 25C at Un Temperature limits operation 0 to +50C storage -20 to +70C Relative humidity 20 to 85% Rh without condensation Housing Housing material self-extinguishing UL94 grade VO Front panel made from polycarbonate membrane Protection class IP54, conforming to IEC 529 Connection screw terminals Weight 250 grams Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/62 Temperature Control MIC 48 Wiring diagrams Relay output Logic output Terminal identification 11 - 12 - 13 - Serial link 14 - 15 - Input 50 mAa* * Current transformer connected for load break monitoring or selection of 2nd setpoint Panel cut-out 75 2 45 -0.6 0 60 Dimensions 45 -0.6 0 Current Transformer Part numbers Description of the load break monitoring alarm Operating mode Behavior of output OUT3 The measurement is executed on each cycle CY1 of the main output OUT1 Low level alarm OUT 1 N/O type OUT 1 N/C type measurement dir 26 852 301 25 A / 50 mA 26 852 302 50 A / 50 mA 26 852 303 100 A / 50 mA 26 852 304 Threshold in A CY1 CY1 10 A / 50 mA rev Threshold in A 10 to 100 A Wiring diagram Dimensions Example 4 30 4 Alarm 1 10 10 a 2 a 2 3 4 5 2 x O 2.9 TI 12 13 14 15 6 7 8 9 10 48 11 27 5.5 2 9 5.5 19 1 13 20 a Solid state relay a 38 20 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/63 Digital Temperature Control Accepts J, K, R, S, T, L, N, type Thermocouples and PT100 2 and 3 wire RTD PID Algorithm, Smart Function, Inverse or Direct action and Soft Start for preheating 2 outputs Contact or Solid State 2 Independent ramps for switching from 1 set point to another CTD 24 Type Part Number Output 1 Relay 3 A - 250V resistive load Relay 3A - 250V resistive load Logic 14V - 20mA Logic 14V - 20mA Logic 14V - 20mA Logic 14V - 20mA Output 2 Input Power Relay 3 A - 250V resistive Relay 3 A - 250V resistive Relay 3 A - 250V resistive Relay 3 A - 250V resistive Logic 14V - 20mA Logic 14V - 20mA load load load load 89 89 89 89 89 89 100 - 240 Vac 24 Vac / Vdc 100 - 240 Vac 24 Vac / Vdc 100 - 240 Vac 24Vac / Vdc 422 422 422 422 422 422 708 702 718 712 728 722 Specifications: Display 4 Digit TC INPUT Thermocouples J (-100.0 / 999.9C) (-150 / 1830F) + 9 K (-100 / 1370C) (-150 / 2500F) - 8 R (-50 / 1760C) (-60 / 3200F) Shield S (-50 / 1760C) (-60 / 3200F) T (-199.9 / 400C) (-330 / 750F) L (-100.0 / 900.0C) (-150 / 1650F) N (-100 / 1400C) (-150 / 2550F) + 9 - 8 Shield PT 100 2 & 3 wire (-199.9 / 850.0C) (-330 / 1560F) Linear 0-60mV, 12-60mV LINEAR INPUT Dimensions 24 x 48 x 102mm Front Panel NEMA 4X, IP 65 Functions 9 + 8 - PID Algorithm Shield SMART Function Auto Tuning Direct (cooling) or Inverse (heating) Action Soft Start Function for Preheating 2 Reference Points 9 + 8 - G Used with the Ramp Function Alarms RTD INPUT Configurable Control Loop Monitoring RTD RTD NOTES: 1. Never run input cables together with power cables. 2. When a shielded cable is used it should be connected at one point only. 3. For TC sensors it is preferred to use shielded cables. 4. For RTD's use low resistance wires and ensure that all 3 wires are the same resistance. 5. For Linear inputs use only low resistance wires. 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 7 8 7 8 9 - + C NO C NO PWR LINE + RELAY - + RELAY - RTD T/C SSR SSR LINEAR OUT1 OUT2 N L Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/64 mV 9 mV Analogue Temperature Control Accepts J or K type Thermocouples (Type PT100 can be made available on demand) 2 operational modes ON/OFF or PD (Proportional Derivative) 8 Pin Plug-in, Relay Output, 1/16 Din, Panel mount Specifications: Type Supply Voltage: Max Power Consumption Inputs: Thermocouple Max line resistance Derating with regard to setpoint CT 48 A 230/240Vac 2 VA 50/60Hz IAW IEC 584 +/-15% J or K types 150 Per 10C Variation in in Ambient Temp. Per 10 of line Resistance Variation Per 10% variation In supply voltage 1C 1C 0.1% PT100 IAW IEC 751 Derating following line resistance 2 Wire 1C/0.4 Derating with regard to setpoint Per 10C Variation in in Ambient Temp. Per 10% variation In supply voltage 1C Fixed Hysteresis Fixed proportional Band (% of full scale) Period proportional band 0.4% 3% 0.1% Part Number Temperature Range / Scale Divisions Thermocouple 0 to +250C 5C Type J 89 420 047 0 to +450C 10C Type J 89 420 067 0 to +650C 10C Type J 89 420 097 0 to +800C 20C Type K 89 420 077 0 to +1000C 20C Type K 89 420 087 Outputs: Contact relay ........................SPDT ..............................5A / 250Vac max Mechanical life ..............................................................3 x 105 operations Scale resolution ............................................................80mm Display accuracy ..................J - K (full scale)..............2% ..............................................PT 100 (full scale)...........1.5% Temperature limits ................Operational .....................0C + 55C ..............................................Storage ...........................-20C + 70C Front Panel Rating ...............IP 41 Case .....................................IP 20 Weight ..................................350g Operation ON/OFF output PD output 22 s Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/65 2 ENR Level Control Adjusting two levels (min./max.) Monitoring filling (UP) or emptying (DOWN), selected by a switch on the front panel. Probes supplied with AC current. Sensitivity adjustable on front panel from 5 k to 100 k. Specifications Type Characteristics Voltages ENR Monitoring filling UP 24 V AC 84 870 201 Monitoring emptying DOWN Code 48 V AC 84 870 202 120 V AC 84 870 203 230 V AC 84 870 204 General characteristics Operating range 0.85 1.10 x Un Maximum power consumption 3 VA Adjustable sensitivity 5 k 100 k Measurement accuracy (at maximum sensitivity) 30% Electrode voltage (max) 24 V AC (50/60 Hz) Electrode current (maximum) 1 mA (50/60 Hz) Maximum cable capacity 10 nF Response time high level 300 ms Response time low level 500 ms Output relay (according to AC1 resistive load) 1 AgNi changeover relay 8 A AC max. Galvanic isolation via transformer (4 kV, 8 mm creepage distance) Class II VDE 0551 Isolation of contacts and electrodes from power supply 2.5 kV AC Operating temperature range (C) -20 +50C Storage temperature range (C) -40 +70C Weight (g) 150 Dimensions ENR 32 63 22.5 3.5 78 57 A1 15 Y1 18 16 A2 95 5 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/66 ENR Level Control Connections ENR U A1 11 C Min Max R U A2 12 14 A1-A2: power supply Principles Monitoring filling or emptying ENR Un T 1 2 3 Operating principle Monitoring maximum and/or minimum levels of conductive liquids (tap water, sea water, waste water, chemical solutions, coffee, etc). The principle is based on measuring the apparent resistance of the liquid between two submerged probes. When this value is lower than the preset threshold displayed on the unit's front panel, the output relay changes state. To prevent any occurrences of electrolysis, an AC current is passed through the probes. Areas of application include the agri-food, chemical and other industries. Adjusting two levels: Minimum/Maximum The output relay changes state when the level of liquid reaches the maximum electrode, with the minimum electrode submerged. It returns to its initial state when the minimum probe is no longer in contact with the liquid. Down Up Note If the power break T lasts for 1 second or more, the relay reenergises instantly when in "UP" mode and is de-energised when in "DOWN" mode. 1 Maximum level 2 Minimum level 3 Output relay: Down or Up Other information The probe cable (maximum length 100 meters) does not have to be shielded, but avoid mounting it in parallel with the power supply cables. A shielded cable can be used with the shielding connected to the common terminal. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/67 2 ENRM Level Control Adjusting one or two levels (min./max.) Monitoring filling (UP) or emptying (DOWN), selected by a switch on the front panel. Probes supplied with AC current. Sensitivity adjustable on front panel from 250 to 1 M . Time delay preventing wave effect adjustable from 0.1 to 5s. Specifications Type Characteristics Voltages ENRM Monitoring filling UP 24 V AC 84 870 211 Monitoring emptying DOWN 48 V AC 84 870 212 120 V AC 84 870 213 230 V AC 84 870 214 General characteristics Operating range 0.85 1.10 x Un Maximum power consumption 3 VA Adjustable sensitivity 250 1 M Measurement accuracy (at maximum sensitivity) 30% Electrode voltage (max) 24 V AC (50/60 Hz) Electrode current (maximum) 1 mA (50/60 Hz) Maximum cable capacity 10 nF Response time high level 300 ms Response time low level 500 ms Output relay (according to AC1 resistive load) 1 AgNi changeover relay 8 A AC max. Galvanic isolation via transformer (4 kV, 8 mm creepage distance) Class II VDE 0551 Isolation of contacts and electrodes from power supply 2.5 kV AC Operating temperature range (C) -20 Storage temperature range (C) -40 +70C Weight (g) 150 +50C Dimensions ENRM 32 63 22.5 3.5 78 57 A1 15 Y1 18 16 A2 95 5 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/68 Code ENRM Level Control Connections Adjusting two levels Monitoring filling "Up" Monitoring emptying "Down" R S T N R S T N S S A1 11 C A1 11 C 11 11 12 14 12 14 Min Max 14 12 A2 2 3 M P Max 14 12 A2 2 Max. Min. 1 M 4 P 1 Common 1 Common 2 Off 2 Off 3 On 3 Output 4 Output A1-A2: power supply 2 Max. 1 3 A1-A2: power supply Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/69 ENRM Level Control Principles Operating principle General principle: The ENRM monitors the levels of conductive liquids. The principle is based on measuring the apparent resistance of the liquid between two submerged probes. When this value is lower than the preset threshold displayed on the unit's front panel, the relay changes state. To prevent any occurrences of electrolysis, an AC current is passed through the probes. A rotary switch on the front panel can be used to select the desired function and sensitivity range. A level can be monitored using the 2nd rotary switch. In this instance, the max. probe remains above the liquid and an adjustable time delay prevents the wave effect. ! A green LED indicates that the supply voltage is present. A yellow LED indicates the output relay's state. When the green and yellow LEDs are flashing, this indicates an imcompatible adjustment position. Rotary switch in mode 2 - Activation time - Filling function Monitoring a level, filling function, activation time U (level: 1 - on delay, function Up LS (Low Sensitivity: 250 W to 5 kW), Up St (Standard Sensitivity: 5 kW to 100 kW), Up HS (High Sensitivity: 50 kW to 1 MW). When the level of liquid drops below the probe for a period exceeding the value of time delay T set on the front panel, the relay energizes and remains on until the level of liquid reaches the probe again. If the level of liquid returns above the level set before the time delay elapses, the relay does not come on. 1 T T T T 2 1 Level 2 Relay Note When the power returns after a power break, the output relay only energizes after time delay T if the level of liquid is below the threshold. Rotary switch in mode 2 - Activation time - Emptying function Monitoring a level, emptying function, activation time U (level: 1 - on delay, function Dwn LS (Low Sensitivity: 250 W to 5 kW), Dwn St (Standard Sensitivity: 5 kW to 100 kW), Dwn HS (High Sensitivity: 50 kW to 1 MW). When the level of liquid rises above the probe for a period exceeding the value of time delay T set on the front panel, the relay energizes and remains on until the level of liquid drops back below the probe. If the level of liquid drops back below the level set before the time delay elapses the relay does not come on. 1 T T T T 2 1 Level 2 Relay Note When the power returns after a power break, the output relay only energizes after time delay T if the level of liquid is above the threshold. Rotary switch in mode 3 - Deactivation time - Filling function Monitoring a level, filling function, activation time U (level: 1 - off delay, function Up LS (Low Sensitivity: 250 W to 5 kW) or Up St (Standard Sensitivity: 5 kW to 100 kW) or Up HS (High Sensitivity: 50 kW to 1 MW). 1 T 2 1 Level 2 Relay T T T When the liquid level drops below the probe the relay energizes immediately and remains on until the level of liquid reaches the probe again and remains above it for a period exceeding time delay T set on the front panel. If the level of liquid drops back below the level set before the time delay elapses, the relay remains on. Note When the power returns after a power break, the output relay only energizes immediately if the liquid is below the threshold. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/70 ENRM Level Control Rotary switch in mode 3 - Deactivation time - Emptying function Monitoring a level, emptying function, deactivation time U (level: 1 - off delay, function Dwn LS (Low Sensitivity: 250 W to 5 kW), Dwn St (Standard Sensitivity: 5 kW to 100 kW) or Dwn HS (High Sensitivity: 50 kW to 1 MW). When the level of liquid rises above the probe the relay energizes immediately and remains on until the level of liquid drops back below the probe for a period exceeding the value of time delay T set on the front panel. If the level of liquid returns above the level set before the time delay elapses the relay remains on. 1 T T T T 2 1 Level 2 Relay Note When the power returns after a power break, the output relay energizes immediately if the level of liquid is above the threshold. Monitoring two levels, emptying function Monitoring two levels, emptying function U (level: 2 - function Dwn LS (Low Sensitivity: 250 W to 5 kW), Dwn St (Standard Sensitivity: 5 kW to 100 kW), Dwn HS (High Sensitivity: 50 kW to 1 MW). The output relay remains open as long as the level of liquid has not reached the maximum probe. Once the maximum level is reached the contact closes and the tank can then be emptied (valve opened, pump started, etc). When the level drops below the minimum level the contact opens and interrupts the emptying process. Note: When monitoring two levels the time delay preventing the wave effect is not in operation. 1 2 3 1 Maximum level 2 Minimum level 3 Output relay: Down Note When the power returns after a power break, the output relay energizes immediately if the level of liquid is above the threshold. Monitoring two levels, filling function Monitoring two levels, filling function U (level: 2 - function Up LS (Low Sensitivity: 250 W to 5 kW), Up St (Standard Sensitivity: 5 kW to 100 kW) or Up HS (High Sensitivity: 50 kW to 1 MW). The output relay remains on as long as the level of liquid has not reached the maximum probe. As soon as the maximum level is reached the contact opens and pumping stops. When the level drops below the minimum level the contact closes again and pumping restarts to bring the level of liquid back up. Note: When monitoring the two levels the time delay preventing the wave effect is not in operation. 1 2 3 1 Maximum level 2 Minimum level 3 Output relay: Up Note When the power returns after a power break, the output relay energizes immediately if the level of liquid is below the threshold. Other information The probe cable (maximum length 100 meters) does not have to be shielded, but avoid mounting it in parallel with the power supply cables. A shielded cable can be used with the shielding connected to the common terminal. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/71 2 CONTROLS CONTROLS L2N LIQUID LEVEL CONTROL DUAL PUMP DOWN/PUMP UP UL listed * Monitors Emptying and Filling Operations * Prevents Pump Running Dry * 5 k to 100 k sensitivity OPERATING PRINCIPLE: Un Combined Fill/Empty Function The output relay changes state when the level of liquid in the tank reaches the "max" electrode, with the "min" electrode submerged. It returns to its initial state when the "min" sensor is no longer in contact with the liquid. When the level of liquid in the well reaches the "min" electrode, the pump stops. If, on power-up or after a power break, the "max" electrode in the tank is above the surface, reset the device by pressing the PB pushbutton. * Max * ( ) Push button * * Well Min Max Tank Min Output Relay SPECIFICATIONS: Input power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Max. power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjustable sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Measurement accuracy (at maximum sensitivity) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electrode voltage (maximum) . . . . . . . . . Electrode current (maximum) . . . . . . . . . Maximum cable capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . Response time:. . . . . high level: . . . . . . Response time:. . . . . low level: . . . . . . . Galvanic insolation by transformer . . . . (4 KV, 8mm creepage distance) Insolation of contacts and electrodes. . . from power supply Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contact material. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum loading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minimum switching voltage . . . . . . . . . . Operating temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Storage temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 110, 230 VAC 15%, 50/60 Hz 3 VA 5 K ohm to 100 K ohm WIRING: R S T 0 to 30% 24 VAC, 50/60 Hz 1 mA 50/60 Hz 10 nF 300 ms 500 ms Class II VDE 0551 6 5 4 3 7 8 9 10 2 Push button 11 Input 2.5 K VAC a a b M SPDT relay AgCdO 8 Amp resistive 250 VAC -4F to 140F, (-20C to 60C) -22F to 158F, (-30C to 70C) 4.9 oz. (140g) P b c Well a - Max b - Min c - Common c Output Tank DIMENSIONS: inches (mm) 2.76 (70) 1.54 (39) Voltage Part Number 24 VAC 120 VAC 230 VAC 84 870 401 84 870 403 84 870 404 1.97 (50) ORDERING INFORMATION: .14 (3,5) .63 (16) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/72 CONTROLS CONTROLS NNR SERIES LIQUID LEVEL CONTROL PUMP UP OR DOWN SWITCH SELECTABLE UL listed * * * * CSA recognized 10 Amp SPDT Rated Sensitivity Adjustment 4.7 k to 47 k One, Two or Three Probe Operation 24 VAC to 220 VAC Voltages 2 A - Pump down function: the output relay energizes when the liquid level reaches the high or max. probe. It remains energized until the level is below the low or min probe. The relay will remain de-energized until the high level is again reached. This control may also be used with only two probes by connecting the maximum and common terminals together. The output is energized when the low probe is in contact with the liquid. S Max min LEVEL R S LEVEL R 0 t B - Pump up function: when power is supplied to the unit, the output relay is energized. When the level reaches the high probe the relay is de-energized. The relay is energized again when the level falls below the lob probe. The control may also be used with only two probes by connecting the maximum and common terminals together. The output is de-energized when the level reaches the low probe. In both functions, If the container is conductive, It may be used as the common probe in some applications SPECIFICATIONS: Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 48, 110, 220 VAC 15% (50/60 Hz) Maximum power consumption . . 24 VAC: 1.5 VA 48 VAC: 1.7 VA 110 VAC: 2 VA 220 VAC: 2 VA Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT relay Contact material . . . . . . . . . . . . . AgCdO (90/10) Maximum loading . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 A AC resistive 1A DC inductive Maximum switching voltage . . . . 250 VAC 30 VDC Relay maximum power rating . . . 2500 VA 30 VDC Mechanical life of relay . . . . . . . . 3 x 107 operations Electrical life of relay . . . . . . . . . 2 x 105 at 2200 VA resistive load Probe isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Switching contact: 2000 VA Electrodes: 2000 VAC Probe sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.7 K ohm to 47 K ohm Probe voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VAC, 60 Hz Probe current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 mA max. Operating temperature . . . . . . . . +14F to 140F -10C to +60C Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6 oz. (130g) WIRING DIAGRAM: AC s Pump Down (2) Pump Up (1) Common Max Min AC DIMENSIONS: 3.62 (92) Note: For best results use shielded cable with the probes and do not run probe cables with other wires. 1.5 (38.1) 2.16 (55) 3 (76.2) ORDERING INFORMATION: N NR 220A MOUNTING SERIES INPUT POWER SERIES MOUNTING N = Open PC Board NR Products and specifications subject to change without notice. INPUT POWER 24A = 24 VAC 48A = 48 VAC 110A = 110 VAC 220A = 220 VAC Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/73 CONTROLS CONTROLS NRU SERIES LIQUID LEVEL CONTROL PUMP UP UL listed * * * * * CSA recognized LED Relay Indicator Three Styles Pump Up Control 4.7 k to 100 k Sensitivity 10 Amp SPDT Relay Control of conductive liquids (tap water, sea water, sewage, chemical solutions, coffee, ice cream, etc.) S Max min LEVEL The relay is energized when the level falls below the low level probe. It de-energizes when the high level probe is reached. The NRU will also control a single level. In this case, a single probe is used and the relay operates when the probe is not immersed. The Max terminal is connected to common with a jumper. R S LEVEL R 0 In either case, a common electrode is needed if the container is non-conductive. t SPECIFICATIONS: WIRING DIAGRAM: Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24, 48, 110, 220 VAC, 15% (50/60 Hz) Maximum voltage . . . . . . . . . . .24 VAC: 1.5 VA 48 VAC: 1.7 VA 110 VAC: 2 VA 220 VAC: 2 VA Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SPDT Relay Contact material . . . . . . . . . . .AgCdO Maximum loading . . . . . . . . . .10A AC resistive 8A DC resistive Maximum switching voltage . .250 VAC 80 VDC Maximum power rating . . . . . .2500 VA 80 W Electrical life . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 x 105 at 2200 VA resistive load Mechanical life . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 x 107 operations Probe isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . .Electrodes: 2000 VAC Probe sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . .4.7 K to 100 K ohms Probe voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 VAC, 60 Hz Probe current . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 mA max. Operating temperature . . . . . .+14F to +140F -10C to +60C Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 oz. (200g) DNRU PNRU LNRU S S S Max C min A1 11 C min Max 6 5 12 14 8 3 A2 4 7 4 R C 1 6 R 2 10 2 5 3 9 R Max min 1 11 7 8 Note: The cable for probes (max 300ft) should be run in separate conduit. A shielded cable is recommended. ORDERING INFORMATION: MOUNTING D = DIN-rail mounting L = 11 pin plug-in P = 8 pin plug-in P NRU 220D MOUNTING SERIES INPUT POWER SERIES NRU INPUT POWER 24A = 24VAC 48A = 48VAC 110A = 110VAC 220A = 220VAC Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/74 CONTROLS CONTROLS NR SERIES LIQUID LEVEL CONTROL PUMP DOWN UL listed * * * * CSA recognized 24 VAC to 220 VAC Operating Voltages 4.7 k to 100 k Sensitivity LED Relay Indicator 10 Amp SPDT Relay 2 S Max min LEVEL The output relay energizes when the liquid level reaches the high probe. The relay de-energizes when the liquid falls below the low probe. This control can also be used with only two probes by connecting the maximum and common terminals together. The output is energized when the level reaches the low probe. In both functions, if the container is conductive, it may be used as the common probe in some applications. R S LEVEL R 0 t SPECIFICATIONS: WIRING DIAGRAM: Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 48, 110, 220 VAC 15% (50/60 Hz) Maximum power consumption . . . 24 VAC: 1.5 VA 48 VAC: 1.7 VA 110 VAC: 2 VA 220 VAC: 2 VA Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT relay Contact material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AgCdO Maximum loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10A AC resistive 8A DC inductive Maximum switching voltage . . . . . 250 VAC 250 VDC Relay maximum power rating . . . . 2500 VA 80 W 7 Mechanical life of relay . . . . . . . . . 3 x 10 operations Electrical life of relay . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 105 at 2200 VA resistive load Probe isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electrodes: 2000 VAC Probe sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.7 K to 100 K ohms Probe voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VAC, 60 Hz Probe current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 mA max. Operating temperature . . . . . . . . . +14F to 140F -10C to +60C Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6 oz. (130g) DNR LNR PNR S S S Max C min A1 11 C min Max 6 5 12 14 8 3 6 R 2 10 1 1 11 Max min 5 3 9 R 2 A2 4 7 4 R C 7 8 ORDERING INFORMATION: MOUNTING D = DIN-rail or panel mounting L = 11 pin plug-in P = 8 pin plug-in P NR 110A MOUNTING SERIES INPUT POWER SERIES INPUT POWER NR 24A = 24 VAC 48A = 48 VAC 110A = 110 VAC 220A = 220 VAC Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/75 CONTROLS CONTROLS NR2 SERIES LIQUID LEVEL CONTROL UL listed * * * * CSA recognized Switch Selectable Pump Up or Down High and Low Sensitivity Models LED Power On Status LED Output Relay Status Power Unit power up U t Maximum level Minimum level Controlled level Draining function Down Output or relay Up Filling function Power Unit power up U t Controlled level GENERAL FEATURES: Controls maximum and/or minimum levels of conductive liquids (tap water, seawater, waste water, chemical solutions, coffee, etc.) Applications for agri-foodstuffs, chemical industries etc. The operating principle is based on measuring the impedance of a liquid between two submerged sensors. When this value is less than the threshold set on the front panel of the unit, the output relay changes status. The sensors are energized using an AC current to avoid electrolysis. Controlled level Draining function Down Output or relay Up Filling function SPECIFICATIONS: Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . Available Types Low Standard High Adjustable Sensitivity 250 to 5 k 5 k to 100 k 50 k to 1 m Electrode Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electrode Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Response time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Output relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Galvanic isolation by transformer . . . . . . . . Isolation of contacts and electrodes with power supply . . . . . . . . . . . Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 110, 230 VAC, +15% 3 VA Maximum Cable Capacitance 100 nF 10 nF 1 nF Maximum 24 VAC (50/60 Hz) Maximum 5 mA (50/60 Hz) 100 ms at high level 500 ms at low level 1 single pole changeover contact AgCdO 10 A AC Class II VDE 0551 (4 kV; creepage distance: 8mm) 2 kV AC -10C to +60C -20C to +70C 160 g 1 - Regulation of two levels (minimum/maximum): With the minimum electrode already submerged, the output relay changes status when the liquid level reaches the maximum electrode. It returns to its initial status when the minimum sensor is not longer in contact with the liquid. NOTE: -When power is restored after an interruption of 0.53 second or less; in "UP" mode the relay is immediately energized; in "DOWN" mode the relay remains de-energized. (Assuming liquid level is below max level). 2-Regulation of one level: Connect the maximum and common terminals together. The relay will change state when the minimum probe enters or leaves the liquid. OBSERVATION: If the tank is conductive (metallic), it can be used as the reference electrode (terminal C or 6). NOTE: - A red LED displays the state of the relay, LED "ON" = Relay "ON" -A green LED displays presence of the power supply ORDERING INFORMATION: D = DIN-rail D NR2 110A MOUNTING SERIES INPUT POWER NR2 24A 110A 230A = 24 VAC = 110 VAC = 230 VAC SENSITIVITY LS = 250 to 5 k "BLANK" = 5 k to 100 k HS = 50 k to 1 m Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/76 CONTROLS CONTROLS NRT SERIES LIQUID LEVEL CONTROL CONSTANT LEVEL PUMP UP UL listed * * * * CSA recognized 100 k Sensitivity 10 Amp SPDT Relay Maintain Constant Level Four Mounting Options 2 The NRT series is applied for maintaining a constant level of conductive liquid. When the liquid decreases below the probe, the relay is energized after a 4 second time delay to avoid wave disturbances. The relay de-energizes when the liquid reaches the probe. A common electrode is needed if the container is non-conductive. s Level R T 0 T 0.3 s t SPECIFICATIONS: WIRING DIAGRAM: Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VAC, 48 VAC, 110 VAC 220 VAC, 15%, 50/60 Hz Maximum power consumption . . . 24 VAC: 1.5 VA 48 VAC: 1.7 VA 110 VAC: 2 VA 220 VAC: 2 VA Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT Relay Contact material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AgCdO Maximum loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 A AC resistive 8 A Dc resistive Maximum switching voltage . . . . . 250 VAC 250 VDC Relay maximum power rating . . . . 2500 VA 80 W Mechanical life of relay . . . . . . . . . 3 x 10 7 operations Electrical life of relay . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 10 5 at 2200 VA resistive load Probe isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Switching contact 2000 VAC Electrodes: 2000 VAC Probe sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 k Probe voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VAC, 60 Hz Probe current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 mA max. Operating temperature . . . . . . . . . +14F to +140F -10C to +60C Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 oz. (200g) DNRT LNRT PNRT S S S Max C A1 11 C min max C 6 5 R 12 14 8 3 6 R 2 10 1 5 3 9 R 2 A2 4 7 4 Max 1 11 7 8 Note: The probe cables (max. 300ft) need not be shielded; however, it is not advisable to run the probe cables with power cables. If shielded cable is used, the shield and common should be connected. ORDERING INFORMATION: MOUNTING D = DIN-rail or panel mounting L = 11 pin plug-in P = 8 pin plug-in N = open PC board P NRT 110A MOUNTING SERIES INPUT POWER SERIES NRT = Enclosed NNRT = Open PC board version mounting dimensions same as NNR INPUT POWER 24A = 24 VAC 48A = 48 VAC 110A = 110 VAC 220A = 220 VAC Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/77 CONTROLS CONTROLS JR SERIES ALTERNATING RELAY UL listed * * * * CSA recognized Duplex Alternating Control SPDT or DPDT Control Relay 10 Amp Rated Externally Controlled The electronic alternating relay is designed to replace mechanical style devices used in control applications requiring a duplexing or alternating action of the control circuits to operate pumps, compressors, etc. This is achieved by activating a control switch which is common to one side of the input control voltage. The output contact of the relay(s) change state when this switch is opened (on de-energization of the control circuit). When the control initiate switch is actuated and released or opened, the relay will change state. The next time the initiate switch is actuated and released it will change back to its original state. Two red LED's located on the top of the dust resistant enclosure provide the status of the relay. SPECIFICATIONS: WIRING DIAGRAM: Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VAC/DC, 110, 220 VAC 15%, 50/60 Hz Maximum power consumption . . . 24 VAC: 1.5 VA 110 VAC: 5 VA 220 VAC: 11 VA Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT 10 A resistive DPDT 10 A resistive DPDT 10 A crosswired Minimum pulse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 ms Contact material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AgCdO Maximum loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 A AC resistive 8 A DC inductive Maximum switching voltage . . . . . 250 VAC 250 VDC Relay maximum power rating . . . . 2200 VA 80 W Mechanical life of relay . . . . . . . . . 3 x 106 operations Electrical life of relay . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 105 at 2200 VA resistive load Operating temperature . . . . . . . . . 14F to 140F -10C to +60C Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.8 oz. (100g) PJR PJRX INITIATE SWITCH 4 LJR2 INITIATE SWITCH * 5 4 5 3 6 3 6 2 7 2 7 1 1 8 6 5 4 8 3 9 10 2 8 * 7 1 11 INITIATE SWITCH* * INITIATE SWITCH must be isolated from other circuits ORDERING INFORMATION: MOUNTING L = 11 pin plug-in P = 8 pin plug-in L JR2 110A MOUNTING SERIES INPUT POWER SERIES INPUT POWER JR2 = DPDT (LJRZ only) JR = SPDT JRX = DPDT crosswired 24A = 24 VAC/DC 110A = 110 VAC 220A = 220 VAC Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/78 CONTROLS CONTROLS JRS SERIES ALTERNATING RELAY WITH SELECTOR SWITCH UL listed * * * * * Duplex Alternating Control SPDT or DPDT Control Relay 10 Amp Rated Externally Controlled Selection of Lead or Lag Load 2 The electronic alternating relay is designed to replace mechanical style devices used in control applications requiring a duplexing or alternating action of the control circuits to operate pumps, compressors, etc. This is achieved by activating a control switch which is common to one side of the input control voltage. The output contact of the relay(s) change state when this switch is opened (on de-energization of the control circuit). When the control initiate switch is actuated and released or opened, the relay will change state. The next time the initiate switch is actuated, it will change back to its original state. Two red LED's located on the top of the dust resistant enclosure provide the status of the relay. A 3 Position Selector switch is installed for selection of normal operation (alternating) or selection of lead or lag load. SPECIFICATIONS: WIRING DIAGRAM: Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VAC/DC, 110, 220 VAC 15%, 50/60 Hz Maximum power consumption . . . 24 VAC: 1.5 VA 110 VAC: 5 VA 220 VAC: 11VA Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT 10 A resistive DPDT 10 A resistive DPDT 10 A crosswired Minimum pulse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 ms Contact material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AgCdO Maximum loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 A AC resistive 8 A DC inductive Maximum switching voltage . . . . . 250 VAC 250 VDC Relay maximum power rating . . . . 2200 VA 80 W Mechanical life of relay . . . . . . . . . 3 x 106 operations Electrical life of relay . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 105 at 2200 VA resistive load Operating temperature . . . . . . . . . 14F to 140F -10C to +60C Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.8 oz. (100g) PJRS PJRXS LJRS2 INITIATE SWITCH INITIATE SWITCH 4 5 4 5 6 3 6 2 7 2 7 1 1 8 6 5 3 8 7 4 8 3 9 10 2 1 11 INITIATE SWITCH ORDERING INFORMATION: L JRS 2 110A MOUNTING SERIES INPUT POWER SERIES MOUNTING LJRS 2 = DPDT PJRS = SPDT PJRXS = DPDT (crosswired) L = 11 pin plug-in P = 8 pin plug-in NOTE: DPDT relay available only with 11 pin plug-in (L). INPUT POWER 24A = 24 VAC/DC 110A = 110 VAC 220A = 220 VAC Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/79 CONTROLS CONTROLS FW SERIES PHASE CONTROL RELAY UL cUL listed CSA recognized *Monitors and Protects Against Phase Loss of One or More Phases Phase Reversal Undervoltage *Rugged Construction for Over Voltage and Transient Protection GENERAL FEATURES: OPERATING PRINCIPLE: The unit has two front dial settings. The upper dial is used for the three phase nominal voltage settings that exists in the application. The lower dial setting is for an adjustable time delay to prevent nuisance tripping of the unit. The FW has a space saving 45mm wide DIN-rail mount/surface mount enclosure and LED power-on and relay status indication. In a 3-phase network, the FW simultaneously monitors phase sequencing, loss of phase with a maximum regeneration rate of 70% of the displayed by a potentiometer on the front face, and the voltage drop on the 3 phases of less than 15% of the preset value. When the 3 phases suceed one another, the output relay is activated and indicated via a yellow LED. The output relay de-energizes (LED off) after a time delay T, adjustable between 0.2 and 10 seconds on the front face, if one of the following faults is present : - reversed direction of phase rotation - absence of one or more phases - voltage drop SPECIFICATIONS: Model No. 84873010 84873011 84873015 3 x 230VAC 3 x 380VAC 3 x 480VAC Input Power Threshold Adjustment 184 - 264VAC 310 - 337VAC 384 - 552VAC Maximum Voltage 264VAC 337VAC 552VAC Minimum Voltage 184VAC 304VAC 384VAC Frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz ORDERING INFORMATION: CONFORMITY: Immunity to interference and noise (EMC) 6 VA [Powered from L1 & L2] IEC 1000.4.5 Surge immunity: Level 3 10 ms IEC 1000.4.2 Electrostatic discharges: Level 3 500 ms Category III IEC 255.5 Damped oscillated waves: Level 3 Degree of pollution 2 IEC 1000.4.3 Radiated disturbance Level 3 acc. to IEC 664-1 IEC 1000.4.4 Fast transient Level 3 VDE 0110 : 4 KV/2 IEC 1000.4.6 Conducted RF: Level 3 (ENV 50141) 1 k x input power max 70% of present threshold ~15% of front dial settings RF Emissions (EMC) 10% CENELAC EN 55022; Class A DPDT (Ag CdO) 2000 VA/AC 80 W/DC 8A WIRING: 100 mA 250 V AC resistive AC12: 2000 VA 105 operations AC15: cos = 0.3 6000 operations DC13: L/R = 300 ms L1 L2 L3 6000 operations 5 5 x 10 operations 360 operations / hr 0.2 to 10 s (0 * +50 %) [Only for loss of L3] green LED 12 11 14 22 21 24 yellow LED Self-extinguishing 2 x 2.5mm2 DIMENSIONS: Inches (mm) 2 x 1.5mm2 0.6 mN max. .20" (23) 3.02" (77) .20" .14" (.3.5) -20C to +60C .17" (4.2) (5) -30C to +70C 93% without condensation 0.35mm 10 - 55 Hz >100 m at 500 V 3 kV at 1 mA for 1 minute / 50 Hz 350 g Voltage 3 x 230 VAC 3 x 380 VAC 3 x 480 VAC 3 x 600 VAC Part Number 84873010 84873011 84873015 84873016 3.75" (95) 3.94" (100) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/80 1.77" (45) 3.91" (99.3) 3.53" (89.7) 3.07" (78.5) L1 L2 L3 2.24" (57) Max. Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Immunity from micro power cuts . . . . . . . . Delay on pick-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Isolation coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................................... ................................... ................................... Measurement input resistance . . . . . . . . . . . Regeneration rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Undervoltage detection (symmetrical drop) . . Threshold display accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . Output relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Breaking capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum breaking current . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minimum breaking current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum breaking voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electrical Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ Mechanical Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum rate (at full load) . . . . . . . . . . . Time delay in the event of a fault . . . . . . Display Voltage presense . . . . . . . . . Display Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Casing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Terminals Without ferrule . . . . . . . . . . Terminals With ferrule . . . . . . . . . . . . . Terminals Tightening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Temperature Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Limits Stored . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Relative humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vibration Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vibration Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Isolation resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dielectric strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................................ Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84873016 3 x 600VAC 460 - 661VAC 661VAC 460VAC 50/60 Hz CONTROLS CONTROLS WRL SERIES PHASE CONTROL RELAY UL listed CSA recognized * Monitors Phase Sequence Loss of Any Phase even if Induced Voltage reaches 95% of Nominal Voltage * Under Voltage Detection * Trip Delay Timer Built-in * LED Relay Status Indicator 2 MODE OF OPERATION: The WRL Phase Control Relay monitors the sequence loss or reversal of three phase power supplies. The output relay is energized when the phase sequence is correct and the phase voltage is above the voltage threshold set by the front knob. The output relay will de-energize after 2 seconds (built-in timer) when the phase voltage drops under the voltage threshold or when phase sequence is lost. The WRL Series is available in three voltage ranges: 230 VAC, 380 VAC and 480 VAC. SPECIFICATIONS: Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....................... ....................... Maximum voltage . . . . . . . . . ....................... ....................... Minimum voltage . . . . . . . . . ....................... ....................... Threshold adjustment range ....................... ....................... Max power consumption . . . Dial accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . Temperature De-rating . . . . . Dead Band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Response Time . . . . . . . . . . . ....................... Output SPDT Version (WRL) Series) Max. power consumption . . . Max. voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electrical life . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical life . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temperature . . . . . Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WIRING DIAGRAM: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 x 230 (50/60 Hz) 3 x 380 (50/60 Hz) 3 x 480 (50/60 Hz) 3 x 280 VAC 3 x 420 VAC 3 x 530 VAC 3 x 160 VAC 3 x 260 VAC 3 x 340 VAC 160 to 230 VAC 260 to 380 VAC 340 to 480 VAC 2 VA 10% 0.04%/C 4% of 480 VAC 300 ms on Make 2 sec on Break . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Amp 250 VAC 2000 VA 250 VAC 2 x 107 operations 1 x 106 operations -10C to +60C 3.5 oz. (100g) ORDERING INFORMATION: MOUNTING L = 11 pin plug-in P = 8 pin plug-in D WRL 230A MOUNTING SERIES INPUT POWER SERIES WRL = SPDT Version INPUT POWER 230A = 3 x 230 VAC 380A = 3 x 380 VAC 480A = 3 x 480 VAC Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/81 CONTROLS CONTROLS WRA SERIES PHASE CONTROL RELAY UL listed CSA recognized (220 VAC Version Only) * Monitors Phase Sequence Loss of Any Phase even if Induced Voltage reaches 95% of Nominal Voltage * LED Relay Status Indicator * SPDT 10 Amp Relay Output MODE OF OPERATION: RST RTS WIRING DIAGRAM: RST RS N R S T T R = L1 S = L2 T = L3 R D1 11 The WRL Phase Control Relay monitors the sequence loss or reversal of three phase power supplies. The output relay is energized when the phase sequence is correct and is de-energize when the phase sequence is wrong or one phase is lost. It monitors the symmetry of 3 voltages and a loss of phase even when the voltage is reinjected through a machine. The rate of asymmetry is controlled between 5% and 15% by a top mounted potentiometer. R S T 12 14 STOP SPECIFICATIONS: d1 START Input Power Directly . . . . . . . . 3 x 220 60 Hz from controlled voltage 15% 3 x 380 60 Hz 3 x 440 60 Hz Power consumption . . . . . . . . . 3 VA at 220 V Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT relay Contact material . . . . . . . . . . . AgCdO Maximum Loading . . . . . . . . . 10 AC resistive 8A DC inductive Maximum switching voltage . . 250 VAC 250 VDC Relay max. power rating . . . . . 220 VA 80 W Mechanical life of relay . . . . . . 30 x 106 operations Electrical life of relay . . . . . . . . 2 x 105 operations at 2200VA resistive load Operating temperature . . . . . . +14F to +140F -10C to +60C Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 oz. (200g) U V W M DWRA 11 12 14 R S T LWRA 1 4 3 5 6 7 PWRA 1 2 8 3 4 5 Note: The alarm threshold adjustment is 5% to 15% of asymmetry between the phases. The initial response time is .1 seconds at 5% asymmetry and 1 second at 15% after input power is applied. When a phase loss or failure occurs, the "off delay" response time is 100 ms. ORDERING INFORMATION: MOUNTING D = DIN-rail mounting L = 11 pin plug-in P = 8 pin plug-in L WRA 380 A MOUNTING SERIES INPUT POWER SERIES WRA INPUT POWER 220A = 3 x 220 VAC 380A = 3 x 380 VAC 440A = 3 x 415/440 VAC Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/82 CONTROLS CONTROLS WRA 2 SERIES PHASE CONTROL RELAY UL listed CSA recognized (220 VAC Version Only) * Monitors Phase Sequence Loss of Any Phase even if Induced Voltage reaches 95% of Nominal Voltage * LED Relay Status Indicator * DPDT 5 Amp Relay Output 2 MODE OF OPERATION: RST WIRING DIAGRAM: RTS RST RS N R S T T R = L1 S = L2 T = L3 R D1 The WRA 2 Phase Control Relay monitors the sequence loss or reversal of three phase power supplies. The output relay is energized when the phase sequence is correct and is de-energize when the phase sequence is wrong or one phase is lost. It monitors the symmetry of 3 voltages and a loss of phase even when the voltage is reinjected through a machine. The rate of asymmetry is controlled between 5% and 15% by a top mounted potentiometer. R 12 14 22 24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 VA at 220 V DPDT relay AgCdO 5 A AC resistive 250 VAC 1250 VA 30 x 106 operations 2 x 105 operations at +14F to +140F 7 oz. (200g) T d1 START . . . . S STOP SPECIFICATIONS: Power consumption . . . . . . Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contact material . . . . . . . . Maximum Loading . . . . . . Maximum switching voltage Relay max. power rating . . Mechanical life of relay . . . Electrical life of relay . . . . . Operating temperature . . . Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 21 U V W M 1 A DC inductive 250 VDC 30 W 2200 VA resistive load -10C to +60C DWRA 2 11 12 14 R S T 21 22 24 LWRA 2 1 4 3 5 6 7 11 8 9 Note: The alarm threshold adjustment is 5% to 15% of asymmetry between the phases. The initial response time is .1 seconds at 5% asymmetry and 1 second at 15% after input power is applied. When a phase loss or failure occurs, the "off delay" response time is 100 ms. ORDERING INFORMATION: MOUNTING D = DIN-rail mounting or panel mounting L = 11 pin plug-in L WRA 2 380 A MOUNTING SERIES INPUT POWER SERIES WRA 2 INPUT POWER 220A = 3 x 220 VAC 380A = 3 x 380 VAC 440A = 3 x 415/440 VAC Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/83 CONTROLS CONTROLS WRS SERIES PHASE CONTROL RELAY UL listed CSA recognized * Monitors Phase Sequence Loss of Any Phase * LED Indicator * 10 Amp SPDT Output * Low Cost MODE OF OPERATION: RST RTS WIRING DIAGRAM: RST RS N R S T T R = L1 S = L2 T = L3 R D1 11 The WRS Phase Control Relay monitors the sequence loss or reversal of three phase power supplies. The output relay is energized when the phase sequence is correct and is de-energize when the phase sequence is wrong or one phase is lost. R S T 12 14 STOP SPECIFICATIONS: Input Power Directly . . . . . . . . 3 x 220 60 Hz from controlled voltage 15% 3 x 380 60 Hz 3 x 440 60 Hz Power consumption . . . . . . . . . 3 VA at 220 V Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT relay Contact material . . . . . . . . . . . AgCdO Maximum Loading . . . . . . . . . 10 AC resistive 1 A SC inductive Maximum switching voltage . . 250 VAC 250 VDC Relay max. power rating . . . . . 2200 VA 30 W Mechanical life of relay . . . . . . 30 x 106 operations Electrical life of relay . . . . . . . . 2 x 105 operations at 2200 VA resistive load Operating temperature . . . . . . +14F to +140F -10C to +60C Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 oz. (200g) d1 START U V W M DWRS 11 12 14 R S T LWRS 1 4 3 5 6 7 PWRS 1 2 8 3 4 5 ORDERING INFORMATION: MOUNTING D = DIN-rail mounting or panel mounting L = 11 pin plug-in P = 8 pin plug-in L WRS 380 MOUNTING SERIES INPUT POWER SERIES WRS INPUT POWER 220A = 3 x 220 VAC 380A = 3 x 380 VAC 440A = 3 x 415/440 VAC Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/84 CONTROLS CONTROLS HDI SERIES CURRENT CONTROL RELAY WITH DISPLAY * * * * UL cUL listed 3 Digit LCD Display Monitors AC and DC Current Type HDIL Measures from 2 to 500 mA Type HDIH Measures from .1 to 10 A TWO PRODUCT TYPES: HDIL (2 TO 500 mA) and HDIH (.1 TO 10 A) PROVIDE SELECTABLE OVER OR UNDER CURRENT CONTROL. Control of AC / DC current without memory When the value of the measured current, AC or DC, reaches the threshold the output relay changes state at the end of a time delay T which can be set on the front face at between 0.1 and 3 s. Once the current drops below 5 to 50% of the threshold (hysteresis), the output relay changes state again instantly. Changing the hysteresis on the front face does not therefore modify the value of the preset threshold. Control of AC / DC current with memory When the value of the measured current, AC or DC, reaches the threshold displayed on the front face, the output relay changes state at the end of a time delay T which can be set on the front face at between 0.1 and 3 s, and stays locked in this position. MODE OF OPERATION: CURRENT CONTROL WITHOUT MEMORY Unit power-up Threshold Hysteresis 2 Measured current UPPER function Measured current Hysteresis UNDER function CURRENT CONTROL WITH MEMORY Unit power-up SPECIFICATIONS: Input power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VDC, 24, 120, 230 VAC 15%, 50/60 Hz 3 VA 40 to 500 Hz 10% of selected threshold 5 to 50% of displayed threshold 0.1% with constant parameters 0.1 to 3 sec. - adjustable SPDT 5 Amp resistive 100 mA 250 VAC 500,000 operation at full load 5,000,000 operations Casing IP 40 Terminal IP 20 -4F to 140F, (-20C to 60C) -22F to 158F, (-30C to 70C) 11.2 oz. (320g) Max. power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . Frequency of measured signal (AC) . . . Setting accuracy - threshold . . . . . . . . . Hysteresis selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repeat accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delay on threshold overun . . . . . . . . . . . Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum loading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minimum loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum switching voltage . . . . . . . . . . Electrical life of relay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical life of relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Storage temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Threshold Hysteresis Measured current UPPER function Measured current Hysteresis Threshold UNDER function WIRING: MEASUREMENT RANGE: TYPES HDIL Inputs Measurement range E1-M Sensitivity Input resistance E2-M HDIH E3-M 2 to 10 to 50 to 20 mA 100 mA 500 mA 5 1 .2 E1-M E2-M E3-M .1 to 1A .5 to 5A 1 to 10 A .1 .02 .01 DIMENSIONS: inches (mm) *Important: 24 VDC input version. The input voltage and the measured current must be from separate sources. The "negative" poles of the auxiliary power supply and the measurement circuit are connected inside the unit. ORDERING INFORMATION: Part Number 84 871 301 84 871 302 84 871 304 84 871 305 84 871 306 84 871 307 84 871 309 84 871 310 Type HDIL HDIL HDIL HDIL HDIH HDIH HDIH HDIH *See "Important" in Specifications Supply Voltage *24 VDC* 24 VAC 120 VAC1 230 VAC2 *24 VDC* 24 VAC 120 VAC1 230 VAC2 Measurement Range 2 to 500 mA 2 to 500 mA 2 to 500 mA 2 to 500 mA .1 to 10 A .1 to 10 A .1 to 10 A .1 to 10 A Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/85 CONTROLS CONTROLS MCI SERIES CURRENT CONTROL RELAY UL listed * * * * cUL listed Simple to Install Built in Current Transformer 1 to 20 Amp Current Control Space Saving 17.5mm Wide Enclosure When the value of the controlled AC current reaches the threshold displayed on the front face, the output relay changes state at the end of T1 (400 ms fixed). It returns to its initial position at the end of T2 (150 ms fixed), when the controlled current drops below the displayed threshold minus the fixed hysteresis of 15%. Simple to install. 1.) Run the electric cable through the current transformer on the unit. 2.) Set the over current control threshold between 1 and 20 A. 3.) Connect power to the MCI. WIRING DIAGRAM: SPECIFICATIONS: Input power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Input power operating range . . . . Maximum power consumption. . . Hysteresis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display accuracy of preset threshold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repetition accuracy with constant parameters. . . . . . . . . Temperature drift . . . . . . . . . . . . . Voltage drift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power up delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delay on threshold overrun T1. . . Delay on downward crossing on threshold T2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Output relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum output rating . . . . . . . . Operating relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Storage temperature . . . . . . . . . . Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Conformity to EC Standards . . . . ........................... ........................... ........................... . . . . 24 VAC/VDC, 110 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz 24 VAC/VDC 15% 90 to 260 VAC 10 VA Fixed at -15% Threshold . 10% of full scale . . . . . .5% 0.08% 0.01%/degree C 150 ms max. 400 ms . . . . . . . . . . 150 ms SPST NO 5 Amp +14 to +140F (-10C to 60C) -22 to +150F (-30C to 70C) 3 oz. (85g) Level 3 according to EN 1000-4-2 Level 3 according to EN 1000-4-3 Level 3 according to EN 1000-4-4 Level 3 according to EN 1000-4-5 DIMENSIONS: inches (mm) ORDERING INFORMATION: Voltage 24 VAC/VDC 110 - 240 VAC Part Number 84 871 102 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/86 CONTROLS CONTROLS EI SERIES CURRENT CONTROL RELAY UL cUL listed * * * * 3 Product Types for Measurement Accuracy Under or Over Current - Selectable Space Saving 22.5mm Wide DIN-Rail / Surface Mount Three product types; EIL (2 to 500 mA), EIH (.1 to 10A) and EIT (10 to 100A with current transformers) provide selectable over or under current control. AC/DC control without memory. When the value of the controlled current, either AC or DC, reaches the threshold displayed on the front face, the output relay change state at the end of time delay T1. It returns to the initial state instantly when the current drops below the hysteresis threshold, or when the power supply is disconnected. AC/DC control with memory. When the value of the controlled current reaches the displayed threshold, the output relay changes status at the end of time period T1 and remains locked in this position. To reset the memory function the auxiliary supply must be disconnected. Over-current function (UPPER). The power-on time delay T2 prevents current peaks due to motor starting. The delay on upward crossing of threshold T1 provides immunity to transients and other interference, thereby preventing spurious triggering of the output relay. Under-current function (UNDER). The power-on delay T2 prevents the occurrence of current troughs. The delay on downward crossing of threshold T1 provides immunity to random dips, thereby preventing spurious triggering of the output relay. Unit power-up Controlled current Hysteresis Threshold I Hysteresis UPPER function Hysteresis Threshold I Hysteresis Controlled current UNDER function memory AC/DC CONTROL WITHOUT MEMORY Unit power-up Note: In underload function, the absolute value of the hysteresis cannot be greater than the measurement range maximum. Controlled current Threshold I Hysteresis SPECIFICATIONS: Input power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VDC, 24, 110 to 230 VAC 15%, 50/60 Hz Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 VA Hysteresis Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 to 50% of Displayed Threshold Threshold Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 to 100% of Measurement Range Setting Accuracy-Threshold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10% Repeat Accuracy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1% with constant parameters Voltage drift. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1% (10% of input voltage) Temperature drift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.02% Power up delay T2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 s to 20 s, 30% Delay on threshold overrun T1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1 s to 3 s, 20% Output relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT Relay Contact Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AgCdO Maximum Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8A AC resist Operating temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . to 140F, -20C to 60C Storage temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -30C to 70C Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (140g) Measurement range Types Inputs Sensitivity Input resistance EIL E1-M EIH E2-M E3 M E1-M 2 to 10 to 50 to .01 to 20 mA 100 mA 500 mA 1 A .5 to 5A 1 to 10 A 10 to 100 A 0.02 0.01 20 1 E3 M EIT E1-M 5 E2-M 0.2 0.1 2 AC/DC CONTROL WITH MEMORY Hysteresis UPPER function Controlled current Hysteresis Threshold I Hysteresis UNDER function WIRING DIAGRAM EIL EIH WIRING DIAGRAM EIT DIMENSIONS: inches (mm) Note: 24VDC input power version. The input voltage and the measured current must be from separate sources. The "negative" poles of the auxiliary power supply and the measurement circuit are connected inside the unit PART NUMBER FOR ORDERING Type EIL Measurement range 2 to 500 mA Supply voltage 24 VDC 84 871 020 24 VAC 84 871 021 48 VAC 84 871 022 120 VAC 84 871 023 230 VAC 84 871 024 Current transformer EIH EIT 10 to 100 A 0.1 to 10 A with current transformer Transformer 84 871 030 84 871 040 ref. 26 852 304 84 871 031 84 871 041 84 871 032 84 871 042 84 871 033 84 871 043 84 871 034 84 871 044 26 852 304 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/87 CONTROLS CONTROLS IR.T SERIES CURRENT CONTROL RELAY UL listed * * * * * CSA recognized Automatic or Manual Control Start-up Inhibit Adjustable Hysteresis Multiple Voltages LED Relay Status Indicator 1. AC Current Control Without Latching: The output relay is energized when the current (peak current on AC) overshoots the level selected on the potentiometer. It de-energizes when the current falls below the normal current by 5 to 50% or when input power breaks. The hysteresis is controlled by a top mounted potentiometer and its selection does not change the chosen current level. 2. AC Current Control With Latching: The output relay is energized when the current reaches the selected value and stays latched. The contact between terminal B1 and B2 (or 11 and 9) should be opened or input power to the device interrupted to reset. In this case, it is preferable to reduce the hysteresis 5%. SPECIFICATIONS: Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VDC, 24, 48, 110, 220 VAC 15%, 50/60 Hz Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . 3 VA maximum CONTROL RANGE PERMITTED OVERLOAD DC AC INPUT LESS THAN CURRENT CURRENT RESISTANCE PERMANENTLY 1 sec Peak 5 to 100 mA 3.5 to 70.7 mA 1 ohm 1.5 V 5A 0.05 to 1 A 0.035 to 0.707 A 0.1 ohm 5A 17 A 0.5 to 10 A 0.35 to 7.07 A 0.01 ohm 15 A 55 A Hysteresis selection . . . . . . . . . . . 5 to 50% of input current Repeat accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2% at a constant ambient Response time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 ms On Make 200 ms On Break Output Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT Relay Contact material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AgCdO Maximum loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 A AC resistive 1 A DC inductive Maximum switching voltage . . . . . 250 VAC or DC Relay maximum power rating . . . . 2500 VA 30W Mechanical life of relay . . . . . . . . . 30 x 104 operations Electrical life of relay . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 105 at 2500 VA resistive load Operating temperature . . . . . . . . . +14F to + 140F -10C to +60C Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 oz. (200g) WIRING DIAGRAM: (+)5 to 100mA ~ - - (+)0.05 to 1A ~ - (+)0.5 to 10A ~ 0V (-)0V 0V Note: Upon energization of the current control IR.T Series Relay, the time delay, which is adjustable from .1 to 10 seconds, inhibits the output relay during start-up periods. The delay time is adjustable via a potentiometer located on the side of the case. Applies to both versions, with and without latching. Option: 24 VDC power - the voltage and the measured current must be from separate sources. Note: It is recommended that the unit be adequately fused. ORDERING INFORMATION: MOUNTING D = DIN-rail mounting L = 11 pin plug-in L IR.T 110A MOUNTING SERIES INPUT POWER SERIES IR.T INPUT POWER 24D 24A 48A 110A 220A Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/88 = 24VDC = 24VAC = 48VAC = 110VAC = 220VAC CONTROLS CONTROLS IAR.T SERIES CURRENT CONTROL RELAY UL listed * * * * * CSA recognized Automatic or Manual Control Start-up Inhibit Adjustable Hysteresis Multiple Voltages 5 to 100 Amp RMS The DIAR.T is a current control which is capable of sensing up to 100 Amps. If requires a stepdown transformer, T1 100. The transformer has a 0.4 diameter center hole through which a current carrying lead is routed. Automatic or manual unlatching is available in each unit. 1. AC Current Control Without Latching: The output relay is energized when the AC current overshoots the level selected on the potentiometer. It de-energizes when the current falls below the selected current by 5 to 50% or when input power breaks. The hysteresis is controlled by a top mounted potentiometer and its selection does not change the chosen current level. 2. AC Current Control With Latching: The output relay is energized when the current reaches the selected value and stays latched. The contact between terminal B1 and B2 (or 11 and 9) should be opened or input power to the device interrupted to reset. In this case, it is preferable to reduce the hysteresis 5%. 2 SPECIFICATIONS: Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VDC, 24, 48, 110, 220 VAC 15%, 50/60 Hz Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 VA maximum Hysteresis selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 to 50% of input current Repeat accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2% at a constant ambient 5% with temperature variation VDE 0435 Response time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 ms On Make 200 ms On Break Output Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT Relay Contact material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AgCdO Maximum loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 A AC resistive 1 A DC inductive Maximum switching voltage . . . . . . . . 250 VAC 30 VDC Relay maximum power rating . . . . . . 2500 VA 30 W Mechanical life of relay . . . . . . . . . . . 30 x 104 operations Electrical life of relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 105 at 2500 VA resistive load Operating temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . +14F to +140F -10C to +60C Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 oz. (200g) WIRING DIAGRAM: TRANSFORMER: (Part Number 74 525 305) Note: Upon energization of the current control IAR.T Series Relay, the time delay, which is adjustable from .1 to 10 seconds, inhibits the output relay during start-up periods. The delay time is adjustable via a potentiometer located on the side of the case. For additional current transformer see "Accessories" section: L595 Series. Page 2/99 Current Range: 5 to 100 A RMS Maximum Overload: 1 max = 150 A ORDERING INFORMATION: L IAR.T 110A MOUNTING SERIES INPUT POWER INPUT POWER MOUNTING D = DIN-rail mounting L = 11 pin plug-in SERIES IAR.T 24D = 24VDC 24A = 24VAC 48A = 48VAC 110A = 110VAC 220A = 220VAC Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/89 CONTROLS CONTROLS HDU SERIES VOLTAGE CONTROL RELAY WITH DISPLAY * * * * UL cUL listed 3 Digit LCD Display Monitors AC and DC Voltages Type HDUL Measures from .2 to 60 Volts Type HDUH Measures from 10 to 600 Volts TWO PRODUCT TYPES: HDUL (.2 TO 60 V) and HDUH (10 TO 600 V) PROVIDE SELECTABLE OVER OR UNDER VOLTAGE CONTROL. Control of AC / DC voltage without memory When the value of the measured voltage, AC or DC, reaches the threshold Ue the output relay changes state at the end of a time delay T which can be set on the front face at between 0.1 and 3 s. Once the voltage drops below 5 to 50% of the threshold (hysteresis), the output relay changes state again instantly. Changing the hysteresis on the front face does not therefore modify the value of the preset threshold. Control of AC / DC voltage with memory When the value of the measured voltage, AC or DC, reaches the threshold Ue the output relay changes state at the end of a time delay T which can be set on the front face at between 0.1 and 3 s, and stays locked in this position. MODE OF OPERATION: VOLTAGE CONTROL WITHOUT MEMORY Un Unit power-up Threshold Ue Hysteresis Measured voltage T1 UPPER function Measured voltage Hysteresis T1 UNDER function VOLTAGE CONTROL WITH MEMORY Un SPECIFICATIONS: Unit power-up Input power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Max. power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . Frequency of measured signal (AC) . . . Setting accuracy - threshold . . . . . . . . . Hysteresis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delay on threshold overun . . . . . . . . . . . Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contact material. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum loading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minimum loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum switching voltage . . . . . . . . . . Electrical life of relay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical life of relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Storage temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VDC, 24, 120, 230 VAC 15%, 50/60 Hz 3 VA 40 to 500 Hz 10% of selected threshold 5 to 50% of displayed threshold 10% of full scale .1 to 3 sec. SPDT relay AgCdO 5 Amp resistive 100 mA 250 VAC 500,000 operation at full load 5,000,000 operations Casing IP 40 Terminal IP 20 -4F to 140F, (-20C to 60C) -22F to 158F, (-30C to 70C) 11.2 oz. (320g) Threshold Ue Hysteresis Measured voltage T1 UPPER function Measured voltage Hysteresis Threshold Ue T1 UNDER function WIRING: MEASUREMENT RANGE TYPES HDUL HDUH Input E1-M E2-M E3-M E1-M E2-M E3-M Sensitivity 0.2 to 2V 1 to 10 V 6 to 60 V 15 to 150 V 30 to 300 V 60 to 600 V Input resistance 2 k 10 k 60 k DIMENSIONS: inches (mm) 1.42 (36) 2.60 (66) 100 k 300 k 600 k Part Number 84 872 301 84 872 302 84 872 304 84 872 305 84 872 306 84 872 307 84 872 309 84 872 310 Type HDUL HDUL HDUL HDUL HDUH HDUH HDUH HDUH *See "Important" in Specifications Supply Voltage *24 VDC* 24 VAC 120 VAC1 230 VAC2 *24 VDC* 24 VAC 120 VAC1 230 VAC2 1.53 (45) ORDERING INFORMATION: 3.19 (81) *Important: For 24 VDC Input power models, the supply voltage and the measured voltage must be from separate sources. The "negative" poles of the auxiliary power and the measurement circuit are connected inside the unit. Measurement Range .2 to 60 V .2 to 60 V .2 to 60 V .2 to 60 V 10 to 600 V 10 to 600 V 10 to 600 V 10 to 600 V .12 (3) 1.97 (50) .12 (3) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/90 CONTROLS CONTROLS EU SERIES VOLTAGE CONTROL RELAY UL cUL listed * * * * 2 Product Types - .2 to 60 V and 10 to 600 V Selectable Under or Over Voltage Modes Space Saving 22.5mm Wide Enclosure DIN-Rail / Surface Mount TWO PRODUCT TYPES: EUL (.2 TO 60V) AND EUH (10 TO 600V) PROVIDE SELECTABLE OVER OR UNDER VOLTAGE CONTROL. Control of AC / DC voltage without memory When the value of the controlled voltage, AC or DC, reaches the threshold Ue displayed on the front face, the output relay changes state at the end of a time delay T which can be set on the front face at between 0.1 and 3 s. Once the voltage drops below 5 to 50% of the threshold (hysteresis), the output relay changes state again instantly. Changing the hysteresis on the front face does not therefore modify the value of the preset threshold. Control of AC / DC voltage with memory When the value of the controlled voltage, AC or DC, reaches the threshold Ue displayed on the front face, the output relay changes state at the end of a time delay T which can be set on the front face at between 0.1 and 3 s, and stays locked in this position. MODE OF OPERATION VOLTAGE CONTROL WITHOUT MEMORY Unit power-up Threshold Ue Hysteresis Input power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Max. power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . Frequency of measured signal. . . . . . . . Threshold value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hysteresis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delay on threshold overun . . . . . . . . . . . Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contact material. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum loading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum switching voltage . . . . . . . . . . Operating temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Storage temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Controlled voltage Hysteresis T1 UNDER function VOLTAGE CONTROL WITH MEMORY Un Unit power-up 24 VDC, 24, 120, 230 VAC 15%, 50/60 Hz 3 VA 40 to 500 Hz 1 to 100% of measurement range 5 to 50% of displayed threshold 10% of full scale .1 to 3 sec. SPDT relay AgCdO 8 Amp resistive 250 VAC -4F to 140F, (-20C to 60C) -22F to 158F, (-30C to 70C) 4.9 oz. (140g) Controlled voltage T1 UPPER function Controlled voltage Hysteresis Threshold Ue T1 UNDER function WIRING 11 A1 11 M MEASUREMENT RANGE TYPES Controlled voltage T1 UPPER function Threshold Ue Hysteresis SPECIFICATIONS 2 Un E1 E2 E3 EUL EUH 14 12 A2 Input E1-M E2-M E3-M E1-M E2-M E3-M Sensitivity 0.2 to 2V 1 to 10 V 6 to 60 V 15 to 150 V 30 to 300 V 60 to 600 V Input resistance 2 k 10 k 60 k 100 k 300 k 600 k *Important: For 24 VDC Input power models, the supply voltage and the measured voltage must be from separate sources. The "negative" poles of the auxiliary power and the measurement circuit are connected inside the unit. 12 14 A1 & A2 power supply DIMENSIONS inches (mm) .17 (4.2) Measurement Range .2 to 60 V .2 to 60 V .2 to 60 V .2 to 60 V 10 to 600 V 10 to 600 V 10 to 600 V 10 to 600 V .14 (3.5) 2.84 (72) 3.94 (100) .20 (5) 3.92 (99.3) Supply Voltage *24 VDC* 24 VAC 120 VAC1 230 VAC2 *24 VDC* 24 VAC 120 VAC1 230 VAC2 3.53 (89.7) Type EUL EUL EUL EUL EUH EUH EUH EUH 3.10 (78.5) Part Number 84 872 020 84 872 021 84 872 023 84 872 024 84 872 030 84 872 031 84 872 033 84 872 034 2.25 (57) ORDERING INFORMATION: (22.5) .89 *See "Important" in Specifications Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/91 CONTROLS CONTROLS EUS and EUSF SERIES VOLTAGE CONTROL RELAY UL cUL listed * * * * Units Check Their Own Supply Voltage Level EUS SERIES - Over or Under Voltage Selectable EUSF SERIES - Monitors High and Low Voltage Space Saving 22.5mm Wide - DIN-Rail / Surface Mount MODE OF OPERATION: OPERATING PRINCIPLE: EUS SERIES Control of AC / DC voltage without memory When the value of the controlled voltage, AC or DC, reaches the threshold Ue displayed on the front face, the output relay changes state at the end of a time delay T which can be set on the front face at between 0.1 and 3 s. Once the voltage drops below 5 to 50% of the threshold (hysteresis), the output relay changes state again instantly. Changing the hysteresis on the front face does not therefore modify the value of the preset threshold. Control of AC / DC voltage with memory When the value of the controlled voltage, AC or DC, reaches the threshold Ue displayed on the front face, the output relay changes state at the end of a time delay T which can be set on the front face at between 0.1 and 3 s, and stays locked in this position. EUSF SERIES The EUSF window threshold relay monitors an electrical voltage which acts as its own power supply (simplified wiring). When the value of the controlled voltage, AC or DC, goes outside the window, the output relay deenergises at the end of a time delay T which can be set on the front face at between 0.1 and 3 s. It switches back on when the voltage returns within the window and stays between the upper and lower thresholds displayed by two potentiometers on the front face. Fixed hysteresis ensures bounce-free relay switching around the thresholds. Note: Time delay T1 on crossing the upper and lower thresholds offers immunity to transient phenomena, thus preventing spurious triggering of the output relay. EUS VOLTAGE CONTROL WITHOUT MEMORY Un Unit power-up Threshold Ue Hysteresis Controlled voltage T1 UPPER function Controlled voltage Hysteresis Threshold Ue T1 UNDER function EUS VOLTAGE CONTROL WITH MEMORY Un Unit power-up Threshold Ue Hysteresis T1 Controlled voltage memory UPPER function Controlled voltage Hysteresis Threshold Ue T1 memory UNDER function EUSF Un Unit power-up SPECIFICATIONS: Hysteresis ORDERING INFORMATION: Part Number 84 872 040 84 872 046 84 872 047 84 872 056 84 872 057 Type EUS EUS EUS EUSF EUSF Supply Voltage 12 VDC 20 to 80 VAC/VDC 90 to 270 VAC/VDC 20 to 80 VAC/VDC 90 to 270 VAC/VDC T1 Hysteresis T1 WIRING: 11 A1 11 12 14 12 A2 14 A1 & A2 power supply .17 (4.2) DIMENSIONS: inches (mm) .14 (3.5) 2.84 (72) 3.94 (100) .20 (5) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/92 (22.5) .89 3.92 (99.3) Display accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delay on threshold overun . . . . . . . . . . . Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contact material. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum loading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum switching voltage . . . . . . . . . . Operating temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Storage temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Controlled voltage Low threshold 3.53 (89.7) Hysteresis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High threshold 3.10 (78.5) Max. power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . Frequency of measured signal. . . . . . . . Threshold value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EUS: EUSF: 12 VDC, -- 20 to 80 VAC/VDC 20 to 80 VAC/VDC 90 to 270 VAC/VDC 90 to 270 VAC/VDC 3.5 VA 50/60 Hz EUS: EUSF: 9.6 to 15.6 VDC -- 20 to 80 VAC/VDC 20 to 80 VAC/VDC 65 to 260 VAC/VDC 65 to 260 VAC/VDC EUS: EUSF: 5 to 20% Adjustable Fixed at 5% 10% of full scale .1 to 3 sec. SPDT relay AgCdO 8 Amp resistive 250 VAC -4F to 140F, (-20C to 60C) -22F to 158F, (-30C to 70C) 4.9 oz. (140g) 2.25 (57) Input power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONTROLS CONTROLS UR SERIES VOLTAGE CONTROL RELAY UL listed * * * * * CSA recognized AC or DC Voltage Control Manual or Automatic Operation Adjustable Threshold 5 to 50% Hysteresis Range LED Relay Status Indicator 1. AC/DC voltage control without latching: The output relay is energized when the voltage (AC peak voltage) exceeds the selected threshold. It de-energizes when the voltage falls below the hysteresis setting (5 to 50%) or when supply breaks. The hysteresis is controlled by a potentiometer and its selection does not change the chosen threshold. 2. AC/DC voltage control with latching: The output relay is energized when the voltage reaches the selected threshold and stays latched in this position. The contact between terminal B1 and M (or 8 or 9) should be opened or the input power of the device interrupted to reset. 2 S1 hysteresis Automatic Unlatching Threshold R S1 S2 Manual Unlatching Threshold SPECIFICATIONS: hysteresis R Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VDC, 24, 48, 110, 220 VAC 15%, 50/60 Hz Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VAC: 1 VA 48 VAC: 1.2 VA 110 VAC: 3.5 VA 220 VAC: 7 VA Control Input Acceptance load (input) Range Resistance Permanent Less than AC or DC (max) 10ms peak max. 0.1 to 10 V 10 k 50 V 100 V 0.4 to 40 V 40 k 100 V 300 V 4 to 400 V 400 k 440 V 750 V Hysteresis selection . . . . . . . . . . . 5 to 50% of set point Repeat accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2% at a constant ambient Output Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT Relay Contact material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AgCdO Maximum loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 A AC resistive 8 A DC inductive Maximum switching voltage . . . . . 250 VAC 250 VDC Relay maximum power rating . . . . 2200 VA Transient protection . . . . . . . . . . . 2500 volts 30 W Mechanical life of relay . . . . . . . . . 30 x 106 operations Electrical life of relay . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 105 at 2400 VA resistive load Repetition accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5% at a constant ambient Response time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 ms on make 200 ms on break Operating temperature . . . . . . . . . -4F to +140F -20C to +60C Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 oz. (200g) WIRING DIAGRAM: + DUR LUR (+)0.1 to 10v (+)0.4 to 40v (+)4 to 400v S1 A1 11 (+)0.1 to 10v (+)0.4 to 40v (+)4 to 400v (-)0v S1 6 5 E1 E2 E3 7 4 3 8 10 2 12 14 B1 1 M A2 Latching S2 Latching S2 9 R 11 (-)0v - Option: 24 VDC power - the voltage and the measured current must be from separate sources. ORDERING INFORMATION: MOUNTING D = DIN-rail mounting L = 11 pin plug-in D UR 24A MOUNTING SERIES INPUT POWER SERIES UR UR SP50 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. INPUT POWER 24A = 24VAC 24D = 24VDC 48A = 48VAC 110A = 110VAC 220A = 220VAC Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/93 CONTROLS CONTROLS SR SERIES UNDER VOLTAGE RELAY UL listed * * * * CSA recognized Multiple AC/DC Voltages 5 to 20% Hysteresis Adjustment Automatic Operation Adjustable Threshold Threshold hysteresis R 0 t The voltage threshold SR Relay controls a voltage supply which is its own supply. The output relay is energized when the supply (effective for AC) exceeds the selected threshold. It de-energizes when the controlled supply falls below (5 to 20% Hysteresis) of the supply voltage or when the input power breaks. Hysteresis is controlled by a potentiometer and its selection does not change the chosen threshold. Pulses or drops of 100ms or less are ignored. SPECIFICATIONS: Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 VDC, 24 VAC, 24 VDC, 48 VAC 48 VDC, 110 VAC, 220 VAC, 50/60 Hz -20% to +30% DC, -30% to +15% AC Maximum power consumption . . .24 VAC: 1.5 VA 24 VDC: .6 W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 VAC: 2 VA 24 VDC: .8 W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 VAC: 5 VA 48 VDC: 1.8 W 220 VAC: 11 VA Residual ripple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Hysteresis value Output relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SPDT Relay Contact material . . . . . . . . . . . . . .AgCdO Maximum loading . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 A AC resistive 8 A DC inductive Maximum switching voltage . . . . .250 VAC 250 VDC Maximum power rating . . . . . . . . .2200 VA 80 W 6 Mechanical life of relay . . . . . . . . .30 x 10 operations Electrical life of relay . . . . . . . . . . .2 x 105 at 2200 VA resistive load Operating temperature . . . . . . . . .+14F to 140F -10C to +60C Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.8 oz. (100g) DSR PSR LSR + S S S A1 11 6 5 R 12 14 8 3 9 R 10 2 A2 4 7 4 1 11 5 3 6 R 2 1 7 8 - ORDERING INFORMATION: MOUNTING D = DIN-rail or panel mounting L = 11 pin plug-in P = 8 pin plug-in L SR 24 MOUNTING SERIES INPUT POWER SERIES SR Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/94 INPUT POWER 12 = 12 VDC 24D = 24 VDC 24A = 24 VAC 48D = 48 VDC 48A = 48 VAC 110 = 110 VAC 220 = 220 VAC CONTROLS CONTROLS UFR2 SERIES VOLTAGE CONTROL RELAY - 3 Phase UL listed * * * * * CSA recognized Over/Under Voltage Control Min. & Max. Threshold Adjustment Three LED Indicators SPDT IOA Relay Adjustable Time Inhibit .1 to 10 seconds 2 GENERAL FEATURES: Auxiliary power supply Hysteresis AC voltage (rms) between phases Measurement range of min. and max. thresholds. Rms voltage between phases Input resistance Peak overload, less than 10 ms 3 x 230 V 161 V to 299 VAC 400 k 600 V 3 x 400 V 280 V to 520 VAC 400 k 700 V The output relay is activated when the values of the three voltages between phases lie within the minimum and maximum thresholds (adjusted separately using two potentiometers on the front panel). If one or more voltages between phases lies outside the window constituted by the minimum and maximum thresholds, the output relay de-energizes at the end of time T (adjustable between 0.1 and 10 seconds via front panel). A set 3% hysteresis ensures clean switching of the output relay at each threshold. Auxiliary power supply. The unit is not affected by the sequence of the phases or harmonic distortion. Application: Protecting electrical installations against variations in mains supply. NOTE: One red LED displays undervoltage. A green LED displays the status of the relay LED "ON"= relay "ON". A second red LED displays overvoltage. Since the operating principle of this relay is based on measuring two voltages between phases in relation to a third, it is preferable, where a neutral is present, to use DUFRN2 and LUFRN2 for very unequal three-phase networks. 3 x 440 V 308 V to 572 VAC 400 k 800 V WIRING DIAGRAM: U Maximum threshold Three-phase UTR URS network Voltages controlled UST Minimum threshold Hysteresis 0 Output relay R T T T T SPECIFICATIONS: Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 110, 230, 400, 440 VAC, +15% 50/60 Hz Max. Power Consumption . . . . . . 3 VA Voltage Inputs Three-phase networks measured: Input Voltage Frequency Hysteresis . . . . . . . . . . . . Display Accuracy . . . . . . Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . Output Relay . . . . . . . . . . Operating Temperature . . Storage Temperature . . . Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz set to 3% of displayed threshold +10% +0.5% SPDT 10 Amp Resistive +14F to 140F (-10C to +60C) -4F to 158F (-20C to +70C) 200g DUFR LUFR R S T A1 11 R S T 6 5 7 4 8 R 3 12 14 10 2 A2 1 INPUT POWER 9 R 11 INPUT POWER NOTE: The input power can be connected between two phases of the three phase network being monitored. Tolerance is +15% of the selected voltage. The maximum threshold must be greater than the minimum threshold for proper operation. ORDERING INFORMATION: MOUNTING L = 11 pin plug-in L UFR2 230V 230V MOUNTING SERIES 3-PHASE INPUT POWER SERIES UFR2 PHASE VOLTAGE 230 V= 3 X 230 VAC 400 V= 3 X 400 VAC 440 V= 3 X 440 VAC Products and specifications subject to change without notice. INPUT POWER 24 V = 24 VAC 110 V = 110 VAC 230 V= 230 VAC 400 V= 400 VAC 440 V= 440 VAC Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/95 CONTROLS CONTROLS UFRN2 SERIES VOLTAGE CONTROL RELAY Three Phase with Neutral * * * * * Over/Under Voltage Control Min. & Max. Threshold Adjustment Three LED Indicators Detects Absence of Neutral Adjustable Time Inhibit .1 to 10 seconds Auxiliary power supply Hysteresis U Maximum threshold Three-phase URN UTN network Voltages controlled USN Minimum threshold Hysteresis 0 Output relay R T T T T SPECIFICATIONS: Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 110, 230, 400, 440 VAC, +15% 50/60 Hz Max. Power Consumption . . . . . . 3 VA Voltage Inputs Three-phase networks measured: AC voltage (rms) between phases Measurement range of min. and max. thresholds. Rms voltage between phases-Neutral 3 x 230 V + N Input resistance Peak overload, less than 10 ms 600 V 92 V to 172 VAC 220 k 3 x 400 V + N 161 V to 300 VAC 400 k 700 V 3 x 440 V + N 177 V to 330 VAC 400 k 800 V Input Voltage Frequency Hysteresis . . . . . . . . . . . . Display Accuracy . . . . . . Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . Output Relay . . . . . . . . . . Operating Temperature . . Storage Temperature . . . Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz set to 3% of displayed threshold +10% +0.5% SPDT 10 Amp Resistive +14F to 140F (-10C to +60C) -4F to 158F (-20C to +70C) 200g GENERAL FEATURES: The output relay is activated when the values of the three voltages between phases and neutral lie within the minimum and maximum thresholds (adjusted separately using two potentiometers on the front panel). If one or more voltages between phases lies outside the window constituted by the minimum and maximum thresholds, the output relay de-energizes at the end of time T (adjustable between 0.1 and 10 seconds via front panel). A set 3% hysteresis ensures clean switching of the output relay at each threshold. Auxiliary power supply. The unit is not affected by the sequence of the phases or harmonic distortion. Application: Protecting electrical installations against variations in mains supply. NOTE: One red LED displays undervoltage. A green LED displays the status of the relay LED "ON"= relay "ON". A second red LED displays overvoltage. SPECIAL CASE: Relays DUFRN2 and LUFRN2 can control a SINGLE PHASE voltage. For this application, the single phase voltage is connected between terminals R, S, T (5, 6, 7) wired together, and terminal N (11). WIRING DIAGRAM: DUFR-N LUFR-N R L1 S L2 T L3 N N A1 11 R S T 7 8 3 12 14 N 10 1 11 INPUT POWER NOTE: The input power can be connected between a phase and neutral or between phases of the three phase network being monitored. Tolerance is +15% of the selected voltage. The maximum threshold must be greater than the minimum threshold for proper operation. ORDERING INFORMATION: L UFRN2 230V 230V MOUNTING SERIES 3-PHASE INPUT POWER MOUNTING L = 11 pin plug-in D = DIN-rail mounting SERIES UFRN2 PHASE VOLTAGE 230 V= 3 X 230 VAC 440 V= 3 X 440 VAC INPUT POWER 110 V = 110 VAC 230 V= 230 VAC 440 V= 440 VAC Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/96 9 R 2 A2 INPUT POWER AVAILABLE PART NUMBERS DUFRNZ230A110A DUFRNZ440A440A LUFRNZ230A110A LUFRN2230A230A 6 5 4 R Underspeed control relay FRL Control of underspeed, stopping, running speed, or jamming of a motor. Data collected by three-wire or NAMUR sensor, or by contact or voltage. Delay adjustable from 100 ms to 10 min in 4 sub-ranges. Delay on energisation adjustable from 0.3 to 30 sec. LEDs indicate power supply and state of output relay. Type Operating principle The FRL control relay can be used to solve underspeed problems : conveyor belts, conveyors, etc where the crossing of a low speed threshold should trigger an alarm. Speed data is collected via a sensor such as a three-wire output proximity sensor, a NAMUR sensor or by volt-free contact or voltage. FRL 24 V c 24 V a 110 V a 230 V a 84 84 84 84 On power-up, to allow the process which is being controlled to reach its operating speed, control is inhibited for a time of between 0.3 and 30 sec, which can be adjusted on the front face. If starting requires an inhibition time above 30 seconds, external contact S2 must be closed during starting to inhibit the FRL (during this time the yellow LED flashes), then opened when the nominal speed has been reached. Power supply characteristics On each cycle of the process being controlled, the sensor sends a pulse to the FRL. Each of these pulses resets the internal time delay of the FRL. If the time between two pulses is less than the value set on the FRL, the delay is reset on each pulse and the output relay remains closed. Supply tolerance Maximum power consumption If the speed of the process decreases, the time between pulses increases. When the time between two pulses is greater than the value set on the FRL, the controlled process is in underspeed mode, the output relay of the FRL changes state (opens). The output relay closes again when the speed of the controlled process exceeds the preset value plus the hysteresis (5 % of the value displayed). Immunity to micro power cuts Insulation coordination If "memory" mode is activated, the relay remains open when an underspeed fault is detected. In this case, the output relay can only close again after a manual reset has been performed by closing external contact S2. A yellow LED indicates the state of the relay. A green LED indicates the presence of the power supply. Without latching U Supply voltage Un Version a Version c Input circuit 3-wire sensors NAMUR sensor Contact Voltage input Input resistance High state Low state Breaking frequency Minimum pulse time Minimum time between pulses Selection of delay and memory function No memory With memory Hysteresis Display accuracy Output relay Repetition accuracy Inhibition delay With latching 200 ms min. U S2 Hysteresis Speed displayed 0 Output relay Inhibition delay To order, specify : 1 Part number Inhibition delay 874 874 874 874 300 301 303 304 24, 120, 230 V a 50/60 Hz Galvanic isolation via transformer 24 V c without galvanic isolation 0.85 to 1.15 Un 3.5 VA max. at Un and 5 VA at Un + 15 % 1 W max. at Un and 1.5 W at Un + 15 % 10 ms Category III, degree of pollution 2 conforming to IEC 664.1 / VDE 0110 : 4 KV/2 Control / input circuit characteristics Hysteresis Speed displayed 0 1 Part numbers (and voltages) Temperature-dependent drift Voltage-dependent drift Reset time Reset time S2 Inhibition delay Output characteristics Output Breaking capacity Maximum breaking current Minimum breaking current Maximum breaking voltage Mechanical life Electrical life AC12 AC15 DC13 Maximum rate General characteristics Casing material Terminal capacity Temperature limits Example : Underspeed control relay FRL 84 874 304 Use Stored Relative humidity Weight 24 V PNP (50 mA max.) 8.2 V on 1 k Volt-free 30 V max. 16 k except for NAMUR 1 k Min. 4.5 V, max. 30 V Min. 0 V, max. 1 V 200 Hz 5 ms 5 ms 8-position switch on front face 0.1 to 1 s, 1 to 10 s, 0.1 to 1 min, 1 to 10 min 0.1 to 1 s, 1 to 10 s, 0.1 to 1 min, 1 to 10 min 5 % of threshold displayed 10 % of full scale (@ 25 C) 0.5 % with constant parameters 0.05 % / C 1%/V 200 ms minimum 100 ms minimum 0.3 to 30 s 10 % 1 AgCdO changeover 2000 VA 80 W 8Aa 8Ac 100 mA a 100 mA c 100 V a 100 V c 5 x 106 operations 2000 VA - 105 operations Cos = 0.3 - 6000 operations L/R = 300 ms - 6000 operations 360 operations / hour at full load Self-extinguishing 2 x 1.5 mm2 with ferrule 2 x 2.5 mm2 without ferrule - 20 C to + 60 C (conforming to IEC 68.1.14) - 30 C to + 70 C (conforming to IEC 68.1.1/2) 93 % (+2 % ; -3 %) without condensation 255 g approximately 2/97 2 CONTROL ACCESSORIES CONTROL ACCESSORIES S5 LEVEL PROBE HOLDER Single probe holder for use with probe rod of various lengths. This probe is particularly suitable for high temperature and/or high pressure applications. It is capable of operating at temperatures up to 200C (392F) and pressures up to 700PSI. Order part # S5. 36 Threaded Rod. Order part number S5/1. .26 " (6.5mm) 3.43 " (84mm) 1.83 " 1.14 " (46.5mm) (29mm) 1.93 " (49mm) #8 - 32 .51 " (13mm) NOTE: Internal Threading: 1/4 x 20 #3/8 - 18 Dry Seal S8 LEVEL PROBE The S8 probe will hold one, two or three 4mm probes. The S8 comes with three (3) one meter lengths of 4mm stainless steel rod. It comes equipped with a black SBS rubber protective top through which the leads are routed at a 90 angle. SPECIFICATIONS: Material - Holder . . . . . . . . . Polyamide Material - Top Boot . . . . . . . SBS (Styrene Butadiene) Wire Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . Stainless Steel with M2 x 4 brass screws Probe Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . Stainless steel Gasket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BB701 (Butadiene) Thread Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 NPT Operating Temp . . . . . . . . . . 176F (80C) Max Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Kg/CM2 (28 PSI) Top Cover Probe Holder Screw, CB M2 x 4 Brass 1.70" (43mm) .275" (7mm) Electrode Bearer .472" (12mm) 1.02" (26mm) Thread .708" (18mm) Gasket, 24 x 31mm (thickness: 2mm) .157" (4mm) 1 to 3 Inox Rod:4mm .076" (2mm) Note: The end of the rod has to be threaded(#8-32) to fit the probe holder. L1 L2 L3 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/98 CONTROL ACCESSORIES CONTROL ACCESSORIES DR - DIN-RAIL The DR-DIN-Rail material is an extruded aluminum material of the standard configuration, 35mm. Timers and Controls conveniently snap onto the track. Order part number "DR" which is available in 1 meter (39) lengths. Shown with S08, S11 and K11 sockets. 1.42" (36mm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165" (4.19mm) 2.99" (76 mm) 2.01" 20 to 400 Amps AC 50/60 Hz 100 mA AC #20 AWG 24 long wires 600 VAC Fiberglass reinforced resin SPECIFICATIONS: . . . . . .984" (25mm) S08 ORDERING INFORMATION: L546 SERIES CURRENT TRANSFORMER * 50 to 500 Amps * Compatible with F3I and FWIT Series Input Current . . Output Current . Connections . . . Insulation Class Enclosure . . . . . 2 .571" (14.5mm) 1.46" .079" (37mm) (2mm) 1.69" (43mm) DIMENSIONS: SPECIFICATIONS: Input Current . . Output Current . Connections . . . Insulation Class Enclosure . . . . . .312" L595 SERIES CURRENT TRANSFORMER * 20 to 400 Amps * Compatible with IAR.T Series S11 + .1650" S08-600: 600 V, 10 A rated 8 pin socket-UL and CSA .82" .320" 1.295" 2.06" + .200" .980" .58" o .165" 1.14" (29mm) BND DIN Rail .315" (8mm) 1.575" The S08, and S11 are 8 and 11 pin sockets fabricated from a rugged, durable polycarbonate.* Mounting is with two 6/32 screws .250 or on .30 DIN-Rail, DR. Order part "S08" or "S11." 2.30" .2.2" (56mm) S08, S11 SCREW TERMINAL SOCKETS 50 to 500 Amps AC 50/60 Hz 5 Amps AC #16 AWG 24 long wires 600 VAC Molded thermoplastic Part Number L595-020 L595-050 L595-100 L595-200 L595-300 L595-400 Input Current 20 Amps 50 Amps 100 Amps 200 Amps 300 Amps 400 Amps .75 2.3 .75 DIMENSIONS: ORDERING INFORMATION: Part Number L546-050 L546-100 L546-200 L546-500 Input Current 50 Amps 100 Amps 200 Amps 500 Amps 1.10 2.54 1.10 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/99 CONTROLS CONTROLS Dimensions 2.76 (70mm) D - Din Rail L, P & K Socket 1.89 (48mm) A 1 15 2.72 (69mm) 1.77 (45mm) 16 .43 (11mm) .19 (5mm) 2.95 (75mm) 1.10 .14 (28mm) (3.5mm) 18 A2 .94 .94 (24mm) (24mm) 1.89 (48mm) .08 (2mm) .08 (2mm) .43 (11mm) 2.93 (74.5mm) 4.05 (103mm) O Socket B - Din Rail 1.10 (28mm) 2.52 (64mm) 1.77 45mm 3.42 (87mm) .69 (17.5mm) .43 (11mm) 2.83 (72mm) 1.88 (48mm) 2.95 (75mm) .43 (11mm) .94 (24mm) 2.93 (74.5mm) 1.06 (27mm) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/100 2 Safety Relays Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/101 Safety category for control systems (according to EN 954-1) Categories Summary of requirements System behaviour Main basis of safety B The part of the machine control system - If a fault occurs, it may cause relating to safety and/or protective devices, as well the loss of the safety function. as its components, must be designed, selected, assembled and combined using the most - Certain faults are not detected. advanced methods in order to be able to cope with expected influences. 1 The requirements of B apply. Proven components and safety principles must be used. 2 The requirements of B and the use of proven - The appearance of a fault may cause the loss of safety principles apply. the safety function between checking intervals. The safety function must be checked at suitable intervals by the machine control system. - the fault is detected by the check. Note: suitable times will depend on the application and the type of machine. 3 4 By selecting components and safety principles As described for category B, but with greater reliability in relation to the safety of the safety function. The control system must be designed so that: a) a single fault in control does not cause the loss of the safety function. b) if reasonably possible, the single fault must be detected by suitable measures using the most advanced technology. - When there is a single fault, the safety function continues to operate. The requirements of B and the use of proven safety principles apply. The control system must be designed so that: a) a single fault in control does not cause the loss of the safety function, and b) if possible, the single fault should be detected, by the next call to the safety function, or c) if b) is not possible, an accumulation of faults should not cause the loss of the safety function. - When faults appear, the safety function continues to operate. - Certain faults are detected, but not all. - The accumulation of non-detected faults may lead to the loss of the safety function. By structure - Faults will be detected in time to avoid the loss of the safety function. Estimation of the risk in the event of a fault and selection of a suitable category (according to EN 954-1) Categories B 1 2 3 S1 P1 Starting point for estimating the risk for the part of the control system relating to safety. F1 P2 S2 S F P Seriousness of injury S1 Slight injury S2 Serious, irreversible injury to one or more person(s) or death P1 F2 P2 Frequency and duration of exposure F1 Rare to quite frequent F2 Frequent to continuous Normal category for the level of risk Possibility of avoiding the dangerous phenomenon P1 Possible under certain conditions P2 Rarely possible Go to the next highest category if the solution is standardised B. 1-4: Categories for the parts of the control system relating to safety Go to the next lowest category if the solution is standardised Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/102 4 Guide to selecting a safety relay Function Safety contacts Data contacts Safety level Type Page Emergency stop and/or mobile guards 3 3 3 1 1 1 4 3 4 KNA3-RS KNA3-XS KZP3-RS 2/106 2/104 2/108 2-hand control 2 3 0 1 4 4 KZH2-XS KZH3-RS 2/114 2/116 Timed contacts 3 1 4-3* KZR3-RS 2/110 Zero speed monitoring 2 0 4 KSW2-RS 2/112 Extension unit 3 0 ** KZE3-XS 2/118 * Level 4 on instantaneous contact / level 3 on timed contacts ** Depending on the wiring to the main unit 2 Conformity European "Machinery" Directive 89/392/EEC French Decree 92/765-766-768 European "Usage" Directive 89/655/EEC French Decree 93-40 / 93-41 European "EMC" Directive 89 336/EEC IEC 61496-1 IEC 664-1 EN 50081-2 EN 50082-2 EN 60204-1 EN 292-1 and 2 EN 574 / 97 EN 954-1 EN 418 EN 1088 UL 508 C22-2 No. 14-M91 GS-ET-20 Type III C (KZH2-XS and KZH3-RS) UL (C) UL BG Harmonised European standards These standards have been developed to enable designers, manufacturers or any other person to interpret the essential requirements of the directives in order to ensure conformity with European law. The standards are designed as a framework and general guide for producing machines which will be safe under normal operating conditions. Main harmonised standards relating to safety EN 292-1/2 Machine safety Basic concepts General design principles EN 418 Machine safety Emergency stop equipment Functional aspects EN 60 204-1 Machine safety Electrical machine equipment EN 1088 Machine safety Latching and interlocking mechanisms Mobile guards EN 954-1 Machine safety Parts of control systems relating to safety Tables of risks and categories EN 574 Machine safety 2-hand control device Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/103 "KNA3-XS" safety relay (22.5 mm) "Emergency stop" and "mobile guard monitoring" functions "CE" conforming product / BG approved Control device with one or two channels Safety via redundancy and self-checking 3 "N/O" safety contacts with linked contacts - 6 A / 250 a 1 "N/C" signalling contact Can be used to obtain level 3 according to NF.EN 954-1 Type Part number (and voltage) Technical characteristics Power supply Power supply voltage Operating range Power on Indicator Accuracy Reset time Maximum response time on emergency stop Output specification Type No. of safety circuits No. of data circuits Breaking capacity Max. current breaking capacity Max. voltage breaking capacity Electrical life a 24 V 50/60 Hz c 24 V max. ripple 10% -15% / +10% of Un for a -15% / +15% of Un for c Green LED - PWR < 25 ms < 50 ms Volt-free outputs 3 "N/O" AgSnO2 contacts 1 "N/C" AgSnO2 contacts 1500 VA resistive 6.0 A 250 VAC 105 operations at 1500 VA resistive 5.105 operations at 500 VA resistive 107 operations Mechanical life Operation and use Max. absorbed power AC 1.6 VA / DC 2 W Relay on Indicator Green LED - Out Operating temperature 0C to +50C acc. to IEC 68-2-14 Storage temperature -20C to +70C acc. to IEC 68-1/2 Internal voltage 24 Vc 2.95 kV according to IEC 664-1 Dielectric strength Material group III Resistance to tracking EMC immunity according to EN 50082-2 2 kV directly acc. to IEC 1000.4.4 Rapid transients 2 kV when coupled 10 V/m Level 3 acc. to IEC 1000.4.3 Radiated electromagnetic field 80 MHz to 1 GHz / 900 MHz (ENV 50140/204) 8 kV in the air acc. to IEC 1000.4.2 Electrostatic discharges Common mode 1 kV according to Shock waves IEC1000.4.5 Radio frequencies in common 10 V rms Level 3 according to mode IEC 1000.4.6 150 kHz to 80 MHz (ENV 50141) according to IEC 1000.4.11 Drop-out / short breaks / Un-30% for 10 ms every 1 s microbreaks Un-60% for 100 ms every 1 s according to IEC 61496-1/97 Un-100% for 10 ms every 100 ms* KNA3-XS Conformity European "Machinery" Directive 89/392/EEC French Decree 92/765-766-768 European "Usage" Directive 89/655/EEC French Decree 93-40 / 93-41 NF-EN 60204-1 NF-EN 292-1 and 2 NF-EN 954-1 NF-EN 418 NF-EN 1088 UL 508 C22-2 No. 14-M91 GS-ET-20 Available 2nd half 1999 * Connections 13 23 33 A1 Y1 Y2 PWR OUT 13 23 33 41 14 24 34 42 KNA3-XS A2 41 42 14 24 34 Key A1-A2 Y1-Y2 13-14/23-24/33-34 41-42 : Power supply Control device(s) : Start / validation : "N/O" safety contacts : "N/C" signalling contacts Un-50% for 20 ms every 200 ms* * the device operates normally ** the device has not failed dangerously Casing Material Degree of protection Terminal capacity Weight Un-50% for 500 ms every 5 s** Polycarbonate Self-extinguishing - UL94 class VO Casing: IP40 Terminal: IP20 2 X 1.5 mm2 multicore with ferrule 2 X 2.5 mm2 solid conductor 310 g To order, specify: 1 Part number Example: KNA3-XS safety relay: 85 100 036 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/104 1 85 100 036 85 100 037 24 V a/c 40/260 V a/c Category 3 UL (C) UL BG Control devices: Control devices: Depending on the degree of safety required, KNA3-XS can receive the following components as inputs: The KNA3-XS has three "N/O" safety contacts (13-14/23-24/33-34) and one "N/C" signalling contact (41-42). One or more control devices may be wired (diagram 1 and 2) up to the breaking capacity of the safety contacts: 1500 VA. However, to limit internal heating in the KNA3-XS, it is advisable not to exceed 10 A thermal for all three contacts. The signalling contact cannot be used as a safety contact. The signalling contact can be wired on a PLC input or integrated into a fault signalling system. - emergency stop pushbuttons with one or two contacts (A1-A2) - position sensors (limit switches) with one or two contacts (A1-A2) - pushbutton for start or validation (Y1-Y2) A positive break operation device must be used if a single channel is used. (diagram 1) To increase the degree of safety, one "N/C" auxiliary contact per power contactor is wired in series with the start (or validation) pushbutton, to ensure self-checking in this part of the installation. (diagram 2) Extending the number of contacts: The number of contacts of the KNA3-XS can be extended and the breaking capacity thus increased. To do this, use the KZE3-XS (see page 18). Examples of use KNA3-XS WIRING KNA3-XS WIRING WITH KZE3-XS EXTENSION 2 Dimensions Mounting - Removing 113 90 68,6 90 118 22,5 +0,5 --0 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/105 "KNA3-RS" safety relay (45 mm) "Emergency stop" and "mobile guard monitoring" functions "CE" conforming product / BG approved Control device with one or two channels Safety via redundancy and self-checking Integrity check on control devices 3 "N/O" safety contacts with linked contacts - 6 A / 250 a 1 "N/C" signalling contact Separate return loop Can be used to obtain level 4 according to NF.EN 954-1 Technical characteristics Power supply Power supply voltage Operating range Power on Indicator Accuracy Reset time Maximum response time on emergency stop Output specification Type No. of safety circuits No. of data circuits Breaking capacity Max. current breaking capacity Max. voltage breaking capacity Electrical life a 24 V 50/60 Hz c 24 V max. ripple 10% -15% / +10% of Un for a -15% / +15% of Un for c Green LED - PWR < 25 ms < 50 ms Volt-free outputs 3 "N/O" AgSnO2 contacts 1 "N/C" AgSnO2 contacts 1500 VA resistive 6.0 A 250 VAC 105 operations at 1500 VA resistive 5.105 operations at 500 VA resistive 107 operations Mechanical life Operation and use Max. absorbed power AC 1.6 VA / DC 2 W Relay on Indicator Green LED - Out Operating temperature 0C to +50C acc. to IEC 68-2-14 Storage temperature -20C to +70C acc. to IEC 68-1/2 Internal voltage 24 Vc 2.95 kV according to IEC 664-1 Dielectric strength Material group III Resistance to tracking EMC immunity according to EN 50082-2 2 kV directly acc. to IEC 1000.4.4 Rapid transients 4 kV directly for the 230 Va version 2 kV when coupled 30 V/m Level X acc. to IEC 1000.4.3 Radiated electromagnetic field 80 MHz to 1 GHz / 900 MHz (ENV 50140/204) 15 kV in the air acc. to IEC 1000.4.2 Electrostatic discharges Level 3 according to IEC 1000.4.5 Shock waves Common mode 4 kV for 230 Va 2 kV residual current mode Common mode 2 kV for 24 Vc and 24 Va 30 V rms Level X acc. to IEC 1000.4.6 Radio frequencies in common 150 kHz to 80 MHz (ENV 50141) mode according to IEC 1000.4.11 Un-30% for 10 ms every 1 s Drop-out / short breaks / Un-60% for 100 ms every 1 s microbreaks according to IEC 61496-1/97 Un-100% for 10 ms every 100 ms* Type Part number (and voltage) KNA3-RS 24 V a/c 115 Va 230 Va 85 100 436 85 100 434 85 100 435 1 Conformity European "Machinery" Directive 89/392/EEC French Decree 92/765-766-768 European "Usage" Directive 89/655/EEC French Decree 93-40 / 93-41 IEC 61496-1 IEC 664-1 EN 50081-2 EN 50082-2 EN 60204-1 EN 292-1 and 2 EN 954-1 EN 418 EN 1088 UL 508 C22-2 No. 14-M91 GS-ET-20 Y11 Y12 A1 X1 Y2 13 23 33 S1 S2 41 Degree of protection Terminal capacity Weight OUT Category 4 UL (C) UL BG 13 23 33 41 14 24 34 42 KNA3-RS A2 PE Y21 Y22 X2 Y1 14 42 24 34 Key A1-A2 : Power supply Y11-Y12 and Y21-Y22 : Redundant inputs with differentiated voltage for control devices Y1-Y2 : Start / validation S1-S2 : Short-circuit protection on start / validation input X1-X2 : Return loop 13-14/23-24/33-34 : "N/O" safety contacts 41-42 : "N/C" signalling contacts To order, specify: 1 Part number Example: KNA3-RS safety relay: 85 100 434 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/106 PWR Un-50% for 500 ms every 5 s** Polycarbonate Self-extinguishing - UL94 class VO Casing: IP40 Terminal: IP20 2 X 1.5 mm2 multicore with ferrule 2 X 2.5 mm2 solid conductor 310 g 24 AC DC 410 g 115/230 AC Connections Un-50% for 20 ms every 200 ms* * the device operates normally ** the device has not failed dangerously Casing Material Control devices: Control devices: Depending on the degree of safety required, KNA3-RS can receive the following components as inputs: - emergency stop pushbuttons with two contacts (Y11-Y12 and Y21-Y22) The KNA3-RS has three "N/O" safety contacts (13-14/23-24/33-34) and one "N/C" signalling contact (41-42). One or more control devices may be wired up to the breaking capacity of the safety contacts: 1500 VA. However, to limit internal heating in the KNA3-RS, it is advisable not to exceed 10 A thermal for all three contacts. The signalling contact cannot be used as a safety contact. The signalling contact can be wired on a PLC input or integrated into a fault signalling system. - position sensors (limit switches) with one or two contacts (Y11Y12 and Y21-Y22) - pushbutton for start or validation (Y1-Y2) A positive break operation device must be used if a single contact is used. To increase the degree of safety, one "N/C" auxiliary contact per power contactor is wired on terminals X1-X2 to ensure selfchecking in this part of the installation. Extending the number of contacts: The number of contacts of the KNA3-RS can be extended and the breaking capacity thus increased. To do this, use the KZE3-XS (see page 2/118). Examples of use KNA3 RS, 24 VAC/DC 2 KNA3 RS, 230 VAC Dimensions Mounting - Removing see page 2/105 113 90 68,6 90 118 45 +0,5 --0 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/107 "KZP3-RS" safety relay (45 mm) "Emergency stop" and "mobile guard monitoring" functions "CE" conforming product / BG approved Four input circuits for control device with one or two channels Safety via redundancy and self-checking Integrity check on control devices 3 "N/O" safety contacts with linked contacts - 6 A / 250 a 1 "N/C" signalling contact Can be used to obtain level 4 according to NF.EN 954-1 Technical characteristics Power supply Power supply voltage Operating range Power on Indicator Accuracy Reset time Maximum response time on emergency stop Output specification Type No. of safety circuits No. of data circuits Breaking capacity Max. current breaking capacity Max. voltage breaking capacity Electrical life Mechanical life Operation and use Max. absorbed power Relay on Indicator Operating temperature Storage temperature Internal voltage Dielectric strength Resistance to tracking EMC immunity according to EN Rapid transients Radiated electromagnetic field Electrostatic discharges Shock waves Radio frequencies in common mode Drop-out / short breaks / microbreaks a 24 V 50/60 Hz c 24 V max. ripple 10% -15% / +10% of Un for a -15% / +15% of Un for c Green LED - PWR < 25 ms < 50 ms Volt-free outputs 3 "N/O" AgSnO2 contacts 1 "N/C" AgSnO2 contacts 1500 VA resistive 6.0 A 250 VAC 105 operations at 1500 VA resistive 5.105 operations at 500 VA resistive 107 operations AC 3 VA / DC 3 W Green LED - Out 0C to +50C acc. to IEC 68-2-14 -20C to +70C acc. to IEC 68-1/2 24 Vc 2.95 kV according to IEC 664-1 Material group III 50082-2 2 kV directly acc. to IEC 1000.4.4 4 kV directly for the 230 Va version 2 kV when coupled 30 V/m Level X acc. to IEC 1000.4.3 80 MHz to 1 GHz / 900 MHz (ENV 50140/204) 15 kV in the air acc. to IEC 1000.4.2 Level 3 according to IEC 1000.4.5 Common mode 4 kV for 230 Va Common mode 2 kV for 24 Vc and 24 Va 30 V rms Level X acc. to IEC 1000.4.6 150 kHz to 80 MHz (ENV 50141) according to IEC 1000.4.11 Un-30% for 10 ms every 1 s Un-60% for 100 ms every 1 s according to IEC 61496-1/97 Un-100% for 10 ms every 100 ms* Type Part number (and voltage) KZP3-RS 24 V a/c 85 100 536 1 Conformity European "Machinery" Directive 89/392/EEC French Decree 92/765-766-768 European "Usage" Directive 89/655/EEC French Decree 93-40 / 93-41 IEC 61496-1 IEC 664-1 EN 50081-2 EN 50082-2 EN 60204-1 EN 292-1 and 2 EN 954-1 EN 418 EN 1088 UL 508 C22-2 No. 14-M91 GS-ET-20 13 23 33 S3 Y32 Y42 A1 S1 S2 S4 Y31 Y41 Degree of protection Terminal capacity Weight OUT Category 4 UL (C) UL BG 13 23 33 41 14 24 34 42 KZP3-RS A2 Y11 Y1 Y2 41 42 Y12 Y22 Y21 14 24 34 Key A1-A2 : Power supply Y11-Y12 and Y21-Y22 : Redundant inputs with differentiated voltage for control devices Y31-Y32 and Y41-Y42 : Redundant inputs with differentiated voltage for control devices Y1-Y2 : Start / validation S1-S2 and S3-S4 : Short-circuit protection on start / validation input 13-14/23-24/33-34 : "N/O" safety contacts 41-42 : "N/C" signalling contacts To order, specify: 1 Part number Example: KZP3-RS safety relay: 85 100 536 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/108 PWR Un-50% for 500 ms every 5 s** Polycarbonate Self-extinguishing - UL94 class VO Casing: IP40 Terminal: IP20 2 X 1.5 mm2 multicore with ferrule 2 X 2.5 mm2 solid conductor 410 g Connections Un-50% for 20 ms every 200 ms* * the device operates normally ** the device has not failed dangerously Casing Material Control devices: Control devices: The KZP3-RS is used to obtain and maintain a category 4 level of safety for an installation with two control devices (see wiring example). Depending on the degree of safety required, KZP3-RS can receive the following components as inputs: - emergency stop pushbuttons with two contacts (Y11-Y12 / Y21-Y22 and Y31-Y32 / Y41-Y42) - position sensors with one or two contacts (Y11-Y12 / Y21-Y22 and Y31-Y32 / Y41-Y42) - pushbutton for start or validation (Y1-Y2) A positive break operation device must be used if a single contact is used. To increase the degree of safety, one "N/C" auxiliary contact per power contactor is cabled in series with the start (or validation) pushbutton, to ensure self-checking in this part of the installation. The KZP3-RS has three "N/O" safety contacts (13-14/23-24/33-34) and one "N/C" signalling contact (41-42). One or more control devices may be wired up to the breaking capacity of the safety contacts: 1500 VA. However, to limit internal heating in the KZP3-RS, it is advisable not to exceed 10 A thermal for all three contacts. The signalling contact cannot be used as a safety contact. The signalling contact can be wired on a PLC input or integrated into a fault signalling system. Extending the number of contacts: The number of contacts of the KZP3-XS can be extended and the breaking capacity thus increased. To do this, use the KZE3-XS. Examples of use 2 + 24 V 13 23 33 S3 Y32 Y42 A1 S1 S2 S4 Y31 Y41 Start 13 23 33 AU1 41 S1-S2 and S3-S4 bridged for start / validation input protection c1 14 24 34 42 c2 A2 Y11 Y1 Y2 41 42 Y12 Y22 Y21 14 24 34 c3 AU2 C1 C2 C3 0V LEVEL 4 NOTE: If a mobile guard is used instead of an ES with automatic starting, the contact which closes first on terminals Y11-Y12 (if the guard is connected on Y11-Y12 on Y21-Y22) or terminals Y41-Y42 (if it is connected on Y31-Y32 and Y41-Y42) must be connected. Dimensions Mounting - Removing see page 2/105 113 90 68,6 90 118 45 +0,5 --0 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/109 "KZR3-RS" safety relay (45 mm) "Emergency stop" and "mobile guard monitoring" functions Safety timer function from 0.5 s to 30 s "CE" conforming product / BG approved Safety via redundancy and self-checking Integrity check on control devices 1 "N/O" instantaneous safety contact with linked contacts - 6 A / 250 Va 1 "N/O" timed safety contact with linked contacts - 6 A / 250 Va 1 "N/C" timed safety contact with linked contacts- 6 A / 250 Va 1 "N/C" timed signalling contact Can be used to obtain level 4 according to NF.EN 954-1 Technical characteristics Power supply Power supply voltage Operating range Power on Indicator Accuracy Reset time Maximum response time on emergency stop Output specification Type No. of instantaneous safety circuits No. of timed safety circuits No. of data circuits Breaking capacity Max. current breaking capacity Max. voltage breaking capacity Electrical life a 24 V 50/60 Hz c 24 V max. ripple 10% -15% / +10% of Un for a -15% / +15% of Un for c Green LED - PWR < 25 ms < 50 ms Volt-free outputs 1 "N/O" AgSnO2 contact 1 "N/O" + 1 "N/C" AgSnO2 contact 1 "N/C" AgSnO2 contact 1500 VA resistive 6.0 A 250 VAC 105 operations at 1500 VA resistive 5.105 operations at 500 VA resistive 107 operations Mechanical life Operation and use Max. absorbed power AC 1.6 VA / DC 2 W Relay on Indicator Green LED Out Operating temperature 0C to +50C acc. to IEC 68-2-14 Storage temperature -20C to +70C acc. to IEC 68-1/2 Internal voltage 24 Vc Dielectric strength 2.95 kV according to IEC 664-1 Resistance to tracking Material group III EMC immunity according to EN 50082-2 2 kV directly acc. to IEC 1000.4.4 Rapid transients 2 kV when coupled 30 V/m Level X acc. to IEC 1000.4.3 Radiated electromagnetic field 80 MHz to 1 GHz / 900 MHz (ENV 50140/204) 15 kV in the air acc. to IEC 1000.4.2 Electrostatic discharges Level 3 according to IEC 1000.4.5 Shock waves Common mode 4 kV for 230 Va Common mode 2 kV for 24 Vc and 24 Va 30 V rms Level X acc. to IEC 1000.4.6 Radio frequencies in common 150 kHz to 80 MHz (ENV 50141) mode according to IEC 1000.4.11 Un-30% for 10 ms every 1 s Drop-out / short breaks / Un-60% for 100 ms every 1 s microbreaks according to IEC 61496-1/97 Un-100% for 10 ms every 100 ms* Un-50% for 20 ms every 200 ms* * the device operates normally ** the device has not failed dangerously Casing Material Degree of protection Terminal capacity Weight Type Part number (and voltage) KZR3-RS 24 V a/c 85 100 736 1 Conformity European "Machinery" Directive 89/392/EEC French Decree 92/765-766-768 European "Usage" Directive 89/655/EEC French Decree 93-40 / 93-41 IEC 61496-1 IEC 664-1 EN 50081-2 EN 50082-2 EN 60204-1 EN 292-1 and 2 EN 954-1 EN 418 EN 1088 UL 508 C22-2 No. 14-M91 GS-ET-20 Category 4 * UL (C) UL BG Connections Y11 Y12 13 A1 Y1 23 31 Y2 41 Power-up PWR OUT 13 23 A1-A2 41 31 K1 K3 K2 K4 14 24 42 Y1-Y2 Y11-Y12 Y21-Y22 13-14 32 23-24 31-32 41-42 KZR3-RS A2 Y21 Y22 Timed 42 14 24 32 Key A1-A2 : Power supply Y11-Y12 and Y21-Y22 : Redundant inputs with differentiated voltage for control devices Y1-Y2 13-14 23-24 31-32 41-42 : : : : : Start / validation "N/O" instantaneous safety contact "N/O" timed safety contact "N/C" timed safety contact "N/C" timed data contact To order, specify: 1 Part number Example: KZR3-RS safety relay: 85 100 736 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/110 * instantaneous outputs. Category 3 according to EN 954 1 on timed outputs Un-50% for 500 ms every 5 s** Polycarbonate Self-extinguishing - UL94 class VO Casing: IP40 Terminal: IP20 2 X 1.5 mm2 multicore with ferrule 2 X 2.5 mm2 solid conductor 410 g Control devices: Control devices: Depending on the degree of safety required, KZR3-RS can receive the following components as inputs: The KZR3-RS has one "N/O" instantaneous safety category 4 contact (13-14), one "N/O" timed safety category 3 contact (23-24) and one "N/C" (31-32) timed safety category 3 contact, and one "N/C" (41-42) signalling contact. One or more control devices may be wired (diagram 1 and 2) up to the breaking capacity of the safety contacts: 1500 VA. - emergency stop pushbuttons with two contacts (Y11-Y12 and Y21Y22) - position sensors (limit switches) with one or two contacts (Y11-Y12 and Y21-Y22) - auxiliary contact for electromagnetic lock (Y11-Y12 and Y21-Y22) Extending the number of contacts: - pushbutton for start or validation (Y1-Y2) The number of contacts of the KZR3-XS can be extended and the breaking capacity thus increased. To do this, use the KZE3-XS. A positive break operation device must be used if a single contact is used. Examples of use 2 Dimensions Mounting - Removing see page 2/105 113 90 68,6 90 118 45 +0,5 --0 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/111 "KSW2-RS" safety relay (45 mm) "Zero speed monitoring" function for a single or 3-phase motor Detection of actual stopping by measuring remanent voltages "CE" conforming product / BG approved Safety via redundancy and self-checking Wiring integrity check Galvanic isolation 1 "N/O" safety contact with linked contacts - 6 A / 250 Va 1 "N/C" safety contact with linked contacts - 6 A / 250 Va Separate return loop Can be used to obtain level 4 according to NF.EN 954-1 Technical characteristics Power supply Power supply voltage Operating range Power on Indicator Accuracy Reset time Setting for channels 1 and 2 Synchronisation difference Hysteresis Output specification Type No. of safety circuits Breaking capacity Max. current breaking capacity Max. voltage breaking capacity Electrical life a 24 V 50/60 Hz c 24 V max. ripple 10% -15% / +10% of Un for a -15% / +15% of Un for c Green LED - PWR 3 s (self-test) From 20 mV to 500 mV +/- 15% <3s 40% +/- 50% Volt-free outputs 1 "N/O" + 1 "N/C" AgSnO2 contact 1500 VA resistive 6.0 A 250 VAC 105 operations at 1500 VA resistive 5.105 operations at 500 VA resistive 107 operations Mechanical life Operation and use Max. absorbed power AC 1.6 VA / DC 2 W Relay on Indicator Green LED - Out Operating temperature 0C to +50C acc. to IEC 68-2-14 Storage temperature -20C to +70C acc. to IEC 68-1/2 Internal voltage 24 Vc 2.95 kV according to IEC 664-1 Dielectric strength Material group III Resistance to tracking EMC immunity according to EN 50082-2 2 kV directly acc. to IEC 1000.4.4 Rapid transients 2 kV when coupled 30 V/m Level X acc. to IEC 1000.4.3 Radiated electromagnetic field 80 MHz to 1 GHz / 900 MHz (ENV 50140/204) 15 kV in the air acc. to IEC 1000.4.2 Electrostatic discharges Level 3 according to IEC 1000.4.5 Shock waves Common mode 2 kV for 24 Vc and 24 Va 30 V rms Level X acc. to IEC 1000.4.6 Radio frequencies in common 150 kHz to 80 MHz (ENV 50141) mode according to IEC 1000.4.11 Un-30% for 10 ms every 1 s Drop-out / short breaks / Un-60% for 100 ms every 1 s microbreaks according to IEC 61496-1/97 Un-100% for 10 ms every 100 ms* Type Part number (and voltage) KSW2-RS 24 V a/c 85 100 326 Conformity European "Machinery" Directive 89/392/EEC French Decree 92/765-766-768 European "Usage" Directive 89/655/EEC French Decree 93-40 / 93-41 IEC 61496-1 IEC 664-1 EN 50081-2 EN 50082-2 EN 60204-1 EN 292-1 and 2 EN 954-1 EN 418 EN 1088 UL 508 C22-2 No. 14-M91 GS-ET-20 13 Degree of protection Terminal capacity Weight A1 X1 UL (C) UL BG PWR OUT 13 21 14 22 A2 14 KSW2-RS L1 22 L2 L3 Key A1-A2 X1-X2 L1-L2 L2-L3 13-14 21-22 : : : : : : Power supply Return loop Input channel 1 (motor winding) Input channel 2 (motor winding) "N/O" safety contacts "N/C" safety contacts To order, specify: 1 Part number Example: KSW2-RS safety relay: 85 100 326 Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com Category 4 X2 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. 2/112 21 Un-50% for 500 ms every 5 s** Polycarbonate Self-extinguishing - UL94 class VO Casing: IP40 Terminal: IP20 2 X 1.5 mm2 multicore with ferrule 2 X 2.5 mm2 solid conductor 410 g Connections Un-50% for 20 ms every 200 ms* * the device operates normally ** the device has not failed dangerously Casing Material Self-test: Setting: When terminals A1-A2 are powered up, a test sequence is initiated: the output relays (terminals 13-14 and 21-22) are energised for 1.5 s then separate for 1.5 s. If no fault is detected, the relays reattach. This test checks: - failure of the output contacts (terminals 13-14 and 21-22) - breaking of one of the phases (L1, L2 or L3) - the validity of the return loop (X1-X2) - the failure of an internal component Both channels are set on the front of the KSW2-RS using two potentiometers. This mitigates the effects of any imbalance between the windings or remanent voltages. Setting is within a range of 20 mV to 500 mV in order to adapt a threshold to a slow or zero speed, which is not dangerous for the operator. Control devices: The KSW2-RS has one "N/O" (13-14) and one "N/C" (21-22) safety contact. One or more control devices may be wired up to the breaking capacity of the safety contacts: 1500 VA. Safety function: When an electric motor rotates while no longer supplied with power, it behaves like a generator, supplying voltage (called remanent) to the terminals of its windings. This voltage varies according to several parameters: speed of rotation, the motor characteristics, remanent magnetisation, inertia of the mechanical assembly. The KSW2-RS measures this voltage and interprets it so that the doors and mobile guards can only be opened once the motor has actually stopped. Extending the number of contacts: The number of contacts of the KSW2-XS can be extended and the breaking capacity thus increased. To do this, use the KZE3-XS. 2 Examples of use Dimensions Mounting - Removing see page 2/105 113 90 68,6 90 118 45 +0,5 --0 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/113 "KZH2-XS" safety relay (22.5 mm) Type III C "2-hand control" functions according to EN 574/97 "CE" conforming product with type-examination BG approved product INRS certification: Q3.99 Control device with two channels Safety via redundancy and self-checking Integrity check on control devices 2 "N/O" safety contacts with linked contacts - 6 A / 250 Va Can be used to obtain level 4 according to NF.EN 954-1 Technical characteristics Power supply Power supply voltage Operating range Power on Indicator Accuracy Synchronisation difference Response time on release of control device Output specification Type No. of safety circuits Breaking capacity Max. current breaking capacity Max. voltage breaking capacity Electrical life Mechanical life Operation and use Max. absorbed power Relay on Indicator Operating temperature Storage temperature Internal voltage Dielectric strength Resistance to tracking EMC immunity according to EN Rapid transients Radiated electromagnetic field Electrostatic discharges Shock waves Radio frequencies in common mode Drop-out / short breaks / microbreaks a 24 V 50/60 Hz c 24 V max. ripple 10% -15% / +10% of Un for a -10% / +15% of Un for c Green LED - PWR < 500 ms < 20 ms Volt-free outputs 2 "N/O" AgSnO2 contacts 1500 VA resistive 6.0 A 250 VAC 105 operations at 1500 VA resistive 5.105 operations at 500 VA resistive 107 operations Type Part number (and voltage) KZH2-XS 24 V a/c 85 100 626 Conformity European "Machinery" Directive 89/392/EEC French Decree 92/765-766-768 European "Usage" Directive 89/655/EEC French Decree 93-40 / 93-41 European "EMC" Directive 89 336/EEC IEC 61496-1 IEC 664-1 EN 50081-2 EN 50082-2 EN 60204-1 EN 292-1 and 2 EN 574 / 97 EN 954-1 EN 418 EN 1088 UL 508 C22-2 No. 14-M91 GS-ET-20 Degree of protection Terminal capacity Weight 2 kV directly acc. to IEC 1000.4.4 2 kV when coupled 30 V/m Level X acc. to IEC 1000.4.3 80 MHz to 1 GHz / 900 MHz (ENV 50140/204) 15 kV in the air acc. to IEC 1000.4.2 Level 3 according to IEC 1000.4.5 Common mode 2 kV for 24 Vc and 24 Va 10 V rms on inputs / Level 3 according to IEC 1000.4.6 30 V rms on supp. / Level X according to IEC 1000.4.6 150 kHz to 80 MHz (ENV 50141) according to IEC 1000.4.11 Un-30% for 10 ms every 1 s Un-60% for 100 ms every 1 s according to IEC 61496-1/97 Un-100% for 10 ms every 100 ms* 13 23 Type III C Category 4 UL (C) UL BG A1 Y11 Y12 Y13 PWR OUT 13 23 14 24 KZH2-XS A2 14 Y22 Y23 24 Y21 Key A1-A2 Y11-Y12-Y13 and Y21-Y22-Y23 13-14 / 23-24 : Power supply : Redundant inputs with differentiated voltage for control devices : "N/O" safety contacts Un-50% for 500 ms every 5 s** Polycarbonate Self-extinguishing - UL94 class VO Casing: IP40 Terminal: IP20 2 X 1.5 mm2 multicore with ferrule 2 X 2.5 mm2 solid conductor 230 g To order, specify: 1 Part number Example: KZH2-XS safety relay: 85 100 626 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/114 Connections AC 1.5 VA / DC 1.5 W Green LED - Out 0C to +50C acc. to IEC 68-2-14 -20C to +70C acc. to IEC 68-1/2 24 Vc 2.95 kV according to IEC 664-1 Material group III 50082-2 Un-50% for 20 ms every 200 ms* * the device operates normally ** the device has not failed dangerously Casing Material Control devices: Extending the number of contacts: The KZH2-XS can receive the following components as inputs: The number of contacts of the KZH2-XS can be extended and the breaking capacity thus increased. To do this, use the KZE3-XS. - two pushbuttons with two positions "N/O" + "N/C" (Y11-Y12-Y13 and Y21-Y22-Y23) - one or two emergency stop pushbuttons with one or two channels (A1-A2). Control devices: The KZH2-XS has two "N/O" safety contacts (13-14/23-24). One or more control devices may be wired up to the breaking capacity of the safety contacts: 1500 VA. However, to limit internal heating in the KZH2-XS, it is advisable not to exceed 8 A thermal for both contacts. Examples of use 24 V 2 13 23 Y11 A1 Y12 Y13 Emergency stop KZH2-XS 13 23 2-hand control console 14 24 A2 Y22 Y23 14 24 Y21 C1 C2 0V Dimensions Mounting - Removing see page 2/105 113 90 68,6 90 118 22,5 +0,5 --0 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/115 "KZH3-RS" safety relay (45 mm) Type III C "2-hand control" functions according to EN 574/97 "CE" conforming product with type-examination BG approved product INRS certification: Q3.99 Control device with two channels Safety via redundancy and self-checking Integrity check on control devices 3 "N/O" safety contacts with linked contacts - 6 A / 250 Va 1 "N/C" signalling contact Can be used to obtain level 4 according to NF.EN 954-1 Technical characteristics Power supply Power supply voltage Operating range Power on Indicator Accuracy Reset time Maximum response time on emergency stop at Un Output specification Type No. of safety circuits No. of data circuits Breaking capacity Max. current breaking capacity Max. voltage breaking capacity Electrical life Mechanical life Operation and use Max. absorbed power a 24 V 50/60 Hz c 24 V max. ripple 10% -15% / +10% of Un for a -10% / +15% of Un for c Green LED - PWR < 500 ms < 20 ms Volt-free outputs 3 "N/O" AgSnO2 contacts 1 "N/C" AgSnO2 contacts 1500 VA resistive 6.0 A 250 VAC 105 operations at 1500 VA resistive 5.105 operations at 500 VA resistive 107 operations 24 AC 1.5 VA / 24 DC 1.5 W / 115-230 AC 3.2 VA Relay on Indicator Green LED - Out Operating temperature 0C to +50C acc. to IEC 68-2-14 Storage temperature -20C to +70C acc. to IEC 68-1/2 Internal voltage 24 Vc 2.95 kV according to IEC 664-1 Dielectric strength Material group III Resistance to tracking EMC immunity according to EN 50082-2 Rapid transients Radiated electromagnetic field Electrostatic discharges Shock waves Radio frequencies in common mode Drop-out / short breaks / microbreaks 2 kV directly acc. to IEC 1000.4.4 4 kV directly for the 230 Va version 2 kV when coupled 30 V/m Level X acc. to IEC 1000.4.3 80 MHz to 1 GHz / 900 MHz (ENV 50140/204) 15 kV in the air acc. to IEC 1000.4.2 Level 3 according to IEC 1000.4.5 Common mode 4 kV for 230 Va 2 kV residual current mode Common mode 2 kV for 24 Vc and 24 Va 10 V rms on inputs / Level 3 according to IEC 1000.4.6 30 V rms on supp. / Level X according to IEC 1000.4.6 150 kHz to 80 MHz (ENV 50141) according to IEC 1000.4.11 Un-30% for 10 ms every 1 s Un-60% for 100 ms every 1 s according to IEC 61496-1/97 Un-100% for 10 ms every 100 ms* Type Part number (and voltage) KZH3-RS 24 V a/c 115 Va 230 Va 85 100 636 85 100 634 85 100 635 Conformity European "Machinery" Directive 89/392/EEC French Decree 92/765-766-768 European "Usage" Directive 89/655/EEC French Decree 93-40 / 93-41 European "EMC" Directive 89 336/EEC IEC 61496-1 IEC 664-1 EN 50081-2 EN 50082-2 EN 60204-1 EN 292-1 and 2 EN 574 / 97 EN 954-1 EN 418 EN 1088 UL 508 C22-2 No. 14-M91 GS-ET-20 Y12 Y11 Y13 A1 N1 13 23 Degree of protection Terminal capacity Weight 2/116 Type III C Category 4 UL (C) UL BG 33 41 N1 PWR OUT 13 23 33 41 14 24 34 42 KZH3-RS A2 PE 42 Y22 Y21 Y23 14 24 34 Key A1-A2 Y11-Y12-Y13 and Y21-Y22-Y23 13-14/23-24/33-34 41-42 : Power supply : Redundant inputs with differentiated voltage for control devices : "N/O" safety contacts : "N/C" signalling contacts Un-50% for 500 ms every 5 s** Polycarbonate Self-extinguishing - UL94 class VO Casing: IP40 Terminal: IP20 2 X 1.5 mm2 multicore with ferrule 2 X 2.5 mm2 solid conductor 310 g 24 AC/DC 410 g 115-230 AC Connections Un-50% for 20 ms every 200 ms* * the device operates normally ** the device has not failed dangerously Casing Material 1 To order, specify: 1 Part number Example: KZH3-RS safety relay: 85 100 634 Control devices: Extending the number of contacts: The KZH3-RS can receive the following components as inputs: The number of contacts of the KZH3-RS can be extended and the breaking capacity thus increased. To do this, use the KZE3-XS. - two pushbuttons with two positions "N/O" + "N/C" (Y11-Y12-Y13 and Y21-Y22-Y23) - one or two emergency stop pushbuttons with one or two channels (A1-A2). Control devices: The KZH3-RS has three "N/O" safety contacts (13-14/23-24/ 33-34) and one "N/C" signalling contact (41-42). One or more control devices may be wired up to the breaking capacity of the safety contacts: 1500 VA. However, to limit internal heating in the KZH3-RS, it is advisable not to exceed 10 A thermal for all three contacts. Examples of use 2 Dimensions Mounting - Removing see page 2/105 113 90 68,6 90 118 45 +0,5 --0 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/117 Extension for "KZE3-XS" safety relay (22.5 mm) Extending the number of contacts in a safety relay Used to increase the breaking capacity of the main unit "CE" conforming product / BG approved Safety via redundancy and self-checking 3 "N/O" safety contacts with linked contacts 6 A / 250 Va 1 "N/C" return loop Type Part number (and voltage) Technical characteristics Power supply Power supply voltage Operating range Power on Indicator Accuracy Synchronisation difference Maximum response time on emergency stop at Un Output specification Type No. of safety circuits Return loop Breaking capacity Max. current breaking capacity Max. voltage breaking capacity Electrical life a 24 V 50/60 Hz c 24 V max. ripple 10% -15% / +10% of Un for a -15% / +15% of Un for c Green LED - PWR < 25 ms 50 ms Volt-free outputs 3 "N/O" AgSnO2 contacts 1 "N/C" AgSnO2 contact 1500 VA resistive 6.0 A 250 VAC 105 operations at 1500 VA resistive 5.105 operations at 500 VA resistive 107 operations Mechanical life Operation and use Max. absorbed power AC 1.6 VA / DC 2 W Relay on Indicator Green LED - Out Operating temperature 0C to +50C acc. to IEC 68-2-14 Storage temperature -20C to +70C acc. to IEC 68-1/2 Internal voltage 24 Vc 2.95 kV according to IEC 664-1 Dielectric strength Material group III Resistance to tracking EMC immunity according to EN 50082-2 2 kV directly acc. to IEC 1000.4.4 Rapid transients 2 kV when coupled 10 V/m Level 3 acc. to IEC 1000.4.3 Radiated electromagnetic field 80 MHz to 1 GHz / 900 MHz (ENV 50140/204) 8 kV in the air acc. to IEC 1000.4.2 Electrostatic discharges Common mode 1 kV according to Shock waves IEC1000.4.5 Radio frequencies in common 10 V rms Level 3 acc. to IEC 1000.4.6 mode 150 kHz to 80 MHz (ENV 50141) according to IEC 1000.4.11 Drop-out / short breaks / Un-30% for 10 ms every 1 s microbreaks Un-60% for 100 ms every 1 s according to IEC 61496-1/97 Un-100% for 10 ms every 100 ms* KZE3-XS 1 85 100 936 85 100 937 24 V a/c 40/260 V a Conformity European "Machinery" Directive 89/392/EEC French Decree 92/765-766-768 European "Usage" Directive 89/655/EEC French Decree 93-40 / 93-41 NF-EN 60204-1 NF-EN 292-1 and 2 NF-EN 954-1 NF-EN 418 NF-EN 1088 UL 508 C22-2 No. 14-M91 GS-ET-20 UL (C) UL BG Connections 13 23 33 A1 X1 X2 PWR OUT 13 23 33 41 14 24 34 42 KZE3-XS A2 41 42 14 24 34 Key A1-A2 41 - 42 13-14/23-24/33-34 X1-X2 : Power supply Control device(s) : Return contact : "N/O" safety contacts : Internal return loop Example of wiring KZE3-XS controlled by a single channel as an extension of a KNA3-XS 24 V Emergency stop Start 13 23 33 A1 Y1 Y2 13 23 33 A1 X1 X2 KNA3-XS 13 23 33 KZE3-XS 13 23 33 X1-X2 of the KZE3XS bridged Un-50% for 20 ms every 200 ms* * the device operates normally ** the device has not failed dangerously Casing Material Degree of protection Terminal capacity Weight c1 Un-50% for 500 ms every 5 s** c2 Polycarbonate Self-extinguishing - UL94 class VO Casing: IP40 Terminal: IP20 2 X 1.5 mm2 multicore with ferrule 2 X 2.5 mm2 solid conductor 310 g 14 24 34 14 24 34 A2 41 42 14 24 34 A2 41 42 14 24 34 C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 0V To order, specify: 1 Part number Example: Extension for KZE3-XS safety relay: 85 100 936 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/118 Control devices: Depending on the degree of safety required, the KZE3-XS can be controlled by one or two channels. In most cases, control by one channel will be sufficient. Please consult your inspection office for further information. validation" line (Y1-Y2) of the main unit. One or more control devices may be wired up to the breaking capacity of the safety contacts: 1500 VA. However, to limit internal heating in the KZE3-XS, it is advisable not to exceed 10 A thermal for all three contacts. Extending the number of contacts: Control devices: The KZE3-XS has three "N/O" safety contacts (13-14/23-24/ 33-34) and a return loop (X1-X2) which must be included in the "start / It is possible to wire several extension KZE3-XS units in cascade. All the return loops (X1-X2) will be in series with the "start / validation" line (Y1Y2) of the main unit. Examples of use WIRING FOR KNA3-XS WITH A KZE3-XS RELAY EXTENSION UNIT 2 Dimensions Mounting - Removing see page 2/105 113 90 68,6 90 118 22,5 +0,5 --0 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/119 Illuminated indicator banks Modular illuminated indicator banks 1 to 5 lens units General characteristics Part numbers Environment Certifications Illuminated lens units Green Red Orange Blue Clear Yellow Audible alarms Buzzer 24 VDC Buzzer 120-230 VAC Black In normal operation: CSA, UL: a 240 V maximum In normal operation: "TC" treatment Protective treatment Ambient air Use temperature Stored Electric shock protection 1 83 83 83 83 83 83 895 895 895 895 895 895 201 202 203 204 205 206 -10C, +55C -20C, +70C Direct mounting: class II. Tube mounting: class I according to IEC 536 and NF C 20-030 IP 42 according to IEC 529 and NF C 20-010, vertical, base unit underneath Polycarbonate Glass polyamide Anodised aluminium Polycarbonate or aluminium Mounting accessories Electrical characteristics Assigned insulation voltage Ui = 250 V according to IEC 947-1 Pedestal on horizontal support, for tube mounting 83 895 208 Assigned impulse voltage Uimp = 4 kV according to IEC 947-1 Type of bulb Fixed signalling lens unit: BA15d base fitting bulbs, power 10 W Pedestal on vertical support Direct mounting on base or pedestal 83 895 209 Terminal labelling 1 terminal labelled "NC" (C) common to the 5 units, 1 or 5 terminals labelled from 1 to 5 according to the number of units On protected and open terminals with captive screw clamps: max. clamping capacity: 2 x 2.5 mm2 Base with axial or lateral cable entry and cover 83 895 210 Degree of protection Materials Lens units Base and cover Tube Pedestal Connection 83 895 211 83 895 212 2 83 895 207 100 mm tube, supplied with clamping system on base 83 895 213 83 895 214 400 mm 800 mm Incandescent bulbs BA 15 d base fitting*, 10 W 24 V BA 15 d base fitting*, 10 W 120 V BA 15 d base fitting*, 10 W 230 V *Bulbs must purchase in lots of ten (10) Connection diagram 79 214 586 79 214 587 79 214 588 5 4 2 N 5 3 1 1 To order, specify: 1 2 Part number Accessory Example: Blue lens unit 83 895 204 - Pedestal 83 895 209 - Bulb 79 214 588 3 Bulb Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/120 3 General information Type 83 895 2 indicator banks are optical signalling devices used in particular for 360 remote signalling of the various states and sequences of a machine or installation. Examples: operation, machine stop, missing materials, paging personnel, fault signalling, etc 3 2 The indicator bank is modular It forms an assembly which can be constructed to form several different versions with between one and five lens units, and is not assembled on delivery (to be assembled by the customer). It comprises: 1 - A base with a removable connection terminal block and an axial or lateral cable entry. 2 - One to five green, red, orange, blue, clear or yellow lens units. 3 - A cover on the top section. The lens units fit together easily by stacking one on top of the another and can be locked and unlocked using a built-in peripheral nut. Electrical connection of the various parts is automatic. Accessories: 4 - 100 mm tube. 5 - Pedestal screwed onto the tube for fixing it to the horizontal support. 6 - Pedestal for fixing to the vertical support. 1 4 Installation Fixing: direct fixing of the base to the support using 2 screws or using a pedestal screwed onto the tube. Wiring: this is carried out on the removable connection terminal block which is built into the base (to make wiring easier). The terminals are protected to make the screw clamps captive and to avoid any contact with live parts. 2 5 6 Dimensions 1 Pedestal 83 895 209, direct mounting on base 100 Tube 83 895 207 and pedestal 83 895 208 51.5 25.5 2 1 Tube 83 895 207, O 25 mm 2 Pedestal on horizontal support 83 895 208 = 114 = 68 O70 Mounting using pedestal 83 895 208 screwed onto tube 83 895 207 Drilling of horizontal support for fixing on pedestal 83 895 208 1 Tube O 25 mm 2 Pedestal on vertical support 83 895 209 Drilling of vertical support for fixing on pedestal 83 895 207 3xO5 ou M5 4xO5.5 ou M5 O27 114 25.5 41.5 2 54 100 1 54 50 Other information Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/121 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/122 2 Counters Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/123 Electro-mechanical impulse counters totalizing - 24 x 48 1 Part numbers (and voltages) Characteristics Counting capacity Height of digits Max. count rate Min. count rate Min. pause time between 2 pulses Max. pulse length (count coil) Voltage variation Operation factor Absorbed power 24 Va / 115 Va 230 Va 24 Vc Mechanical life (count function) Voltage tests to IEC 255 100 Protection Environmental protection 999 999 imp without zero reset 99 999 imp with zero reset 4 mm a 18 imp/s c 25 imp/s a 28 ms c 20 ms a 28 ms c 20 ms No limit +10% / -15% from Un 100% 1.1 VA 2.1 VA 0.8 W > 50 x 106 operations U 60 V : 500 V U > 60 V : 2000 V Case IP 40 Terminal IP 00 Metal parts protected (by surface treatment) or non-corroding Reset 230 V - 50 * 60 Hz 115 V - 50 * 60 Hz 24 V - 50 * 60 Hz 24 V c Without (A) 99 766 901 99 766 902 99 766 904 99 766 907 Manual (B) 99 766 921 99 766 922 99 766 924 99 766 927 N.B. No count pulse must be received during the zero reset time. If a pulse is received damage may be caused. Dimensions 24 x 48 - 5 decades 99 766 92 48 8,5 54,1 41,5 6 20 Front panel 24 x 48 mm 6 or 5 digits, 4 mm in height With or without manual zero reset White digits on black background 22,5 24 3 O3,2 6 24 x 48 - 6 decades 99 766 90 48 8,5 49,3 41,5 Connections Mounting Weight 20 Use Stored 6 22,5 None Yes - 10 + 60 C - 40 + 80 C 6.35 faston connectors or link screws 2 x M3 screws F90 on front panel 50 g 24 Maintenance Operates in any position Temperature limits 3 O3,2 Rear panels 99 766 92 99 766 90 Panel cut-out 99 766 9 41,5 37 To order, specify : 1 Part number Example : Electro-mechanical impulse counters totalizing 6 decades - 99 766 901 23 Other voltages : please consult us M3 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/124 Electro-mechanical impulse counters totalizing - 36 x 37 Front panel 36 x 37 mm 6 or 5 digits, 4 mm in height With or without manual zero reset White digits on black background Protection Environmental protection None Yes - 10 + 60 C - 40 + 80 C 6.35 faston connectors or link screws 2 x O 2.5 screws F90 on front panel 50 g Use Stored Connections Mounting Weight 36 x 37 - 5 decades 99 766 61 8,5 54,1 37 20 6 2,5 O2,5 6 36 x 37 - 6 decades 99 766 60 8,5 49,3 37 6 20 Voltage tests to IEC 255-5 Dimensions 23,5 Max. pulse length (count coil) Voltage variation Absorbed power 24 Va / 115 Va 230 Va 24 Vc Mechanical life (count function) 23,5 Min. pause time between 2 pulses With manual zero reset 99 766 610 99 766 611 99 766 613 99 766 616 N.B. No count pulse must be received during the zero reset time. If a pulse is received, damage may be caused. 30 Min. count rate 36 Height of digits Max. count rate 230 V a - 50 * 60 Hz 115 V a - 50 * 60 Hz 24 V a - 50 * 60 Hz 24 V c Without zero reset 99 766 601 99 766 602 99 766 604 99 766 607 30 999 999 imp without zero reset 99 999 imp with zero reset 4 mm a 18 imp/s c 25 imp/s a 28 ms c 20 ms a 28 ms c 20 ms No limit +10% / -15% from Un 1.1 VA 2.1 VA 0.8 W > 50 x 106 operations U 60 V : 500 V U > 60 V : 2000 V Case IP 40 Terminal IP 00 Metal parts protected (by surface treatment) or non-corroding 36 Counting capacity Maintenance Operates in any position Temperature limits 1 Part numbers (and voltages) Characteristics 2,5 O2,5 Rear panels 99 766 61 99 766 60 Panel cut-out 99 766 6 33,5 Other voltages : please consult us 1 30 24 To order, specify : Part number Example : Electro-mechanical impulse counters totalizing - 6 decades - 99 766 601 O2,7 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/125 2 Electro-mechanical impulse counters totalizing - 36 x 48 Part numbers (and voltages) Min. pause time between 2 pulses Max. pulse length (count coil) Voltage variation Absorbed power 24 Va / 115 Va 230 Va 24 Vc Mechanical life (count function) Voltage tests to IEC 255-5 Protection Environmental protection Maintenance Operates in any position Temperature limits None Yes - 10 + 60 C - 40 + 80 C cosses Faston 6,35 ou vis cavalier 2 x O 2.5 screws F90 on front panel 50 g Use Stored Connections Mounting Weight N.B. No count pulse must be received during the zero reset time. If a pulse is received, damage may be caused. Dimensions 36 x 48 - 5 decades 99 766 71 8,5 54,1 48 6 20 Min. count rate 230 V - 50 * 60 Hz 115 V - 50 * 60 Hz 24 V - 50 * 60 Hz 24 V c With manual zero reset (B) 99 766 710 99 766 711 99 766 713 99 766 716 2,5 O2,5 6 99 766 70 36 x 48 - 6 decades 8,5 49,3 48 6 20 Height of digits Max. count rate Without zero reset (A) 99 766 701 99 766 702 99 766 704 99 766 707 23,5 999 999 imp without zero reset 99 999 imp with zero reset 4 mm a 18 imp/s c 25 imp/s a 28 ms c 20 ms a 28 ms c 20 ms No limit +10% / -15% from Un 1.1 VA 2.1 VA 0.8 W > 50 x 106 operations U 60 V : 500 V U > 60 V : 2000 V Case IP 40 Terminal IP 00 Metal parts protected (by surface treatment) or non-corroding Counting capacity 23,5 Characteristics 30 36 Front panel 36 x 48 6 or 5 digits, 4 mm in height With or without manual zero reset White digits on black background 30 36 2,5 O2,5 Rear panels 99 766 71 99 766 70 Panel cut-out 99 766 7 Other voltages : please consult us 44 1 30 24 To order, specify : Part number Example : Electro-mechanical impulse counters totalizing - 6 decades - 99 766 701 O2,7 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/126 1 COUNT/RATE COUNT/RATE 2108 SERIES TOTALIZING COUNTER * 8 Digit 7mm High LCD Display * Replaceable Lithium Battery - 8 Year Life * Compact Size 24 x 48mm (.95 x 1.89) Front Panel 37.5mm (1.48) Depth C UL (R) US LISTED GENERAL FEATURES: WIRING: The 2108 Series is a totalizing counter housed in a DIN-sized (24 x 48mm) enclosure. The 2108 has an eight digit 7mm high LCD display. The count input (slow speed) and reset input can be by contact closure and by NPN open collector transistor. The high speed input (7 kHz max) requires a 4 to 30 VDC voltage pulse and is compatible with 2 and 3 wire DC proximity switches and encoders. The unit is powered by a 3 volt lithium battery with an eight year life. When changing the battery, the current count value is retained long enough to allow battery replacement without losing the count value. The unit can be set remotely or from the front panel. The front panel reset can be enabled or disabled with jumpering of terminals on back of unit. 87 610 340 1- Reset Input 2- Front Panel Reset Enable 3- Low Speed Input 4- OV 5- High Speed Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Count Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . ...................... ...................... Low Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minimum Pulse . . . . . Current Consumption Leakage Current . . . . Residual Voltage . . . . High Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 State . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 State . . . . . . . . . . . . Absorbed current . . . Reset Remote . . . . . . . . . . ...................... ...................... Reset Pushbutton . . . . . . . ...................... Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...................... Connections . . . . . . . . . . . ...................... Operating temperature . . . Storage temperature . . . . . Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lithium battery, 8 year life Contact Closure (slow speed) NPN open collector (slow speed) Voltage input (high speed) 40 Hz 12 ms 52 A max. 0.2 A max. 0.4 V max. 7 kHz max. 4 to 30 VDC 0 to 1 VDC 6 mA at 24 VDC Contact Closure NPN open collector 12 ms min. Activate with jumper across terminals 2 & 4 Yes, 1 lithium battery - 8 year life Front Panel IP64 Terminal IP20 Screw terminals 2 x 1.5mm2 capacity +32 to 131F (0 to +55C) -13 to 158F (-25C to 70C) 2.1 oz. (60g) 3 4 5 Low Speed High Speed Reset 4 to 30 VDC - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Front Reset Enable + SPECIFICATIONS: 2 1 5 High Speed 7K Hz max 4 2 Front Reset 4 Enable 3,1 Low Speed, Reset 4 Press here to remove. DIMENSIONS: (mm) +0.5 44.8 -0 30 CONFORMITY: Electromagnetic environment Radiated field Fast transients Damped oscillatory wave Electrostatic discharge +0.3 IEC 1000-4-3, level 3, 10 V/M, 26 MHz to 1 GHz IEC 1000-4-4, level 3, 1 KV IEC 255.4, level 3, 1 KV IEC 1000-4-2, level 3, 8 KV 22 -0 20 ORDERING INFORMATION: 87 610 340 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/127 COUNT/RATE COUNT/RATE 2108H SERIES ELAPSED TIME INDICATOR * 6 Digit .3 High LCD Display * 4 Selectable Time Ranges - Hours, 1/10 Hours - Minutes, 1/10 Minutes - Seconds, 1/10 Seconds - Hours, Minutes, Seconds C UL (R) US LISTED GENERAL FEATURES: WIRING: The 2108H Series is an elapsed time indicator in a DIN-sized 24 x 48mm (.95 x 1.89) enclosure. Unit is compact with a 37.5mm (1.48) depth. The start/stop input can be a contact closure or an NPN open collector transistor. The unit is powered by a replaceable lithium battery. 87 610 440 1- Reset Input 2- Enable Reset 3- Common 4- Prog. 5- Start/Stop 1 2 3 Enable Reset Reset 100 ms SPECIFICATIONS: 1,4,5 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display height . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Input Start/Stop and Reset Inputs ......................... Min. Closure Time . . . . . . . Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front panel rating . . . . . . . . . . Operating temperature . . . . . . Storage temperature . . . . . . . Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replaceable lithium battery, 5 year life 6 Digit LCD 0.3 +50 PPM (Quartz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dry Contact NPN open collector transistor 40 ms (start/stop), 100 ms (reset) Yes, 5 year life Screw terminal IP64 +32 to 131F (0 to 55C) -13 to 158F (-25 to 70C) 2.1 oz. (60g) 3 2108 H 2 1 4 5 Prog. Start/Stop Start/Stop input Prog. Reset Enable Reset input 2108 H Press here to remove. CONFORMITY: Electromagnetic environment Radiated field Fast transients Damped oscillatory wave Electrostatic discharge IEC 1000-4-3, level 3, 10 V/M, 26 MHz to 1 GHz IEC 1000-4-4, level 3, 1 KV IEC 255.4, level 3, 1 KV IEC 1000-4-2, level 3, 8 KV DIMENSIONS: (mm) +0.5 44.8 -0 +0.3 22 -0 20 ORDERING INFORMATION: 87 610 440 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/128 30 COUNT/RATE COUNT/RATE 87 610 050 SERIES TOTALIZING COUNTER * * * * * Voltage Input Version 8 Digit .3 High LCD Display NEMA 4 Front Panel Screw Terminal Custom CMOS Technology C UL (R) US LISTED GENERAL FEATURES: WIRING: The 87 601 050 Series is a totalizing counter housed in a DIN-sized (24 x 48mm) enclosure. Count input and reset input can be a 5 to 50 VAC/DC and 48 to 240 VAC voltage pulse. The unit is powered by an internal lithium battery which can be disconnected via a dip-switch for storage purposes. 87 610 050 1 - 48 to 240 VAC Reset Input 2 - OV Reset Input 3 - 5 to 50 VAC/DC Reset Input 4 - 5 to 50 VAC/DC Count Input 5 - OV Count Input 6 - 48 to 240 VAC Count Input 2 1 2 48. 5. 240V 50V ~ ~/- Reset Inputs SPECIFICATIONS: Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display Height . . . . . . . . Input Count/Reset Inputs .............. Input Speed . . . . . . . . . . Min. low level time . Min. high level time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Voltage Pulse Voltage Pulse 40 Hz 12 ms 12 ms Power Supply . . . . . . . Connection . . . . . . . . . Front Panel Rating . . . Operating Temperature Storage Temperature . . Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Internal lithium battery (8 year life) Screw Terminals NEMA 4 (IP66) +14F to 122F (-10 to 50C) -13F to 158F (-25 to 70C) 2.1 oz. (60g) 3 4 5 6 5. 48. 50V 240V ~/- ~ Count Inputs . . . . . . . . 8 Digit LCD . . . . . . . . 0.3 5 to 50 VAC/DC 48 to 240 VAC DIMENSIONS: (mm) 24mm 21.8mm 44,6mm mm 64 48mm 3 . . . . . . +0.6 -0 22 +0.3 -0 44.8 ORDERING INFORMATION: Voltage Input Version 87 610 050 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/129 COUNT/RATE COUNT/RATE 87 610 150 SERIES ELAPSED TIME INDICATOR * Voltage Input Version * 6 Digit .3 High LCD Display * 4 Selectable Time Ranges: - Hours, 1/10 Hours Minutes, 1/10 Minutes Seconds, 1/10 Seconds Hours, Minutes, Seconds * NEMA 4 Front Panel C UL (R) US LISTED GENERAL FEATURES: WIRING: The 87 610 150 Series is an elapsed time indicator in a DIN-sized (24 x 48mm) enclosure. The start/stop input can be a 5 to 50 VAC/DC and 48 to 240 VAC voltage pulse. The unit is powered by an internal lithium battery which can be disconnected via a dip-switch for storage purposes. 87 610 150 1 - 48 to 240 VAC Reset Input 2 - OV Reset Input 3 - 5 to 50 VAC/DC Reset Input 4 - 5 to 50 VAC/DC Start/Stop Input 5 - OV Start/Stop Input 6 - 48 to 240 VAC Start/Stop Input SPECIFICATIONS: Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display Height . . . . . . . . . . . . Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Input Start/Stop and Reset Inputs Min. Closure Time . . Power Supply . . . . . . . Connection . . . . . . . . . Front Panel Rating . . . Operating Temperature Storage Temperature . Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Digit LCD . . . . 0.3 . . . . +50 PPM . . . . 5 to 50 VAC/DC 48 to 240 VAC . . . . 40 ms . . . . Internal lithium battery (5 year life) . . . . Screw Terminal . . . . NEMA 4 (IP66) . . . . +14 to 122F (-10 to 50C) . . . . -13 to 158F (-25 to 70C) . . . . 2.1 oz. (60g) 1 2 48. 5. 240V 50V ~ ~/- 3 4 5 6 5. 48. 50V 240V ~/- ~ A B Reset Input Start/Stop Input DIMENSIONS: (mm) 24 21.8 44.6 64 48 3 +0.6 -0 22 +0.3 -0 44.8 ORDERING INFORMATION: Voltage Input Version 87 610 150 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/130 COUNT/RATE ACCESSORIES COUNT/RATE ACCESSORIES ACCESSORIES FOR TOTALIZING COUNTERS AND ELAPSED TIME INDICATORS Retrofit Panel Plates will retrofit most of the popular electromechanical totalizing counters and elapsed time indicators and discontinued 6108 Series. 26 546 829: Retrofits 25 x 50mm cut-outs 54 3 24 29 48 26 546 830: Retrofits 45 x 45mm cut-outs 2 52 8 24 52 48 26 546 831: Retrofits 50mm O cut-outs 73 48 44 24 84 60 60 10071 Retrofit Panel Plate with Keylock Reset 1.250" (31.75mm) .080" (2.032mm) PANEL THICKNESS OF BLACK ANODIZED ALUMINUM 1.75" (44.45mm) .87 (22mm) 2.13" (53.98mm) 1.77 1.17" (45mm) (48mm) .185" (4.69mm) 5.13" (130.18mm) 5.5" (139.7mm) .19" (4.8mm) The 10071 panel plate comes complete with 6072 SPST key lock. It will retrofit following models: RETROFIT INFORMATION Redington P102 Series Veeder Root 1205, 1981, 7443, 7995 7997 Durant Key lock resettable RMF, MF, YP, 54000 Series Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/131 COUNT/RATE COUNT/RATE 99761 SERIES ELAPSED TIME INDICATOR UL-E47668 * * * * * CSA-LR44080 7 Digit .15 High Display Front Panel Mounting Low Cost Capacity: 99999.99 Hours DIN-Sized (48 x 48mm) with Bezel GENERAL FEATURES: ACCESSORIES: The 99761 Elapse Time Indicators are AC synchronous Hour Meters which are ruggedly constructed true time mechanisms for recording the "ON" time of electrical equipment and machinery. The instrument is connected in parallel with the equipment being monitored to determine maintenance intervals, routine and component life. * DIN-Rail Adapter * Square Bezel SPECIFICATIONS: Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Digit .15 high Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99999.99 Hours Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VAC, 110 VAC, 220 VAC +10%, -15% 60 Hz (50 Hz Special Order) Vibration Resistance . . . . . . 5 G (10-2000 Hz) Digit Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hours: white on black . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Decimals: red on black Body Material . . . . . . . . . . . . Noryl Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 oz. (60g) Order: 26 546 803 Order: 26 546 805 MOUNTING: DIMENSIONS: / 1.772 (45 ) +.004 +.0 +.110 +.0 1.89 (48) 2.17 (55) 0000 00 1.89 (48) 1.97 O (50) h o1.968 (50 ) +.004 +.0 +.110 +.0 CH 48 G 1.30 (33) 1.57 (40) 1.17 (45) NOTE: Round cutout is only possible if square bezel accessory is used. ORDERING INFORMATION: 99761 SERIES SERIES 99761 715 INPUT POWER INPUT POWER 716 : 220 VAC 60Hz 715 : 115 VAC 60Hz 718 : 24 VAC 60Hz Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/132 2 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/133 COUNT/RATE COUNT/RATE CP4 SERIES UP/DOWN COUNTER Backlit Green LCD or Red Illuminated Display Displays Actual and Preset Count 1/16 DIN-Sized (48 x 48mm) Housing Single or Dual Preset UL C (R) US LISTED WIRING: The CP4 Series of 1/16 DIN-sized digital counters offers the choice of a large green backlit LCD display or a large red illuminated display. The CP4 Series includes one and two presets versions. The large LCD display permits easy programming and monitoring of status such as counts preset values output scaling factor. Front panel reset can be enabled or disabled. Data such as counts, preset values, setup data are saved in case of a power failure by a 10 year EEPROM memory. The front panel is rated NEMA 12. 1 2 7 8 9 10 11 12 IN1 IN2 RST 0V+12V 100mA NPN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 to 260 VAC 20 to 55 VAC 10 to 30 VDC 12 VDC 100 mA 5 digit, Green backlit LCD 5 digit, Red Illuminated 8mm - actual 4mm - preset 2 Inputs, IN1, IN2 Contact Closure, DC Voltage, NPN/PNP transistor Low Level: 0 to 1 VDC High Level: 4 to 30 VDC Impedance: 10 K Low Speed: 30 Hz Max. High Speed: 5 kHz Up IN1 - Count input DN IN1 - Count input IND IN1 - one direction IN2 - opposite direction DIR IN1 - Count input IN2 - Change in direction input CUMUL IN1 - Input IN2 - Same direction input Phase; Quadrature Up/Down Mode Dry contact, voltage, solid state: NPN/PNP, front panel Programmable from 0.001 to 99.999 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Amp SP N.O. Relay 100 mA 40 VDC NPN transistor 2 x 2 Amp SP N.O. Relay Repeat or single cycle Maintained or pulsed output of 500 ms Screw terminals: 2 x 1.5mm2 NEMA 12, IP54 OUT : 100mA/40V Power supply 1 2 7 8 9 10 11 12 IN1 IN2 RST 0V+12V 100mA NPN + PNP 100mA 2A 40V 250V ~ Power supply 1 2 3 4 7 8 9 10 11 12 IN1 IN2 RST 0V+12V 100mA NPN + PNP - DIMENSIONS: inches (mm) Panel cut-out +.024 0 3 3 3 3 1.78" Level Level Level Level 5 6 87 618 018 / 118 87 618 014 / 114 87 618 012 / 112 P RST (48) 1.90" (11) .44" Vibration limits (in 3 axes) IEC 68-2-6; 10-55Hz/.0375mm (114) 4.51" Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/134 OUT1 OUT2 3 4 5 6 87 618 068 / 078 / 168 / 178 87 618 064 / 074 / 164 / 174 87 618 062 / 072 / 162 / 172 1.90" (48) RF Emissions (EMC) CENELEC EN 55022; Class A + PNP CONFORMITY: Immunity to interference and noise (EMC) IEC 1000.4.2 IEC 1000.4.3 Radiated disturbance IEC 1000.4.4 Fast transient IEC 255.4 OUT1 OUT2 3 4 5 6 87 618 028 / 038 / 128 / 138 87 618 024 / 034 / 124 / 134 87 618 022 / 032 / 122 / 132 SPECIFICATIONS: Input Power . . . . . . . ................. ................. Sensor Supply . . . . . Display . . . . . . . . . . . ................. Display digit height . ................. Count Inputs . . . . . . ................. ................. ................. ................. ................. ................. Input Modes . . . . . . . ................. ................. ................. ................. ................. ................. ................. ................. Reset Input . . . . . . . Scale factor . . . . . . . Output 1 Preset Version ................. 2 Preset Version Output Modes . . . . . ................. Connections . . . . . . Front Panel Rating . . OUT : 2A/250V ~ Power supply (45 +0.6 0 ) * * * * 1.78" +.024 0 (45 +0.6 0 ) COUNT/RATE COUNT/RATE Input Modes Output Modes PNP Count on rising edge NPN Count on falling edge 1-Input IN1 1 2-Display 2 1-Input IN1 1 0 1 2 Count in the direction Count in the opposite of the cycle direction from the cycle 3 4 5 Single Shot 6 2 1- Input IN1 count in the direction of the cycle 2- Input IN2 count in the opposite direction from the cycle 3- Display (0 P) 2 channel up/down counter 4- Display (P 0) 2 channel up/down counter 1- Input IN1 pulses 2- Input IN2 change of direction of count 3- Display (0 P) 1 channel up/down counter 4- Display (P 0) 1 channel up/down counter 0 1 2 3 4 5 1- Input IN1 count in the direction of the cycle 2- Input IN2 count in the direction of the cycle 3- Display (0 P) 2 channel up/down counter 4- Display (P 0) 2 channel up/down counter Ind -2-------------- -1 0 1------- P+1 P P-1---- Maintained 4142/4342 - 4144/4344 1 2 PR 0 3 0 1 2 3 2 1 0 1 n-1 n n- 1 P2------P1+1 P1 P1-1 P1-2-------------- P1-1 P1 P1+1---- 0PR 0 1---- P1-1 P1 P1+1 P1+2------------- P1+1 P1 P1-1---ON OFF OUT 4 n n -1 n- 2 n- 3 n-2 dir 4141/4341 1 Up 2 3 0 1 4 n Up DOWN 2 3 2 n -1 n- 2 n- 3 n-2 1 0 1 n-1 n n- 1 PR 0 ---------- 1 0 -1 0PR 0 1---- P-1 P P+1 P+2-------- P+1 -2-------- -1 0 P 1 --------- P-1 --------ON OFF t1 t1 Pulsed (t=500 ms) (transient pulse) 4142/4342 - 4144/4344 1 2 PR 0 P2--------P1+1 P1 P1-1 P1-2------ P1-1 0PR 0 1---- P1-1 3 0 1 4 n n -1 3 4 5 P1 P1+1 ------- P1 P1+1 P1+2----- P1+1 P1 P1-1 ------- 7... ON OFF OUT n- 3 n- 4 n-5 t n-7... Ph 3- Display (0 P) 4- Display (P 0) -1 P+1 P+2------------ 6 CUMUL } 0 P ON OFF 2-Display 1- Input IN1 2- Input IN2 P ----------1 0PR 0 1---- P-1 PR 0 t Repetitive Cycle 1 Signals 90 out of phase Pulsed with auto reset to value of P2 (or P for 4141/4341) (t=500 ms) P2 P2-1 ----1 P2 2 3 =0 1 4 =n n -1 2 n -2 3 4 3 n -3 n-4 n -3 2 P2-1 ---------n PR 0 n -2 0PR 0 1---- P2-1 ORDERING INFORMATION 0 1 n+1 ------ P2 ---------n n-1 ------ 0 P2+1 -1 ON OFF OUT II t Part Number 87618018 87618014 87618012 87618028 87618024 87618022 87618038 87618034 87618032 87618118 87618114 87618112 87618128 87618124 87618122 87618138 87618134 87618132 Input Voltage 80 to 250VAC 20 to 50VAC 10 to 30VDC 80 to 250VAC 20 to 50VAC 10 to 30VDC 80 to 250VAC 20 to 50VAC 10 to 30VDC 80 to 250VAC 20 to 50VAC 10 to 30VDC 80 to 250VAC 20 to 50VAC 10 to 30VDC 80 to 250VAC 20 to 50VAC 10 to 30VDC Presets 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 Input Modes UP, DN, PH UP, DN, PH UP, DN, PH UP, DN, PH UP, DN, PH UP, DN, PH DR, IND, CUMUL, DR, IND, CUMUL, DR, IND, CUMUL, UP, DN, PH UP, DN, PH UP, DN, PH UP, DN, PH UP, DN, PH UP, DN, PH DR, IND, CUMUL, DR, IND, CUMUL, DR, IND, CUMUL, PH PH PH PH PH PH Display Backlit, Green Backlit, Green Backlit, Green Backlit, Green Backlit, Green Backlit, Green Backlit, Green Backlit, Green Backlit, Green Red Illuminated Red Illuminated Red Illuminated Red Illuminated Red Illuminated Red Illuminated Red Illuminated Red Illuminated Red Illuminated Output Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact and Solid State and Solid State and Solid State Accessory Adaptor frame: 79 237 807 to replace 1000PA Series cutout and Solid State and Solid State and Solid State o 49 x 50.5 mm IN STOCK Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/135 2 COUNT/RATE COUNT/RATE CP4-92 SERIES UP/DOWN COUNTER, BATCH COUNTER CHRONOMETER AND RATE CONTROLLER * Backlit Green LCD or Red Illuminated Display * Displays Actual and Preset Count C UL * 1/16 DIN-Sized (48 x 48mm) Housing (R) US LISTED The CP4-92 Series is a programmable dual preset up/down counter, batch counter, chronometer and rate controller with relay outputs. The CP4-92 display shows both actual and preset values. Both count and preset values are saved in EEPROM memory. The unit provides a built-in sensor power supply of 12 VDC, 100mA and will accept contact or solid state inputs. CONFORMITY: SPECIFICATIONS: RF Emissions (EMC) CENELEC EN 55022; Class A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 to 260 VAC 20 to 55 VAC Vibration limits (in 3 axes) 10 to 30 VDC IEC 68-2-6; 10-55Hz/.0375mm 12VDC 100mA 5 digit, Green backlit LCD 5 digit, Red Illuminated -9999 to +99999 WIRING: Power supply 8mm - actual 4mm preset 2 2 Inputs, IN1, IN2 Contact Closure, DC Voltage, NPN/PNP transistor Low Level: 0 to 1 VDC High Level: 4 to 30 VDC Impedance: 10 K Low Speed: 30 Hz Max. NPN High Speed: 5 kHz + Up IN1 - Count input DN IN1 - Count input PNP IND IN1 - one direction IN2 - opposite direction DIR IN1 - Count input IN2 - Change in direction input CUMUL IN1 - Input DIMENSIONS: inches (mm) IN2 - Same direction input Phase; Quadrature Up/Down Mode Phase x 2, Phase x 4 Dry contact, voltage, solid state: NPN/PNP front panel Programmable from 0.001 to 99.999 2 x 2 Amp SP N.O. Relay Repeat or single cycle (11) (48) .44" Maintained or pulsed output of 500ms. 1.90" 2 Screw terminals: 2 x 1.5mm NEMA 12, IP54 Panel cut-out P +.024 0 ORDERING INFORMATION: Part Number 87 618 228 87 618 224 87 618 222 Input Voltage 80 to 260 VAC 20 to 55 VAC 10 to 30 VDC Display Backlit Green Backlit Green Backlit Green 1 2 87 618 328 87 618 324 87 618 322 80 to 260 VAC 20 to 55 VAC 10 to 30 VDC Red Illuminated Red Illuminated Red Illuminated 7 8 9 10 11 12 IN1 IN2 RST 0V+12V 100mA +.024 0 (45 +0.6 0 ) IN STOCK Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/136 OUT1 OUT2 3 4 5 6 RST 1.78" 3 3 3 3 OUT : 2A/250V ~ 1.90" (48) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Level Level Level Level (45 +0.6 0 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.78" Input Power . . . . . . ................ ................ Sensor Supply . . . . Display . . . . . . . . . . ................ ................ Display digit height ................ Presets . . . . . . . . . . Count Inputs . . . . . . ................ ................ ................ ................ ................ ................ Input Modes . . . . . . ................ ................ ................ ................ ................ ................ ................ ................ ................ Reset Input . . . . . . . Scale factor . . . . . . Output . . . . . . . . . . . Output Modes . . . . . ................ Connections . . . . . . Front Panel Rating . Immunity to interference and noise (EMC) IEC 1000.4.2 IEC 1000.4.3 Radiated disturbance IEC 1000.4.4 Fast transient IEC 255.4 (114) 4.51" COUNT/RATE COUNT/RATE Batch counter function Batch counter function Principle P1 is the "batch" preset. Example On a packing line, bottles need to be counted into packs of 6 bottles and then dispatched in a box containing a batch of 4 packs. When P2 is displayed, the value displayed on the upper digits represents the current counter value (reset to P2). In this configuration the "RST" key on the front panel reinitializes the current value. When P1 (batch preset) is displayed, the value displayed on the upper digits represents the value of the Batch counter. P2: current counter preset value: 00006 P1: batch counter preset value: 00004 In this configuration the "RST" key on the front panel resets the batch counter. Current counter 012345 012345 012345 012345 012345 012345 0 1 OUT 2 Batch counter An "electrical" reset (RST terminal) still resets the current counter value and that of the batch counter. 2 3 0 1 OUT 1 Reset Tachometer function 2 Measurement principle Measurement begins on a rising edge of the signal to be measured. The measurement time is greater than TR, but less than TL. Measurement stops at the end of the current period (3), after TR. If the period (3) does not end before TL, the measurement result will be zero (0). 3 1 2 Signal measurement period Time TR Time TL Start of measurement The outputs are updated each time measurement ends according to the selected output mode. - Maintained output: output active if the measured speed is greater than the preset speed. - Pulsed output: output activated during time T, when the preset threshold is crossed. Speed P2 P2 P1 P1 t 0 Out 1 (1) Out 2 (2) t 0 Out 1 Out 2 Out 1 (2) Out 2 (1) Maintained output End of measurement Measurement precision: 100 + (200 / TR) PPM Example: for TR = 1s 300 PPM (0.03%) Speed (1) Signal to be measured Out 1 Out 2 (2) Pulsed output Chronometer function (Precision: 150 ppm) 1 - Input IN1 2 - Display (0 PR), 1-channel pulse measurement 3 - Display (PR 0), 1-channel pulse measurement 1 1 - Input IN1 2 - Display (0 PR), 1-channel pulse measurement 3 - Display (PR 0), 1-channel pulse measurement 1 1 - Input IN1 (start counting) 2 - Input IN2 (stop counting) 3 - Display (0 PR), measurement on 2 separate channels 4 - Display (PR 0), measurement on 2 separate channels 1 Accessory T1 2 0 --- 3 Tn --- T2 T1 ---------- T1+T2 Tn-T1 ---------- Tn-(T1+T2) T1 T2 2 0 ---------- T1 ---------- T1+T2 3 Tn ---------- Tn-T1 ---------- Tn-(T1+T2) T1 T2 ---------- T1+T2 Tn-T1 ---------- Tn-(T1+T2) 2 3 4 0 T1 ---------- Tn ---------- Adaptor frame: 79 237 807 o 49 x 50.5 mm Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/137 COUNT/RATE COUNT/RATE CP7 SERIES UP/DOWN COUNTER * * * * Green backlit LCD or Red Illuminated Display Displays Actual and Preset Count 72x72mm Housing Single or Dual Preset C UL US LISTED (R) The CP7 Series of 72 x 72mm DIN-sized digital counters offers the choice of a large green backlit LCD display or a large red illuminated display. The CP7 Series includes one and two presets versions. The large LCD display permits easy programming and monitoring of status such as counts, preset, values, output scaling factor. The programmed selections are shown continuously in the RUN mode. Front panel reset can be enabled or disabled. Data such as counts, preset values, setup data are saved in case of a power failure by a 10 year EEPROM memory. The front panel is rated NEMA 12. WIRING: 87 619 018 / 014 / 012 - 87 619 118 / 114 / 112 + 12 V 100 mA OUT : 2 A 250 V a out Power supply 1 SPECIFICATIONS: 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 2.81'' (72) 0V Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 to 260 VAC out Inh in 2 20 to 55 VAC RST in 1 10 to 30 VDC Sensor Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 VDC 100mA + PNPDisplay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 digit, Green backlit LCD 6 digit, Red Illuminated + NPN Display digit height . . . . . . . . 10mm - actual 5.5mm preset Count Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Inputs, IN1, IN2 87 619 028 / 024 / 022 - 87 619 128 / 124 / 122 Contact Closure, DC Voltage, Solid State: NPN and PNP Low Level: 0 to 1 VDC + 12 V High Level: 4 to 30 VDC 100 mA OUT : 2 A 250 V a Impedance: 10K Power supply out 1 out 2 Low Speed: 30 Hz Max. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 High Speed: 5 kHz Input Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up IN1 - Count input DN IN1 - Count input IND IN1 - one direction IN2 - opposite direction 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 DIR IN1 - Count input 0V out 1 Inh in 2 IN2 - Change in direction input out 2 RST in 1 CUMUL IN1 - Input IN2 - Same direction input + PNPPhase; Quadrature Up/Down Mode Phase x 2 + Phase x 4 NPN Reset Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dry contact, voltage, solid state: NPN front panel Scale factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Programmable from 0.0001 to 99.9999 DIMENSIONS: inches (mm) Output 1 Preset Version . . . . . . . 2 Amp SPDT Relay 100 mA 40 VDC NPN transistor 2 Preset Version . . . . . . . 2 x 2 Amp SPDT Relay P1 OUT1 P2 OUT2 2 x 100 mA 40 VDC NPN transistor Output Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repeat or single cycle MODE P1 P2 RST Maintained or pulsed output of 500 ms. 2 2.81'' .40'' Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screw terminals: 2 x 1.5mm (72) (10) 4.41'' Front Panel Rating . . . . . . . . . NEMA 12, IP54 (112) CONFORMITY: Panel cut-out Panel thickness RF Emissions (EMC) CENELEC EN 55022; Class A +0.6 3 3 3 3 2.68'' +.024 0 Level Level Level Level (68 0 ) Immunity to interference and noise (EMC) IEC 1000.4.2 IEC 1000.4.3 Radiated disturbance IEC 1000.4.4 Fast transient IEC 255.4 Screw +0.6 (68 0 ) Vibration limits (in 3 axes) IEC 68-2-6, 10-55Hz/.0375mm 2.68'' +.024 0 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/138 COUNT/RATE COUNT/RATE Input Modes Output Modes PNP Count on rising edge NPN Count on falling edge 1-Input IN1 1 2-Display 2 1-Input IN1 1 Count in the direction Count in the opposite of the cycle direction from the cycle UP Single Shot 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7141/7341 dn P ----------1 0 -1 0PR 0 1---- P-1 P P+1 P+2------------ PR 0 2-Display 2 1- Input IN1 count in the direction of the cycle 2- Input IN2 count in the opposite direction from the cycle 3- Display (0 P) 2 channel up/down counter 4- Display (P 0) 2 channel up/down counter n n-1 n-2 n-3 n-4 n-5 -2-------------- -1 0 1------- P+1 P P-1---- n-6 ON OFF CAMUL 1 Maintained 2 3 0 4 n 1 2 n -1 n-2 3 2 1 0 1 n n-1 n-3 n-2 n-1 7142/7342 PR 0 2 P2------P1+1 P1 P1-1 P1-2-------------- P1-1 P1 P1+1---- 0PR 0 1---- P1-1 P1 P1+1 P1+2------------- P1+1 P1 P1-1---- 1- Input IN1 count in the direction of the cycle 2- Input IN2 count in the direction of the cycle 3- Display (0 P) 2 channel up/down counter 4- Display (P 0) 2 channel up/down counter 1- Input IN1 pulses 2- Input IN2 change of direction of count 3- Display (0 P) 1 channel up/down counter 4- Display (P 0) 1 channel up/down counter dir ON OFF OUT 1 2 3 0 1 4 0 n-1 3 4 5 7. . . 7141/7341 n-3 n-4 n-5 n - 7. . . PR 0 ---------- 1 0 -1 0PR 0 1---- P-1 P P+1 P+2-------- P+1 -2-------- -1 0 P 1 --------- P-1 --------ON OFF Ph 1 t1 Up 2 3 0 1 4 0 2 Up DOWN 3 n-1 n-2 2 t1 1 0 1 n n-1 n-3 n-2 n-1 Pulsed (t=500 ms) (transient pulse) 7142/7342 1- Input IN1 2- Input IN2 } Ph2 1 Signals 90 out of phase 3- Display (0 P) 4- Display (P 0) PR 0 P2--------P1+1 P1 P1-1 P1-2------ P1-1 0PR 0 1---- P1-1 2 3 =0 P1 P1+1 ------- P1 P1+1 P1+2----- P1+1 P1 P1-1 ------ON OFF OUT 1 2 4 =0 n - 1 3 n-2 4 3 n - 3 n-4 n - 3 2 t t n-2 Repetitive Cycle 1- Input IN1, counts on rising and falling edges 2- Input IN2, direction of count reversed if IN2 in advance of IN1 3- Display (0 P) 4- Display (P 0) 1- Input IN1, counts on rising and falling edges 2- Input IN2, counts on rising and falling edges, direction of count reversed if IN2 in advance of IN1 3- Display (0 P) 4- Display (P 0) Ph4 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 4 5 4 3 2 4 n n-1 n-2 n-3 n-4 n-5 n-4 n-3 n-2 Pulsed with auto reset to value of P2 (or P for 4141/4341) (t=500 ms) PR 0 P2 P2-1 ----1 P2 P2-1 ---------n n+1 ------ P2 0PR 0 1---- P2-1 n-1 ------ 0 1 ---------n 0 P2+1 -1 ON OFF OUT II t 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 4 0 n-1 n-2 n-3 n-4 n-5 n-6 n-7 ORDERING INFORMATION Part Number 87619018 87619014 87619012 87619028 87619024 87619022 87619118 87619114 87619112 87619128 87619124 87619122 IN STOCK Input Voltage 80 to 250VAC 20 to 50VAC 10 to 30VDC 80 to 250VAC 20 to 50VAC 10 to 30VDC 80 to 250VAC 20 to 50VAC 10 to 30VDC 80 to 250VAC 20 to 50VAC 10 to 30VDC Presets 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 Display Backlit LCD, Green Backlit LCD, Green Backlit LCD, Green Backlit LCD, Green Backlit LCD, Green Backlit LCD, Green Red Illuminated Red Illuminated Red Illuminated Red Illuminated Red Illuminated Red Illuminated Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/139 COUNT/RATE COUNT/RATE CP7-92 SERIES UP/DOWN COUNTER, BATCH COUNTER CHRONOMETER AND RATE CONTROLLER * Backlit Green LCD or Red Illuminated Display * Displays Actual and Preset Count * 72 x 72mm Housing C UL (R) The CP7-92 Series is a programmable dual preset up/down counter, batch counter, chronometer and rate controller with relay outputs. The CP7-92 is 72 x 72mm DIN-sized and offers the choice of a large green backlit LCD display or a large red illuminated display. The CP7-92 display shows both actual and preset values. Both count and preset values are saved in EEPROM memory. The unit provides a built-in sensor power supply of 12 VDC, 100 mA and will accept contact or solid state inputs. Front panel reset can be enabled or disabled. The front panel is rated NEMA 12. US LISTED CONFORMITY: Immunity to interference and noise (EMC) IEC 1000.4.2 IEC 1000.4.3 Radiated disturbance IEC 1000.4.4 Fast transient IEC 255.4 Level Level Level Level RF Emissions (EMC) CENELEC EN 55022; Class A SPECIFICATIONS: Vibration limits (in 3 axes) IEC 68-2-6, 10-55Hz/.0375mm WIRING: + 12 V 100 mA OUT : 2 A 250 V a out 1 out 2 Power supply 1 2 3 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 0V out 1 Inh in 2 out 2 RST in 1 + NPN 2.81'' (72) DIMENSIONS: inches (mm) Display Backlit, Green Backlit, Green Backlit, Green Red Illuminated Red Illuminated Red Illuminated P1 P2 RST 2.81'' (72) 4.41'' (112) Panel cut-out Panel thickness +0.6 Screw Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/140 P1 OUT1 P2 OUT2 MODE .40'' (10) 2.68'' +.024 0 Input Voltage 80 to 260VAC 20 to 55VAC 10 to 30VDC 80 to 260VAC 20 to 55VAC 10 to 30VDC + PNP- ORDERING INFORMATION: Part Number 87619228 87619224 87619222 87619328 87619324 87619322 IN STOCK 4 5 6 7 8 9 (68 0 ) Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 to 260 VAC 20 to 55 VAC 10 to 30 VDC Sensor Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . 12VDC 100mA Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 digit, Green backlit LCD 6 digit, Red Illuminated -99,999 to +999,999 Display digit height . . . . . . . . 10mm - actual 6mm preset Count Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Inputs, IN1, IN2 Contact Closure, DC Voltage, Solid State: NPN and PNP Low Level: 0 to 1 VDC High Level: 4 to 30 VDC Impedance: 10K Low Speed: 30 Hz Max. High Speed: 5 kHz Input Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up IN1 - Count input DN IN1 - Count input IND IN1 - one direction IN2 - opposite direction DIR IN1 - Count input IN2 - Change in direction input CUMUL IN1 - Input IN2 - Same direction input Phase; Quadrature Up/Down Mode Phase x 2 Phase x 4 Reset Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dry contact, DC voltage, Solid State: NPN/PNP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . front panel Scale factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Programmable from 0.0001 to 99.9999 Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 2 Amp SPDT Relay (2 Amps resistive @ 250 VAC) 2 x 100 mA 40 VDC NPN transistor Output Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repeat or single cycle Maintained or pulsed output (.9 to 9.9 s) Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screw terminals: 2 x 1.5mm2 Front Panel Rating . . . . . . . . . NEMA 12, IP54 Operating temperature . . . . . . 0F to 131F, (0 to 55C) Storage temperature . . . . . . . -13F to 158F, (-25C to 70C) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2 oz. (290g) +0.6 (68 0 ) 2.68'' +.024 0 3 3 3 3 COUNT/RATE COUNT/RATE Batch counter function Batch counter function Principle P1 is the "batch" preset. Example When P2 is displayed, the value displayed on the upper digits represents the current counter value (reset to P2). In this configuration the "RST" key on the front panel reinitializes the current value. When P1 (batch preset) is displayed, the value displayed on the upper digits represents the value of the Batch counter. On a packing line, bottles need to be counted into packs of 6 bottles and then dispatched in a box containing a batch of 4 packs. P2: current counter preset value: 00006 P1: batch counter preset value: 00004 In this configuration the "RST" key on the front panel resets the batch counter. Current counter 012345 012345 012345 012345 012345 012345 0 1 OUT 2 An "electrical" reset (RST terminal) still resets the current counter value and that of the batch counter. Batch counter 2 3 0 1 OUT 1 Reset Tachometer function 2 Measurement principle Measurement begins on a rising edge of the signal to be measured. The measurement time is greater than TR, but less than TL. Measurement stops at the end of the current period (3), after TR. If the period (3) does not end before TL, the measurement result will be zero (0). 3 1 2 Signal measurement period Time TR Time TL Start of measurement The outputs are updated each time measurement ends according to the selected output mode. - Maintained output: output active if the measured speed is greater than the preset speed. - Pulsed output: output activated during time T, when the preset threshold is crossed. Speed P2 P2 P1 P1 t 0 Out 1 (1) Out 2 (2) t 0 Out 1 Out 2 Out 1 (2) Out 2 (1) Maintained output End of measurement Measurement precision: 100 + (200 / TR) PPM Example: for TR = 1s 300 PPM (0.03%) Speed (1) Signal to be measured Out 1 Out 2 (2) Pulsed output Chronometer function (Precision: 150 ppm) 1 - Input IN1 2 - Display (0 PR), 1-channel pulse measurement 3 - Display (PR 0), 1-channel pulse measurement 1 1 - Input IN1 2 - Display (0 PR), 1-channel pulse measurement 3 - Display (PR 0), 1-channel pulse measurement 1 1 - Input IN1 (start counting) 2 - Input IN2 (stop counting) 3 - Display (0 PR), measurement on 2 separate channels 4 - Display (PR 0), measurement on 2 separate channels 1 T1 2 0 --- 3 Tn --- T2 T1 ---------- T1+T2 Tn-T1 ---------- Tn-(T1+T2) T1 T2 2 0 ---------- T1 ---------- T1+T2 3 Tn ---------- Tn-T1 ---------- Tn-(T1+T2) T1 T2 ---------- T1+T2 Tn-T1 ---------- Tn-(T1+T2) 2 3 4 0 T1 ---------- Tn ---------- Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/141 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/142 2 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/143 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/144 2 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/145 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 2/146 Products Available From 1 Solid State Relays and I/O Modules Catalog 1 2 Automation Controls Catalog 2 Switches and Sensors Catalog 3 3 Motors and Fans Catalog 4 Pneumatics Catalog 5 4 For your copy of the catalogs, contact 5 Tel: (800) 677-5311 / Fax: (800) 677-3865 www.crouzet-usa.com Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/i SWITCHES AND SENSORS SWITCHES AND SENSORS Snap Action Switches: 83132 / 83133 / 83134 Subminiature Double Break Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/2 83170 Subminiature Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/6 83180 Sealed Subminiature Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/10 83161 Miniature Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/14 83160 Miniature Positive Break Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/18 83137 Miniature Side Rotary Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/19 83106 / 83109 / 83112 / 83154 Double Break Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/20 83139 Sealed Double Break Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/24 83169 Sealed Miniature Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/28 83123 Sealed Flat-Pack Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/31 81290 Low Force Position Detectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/32 Industrial Limit Switches: 83852 / 83853 Miniature Industrial Limit Switches, Positive Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/34 83862 Industrial Limit Switches, Positive Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/36 83870 Miniature Pre-Cabled Limit Switches, Positive Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/40 83880 Pre-Cabled Limit Switches, Positive Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/42 83800 Miniature Limit Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/44 83731 / 83732 / 83733 Automotive Limit Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/46 83589 Automotive Limit Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/47 83581 Sealed Limit Switches, Telescopic-Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/48 83523 / 83528 Door Interlock Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/50 83856 / 83857 Manual Reset Positive Opening Miniature Limit Switches . . . . . . . . . 3/52 83841 Waterproof Limit Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/55 83863 / 83864 Cable Pull Limit Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/56 Safety (Security) Limit Switches: 838930 / 838931 Miniature Plastic Key Lock Limit Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/58 838932 Solenoid Operated Plastic Key Lock Limit Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/60 838940 Industrial Metal Key Lock Limit Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/62 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/ii SWITCHES AND SENSORS SWITCHES AND SENSORS Safety (Security) Limit Switches: 838941 Solenoid Operated Metal Key Lock Limit Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/64 83893 Hinged Limit Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/66 838942 Cable Pull Limit Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/68 838950 / 838951 Foot Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/70 79697 E-Stop Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/72 85100 Two-Hand Control Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/73 Proximity Sensors: Analog Inductive Proximity Detectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/77 O4, M5, O6, M8 Inductive Proximity Detectors Cable Output-3 Wire DC Series-Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/78 O4, M5 M8 Inductive Proximity Detectors Connector Output-3 Wire DC Series-Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/78 M12 Inductive Proximity Detectors Cable Output-3 Wire DC Series-Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/80 M12 Inductive Proximity Detectors Cable Output-2 Wire AC Series-Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/80 M12 Inductive Proximity Detectors Connector Output-3 Wire DC Series-Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/81 M12 Inductive Proximity Detectors Connectors Output-2 Wire AC Series-Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/81 M12 Inductive Proximity Detectors Cable Output-3 Wire DC Series-Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/83 M12 Inductive Proximity Detectors Connector Output-3 Wire DC Series-Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/83 M18 Inductive Proximity Detectors Cable Output-3 Wire DC Series-Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/84 M18 Inductive Proximity Detectors Cable Output-2 Wire AC Series-Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/84 M18 Inductive Proximity Detectors Connector Output-3 Wire DC Series-Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/84 M18 Inductive Proximity Detectors Connector Output-2 Wire AC Series-Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/84 M18 Inductive Proximity Detectors Cable Output-3 Wire DC Series-Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/86 M18 Inductive Proximity Detectors Cable Output-2 Wire AC Series-Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/86 3 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/iii SWITCHES AND SENSORS SWITCHES AND SENSORS Proximity Sensors: M18 Inductive Proximity Detectors Connector Output-3 Wire DC Series-Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/87 M30 Inductive Proximity Detectors Cable Output-3 Wire DC Series-Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/88 M30 Inductive Proximity Detectors Cable Output-2 Wire AC Series-Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/88 M30 Inductive Proximity Detectors Connector Output-3 Wire DC Series-Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/89 M30 Inductive Proximity Detectors Connector Output-2 Wire AC Series-Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/89 M30 Inductive Proximity Detectors Cable Output-3 Wire DC Series-Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/90 M30 Inductive Proximity Detectors Cable Output-2 Wire AC Series-Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/90 M30 Inductive Proximity Detectors Connector Output-3 Wire DC Series-Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/91 Inductive Proximity Detector-Flat Pack 55x35 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/92 Inductive Proximity Detector 40x40 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/93 M8 Inductive Proximity Detectors Cable Output-2 Wire DC NAMUR Series-Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/94 M18 Inductive Proximity Detectors Cable Output-2 Wire DC NAMUR Series-Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/94 M18 Inductive Proximity Detectors Connector Output-2 Wire DC NAMUR Series-Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/94 M12 Inductive Proximity Detectors Cable Output-2 Wire DC NAMUR Series-Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/95 M12 Inductive Proximity Detectors Connector Output-2 Wire DC NAMUR Series-Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/95 M30 Inductive Proximity Detectors Cable Output-2 Wire DC NAMUR Series-Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/95 M30 Inductive Proximity Detectors-Connector Output 2 Wire DC NAMUR Series-Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/95 Inductive Proximity Detectors for Severe Environments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/96 M18 Capacitive Proximity Detectors Cable Output-3 Wire DC Series-Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/97 M18 Capacitive Proximity Detectors Cable Output-2 Wire AC Series-Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/97 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/iv SWITCHES AND SENSORS SWITCHES AND SENSORS Proximity Sensors: M30 Capacitive Proximity Detectors Cable Output-2 Wire AC Series-Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/97 Capacitive Proximity Detector-Flat Pack 55x35 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/98 M30 Programmable Capacitive Proximity Detectors Cable Output-4 Wire DC Series-Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/99 M30 Programmable Capacitive Proximity Detectors Cable Output-2 Wire AC Series-Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/99 M8 Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/100 M12 Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/101 Mounting Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/102 Switches and Sensors Technical References: Push button Case Mounting hole Terminal NC n2 Return spring Contact mobile Contact fixed Terminal NO n4 Mounting hole Snap Action Switches-Technical Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/104 Limit Switches-Technical Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/111 Key-Operated Safety Limit Switches-Technical Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/113 Inductive Proximity Detectors-Technical Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/115 Capacitive Proximity Detectors-Technical Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/121 Common terminal C n1 Pivot point Blade 10 (x 360) 24 V 13 23 33 A1 Y1 Y2 C1 13 23 33 14 24 34 KNA3-XS A2 41 42 14 24 34 C2 C3 C1 C2 C3 0V 3 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/v Index Part Number Page Part Number 25552953 25552954 25552955 25552956 25552957 25552958 25552959 25552960 25552961 25552962 25552963 25552964 25552965 25552966 25552967 25552968 25552969 25552970 25552971 25552972 25552973 25552974 25552975 25552976 25552977 25552978 25552979 25552980 25552981 25552982 25552983 25552984 25552989 25552990 25552991 25552992 26546820 26546821 26546822 26546823 26546824 26546825 26546826 70500206 70500208 70500218 70500813 70500828 70500840 70500870 70500888 70507524 70507524 70507526 70507528 70507529 70507529 70507529 70514131 70514175 70514181 70514182 70514183 70514194 70514559 79210997 79210998 79214571 79214572 79214573 79214574 79214576 79214577 79214578 3/100 3/100 3/100 3/100 3/100 3/100 3/100 3/100 3/100 3/100 3/100 3/100 3/100 3/100 3/101 3/101 3/101 3/101 3/101 3/101 3/101 3/101 3/101 3/101 3/101 3/101 3/101 3/101 3/101 3/101 3/101 3/101 3/101 3/101 3/101 3/101 3/102 3/102 3/102 3/102 3/102 3/102 3/102 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/20 3/15 3/29 3/15 3/15 3/15 3/25 3/29 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/45 3/45 3/68 3/68 3/68 3/68 3/68 3/68 3/62 79214578 79214579 79214579 79214580 79214580 79214581 79214582 79214583 79214584 79214585 79215332 79215740 79215740 79215740 79215741 79215742 79215742 79215742 79215743 79215835 79218454 79218454 79218581 79218581 79218651 79218651 79218651 79250290 79250291 79253326 79253326 79253327 79253327 79253328 79253328 79253329 79253329 79507524 79697001 79697003 79697004 79697005 79697006 79697008 79697009 79697010 79697011 79697101 79697101 81290001 81290501 825233 831060 831064 831067 831090 831110 831115 831120 831230 831320 831330 831340 831370 831390 831391 831392 831395 831540 831607 83161.1 83161.2 83161.3 83161.5 Page 3/64 3/62 3/64 3/62 3/64 3/58 3/58 3/58 3/58 3/58 3/45 3/14 3/25 3/29 3/32 3/15 3/25 3/19 3/32 3/15 3/7 3/11 3/25 3/29 3/14 3/25 3/29 3/36 3/36 3/7 3/11 3/7 3/11 3/7 3/11 3/7 3/11 3/25 3/73 3/72 3/72 3/72 3/72 3/72 3/72 3/72 3/72 3/72 3/73 3/32 3/32 3/51 3/20 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/31 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/19 3/25 3/25 3/25 3/25 3/21 3/29 3/15 3/15 3/15 3/15 Part Number Page Part Number 83161.5SP4136 83161.6 83161.8 83161.9 83161.9SP4136 831690 831694 831698 831699 83170.0 83170.4 83170.4SP4967 83170.9 83180.0 83181.0 83183.0 83186.0 835230 835280 835283 835810 835811 835890 835898 837313 837323 837333 83770025 83770035 83777021 83778021 83800151 83801051 83802051 83803051 83805051 83806051 83807051 83852001 83852011 83852101 83852111 83852201 83852211 83852301 83852302 83852303 83852304 83852305 83852306 83852307 83852308 83852311 83852312 83852313 83852314 83852315 83852316 83852317 83852318 83852501 83852511 83852601 83852611 83853001 83853011 83853101 83853111 83853201 83853211 83853301 83853302 83853303 83853304 3/15 3/15 3/15 3/15 3/15 3/29 3/29 3/29 3/29 3/7 3/7 3/7 3/7 3/11 3/11 3/11 3/11 3/51 3/51 3/51 3/49 3/49 3/47 3/47 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/54 3/54 3/55 3/55 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/34 3/34 3/34 3/34 3/34 3/34 3/35 3/35 3/35 3/35 3/35 3/35 3/35 3/35 3/35 3/35 3/35 3/35 3/35 3/35 3/35 3/35 3/34 3/34 3/35 3/35 3/34 3/34 3/34 3/34 3/34 3/34 3/35 3/35 3/35 3/35 83853305 83853306 83853307 83853308 83853311 83853312 83853313 83853314 83853315 83853316 83853317 83853318 83853501 83853511 83853601 83853611 83856011 83856111 83856211 83856311 83856312 83856313 83856315 83856316 83856317 83856318 83856511 83857011 83857111 83857211 83857311 83857312 83857313 83857315 83857316 83857317 83857318 83862001 83862011 83862101 83862111 83862201 83862211 83862301 83862302 83862303 83862304 83862305 83862306 83862307 83862308 83862311 83862312 83862313 83862314 83862315 83862316 83862317 83862318 83862501 83862511 83862601 83862611 83863001 83863002 83870102 83870103 83871102 83871103 83872102 83872103 83873102 83873103 83874102 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/vi Page 3/35 3/35 3/35 3/35 3/35 3/35 3/35 3/35 3/35 3/35 3/35 3/35 3/34 3/34 3/35 3/35 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/36 3/36 3/36 3/36 3/36 3/36 3/37 3/37 3/37 3/37 3/37 3/37 3/37 3/37 3/37 3/37 3/37 3/37 3/37 3/37 3/37 3/37 3/36 3/36 3/37 3/37 3/56 3/56 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/41 Index Part Number 83874103 83880102 83880103 83881102 83881103 83882102 83882103 83883102 83883103 83884102 83884103 83893001 83893010 83893120 83893130 83893201 83893202 83893203 83893301 83893302 83893303 83893401 83894020 83894120 83894121 83894122 83894130 83894131 83894132 83894201 83895001 83895030 83895101 84717000 84717001 84717002 84717003 84717004 84717005 84717006 84717007 84717008 84717009 84717010 84717011 84717012 84717013 84717014 84717015 84717016 84717017 84717018 84717019 84717020 84717021 84717022 84717023 84717024 84717025 84717026 84717027 84717028 84717029 84717030 84717031 84717032 84717033 84717038 84717039 84717040 84717041 84717042 84717043 84717044 Page 3/41 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/43 3/58 3/58 3/58 3/58 3/60 3/60 3/60 3/67 3/67 3/67 3/67 3/62 3/64 3/64 3/64 3/64 3/64 3/64 3/68 3/70 3/70 3/70 3/78 3/78 3/78 3/78 3/79 3/79 3/79 3/79 3/79 3/79 3/78 3/78 3/78 3/78 3/79 3/79 3/79 3/79 3/79 3/79 3/79 3/79 3/78 3/78 3/78 3/78 3/80 3/80 3/81 3/81 3/81 3/81 3/82 3/82 3/83 3/83 3/83 3/83 3/83 3/83 3/83 Part Number 84717045 84717050 84717051 84717052 84717053 84717054 84717055 84717056 84717057 84717062 84717063 84717064 84717065 84717066 84717067 84717068 84717069 84717074 84717075 84717076 84717077 84717078 84717079 84717080 84717081 84717086 84717087 84717088 84717089 84717090 84717091 84717092 84717093 84717100 84717101 84717102 84717103 84717104 84717105 84717106 84717107 84717108 84717109 84717110 84717111 84717112 84717113 84717114 84717115 84717116 84717117 84717118 84717119 84717120 84717121 84717122 84717123 84717124 84717125 84717126 84717127 84717128 84717129 84717130 84717131 84717132 84717133 84717138 84717139 84717140 84717141 84717142 84717143 84717144 Page 3/83 3/84 3/84 3/85 3/85 3/85 3/85 3/85 3/85 3/86 3/86 3/87 3/87 3/87 3/87 3/87 3/87 3/88 3/88 3/89 3/89 3/89 3/89 3/89 3/89 3/90 3/90 3/91 3/91 3/91 3/91 3/91 3/91 3/78 3/78 3/78 3/78 3/79 3/79 3/79 3/79 3/79 3/79 3/78 3/78 3/78 3/78 3/79 3/79 3/79 3/79 3/79 3/79 3/79 3/79 3/78 3/78 3/78 3/78 3/80 3/80 3/81 3/81 3/81 3/81 3/82 3/82 3/83 3/83 3/83 3/83 3/83 3/83 3/83 Part Number 84717145 84717150 84717151 84717152 84717153 84717154 84717155 84717156 84717157 84717162 84717163 84717164 84717165 84717166 84717167 84717168 84717169 84717174 84717175 84717176 84717177 84717178 84717179 84717180 84717181 84717186 84717187 84717188 84717189 84717190 84717191 84717192 84717193 84717226 84717227 84717228 84717229 84717230 84717231 84717232 84717233 84717238 84717239 84717240 84717241 84717242 84717243 84717244 84717245 84717246 84717247 84717248 84717249 84717250 84717251 84717252 84717253 84717254 84717255 84717256 84717257 84717258 84717259 84717260 84717261 84717262 84717263 84717264 84717265 84717266 84717267 84717268 84717269 84717274 Page 3/83 3/84 3/84 3/85 3/85 3/85 3/85 3/85 3/85 3/86 3/86 3/87 3/87 3/87 3/87 3/87 3/87 3/88 3/88 3/89 3/89 3/89 3/89 3/89 3/89 3/90 3/90 3/91 3/91 3/91 3/91 3/91 3/91 3/80 3/80 3/80 3/80 3/81 3/81 3/81 3/81 3/83 3/83 3/83 3/83 3/83 3/83 3/83 3/83 3/82 3/82 3/82 3/82 3/84 3/84 3/84 3/84 3/85 3/85 3/85 3/85 3/85 3/85 3/85 3/85 3/86 3/86 3/86 3/86 3/87 3/87 3/87 3/87 3/88 Part Number 84717275 84717276 84717277 84717278 84717279 84717280 84717281 84717282 84717283 84717284 84717285 84717286 84717287 84717288 84717289 84717290 84717291 84717292 84717293 84717326 84717327 84717328 84717329 84717330 84717331 84717332 84717333 84717338 84717339 84717340 84717341 84717342 84717343 84717344 84717345 84717346 84717347 84717348 84717349 84717350 84717351 84717352 84717353 84717354 84717355 84717356 84717357 84717358 84717359 84717360 84717361 84717362 84717363 84717364 84717365 84717366 84717367 84717368 84717369 84717374 84717375 84717376 84717377 84717378 84717379 84717380 84717381 84717382 84717383 84717384 84717385 84717386 84717387 84717388 Page 3/88 3/88 3/88 3/89 3/89 3/89 3/89 3/89 3/89 3/89 3/89 3/90 3/90 3/90 3/90 3/91 3/91 3/91 3/91 3/80 3/80 3/80 3/80 3/81 3/81 3/81 3/81 3/83 3/83 3/83 3/83 3/83 3/83 3/83 3/83 3/82 3/82 3/82 3/82 3/84 3/84 3/84 3/84 3/85 3/85 3/85 3/85 3/85 3/85 3/85 3/85 3/86 3/86 3/86 3/86 3/87 3/87 3/87 3/87 3/88 3/88 3/88 3/88 3/89 3/89 3/89 3/89 3/89 3/89 3/89 3/89 3/90 3/90 3/90 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/vii 3 Index Part Number 84717389 84717390 84717391 84717392 84717393 84717626 84717627 84717628 84717629 84717630 84717631 84717632 84717633 84717646 84717647 84717648 84717649 84717650 84717651 84717652 84717653 84717654 84717655 84717656 84717657 84717662 84717663 84717664 84717665 84717670 84717671 84717672 84717673 84717674 84717675 84717676 84717677 84717678 84717679 84717680 84717681 84717684 84717685 84717686 84717687 84717688 84717689 84717694 84717695 84717707 84717709 84717731 84717733 84717743 84717745 84717755 84717757 84717767 84717769 84717779 84717781 84717791 84717793 84718006 84718008 84718010 84718024 84718026 84718030 84718032 84718036 84718038 84718042 84718044 Page 3/90 3/91 3/91 3/91 3/91 3/80 3/80 3/81 3/81 3/81 3/81 3/82 3/82 3/82 3/82 3/82 3/82 3/84 3/84 3/84 3/84 3/85 3/85 3/85 3/85 3/86 3/86 3/87 3/87 3/84 3/84 3/84 3/84 3/88 3/88 3/88 3/88 3/89 3/89 3/88 3/88 3/89 3/89 3/90 3/90 3/91 3/91 3/89 3/89 3/94 3/94 3/95 3/95 3/95 3/95 3/94 3/94 3/94 3/94 3/95 3/95 3/95 3/95 3/93 3/93 3/93 3/92 3/92 3/92 3/92 3/92 3/92 3/92 3/92 Part Number 84718506 84718508 84718510 84718511 84718524 84718526 84718528 84718530 84718532 84718534 84718572 84718574 84718578 84718580 84718588 84718589 84799801 84799802 84799803 84799804 85100291 85100292 85100293 IMB1805T Page Part Number Page Part Number 3/97 3/97 3/97 3/97 3/99 3/99 3/99 3/99 3/99 3/99 3/98 3/98 3/98 3/98 3/97 3/97 3/96 3/96 3/96 3/96 3/73 3/73 3/73 3/77 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/viii Page 3 Snap Action Switches Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/1 Subminiature Switches Series 83 132 / 83 133 / 83 134 Types General specifications Layout - The NO and NC circuits must both be of the same polarity. Features Components Material - Case : glass filled polyamide - Contacts : silver - Terminals: copper-nickel Actuator - Plain : stainless steel - roller: nylon Accessories : stainless steel Electrical characteristics Current rating at 125-250 V Operating force - max. Release force min. Overtravel max. - force Maximum rest position Tripping point Movement differential Overtravel - min. Operating temperature Mechanical life Contact gap Weight Number of operations { A A Mechanical characteristics Operating curve Resistive circuit: Inductive circuit Nominal Thermal L = 5 ms R cos = 0.8 Mechanical life N (oz) N (oz) N (oz) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) C (F) Operations mm (in) g (oz) Contact Type C (Form C) SPDT-DB Connections 83 132 : solder connection -1- only 83 133 : solder connection -1- only 83 134 : printed circuit board -2- only Rating in Amps Actuators and mounting positions-Factory Mounted Only Part numbers for standard actuators Actuators-Length mm (in) Tripping point Operating force max. Release force min. Pre-travel - max. Movement differential Total travel max. mm (in) N (oz) N (oz) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) Part numbers for standard actuators Approvals UL (E42016), CSA (LR - 20918) for others, please consult us. Actuators-Length mm (in) Tripping point Operating force - max. Release force - min. Pre-travel - max. Movement differential Total travel max. mm (in) N (oz) N (oz) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) Other information Also available: 1) Bi-stable operation 2) NC or NO contacts 3) Custom Actuators Please consult us for other actuators. Normally stocked items Catalog products produced to order Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/2 1 83 132 0 83 133 0 83 134 0 Side terminals Base terminals Face terminals 5 11 5 11 5 11 1.6 (5.6) 0.4 (1.4) 10 (35.3) 8.45 (.33) 7.70.2 (.30 -.008) 0.45 (.018) 0.3 (.012) -20 +125 (-4 to +257) 107 0.3 x 2 (.012 x 2) 1.8 (.06) 1.6 (5.6) 0.4 (1.4) 10 (35.3) 8.45 (.33) 7.70.2 (.30 -.008) 0.45 (.018) 0.3 (.012) -20 +125 (-4 to +257) 107 0.3 x 2 (.012 x 2) 1.8 (.06) 1.6 (5.6) 0.4 (1.4) 10 (35.3) 8.10 (.32) 7.35 0.25 (.29 -.010) 0.45 (.018) 0.3 (.012) -20 +125 (-4 to +257) 107 0.3 x 2 (.012 x 2) 1.8 (.06) 2 C C C 3 circuit boards connects .11 x .02 L 70 514 175 C 70 514 194 Flat 54A R14.75 (.58) 83 132 0 83 133 0 83 132 0 83 133 0 9.5 0.8 (.374 .031) 9.20.8 (.362 .031) 0.18 (.6) 0.16 (.5) 2.15 (.085) 10.3 (.04 .001) 2.8 (.11) B 70 514 559 Simulated Roller 54B R13.7 (.54) 83 132 0 83 133 0 E 70 514 181 A 12.7 0.8 (.5 .03) 12.40.8 (.49 .03) 0.85 (3) 0.18 (.6) 2.05 (.081) 0.95 0.3 (.037 .001) 2.7 (.106) 83 134 0 10 1.5 (.413 .06) 9.70.15 (.382 .06) 0.34 (1.2) 0.06 (.2) 5.15 (.203) 2.10.65 (.083 .026) 6.8 (.268) 70 514 131 Flat 54A R7.75 (.30) 83 132 0 83 133 0 83 134 0 F 70 514 182 Tip-mounted in-line roller 54E R7.5 (.3) Flat 54A R35.75 (1.41) 83 134 0 3 2 for printed 1 solder tags can accept quick 83 134 0 8.2 0.3 (.32 .01) 7.90.3 (.31 .01) 1.55 (5.45) 0.3 (1.05) 1.1 (.04) .50.15 (.02 .006) 1.5 (.06) 83 132 0 83 133 0 14.2 0.3 (.56 .012) 13.90.3 (.547 .012) 1.6 (5.6) 0.32 (1.1) 1.1 (.043) 0.50.15 (.02 .006) 1.45 (.057) G 70 514 183 Tip-mounted in-line roller 54E R34.4 (1.35) 83 132 0 83 133 0 83 134 0 15.5 0.8 (.61 .031) 15.20.8 (.6 .031) 0.8 (2.8) 0.17 (.6) 2.05 (.081) 0.95 0.3 (.037 .001) 2.7 (.106) O No Actuator 83 134 0 16.1 1.4 (.63 .05) 15.81.4 (.62 .05) 0.34 (1.19) 0.07 (.25) 4.9 (1.9) 20.6 (.08 .02) 6.6 (.26) Except where otherwise indicated, the actuator is mounted in the position shown in the dimensional drawings (= standard mountin Tip-mounted in-line roller 54E R14.1 (.56) 83 132 0 83 133 0 83 134 0 4 g). To order please specify : 1 Switch Type 831320 831330 831340 Example : 831330 Connection 1 2 C 1 * A L Actuators A B C Example P/N is 831330, SPDT-DB, solder terminals, A actuator mounted on the left. E 2 Contact Type C 3 4 F G O L 5 Actuator Position L - Left (Standard) R - Right Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/3 Subminiature Switches Dimensions 83 133 0 83 132 0 83 134 0 = 2.1 0.02 0.05 (.08 0.007 0.02 ) + _ 1 (.04) 2.45 (.1) + _ OL = 1.5 (.06) 2.1 (.08) 2 tabs 0.7 (.03) 15.24 (.6) 3.6 (.37) 18.1 (.71) 6.4 (.25) 7.6 (.3) 6.4 (.25) 3.2 (.12) 6.4 (.25) 0.6 (.02) 01.5 (.06) 01.5 (.06) 4 (.16) 7 (2.8) 18.4 (.72) 1 OL fl 1.5 x .7 (fl .06 x .03) 9.3 (.37) + _ + _ 2.1 0.15 (.08 0.006 ) 7.4 (2.9) 5.08 (.2) 7.05 (.28) 3.9 (.15) 10 (3.9) = 03 (.12) 20.4 (.80) 0.6 x 0.5 (.023 x .02) mm(in) Connections 1 2.8 x .0.5 (.11 x .02) 1.2 (.05) 2.4 (.09) 2.2 (.08) 32.8 (1.29) 0.75 (.3) 0.5 (.02) = = 4 7.9 (.31) 9.3 (.37) 9.3 (.37) 1.2 (.05) 4.4 (.17) .82 (.32) 2.2 (.09) 2.42 (.10) 2.1 (.08) 2 R 0.5 (.02) 0.5 (.02) 0.6 x 5.5 (.023 x .02) 2.8 (.11) 2.8 (.11) mm(in) Actuators E 70514181 F 70514182 G 70514183 R=7.5 (.3) R=14.1 (.56) R=34.4 (1.35) F R1.2 (.05) 3.9 (.15) x3 2) 0.5 2x.1 (. O5x3 (.2x.12) R 2.1 (.08) R R 70 F 6.9 (.27) = 2.1 (.08) (.27) 6.9 = F R=13.7 (.54) 4.6 (.18) (.47) 12 B 70514559 (0.5x3) .2x.12 Standard mounting A 70514131 R=7.75 (.30) L 70514175 R=14.75 (.58) C 70514194 R=35.75 (1.41) 2.5 (.10) mm(in) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/4 3.2x4.2 ) (.125 x .165 Subminiature Switches Actuators and mounting positions - Factory Mounted Only - for Gang Operation Part numbers for standard actuators - Consult factory for part number Actuators-Length mm (in) 3 pole 54A3 R30 (1.18) 2 pole 54A2 R30 (1.18) 83 132 0 83 133 0 Tripping Point Operating Force max Release Force min Pre-travel min Movement differential Total travel max mm (in) N (oz) N (oz) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) *83 134 0 83 132 0 83 133 0 Side mounting plate (0.4 mm) 54Y *83 134 0 8.80,8 (.346 0.03) 1.2 (4.2) 0.24 (.8) 4.3 (.17) 20.55 (.08 0.02) 8.80,8 (.346 0.03) 0.8 (2.8) 0.16 (.6) 4.3 (.17) 20.55 (.08 0.02) Delivered separately * For gang operation with 83 132 0 or 83 133 0. 5.75 (.23) 5.75 (.23) Actuators - For Gang Operation 54A3 54A2 0.5 (0.2) 9.2 (.36) 19.2 .76 (.76) R 9.2 (.36) 12.8 (.5) 3 mm(in) Mounting accessories 83 132 0 - 83 133 0 83 134 0 6 (.24) 5.8 (.23) 6.9 (.26) 6.6 (.26) 1.6 (.063) mm(in) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/5 Subminiature Switches Series 83 170 DIN 41 635 B General specifications Layout Types Components Material - Case : polyester UL 94 VO - Button : glass-filled polyamide - Contacts : AgNi, gold-plated AgNi (dual-current) - Terminals : copper-nickel Actuators - flat : stainless steel - roller : stainless steel with polyamide roller Approvals: NF - UL - cUL Operating curve For type 83 170 0 Number of operations Resistive circuit: Inductive circuit 1 2 3 Features Electrical characteristics Current rating at 250 V Nominal Thermal A A Mechanical characteristics For type 83 170 4 Number of operations { Part numbers for standard products (no lever) terminal type c L = 5 ms R a cos = 0.8 Mechanical life Resistive circuit: Inductive circuit { c L = 5 ms R a cos = 0.8 Mechanical life Operating force - max. Release force - min. Total travel force - max. Permitted overtravel force - max. Maximum rest position Tripping point Differential travel Overtravel - min. Ambient operating temperature Mechanical endurance Contact gap Weight N (oz.) N (oz.) N (oz.) N (oz.) mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) C Operations mm (in.) g (oz.) Contact type Rating in Amps Rating in Amps C (Form C) SPDT B (Form B) SPNC not available in PC terminals A (Form A) SPNO not available in PC terminals Connections For type 83 170 9 Number of operations Resistive circuit: Mechanical life Actuators and mounting positions Rating in Amps Part numbers for standard actuators Actuators - Length mm (in.) Mounting positions Coefficient Tripping point mm (in.) Mounting positions Model 83 170 9 is designed to operate equally well on dual-current (1 mA 4 V minimum) or medium-current (5 A maximum) circuits. However, a given product should only be used to switch one type of circuit during its working life. Except where otherwise indicated, actuators are supplied unmounted. For factory mounting, specify mounting position L or R. - To calculate force : take the force quoted for the switch and divide by the coefficient given in the table. - To calculate travel : take the travel quoted for the switch and multiply by the same coefficient. Mounting accessories for PCB mounting: 5 / 6 / 7 / 8 See page 3/9. Other information For other forces, actuators, connections and temperatures, please consult us. Normally stocked items Catalog products produced to order Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/6 1 83170.0 831700C1.0 831700C2.0 831700C3.0 83170.4 831704C1.0 831704C2.0 831704C3.0 83170.9 831709C1.0 831709C2.0 831709C3.0 83170.4 SP 4967 831704C2.MBSP 831704C3.MBSP 831704C1.MBSP 83170.4 831704C1.MB 831704C2.MB 831704C3.MB 83170.9 831709C1.MB 831709C2.MB 831709C3.MB High current Standard Low current High force Standard Low current 10 12.5 5 6 0.1 5 6 5 6 0.1 1.5 (5.3) 0.3 (1) 1.8 (6.3) 10 (35.3) 9.2 (.36) 8.40.3 (.33 .01) 0.15 (.006) 0.5 (.02) -20 to130 (-4 to 266) 107 0.4 (.016) 1.7 (.06) 0.6 (2.2) 0.1 (.04) 1 (3.5) 10 (35.3) 9.2 (.36) 8.40.3 (.33 .01) 0.15 (.006) 0.5 (.02) -20 to130 (-4 to 266) 3.10 7 0.4 (.016) 1.7 (.06) 0.6 (2.2) 0.1 (.04) 1 (3.5) 10 (35.3) 9.2 (.36) 8.40.3 (.33 .01) 0.15 (.006) 0.5 (.02) -20 to130 (-4 to 266) 3.10 7 0.4 (.016) 1.7 (.06) 1.5 (5.3) 0.3 (1) 1.8 (6.3) 10 (35.3) 10.8 (.425) 9.90.3 (.39 .01) 0.15 (.006) 0.5 (.02) -20 to130 (-4 to 266) 106 0.4 (.016) 1.7 (.06) 0.6 (2.2) 0.1 (.04) 1 (3.5) 10 (35.3) 10.8 (.425) 9.90.3 (.39 .01) 0.15 (.006) 0.5 (.02) -20 to130 (-4 to 266) 106 0.4 (.016) 1.7 (.06) 0.6 (2.2) 0.1 (.04) 1 (3.5) 10 (35.3) 10.8 (.425) 9.90.3 (.39 .01) 0.15 (.006) 0.5 (.02) -20 to130 (-4 to 266) 106 0.4 (.016) 1.7 (.06) C B A C B A C B A C B A C B A C B A 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 4 A 79 253 327 B 79 253 326 C 79 253 328 E 79 218 454 F 79 253 329 Flat 170A R18.3 (.72) Flat 170A R24 (.94) Flat 170A R41 (1.61) Roller 170E R20 (.79) Dummy roller 170F R19.5 (.77) L 4 11.11.2 (.44.05) L 7 13.2 2.5 (.52 .1) L 3 15.4 1.2 (.61.05) L 3 13 1.2 (.51.05) L 3 10.4 1.2 (.41.05) R 1.5 9.20.6 (.36.24) R 2 9.60.6 (.38.24) D 79 218 491 L 79 218 493 Screw 170D R20 (.79) Transverse roller 170L R20 (.79) R 3.5 10.7 1.2 (.42 .05) R 1.5 14.5 0.6 (.57.24) R 1.5 12 0.6 (.47 .24) MB O No Actuator Characteristics available upon request. 5 To order please specify : Example : 831700 1 Switch Type 831700 831704 831709 2 Contact Type A B C To order actuators separately, use the 8 digit P/N 3 Connection 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 C 2 * C L 4 Actuators 5 Actuator Position L - Left (Standard) A E R - Right B F C L D MB O MB SP4967 Example P/N is 831700 SPDT solder terminals "C" actuator mounted on the left. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/7 3 Subminiature Switches DIN 41635 B Dimensions 83 170 Symmetric 2.40- .1 (.09.- 001 ) 83 170 with MB Button 7.50- .2 (.3.-008 ) 50- .1 (.2.- 004 ) R 3.6 (.14) 19.8 0.2 (.73 .008 ) 2.4 0.1 (.1.009) 7.62 0.2 (.30 .008) 0.5 (.02.- 001 ) 0- .03 (x3) O 2.5 0.1 (.1.004) 7.62 0.2 (.30 .008) 6.350- .2 (.25.- 008 ) (.37 .004 ) 6.35 0.2 (.25 .008) 8.9 0.2 (.35 .008) = 6.4 0- .2 (.25.- 008 ) 12.2 0.2 (.48 .008) O2.2 +0.1 0 (O .09 .004 0 ) 0.5 0.03 (x3) (.02 .001) 9.5 0.1 O 5.5 = 40- .1 (.157.- 008 ) 12.20- .2 (.48.- 008 ) 9.50- .1 (.37.- 004 ) 8.90- .2 (.35.- 008 ) +0.1 0 .- 004 0 ) 2.2 0.1 (.09 .04 ) 2fl .2 (fl .09 2.2 0- .1 (.09 .- 04 ) fl 2.5 0- .1 (.1.- 004 ) 9.60- .2 (.38.- 008 ) 2.40- .1 (.1.- 009 ) R 2.5 (.1) 7.5 0.2 (.3.008) 50.1 (.2 .004) 9.6 0.2 (.38 .008) OL = 7.6 (.30) 19.8 0- .2 (.78.- 008 ) 6.4 0.2 (.25 .008) 83 170 Asymmetric Mounting by M2 screws Torque : 2 cm daN mm (in) Connections 1 0.1(.04 .004 ) 2.4 0.15 (.1.006 ) O1.3 0.2 0 (.11 .004) 4.10.1 (.16 .004 ) Symmetric 3 4 7 8.9 0.1 6.35 0.1 (.35 .004 ) O 1.6 0.1 (.06 .004 ) (.25 .004 ) 1.C 4.NO 2.NC 6 8 7.62 0.1 (3x2.54) (.3 .004) (3x1) 7.62 0.1 (3x2.54) (.3 .004) (3x1) O 1.6 0.1 (.06 .004 ) 1.C 4.NO 2.NC mm (in) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/8 1.3 0.05(.05 .002 ) 10.1 (.04 .004 ) 50.2 (2 .008 ) 3.5 0.2 (.14 .008 ) 2.80.1 (.11 .004) Printed circuit board mounting Asymmetric 5 1.30.05 (.05 .002 ) 50.2 (2 .008 ) 4.50.15 (.18 .006 ) 7.101 (.28 +.004 ) 2.202 (.08 +.008 -0 ) 0 1.3 0.1 (.05 .004 ) 30 1.3 0.05(.05 .002 ) Side Output PCB Front 10.1 (.04 .004 ) 7-8 Side Output PCB Rear 3.4 0.2 (.13 .008 ) 5-6 Straight PCB 3.702 (.15 +.008 ) 3-4 .11x.02 Quick Connects 4.3 0.2 (.17 .008 ) 1 Solder 6 0.15 (.236 .006 ) 2 3.5 0.2 (.14 .008 ) Subminiature Switches DIN 41 635 B Actuators Actuator mounting positions 5.9 (.23) 11.1 (.44) R R ABC TP (Tripping Point) Refer to pages 3/6 & 3/7. 6.30.1 (.25 .004) 6.30.1 (.25 .004) L 13.4 0.1 (.53 .004) 3.60.1 (.14 .004) F E 3 mm (in.) Mounting accessories Mounting pins 2.9 0.1 (.11 .004) Output on unitboitier side : 5: X2 Sortie cote Sortie cote couvercle Output on cover side : 7 : X3 mm (in.) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/9 Sealed Subminiature Switches Series 83 180 DIN 41 635 B Types General specifications Layout Components Part numbers for standard products with connection of type Material - Case : UL 94VO glass-filled polyester - Button : Polyester - Membrane : silicon - Contacts : AgCdO AgNi (dual current), - Terminals : tinned brass - Cable : PVC (IP 67) - Leads : PVC 1 2 FD0 Features Electrical characteristics Nominal Hp Current rating at 250 V Mechanical characteristics Operating force - max. Release force - min. Total travel force - max. Permitted overtravel force - max. Rest position - max. Tripping point Differential travel Overtravel - min. Ambient operating for tag version temperature for lead / cable version Mechanical durability Contact gap Weight (tag version) Actuators - flat : stainless steel - roller : stainless steel with polyamide roller Approvals 83 180/83 186 : NF. UL - cUL on request Operating curve 250 Va Operations Resistive circuit Contact Type A 1/ 2 N (oz.) N (oz.) N (oz.) N (oz.) mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) C (F) C (F) Operations mm (in.) g (oz.) C (Form C) SPDT B (Form B) SPNC not available in PC terminals A (Form A) SPNO not available in PC terminals Connections A 2 1 3 4 Actuators and mounting positions Part numbers for standard actuators Actuators - Length Switch rating with DC supply 12 V 24 V Resistive load Inductive L/R 5 ms Resistive load Inductive L/R 5 ms 83 180 10 A 83 181 6A 83 183 3A 83 186 6A 10 A 6A 3A 6A 10 A 6A 3A 6A 5A 5A 3A 5A mm (in.) Mounting position Coefficient Tripping point 83 180 83 181/183/186 mm (in.) Model 83 181 is designed to operate equally well on dual-current (1 mA 4 V minimum) or medium-current (6 A maximum) circuits. However, a given product should only be used to switch one type of circuit during its working life. Part numbers for standard actuators Actuators - Length Degree of protection - Tag version : Mounting positions Coefficient Tripping point Except where otherwise indicated, actuators are supplied unmounted. For factory mounting, specify fixing position L or R. - To calculate force : take the force quoted for the switch and divide by the coefficient given in the table. - To calculate travel : take the travel quoted for the switch and multiply by the same coefficient. - Lead / cable version : casing terminals outlet / casing = IP67 = IP00 = IP67 mm (in.) Mounting accessories for PCB mounting : 5 / 6 / 7 / 8 See page 3/9. Other information For other forces, actuators, connections and temperatures, please consult us. 3/10 . Normally stocked items Catalog products produced to order 1 83180 831800C1.0 831800C2.0 831800CFD0.0 83181 831810C1.0 831810C2.0 831810CFD0.0 83183 831830C1.0 831830C2.0 831830CFD0.0 83186 831860C1.0 831860C2.0 831860CFD0.0 High current Dual current Medium current Standard 10 12.5 6 7.5 3 4 6 7.5 3.4 (12) 1 (3.5) 5 (17.6) 10 (35.3) 9.3 (.37) 8.4 0.3 (.33 0.012 ) 0.10 (.004) 0.6 (.024) -40 +125 (-40 +257) -40 +105 (-40 +221) 106 0.4 (.016) 2 (.07) 2.5 (8.8) 0.8 (2.8) 4.2 (14.1) 10 (35.3) 9.3 (.37) 8.4 0.3 (.33 0.012 ) 0.10 (.004) 0.6 (.024) -40 +125 (-40 +257) -40 +105 (-40 +221) 2 x 10 6 0.4 (.016) 2 (.07) 2.5 (8.8) 0.8 (2.8) 4.2 (14.1) 10 (35.3) 9.3 (.37) 8.4 0.3 (.33 0.012 ) 0.10 (.004) 0.6 (.024) -40 +125 (-40 +257) -40 +105 (-40 +221) 2 x 10 6 0.4 (.016) 2 (.07) 2.5 (8.8) 0.8 (2.8) 4.2 (14.1) 10 (35.3) 9.3 (.37) 8.4 0.3 (.33 0.012 ) 0.10 (.004) 0.6 (.024) -40 +125 (-40 +257) -40 +105 (-40 +221) 2 x 10 6 0.4 (.016) 2 (.07) C B A C B A C B A C B A 5 6 7 8 3 FD0 FB0 A 79 253 327 Flat 170A R18.3 (.72) B 79 253 326 Flat 170A R24 (.94) C 79 253 328 Flat 170A R41 (1.61) L R 3 1.5 10.4 1.2 (.41.05) 9.2 0.6 (.36.24) L 4 11.11.2 (.44.05) L 7 13.2 2.5 (.52 .1) F 79 253 329 Dummy roller 170F R19.5 (.77) D * Screw 170D L 3 131.2 (.51.05) R 2 9.60.6 (.38.024) FG0 CB0** CG0** 4 E 79 218 454 Roller 170E R20 (.79) R 3.5 10.7 1.2 (.42.05) L R 3 1.5 15.4 1.2 (.61.05) 14.50.6 (.57.24) L * Transverse roller 170EL * R 1.5 120.6 (.47 .24) Switch Type 831810 831830 831860 831800 CD0** O No Actuator ** Special order, contact us for part number ** Cable version for types 83 181, 83 183 and 83 186 1 2 2 Contact Type A B C To order actuators separately, use the 8 digit P/N 5 To order please specify : 3 Example : 831810 C 2 * O Connection Actuators 1 6 O 2 7 A 3 8 B 4 FDO CDO C 5 FGO CBO D FBO CGO E 4 F L 5 Actuator Position L - Left (Standard) R - Right Example P/N is 831810 SPDT solder terminals with no actuator. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/11 3 Sealed Subminiature Switches DIN 41635 B Dimensions Asymmetric OL Symmetric Fixed by 2 x M2 screws Torque for screw alone: 0.2 Nm (1.75 in. lbs.) screw + washer: 0.3 Nm (2.65 in. lbs.) Connections Terminals 2 Solder 1 Faston 2.8 x 0.5 .110 Quick Connects Printed circuit board mounting Asymmetric 3, 5, 7 Symmetric 4, 6, 8 3-4 Straight PCB output 5-6 Side output, PCB rear 7-8 Side output, PCB front Mounting on a printed circuit board with mounting pins Asymmetric Symmetric (.11 .004) Lead output Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/12 Cable output CG0 cable output on left CD0 cable output on right CB0 cable output on bottom Conductor cross-section : 83181 / 83183 / 83186 = 3 x 0.5 mm 2 (.12 x .02 in 2) Common = black NC = brown NO = blue mm (in.) Actuators Mounting positions 3 A, B, C Flat E Roller F Dummy roller mm (in.) Recommendations for operation from the side Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/13 Miniature Switches Series 83 161 DIN 41635 A Types General specifications Layout 2 3 6 Part numbers for standard products with connections of type Components Material - Case : glass-filled polyamide (self-extinguishing version to UL 94 VO and IEC 695-2-1 850 C - available on request) - Button : polyamide - Contacts : nickel silver or gold alloy (dual-current) Actuators - flat : stainless steel - roller : stainless steel, glass-filled polyamide roller - other types of polyamide Approvals: NF - UL/cUL Operating curve For type 83 161 5 - 5 SP 4136 For type 83 161 1 3 Number of operations Number of operations Resistive circuit: Inductive circuit { c L = 5 ms R a cos = 0.8 831613 Mechanical 831611 durability Resistive circuit: inductive circuit { c L = 5 ms R a cos = 0.8 Mechanical durability Features Electrical characteristics Current Horsepower Current rating at 125/250 V A HP Mechanical characteristics Operating force - max. Release force - min. Total travel force - max. Permitted overtravel force - max. Rest position - max. Tripping point Differential travel Overtravel - min. (OT) Ambient operating temperature Mechanical durability (for 2/3 OT) Contact gap Weight N (oz.) N (oz.) N (oz.) N (oz.) mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) C (F) Operations mm (in.) g (oz.) Contact type C (Form C) SPDT B (Form B) SPNC A (Form A) SPNO Connections Mechanical durability Rating in Amps For type 83 161 8 Rating in Amps For type 83 161 9 SP 4136 Number of operations Number of operations 3 for 1/4 Quick Connects Actuators and mounting positions Resistive circuit: Resistive circuit: 2 solder A 79 215 740 Part numbers for standard actuators Actuators-Length mm (in.) Flat 161A R14.2 (.56) Mechanical durability Mechanical durability Mounting positions Coefficient Tripping point (except 83 161 6) Tripping point 83 161 6 Rating in Amps Rating in Amps For types 83 161 8 - 9 SP 4136 dual-current Models 83 161 8 and 83 161 9 SP 4136 are designed to operate equally well on dual-current (1 mA 4 V minimum) or medium-current (5 A maximum) circuits. However, a given product should only be used to switch one type of circuit during its working life. Part numbers for standard actuators Actuators-Length mm (in.) A 2 15.2 1(.6.004) 14.8 1(.59 .004) B 1 15.2 0.45(.6.018) 15 0.45(.59 .018) H 79 218 651 Dummy roller 161G R21.8 (.86) Mounting positions A B Coefficient 3 1.8 2 .08 Tripping point (except 83 161 6) 21.7 (.85 ) 21.7 0.7(.85 .03) Tripping point 83 161 6 21.5 2(.85 .08) 21.5 07(.85 .03) Except where otherwise indicated, flat and roller actuators are supplied unmounted. Other information For other forces, actuators, connections and temperatures, please consult us. Normally stocked items Catalog products produced to order Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/14 83161.1(10.1A) 83161.2(15.1A) 83161.3(10.1A) 831611C2.0 831611C3.0 831611C6.0 831612C2.0 831612C3.0 831612C6.0 831613C2.0 831613C3.0 831613C6.0 High Force High Current Standard 10.1 1/2 15.1 1/2 83161.5(4A) 83161.9(0.1A) 83161.5SP4136 83161.9SP4136 831615C2.0 831615C3.0 831615C6.0 10.1 1/2 Ultra Light Force 4 1/10 83161.8(0.1A) 831616C2.0 831616C3.0 831616C6.0 Low Force 83161.6 831618C2.0 831618C3.0 831618C6.0 Wide Gap 4 1/10 1 Dual Current 6.1 1/3 0.1 N/A 3 (10.5) 1 (3.5) 4.5 (15.8) 20 (70.5) 16.1 (0.63) 14.7 0.4 (.58 0.16) 0.35 (0.014) 1.1 (0.05) -20 +125 (-4 +257) 107 0.4 (0.016) 5.6 (.2) 0.8 (2.8) 0.2 (0.7) 2 (7.0) 20 (70.5) 16.2 (0.64) 14.7 0.3 (.58 0.16) 0.35 (0.014) 1.2 (0.05) -20 +125 (-4 +257) 2 x 10 7 0.4 (0.016) 5.6 (.2) 0.8 (2.8) 0.2 (0.7) 2 (7.0) 20 (70.5) 16.2 (0.64) 14.7 0.3 (.58 0.16) 0.35 (0.014) 1.2 (0.05) -20 +125 (-4 +257) 2 x 10 7 0.4 (0.016) 5.6 (.2) 0.25 (0.9) 0.05 (0.18) 0.35 (1.2) 20 (70.5) 16.3 (0.64) 14.7 0.4 (.58 0.16) 0.35 (0.014) 1.1 (0.05) -20 +125 (-4 +257) 5 x 10 7 0.4 (0.016) 5.6 (.2) 0.15 (0.54) 0.04 (0.14) 0.2 (0.72) 20 (70.5) 16.3 (0.64) 14.7 0.3 (.58 0.16) 0.35 (0.014) 1.2 (0.05) -20 +125 (-4 +257) 5 x 10 7 0.4 (0.016) 5.6 (.2) 5 (18) 0.5 (1.8) 6 (21.6) 20 (70.5) 16.1 (0.63) 14.5 0.4 (.58 0.16) 0.8 (0.03) 0.9 (0.035) -20 +125 (-4 +257) 5 x 10 4 3.2 (0.126) 5.6 (.2) 0.8 (2.8) 0.2 (0.7) 0.2 (.07) 20 (70.5) 16.2 (0.64) 14.7 0.4 (.58 0.16) 0.35 (0.014) 1.2 (0.05) -20 +125 (-4 +257) 2 x 10 7 0.4 (0.016) 5.6 (.2) C B A C B A C B A C B A C B A C B A C B A 5 screw 6 for 3/16 Quick Connects 2 3 3 7 for .11 Quick Connects 4 B 70 507 524 Flat 161A R25.4 (1) A 4 15.2 2.5 (.6.1) 14.4 2.5 (.56.1) B 2 15.2 1(.6.04) 14.8 1(.58.04) 79 215 742 Roller 161E R13.6 (.54) E C 1.5 15.2 0.8(.6.03) 14.9 0.8(.59.03) A 2 20.5 1.5(.81.06) 20.1 1.5(.79.06) L B 1 20.5 0.8(.81.03) 20.3 0.8(.80.03) G 70 507 529 Roller 161E R24.1 (.95) A 4 20.5 2.9(.81.11) 19.7 2.9(.76 .11) V B 2 20.5 1.5(.81.06) 20.1 1.5(.79.06) F 70 507 528 Dummy 161F roller R22.2 (.84) C 1.5 20.5 1.2(.81.05) 20.2 1.2(.79 .05) A 3 20.4 2(.8.08) 20.2 2(.79.08) C 70 507 526 B 1.8 20.5 0.7(.81.03) 20.2 2(.79.08) C 1.5 20.5 0.9(.81.035) 4 D 79 215 835 Flat 161A R50 (1.9) Flat 161A R60 (2.39) 161V ** Telescopic plunger Manual action 161L D Factory Mount only D Factory Mount only B C B C A A 1 6 3 2 7 3.5 2.2 1 21.5 1 (.85 .04 ) 15.26.3 15.22 15.21.6 15.26.9 15.22.5 15.22.3 18.35 0.45 21.5 1 (.85 .04 ) For factory mounting, specify fixing position A, B or C ** For 83 161 1, 83 161 3, 83 161,6, 83 161 8, mounted in factory (suppl ied without nut) To order, please specify : 1 Switch Type 831612 831619 831613 831616 831615 831611 831618 2 Contact Type A B C To order actuators seperately, use the 8 digit P/N 3 Connection 2 3 5 6 7 Example : 831612 C 3 *C A 4 Example switch is 831612, SPDT, 1/4" Q.C., C actuator mounted in A position 5 Actuators O A B C D E F G H L V Actuator Position A B C D A C B (std) D O = No actuator 3/15 5 Miniature Switches DIN 41635 A Dimensions 0.2 (.8 .008 ) (.12 +.006 +.002 3 +0.15 +0.05 (.12 +.006 ) +.002 2.8 (.11) ) 10.3 0.15 (.41.006) 20.2 O3 +0.15 +0.05 2.8 (.11) 22.2 0.2 (.87 .008 ) 3.9 2.8 (.11) 15.8 -0.15 -0.1 (.?? +.006 ) +.002 10.3 0.1 (.41 .004) OL = 13.35 (.53) 2.8 (.11) 83 161 3 (.12) 27.8 0.15 (1.09 .006) 3.4 (.13) mm (in) Connections 2.2 4.8 0.1 .19 .004 3.2 (.13) 17.4 (.69) 6.3 (.25) 47 20 (.79) max. 3.1 .12 .004 O1.4 .06.002 0.06 4 (.16) 9x6 (.35x.24) +0.2 +0 O1.3 (.09 +0.2 +0 +.008 ) -0 (.05 +.008 ) -0 7.10.1 .28.004 7.10.1 (.28 .004 ) Actuators F Force calculation : divide the switch forces by the coefficient in the table. Travel calculation : multiply the switch travel by the same coefficient. 2mm (.08) A B C D Example : 83 161 3 with B Flat 161A actuator R 25.4 (1) position A (coef. 4) Operating force : 0.8 4 = 0.2 N Pre-travel: 1.4 x 4 = 5.6 mm (.055 x 4 = .22 in) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/16 (6.3 0.1 3 (.118) 7 (2.5x0.5 (.11x.02)) Quick Connects 0.1 2.8 0.1 (.11 .004 ) 3.2 (.13) 2.8 (.11) 47 47 M3x4 (.12x.16) 45 O1.7 +0.05 +0 (.067 .002) 6.2 (.244) 6 (4.8x0.5 (.3/16x.02)) Quick Connects 10.7 0.2 (.42 .008 ) 4.3 +0.05 -0.15 +.02 ) (.169 -.006 17.4 (.685) 9.3 0.2 (.366.008) 9.8 (.286) 5 Screw mm (in) 6.7 (.264) 1.7 +0.05 +0 (.067 .002) 6.3 (.13 .012) 3.9x0.8 .02 ) (.15x.03 .001) 3.2 (.13) 3.2 0.3 12.10.2 (.25 .03 ) (.248.004) 3 (6.3x0.8 (1/4x.03)) Quick Connects 2 Solder Miniature Switches DIN 41635 A Actuator Mounting Positions Actuators E-G A-B-C-D L V 3 F H Accessories Nuts 70 602 118 for L type actuator Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/17 Miniature Positive Break Switches Series 83 160 DIN 41635 A 1 Types General specifications Layout 83 160 7 POF TTF V A A V Mechanical characteristics Operating force - max. Release force - min. Min. positive opening force Permitted overtravel force - max. Maximum rest position Tripping point Maximum positive opening position Overtravel - min. Operating speed max. Operating rate max. Operating temperature Mechanical durability Contact gap Weight N (oz.) N (oz.) N(oz.) N (oz.) mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) m/s (ft/sec) (operation/s) C (F) Operations mm (in.) g (oz.) SPDT* 250 6 10 250 4 (14.1) 1.5 (3.5) 18 (63.5) 200 (70.5) 15.7 (.62) 14.80.3 (.58 0.012 ) 13.5 (.53) 1.3 (0.047) 0.5 (1.64) 5 -40+85 (-40+185) 107 1.2 (0.05) 7 (0.25) 4 (14.1) 1.5 (3.5) 18 (63.5) 200 (70.5) 15.7 (.62) 14.80.3 (.58 0.012 ) 13.5 (.53) 1.3 (0.047) 0.5 (1.64) 5 -40+85(-40+185) 107 1.2 (0.05) 7 (0.25) 2 Contact Type B B (NC) C (SPDT)* C Connections 3 for 1/4 Quick Connects 6 for 3/16 Quick Connects 2 solder 4 Dimensions Actuators** 22.2 (.87) 2.8 (.11) O=no Actuator 20.2 (.8) 3 (.12) E (Roller) L (Pushbutton) 4 (.16) RLP 10 (.39) OL (Flat) 27.8 (1.09) DT PT TP A O 3.2 (O .125) 3.4 (.13) RF NC NO mm (in) Other information For other accessories, connections : please consult us *NO - contact is not positive break To order, specify : Example : 831607 B 3 * O 1 Switch Type 831607 ** Consult us for actuator length, forces and positions 2 Contact Type B C 3 Connection 2 3 6 X1 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/18 3 X1 for printed circuit board Actuators and mounting positions OT OF Assigned working voltage (Ue) Assigned working current (Ie) Thermal current rating (Ith) Assigned circuit voltage (Ui) NC 250 6 10 250 15.8 (.62) Definitions P.O.F. Minimum Positive Opening Force. The operating force that has to be applied to the operating device to produce the positive opening action. P.O.P. Maximum Positive Opening Position. The position of the operating device at the moment when positive opening of the contacts occurs. For other definitions, see "Basic concepts". Electrical characteristics 3.2 (.125) Electrical characteristics Short-circuit test (from IEC 947-5-1 8.34) - Current peak 1000 A at 250 V a 0.5 < cos < 0.7 - Short-circuit protection (SCPD) : fuse 10 A gG - (IEC 60) (1.2/50 s) : 2500 V Electrical life Max. operations : 20 cycles/min Resistive load at 250 V~ 16 A : 105 cycles Inductive load (IEC 947.5.1) : AC 15 : 250 V~ 6A : 0.3 x 10 5 operations DC 13 : 24 V c 20 W L/R = 40 ms : 3 x 10 5 operations 120 V c 20 W L/R = 40 ms : 5 x 10 5 operations With positive break operation 10.3 (.41) Components Material - Case : glass-filled polyamide - Cover : transparent polycarbonate - Contacts : nickel silver - Positive rocker : high temperature thermoplastic Actuators : stainless steel - polyamide roller Features OL=13.1 (.52) The contact conforms to NFC 63 143 and IEC 947.5.1 *The SPDT version conforms to standard IEC 947.5.1 if only the normally closed contact is used. The switch operating principle forces the contacts open even in the event of welding (positive break operation). 4 Actuator Type A L E O = No Actuator Miniature Side Rotary (High Sensitivity) Switches Series 83 137 1 Types General specifications Layout 83 137 0 Standard Features Electrical characteristics Nominal Thermal Current rating at 125-250 V Components Material - Case : glass filled polyamide - Contacts : silver Actuators - Stainless steel wire Operating curve Number of operations Resistive circuit: Inductive circuit L = 5 ms R cos = 0.8 { Mechanical life A A 5 14 N cm (in. oz) N cm (in. oz) N cm (in. oz) C (F) Operations mm (in) g (oz) 0.12 (.17) 0.03 (.042) 0.5 (.71) 100.4 12 -20 to 125 (-4 to 257) 107 0.8 (.031) 7.2 (.25) Mechanical characteristics Maximum operating force Minimum release torque Overtravel torque Movement differential Overtravel - min. Operating temperature Mechanical life Contact gap Weight 2 Contact Type C (Form C) SPDT B (Form B) SPNC A (Form A) SPNO C B A 3 Connections 2 solder 3 for 1/4" Quick Connects Rating in Amps Dimensions 29.6 (1.17) 5 0 r 10 4.2 ) (3.9 Standard setting With special types, can be varied from 0 to 360 Datum point for special lever setting 11 (.43) 830' O 0.7 (O .03) 15 (.6) 15.4 (.61) 4.3 (.17) 0 5.65 (.222) 830' 11 O4 (O .16) Pre travel angle max. Movement differential angle 15.5 5.5 (.22) 18 (.17) Direction of measurement for = 12.4 (.47) Actuator setting in 12 (.47) = = 2.8 8.5 (.11) (.33) 16.4 (.65) 24 (.95) = 15.5 (.61) mm (in) Overtravel angle min. Dimensions connections 3 2 5.2 (.2) O 3.2 (O.125) 6.35 (.25) 5 (.2) 3 (.12) 0.8 (.03) 1.7 (.07) 4.3 (.17) For other connections, actuators, approvals accessories...Please consult factory 3.2x0.8 (.125x.03) 5.65 5.5 (.222) (.216) Approvals CSA (LR-20418), ASE, Semko, UTE & VDE. 10 (.4) A mm (in) To order, please specify : Example : 831370 1 Switch Type 831370 Example switch is: 831370, SPDT, 1/4" Q.C. 2 C 3 * W Contact Type A B C 3 Connection 2 3 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/19 3 Standard Switches (Double Break) Series 83 106 / 83 109 / 83 112 / 83 154 Types General specifications Layout 83 106 0 - The NO and NC circuits must both be of the same polarity. Components Material - Case : polyamide (83 106 to 83 112) - Case : Diallyl-Phthalate (83 154) - Contacts : nickel silver Actuators - passivated mild steel - roller : nylon - adjustable screws : self-retaining - plates : passivated mild steel (zinc) Note : Fixing holes for these switches have metal ferrules. Approvals: UL - cUL Features Standard Electrical characteristics Nominal c Nominal a Thermal Current rating at 250 V A -- A 10 17.5 N (oz.) N (oz.) N (oz.) mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) C (C) Operations mm (in.) g (oz.) 4 (14.1) 1 (3.5) 20 (70.5) 12.75 (.5) 11.45 +0.2 -0.25 (11.45 +0.2 -0.25 ) 0.5 0.2 (0.02 .008) 0.7 (.28) -20 +85 (-4 +185) 107 0.4 x 2 8 Mechanical characteristics Operating force - max. Release force - min. Permitted overtravel force - max. Maximum rest position Tripping point Differential travel Overtravel - min. Ambient operating temperature Mechanical durability Contact gap Weight Contact type C (Form C) SPDT B (Form B) SPNC A (Form A) SPNO Operating curve Number of operations Connections Resistive circuit: Inductive circuit { L = 5 ms R cos = 0,8 Mechanical life Rating in Amps 83 154 C Actuators and mounting positions Part numbers for standard actuators A 70 500 888 Actuators-Length mm (in.) Flat R49 (1.92) Operating force - max. Release force - min. Pre-travel - max. Differential travel Total travel max. N (oz.) N (oz.) mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) 1.2 (4.2) 0.25 (.9) 6.2 (.24) 2.1 0.9 (.083 7.5 (.3) .035 ) Except where otherwise indicated, the flat and roller actuators are mounted as shown in the dimensional drawings (mounted on the left). Assemblies Other information For other forces, actuators, connections and temperatures, please consult us. Normally stocked items Catalog products produced to order Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/20 1 83 109 0 83 112 0 83 106 4 83 106 7 83 111 0 83 111 5 83 154 0 Face terminals Enclosed screws Bistable, 2 actuator positions Bistable, 2 push button positions Base mounting by screws Base mounting by clips Magnetic blow-out switch -- -- -- -- -- -- 5 10 17.5 10 17.5 10 17.5 10 17.5 10 17.5 10 17.5 17.5 4 (14.1) 1 (3.5) 20 (70.5) 12.75 (.5) 11.45 +0.2 -0.25 (.45 +.008) 0.5 0.2 (.02 .008) 0.7 (.29) -20 +85 (-4 +185) 107 0.4 x 2 (.016 x .08) 8 (.3) 4 (14.1) 1 (3.5) 20 (70.5) 12.75 (.5) 11.45+0.2 -0.25 (.45 +.008) 0.5 0.2 (.02 .008) 0.7 (.29) -20 +85 (-4 +185) 107 0.4 x 2 (.016 x .08) 14.5 (.3) 0.45 (1.62) 2 (7.19) 4 (14.1) 1 (3.5) 20 (70.5) 4 (14.1) 1 (3.5) 20 (70.5) 4 (14.1) 1 (3.5) 20 (70.5) 11.45+0.2 -0.25 (.45 +.008) 0.5 0.2 (.02 .008) 0.7 (.29) -20 +85 (-4 +185) 107 0.4 x 2 (.016 x .08) 8 (.3) 11.45 +0.2 -0.25 (.45 +.008) 0.65 0.25 (.02 .008) 0.7 (.29) -40 +125 (-4 +257) 107 0.5 x 2 (.016 x .08) 11 (.3) C B A C B A -20 +85 (-4 +185) 106 0.4 x 2 (.016 x .08) 9 (.32) -20 +85 (-4 +185) 106 0.4 x 2 (.016 x .08) 8 (.3) 11.45+0.2 -0.25 (.45 +.008) 0.5 0.2 (.02 .008) 0.7 (.29) -20 +85 (-4 +185) 107 0.4 x 2 (.016 x .08) 8 (.3) C B A C B A C B A -- Contact type C C 2 solder 3 for 1/4 Quick Connects 2 3 1 screw 4 B 70 500 828 E 70 500 813 R49 (1.92) Flat R47 (1.85) Lever R26 (1.02) R15.5 (.61) 1.2 (4.2) 0.25 (.9) 6.2 (.24) 2.1 0.9 (.083 8.4 (.33) 1.2 (4.2) 0.25 (.9) 6.2 (.24) 2.1 0.9 (.083 7.5 (.31) 2.8 (9.9) 0.45 (1.6) 3.2 (.125) 1.05 0.4 (.041 4.5 (.18) 4 (14.1) 0.8 (2.8) 1.45 (.057) 0.5 0.2 (.02 .008) 1.9 (.075) .035 ) .035 Q 70 500 840 ) T 70 500 870 .016 ) B9 21 416 364 Operation B9 Plate Mounting Screw 4 (14.1) 1 (3.5) 1.5 (.059) 0.5 0,2 (.02 .008) 1.9 (.075) Y 70 500 206 H 70 500 208 O2 70 500 218 Y Side plate H Horizontal single-pole mounting plate O2 2-pole side mounting plate K2 2-pole vertical mounting plate To order, specify : 1 Switch Type 831060 831090 831120 831540 2 Contact Type C B A 3 Connection 1 2 3 Example : 831810 C 2 * O 4 To order actuators separately, use the 8 digit P/N 5 Actuators A B E Q T B9 O = No actuator Actuator Position L - Left (Standard) R - Right Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/21 3 Standard Switches Dimensions O 7.5 (.3) 13 0.1(.51 .004) O2 L Prof. 1.2 +0 (.08 + .002) L 32 (1.26) 40 (1.57) 8.15 (.32) 7.6 (.30) 6.5 (.26) O8 (.31) 4.6 (.18) 4 (.16) 8.8 (.35) 1.6 (.06) 23 (.91) 6 (.24) 16.6 (.65) 83 112 83 111 5 15.9 (.63) 12.6 (.5) Products 83 106 / 109 / 111 83 154 2 (.08) 7.6 (.30) 83 111 0 13.6 (.54) -0 - 0.05 7.2 (.28) O2 + 0.01 + 0.65 1.9 (.07) 8 (.31) 1 (.04) 10.5 (.41) 16.6 (.65) (.1.004) ) 24 (.94) 0.1 3 .9 (1 7.8 (.31) 2O 2.5 (.1) 8 0.1 (.31 .004) 12.8 (.5) 2.4 (.1) 2.4 OL=10.65 (.42) 4 (.16) 83 106 7 7.5 (.3) 83 106 4 6 (.24) 6.4 (.25) 83 106 - 83 109 - 83 154 39.2 (1.54) 12.6 (.5) 46.4 (1.83) 13.6 (.54) 23 (.91) mm (in) 36 (1.42) Connections (.11) 6 (.24) 8 (.315) (O.125) (O.06) (O.06) mm (in) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/22 (.206) (.32) (.315) (.032) 2.8 (.11) (.25) 23.6 (.93) 6.2 (.24) (.45) 8 (.315) (.315) 8 (.315) (.24) 3 2 (83 109) 0.8 (.032) 2 (83 106) (.032) 1 Standard Switches Actuators Cross-section of actuators 1 x 6.4 mm (.039 x .252 in.) A R 3 (.12) O8 (.315) x5 (.2) 47 (1 .85 ) ) 93 (1. 49 F R 3 (.12) 6x (.24) 8.5 (.33) 12.2 (.48) 8 11.5 (.45) M 2.5x12 7.5 (.3) 3) 1.9 9( R4 E (.32) 7.5 (.3) B Q B9 T 6x8.5 (.24x.33) 19.4 (.76) O8x5 (.315x.2) (.315x.2) R 26 .5 15 R .61) ( (1.0 2) (.24x.33) 3 mm (in.) Assemblies 02 Y K2 20 (.78) 52 (2.05) 20 (.787) 62 (2.44) 5.9 17.2 (.68) (.23) 34.2 (1.35) 17.2 (.68) 4.6 (.18) H 29.4 (1.16) ep. 1.5 (.059) M2 2.1 (.08) O 4.2 (.165) 33 (1.30) 25 (.98) O 4.2 (.165) 5.5 (.22) 13 (.51) 22.4 (.88) 4.7 7.3 (.185) (.29) 25 (.98) O 4.2 (.165) 33 (1.30) Unless indicated, the thickness of plates is 1.5 mm (.059 in). mm (in.) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/23 Sealed Double Break Switches Series 83 139 - IP 67 - Explosion Proof EEX d IIC T6 Types General specifications Layout Components 83 139 0 - 1- 5 Material - Case : polyester - Contacts : silver - Membrane : nitrile on 83 139 0 - silicone on 83 139 1 - 2 - 5 Actuators : - stainless steel - rollers : polyamide 83 139 2 Features Electrical characteristics Current rating at 125-250 V Nominal A Mechanical characteristics - The NO and NC circuits must both be of the same polarity. Characteristics specific to 83 139 1 - Conform to standards EN 50 014 and 50 018 - Group II classified for explosive atmospheres other than mines subject to firedamp - Temperature class T6, max. surface temperature 85C - LCIE certificate 880022U - These switches can be enclosed in an envelope of a certified material, particularly to provide mechanical protection - Degree of protection IP 67. Operating force - max. Release force - min. Max. total travel force Overtravel max. - force Maximum rest position Tripping point Movement differential Overtravel - min. Operating temperature Mechanical life Contact gap Weight N (oz) N (oz) N (oz) N (oz) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) C (F) Operations mm (in) g (oz) Contact Type C (Form C) SPDT Mounting Holes 4 holes = A standard 2 holes = B Operating curve Number of operations Connections Resistive circuit: Inductive circuit { L = 5 ms R cos = 0.8 Mechanical life Lead position bottom - standard Lead position right Lead position left Actuators Part numbers for standard actuators Actuator-Length mm (in) Operating force - max. Release force - min. Movement differential N (oz) N (oz) mm (in) Rating in Amps Part numbers for standard actuators Actuator-Length mm (in) Operating force - max. Release force - min. Movement differential N (oz) N (oz) mm (in) Other information For other forces, actuators, connections and temperatures, lead lengths, please consult factory. Normally stocked items Catalog products produced to order Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/24 1 83 139 0 83 139 5 83 139 2 Standard Low temperature Double insulation to NFC 20030 standard classe II Explosion proof EEX d 11C T6 5 5 5 5 3 (10.6) 0.6 (2.1) 4 (14.1) 10 (35.3) A = 8.8 (.35) B = 9.8 (.39) A:7.7 +0.4 (.30+.016) B:8.7 +0.4 (.32+.016) 0.350.1 (.014.004) 0.3 (.012) 0 to 85 (32 to 185) 107 0.3 x 2 (.012 x .008) 37 (1.3) 3 (10.6) 0.6 (2.1) 4 (14.1) 10 (35.3) A = 8.8 (.35) B = 9.8 (.39) A:7.7 +0.4 (.30+.016) B:8.7 +0.4 (.32+.016) 0.350.1 (.014.004) 0.3 (.012) 0 to 85 (32 to 185) 5 x 10 7 0.3 x 2 (.012 x .008) 37 (1.3) 3 (10.6) 0.6 (2.1) 4 (14.1) 10 (35.3) B = 9.8 (.39) 8.7+0.4 (.32+.016) 0.350.1 (.014.004) 0.3 (.012) -40 to 85 (-40 to 185) 5 x 10 6 0.3 x 2 (.012 x .008) 45 (1.6) 3 (10.6) 0.6 (2.1) 4 (14.1) 10 (35.3) B = 9.8 (.39) A:7.7 +0.4 (.30+.016) B:8.7 +0.4 (.32+.016) 0.350.1 (.014.004) 0.3 (.012) -40 to 85 (-40 to 185) 5 x 10 6 0.3 x 2 (.012 x .008) 37 (1.3) C C C C A B A B B B 4 flexible leads o 2.8 x 0.75 mm 2 length 0.50 m 4 flexible leads o 2.8 x 0.75 mm 2 length 0.50 m 3 lead cable 3 x 0.75 mm 2 length 0.50 m 4 flexible leads o 2.8 x 0.75 mm 2 length 0.50 m B R L B R L B B R L 2 3 A 79 215 740 R P 83 139 1 4 5 6 B 79 507 524 E 79 215 742 G 70 507 529 Flat 139 AX R29.7 (1.17)** Roller 139 EX R28.7 (1.13)** Flat 161A R14.2 (.56) - R25.4 (1.0) Roller 161 E R13.6 (.54) - R24.1 (.94) 1.5 (5.3) 0.2 (.7) 1.5 (.06) F 79 218 581 1.5 (5.3) 0.2 (.7) 1.5 (.06) 79 218 651 2.6 (9.2) 0.35 (1.2) 0.7 (.028) 2.6 (9.2) 0.35 (1.2) 0.7 (.028) H 1.7 (6) 0.2 (.7) 1.25 (.05) 1.7 (6) 0.2 (.7) 1.25 (.047) Note : When mounting actuators, a light greasing of the switch push-button is recommended. Flat 161F R22.3 (1.17) Dummy roller 161 G R21.8 (.86) 2 (7.1) 0.2 (.7) 1.1 (.043) ** Factory mounted only To order, please specify : Example : 831390 1 Switch Type 831390 831391 831392 831395 O No Actuator For more actuators, see 83161 2 (7.1) 0.2 (.7) 1.1 (.043) 2 Contact Type C 3 Mounting Holes A B C A B 5 * A 4 Connection B R L 5 Lead Length 6 Actuators .5 - 1/2 meter (std) 1 - 1 meter 2 - 2 meter Example switch is: 831390, DBDT, 4 mounting holes, leads exit bottom, .5 meter cable with A actuator. A F P B H R E O G To order actuators seperately, use 8 digit P/N. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/25 3 Sealed Switches - IP 67 Dimensions 6.7 (.26) 8.7 0.4 (.314.016) Tripping Point R:1.5 (.06) 8.8 (.35) 5.7 (.22) 140.1 (.55.004) O2 (.079) R: 1.5 (.06) spherical 140.1 (.55.004) O2 (.079) R: 1.5 (.06) spherical R:1.5 (.06) 6.7 (.26) O2 (.079) R:1.5 (.06) 8.7 0.4 (.314.016) Tripping Point Tripping Point 16 (.63) 7 (.28) R: 1.5 (.06) spherical 83 139 2 83 139 0 - 1 - 5 - Mounting B = 2 holes 83 139 0 - 5 - Mounting A = 4 holes 2 x O3.2 (O.125) 1 2 4 34 (1.34) Lead reference on casing 3 1 4 2 3 1 2 4 4 2 3 1 240.2 (.94.008) Actuators Factory Mounted Only Actuators mounting position (type 139) 9.4 (.37) 3.7 (.15) 4.7 (.185) 9.4 (.37) Lead position - right Lead position - left 3 1 3 1 2 4 4 2 Numbering : 1 = black lead 2 = brown lead 3 = grey lead 4 = blue lead Numbering : 1 = black lead 2 = brown lead 3 = grey lead 4 = blue lead Standard lead position colour black colour black 3 1 3 1 2 4 4 2 0.5x3.8 (.02x.15) R 0.5x3.8 (.02x.15 ) P F O 4.8x4.8 (O .19x.18) Lead position - right Lead position - left Standard lead position R F R mm (in) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/26 2 0 9 -0.2 (.35 +0 ) -.008 (.35 +0 ) -.008 240.2 (.94.008) 240.2 (.94.008) mm (in) 3 1 4 4 2 Cable 3 x 0.75 mm2, length 0.5 1 = black lead 2 = brown lead 4 = blue lead 0 9 -0.2 (.35 +0 ) -.008 3 2 x O3.1 (O.125) 24 (.94) 25 (.98) Lead reference on casing 3 1 0 9 -0.2 2 x O3.1 (O.125) 2 x O2.2 (O.087) Sealed Switches - IP 67 Actuators User or Factory Mounted Actuators mounting position (type 161) 9 (.35) 4.7 (.185) 3.7 (.15) 9 (.35) Lead position - right Lead position - left 3 1 3 1 2 4 3 1 4 2 3 1 2 4 4 2 Standard lead position colour black E-G F F R R 8 (.315) O 4.8 (O .187) 4.3 (.17) 4.3 (.17) F 0.5x7 (.02x.28) R F 6.3 (.25) R: 2.5 (.1) 3 5 (.2) A-B H ) 5 (.2 .8 ( 0.5x7 8) (.02x.2 21 R 4.3 (.17) .86 ) O mm (in) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/27 Sealed Miniature Switches Series 83 169 - IP67 - DIN 41 635 A Types General specifications Layout Features 83 169 Electrical characteristics Nominal Current rating at 125-250 V Mechanical characteristics Components Material - Case : polyester UL 94 VO - Contacts : nickel silver gold alloy (low current) - Membrane : Fluoro - silicone Actuators - stainless steel - rollers : polyamide - Plunger : stainless steel Operating force - max. Release force - min. Maximum overtravel force Overtravel max. - force Maximum rest position Tripping point Movement differential Overtravel - min. Temperature Endurance Contact gap Weight Operating curve 83 169 0 Resistive circuit: Inductive circuit C (Form C) SPDT Number of operations { L = 5 ms R cos = 0.8 Resistive circuit: Inductive circuit N (oz) N (oz) N (oz) N (oz) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) C (F) Operations mm (in) g (oz) Contact Type 83 169 4 Number of operations A { Connections L = 5 ms R cos = 0.8 Mechanical life Mechanical life Flexible leads o 3 x 1 mm 2 long 0.50 m Lead position - right Lead position - left 3 lead cable - 3 x 0.75 mm2 length 0.50 m, left output only Actuators and mounting positions-user or factory mounted P Part numbers for standard actuators Actuator-Length Rating in Amps Rating in Amps mm (in.) Mounting positions Operating force - max. Release force - min. Movement differential ** Flat 139 AX R29.7 (1.17) N (oz) N (oz) mm (in) D 2.5 (8.8) 0.4 (1.4) 1.2-0.5 (.047-.02) Part numbers for standard actuators Operating characteristics 83 169 8 and 83 169 9 low current Intended for use from 1 to 100 mA at 4 to 30 V DC. Under these conditions, electrical life exceeds mechanical life. Degree of protection IP 67 Approvals: UL, cUL (CSA Equivalent) Mounting positions N (oz) Operating force - max. N (oz) Release force - min. mm (in) Movement differential Unless indicated, flat actuators and roller actuators are delivered unmounted ** Factory Mounted Only Note : When mounting actuators a light greasing of the switch push-button is recommended. Other information For other forces, actuators, connections and temperatures, please contact factory. Normally stocked items Catalog products produced to order Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/28 1 83 169 0 83 169 4 83 169 8 83 169 9 Standard Reduced differential movement Low current Low current, reduced differential movement 10 5 0.1 0.1 4 (14.1) 1 (3.5) 8 (28.2) 20 (70.5) 15.9 (.63) 14.7 +0.5 (.58 .02) 0.35 (.014) 1 (.04) -20 to 85 (-4 to 185) 5 x 10 6 0.4 (.016) 30 (1.06) 4 (14.1) 1 (3.5) 8 (28.2) 20 (70.5) 15.9 (.63) 14.7 +0.5 (.58 .02) 0.07 (.003) 0.4 (.016) -20 to 85 (-4 to 185) 5 x 10 6 0.4 (.016) 30 (1.06) 4 (14.1) 1 (3.5) 8 (28.2) 20 (70.5) 15.9 (.63) 14.7 +0.5 (.58 .02) 0.35 (.014) 1 (.04) -20 to 85 (-4 to 185) 5 x 10 6 0.4 (.016) 30 (1.06) 4 (14.1) 1 (3.5) 8 (28.2) 20 (70.5) 15.9 (.63) 14.7 +0.5 (.58 .02) 0.07 (.003) 0.4 (.016) -20 to 85 (-4 to 185) 5 x 10 6 0.4 (.016) 30 (1.06) C C C C 2 3 R R L C R L C L C(1) B 70 507 524 A 79 215 740 R **Roller 139 EX R28.7 (1.13) (1) D A 2.5 (8.8) 0.5 (1.8) 0.8 (.032) F 79 218 581 B 4.2 (14.8) 1 (3.5) 0.4 (.016) 83 169 0 Cable limits current to 8 Amps 4 G 70 507 529 E 79 215 742 Roller 161 E R13.6 (.54) - R24.1 (.95) Flat 161 A R14.2 (.56) - R25.4 (1) 2.5 (8.8) 0.4 (1.4) 1.2-0.5 (.047-.02) A B C 1.4 (4.9) 2.5 (8.8) 3.5 (12.3) 0.25 (.88) 0.5 (1.8) 0.6 (2.1) 1.6 (.063) 0.8 (.032) 0.6 (.024) A 2.5 (8.8) 0.5 (1.8) 0.8 (.032) B 4.2 (14.8) 1 (3.5) 0.4 (.016) A B C 1.4 (4.9) 2.5 (8.8) 3.5 (12.3) 0.25 (.88) 0.5 (1.8) 0.6 (2.1) 1.6 (.063) 0.8 (.032) 0.6 (.024) H 79 218 651 Dummy roller 161 G R21.8 (.86) Flat 161 F R22.3 (.88) A 1.5 (5.3) 0.25 (.9) 16 (.63) R L C B 2.6 (9.2) 0.5 (1.8) 0.8 (.032) A 1.5 (5.3) 0.25 (.9) 16 (.63) O No Actuator B 2.6 (9.2) 0.5 (1.8) 0.8 (.032) For more actuators see 83161 5 To order, please specify : Example : 831690 1 Switch Type 831690 831694 831698 831699 2 Contact Type C 3 Cinnections R L C Example switch is: 831690, SPDT, leads exit right, .5 meter leads, with no actuator. C R .5 * O 4 Leangth of Leads .5 - 1/2 meter (std) 1 - 1 meter 2 - 2 meter To order actuators seperately, use the 5 6 Actuator O A B H Actuator Position E F G P R D A B C 8 digit P/N. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/29 3 Sealed Miniature Switches Dimensions Output cable Output wires 5 (.2) 13 (.51) 2 (.079) 10.5 (.41) 83169 0 & 8 83169 4 & 9 OL = O3 +0.15 +0.05 (.12 +.006 -.002 ) 13.1 (.52) 13.8 (.54) 3 +0.15 +0.05 (.12 +.006 -.002 ) 20.2 0.2(.8 .008 ) O2 (.079) O3.4 (.134) 2.8 (.11) 3x1mm 2 Leads 1 = black lead (common) 2 = brown lead (NC) 4 = blue lead (NO) 22.2 0.1(.87.004 ) 31 (1.22) 3x0.75mm 2 cable 1 = black lead (common) 2 = brown lead (NC) 4 = blue lead (NO) 10.3 0.1 (.41.004 ) 6.5 (.26) Output left O 4.8 (O .187) R 6.3 (.25) F R 0.5 (.02) 6.5 (.26) R P 0.5x3.8 (.02x.15) mm (in) Actuators Mounting position for factory mounted actuators 8 (.315) D C 6.3 F (.25) 8 (.315) 10.3 (.41) B 0.6 (.24) D R O 4.8 (O .187) F 4.3 (.17) 8.7 (.34) 4.4 (.17) A E-G A-B 14.4 (.57) 0.5x7 (.02x.28) Mounting position for factory or customer mounted actuators 22.2 (.87) H F .2 (.8 0.5x7 (.02x.28) 5 (.2) 7) 90 4.3 (.17) 22 R 5 ) (.2 R 5 O 2) (. R: 2.5 (.1) F mm (in) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/30 R Sealed Flat Pack Switches Series 83 123 IP 66 1 Types General specifications Layout 83 123 0 83 123 0 A A 5 12 5 12 N (oz) N (oz) N (oz) N (oz) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) C (F) 5.3 (18.7) 1.5 (5.3) 8 (28.2) 30 (106) 11.4 0.4 (.45 .016) 0.2 (.008) 0.2 (.008) 0+85 (32+185) 2 x 10 6 0.2 (.008) 45 (1.6) 5.3 (18.7) 1.5 (5.3) 8 (28.2) 30 (106) 17.4 0.5 (.45 .016) 0.2 (.008) 0.2 (.008) 0+85 (32+185) 2 x 10 6 0.2 (.008) 50 (1.6) C C Features Standard Electrical characteristics Nominal Thermal Current rating at 250 V Raised Button Mechanical characteristics Components Material - Casing : nitrile - Contacts : silver - Contact holder : polyamide - Mounting plate : passivated mild steel (zinc) Operating curve Number of operations Operating force - max. Release force - min. Total travel force - max. Permitted overtravel force - max. Tripping point Differential travel Overtravel - min. Maximum operating temperature Mechanical durability Contact gap Weight Operations mm (in) g (oz) Contact Type Resistive circuit Inductive circuit {a c RL = 5 ms cos = 0.8 C (Form C SPDT) Connections 2 3 Output by A05 VVF cable , 3 x 0.75 mm 2 cores in sheath of 7.6 mm ext. O. Standard length 0.50 m Common (1) : black Normally closed (2) : brown Normally open (4) : blue 3 Dimensions Standard 83 123 Rating in Amps Degree of protection IP 66 Raised button 83 123 Mounting - Operation In order to comply with basic safety requirements, an insulator must be used if the device is being operated manually. One of the fixing holes must be used as a protective earth. mm (in) Other information For other cable lengths and temperatures, please consult us. To order, specify : Standard 0.5m = 83 123 018 1.0m = 83 123 015 2.0m = 83 123 005 Raised Button 83 123 018.RB 83 123 015.RB 83 123 005.RB Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/31 Low Force Position Detectors Series 81 290 Conforms to standard DIN 43365 Form A Low activation force < 1.7 oz. (50 g @ at 6 bars) at 90 psi No continuous consumption of compressed air 1 Part numbers (Form B) SPNC (Form A) SP NO Contact type 81 290 501 - 81 290 001 Symbol Characteristics Orifice diameter Operating pressure Flow at 60 psi (4 bars) Activation force at 90 (6 bars) Permissible fluid: air, inert gases Max/min. of fluid temperatures operating storage Mechanical life at 90psi (6 bars) Response on activation time on release Barb connection for semi-rigid tubing Weight Principle of NC operation Deactivated inches (mm) psi (bar) cfm(NI/min) ounces(g) 5/64" 30 > 120 4.5 <1.7 F(C) F(C) F(C) cycles ms ms inches (mm) grams +20> +120 +20> +140 +20> +160 (2) (2 > 8) (130) (< 50) 5/64" 30 > 120 2.5 <1.7 (2) (2 > 8) (>70) (< 50) (-10 > +50) (-10 > +60) (-40 > +70) +20> +120 +20> +140 +20> +160 10 million 15 15 0.106"I.D.x 5/32"O.D. 8.5 (-10 > +50) (-10 > +60) (-40 > +70) 10 million 15 15 0.106"I.D.x 5/32"O.D. 8.5 (2.7x4) (2.7x4) Activated exhaust 2 x S (1) (2) (1) 2 Operation accessories Unless otherwise requested, flat and roller-ended actuators are supplied loose. 161 A flat 79 215 741 161 E roller 79 215 743 161 A 161 E (2 5 .4) 0.125" (6.3) +0.08 0 .9 (2 0.134" (3.4) 5" ) 5.4 .134 (3.4) .51 (12.95) .874 (22.2) in (mm) .23 (5.8) Use (metric) dimensions for critical data Other information On request : To order, specify : Standard products Wide range of actuators Connectable exhaust 1 2 Part number Accessory Example : Low force position detector 81 290 501 Flat actuator 79 215 741 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/32 0.31" (8) (o4.8) 1" 0.19" dia (2.4) .118+0.06 -.002 (3+0.15 -0.05) .126 (3.2) .118+.006 +.002 +0.15 (3+0.05 ) (4.3 +0.2) 0.169 .15 (3.8) 0.09" .788 (20) 1.18 (30) .608 (10.3) .197 .466 (5) (11.8) 2.5 Total travel .098 (26) Operating position .154 (3.9) .59+0.02 (14.7+0.5) .63 (16) .65 (16.5) Reset position .43 (10.7) Dimensions 3 Industrial Limit Switches Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/33 Miniature Industrial Limit Switches Series 83 852 / 83 853 EN 50047 Conform to the following standards : IEC 536-1, IEC 947-5-1, CSA C22.2 No. 14, EN 50047, EN 60947-5-1, EN 60204-1, NFC 20030 class I for 83 852 class II for 83 853 UL 508, VDE 0660/200. Degree of protection : IP 66 Version : 1 pole Function : Four-terminal double break contact element (form Zb) with positive opening NC contacts. The two moving contacts are electrically isolated from one another. Principle : Independent snap action contact 1 NO + 1NC Dependent action 1 NO + 1NC Break Before Make Types Thermoplastic case with double insulation and metal actuator head Metal bodies and actuator heads Independent snap action NC + NO Dependent action NC + NO Independent snap action NC + NO Dependent action NC + NO Control mechanisms - adjustable actuator heads 4 positions 90 Steel plunger Plunger with steel roller Lever with plastic vertical roller lateral Rotary head, momentary action to right With lever and O 22 offset 40 O 19 offset 53 plastic roller offset 47 O 50 offset 53.5 O 22 offset 32.5 With adjustable or 45 lever and plastic offset 46 roller adjustable offset O 50 53.5 to 69.5 With adjustable polyamide rod actuator Flexible metal lever Short circuit test (under IEC 947.5.1 8.3.4) - Current peak 1000 A at 250 V a 0.5 < cos < 0.7 - Short circuit protection (SCPD) : fuse 10 A gF - Electrical protection by internal earth terminal (83 852) Connections : Saddle washer and M 3.5 screw Max. wire cross-section : 2 x 1.5 mm 2 or 1 x 2.5 mm 2 Connection : For 1/2 NPT Approvals : UL listed A300 - Q300 CSA A300 - Q300 83 853 501 83 853 101 83 853 201 83 853 011 83 853 511 83 853 111 83 853 211 83 852 001 83 852 501 83 852 101 83 852 201 83 852 011 83 852 511 83 852 111 83 852 211 and left (1) (1) Action either right or left according to position of head Electrical characteristics Assigned insulation voltage (Ui) : 500 V Thermal rating ( Ith) : 10 A Use category : A300 - Q300 AC15 = 6A/250 V - 1.9 A / 380 V DC 13 = 3A/24 V 83 853 001 Independent snap action Sequence Dependent action 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 0 1,8 0,9 1,8 4,5F 6 mm 3 3,2F 6 mm 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 0 3,2 1,5 3,2 7,8F mm 5,6 5,8F mm 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 0 6,5 3 6,5 15,5F mm 9,5 11F mm 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 0 6,5 3 6,5 15,5F mm 9,5 11F mm Positive break operation Mechanical characteristics Minimum operating N (oz.) force Minimum total N (oz.) travel force Minimum positive N (oz.) opening force mm (in.) Minimum operating travel Minimum positive mm (in.) opening travel mm (in.) Differential travel mm (in.) Max. total travel Mechanical life (millions of operations) mini. C (F) Temperature Use C (F) limits Stored Degree of protection Weight Series 83 853 g (oz.) Series 83 852 g (oz.) 10 (35.3) 10 (35.3) 9 (31.7) 9 (31.7) 12 (42.3) 12 (42.3) 10 (35.3) 10 (35.3) 25 (88.2) 25 (88.2) 20 (70.5) 20 (70.5) 5 (.2) 5 (.2) 5 (.2) 5 (.2) 6 (.24) 6 (.24) 6.5 (.247) 6.5 (.247) 1.5 (.06) 6 (.24) 15 -25+80(-13+176) -40+80(-40+176) IP 66 90 (3.2) 170 (6) 1.5 (.06) 6 (.24) 15 -25+80(-13+176) -40+80(-40+176) IP 66 100 (3.5) 180 (6.3) 1.5 (.06) 6 (.24) 15 -25+80(-13+176) -40+80(-40+176) IP 66 100 (3.5) 180 (6.3) 1.5 (.06) 6 (.24) 15 -25+80(-13+176) -40+80(-40+176) IP 66 105 (3.7) 180 (6.3) Other information For other contact types and accessories or special modes of operation : please consult us. For dimensions see page 3/38. Replacement contact block Part number Configurations 83157401 SPDT 83157402 SPDT 83157403 SPDT 83157404 2 NO 83157405 2 NC Function <STD> Break before make Make before break DPST - Normally open DPST - Normally closed Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/34 1 83 853 301 83 853 302 83 853 305 83 853 306 83 853 303 83 853 307 83 853 308 83 853 304 83 853 601 83 853 311 83 853 312 83 853 315 83 853 316 83 853 313 83 853 317 83 853 318 83 853 314 83 853 611 83 852 301 83 852 302 83 852 305 83 852 306 83 852 303 83 852 307 83 852 308 83 852 304 83 852 601 83 852 311 83 852 312 83 852 315 83 852 316 83 852 313 83 852 317 83 852 318 83 852 314 83 852 611 3 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 25 12 0 25 60F 75 32 46F 75 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 25 12 0 25 60F 75 32 46F 75 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 25 12 0 25 60F 75 32 46F 75 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 25 12 0 25 60F 75 32 46F 75 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 25 12 0 25 75 32 75 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 25 12 0 25 75 32 75 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 25 12 0 25 75 32 75 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 25 12 0 25 75 32 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 75 21-22 13-14 0 20 12 0 25 75 35 75 28cmN (40inoz) 28cmN (40inoz) 28cmN (40inoz) 28cmN (40inoz) 28cmN (40inoz) 28cmN (40inoz) 28cmN (40inoz) 28cmN (40inoz) 3 (10) 37cmN (52inoz) 37cmN (52inoz) 37cmN (52inoz) 37cmN (52inoz) 37cmN (52inoz) 37cmN (52inoz) 37cmN (52inoz) 37cmN (52inoz) 4.5 (16) 75cmN (106inoz) 75cmN (106inoz) 75cmN (106inoz) 75cmN (106inoz) 75cmN (106inoz) 75cmN (106inoz) 75cmN (106inoz) 75cmN (106inoz) 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 20 75 15 -25+80(-13+176) -40+80(-40+176) IP 66 130 (4.6) 205 (7.23) 20 75 15 -25+80(-13+176) -40+80(-40+176) IP 66 130 (4.6) 205 (7.23) 20 75 15 -25+80(-13+176) -40+80(-40+176) IP 66 130 (4.6) 205 (7.23) 20 75 15 -25+80(-13+176) -40+80(-40+176) IP 66 130 (4.6) 205 (7.23) 20 75 15 -25+80(-13+176) -40+80(-40+176) IP 66 130 (4.6) 205 (7.23) 20 75 15 -25+80(-13+176) -40+80(-40+176) IP 66 153 (5.4) 225 (7.93) 20 75 15 -25+80(-13+176) -40+80(-40+176) IP 66 153 (5.4) 225 (7.93) 20 75 15 -25+80(-13+176) -40+80(-40+176) IP 66 153 (5.4) 225 (7.93) 20 75 15 -25+80(-13+176) -40+80(-40+176) IP 66 130 (4.6) 200 (7.1) To order, specify : Standard products Standard products, non stocked 1 Part number Example : Limit switch 83 853 001 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/35 Industrial Limit Switches Series 83 862 EN 50041 Conform to the following standards : EN 50041, IEC 947-5-1, VDE 0660/200 UL 508, CSA C22.2 No.14 IEC 536-1, EN 60204-1, NFC 20030 class I Degree of protection : IP 66 Function : Four-terminal double break contact element (form Zb) with positive opening NC contacts. The two moving contacts are electrically isolated from one another. Types 83 862 011 83 862 511 83 862 111 Dependent action NC + NO 83 862 001 83 862 501 83 862 101 Independent snap action NC + NO Control mechanisms - adjustable actuator heads 4 positions 90 Steel plunger Plunger with steel roller Lever with vertical plastic roller lateral Rotary head, momentary action to clockwise and/or anti-clockwise (1) O 19 offset 56 O 50 With adjustable lever and plastic roller offset 50.5 offset 57 O 22 offset 36 or 48 offset 49 adjustable offset 57 to 73 With adjustable polyamide rod actuator Flexible metal lever Independent snap action Dependent action 1 NO + 1NC O 22 offset 43.5 With lever and plastic roller Principle : Independent snap action contact 1 NO + 1NC 83 862 211 83 862 201 O 50 Sequence Break before make Dependent action 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 0 2 0,9 2 4,7F 6 mm 3,2 3,4F 6 mm 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 0 3,4 1,5 3,4 8F mm 5,6 5,8F mm 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 0 6,5 3 6,5 15,5F mm 9,5 11F mm 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 0 6,5 3 6,5 15,5F mm 9,5 11F mm Electrical characteristics : Positive break operation Assigned insulation voltage (Ui) : 500 V Thermal rating ( Ith) : 10 A Use category : A300 - Q300 AC15 = 6A/250 V - 1.9 A / 380 V DC 13 = 3A/24 V Short circuit test (under IEC 947.5.1 8.3.4) - Current peak 1000 A at 250 V~0.5 < cos < 0.7 - Short circuit protection (SCPD) : fuse 10 A gF - Electrical protection by internal earth terminal Connections : Saddle washer and M 3.5 screw Max. wire cross-section : 2 x 1.5 mm or 2.5 mm 2 2 Mechanical characteristics Minimum operating N (oz.) force Minimum total N (oz.) travel force Minimum positive N (oz.) opening travel mm (in.) Minimum operating travel Minimum positive mm (in.) opening travel Differential travel mm (in.) Max. total travel mm (in.) Mechanical life (millions of operations) mini. Use Temperature C (F) C (F) limits Stored Degree of protection g (oz.) Weight 10 (35.5) 10 (35.5) 9 (31.7) 9 (31.7) 12 (42.3) 12 (42.3) 10 (35.3) 10 (35.3) 25 (88.2) 25 (88.2) 20 (70.5) 20 (70.5) 5 (.2) 5 (.2) 5 (.2) 5 (.2) 6 (.24) 6 (.24) 6.5 (.26) 6.5 (.26) 1.5 (.06) 6 (.24) 15 -25+80(-13+176) -40+80(-40+176) IP 66 305 (10.76) 1.5 (.06) 6 (.24) 15 -25+80(-13+176) -40+80(-40+176) IP 66 315 (11.11) 1.5 (.06) 6 (.24) 15 -25+80(-13+176) -40+80(-40+176) IP 66 320 (11.28) 1.5 (.06) 6 (.24) 15 -25+80(-13+176) -40+80(-40+176) IP 66 325 (11.46) (1) Action either right or left according to position of head Accessories Connection : 1/2 NPT Cover with status indicator (supplied loose) Approvals : UL listed A300 - Q300 CSA A300 - Q300 Replacement contact block Part number 83157401 83157402 83157403 83157404 83157405 Configuration SPDT SPDT SPDT 2 NO 2 NC 24.30 V a c 220 V a 79 250 290 79 250 291 Function <STD> Break before make Make before break DPST - Normally open DPST - Normally closed Other information For other contact types and accessories or special modes of operation : please consult us. For dimensions see page 3/39. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/36 83 862 311 83 862 301 83 862 312 83 862 302 83 862 315 83 862 305 83 862 316 83 862 306 83 862 313 83 862 303 83 862 317 83 862 307 83 862 318 83 862 308 83 862 314 83 862 304 1 83 862 611 83 862 601 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 25 12 0 25 60F 75 32 46F 75 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 25 12 0 25 60F 75 32 46F 75 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 25 12 0 25 60F 75 32 46F 75 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 25 12 0 25 60F 75 32 46F 75 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 25 12 0 25 75 32 75 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 25 12 0 25 75 32 75 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 25 12 0 25 75 32 75 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 25 12 0 25 75 32 75 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 25 12 0 25 75 32 28cmN (40inoz) 28cmN (40inoz) 28cmN (40inoz) 28cmN (40inoz) 28cmN (40inoz) 28cmN (40inoz) 28cmN (40inoz) 28cmN (40inoz) 3 (10.5) 37cmN (52inoz) 37cmN (52inoz) 37cmN (52inoz) 37cmN (52inoz) 37cmN (52inoz) 37cmN (52inoz) 37cmN (52inoz) 37cmN (52inoz) 4.5 (15.8) 75cmN (106inoz) 75cmN (106inoz) 75cmN (106inoz) 75cmN (106inoz) 75cmN (106inoz) 75cmN (106inoz) 75cmN (106inoz) 75cmN (106inoz) 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 20 75 15 -25+80(-13+176) -40+80(-40+176) IP 66 340 (12) 20 75 15 -25+80(-13+176) -40+80(-40+176) IP 66 340 (12) 20 75 15 -25+80(-13+176) -40+80(-40+176) IP 66 340 (12) 20 75 15 -25+80(-13+176) -40+80(-40+176) IP 66 340 (12) 20 75 15 -25+80(-13+176) -40+80(-40+176) IP 66 365 (12.8) 20 75 15 -25+80(-13+176) -40+80(-40+176) IP 66 365 (12.8) 20 75 15 -25+80(-13+176) -40+80(-40+176) IP 66 365 (12.8) 20 75 15 -25+80(-13+176) -40+80(-40+176) IP 66 360 (12.7) 75 3 30 20 75 15 -25+80(-13+176) -40+80(-40+176) IP 66 335 (11.8) 2 To order, specify : Standard products 1 Part number Example : Limit switch 83 860 001 Standard products, non stocked 1 Type 2 Accessory Example : Limit switch 83 861 001 - Cover with status indicator 79 250 290 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/37 Dimensions of 83 852 / 83 853 EN 50047 83 852 001/011 83 853 001/011 83 852 101 - 201/211 83 853 101 - 201/211 83 852 501/511 83 853 501/511 12.5 12.5 O9 20 3 5 55 4.3 O 13 30.5 20 O 13 5 O 11 41 12.5 40 22 25.75 30.5 15 1/2 NPT 33 83 852 301/311 83 853 301/311 83 852 302/312 83 853 302/312 83 852 305/315 83 853 305/315 47 59.5 10 53 28.5 36.5 11.5 83 852 306/316 83 853 306/316 6 83 852 303/313 83 853 303/313 83 852 307/317 83 853 307/317 50.5 46 45 53.5 O 22 10 40 21 O 19 O 50 32.5 6 10 O 50 83 852 304/314 83 853 304/314 83 852 308/318 83 853 308/318 36 - 81 83 852 601/611 83 853 601/611 53.5 - 69.5 36 - 81 47.5 + 92.5 10 mm Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/38 47.5 - 92.5 34.5 + 90.5 40 28.5 O 50 Dimensions of 83 862 EN 50041 83 862 001/ 011 83 862 501/511 83 862 101/111 - 201/211 83 862 301/311 83 862 302/312 83 862 305/315 83 862 306/316 83 862 303/313 1/2 NPT 83 862 307/317 3 83 862 308/318 83 862 304/314 83 862 601/611 mm Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/39 Positive Opening Enclosed Limit Switches Series 83 870 IP 67 Conforms to the following standards: IEC / EN 60947.5.1 Dimensional conformity: NFC 63145 Low voltage directive: 73/23/EEC and 93/68/EEC Protection from electric shock: NFC 20030 or IEC 60536 Class 1, degree of pollution 3. Temperature specification: -25/+70C -13/+158F Degree of protection: IEC 62529: IP 66/67 NEMA 250: Type 1, 3, 4, 6, 13 Function: Contact block is SPDT with double break contacts (form Zb). The NC contacts are positive opening. The NO and NC contacts are electrically isolated. Standard products 2.0 meter cable* side exit** Actuator Type Metal plunger Metal roller plunger Metal plunger with threaded barrel Roller plunger - metal with threaded barrel Metal roller lever (operates in both directions) Mechanical characteristics Operating force minimum Total travel force minimum Positive opening force minimum Mechanical life Weight oz. (N) oz. (N) oz. (N) millions of cycles oz. (grams) Positions given are nominal UL cables are 4 black wires numbered 1-4 with a GRN-YLW ground wire Zb Dimensions Green-Yellow Assigned impulse voltage (Uimp): 2500 V Assigned insulation voltage (Ui): 500 V Thermal rating (Ith): 10 A With standard contacts: Minimum voltage 10V Minimum current 100mA Use categories: Following IEC 947.5.1 AC15 = 250V / 6A DC13 = 24V / 8A Following UL 508 A300 - Q150 Electrical protection: Under IEC 947.5.1 Short-circuit protection (SCPD): 6AgC fuse Electrical protection by internal earth ground r = 0.5 O8 O 8 x 4.3 2.6 20 Electrical characteristics 16 30 (*) For other lengths of cables: modify the last digit of the part number. For example: Connections: Non-UL: 5 conductor cable H05VF 0.75mm 2 ext. O8mm (Black) UL: 5 conductor cable (Grey) Approvals: UL 508, UL 50 mm 83 870 0 5.6 Blue Black GN-YW PRP RP (4) 9 BK 40 (3) BU Standard Roller turned 90 Contact Sequences Contact type: Snap action SPDT-DB Brown Black (2) BN BK (1) Types 0 1 2 3 = = = = M12 connector output 1.0 meter cable 2.0 meter cable (Standard) 3.0 meter cable (**) For different cable outputs: modify the next to the last digit of the part number.: 0 1 2 3 = = = = Cable side exit (Standard) Cable bottom exit Connector side exit Connector bottom exit Other information For different actuator arms, low voltage / low current contacts / low temperature, special contacts, custom wiring harness, etc ...., please consult us. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/40 83 83 83 83 83 870 0 83 870 102 83 870 103 * 871 875 871 871 0 0 102 103 83 83 83 83 872 876 872 872 0 0 102 103 1 83 873 0 83 874 0 83 873 102 83 873 103 83 874 102 83 874 103 2 * * * * 36 (10) 108 (30) 100 (28) 10 10.4 (295) BK-BK BN-BU BK-BK BN-BU BK-BK BN-BU BK-BK BN-BU RP 19,8 TP 18 POP 15,8 OL 14,7 RP 29,9 36 (10) 108 (30) 100 (28) 10 11.1 (315) BK-BK BN-BU 83 871 0 POP 25,75 OL 24,75 RP 45 36 (10) 108 (30) 100 (28) 10 10.9 (310) BK-BK BN-BU BK-BK BN-BU BK-BK BN-BU BK-BK BN-BU TP 28 22 in.oz. (15cmN) 52 in.oz. (35cmN) 22 in.oz. (15cmN) 10 10.3 (290) TP 43,1 POP 40,85 OL 39,85 83 872 0 RP 0 BK-BK BN-BU TP 27 83 873 0 M12 x 0.75 POP 58 OL 69 23.6 RP 34,8 TP 33 POP 30,8 OL 29,7 83 874 0 3 2.6 36 (10) 108 (30) 100 (28) 10 10.3 (290) 3.4 O 11 O 11 3.4 83 875 0 83 876 0 M12 x 0.75 O 10 O 11 O 10 mm To order, please specify: Standard products 2 Part number Example : Limit switch 83 871 102; Cable length = 2m Standard products, non stocked 1 Type Examples : Limit switch 83 871 103; cable length = 3 m - Limit switch 83 871 006; cable length = 6 m Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/41 Compact Limit Switches Series 83 880 IP 67 Conforms to the following standards IEC / EN 60947.5.1 Dimensional conformity: NFC 63145 Low voltage directive: 73/23/EEC and 93/68/EEC Electric shock protection: NFC 20030 or IEC 60536 class 1, degree of pollution 3. Temperature specification: -25/+70C -13/+158F Degree of protection According to IEC 62529: According to NEMA : IP 66 / 67 Type 1, 3, 4, 6, 13 Function Four-terminal double break contact element (form Zb) with positive opening NC contacts. The two moving contacts are electrically isolated from one another. Standard Plunger or roller at 90 Standard Part Number (Cable length = 2.0 meters, exit: side) Actuator Type Metal plunger Metal roller plunger Metal plunger with threaded barrel Roller plunger - metal with threaded barrel Metal roller lever (operates in both directions) Mechanical characteristics Minimum positive opening force Minimum total travel force Force d'ouverture positive minimum Mechanical life Weight millions of operations g Sequences UL cables are 4 black wires numbered 1-4 with a GRN-YLW ground wire Dimensions Zb BK (4) Blue Black mm See sequence diagram 83 880 (3) BU N (cmN) N (cmN) Positions: nominal data Principle Snap-Action SPDT-DB Brown Black (2) BN BK (1) Types GN-YW Green-Yellow RP Electrical characteristics Assigned impulse voltage (Uimp): 2500 V Assigned insulation voltage (Ui): 500 V Thermal rating (Ith): 10 A With standard contacts: Minimum voltage 10 V Minimum current 100 mA Use category: according to IEC 947.5.1 AC15 = 250 V / 6 A DC 13 = 24 V / 8 A according to UL 508 A300 - Q150 Electrical protection Integral earth wire Short-circuit protection device: IEC 947.5.1 Fuse 6 AgC (*) Other cable lengths: modify the last digit of the part number. For example: Connections 5-core cable HO5VF, 75 mm2, ext. O 8 mm (non-UL type cable) Approvals UL 508, UL 50 0 1 2 3 6 = = = = = M12 connector output 1.0 meter cable 2.0 meter cable (Standard) 3.0 meter cable 6.0 meter cable (**) For different cable outputs: modify the next to the last digit of the part number: 0 1 2 3 = = = = Cable side exit (Standard) Cable bottom exit Connector side exit Connector bottom exit Other information For different actuator arms, low voltage / low current contacts / low temperature, special contacts, custom wiring harness, etc ...., please consult us. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/42 1 83 882 0 83 886 0 83 882 102 83 883 0 83 884 0 83 880 102 83 881 0 83 885 0 83 881 102 83 883 102 83 884 102 83 880 103 83 881 103 83 882 103 83 883 103 83 884 103 83 880 0 2 36 (10) 108 (30) 100 (28) 10 10.3 (290) 36 (10) 108 (30) 100 (28) 10 10.4 (295) 36 (10) 108 (30) 100 (28) 10 11.1 (315) 22 in.oz. (15cmN) 52 in.oz. (35cmN) 22 in.oz. (15cmN) 10 10.3 (290) 36 (10) 108 (30) 100 (28) 10 10.9 (310) BK-BK BN-BU BK-BK BN-BU BK-BK BN-BU BK-BK BN-BU BK-BK BN-BU BK-BK BN-BU BK-BK BN-BU BK-BK BN-BU BK-BK BN-BU BK-BK BN-BU TP 16.6 POP 14.4 OL 13.3 RP 30.3 TP 28.4 83 881 0 POP 26.15 OL 25.15 RP 43.6 TP 41.7 83 882 0 POP 39.45 OL 38.45 RP 0 83 883 0 M12 x 0.75 TP 27 POP 58 OL 69 23.6 RP 33.4 O 13 RP 18.4 TP 31.6 POP 29.4 OL 28.3 83 884 0 3.4 O 11 3 O 11 3.4 83 885 0 83 886 0 M12 x 0.75 O 10 O 11 O 10 mm To order, specify: Standard products 2 Part number Example: Limit switch 83 881 102 Standard products, non stocked 1 Type Examples: Limit switch 83 881 003 ; cable length = 3 m - Limit switch 83 881 006 ; cable length = 6 m Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/43 Miniature Limit Switches Series 83 800 Type Degree of protection : IP 55 or IP 65 - Nema 4, 12, 13 Plug in version Version : SPDT - double break Function : Four terminal double break contact element (form Za). The contacts must be of the same polarity. Layout : A - For 83 803 B - Other types Electrical characteristics : Assigned insulation voltage (Ui): 250 V Current Rating Assigned working currents (Ie): 5 A Operating curve : Adjustable in 6 steps Adjustable in 90 steps 107 5 2 106 5 Dimensions 2 105 5 Axis of head rotation 2 104 0.1 0.2 0.5 1 2 5 10 16 25.5 (1) 25 (.98) 19 (.75) 22 (.87) 21.5 (.85) 11 (.43) O8 (.315) 13 (.51) 2x04.2 (.08x.17) 60.5 (2.38) Screw terminals - max. wire section 2.5 mm 2 Solder tags (able to accept 2.8 x 0.5 mm clips). Contact Crouzet for part # and availability Connection : For N 9 sealing gland, 15.2 dia., 1.411 pitch -25356113 - metal -25356109 - plastic 27 (1.06) For N 9 sealing gland Approvals: UL cUL mm(in) Other information For other accessories and special contacts, or special modes of operation, please contact factory. Low temperature version available. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/44 grams (oz) * Lever settings or positions dictated by direction in which block is fitted L = 5 ms R cos = 0.8 { Connections : - Plug in : - Non Plug in : N (oz) N (oz) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) operation C (F) Accessories for 83 803 - Sold separately Resistive circuit Inductive circuit Features Top mounted plunger Top mounted plunger with threaded barrel Top mounted roller plunger with threaded barrel Side rotary head - momentary Top mounted roller plunger Flexible metal spring Fiberglass Rod Mechanical Characteristics Operating force Total travel force - min. Operating Travel - min Movement differential Total travel - max Mechanical life Operating temp. Degree of protection Weight 83800151 83801051 83802051 83803051 83805051 83806051 83807051 1 * * * * * * * 10 (35.3) 22 (77.6) 1.5 (.06) 0.4 (.016) 5 (.2) 107 -10 to 70 (-14 to 158) IP 55 50 (1.8) 10 (35.3) 22 (77.6) 1.5 (.06) 0.4 (.016) 5 (.2) 107 -20 to 70 (-4 to 158) IP 55 57 (2) 7 NcM 10 in.oz. 18 NcM 25 in.oz. 15 6 60 107 -20 to 70 (- 4 to 158) IP 55 60 (2.1) 10 (35.3) 22 (77.6) 1.5 (.06) 0.4 (.016) 5 (.2) 107 -20 to 70 (- 4 to 158) IP 55 57 (2) 10 (35.3) 22 (77.6) 1.5 (.06) 0.6 (.24) 5 (.2) 107 -10 to 70 (-14 to 158) IP 65 50 (1.8) 1.2 (4.23) 2.5 (8.8) 8 2 10 107 -10 to 70 (14 to 158) IP65 50 (2.65) .8 (2.8) 2 (7.05) 8 2 10 107 -10 to 70 (14 to 158) IP65 60 (2.1) 2 Accessories for 83 803 - Sold separately Galvanized, passivated steel roller arm. Thermoplastic roller. Lever supplied with nut, washer and locating block (loose).* 79 210 997 79 210 998 Bent roller lever R: 1 1/8 (30mm) Straight roller lever R:11/8" (30mm) 79 215 332 Adjustable Straight roller lever 1 3/16" 2 7/8" (28 72mm) 3 Dimensions (36.3) 26.3 (1.04) 50.3 (1.98) M5x5 (08) 0 mm(in) 83 807 " (02) 0 " 4 " (113) (28 72) " R30 (1.18) 17/8" (50) / 83 807 83 806 11/16" 12.3 (.48) (O15) 7 " 8 83 806 11/2" (26.3) (O11x3.4) O 7/ 16"x 1/8" / 7 " 8 (33) (22) 79 215 332 36.3 (1.42) 83 805 (163) 79 210 998 56 (2.2) O20x6 (.79x.24) (37.5) 11/2" 15/16" O 5/16" 83 803 M16x1 13/16" 27/8 79 210 997 O11x3.4 (.43x.13) 7maxi (.28) 42 (1.65) (23) 1" 32.3 (1.27) (O8) 83 802 M16x1 (22.5) 83 801 O15 (.59) O8 (.315) 2.75" max. (7 max.) (42) 15/8" 83 800 To order, specify: Standard products 1 Part number Example: 83 800 151 Standard products, non stocked 1 Part number 2 Accessory Example: 83 803 0 - Actuator 79 210 997 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/45 Automotive Limit Switches Series 83 731 / 83 732 / 83 733 Conform to the following standards : IEC 356.1 - EN 60204.1 NFC 20030 : Class I - 83 731 - 83 732 Class III - 83 733 Degree of protection : IP 56 - IP 66 depending on type Version : 1 pole Function : 3-terminal single break twoway contact element (form C: inverter). Principle : Electrical characteristics : Types 83 731 3 Control mechanisms Top-mounted plunger Top-mounted plunger with roller Mechanical characteristics Minimum operating N (oz.) force Minimum total travel N (oz.) force Minimum operating travel mm (in.) 83 733 3 15 (53) 15 (53) 6 (21.2) 35 (123.4) 35 (123.4) 25 (88.2) 2 (.079) 2 (.079) 1.5 (.059) Differential travel Max. total travel mm (in.) 0.2 (.008) 0.2 (.008) 0.2 (.008) mm (in.) 6 (.236) 6 (.236) 4 (.157) Mechanical life Temperature limits Degree of protection Weight Operations C (F) C (F) g (oz.) 106 - 5 + 70 IP 66 110 (3.9) 106 - 5 + 70 IP 66 110 (3.9) 106 - 5 + 70 IP 56 70 (2.5) Dimensions Assigned operating current ( Ie) 83 731 - 83 732 : 5 A 250 V 83 733 : 5 A 50 V Thermal rating ( Ith) : 12 A 83 732 3 83 731 3 mm 83 732 3 83 733 3 Operating curve : Operations Resistive circuit Inductive circuit L = 5 ms R a cos = 0.8 { c A Connections : PVC cable (A05 - VV - F) 0.50 m long 3 conductors cross-section 0.75 mm 2 Sheathed, ext. O : 7.6 mm Core connections : 1 : black (common) 2 : brown (NC) 4 : blue (NO) Electrical protection : Earthing terminal for version 83 731 and 83 732. Approvals : CSA A300. Other information For other versions, functions and special contacts or special modes of operation : please consult us. To order, specify : 1/2 meter cable 83731316 83732323 83733315 Standard products, non stocked 1 meter cable 83731319 83732315 83733314 1 Type Example : Limit switch - 83 731 319 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/46 2 meter cable 83731310 83732327 83733310 1 Automotive Limit Switch Series 83 589 Conform to the following standards : IEC 356.1 - NFC 20030 class I : plunger actuated via earthed metal part or an insulating device providing additional insulation. 1 Types Standard Two-level 83 589 0 83 589 8 Control mechanism Top-mounted plunger Version : 1 pole C C Function Degree of protection : IP 66/67 Resistant to hydrocarbons and saline mist (400 hours). Function : Single break two-way contact element (Form C : inverter). Components : Materials Casing : thermoplastic polyester Plunger : stainless steel Contact : Agcdo - AgNi (gold) Nuts : galvanized steel Sealing Silicon and teflon seals PU resin. Form C (SPDT) Mechanical characteristics Minimum operating force Minimum total travel force Minimum operating travel Differential travel Max. total travel Mechanical life* Temperature limits Degree of protection Weight * For operating travel of 4 mm. N (oz.) 10 (35.5) 10 (35.5) N (oz.) 15 (53) 15 (53) mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) Operations C (F) 2 (0.08) 0.1 (.004) 4.5 (.177) 107 -40+85(-40+185) IP 66 / 67 80 2 (0.08) 0.1 (.004) 4.5 (.177) 107 -40+85(-40+185) IP 66 / 67 80 g (oz.) Dimensions Principle : Direction of operation Electrical characteristics : 3 Operating travel Standard : 8 A 250 V a : 30 000 operations 200 mA 24 V c relay load L/R = 3 ms 10 7 operations Two-level : 1 mA 4 V : 10 7 operations 200 mA 24 V c relay load L/R = 3 ms 5 x 10 6 operations 5 A 250 V a : 30,000 operations Total travel The two-level type is designed to operate both on two-level (1 mA 4 V minimum) and medium current (5 A maximum) circuits. However, a given product can only switch a single type of circuit throughout its life. Connections : 3 x 0.75 mm 2 PVC cables. 0.50 m long Conforms to NFR 13414/13415. 3 x 0.75 mm 2 cable 0.50 m long Core connections : 1 = black (common) 2 = gray (NC) 4 = blue (NO) 21 across flats Mounting : Max. tightening torque : 9 Nm. Other information For other versions, functions and special contacts or special modes of operation : please consult us. To order, specify : 83589 series 1.) Model 2.) Contact Configuration 3.) Output 4.) Length 835890 A (SPNO) W (Wires) 0.5 (1/2 meter) 835898 B (SPNC) C (Cable) 1.0 (1 meter) C (SPDT) 2.0 (2 meter) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/47 Sealed Limit Switches Telescopic-Actuator Series 83 581 Versions Conforms to the following standards : NFC 20030 class II NFC 20010 Features Degree of protection : IP 67 Standard Low current Contact type : Three terminal single break contact element (Form C: SPDT) Operating devices Telescopic top-mounted plunger Plunger with axial roller - standard Plunger roller at 90 (G 90) - Consult Factory Layout : Contact Type Electrical characteristics : Assigned working currents (Ie): standard 10 A - 250 V~ low current 0.1 A - 250 V~ Electrical endurance : Standard : 10 A - 250 V : 40 000 operations 5 A - 250 V : 100 000 operations Low current : Designed for use from1 to 100 mA at 4 to 30 volts. In these conditions, the electrical endurance exceeds the mechanical life. Connections : Flexible leads 3x1 mm 2. Length 0.50 m Cable 3x0,75 mm 2. Length 0.50 m Core connections: 1 : black 2 : brown 4 : blue Form C - SPDT Mechanical characteristics Minimum operating force Minimum total travel force Movement differential Minimum operating travel Total travel max. Mechanical life Temperature limits Degree of protection Weight N (oz) N (oz) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) Operations C (F) g (oz) Connections Flexible leads Cable * Rating restricted to 8A Lead position - right (D) Lead position - left (G) Output on left Dimensions mm(in) 83 581 0 M10x0.75 O7 (.28) R10 spherical O12 (.47) 27.4 (1.08) 1.2 (.047) 5.5 max 18.7 (74) Nuts 14 across flats Depth 2 6 (.24) 25 (1) 14 max (.55) Other information For other accessories and special contacts, or special modes of operation, please consult factory. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/48 83 581 0 83 581 1 S S 1 2 B B 3 C C C C 5 (17.6) 20 (70.5) 1 (.04) 2.5 (.1) 5.5 (.22) 105 -20 to 85 (-4 to 185) IP 67 40 (1.4) 5 (17.6) 20 (70.5) 1 (.04) 2.5 (.1) 5.5 (.22) 105 -20 to 85 (-4 to 185) IP 67 40 (1.4) 5 (17.6) 20 (70.5) 1 (.04) 2.5 (.1) 5 (.2) 105 -20 to 85 (-4 to 185) IP 67 45 (1.6) 5 (17.6) 20 (70.5) 1 (.04) 2.5 (.1) 5 (.2) 105 -20 to 85 (-4 to 185) IP 67 45 (1.6) R L C* R L C R L C* R L C 4 3 83 581 1 Roller either in line (standard) or at 90 O8x3 (.315x.12) M10x0.75 5.5 max 1.5 max (.06) 27.4 (1.08) 26.5 (1.04) 6.5 max (.26) Nuts 14 across flats Depth 2 6 (.24) 25 (1) 14 max (.55) To order, please specify : Example : 835810 1 Switch Type 835810 835811 2 Current Level S - 10A B - <.1A 3 Contacts C S C C * 4 Outputs R - Right (flexible wires) L - Left (flexible wires) C - Cable left output only 5 Lead Length .5 - 1/2 meter 1 - 1 meter 2 - 2 meter Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/49 Door Interlock Switches Series 83 523 / 83 528 Types General Specifications : Features Operation To defeat the switch 83 523 - 83 528. Depress the plunger and turn it a quarter of a turn. To reset the switch to rest position depress the plunger. Components Operating force min. Movement differential Total travel max. Tripping point min. Mechanical life Weight Operating temperature Contact Configuration - SPDT Bracket Zinc plated mild steel Plunger Stainless steel Switch 83 523, 83 106 0, 83 528, 83 132, 83 133 Connections Screw Solder (.110 " Quick connect also for 83 528) 1/14" Quick connects 3/16" Quick connects Layout 83 523 - 83 528 3 4 1 2 Current Ratings 83 523 - 10 Amps 83 528 - 5 Amps Other current ratings are available For low current applications, gold contacts are available Approvals: Please consult us. Other information Standard products normally stocked Catalog products, produced to order Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/50 N (oz) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) Operations grams (oz) C (F) 83 523 0 1 Pole 30 (105) 1 (.04) 6 (.24) 4 (.16) 107 40 (1.41) 83 523 3 2 Poles 30 (105) 1 (.04) 6 (.24) 4 (.16) 107 55 (1.94) 83 528 0 1 Pole 6 (21.1) .7 (.027) 6 (.24) 2.5 (.10) 107 20 (.70) 83 528 3 2 Poles 8 (28.1) .7 (.027) 6 (.24) 2.5 (.10) 107 23 (.81) C C C C 1 2 3 N/A 2 3 N/A 2 N/A N/A N/A 2 N/A N/A 1 2 3 N/A 1 83 575 3 2 Poles 20 (70.4) 1 (.04) 7.5 (.29) 3.5 (.14) 106 50 (1.76) C 5 2 3 6 Dimensions 83 523 .49 (12.5) .59 (15) .18 (4.5) 2XM3 2.16 (55) .63 (16) 3 83 528 43 (11) .22 (5.6) 2 X O.12 (2 X O3.2) .5 (10) (5.5) 21 1.5 (38.5) (85) .33 O.24 (O6) .63 (16) .95 (24) 2XM3 (43.2) 1.7 .79 (20) O.31 (O.8) .4 (10) .63 (16) A (32) 1.26 1.57 (40) 2XO.12 (2XO3.2) (4.5) .18 mm (in) To order, please specify: Example : 835280 1 Switch Type 85 523 0 83 523 3 83 528 0 83 528 3 2 Configuration C C 2 * DL 3 Connections 1 2 3 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/51 Miniature Limit Switches with Manual Reset Series 83 856 / 83 857 EN 50047 Part number Conform to the following standards : IEC 536-1, IEC 947-5-1, CSA C22.2 N14 EN 50047, EN 60204-1, EN 60947-5-1 NFC 20030 class II for 83 854 class I for 83 855 UL 508, VDE 0660/200 Degree of protection : IP 66 Function : Four-terminal double break contact element (form Zb) with positive opening NC contacts. The two moving contacts are electrically isolated from one another. Principle : Dependent action contact (1 NC + 1 NO) Break before make After actuation, the safety contact remains locked open in position "NC". It is unlocked by pressing the reset button. Thermoplastic case O 22 and metal head O 50 Metal bodies and O 22 actuator heads O 50 Special option - configuration EN 50047 Control mechanisms - adjustable actuator heads 4 positions 90 Steel plunger Plunger with steel roller Lever with vertical plastic roller lateral Rotary head, momentary action to right and left (1) With lever and O 19 offset 21 or 53 plastic roller O 22 offset 33.5 or 40 offset 47 O 50 offset 53.5 With adjustable O 22 offset 32.5 or 45 lever and plastic offset 46 O 50 adjustable offset 53.5 to 69.5 roller Sequence Dependent action Electrical characteristics : Assigned insulation voltage (Ui) : 500 V Thermal rating ( Ith) : 10 A Use category : A300 - Q300 AC15 = 6A/250 V - 1.9 A / 380 V DC 13 = 3A/24 V Positive break operation Short circuit test (under IEC 947.5.1 8.3.4) - Current peak 1000 A at 250 V~0.5 < cos < 0.7 - Short circuit protection (SCPD) : fuse 10 A gF - Electrical protection by internal earth terminal (83 850) Connections : Saddle washer and M 3.5 screw Max. wire cross-section : 2 x 1.5 mm 2 or 1 x 2.5 mm 2 Connection : For No. 13 sealing gland Mechanical characteristics Minimum operating force Minimum total travel force Minimum positive operating force Minimum operating travel Minimum positive opening travel Differential travel Max. total travel Mechanical life Temperature Use limits Stored Degree of protection Weight (plastic/metal) N - (cmN) N - (cmN) N - (cmN) mm - () mm - () mm - () mm - () 106 operations min. C C g (1) Action either right or left according to position of head Dimensions mm 83 856 011 - 83 857 011 Approvals : Slow break NC + NO version UL / CSA : please consult us. 22 83 856 511 - 83 857 511 12.5 12.5 20 5 O 11 3 36 46.5 O9 57.5 4.3 83 856 311 - 82 857 311 30.5 40 15 6 33.5 O 22 33 Other information To order, specify : Standard products Standard products, non stocked 1 Part number Example : Limit switch with manual reset 83 857 011 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/52 39.5 67 42 83 857 011 83 857 511 83 857 111 83 857 211 83 856 011 83 856 511 83 856 111 83 856 211 83 857 311 (O22) 83 857 315 (O50) 83 856 311 (O22) 83 856 315 (O50) 83 857 312 (O19) 83 857 316 (O50) 83 856 312 (O19) 83 856 316 (O50) 83 857 313 (O22) 83 857 317 (O50) 83 856 313 (O22) 83 856 317 (O50) 1 83 857 318 (O50) 83 856 318 (O50) 1,8 3 3,2F 6 mm 21-22 13-14 10 12 2.5 5 3.2 1.5 6 1 -20 +80 -40 +80 IP 66 145/230 0 3,2 5,4 5,6F mm 21-22 13-14 9 10 2.5 5 5.6 1.5 6 1 -20 +80 -40 +80 IP 66 155/240 0 6,5 9,5 11F mm 21-22 13-14 0 21-22 13-14 9 10 20 5 11 1.5 6 1 -20 +80 -40 +80 IP 66 150/240 9 10 20 5 11 1.5 6 1 -20 +80 -40 +80 IP 66 150/240 83 856 111 / 211 - 83 857 111 / 211 32 46F 75 (28) (37) (75) (30) (46) (20) (75) 1 -20 +80 -40 +80 IP 66 190/270 21-22 13-14 0 25 32 46F 75 (28) (37) (75) (30) (46) (20) (75) 1 -20 +80 -40 +80 IP 66 190/270 5 0 25 32 75 21-22 13-14 0 25 32 75 3 (28) (37) (28) (37) (30) (30) (20) (75) 1 -20 +80 -40 +80 IP 66 210/300 (20) (75) 1 -20 +80 -40 +80 IP 66 230/320 83 856 318 - 83 857 318 53.5 - 69.5 45 6 21-22 13-14 10 32.5 O 50 O 22 / O 50 83 856 315 - 83 857 315 36 - 81 10 10 O 50 21 46 53.5 10 53 83 856 317 - 83 857 317 83 856 316 - 83 857 316 47 63.5 - 108.5 34 / 90 57 19 56 O 50 O 50 36 - 81 47.5 - 92.5 28.5 40 34.5 62 O 19 28.5 18 O 13 83 856 312 - 83 857 312 6 0 25 83 856 313 - 83 857 313 12.5 O 13 9,5 11F mm 6,5 58 0 61.5 / 117.5 21-22 13-14 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/53 Hermetically Sealed Limit Switches Hermetically sealed microswitch Characteristics Min. current 5Vc mA 1 Nominal current Resistive A 3 48 V c (1) Lamp 115 V - 400 Hz A 1 Lamp 30 V c (1) A 2 Resistive 30 V c (1) A 3 Inductive L/R = 0.005 s 30 V c (1) A 1.5 Resistive 220 V a A 1 Inductive - cos 0.8 220 V a A 0.4 Service life at nominal min 200,000 (3) current - operations Dielectric strength between V 1200 connections and ground Rigidity between connections V 1000 Insulation resistance (at 500 Vdc) M 100 Voltage drop at 1 A (2) V 0.02 Operating temperature C -55 +150 (2) Resistance to shock g/ms 200/11 (3) Resistance to vibration g/Hz 80/20 2000 (1) For a service life of 100,000 operations - Permissible current 4A inductive 7 A resistive for normally open or normally closed. (2) On soldered connections - For wired connections add 0.1 V per metre. (3) Value for microswitch without control button Part # 83 151 001 Without accessories (basic cell -55 +150C) Solder Inert gas filling Solder Compressed glass seal Connections (consult factory) Soldered Wired (0.38 mm 2 - 0.50 m long) Epoxy resin coating A B A - Parallel to the axis (//) B - Perpendicular to the axis ( ) Dimensions Part numbers Add the dimensions of the various connections for the total dimensions ( indicates the direction of the wires) Wire 0.38 mm 2 with parallel wires 0.50 m long perpendicular With single-pole roller plunger 1 83 770 025 83 770 035 Characteristics Max operating force Min. release force Permitted overtravel force Positive overtravel stop Max. pre-travel Max. differential travel Min. overtravel Resistance to shocks Resistance to vibrations Weight (without wires) Service life (operations - min) 107 - Stop washer - 0.8 thick 112 - Locating pin - h.2 120 - Nut h 2.5 - 15 across flat Panel cut-out O 3.2 N N 12 1.5 N 50 mm mm mm g/ms g/Hz g 0.3 0.05 3 100/11 50/800 2000 20 100,000 O 14.2 12.1 To order, specify : Standard products, non stocked 1 Part number Example : Hermetically sealed limit switch - 83 770 025 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/54 Waterproof Limit Switches Series 83 141 Standard sensitive microswitch Characteristics 83 141 002 - (55 C +150 C) Without accessories Nominal current Resistive Inductive L/R = 0.005 s Service life at nominal current (1) Operating temperature Max. operating force Min. release force Max. pre-travel Max. differential travel Min. overtravel Weight (1) Connections 10 V c 30 V c 220 V a 30 V c 220 V a - operations A A A A A 0.01 4 1 2 0.5 100,000 -55 +150 2 0.4 0.5 0.08 0.1 1 C N N mm mm mm g Value for microswitch without control button Solder tags 107 112 117 118 120 121 122 130 - Stop washer width 0.8 Locating pin Free position Nuts h. 2.5 - 15 across flat Nuts h. 2.5 and 6 - 15 across flat Nuts h. 3 and 6 - 21 across flat Roller O 9.6 - width 3 Pin h.2 83 777 021 83 778 021 M12 x 0.75 M12 x 0.75 O6 117 14 112 12 107 22.2 16 120 33 117 112 25.4 25.4 O 17.5 118 122 3 83 777 021 With plunger With plunger and roller Output with perpendicular wires 10 Inductive L/R = 0.005 s Panel cut-out O 2.5 11.5 9.6 O 3.2 O 12.2 O 16.2 1 N N N mm mm mm g 60 10 150 1.2 0.2 3.2 30 60 10 150 1.2 0.2 3.2 37 10 V c 30 V c 220 V a 30 V c 220 V a A A A A A 0.01 4 1 2 0.5 General characteristics Resistive 130 10 83 778 021 Characteristics Nominal current 3 130 1 pole Max. operating force Min. release force Max. total travel force Max. pre-travel Max. differential travel Min. overtravel Weight (with wires) 107 O 17.5 Part numbers Service life at nominal current (min. operations) Dielectric strength between connections and ground Dielectric strength between connections Insulation resistance (at 500 Vdc) Voltage drop at 1 A* Operating temperature Resistance to shock Resistance to vibration 50,000 V 1500 V M V C g/ms g/Hz 1000 100 0.06 -55 +125 50/11 10/20 2000 * For flying leads, add 0.1 V/metre. Dimensions - mm To order, specify : Standard products, non stocked 1 Part number Example : Waterproof limit switch - 83 777 021 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/55 3 Cable Pull Limit Switches Series 83 863 / 83 864 Conforms to the following standards: EN 50041 - IEC 947.5.1 - VDE 0660/2 UL 468 - UL 508 - CSA C22.2 No14 NFC class 1 - EN 418 - Machine Directive 89/392/CEE Degree of Protection : IP 66 Function : Four separate terminals with two separate NC switching elements with positive opening contacts. One set works in the cable break mode and the other works in the cable pull mode. Both elements are electrically isolated from one another. Layout : Part Numbers Cable attached with tension Metric No 13 1/2" NPT Cable Pull Mode 13 13 Cable Break Mode 14 14 13 21 21 83863001 83864001 14 Mechanical Characteristics: 22 22 21 22 Electrical characteristics : Assigned insulation voltage (Ui) : 500V Thermal rating (Ith) : 10 A Use category : A300 - Q300 AC15 = 6A/250V - 1.9 A/380V DC13 = 3A/24V Minimum Operating Force Minimum Operating Distance Movement Differential Maximum Total Travel Mechanical Life Operating Temperature Storage Temperature cmN mm mm mm operations C C 85 4 2 8 7 3x10 -25 to +70 -40 to +70 meters 6 Mounting Characteristics : Short circuit test (under IEC 947.5.1 sec. 8.3.4) - Current peak 100 A at 250V0.5<cos <0.7 - Short circuit protection (SCPD) : fuse 10 A gF - Electrical protection by internal earth ground Maximum Length of Cable Dimensions : mm 16 0.4 Connections : Saddle washer and M3.5 screw Max. wire cross section : 2 x 1.5 mm2 or 1 x 2.5 mm2 Connection : For No 13 or 1/2" NPT sealing gland 5. 300.4 300.1 3 7.5 Maximum cable length = 6 meters 60 0.1 Typical Mounting: The cable is to be tightened until the head is extended with the slot below the E-ring visible. This sets the switch. 135 67 Approvals : Pending 1. Lock Nut 2. Eyelet Bolt 3. Cable through eyelet bolt. 4. Cable clamps 5. Cable - red PVC (red is internation color for safety) Standard products available in-stock in normal quantities N 1 PG 13.5 OR 1/2 "NPT 16 36.5 46 Catalog products produced to order Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/56 5.3 40 0 .1 3 Safety (Security) Limit Switches Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/57 Miniature Plastic Key Lock Limit Switches Series 83 893 0 / 83 893 1 IP 67 Key-operated safety interlock switches for monitoring the moving cover Plastic bodies and heads Heads have 4 possible positions Positive opening contacts General characteristics Part numbers Environment Conforming to standards Type of contact NC+NO 2-pole contact NC+NO break before make, slow action NC+NC 2-pole contact NC+NC, slow action Products Machine assemblies Certifications Protective treatment Temperature Use Stored Vibration resistance Shock resistance Degree of protection Cable entry Electrical characteristics Assigned working characteristics IEC 947-5-1, EN 60 947-5-1, UL 508, CSA C22-2 no.14, JIS C4520 (See P. 2/2 and 2/3) IEC 204-1, EN 60 204-1, EN 1088, EN 292 UL, CSA In normal operation: "TC" -25C, +70C -40C, +70C 5 gn (10...500 Hz) according to IEC 68-2-6 10 gn (duration 11 ms) according to IEC 28-2-27 IP 67 according to IEC 529 and IEC 947-5-1 Cable gland 11 Assigned impulse voltage AC 15 A 300 Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3A or Ue = 120 V, Ie = 6 A DC 13 Q 300 Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A or Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0.55 A Ui = 500 V according to IEC 947-5-1 Ui = 300 V according to UL 508, CSA C22-2 no. 14 Uimp = 6 KV acc. to IEC 947-5-1 Thermal rating Electric shock protection Ithe = 10 A according to IEC 947-5-1 Class 2 according to IEC 536 Resistance between terminals Short-circuit protection 30 m according to IEC 954-5-4 Cartridge fuse 10 A gG (gl) Connection Screw clamp terminals Clamping capacity min. 1 x 0.5 mm 2, max. 1.5 mm 2 with or without ferrule Electrical life According to IEC 947-5-1 appendix C Assigned insulation voltage 1 83 893 001 83 893 010 83 893 120 NC+NO+NO 3-pole contact NC+NO+NO (2 NO bbm) + slow action NC+NC+NO 3-pole contact NC+NC+NO (NO bbm) + slow action 83 893 130 Additional characteristics Maximum actuation speed Minimum actuation speed Resistance to removal of key 0.5 m/s 0.01 m/s 10 N 0.5 m/s 0.01 m/s 10 N Mechanical life 1 million operating cycles 600 operating cycles per hour 1 million operating cycles 600 operating cycles per hour Minimum positive opening force 15 N 15 N Pg 11 cable entry according to NFC 68 300 Thermal rating (Ith) Assigned insulation voltage (Ui) 1 2 10 A 500 V 10 A 500 V Weight 0.110 kg 0.160 kg Maximum operating frequency Accessories Straight key 79 214 581 Key with wide fixing bar 79 214 582 Short key with wide fixing bar 79 214 585 Angled key 79 214 584 Flexible key 79 214 583 To order, specify: Standard products 1 2 Part number Accessory Example: Safety limit switch 83 893 001 - Straight key 79 214 581 Standard products, non stocked 2 Accessory Example: Straight key 79 214 581 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/58 2 Dimensions 83 893 0 83 839 1 7 7 30 34 114.5 93.5 34 2 slots O 5.3 x 13.3 = 30 20/22 30 2 slots O 4.3 x 8.3 fixing centres 22 ; 2 holes O 4.3 fixing centres 20 12.5 2 slots O 4.3 x 8.3 fixing centres 22 ; 2 holes O 4.3 fixing centres 20 13.2 1 threaded hole for cable gland 11 39 30 39 30 = 12.5 2 threaded holes for cable gland 20/22 30 40.3 52 Accessories 79 214 584 79 214 583 12 Types 79 214 582 79 214 585 10 10 13 12 26 26 = 2 55 4.7 13 2 slots O 4.7 x 10 27 = 22 15 55 2 = 40 15 13 = 26 5 45 2 1 slot O 4 .7 x 10 L == 12 13 22 4.7 2 slots O 4.7 x 10 42 12 2 2 65 35 79 214 582 / 585 42 79 214 581 23 29 2 slots O 4.7 x 10 32 Dimension L (mm) 40 29 66 3 Operating radius 79 214 581 79 214 582 / 585 R= 00 150 0 00 00 12 15 12 = = R = min. radius R= R R R = min. radius Types 71 71 79 214 584 79 214 582 79 214 585 d d Dimension d (mm) 46 35 79 214 583 R = min. radius R = 0 0 15 30 = 0 00 150 12 R R= R= R = min. radius 48 48 72 72 Other information Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/59 Solenoid Operated Plastic Key Lock Limit Switches Series 83 893 2 IP 67 Monitoring of the moving cover for machines with a stopping time which is greater than the time taken to access the danger zone Locked by removing the voltage, unlocked by applying voltage to the electromagnet Plastic bodies and heads Heads have 4 possible positions Positive opening contacts General characteristics Part numbers Environment Conforming to standards Type of contact NC+NO 2-pole contact NC+NO break before make, slow action Products Machine assemblies Certifications Protective treatment Temperature Use Stored Vibration resistance Shock resistance Degree of protection Cable entry Electrical characteristics Assigned working characteristics IEC 947-5-1, EN 60 947-5-1, UL 508, CSA C22-2 no. 14, JIS C4520 IEC 204-1, EN 60 204-1, EN 1088, EN 292 UL, CSA In normal operation: "TC" -25C, +70C -40C, +70C 5 gn (10...500 Hz) according to IEC 68-2-6 10 gn (duration 11 ms) according to IEC 28-2-27 IP 67 according to IEC 529 and IEC 947-5-1 One entry per cable gland 11 Assigned impulse voltage AC 15 B300 Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A or Ue = 120 V, Ie = 3 A DC 13 Q300 Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A or Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0.55 A Ui = 500 V according to IEC 947-5-1 Ui = 300 V according to UL 508, CSA C22-2 no. 14 Uimp = 4 KV acc. to IEC 947-5-1 Thermal rating Electric shock protection Ithe = 6 A according to IEC 947-5-1 Class 2 according to IEC 536 Resistance between terminals Short-circuit protection 30 m according to IEC 954-5-4 Cartridge fuse 10 A gG (gl) Connection Screw clamp terminals Clamping capacity min. 1 x 0.5 mm 2, max. 1.5 mm 2 with or without ferrule Electrical life According to IEC 947-5-1 appendix C Assigned insulation voltage 1 83 893 201 83 893 202 83 893 203 Additional characteristics Electromagnet supply voltage (50/60 Hz in a) Maximum actuation speed Minimum actuation speed Resistance to removal of key 0.5 m/s 0.01 m/s 500 N Mechanical life Maximum operating frequency 1 million operating cycles 600 operating cycles per hour Minimum positive opening force 15 N Pg 11 cable entry according to NFC 68 300 Weight 1 24 V a/c 120 V a/c 230 V a/c 0.360 kg Accessories Straight key 79 214 581 Key with wide fixing bar 79 214 582 Short key with wide fixing bar 79 214 585 Angled key 79 214 584 Flexible key 79 214 583 To order, specify: Standard products 1 2 1 2 Accessory Part number Example: Safety limit switch 83 893 201 - Angled key 79 214 584 Standard products, non stocked Accessory Part number Example: Safety limit switch 83 893 203 - Straight key 79 214 581 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/60 2 Locking / unlocking using an electromagnet Type 83 893 2 safety switches are fitted with an electromagnet for locking/unlocking the guard. With the guard locked, the force required to remove the key is 50 daN. In addition to the 2-pole contact element actuated by the key, type 83 893 2 limit switches also have a positive break type N " C" contact element, actuated by the electromagnet. The "NC" contact is integrated in the machine safety circuit. Unlocking using a special tool Type 83 893 2 safety switches are supplied with a tool (1) which can be used to unlock the moving guard, bypassing the electromagnet. 1 Unlocking using a tool is recommended in the following cases: * machine maintenance (if the tool is in the "UNLOCK" position and then removed, this will prevent the machine from restarting accidentally, therefore ensuring the safety of maintenance personnel), * mains failure, * problem with unlocking (locking cannot be released: fail-safe condition). Unlocking by applying voltage to the electromagnet always takes priority over unlocking using a tool. The "NC" contact is integrated in the machine safety circuit. UNLOCK Power supply for the electromagnet on 83 893 2 The electromagnet for type 83 893 2 safety switches is supplied by an electronic circuit which increases its service life. As the 24 V version is protected by a bridge rectifier, an A.C. or D.C. supply can be used. The 120 V and 230 V versions are A.C. only. It is also protected against voltage surges. Dimensions Category 1 connection according to EN 954-1 83 893 2 Examples of wiring diagrams with a fuse to provide protection against short-circuits in the cable or tampering. 3 Locking by removal of voltage 83 893 2 7 F1 30 15 (1) 93.5 38 43 Electromagnet 14.5 33 2 slots O 4.3 x 8.3 fixing centres 22 ; 2 holes O 4.3 fixing centres 20 40 20/22 E1 21 22 13 14 31 33 O 4 I 110 1 threaded hole for cable gland 11 E2 (32) X X M (1) Auxiliary contact E1-E2: Power supply for electromagnet 13-14: Safety contact for redundancy or signalling Other information For accessory dimensions, see page 2/5. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/61 Industrial Metal Key Lock Limit Switches Series 83 894 0 IP 67 Spade terminal safety interlock switch for monitoring the moving cover Metal bodies and heads Heads have 4 possible positions Positive opening contacts General characteristics Part numbers Environment Conforming to standards Type of contact NC+NO+NO 3-pole contact NC+NO+NO (2 NO bbm) slow action Products Machine assemblies Certifications Protective treatment Temperature Use Stored Vibration resistance Shock resistance Degree of protection Cable entry Electrical characteristics Assigned working characteristics IEC 947-5-1, EN 60 947-5-1, UL 508, CSA C22-2 no.14, JIS C4520 IEC 204-1, EN 60 204-1, EN 1088, EN 292 UL, CSA In normal operation: "TC" -25C, +70C -40C, +70C 5 gn (10...500 Hz) according to IEC 68-2-6 10 gn (duration 11 ms) according to IEC 28-2-27 IP 67 according to IEC 529 and IEC 947-5-1 One threaded entry for cable gland 13 Thermal rating Electric shock protection AC 15 A 300 Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A or Ue = 120 V, Ie = 6 A DC 13 Q 300 Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A or Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0.55 A Ui = 500 V according to IEC 947-5-1 Ui = 300 V according to UL 508, CSA C22-2 no.14 Uimp = 6 KV according to IEC 947-5-1 Ithe = 10 A according to IEC 947-5-1 Class 2 according to IEC 536 Resistance between terminals Short-circuit protection 30 m according to IEC 954-5-4 Cartridge fuse 10 A gG (gl) Connection Screw clamp terminals Clamping capacity min. 1 x 0.5 mm 2, max. 1.5 mm 2 with or without ferrule Electrical life According to IEC 947-5-1 appendix C Assigned insulation voltage Assigned impulse voltage 1 83 894 020 Additional characteristics Maximum actuation speed Minimum actuation speed Resistance to removal of key 0.5 m/s 0.01 m/s 10 N Mechanical life > 1 million operating cycles Maximum operating frequency 600 operating cycles per hour Minimum positive opening force 20 N Cable entry (DIN Pg 13.5 cable gland 13) according to NFC 68 300 1 Weight 0.360 kg Accessories Straight key 79 214 578 Key with wide fixing bar 79 214 579 Flexible key 79 214 580 To order, specify: Standard products Standard products, non stocked 1 2 Part number Accessory Example: Safety limit switch 83 894 020 - Wide key 79 214 579 2 Accessory Example: Flexible key 79 214 580 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/62 2 Dimensions mm 83 893 0 2 slots O 7.3 x 5.3 1 threaded hole for cable gland 13 Accessories 79 214 578 79 214 580 55.5 11 2.5 81.5 2.5 79 214 579 == 51 20 11 33 = 33 25 35 25 == 15 = 2 slots O 5.3 x 10 2 slots O 4.7 x 10 2.5 3 Operating radius 79 214 578 R 79 214 579 = R R = min. radius 20 00 = 20 R 00 = 20 00 R = min. radius 83.5 83.5 57.5 R = 20 00 57.5 79 214 580 16.5 R 55 R =1 50 22 = 40 0 78 R = min. radius 78 Other information Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/63 Solenoid Operated Metal Key Lock Limit Switches Series 83 894 1 Monitoring of the moving cover for machines with a stopping time which is greater than the time taken to access the danger zone Locked by removing the voltage, unlocked by applying voltage to the electromagnet Metal bodies and heads Heads have 4 possible positions Positive opening contacts 1 General characteristics Part numbers Environment Conforming to standards Type of contact NC+NO+NO 3-pole contact NC+NO+NO (2 NO bbm) + slow action NC+NC+NO 3-pole contact NC+NC+NO (NO bbm) slow action Products Machine assemblies Certifications Protective treatment Temperature Use Stored Vibration resistance Shock resistance Degree of protection Cable entry Electrical characteristics Assigned working characteristics IEC 947-5-1, EN 60 947-5-1, UL 508, CSA C22-2 no.14, JIS C4520 (See P. 3/14) IEC 204-1, EN 60 204-1, EN 1088, EN 292 UL, CSA In normal operation: "TC" -25C, +70C -40C, +70C 5 gn (10...500 Hz) according to IEC 68-2-6 10 gn (duration 11 ms) according to IEC 28-2-27 IP 67 according to IEC 529 and IEC 947-5-1 Threaded entry for cable gland 13 Thermal rating Electric shock protection AC 15 B300 Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A or Ue = 120 V, Ie = 3 A DC 13 Q300 Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A or Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0.55 A Ui = 500 V according to IEC 947-5-1 Ui = 300 V according to UL 508, CSA C22-2 no. 14 Uimp = 4 KV according to IEC 947-5-1 Ithe = 6 A according to IEC 947-5-1 Class 2 according to IEC 536 Resistance between terminals Short-circuit protection 30 m according to IEC 954-5-4 Cartridge fuse 10 A gG (gl) Connection Screw clamp terminals Clamping capacity min. 1 x 0.5 mm 2, max. 1.5 mm 2 with or without ferrule Electrical life According to IEC 947-5-1 appendix C Assigned insulation voltage Assigned impulse voltage Dimensions mm 83 894 120 83 894 121 83 894 122 83 894 130 83 894 131 83 894 132 Additional characteristics 24 V a/c 120 V a/c 230 V a/c Electromagnet supply voltage (50 / 60 Hz in a) Maximum actuation speed Minimum actuation speed Resistance to removal of key 0.5 m/s 0.01 m/s 2000 N Mechanical life > 1 million operating cycles Maximum operating frequency 600 operating cycles per hour Minimum positive opening force 20 N Cable entries Pg 13 according to NFC 68 300 Weight 2 1.140 kg Electromagnet characteristics Load factor Voltage limits Service life Consumption Inrush Sealed 100% -20% ; +10 % 20,000 hours 10 VA 10 VA Indicator characteristics Assigned insulation voltage according to IEC 947-5-1 Current consumption Assigned working voltage a or c Voltage limits a or c (including ripple) Service life Protection against voltage surges 50 V 250 V 7 mA 24 V V 7 mA 7 mA 110 / 240 V 110 / 240 20...52 V 250 V 95...264 V 95...264 V 100,000 hrs 100,000 hrs 100,000 hrs yes yes yes Accessories 2 slots O 7.3 x 5.3 1 threaded hole for cable gland 13 Straight key 79 214 578 Wide key 79 214 579 Flexible key 79 214 580 To order, specify: Standard products Standard products, non stocked 1 2 1 2 Part number Accessory Example: Safety limit switch 83 894 120 - Wide key 79 214 579 Accessory Part number Example: Safety limit switch 83 894 132 - Straight key 79 214 578 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/64 2 Locking / unlocking using an electromagnet Type 83 894 1 safety switches are fitted with an electromagnet for locking/unlocking the guard. With the guard locked, the force required to remove the key is 200 daN. In addition to the 3-pole contact element actuated by the key, 83 894 1 limit switches also have a positive break type N " C + NO" contact element, actuated by the electromagnet. The NC contact is integrated in the machine safety circuit, and the NO contact indicates the position of the electromagnet. Locking using a key on 83 894 1 Type 83 894 1 safety switches are supplied with a key-operated lock which can be used to unlock the moving guard, bypassing the electromagnet. Unlocking using a key-operated lock is recommended in the following cases : * machine maintenance (if the key is turned to "UNLOCK" and then removed, this will prevent the machine from restarting accidentally, therefore ensuring the safety of maintenance personnel), * mains failure, * problem with unlocking (locking cannot be released: fail-safe condition). Unlocking by applying voltage to the electromagnet always takes priority over unlocking using a key-operated lock. The locking mechanism for standard devices allows the key to be removed in the "LOCK" and "UNLOCK" positions. K LOC OCK UNL Power supply for the electromagnet on 83 894 1 The electromagnet for type 83 894 1 safety switches runs on D.C. and is therefore particularly reliable. As it is protected by a bridge rectifier, A.C or D.C supplies can be used (24 V, 48 V, 120 V or 230 V). It is also protected against voltage surges. Connections Category 1 according to EN 954-1 Category 3 according to EN 954-1 Examples of wiring diagrams with a fuse to provide protection against short-circuits in the cable or tampering. Examples of wiring diagrams with redundancy of the switch contacts, without monitoring. Locking by removal of voltage N " C+NO+NO" 83 894 12 * Locking by removal of voltage N " C+NC+NO" 83 894 13 * 3 F1 F1 F2 X2 52 31 32 13 14 K1 51 K2 44 Electromagnet OG GN X3 E2 43 44 51 (1) 43 34 22 X3 OG GN X2 O KM1 E2 14 33 21 I E1 13 52 22 E1 Electromagnet (1) 21 KM2 X1 X1 KM1 O K1 I K2 KM2 X M X M (1) Auxiliary contact E1-E2: Power supply for electromagnet 43-44: Electromagnet signal contact 13-14: Safety contact available for redundancy 33-X1: LED (orange): key not inserted 51-X1: LED (green): key inserted and locked 21-52: Safety pre-wiring compulsory Other information For accessory dimensions, see page 2/9. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/65 Hinged Limit Switches Series 83 893 IP 67 Door hinge safety switches for monitoring the cover, or rotating housing on small machinery Plastic bodies and heads Stainless steel lever and fixing accessories Heads have 4 possible positions Positive opening contacts General characteristics Environment Conforming to standards Products Machine assemblies Certifications Protective treatment Temperature Use Stored Vibration resistance Shock resistance Degree of protection Cable entry Electrical characteristics Assigned working characteristics Part numbers IEC 947-5-1, EN 60 947-5-1, UL 508, CSA C22-2 no. 14, JIS C4520 (See P. 2/2 and 2/3) IEC 204-1, EN 60 204-1, EN 1088, EN 292 UL, CSA In normal operation: "TC" and "TH" -25C, +70C -40C, +70C 25 gn (10...500 Hz) according to IEC 68-2-6 11 gn (duration 11 ms) according to IEC 28-2-27 IP 67 according to IEC 529 and IEC 947-5-1 One threaded entry for cable gland 11 Thermal rating Electric shock protection AC 15 A 300 Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3A DC 13 Q 300 Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A Ui = 500 V according to IEC 947-5-1 Ui = 300 V according to UL 508, CSA C22-2 no. 14 Uimp = 6 KV according to IEC 947-5-1 Ithe = 10 A according to IEC 947-5-1 Class 2 according to IEC 536 Resistance between terminals Short-circuit protection 30 m according to IEC 954-5-4 Cartridge fuse 10 A gG (gl) Connection Screw clamp terminals Clamping capacity min. 1 x 0.5 mm 2, max. 1.5 mm 2 with or without ferrule Electrical life Minimum actuation speed According to IEC 947-5-1 appendix C 0.01 m/s Assigned insulation voltage Assigned impulse voltage Position of lever Type of contact NC+NO 2-pole contact NC+NO break before make, slow action Additional characteristics Tripping angle Minimum actuation torque Minimum positive opening torque Mechanical life Pg11 cable entry according to NFC 68 300 Weight Operation Lever movement 83 893 301 / 303 83 893 302 83 893 401 83 893 302 83 893 401 or Operating diagrams 83 893 301 / 303 0 5 180 -5 +5 -90 0 +90 -7 +7 7 Operation of contacts closed open To order, specify: Standard products 1 Part number Example: Safety limit switch 83 893 302 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/66 -270 -5 +5 +270 0 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 -7 +7 1 Left Centre Right Length 30 mm 83 893 303 83 893 302 83 893 301 83 893 401 5 0.1 Nm 0.25 Nm 1 million operating cycles 1 0.145 kg 5 0.1 Nm 0.25 Nm 1 million operating cycles 1 0.145 kg 5 0.1 Nm 0.25 Nm 1 million operating cycles 1 0.145 kg 5 0.1 Nm 0.25 Nm 1 million operating cycles 1 0.145 kg Dimensions 83 893 3 83 893 401 16 27.4 1 threaded hole for cable gland 11 87.5 23.35 28 33 70 43 5.3 30 72.5 2.5 2 slots O 4.3 x 8.3 fixing centres 22 ; 2 holes O 4.3 fixing centres 20 20/22 30 1 threaded hole for cable gland 11 3 2 slots O 4.3 x 8.3 fixing centres 22; 2 holes O 4.3 fixing centres 20 8.9 mm inside diameter 11.95 mm outside diameter Other information Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/67 Cable Pull Limit Switches Series 83 894 2 IP 67 E " mergency stop" safety switches are essential in areas or on machinery where a danger exists during operation The cable can be used to request an emergency stop at any point in the operating zone Applications : conveying, materials handling, machine tools Length of the protected zone: up to 15 metres General characteristics Part numbers Environment Conforming to standards Type of contact NC+NO 2-pole contact NC+NO, slow action Products Machine assemblies Certifications Protective treatment Temperature Use Stored Vibration resistance Shock resistance Degree of protection Mechanical life Length of protected zone Cable entry Electrical characteristics Assigned working characteristics IEC 947-5-1, EN 60 947-5-1, VDE 0660-200, EN 418, draft EN 616 EN 60 204-1, EN 292 machinery directive: 89/392/EEC and 91/368/EEC, social directive: 89655/EEC UL, CSA "TC" -25C, +70C -40C, +70C 10 gn (10...150 Hz) 50 gn (duration 11 ms) according to IEC 28-2-27 IP 65 according to IEC 529 and IEC 947-5-1 100,000 operating cycles 15 m 3 entries for cable gland with a maximum capacity of 12 mm Resistance between terminals Short-circuit protection AC 15 A300 Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A DC 13 Q300 Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A Ui = 500 V degree of pollution 3 according to IEC 947-5-1 Ui = 300 V according to UL 508, CSA C22-2 no. 14 Uimp = 6 KV according to IEC 947-5-1 Ithe = 10 A Class 1 according to IEC 536 and NF C 20-030 35 m according to IEC 954-5-4 Cartridge fuse 10 A gG (gl) Terminal labelling According to CENELEC EN 50013 Assigned insulation voltage Assigned impulse voltage Thermal rating Electric shock protection 1 83 894 201 Additional characteristics Distance between the cable supports Manual reset Cable anchor Weight 5m Using booted pushbutton Right or left 0.865 kg Mounting accessories Fixed cable support 79 214 571 Pulley support 79 214 577 Pulley for cable max. O 5 mm 79 214 576 End guards 79 214 572 Mounting kit Mounting kit for cable, length 10 m 79 214 573 Mounting kit for cable, length 15 m 79 214 574 Kit comprising: a galvanised cable, O 3.2 mm in accordance with the length selected, 1 cable lug, 1 end spring To order, specify: Standard products Standard products, non stocked 1 2 2 3 Accessory Part number Example: Safety limit switch 83 894 201 - Pulley 79 214 576 - Kit 79 214 574 3 Mounting kit Accessory Mounting kit Example: Pulley 79 214 576 - Kit 79 214 574 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/68 2 3 Installation Description of a typical installation 1 3 6 8 7 1 - Fixing support 2 - Emergency stop 3 - First cable support 4 - Device adjustment 5 - Faston connectors & cable clamps 6 - Turnbuckle 7 - End spring 8 - Pulleys and pulley supports 2 4 5 Pulleys must be used if the cable is ever installed with angles (example: perimeter of a machine). 1 Warning: The sum total of the cable angles must be less than 180. Basic principles Positive operation Latching Device operating Device stopped Reset Device stopped (waiting) Positive operation: The contacts used are positive break type contacts. The device is tripped by positive actuation. Latching: The device is mechanically latched in the tripped position ("NC" safety contacts open). The "NO" contact is only used for signalling. Reset: The devices have a reset button which closes the safety contact. The machine must only be started by deliberately pressing a start-up button, separate from the emergency stop. Cable expansion: d The cable may increase or reduce in length. Variations in length are mainly related to temperature variations on the site of use. 83 894 201 devices are fitted with cable voltage indicators which can be used to check (and correct if necessary) the voltage at any time. d 5m 3 Fixed cable support Actuating force and arrows This is the value of the force F1 exerted on the cable, causing the device to trip. f is the distance covered by the actuator at the bending point of the cable between the point of equilibrium during operation and the tripping point of the device. f F1 Operating values: Average values of the tripping arrows and forces for 5 m fixing centres (standard force): * Arrow f: 160 mm * Arrow F1: 2 daN Standards 83 894 201 devices meet the requirements of the harmonised European standard EN 418 on "emergency stop devices". The strongly recommended use of an end spring meets the requirements of the draft European standard EN 616 on "continuous materials handling systems and equipment". Other information Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/69 Plastic or Metal Foot Switches Series 83 895 0 / 83 895 1 Foot switch for machine tools, wood working machines, rubber and plastics machines, moulding presses Plastic foot switch: without interlock at rest position Metal foot switch: with interlock at rest position and protective cover Plastic General characteristics Environment Conforming to standards Certifications Protective treatment Temperature Use Stored Vibration resistance Shock resistance Degree of protection Mechanical life Cable entry Electrical characteristics Assigned working characteristics Assigned insulation voltage Assigned impulse voltage Electric shock protection Resistance between terminals Short-circuit protection Metal 1 Part numbers Plastic IEC 947-5-1, EN 60 947-5-1, VDE 0660-200, UL 508, CSA C22-2 no. 14 Metal IEC 947-5-1, EN 60 947-5-1, VDE 0660-200, UL 508, CSA C22-2 no. 14 With protective cover: NFE 09-031 FI, CSA FI "TC" -25C, +70C -40C, +70C 15 gn (10...150 Hz) 25 gn 20 gn acc. to IEC 68-2-27 acc. to IEC 68-2-27 (150 gn acc. to NF E 09-031) IP 43 IP 66 acc. to IEC 529 acc. to IEC 529 2 million 5 million operations operations 2 untapped 2 threaded holes for cable holes for cable gland gland Type of contact 1 "NC+NO" 2 "NC+NO" 1 "NC+NO" Plastic Metal 83 895 001 83 895 030 83 895 101 Additional characteristics Operating principle Operating frequency (maximum) 1 step 600 / hr 2 steps 600 / hr 1 step 600 / hr Weight 0.275 kg 0.295 kg 2.570 kg AC 15 A300 Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A DC 13 Q300 Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A Ui = 500 V, degree of pollution 3 according to IEC 947-5-1 Ui = 300 V according to UL 508, CSA C22-2 no. 14 Uimp = 6 KV according to IEC 947-5-1 Class 2 Class 1, acc. to IEC 536 acc. to IEC 536 and NF C 20-030 and NF C 20030 25 m according to IEC 954-5-4 Cartridge fuse 10 A gG (gl) To order, specify: Standard products Standard products, non stocked 1 Part number Example: Plastic foot switch 83 895 001 1 Part number Example: Metal foot switch 83 895 101 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/70 Presentation 83 895 0 and 83 895 101 foot switches are an ideal solution for controlling starting and stopping of numerous industrial machines with many different operating modes: pulsed, step-by-step, continuous. Fitted with a protective cover, metal foot switch 83 895 101 should be used whenever a start/stop command could pose a danger (increased risk). The range comprises metal foot switches (for heavy loads where there is an increased risk) for heavy duty requirements, and plastic foot switches (for lighter loads where there is a reduced risk). 83 895 0 foot switches without covers are suitable for start commands which pose a reduced risk and for machine stop commands. Terminology Safety contacts Positive break operation A device meets the requirements of this specification when all its normally closed contact elements can be safely set to their opening position. Devices with snap action positive break type contacts. All foot switches fitted with a snap action "NC+NO" contact element are positive break type and meet all the requirements of standard IEC 947-51, section 3. Metal foot switches can have one or two "NC + NO" contact blocks. These foot switches are in positive operation when released: positive actuation is required to maintain the machine in rest mode or cause it to stop (machine stop). Snap action contact The linear speed of the moving contacts is independent of the speed of the control device. This feature enables high levels of electrical performance, even with low control device linear speeds. 2-step pedals Pedals with two steps are ideal for machines with two operating speeds. Examples: - first speed: slow (used for tool adjustment or maintenance), - second speed: fast (used for normal machine operation). 6 mm The first step, connected to an "NC + NO" contact, is achieved by briefly applying gentle pressure to the foot switch (6 mm and 2 daN depression). 1st step The second step, connected to a second "NC + NO" contact, is achieved by applying maximum pressure to the foot switch (12 mm and 9 daN for depression up to the end stop). Dimensions 12 mm mm 83 895 101 with protective cover 2 threaded holes for cable entry maximum capacity 14 mm 3 2nd step 83 895 0 1 untapped hole for cable entry maximum capacity 12 mm 1 untapped hole for cable entry maximum capacity 8 mm Other information Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/71 Emergency Stop Switches Series 79 697 O 22 control unit with mechanical latch "CE" conforming product Positive opening contacts Pushbutton with positive mechanical action acc. to EN 418 Technical characteristics of contacts Safety component Positive opening contacts UL, CSA 3 x 10 6 operations Operating category AC21 230 V/50 - 60Hz conforms to IEC 947-3 Number of operations Certification Mechanical life Electrical life Working current (A) 14 10 6 2 (x 10 6) 0.2 0.5 1 3 Degree of pollution 3-690 V conforms to UTE, VDE, IEC for flush-mounting U impulse: 6 kV Insulation voltage Voltage for withstanding shocks Electrical A.C. performance Working voltage (50 -60 Hz) Working current (IEC 947-3) AC21 Ie (A) 14 12 11 10 6 Ue (V) 230 400 440 500 690 D.C. Working voltage Working current Use Storage Terminal capacity Connection Protection indices Mushroom head 1 "N/C" contact 1 "N/O" contact Contact mounting bracket Metal label, diameter 80, yellow Push-pull head with 2 stable positions Push-turn head with 2 stable positions Locking head with key (supplied) Mushroom head D = 70 black 1 "N/C + 1 "N/O" Mushroom head D = 70 black 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 Pushbutton Box European "Machinery" Directive 89/392/EEC French Decrees 92/765-766-767-768 European "Usage" Directive 89/655/EEC French Decrees 93-40 and 93-41 European standard NF EN 60204-1 (Machine safety - Electrical equipment) European standards NF EN 292-1 and 2 (Machine safety - Basic concepts European standard NF EN 418 (Machine safety - Emergency stop devices) Dimensions Cut-outs for consoles and cabinets Part number Example: Emergency stop pushbuttons for safety applications 79 697 003 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/72 1 Conformity To order, specify: Standard products, non stocked 003 004 005 006 008 009 010 101 011 Standard products 1 697 697 697 697 697 697 697 697 697 Symbol (IEC 947-5-1) DC13 Ie (A) 1.5 A 1A 0.7 A 0.3 A 0.2 A HPC fuse 10 A gl - gG conforms to IEC 269 - 30 to + 60 C - 50 to + 80 C 2 x 2.5 mm 2 with cable ends Via captive screw terminals IP 65 IP 657 double insulation Ue (V) 24 V 48 V 60 V 110 V 220 V Protection against short-circuits Temperature limits (IEC 947-5-1) AC15 Ie (A) 6 4.5 3.5 2.5 1 Type Part numbers Two-Hand Control Console Series 85 100 Used in conjunction with a "KZH3" safety start module for two-hand control applications: folding, clipping, punching, rail-cutting, bending, drilling, presses, etc. Supplied with an emergency stop button and 2 spring-return mushroom head pushbuttons. Conforms to EN 574 concerning safety applications 1 Part numbers 85 100 291 85 100 293 85 100 292 KSP2 two-hand control console (metal case) KSP2 two-hand control console (plastic case) KSP console fixing foot Can be ordered separately Push-pull 2 "N/C" + 1 "N/O" (red pushbutton + contacts + O 80 metal yellow label) Mushroom head O 70 black 1 "N/C" + 1 "N/O" Mushroom head Emergency stop Spring-return pushbuttons 79 697 001 79 697 101 Dimensions 85 100 293 85 100 292 79 697 101 130 25 0t o 45 400 25 50 0 500 to 1000 ~ 800 100 80 210 3 To order, specify: Standard products 1 Standard products, non stocked Part number Example: 2-hand control console - 85 100 293 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/73 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/74 3 Proximity Sensors Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/75 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/76 Analog Inductive Proximity Detectors The analog sensors offer an output voltage variation which is linear and proportional to the distance of the object being detected. The output voltage will be reduced as the object approaches the sensor. Form M 18 x 1 x 80 Sensing distance in linear zone (mm) 5 Housing Stainless Steel Connection type PVC 2.0 meter cable Part number reference IMB1805T Min./max. supply voltage 12 to 24 VDC Own consumption (Io) 1 mA Output voltage at 5mm 3V Voltage limits in linear zone 0.4 to 3 V at 24 VDC Load resistance 10 to 100 k Constant ratio in linear zone At 24 V 52 mV / 0.1mm Constant ratio in linear zone At 12 V 26 mV / 0.1mm Switching frequency 10 kHz Operating temperature 0 to 60C Accessories Mounting flanges, see page 3/102 Connectors, see pages 3/100 to 3/101 Wiring 3 Wiring diagram Response curve Brown Black Blue Other Information: For other characteristics, longer cables, longer barrels, different connectors, please consult the factory. To order, please specify: IMB1805T Normally stocked items Catalog items produced to order For assistance call 1-800-677-5311 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/77 Inductive Proximity Detectors - O 4, M5, O 6.5, M8 - Cable O4 Form Nominal sensing distance Sn (mm) Housing Tightening torque (Nm) Termination 11.6 SW7 2000 LED 2000 11.6 27 27 2.1 M5x0.5 O3 LED O3 O 4 screened 0.8 Stainless steel 2 m PVC cable *M8s/steel connector M5 screened 0.8 Stainless steel 2.5 2 m PVC cable *M8s/steel connector 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 Part numbers 3-wire DC types NO NC NO NPN NC Min/max. supply voltage Max. load current (Ia) Residual open-state current (Ir) / Own consumption (Io) Voltage drop in closed state (Ud) / Max. ripple factor (Vr) Switching frequency / Delay on pick-up (td) LED indicator Protection against permanent short-circuits and overloads Protection against mis-connections of any type Conductor cross-section / External cable diameter PNP 717 717 717 717 000 *84 717 022 001 *84 717 023 100 *84 717 122 101 *84 717 123 10 to 30 V c 150 mA 0.05 mA / 17.5 mA 2.5 V / < 10 % 1 kHz / 10 ms yes yes yes 3 x 0.14 mm2 / 3 mm 717 717 717 717 002 *84 717 024 003 *84 717 025 102 *84 717 124 103 *84 717 125 10 to 30 V c 150 mA 0.05 mA / 17.5 mA 2.5 V / < 10 % 1 kHz / 10 ms yes yes yes 3 x 0.14 mm2 / 3 mm Inductive Proximity Detectors - M8 - Connectors M8x1 4 38 SW13 64.5 61.5 35 4 3 M8x1 SW13 LED LED Form Nominal sensing distance Sn (mm) Housing Tightening torque (Nm) Termination Part numbers 3-wire DC types NO NC NO NPN NC Min/max. supply voltage Max. load current (Ia) Residual open-state current (Ir) / Own consumption (Io) Voltage drop in closed state (Ud) / Max. ripple factor (Vr) Switching frequency / Delay on pick-up (td) LED indicator Protection against permanent short-circuits and overloads Protection against mis-connections of any type PNP M8 screened 1 Stainless steel 10 M8 s/steel connector M8 non-screened 2 Stainless steel 10 M8 s/steel connector 84 717 010 84 717 011 84 717 110 84 717 111 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 7 mA 3 V / < 10 % 2 kHz / 50 ms yes yes yes 84 717 012 84 717 013 84 717 112 84 717 113 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 7 mA 3 V / < 10 % 1.5 kHz / 50 ms yes yes yes Accessories Mounting flanges, see page 3/102 Connectors, see pages 3/100 to 3/101 Other information Special adaptations are available depending on the type of request and quantity required. Eg. cable length, tube length, connector type, etc. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/78 6 O .5 M8x1 38 54 SW13 51 51 35 4 3 M8x1 SW13 13.5 LED LED 3 O 3 O O 6.5 screened 1.5 Stainless steel 2 m PVC cable M8 screened 1 Stainless steel 10 2 m PVC cable M8 non-screened 2 Stainless steel 10 2 m PVC cable 84 717 004 84 717 005 84 717 104 84 717 105 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 7 mA 3V / < 10 % 2 kHz / 50 ms yes yes yes 3 x 0.14 mm2 / 3 mm 84 717 006 84 717 007 84 717 106 84 717 107 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 7 mA 3 V / < 10 % 2 kHz / 50 ms yes yes yes 3 x 0.14 mm2 / 3 mm 84 717 008 84 717 009 84 717 108 84 717 109 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 7 mA 3 V / < 10 % 1.5 kHz / 50 ms yes yes yes 3 x 0.14 mm2 / 3 mm M8x1 M8x1 SW13 LED 38 SW13 LED LED M12x1 SW13 65.5 35 62.5 65.5 38 4 4 4 35 62.5 SW13 3 3 M8x1 3 M8x1 1 M12x1 M12x1 4 3 O 2000 2000 2000 LED LED M12x1 M8 screened 1 Stainless steel 10 M12 s/steel connector M8 non-screened 2 Stainless steel 10 M12 stainless steel connector M8 screened 1 Stainless steel 10 M12 plastic connector M8 non-screened 2 Stainless steel 10 M12 plastic connector 84 717 014 84 717 015 84 717 114 84 717 115 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 7 mA 3 V / < 10 % 2 kHz / 50 ms yes yes yes 84 717 016 84 717 017 84 717 116 84 717 117 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 7 mA 3 V / < 10 % 1.5 kHz / 50 ms yes yes yes 84 717 018 84 717 019 84 717 118 84 717 119 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 7 mA 3 V / < 10 % 2 kHz / 50 ms yes yes yes 84 717 020 84 717 021 84 717 120 84 717 121 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 7 mA 3 V / < 10 % 1.5 kHz / 50 ms yes yes yes 1 To order, specify: Standard products Standard products, non stocked 1 Part number Example : Inductive proximity detector 4 O 84 717 000 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/79 Inductive Proximity Detectors - M12 - Stainless Steel M12x1 M12x1 50 SW17 LED 2000 LED 4 O .5 2000 2000 LED Form Nominal sensing distance Sn (mm) Housing Tightening torque (Nm) Termination 4 SW17 66 46 SW17 50 34 30 4 4 4 M12x1 4 O .5 4 O .5 M12 screened 2 Stainless steel 25 2 m PVC cable M12 long, screened 2 Stainless steel 25 2 m PVC cable M12 non-screened 4 Stainless steel 25 2 m PVC cable 84 717 226 84 717 227 84 717 326 84 717 327 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 2 V / < 10 % 800 Hz / 10 ms yes yes yes 3 x 0.3 mm2 / 5.2 mm 84 717 026 84 717 027 84 717 126 84 717 127 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 2 V / < 10 % 800 Hz / 10 ms yes yes yes 3 x 0.3 mm2 / 5.2 mm 84 717 228 84 717 229 84 717 328 84 717 329 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 2 V / < 10 % 400 Hz / 10 ms yes yes yes 3 x 0.3 mm2 / 5.2 mm Part numbers 3-wire DC types NO NC NO NPN NC Min/max. supply voltage Max. load current (Ia) Residual open-state current (Ir) / Own consumption (Io) Voltage drop in closed state (Ud) / Max. ripple factor (Vr) Switching frequency / Delay on pick-up (td) LED indicator Protection against permanent short-circuits and overloads Protection against mis-connections of any type Conductor cross-section / External cable diameter PNP Part numbers 2-wire AC types Polarity NO reversible NC Min/max. supply voltage Min/max. load current (Ia) Residual open-state current (Ir) Voltage drop in closed state (Ud) Switching frequency / Delay on pick-up (td) LED indicator Conductor cross-section 84 717 626 84 717 627 20 to 250 V a 5 to 500 mA < 2 mA <8V 5 Hz / 100 ms yes 2 x 0.5 mm2 / 5.2 mm Other information Special adaptations are available depending on the type of request and quantity required. Eg. cable length, tube length, connector type, etc. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/80 M12x1 M12x1 M12x1 58.5 SW17 74.5 LED SW17 11.9 LED LED 11.9 LED 2000 50 SW17 11.9 70 SW17 54.5 54 30 34 4 4 4 4 4 4 M12x1 4 O .5 M12 long, non-screened 4 Stainless steel 25 2 m PVC cable M12 screened 2 Stainless steel 25 M12 plastic connector M12 long, screened 2 Stainless steel 25 M12 plastic connector M12 non-screened 4 Stainless steel 25 M12 plastic connector 84 717 028 84 717 029 84 717 128 84 717 129 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 2 V / < 10 % 400 Hz / 10 ms yes yes yes 3 x 0.3 mm2 / 4.5 mm 84 717 230 84 717 231 84 717 330 84 717 331 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 2 V / < 10 % 800 Hz / 10 ms yes yes yes - 84 717 030 84 717 031 84 717 130 84 717 131 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 2 V / < 10 % 800 Hz / 10 ms yes yes yes - 84 717 232 84 717 233 84 717 332 84 717 333 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 2 V / < 10 % 400 Hz / 10 ms yes yes yes - 84 717 628 84 717 629 20 to 250 V a 5 to 500 mA < 2 mA <8V 5 Hz / 100 ms yes 2 x 0.5 mm2 / 5.2 mm 84 717 630 84 717 631 20 to 250 V a 5 to 500 mA < 2 mA <8V 5 Hz / 100 ms yes - 1 Continued on page 3/82 1 Continued on page 3/82 To order, specify: Standard products Standard products, non stocked 1 Part number Example : Inductive proximity detector M12 84 717 226 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/81 3 Inductive Proximity Detectors - M12 - Stainless Steel M12x1 M12x1 34 LED 59 55 SW17 SW17 SW17 LED 9 9 78.5 54 30 4 4 4 4 4 M12x1 LED M12x1 11.9 M12x1 Form Nominal sensing distance Sn (mm) Housing Tightening torque (Nm) Termination M12 long, non-screened 4 Stainless steel 25 M12 plastic connector M12 screened 2 Stainless steel 25 M12 s/steel connector M12 non-screened 4 Stainless steel 25 M12 s/steel connector 84 717 032 84 717 033 84 717 132 84 717 133 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 2 V / < 10 % 400 Hz / 10 ms yes yes yes 84 717 246 84 717 247 84 717 346 84 717 347 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 2 V / < 10 % 800 Hz / 10 ms yes yes yes 84 717 248 84 717 249 84 717 348 84 717 349 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 2 V / < 10 % 400 Hz / 10 ms yes yes yes Part numbers 3-wire DC types NO NC NO NPN NC Min/max. supply voltage Max. load current (Ia) Residual open-state current (Ir) / Own consumption (Io) Voltage drop in closed state (Ud) / Max. ripple factor (Vr) Switching frequency / Delay on pick-up (td) LED indicator Protection against permanent short-circuits and overloads Protection against mis-connections of any type PNP 1 SW17 78.5 54 4 4 M12x1 11.9 LED Form Nominal sensing distance Sn (mm) Housing Tightening torque (Nm) Termination Part numbers 2-wire AC types Polarity NO reversible NC Min/max. supply voltage Min/max. load current (Ia) Residual open-state current (Ir) Voltage drop in closed state (Ud) Switching frequency / Delay on pick-up (td) LED indicator M12 non-screened 4 Stainless steel 25 M12 plastic connector M12 screened 2 Stainless steel 25 M12s/steel connector M12 non-screened 2 Stainless steel 25 M12s/steel connector 84 717 632 84 717 633 20 to 250 V a 5 to 500 mA < 2 mA <8V 5 Hz / 100 ms yes 84 717 646 84 717 647 20 to 250 V a 5 to 500 mA < 2 mA <8V 5 Hz / 100 ms yes 84 717 648 84 717 649 20 to 250 V a 5 to 500 mA < 2 mA <8V 5 Hz / 100 ms yes Accessories Mounting flanges, see page 3/102 Connectors, see pages 3/100 to 3/101 Other information Special adaptations are available depending on the type of request and quantity required. Eg. cable length, tube length, connector type, etc. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/82 1 Inductive Proximity Detectors - M12 - Plastic M12x1 M12x1 4 M12x1 LED 2000 O4.5 2000 LED O4.5 O4.5 2000 2000 SW17 LED LED Form Nominal sensing distance Sn (mm) Housing Tightening torque (Nm) Termination 54 4 SW17 70 50 SW17 66 46 SW17 50 34 30 4 4 4 4 M12x1 O4.5 M12 screened 2 Plastic 1.5 2 m PVC cable M12 long, screened 2 Plastic 1.5 2 m PVC cable M12 non-screened 4 Plastic 1.5 2 m PVC cable M12 long, non-screened 4 Plastic 1.5 2 m PVC cable 84 717 238 84 717 239 84 717 338 84 717 339 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 84 717 038 84 717 039 84 717 138 84 717 139 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 84 717 240 84 717 241 84 717 340 84 717 341 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 84 717 040 84 717 041 84 717 140 84 717 141 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 2 V / < 10 % 2 V / < 10 % 2 V / < 10 % 2 V / < 10 % 800 Hz / 10 ms 800 Hz / 10 ms 400 Hz / 10 ms 400 Hz / 10 ms yes yes yes 3 x 0.3 mm2 / 5.2 mm yes yes yes 3 x 0.3 mm2 / 5.2 mm yes yes yes 3 x 0.3 mm2 / 5.2 mm yes yes yes 3 x 0.3 mm2 / 5.2 mm Part numbers 3-wire DC types NO NC NO NPN NC Min/max. supply voltage Max. load current (Ia) Residual open-state current (Ir) / Own consumption (Io) Voltage drop in closed state (Ud) / Max. ripple factor (Vr) Switching frequency / Delay on pick-up (td) LED indicator Protection against perm. short-circuits and overloads Protection against mis-connections of any type Conductor cross-section / External cable diameter PNP M12x1 M12x1 M12x1 3 54 34 SW17 LED 11.9 LED LED 11.9 11.9 Form Nominal sensing distance Sn (mm) Housing Tightening torque (Nm) Termination SW17 78.5 50 58.5 LED SW17 74.5 SW17 11.9 54.5 30 4 4 4 4 4 4 M12x1 1 M12 screened 2 Plastic 1.5 M12 plastic connector M12 long, screened 2 Plastic 1.5 M12 plastic connector M12 non-screened 4 Plastic 1.5 M12 plastic connector M12 long, non-screened 4 Plastic 1.5 M12 plastic connector 84 717 242 84 717 243 84 717 342 84 717 343 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 84 717 042 84 717 043 84 717 142 84 717 143 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 84 717 244 84 717 245 84 717 344 84 717 345 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 84 717 044 84 717 045 84 717 144 84 717 145 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 2 V / < 10 % 2 V / < 10 % 800 Hz / 10 ms 800 Hz / 10 ms 400 Hz / 10 ms 400 Hz / 10 ms yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes Part numbers 3-wire DC types NO NC NO NPN NC Min/max. supply voltage Max. load current (Ia) Residual open-state current (Ir) Own consumption (Io) Voltage drop in closed state (Ud) Max. ripple factor (Vr) Switching frequency Delay on pick-up (td) LED indicator Protection against perm. short-circuits and overloads Protection against mis-connections of any type PNP 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 2 V / < 10 % 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 2 V / < 10 % Accessories Mounting flanges, see page 3/102 Connectors, see pages 3/100 to 3/101. To order, specify: Standard products Standard products, non stocked 1 Part number Example : Inductive proximity detector M12 84 717 028 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/83 1 Inductive Proximity Detectors - M18 - Stainless Steel M18x1 M18x1 57 SW24 4 50 30 4 30 4 8 M18x1 SW24 77 65 SW24 LED LED O4.5 O4.5 2000 2000 2000 LED Form Nominal sensing distance Sn (mm) Housing Tightening torque (Nm) Termination O4.5 M18 screened 5 Stainless steel 50 2 m PVC cable *M12s/steel connector M18 non-screened 8 Stainless steel 50 2 m PVC cable *M12s/steel connector M18 long, screened 5 Stainless steel 50 2 m PVC cable 84 717 250 84 717 251 84 717 350 84 717 351 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 2 V / < 10 % 500 Hz / 10 ms yes yes yes 3 x 0.3 mm2 / 5.2 mm 84 717 252 84 717 253 84 717 352 84 717 353 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 2 V / < 10 % 400 Hz / 10 ms yes yes yes 3 x 0.3 mm2 / 5.2 mm 84 717 050 84 717 051 84 717 150 84 717 151 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 2 V / < 10 % 500 Hz / 10 ms yes yes yes 3 x 0.3 mm2 / 5.2 mm 84 717 650 *84 717 672 84 717 651 *84 717 673 20 to 250 V a 5 to 500 mA < 2 mA <8V 5 Hz / 100 ms yes 2 x 0.5 mm2 / 5.2 mm 84 717 652 *84 717 670 84 717 653 *84 717 671 20 to 250 V a 5 to 500 mA < 2 mA <8V 5 Hz / 100 ms yes 2 x 0.5 mm2 / 5.2 mm Part numbers 3-wire DC types NO NC NO NPN NC Min/max. supply voltage Max. load current (Ia) Residual open-state current (Ir) / Own consumption (Io) Voltage drop in closed state (Ud) / Max. ripple factor (Vr) Switching frequency / Delay on pick-up (td) LED indicator Protection against permanent short-circuits and overloads Protection against mis-connections of any type Conductor cross-section / External cable diameter PNP Part numbers 2-wire AC types Polarity NO reversible NC Min/max. supply voltage Min/max. load current (Ia) Residual open-state current (Ir) Voltage drop in closed state (Ud) Switching frequency / Delay on pick-up (td) LED indicator Conductor cross-section Other information Special adaptations are available depending on the type of request and quantity required. Eg. cable length, tube length, connector type, etc. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/84 M18x1 4 4 SW24 SW24 8 M18x1 M18x1 4 SW24 83 11.9 11.9 M12x1 LED M12x1 LED LED 11.9 11.9 LED 58 4 30 63 50 LED 85 SW24 75 SW24 55.5 58 4 30 8 M18x1 8 M18x1 M12x1 2000 M12x1 O4.5 M18 long, non-screened 8 Stainless steel 50 2 m PVC cable 84 717 052 84 717 053 84 717 152 84 717 153 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 2 V / < 10 % 400 Hz / 10 ms yes yes yes 3 x 0.3 mm2 / 5.2 mm M18 screened 5 Stainless steel 50 M12 plastic connector *M12s/steel connector M18 long, screened 5 Stainless steel 50 M12 plastic connector 84 717 254 *84 717 258 84 717 255 *84 717 259 84 717 354 *84 717 358 84 717 355 *84 717 359 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 2 V / < 10 % 500 Hz / 10 ms yes yes yes - 84 717 054 84 717 055 84 717 154 84 717 155 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 2 V / < 10 % 500 Hz / 10 ms yes yes yes - 84 717 654 84 717 655 20 to 250 V a 5 to 500 mA < 2 mA <8V 5 Hz / 100 ms yes - M18 non-screened 8 Stainless steel 50 M12 plastic connector *M12s/steel connector M18 long, non-screened 8 Stainless steel 50 M12 plastic connector 84 717 256 *84 717 260 84 717 257 *84 717 261 84 717 356 *84 717 360 84 717 357 *84 717 361 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 2 V / < 10 % 400 Hz / 10 ms yes yes yes - 84 717 056 84 717 057 84 717 156 84 717 157 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 2 V / < 10 % 400 Hz / 10 ms yes yes yes - 1 1 84 717 656 84 717 657 20 to 250 V a 5 to 500 mA < 2 mA <8V 5 Hz / 100 ms yes - 3 To order, specify: Standard products Standard products, non stocked 1 Part number Example : Inductive proximity detector M18 84 717 250 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/85 Inductive Proximity Detectors - M18 - Plastic M18x1 SW24 8 SW24 4 30 SW24 77 65 57 50 30 4 M18x1 4 M18x1 LED LED 2000 O4.5 2000 2000 LED Form Nominal sensing distance Sn (mm) Housing Tightening torque (Nm) Termination M18 screened 5 Plastic 5 2 m PVC cable M18 long, screened 5 Plastic 5 2 m PVC cable M18 non-screened 8 Plastic 5 2 m PVC cable 84 717 262 84 717 263 84 717 362 84 717 363 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 2 V / < 10 % 500 Hz / 10 ms yes yes yes 3 x 0.3 mm2 / 5.2 mm 84 717 062 84 717 063 84 717 162 84 717 163 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 2 V / < 10 % 500 Hz / 10 ms yes yes yes 3 x 0.3 mm2 / 5.2 mm 84 717 264 84 717 265 84 717 364 84 717 365 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 2 V / < 10 % 400 Hz / 10 ms yes yes yes 3 x 0.3 mm2 / 5.2 mm Part numbers 3-wire DC types NO NC NO NPN NC Min/max. supply voltage Max. load current (Ia) Residual open-state current (Ir) / Own consumption (Io) Voltage drop in closed state (Ud) / Max. ripple factor (Vr) Switching frequency / Delay on pick-up (td) LED indicator Protection against permanent short-circuits and overloads Protection against mis-connections of any type Conductor cross-section / External cable diameter PNP Part numbers 2-wire AC types Polarity NO reversible NC Min/max. supply voltage Min/max. load current (Ia) Residual open-state current (Ir) Voltage drop in closed state (Ud) Switching frequency / Delay on pick-up (td) LED indicator Conductor cross-section 84 717 662 84 717 663 20 to 250 V a 5 to 500 mA < 2 mA <8V 5 Hz / 100 ms yes 2 x 0.5 mm2 / 5.2 mm Accessories Mounting flanges, see page 3/102 Connectors, see pages 3/100 to 3/101. Other information Special adaptations are available depending on the type of request and quantity required. Eg. cable length, tube length, connector type, etc. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/86 O4.5 O4.5 M18x1 M18x1 M18x1 M18x1 4 SW24 83 11.9 11.9 58 SW24 75 LED 85 4 SW24 30 50 SW24 63 SW24 55 58 4 30 4 8 8 4 8 M18x1 M12x1 LED M12x1 LED LED 11.9 11.9 LED 2000 M12x1 M12x1 O4.5 M18 long, non-screened 8 Plastic 5 2 m PVC cable M18 screened 5 Plastic 5 M12 plastic connector M18 long, screened 5 Plastic 5 M12 plastic connector M18 non-screened 8 Plastic 5 M12 plastic connector M18 long, non-screened 8 Plastic 5 M12 plastic connector 84 717 064 84 717 065 84 717 164 84 717 165 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 2 V / < 10 % 400 Hz / 10 ms yes yes yes 3 x 0.3 mm2 / 5.2 mm 84 717 266 84 717 267 84 717 366 84 717 367 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 2 V / < 10 % 500 Hz / 10 ms yes yes yes 3 x 0.3 mm2 / 5.2 mm 84 717 066 84 717 067 84 717 166 84 717 167 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 2 V / < 10 % 500 Hz / 10 ms yes yes yes 3 x 0.3 mm2 / 5.2 mm 84 717 268 84 717 269 84 717 368 84 717 369 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 2 V / < 10 % 400 Hz / 10 ms yes yes yes - 84 717 068 84 717 069 84 717 168 84 717 169 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 2 V / < 10 % 400 Hz / 10 ms yes yes yes - 1 1 84 717 664 84 717 665 20 to 250 V a 5 to 500 mA < 2 mA <8V 5 Hz / 100 ms yes 2 x 0.5 mm2 / 5.2 mm 3 To order, specify: Standard products Standard products, non stocked 1 Part number Example : Inductive proximity detector M18 84 717 056 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/87 Inductive Proximity Detectors - M30 - Stainless Steel - 3-Wire DC Types M30x1.5 M30x1.5 43.6 SW36 79 59 SW36 30 50 30 12 M30x1.5 LED SW36 13.4 LED 2000 LED 2000 2000 O4.5 Form Nominal sensing distance Sn (mm) Housing Tightening torque (Nm) Termination O4.5 O4.5 M30 screened 10 Stainless steel 100 2 m PVC cable M30 long, screened 10 Stainless steel 100 2 m PVC cable M30 non-screened 15 Stainless steel 100 2 m PVC cable 84 717 274 84 717 275 84 717 374 84 717 375 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 2 V / < 10 % 300 Hz / 10 ms yes yes yes 3 x 0.3 mm2 / 5.2 mm 84 717 074 84 717 075 84 717 174 84 717 175 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 2 V / < 10 % 300 Hz / 10 ms yes yes yes 3 x 0.3 mm2 / 5.2 mm 84 717 276 84 717 277 84 717 376 84 717 377 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 2 V / < 10 % 100 Hz / 10 ms yes yes yes 3 x 0.3 mm2 / 5.2 mm Part numbers NO PNP NC NO NPN NC Min/max. supply voltage Max. load current (Ia) Residual open-state current (Ir) / Own consumption (Io) Voltage drop in closed state (Ud) / Max. ripple factor (Vr) Switching frequency (F) / Delay on pick-up (td) LED indicator Protection against permanent short-circuits and overloads Protection against mis-connections of any type Conductor cross-section / External cable diameter 1 Inductive Proximity Detectors - M30 - Stainless Steel - 2-Wire AC Types M30x1.5 M30x1.5 LED 30 55.5 30 SW36 43.6 59 30 12 12 M30x1.5 SW36 SW36 LED 11.9 2000 O4.5 13.4 2000 LED Form Nominal sensing distance Sn (mm) Housing Tightening torque (Nm) Termination O4.5 M30 screened 10 Stainless steel 100 2 m PVC cable M30 non-screened 15 Stainless steel 100 2 m PVC cable M30 non-screened 15 Stainless steel 100 M12 plastic connector 84 717 674 84 717 675 20 to 250 V a 5 to 500 mA < 2 mA <8V 5 Hz / 100 ms yes 2 x 0.5 mm2 / 5.2 mm 84 717 676 84 717 677 20 to 250 V a 5 to 500 mA < 2 mA <8V 5 Hz / 100 ms yes 2 x 0.5 mm2 / 5.2 mm 84 717 680 84 717 681 20 to 250 V a 5 to 500 mA < 2 mA <8V 5 Hz / 100 ms yes - Part numbers Polarity NO reversible NC Min/max. supply voltage Min/max. load current (Ia) Residual open-state current (Ir) Voltage drop in closed state (Ud) Switching frequency (F) / Delay on pick-up (td) LED indicator Conductor cross-section Other information Special adaptations are available depending on the type of request and quantity required. Eg. cable length, tube length, connector type, etc. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/88 1 M30x1.5 M30x1.5 12 SW36 50 SW36 11.9 75.5 55.5 LED 11.9 LED SW36 SW36 91 SW36 87.5 55.5 62 62 30 30 12 12 M30x1.5 M30x1.5 M30x1.5 11.9 LED LED LED 2000 11.9 M12x1 M12x1 O4.5 M30 non-screened 15 Stainless steel 100 M12 plastic connector M30 long, non-screened 15 Stainless steel 100 M12 plastic connector M30 long, non-screened 15 Stainless steel 100 2 m PVC cable M30 screened 10 Stainless steel 100 M12 plastic connector *M12s/steel connector M30 long, screened 10 Stainless steel 100 M12 plastic connector *M12s/steel connector 84 717 280 84 717 281 84 717 380 84 717 381 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 2 V / < 10 % 100 Hz / 10 ms yes yes yes - 84 717 080 84 717 081 84 717 180 84 717 181 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 2 V / < 10 % 100 Hz / 10 ms yes yes yes - 84 717 076 84 717 077 84 717 176 84 717 177 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 2 V / < 10 % 100 Hz / 10 ms yes yes yes 3 x 0.3 mm2 / 5.2 mm 84 717 278 *84 717 282 84 717 279 *84 717 283 84 717 378 *84 717 382 84 717 379 *84 717 383 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 2 V / < 10 % 300 Hz / 10 ms yes yes yes - 84 717 078 *84 717 84 717 079 *84 717 84 717 178 *84 717 84 717 179 *84 717 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 2 V / < 10 % 300 Hz / 10 ms yes yes yes - M30x1.5 M30x1.5 1 284 285 384 385 3 30 SW36 11.9 LED LED 11.9 11.9 LED 30 SW36 55.5 55.5 SW36 55.5 30 12 M30x1.5 M30 screened 10 Stainless steel 100 M12 plastic connector M30 screened 10 Stainless steel 100 M12s/steel connector M30 non-screened 15 Stainless steel 100 M12s/steel connector 84 717 678 84 717 679 20 to 250 V a 5 to 500 mA < 2 mA <8V 5 Hz / 100 ms yes - 84 717 694 84 717 695 20 to 250 V a 5 to 500 mA < 2 mA <8V 5 Hz / 100 ms yes - 84 717 684 84 717 685 20 to 250 V a 5 to 500 mA < 2 mA <8V 5 Hz / 100 ms yes - 1 To order, specify: Standard products Standard products, non stocked 1 Part number Example : Inductive proximity detector M30 84 717 274 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/89 Inductive Proximity Detectors - M30 - Plastic M30x1.5 M30x1.5 30 50 SW36 43.6 SW36 79 59 30 12 M30x1.5 LED SW36 Form Nominal sensing distance Sn (mm) Housing Tightening torque (Nm) Termination 13.4 2000 O4.5 2000 2000 LED LED O4.5 O4.5 M30 screened 10 Plastic 15 2 m PVC cable M30 long, screened 10 Plastic 15 2 m PVC cable M30 non-screened 15 Plastic 15 2 m PVC cable 84 717 286 84 717 287 84 717 386 84 717 387 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 2 V / < 10 % 300 Hz / 10 ms yes yes yes 3 x 0.3 mm2 / 5.2 mm 84 717 086 84 717 087 84 717 186 84 717 187 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 2 V / < 10 % 300 Hz / 10 ms yes yes yes 3 x 0.3 mm2 / 5.2 mm 84 717 288 84 717 289 84 717 388 84 717 389 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 2 V / < 10 % 100 Hz / 10 ms yes yes yes 3 x 0.3 mm2 / 5.2 mm Part numbers 3-wire DC types NO NC NO NPN NC Min/max. supply voltage Max. load current (Ia) Residual open-state current (Ir) / Own consumption (Io) Voltage drop in closed state (Ud) / Max. ripple factor (Vr) Switching frequency (F) / Delay on pick-up (td) LED indicator Protection against permanent short-circuits and overloads Protection against mis-connections of any type Conductor cross-section / External cable diameter PNP Part numbers 2-wire AC types Polarity NO reversible NC Min/max. supply voltage Min/max. load current (Ia) Residual open-state current (Ir) Voltage drop in closed state (Ud) Switching frequency (F) / Delay on pick-up (td) LED indicator Conductor cross-section 84 717 686 84 717 687 20 to 250 V a 5 to 500 mA < 2 mA <8V 5 Hz / 100 ms yes 2 x 0.5 mm2 / 5.2 mm Accessories Mounting flanges, see page 3/102 Connectors, see pages 3/100 to 3/101 Other information Special adaptations are available depending on the type of request and quantity required. Eg. cable length, tube length, connector type, etc. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/90 M30x1.5 M30x1.5 M30x1.5 M30x1.5 12 62 SW36 LED SW36 11.9 11.9 91 55.5 LED 87.5 SW36 75.5 62 55.5 SW36 SW36 30 50 30 12 12 M30x1.5 11.9 LED LED LED 2000 11.9 M12x1 M12x1 O4.5 M30 long, non-screened 15 Plastic 15 2 m PVC cable M30 screened 10 Plastic 25 M12 plastic connector M30 long, screened 10 Plastic 15 M12 plastic connector M30 non-screened 15 Plastic 15 M12 plastic connector M30 long, non-screened 15 Plastic 15 M12 plastic connector 84 717 088 84 717 089 84 717 188 84 717 189 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 2 V / < 10 % 100 Hz / 10 ms yes yes yes 3 x 0.3 mm2 / 5.2 mm 84 717 290 84 717 291 84 717 390 84 717 391 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 2 V / < 10 % 300 Hz / 10 ms yes yes yes - 84 717 090 84 717 091 84 717 190 84 717 191 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 2 V / < 10 % 300 Hz / 10 ms yes yes yes - 84 717 292 84 717 293 84 717 392 84 717 393 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 2 V / < 10 % 100 Hz / 10 ms yes yes yes - 84 717 092 84 717 093 84 717 192 84 717 193 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 6.5 mA 2 V / < 10 % 100 Hz / 10 ms yes yes yes - 1 1 84 717 688 84 717 689 20 to 250 V a 5 to 500 mA < 2 mA <8V 5 Hz / 100 ms yes 2 x 0.5 mm2 / 5.2 mm 3 To order, specify: Standard products Standard products, non stocked 1 Part number Example : Inductive proximity detector M30 84 717 286 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/91 Inductive Proximity Detectors - Flat Pack IGH Y YH IT VER MUN IM C EM 4-wire NO and NC operation Easy to mount: only 2 M 3.5 screws required Ideal for conveying and packaging machine applications Capacitive detection version available in same housing EMC immunity: 10 V/m Form Nominal sensing distance Sn (mm) Housing Tightening torque (Nm) Termination 55 x 35 screened 10 Plastic 2 m PVC cable Connector 55 x 35 non-screened 15 Plastic 2 m PVC cable Connector 84 718 036 84 718 024 84 718 038 84 718 026 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 7 mA < 2 V / < 10 % 300 Hz / 50 ms yes yes yes 4 x 0.3 mm2 / 5.2 mm 84 718 030 84 718 042 84 718 032 84 718 044 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 7 mA < 2 V / < 10 % 100 Hz / 50 ms yes yes yes 4 x 0.3 mm2 / 5.2 mm Part numbers 4-wire DC types 15 35 15 35 LED 55 57.5 4 4 4.5 69.4 55 57.5 LED 4.5 PNP NO / NC / NPN NO / NC / Min/max. supply voltage Max. load current (Ia) Residual open-state current (Ir) / Own consumption (Io) Voltage drop in closed state (Ud) / Max. ripple factor (Vr) Switching frequency (F) / Delay on pick-up (td) LED indicator Protection against permanent short-circuits and overloads Protection against mis-connections of any type Conductor cross-section / External cable diameter Dimensions O 7.5 18 7 3.5 7 3.5 M12x1 O6.5 25 25 mm Other information Special adaptations are available depending on the type of request and quantity required. Eg. cable length, tube length, connector type, etc. To order, specify: Standard products Standard products, non stocked 1 Part number Example : Inductive proximity detector 84 718 024 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/92 1 Inductive Proximity Detectors - 40 x 40 5-position rotary head Conform to DIN 43 694 Reinforced glass polyamide housing 1 "on" LED 1 detection LED 4-wire NO and NC operation 2-wire a and c version 84 718 006 Form Nominal sensing distance Sn (mm) Housing Tightening torque (Nm) Termination 40 x 40 non-screened 25 Plastic Screw terminal 1 Part numbers 4-wire DC types 84 718 006 84 718 008 10 to 55 V c 200 mA < 0.05 mA / 25 mA < 3.5 V / < 10 % 100 Hz / < 100 ms yes - power supply and output yes yes - PNP NO / NC / NPN NO / NC / Min/max. supply voltage Max. load current (Ia) Residual open-state current (Ir) / Own consumption (Io) Voltage drop in closed state (Ud) / Max. ripple factor (Vr) Switching frequency (F) / Delay on pick-up (td) LED indicator Protection against permanent short-circuits and overloads Protection against mis-connections of any type Conductor cross-section / External cable diameter 1 Part numbers 2-wire AC / DC types Polarity reversible NO or NC Min/max. supply voltage Max. load current (Ia) Residual open-state current (Ir) Voltage drop in closed state (Ud) Switching frequency (F) / Delay on pick-up (td) LED indicator Short-circuit protection Conductor cross-section Connections 84 718 006 programmable 84 718 010 20 to 250 V a / c 5 to 180 mA < 1.7 mA @ 120 V a < 10.5 V 100 Hz / 200 ms yes - power supply and output yes - 3 84 718 008 1 1 + 4 + 4 2 2 3 3 - - Dimensions (mm) 5-position rotary head 40 5 O .3 7.3 7.3 46 LED1 LED2 40 30 Sensing surface 6.5 60 120 Other information Special adaptations are available depending on the type of request and quantity required. Eg. cable length, tube length, connector type, etc. To order, specify: Standard products Standard products, non stocked 1 Part number Example : Inductive proximity detector 40 x 40 84 718 006 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/93 NAMUR Inductive Proximity Detectors (Acc. DIN 19234) M8 - M12 M8x1 SW13 51 SW13 54 35 35 4 4 3 M8x1 6 O .5 2000 2000 O6.5 3 O O3 84 717 741 Form Nominal sensing distance Sn (mm) Housing Tightening torque (Nm) Termination M8 screened 1 Stainless steel M8 non-screened 2 Stainless steel 2 m PVC cable 2 m PVC cable 84 717 707 6 to 35 V c < 1 mA > 2.2 mA 1.55 mA 9.35 mA 2 kHz 2 x 0.14 mm2 / 3 mm 84 717 709 6 to 35 V c < 1 mA > 2.2 mA 1.55 mA 9.35 mA 1.5 kHz 2 x 0.14 mm2 / 3 mm Part numbers 2-wire DC NAMUR types NC Min/max. supply voltage ON state current with V supply=8.2 V OFF state current with V supply=8.2 V Current at specified Sn with V supply=8.2 V Max. current (Ia ) Switching frequency (F) Conductor cross-section / External cable diameter Accessories Mounting flanges, see page 3/102 Connectors, see page 3/100 to 3/101 NAMUR Inductive Proximity Detectors (Acc. DIN 19234) M18 - M30 M18x1 4 48.1 SW4 30 30 40.1 4 8 M18x1 O5.2 2000 2000 16.9 16.9 SW24 O5.2 84 717 775 Form Nominal sensing distance Sn (mm) Housing Tightening torque (Nm) Termination M18 screened 5 Stainless steel M18 non-screened 5 Stainless steel 2 m PVC cable *M12 plastic connector 2 m PVC cable *M12 plastic connector 84 717 755 *84 717 767 6 to 35 V c < 1 mA > 2.2 mA 1.55 mA 9.35 mA 500 Hz 2 x 0.5 mm2 / 5.2 mm 84 717 757 *84 717 769 6 to 35 V c < 1 mA > 2.2 mA 1.55 mA 9.35 mA 200 Hz 2 x 0.5 mm2 / 5.2 mm Part numbers 2-wire DC NAMUR types NC Min/max. supply voltage ON state current with V supply=8.2 V OFF state current with V supply=8.2 V Current at specified Sn with V supply=8.2 V Max. current (Ia) Switching frequency (F) Conductor cross-section / External cable diameter Accessories Mounting flanges, see page 3/102 Connectors, see pages 3/100 to 3/101. Other information Special adaptations are available depending on the type of request and quantity required. Eg. cable length, tube length, connector type, etc. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/94 M12x1 50 46 SW17 30 4 30 4 4 M12x1 SW17 8 O 2000 2000 8 O 5 O .2 5 O .2 M12 non-screened 4 Stainless steel M12 screened 2 Stainless steel 2 m PVC cable 2 m PVC cable *M12 plastic connector 84 717 731 *84 717 743 6 to 35 V c < 1 mA > 2.2 mA 1.55 mA 9.35 mA 800 Hz 2 x 0.5 mm2 / 5.2 mm *M12 plastic connector 1 84 717 733 *84 717 745 6 to 35 V c < 1 mA > 2.2 mA 1.55 mA 9.35 mA 800 Hz 2 x 0.5 mm2 / 5.2 mm M30x1.5 M30x1.5 30 30 12 3 18.4 71 59 SW36 SW36 18.4 O10 O5.2 2000 2000 O10 M30 screened 10 Stainless steel 2 m PVC cable O5.2 M30 non-screened 15 Stainless steel *M12 plastic connector 2 m PVC cable 84 717 779 *84 717 791 6 to 35 V c < 1 mA > 2.2 mA 1.55 mA 9.35 mA 300 Hz 2 x 0.5 mm2 / 5.2 mm *M12 plastic connector 1 84 717 781 *84 717 793 6 to 35 V c < 1 mA > 2.2 mA 1.55 mA 9.35 mA 100 Hz 2 x 0.5 mm2 / 5.2 mm To order, specify: Standard products, non stocked 1 Part number Example : Inductive proximity detector M8 84 717 707 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/95 Inductive Proximity Detectors for Severe Environments Inductive detector for severe environments Operating range : - 55 C to + 105 C Conforms with standards : - EUROCAE ED 14 C - MIL STD Nominal sensing distance Sn (mm) Housing Material Face Termination 2.5 0.25 Stainless steel Rilsan 1m wire 2.5 0.25 Stainless steel Rilsan Connector 84 799 801 84 799 802 12 to 32 V c 1 to 250 mA resistive 8 mA 2V 250 mA 250 Hz 3 x 0.6 mm2 wires Dust yes yes yes yes 84 799 803 84 799 804 12 to 32 V c 1 to 250 mA resistive 8 mA 2V 250 mA 250 Hz Type ASN E0053 N8133PN Immersion in water yes yes yes yes Part numbers 3-wire DC types NPN NO NC Min/max. supply voltage Switching current Max. off-load current consumption Residual voltage at 25 C Switching frequency Termination Sealing (MIL - S - 8 805) against mis-connections of any type against accidental voltage surges of short duration Protection against indirect lightning effects against radio-electrical interference Inductive Proximity Detectors NAMUR (Acc. DIN 19234) Operating principle Wiring diagrams Without external amplifier NAMUR sensor Ri=1K NAMUR sensors (DIN 19234) are 2-wire DC proximity detectors with no trip or output amplification stage. They are polarised and their internal impedance alters in proportion to the distance between the sensor face and the target. NAMUR sensors are designed for use with an external amplifier which converts the variations in impedance into digital signals. Io (mA) A + 8.2 Vdc - Output characteristics With external amplifier I(mA) NAMUR sensor Io (mA) + 8.2 Vdc Output 1.75 mA Ri=1K Difference in switching current 1.55 mA - Difference in switching S(mm) Sn To order, specify : Standard products, non stocked 1 The nominal sensing range (Sn) specified corresponds to a current consumption of 1.55 mA with a supply voltage of 8.2 V to the circuit and Ri = 1 Kohm. The table below gives the level of current consumption at nominal sensing range (Sn) for other supply voltage and resistance values. Supply voltage V (Vdc) 5 12 15 24 Part number Resistance Ri (Kohm) 0.39 1.8 2.2 3.9 Current consumption I at Sn (mA) 0.7 2.3 2.9 3.8 Example : Inductive proximity detector 84 799 801 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/96 1 Capacitive Proximity Detectors - M18 - M30 Smooth body : ideally suited to agricultural applications M18 Sensing distance adjustable from 2 mm to 10 mm M30 Fixed sensing distance of 9 mm Application Level detection : liquids, granulates, paper, ink, etc. Form Nominal sensing distance Sn (mm) Housing Tightening torque (Nm) Termination M18 non-screened 2 to 10 mm adjustable Plastic 3 O 0 non-screened 9 (fixed) Plastic 2 m PVC cable 2 m PVC cable 1 Part numbers 3-wire DC types PNP NO NPN NO Min/max. supply voltage Max. load current (Ia) Residual open-state current (Ir) / Own consumption (Io) Voltage drop in closed state (Ud) / Max. ripple factor (Vr) Switching frequency (F) / Delay on pick-up (td) LED indicator Protection against permanent short-circuits and overloads Protection against mis-connections of any type Conductor cross-section / External cable diameter 84 718 506 84 718 508 10 to 40 V c 200 mA < 0.05 mA / < 10 mA < 2.8 V c / < 10 % 25 Hz / < 100 ms yes yes yes 3 x 0.25 mm2 / 5.2 mm 1 Part numbers 2-wire AC types Polarity NO reversible NC Min/max. supply voltage Min/max. load current (Ia) Residual open-state current (Ir) Voltage drop in closed state (Ud) Switching frequency (F) / Delay on pick-up (td) LED indicator Conductor cross-section 84 718 510 84 718 511 20 to 265 V a 10 to 500 mA < 2.6 mA < 10 V 10 Hz / < 350 ms yes 2 x 0.5 mm2 / 5.2 mm 84 718 588 84 718 589 90 to 240 V a 20 to 150 mA < 10 mA < 11 V 5 Hz / no 2 x 0.75 mm2 / 5.2 mm 84 718 506 / 508 84 718 510 / 511 84 718 588 / 589 3 Accessories Mounting flanges, see page 3/102 Dimensions (mm) O30 60 4 8 M18x1 16 99.5 72 SW24 Other information O10 O17 2000 2000 20.5 LED Sensitivity adjustment O5.2 O5.2 To order, specify: Special adaptations are available depending on the type of request and quantity required. Eg. cable length. Standard products 1 Part number Example : Capacitive proximity detector M18 84 718 506 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/97 Capacitive Proximity Detectors - Flat Pack C EM IGH Y H Y IT VER MUN IM 4-wire NO and NC operation Easy to mount : only 2 M 3.5 screws required Ideal for packaging machine applications Inductive detection version available in same housing Supplied with adjustment screwdriver Form Nominal sensing distance Sn (mm) non-screened mounting : screened mounting : Housing Tightening torque (Nm) Termination 55 x 35 non-screened / screened 2 - 25 mm adjustable 2 - 16 mm adjustable Plastic 55 x 35 non-screened / screened 2 - 25 mm adjustable 2 - 16 mm adjustable Plastic 2 m PVC cable M12 connector 84 718 572 84 718 574 10 to 40 V c 200 mA < 0.05 mA / < 15 mA < 3 V c / < 10 % 100 Hz / < 300 ms yes yes yes 4 x 0.35 mm2 / 6.8 mm 84 718 578 84 718 580 10 to 40 V c 200 mA < 0.05 mA / < 15 mA < 3 V c / < 10 % 100 Hz / < 300 ms yes yes yes - Part numbers 4-wire DC types PNP NO + NC + NPN NO + NC + Min/max. supply voltage Max. load current (Ia) Residual open-state current (Ir) / Own consumption (Io) Voltage drop in closed state (Ud) / Max. ripple factor (Vr) Switching frequency (F) / Delay on pick-up (td) LED indicator Protection against permanent short-circuits and overloads Protection against mis-connections of any type Conductor cross-section / External cable diameter Dimensions (mm) 84 718 578 / 580 35 15 57.5 69.4 LED 4 4.5 4 35 Potentiometer LED 55 57.5 Potentiometer 55 15 4.5 84 718 572 / 574 O 7.5 7 18 3.5 7 3.5 M12x1 O6.5 25 25 Other information Special adaptations are available depending on the type of request and quantity required. Eg. cable length. To order, specify: Standard products Standard products, non stocked 1 Part number Example : Capacitive proximity detector Flat pack 84 718 572 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/98 1 Capacitive Proximity Detectors - M30 Programmable model Selection via switch NO and NC output Supplied with adjustment screwdriver EMC immunity : 10 V/ m Form Nominal sensing distance Sn (mm) - adjustable Housing Tightening torque (Nm) Termination C EM IGH Y H Y IT VER MUN IM 84 718 528 84 718 530 M30 screened 2 to 16 mm adjustable Plastic M30 non-screened 3 to 25 mm adjustable Plastic 2 m PVC cable 2 m PVC cable 84 718 524 84 718 526 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 10 mA 2.5 V / < 10 % 100 Hz / < 100 ms yes yes yes 4 x 0.34 mm2 / 6.8 mm 84 718 530 84 718 532 10 to 40 V c 200 mA 0.05 mA / 10 mA 2.5 V / < 10 % 100 Hz / < 100 ms yes yes yes 4 x 0.34 mm2 / 6.8 mm 84 718 528 20 to 265 V a 10 to 500 mA 2.5 mA @ 240 V a 10 V a 25 Hz / < 100 ms yes 2 x 0.5 mm2 / 5.2 mm 84 718 534 20 to 265 V a 10 to 500 mA 2.5 mA @ 240 V a 10 V a 25 Hz / < 100 ms yes 2 x 0.5 mm2 / 5.2 mm 1 Part numbers 4-wire DC types PNP NO + NC + NPN NO + NC + Min/max. supply voltage Max. load current (Ia) Residual open-state current (Ir) / Own consumption (Io) Voltage drop in closed state (Ud) / Max. ripple factor (Vr) Switching frequency (F) / Delay on pick-up (td) Annular LED Protection against permanent short-circuits and overloads Protection against mis-connections of any type Conductor cross-section / External cable diameter 1 Part numbers 2-wire AC types Polarity reversible NO or NC or programmable Min/max. supply voltage Min/max. load current (Ia) Residual open-state current (Ir) Voltage drop in closed state (Ud) Switching frequency (F) / Delay on pick-up (td) Annular LED Conductor cross-section Accessories 3 Mounting flanges, see page 3/102 Dimensions (mm) 84 718 528 84 718 530 / 532 M30x1.5 62 5 5 M30x1.5 62 SW36 2000 2000 91 91 SW36 Other information Special adaptations are available depending on the type of request and quantity required. Eg. cable length. To order, specify : Standard products Standard products, non stocked 1 Part number Example : Capacitive proximity detector M30 84 718 524 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/99 Connectors for V3 and M8 Detectors (with M8 Connector) M8 plug-in versions Straight, no LED 3 Presentation Number of contacts Angled, no LED 3 Angled, 2 LEDs (PNP) 3 Angled, 2 LEDs (NPN) 3 25 552 957 V3 and M8 detectors with M8 connector and PNP - NO/NC output Green Yellow 25 552 958 V3 and M8 detectors with M8 connector and NPN - NO/NC output Green Yellow Angled, 2 LEDs (PNP) 3 Angled, 2 LEDs (NPN) 3 25 552 963 25 552 964 M8 detectors with M8 connector and PNP NO/NC output Green Yellow 25 552 965 25 552 966 M8 detectors with M8 connector and NPN NO/NC output Green Yellow Part numbers Length 2 m Length 5 m Compatibility PVC PVC Display via LED Power supply Output activated 25 552 953 25 552 955 25 552 954 25 552 956 V3 and M8 detectors with M8 connector and PNP - NO/NC or NPN - NO/NC output - - - 1 M8 screw-in versions Straight, no LED 3 Presentation Number of contacts Angled, no LED 3 Part numbers Length 2 m Length 5 m Compatibility PVC PVC Display via LED Power supply Output activated 25 552 959 25 552 961 25 552 960 25 552 962 M8 detectors with M8 connector and PNP - NO/NC or NPN - NO/NC output - - - General characteristics Sealing Conductor cross-section Limit temperature Min/max supply for connectors with LED Plug-in versions IP 65 3 x 0.25 mm2 -5 C to + 70 C Screw-in versions IP 68 3 x 0.25 mm2 -5 C to + 70 C 10 to 30 V c 10 to 30 V c Connector pin-out 4 3 1 1 - brown (+) 3 - blue (-) 4 - black (NO/NC output) Connections 3-wire DC 3-wire c PNP 3-wire c NPN brown brown load (4) NO/NC black cable (NO or NC) (4) NO/NC black cable (NO or NC) load blue blue PNP output : load connected to negative supply NPN output : load connected to positive supply To order, specify : Standard products Standard products, non stocked 1 Part number Example : Connector, plug-in version M8 25 552 953 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/100 1 Connectors for Detectors M8 - M12 - M18 - M30 and 35 x 55 mm (with Connector M12) Angled, no LED 3 Straight, no LED 3 Presentation Number of contacts Angled, 2 LEDs (PNP) 3 Angled, 2 LEDs (NPN) 3 25 552 971 25 552 972 3-wire c detectors with M12 connector and PNP - NO output 25 552 973 25 552 974 3-wire c detectors with M12 connector and NPN - NO output Part numbers Length 2 m Length 5 m Compatibility 25 552 967 25 552 969 25 552 968 25 552 970 3-wire c detectors with M12 connector and NO output 2-wire c detectors with M12 connector and NO/NC output PVC PVC . Double key for AC model 25 552 989 25 552 991 25 552 990 25 552 992 2-wire detectors a polarity reversible with M12 connector Length 2 m PVC Length 5 m PVC Compatibility Display via LED - Power supply Output activated - - M12 Green Yellow M12 Angled, no LED 4 Straight, no LED 4 Presentation Number of contacts Green Yellow for wiring for wiring Straight, no LED 4 Angled, no LED 4 25 552 983 - 25 552 984 - 1 Part numbers Screw terminal Length 2 m Length 5 m Length 2 m Length 5 m Compatibility 25 552 975 25 552 979 25 552 976 25 552 980 25 552 977 25 552 981 25 552 978 25 552 982 Detectors with M12 connector NO, NC or NO and NC output PVC PVC PUR PUR General characteristics Sealing Conductor cross-section Limit temperature Min/max supply for connectors with LED Connector pin-out Version with 3 contacts : for c detector 1 4 1 3 IP 68 (IP 67 versions for wiring) 3 x 0.34 mm2 or 4 x 0.34 mm2 -5 C to + 70 C (PUR -5 C to +90 C) 10 to 30 V c Version with 4 contacts : for c detector 1 - brown (+) 3 - blue (-) 4 - black (NO output) 1 2 4 1 2 3 4 - M12 double key version : for a detector brown (+) white (NC output) blue (-) black (NO output) 3 3 Connections 1 - GND 2 3 AC 1 3 2 2-wire AC Polarity reversible 2-wire DC Polarity reversible 2-wire a 2-wire c 2 (1) NC (3) NO blue brown blue 3 (2) NC (4) NO load brown load 1 Earth wire only available in metal housings To order, specify : Standard products Standard products, non stocked 1 Part number Example : Connector for M12 detector - 25 552 967 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/101 Mounting Flanges for Inductive Proximity Detectors M5 O4 O6.5 M8 M12 M30 1 Part numbers Mounting flange O4 M5 O 6.5 M8 M12 M18 M30 26 546 820 26 546 821 26 546 822 26 546 823 26 546 824 26 546 825 26 546 826 Dimensions Flange for 4 O - M5 - O 6.5 d1 M8 M12 M 18 M 30 d2 6.0 8 9.2 10 d3 3.2 4.5 5.5 6 Flange for M12 and M30 Flange for M8 L1 7.5 22 32 44 L2 3.3 4.5 7.5 b 20 32 44 60 h 14 20 39 48.5 Flange for M18 t 16 12 20 17 To order, specify : Standard products 1 Part number Example : Mounting flange O 4 - 26 546 820 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/102 M18 3 Technical References Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/103 Snap Action Switches - Technical Guide Switch construction These basic principles apply to all our precision switches. The specific characteristics of each model are given in more detail in the relevant production sections. Single-pole changeover switch (i.e. 83 161) Push button Mounting hole Case Introduction Our switches are high-precision, snap-action switches and these are a few of the key features which distinguish our switches: - High ratings with small dimensions - Very short travels - Low operating forces - Highly dependable force and travel values - Long life - Large range of actuators for easy adaptation to the most varied applications Terminal NC n2 Return spring Contact mobile Contact fixed Terminal NO n4 Mounting hole Common terminal C n1 Pivot point Blade Electrical function SPDT (C) Normally closed (NC) 2 1 1 Normally open (NO) 1 2 4 4 Double-pole changeover switch (i.e. 83 132 0) Blade Push button Case Contact fixed Terminal NO n3 Terminal NO n4 Terminal NC n1 Contact mobile Terminal NC n2 Mounting hole Mounting hole Return spring Electrical function SPDT (C) 3 1 4 2 Normally closed (NC) 1 2 Normally open (NO) 3 The NO and NC circuits must both be of the same polarity. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/104 4 Snap Action Switches - Technical Guide Mechanical characteristics Terminology - Forces - Positions - Travel TTF DT PT OT RF RP TP OL RLP Electrical circuit Position of pushbutton OF OF Operating Force TTF Total travel force Force required to displace the operating device from its rest position RP to its overtravel limit position. (We only specify this value if it is higher than the operating force. When not quoted, it is equal to or less than the operating force). RF Release force Force to which the operating force must be reduced to allow the snap-action mechanism to return to its release position RLP. MOF Maximum overtravel force The maximum force which can be applied to the operating device, without damaging it, in the end of travel position where it is in abutment internally or against the face of the case. RP Rest position Position of the operating device when no external mechanical force is applied. Also described as "height at rest". TP Tripping point Position of the operating device relative to the fixing point (hole, face) at the moment when the microswitch trips. PT Pre-travel Distance between the rest position RP and the tripping point TP. Travel Positions Forces Maximum force which must be applied to the operating device to displace the rest position RP to the tripping point TP. OL Overtravel limit Position of the operating device when an extreme force has moved it to the effective end of the available travel. OT Overtravel Distance between the tripping point TP and the overtravel limit OL. The reference point for the figures given for travel and forces is a point F situated on the button in the case of a plain micr The reference point for the positions is one of the fixing holes, unless otherwise indicated. Graphs of forces vs. travel Operating force (external) applied to the operating device 3 RLP Release position Position of the operating device at the moment when the snap-action mechanism trips on its return to its original position. DT Differential travel Distance between the tripping point TP and the release position RLP. oswitch, or, generally, 3 mm in from the end of a plain actuator. Contact force Force after depression: return outward depression return Button movement Contact force Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/105 Snap Action Switches - Technical Guide Mechanical characteristics Environmental conditions Changeover time Resistance to shocks and vibrations This is the time taken by the mobile contact when moving from one fixed contact to another until it becomes fully stable (contact bounce included). This time is a function of the contact gap, the mechanical characteristics of the snap action and the mass of the mobile element. However, thanks to the snap-action mechanisms employed, the time is largely independent of the speed of operation. It is normally less that 20 milliseconds (including bounce times of less than 5 ms). Resistance to impact and vibration depends on the mass of the moving parts and on the forces holding the contacts together. Generally speaking, for a switch without an actuator : - Vibration >10 G 10 at 500 Hz - Impact > 50 G 11 ms 1/2 sine-wave Further information on request. Ambient operating temperature Bounce time The maximum and minimum temperatures at which the mechanical and electrical characteristics of the switch will remain substantially unaltered. Changeover time about Mechanical durability This is an average value indicating the purely mechanical performance of a switch when not subject to any electrical load. It may be useful for evaluation purposes in cases where the power levels involved are very low and the electrical life is thus close to the mechanical life. Maximum speed and rate of operation Our switches will work at speeds of operation varying over a very wide range : normally from 1 mm/min to 1 ms. The maximum rate of operation with a low electrical load may be as high as 10 operations/second. Mounting - Operation * To conform to the leakage paths and air gaps in the standard EEC24 - EN/IEC 61058 EN/IEC 60947: - An insulation pad must be inserted between the switch and the fixing surface if the latter is metal. - Manual operation of a metal actuator must only be carried out with the help of a secondary actuator made of insulating materials. *The installer must ensure adequate protection against direct contact with the output terminals. Fixing - Screw torque *Unless otherwise indicated in the mechanical characteristics table, the torque required for the fixing screws must conform to the following values : O of fixing screw 2 Screw torque maximum 25 in cm.N minimum 15 2.5 35 25 3 60 40 3.5 100 60 Degree of protection Under the IEC 529 or NFC 20010 classification scheme, standards employ an IP code to define the degree or class of protection which electrical equipment provides against access to live components, the entry of solid foreign bodies and ingress of water. 1st numeral Protection equipment provides against the entry of solid foreign bodies Protection for persons against access to dangerous parts 0 4 5 6 (not protected) 1 mm O wire 1 mm O wire 1 mm O wire (not protected) diameter 1 mm protected against dust sealed against dust 2nd numeral Protection equipment provides against ingress of water 0 4 5 6 (not protected) splashed water hosed water high-pressure hosed water 7 temporary immersion 8 prolonged immersion Under this classification, our switches come within the following categories : - Plain switches = IP 00 - Protected switches = IP 40 with isolated connection - Sealed switches = IP 66 or IP 67 4 150 100 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/106 Snap Action Switches - Technical Guide Circuit types Dielectric characteristics Current rating Resistive circuit This is the current the switch is capable of making and breaking which forms the basis for the life tests. For a circuit with alternating voltage, this is in phase with the current : Cos = 1. Thermal rating This is the current the switch will withstand when not being operated, for a temperature rise of not more than 60 C. Inductive circuit =L R Switch rating AC voltages: see the current rating. With DC voltages the switch rating is very much dependent on the voltage, the contact gap (CG) and the nature of the load being switched. There is a risk of prolonged or indeed permanent arcing if the following limits are exceeded: 220 Limit of constant current D.C. Resistive load Inductive load L/R = 5 ms 110 EC=0.4 mm CG=0.4 mm Lamp and capacitance circuit EC=3 mm CG=3 mm 48 24 M A circuit of this type with direct current is characterised by a time constant. An inductive circuit, with alternating voltage, for example, incorporating a motor (cos < 1) can cause current surges up to 6 times the normal current. For certain switches, we give electrical endurance curves with L = 5 ms in DC R and cos = 0.8 in AC. The currents at the time when the circuit is closed are very high in this case, being up to 10 times the nominal figure. 12 Internal resistance 0.3 0.5 1 2 5 10 16 For special applications, please enquire. Operating curves These indicate the electrical life of the switches, under standard conditions (20 C, 1 cycle/2 seconds), by showing the number of switching operations which can be performed with given types of load. Number of operations This consists of the intrinsic resistance (fixed) of the parts carrying current and the contact resistance (variable). Close to the tripping point and release position, the force holding the contacts together drops considerably and this may cause a rise in internal resistance. Insulation resistance The insulation resistance of the switches is generally greater than 50,000 M measured at 500 V DC. Resistive circuit Inductive circuit Dielectric strength The dielectric strength of our switches is generally better than: - 1500 volts between live parts and earth - 1000 volts between contacts - 600 volts between contacts for switches whose contact gap is less than 0.3 mm. Rating in Amps Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/107 3 Snap Action Switches - Technical Guide Contact materials Electrical recommendations Choice of contact material Inductive circuits To choose the best material for the contacts there are various factors to be considered: - the current and voltages levels - the type of load - the number of operations - the switching frequency - the environmental conditions. To increase the life of contacts and their DC rating, arcing on opening can be cut down by using the following circuits: - for DC Fast diode V R > 5 x V nominal I nominal > 10 x I winding Contacts for general-purpose use Our switches are normally fitted with silver contacts. These are suitable for the majority of applications and provide the best compromise between electrical performance, thermal performance and life. A - for DC or AC A - RC circuit across inductor B - RC circuit across switch B C C (nF) ~100 x I nominal (A) V insulation > V peak R() ~ load resistance () Contacts for low-power circuits E < 20 V and/or I < 100 mA The contacts used in this case are plated with gold (or a gold alloy) for good reliability even in corrosive atmospheres. D C - Varistor circuit across load D - Varistor circuit across switch V > V peak supply P (V.A.) E (J) ------- 100 Contacts for special applications We can supply special contacts suitable for particular applications, such as: - Ag CdO contacts for very high drawn currents, - Cross Bar gold-plated Ag Ni contacts which allow a very wide range of applications to be covered by a single type of switch. Very low power circuits In very low power circuits (I > 1 mA, V 5 V), switching is highly sensitive to environmental conditions (the atmosphere, pollution). If the supply is powerful enough, adding a passive resistor to increase the current broken by the switch to a few milliamps will substantially improve reliability of operation. R - Load resistance C - Very low current load Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/108 Snap Action Switches - Technical Guide Methods of actuation Standards - Approvals Our switches are designed according to international recommendations (IEC), American standards (UL) and/or European standards (EN). Direct operation Preferably, force should be directly applied to the device - the plunger - along its axis for operation. However, the majority of our microswitches will accept skewed operation provided the angle of application is not more than 45. Proof of compliance with these standards and recommendations is demonstrated by: - the manufacturer's declaration of conformity (drafted in accordance with the ISO/IEC 22 guidelines), or The device used to apply the force must never hamper the travel of the plunger to the tripping point (TP). It must under all circumstances move the plunger through at least 0.5 times the overtravel (OT) quoted. Steps must also be taken to see that it does not cause the overtravel limit (OL) or maximum overtravel force (MOF) quoted to be overrun or exceeded. - approval granted directly by an accredited body, or by application of the CCA (Cenelec Certification Agreement). More detailed information on the approval for a particular type of microswitch can be obtained on request. Operation by actuator When operation is by a roller lever, force should preferably be applied in the direction shown on the left. + Where the movements involved are fast, the ramp should be so designed as to ensure that the operating device is not subjected to any violent impact or abrupt release. 3 The 83170 switch as an example An 83 170 4 switch marked with the symbols for the European (according to CCA/MC12) and American approvals it holds. Quality Quality is built into our switches from the initial design stage right through to the point where they are put into action at the customer's premises. All departments of the company are guided by the Quality Manual and the stipulations of the ISO 9000 international standard. The location where the switches are manufactured (the la Plaine works at Valence) holds ISO 9001 certification, guaranteeing a high standard of quality. Control procedures Rules and regulations Manufacturing quality of our switches is controlled systematically during assembly operations and on final completion. All our products are subjected to a final inspection, either at 100% on important characteristics, or according to the statistical sampling rules of French standards X 06-222 and X 06-023. The quality levels applied, for normal use such as defined in previous paragraphs are for the following defects, according to the standards : - critical fault : NQA : 0.40 - major fault : NQA : 1 - minor fault : NQA : 2.5 EC directives Our switches are compatible with European Community technical directive (Low Voltage) 73/23 and can be used within the framework of Machinery directive 83/392. Environmental protection The modern concept of protection of the environment is an integral part of the manufacture of our switches, from product design through to packaging. At the customer's request, and for certain ranges of our products which must meet specific needs expressed in the specifications, it is always possible to adapt or create an inspection specification of a standard product. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/109 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/110 Limit Switches - Technical Guide Introduction Rules and regulations What is meant by a "position detector" is any device which needs to be operated by a member which exerts a physical force, in view of : - either the form which its operating device takes - or the considerable force needed to operate it EC Directives Our detectors conform to the EC Low Voltage Technical Directive 73/23/EEC and can be used in accordance with the specifications of the Machinery Directive 89/392/EEC. The distinguishing features of position detectors are : - their high electrical performance capability - their excellent resistance to accidental impact - good protection against splashed or dripping water - a wide range of operating devices to allow the detectors to be adapted to a vast variety of mechanisms Environmental conditions Temperature limits When they are used in the temperature range quoted, the mechanical and electrical characteristics of our position detectors will remain substantially unchanged. If you intend to use them outside this range, please consult us. Protective treatment Construction Our detectors are designed to conform to international IEC recommendations and/or European standards (EN). Proof that a detector conforms to these standards or recommendations takes the form of a conformity declaration made by the manufacturer (drafted as indicated in guidance document ISO/IEC 22 - EN 450-14). Characteristics in line with the general requirements of standards NFC 63140, IEC 947.5.1 and EN 60947.5.1. - Leakage paths and air gaps : IEC 664.1 - NFC 20-040. Our position detectors which comply with IEC 947.5.1 can be fitted to machine-tools and industrial machines complying with NFC 79130, IEC 204.1, EN60204 or VDE 113. The treatment given to our position detectors is suitable in the vast majority of applications. Parts made of steel are zinc-coated or painted according to their mechanical function. Further information is available on request. This treatment allows our detectors to be used under the following temperature and humidity conditions : T C 20 40 50 Relative humidity % 95 80 50 This treatment may thus be suitable for applications in tropical or equatorial climates where the equipment concerned is in an interior location sheltered from direct exposure to atmospheric conditions. Other types of reinforced protection are possible for resistance to very severe environments. Please enquire. Electrical characteristics Mounting requirements Assigned working current (Ie): - the current level adopted as a basis for the operating conditions quoted for a detector, and for the life tests on it. Thermal rating (Ith): - the current the microswitch will withstand when not being operated electrically, for a temperature rise of not more than 60 C. Assigned insulation voltage (Ui): - the voltage adopted as a reference for the dielectric tests and leakage paths. It must be equal to or greater than the assigned working voltage. Categories of use (IEC 947.5.1): - AC 15 for operating AC solenoids and electromagnets - DC 13 for operating DC solenoids and electromagnets Contact element designation (IEC 947.5.1): - a letter and number which define the use category and the assigned working voltage and current For example, A 300 means : in category AC 15, a maximum working voltage of 300 V and 6 A at 120 V or 3 A at 240 V. Electric shock protection. The user should observe the mounting instructions relating to the mode of protection against electric shocks defined in the IEC 536.1, EN 60204.1 NFC 20030 standards : Class I : earth circuit link. Protection via differential circuit-breaker. Class II : double insulation. Class III : very low safety voltage. Screw tightening torque : 1 : Actuator tightening 1.2 to 1.5 Nm 2 : Head fixing screw 3 : Body fixing screw 4 : Fixing screw Plastic Metal body body 0.7 to 0.8 Nm 0.8 to 1 Nm 0.7 to 0.8 Nm 0.8 to 1 Nm 2 to 2.5 Nm 2 1 4 3 Adjustment of rotary heads with momentary action to right and left : For series 83 850, 83 851, 83 861, 83 854, 83 855, 83 863 10 (x 360) Contact block electrical wiring diagram Form Za Form Zb Both contacts have the same polarity The 2 contacts are electrically isolated Positive break contact operation (IEC 947-5-1, chapter 3) For contacts used in safety applications, limit switches, emergency stop devices, assurance that opening has occurred is essential (see IEC 204, EN60204). After each attempt, contact opening is checked by an impulse voltage test (2500 V). Contact element : - Snap action contact This is characterized by tripping points and release points which cannot be confused. The speed at which the control devices moves is independent from the speed of the control device. This feature makes it possible to obtain satisfactory electrical performance even where the control device is moving at low speed. A B 0 C F D A : Total travel (TT) of the control device B : Pre-travel (PT) until the contact element opens C : Release travel until the contact element closes D : B-C = Differential travel F : Travel required to reach the positive opening point (POT) Degree of protection Under the IEC 529 or NFC 20010 classification scheme, standards employ an IP code to define the degree or class of protection which a position detector provides against access to live components and against the entry of solid foreign bodies and the entry of water. 1st numeral Protection equipment provides against the entry of solid foreign bodies 0 4 5 6 Protection for persons against access to dangerous parts (not protected) diameter 1 mm protected against dust sealed against dust (not protected) 1 mm O wire 1 mm O wire 1 mm O wire 2nd numeral Protection equipment provides against the entry of water 0 4 5 (not protected) splashed water hosed water 6 7 8 high-pressure hosed water temporary immersion prolonged immersion Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/111 3 Mechanical characteristics Terminology Forces - Positions - Travel TP OP TTF POP RRF OL RLP NC NO OF Operating force Forces Force which must be applied to the operating device to displace the rest position RP to the tripping point TP. RP Rest position TP Tripping point OP Operating point Position of the operating device when no external mechanical force is applied. Also described as "height at rest". Position of the operating device in relation to its mounting (hole, face) at the moment when an operating force causes the snap action of the mechanism to trip. Position of the operating device when the applied force has moved it to the point on its travel where mechanical and electrical operation of the detector can be relied on to occur. PT Pre-travel OT Operating travel Distance between the rest position RP and the operating point OP. Travel Positions DT TT DT POF POT OT PT OF RP Electrical circuit PO T OT TT Position of operating device PT Distance between the rest position RP and the tripping point TP. POF Positive opening force Operating force applied to the operating device to cause the positive opening action to take place. POP Positive opening point Position of the operating device at the moment when a force produces the positive opening action. POT Positive opening travel Minimum movement of the operating device required to ensure that the opening contact is positively opened. TTF Total travel force RRF Release force Force applied to the operating device to move it through its total travel. Level to which the operating force OF must be reduced to allow the mechanism to return to its release position RLP. OL Overtravel limit RLP Release position Position of the operating device when the force applied has brought it to the effective end of its permitted travel without causing damage. Position of the operating device at the moment when the snap-action mechanism trips on its return to its original position. TT Total travel Distance between the rest position RP and the overtravel limit OL. DT Differential travel Distance between the tripping point TP and the release position RLP. - Positive opening action : see IEC 947-5-1 chapter 3, 2.2 N.B. : The max. and min. values quoted for each detector (min. operating force, max. total travel, etc.) are the maxima and minima use they are to use our products under the proper conditions. rs must allow for if Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/112 Key Operated Safety Limit Switches - Technical Guide Standards Machine control circuits Extract from standards EN 292-2 and EN 1088. Moving guards to prevent risks created by moving (and therefore dangerous) parts must be used in conjunction with locking devices or interlocks with guard locking. Interlocks with guard locking must be used on machines with inertia. An interlock with guard locking must be used if the stopping time is greater than the time required for a person to reach the danger zone. This mechanism will delay unlocking the moving guard until the dangerous movement has actually stopped. Areas of application Key-operated safety interlock switches have been designed specifically for protecting operators working on dangerous machines. They can be used to lock or unlock moving guards on industrial machines, and meet the requirements of standards EN 292-2, EN 294, EN 1088 and EN 60204-1. Key-operated safety interlock switches are mainly used in applications which form part of the machine operating process. They are used to stop any dangerous movement whenever the moving guard system is open. The use of safety interlock switches in conjunction with XS and RS safety relays creates control circuits conforming to EN 954-1. Operating principle The start circuit is only closed after the key has been inserted fully and is used to close the NC contacts. Removing the key once the moving cover is open causes the positive action opening of the NC contact(s). The opening of the moving guard can be: Immediate Machines without inertia. Machines with a stopping time which is less than the time taken to access the danger zone. Delayed Machines with a stopping time which is greater than the time taken to access the danger zone. Examples of application Monitoring of delayed access moving guards Monitoring of immediate access moving guards 1 Level 3 for 1 or 2 moving cover(s): KNA3-XS + 83 893 001 The KNA3-XS interrupts the 24 V supply to the PLC outputs (33-34) Cover (closed) 24 V NO 2 Level 3 for 1 moving cover: KZR3-RS + 83 893 201 3 Level 4 for 1 moving cover: KNA3-RS + KSW2-RS + 83 893 201 0V Emergency stop C1 24 V PLC NC 24 V 13 23 33 A1 Y1 Y2 Run 14 24 34 KNA3-XS A2 41 42 14 24 34 OPEN C1 13 23 33 C2 c1 Y11 c2 C3 Y11 Y12 A1 13 23 31 41 13 23 K1 41 31 K4 14 24 42 32 KZR3-RS Y21 Y22 42 A2 Y2 Y1 14 24 32 Run 3 C2 K3 K2 M Y21 C1 C2 C3 C1 C2 0V 0V Y12 Y22 Emergency stop and moving cover controlled by two channels on terminals 41-42 (data contact) to a PLC output. Monitoring of immediate access rotary guards Level 3 for 1 moving cover: KNA3-XS + 83 893 3 + 24 V Cover c1 Y11 Y12 13 23 33 A1 X1 Y2 S1 S2 41 PLC 4 C1 c2 13 21 A1 X1 X2 Y11 24 V 13 23 33 A1 Y1 Y2 13 23 33 Run 14 24 34 KNA3-XS A2 41 42 14 24 34 C2 Y21 C1 13 23 33 41 14 24 34 42 KNA3-RS A2 Y21Y22 42 X2 Y1 14 24 34 C2 C3 KSW2-RS A2 14 22 L1 L2 L3 Y12 Y22 C1 M C2 0V C1 C2 C3 0V Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/113 Key-operated safety interlock switch, plastic Without key locking Switches with plastic body for use on light machinery, without inertia. For use in unstable environments where there is a risk of the guard opening accidentally (due to vibrations, if the guard is positioned at an angle, bouncing of the guard, etc). The guard is kept closed by adding a door stopping mechanism. WIth interlocking and locking of the key using an electromagnet Devices in plastic cases for use on machines with inertia, or which require controlled opening of the guard. The moving guard is locked by removing the voltage, or by applying voltage to the electromagnet. A special tool can be used to unlock the guard manually, to ensure the safety of personnel carrying out maintenance operations on the machine, or if there is a malfunction. Key-operated safety interlock switch, metal Without key locking Switches with metal body for use on machines without inertia in a stable environment where there is no risk of the guard opening accidentally (due to vibrations, if the guard is positioned at an angle, bouncing of the guard, etc) WIth interlocking and locking of the key using an electromagnet Devices in metal cases for use on machines without inertia, or which require controlled opening of the guard. The moving guard is locked by removing the voltage. A key-operated lock can be used to unlock the guard manually, to ensure the safety of personnel carrying out maintenance operations on the machine, or if there is a malfunction. These devices are fitted with 2 LEDs: one indicates the opening/closing of the guard, the other whether it is locked. Safety switch for hinged guards With angular or rotary movement head Switches with plastic body and angled lever or rotary shaft. They are designed for use on small industrial machines with compact doors, covers or rotating housings. These ensure the safety of the operator by stopping the dangerous movement immediately the lever or rotary shaft reaches an angle of 5. These devices provide a solution for monitoring rotary guards with a small opening radius on machines without inertia. They are particularly suitable for adapting existing machines to meet applicable standards, as they can be mounted on covers which are already installed, including those mounted imprecisely. Mounting the switch increases the safety of the operator as it reduces the opening distance of the guard, and therefore the risk of reaching the danger zone. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/114 Inductive Proximity Detectors - Technical Guide Operating principles Method of measuring sensing distances: according to standard EN 50010. Figure 1 illustrates the principle of an Inductive Proximity Detector (I.P.D.) Lateral approach and axial approach: M Axial approach : target centred on reference axis S Target O D Oscillator H V Pulse shaper Amplifier B Load The I.P.D. signals the presence of a metal object "M" close to its sensing face. It contains a high-frequency oscillator "O" whose oscillating circuit coil "S", located in a magnetic ferrite open on one side, forms the sensing face. An alternating magnetic field is created in front of this. On entering this field, any metal part "M" causes eddy currents, thus reducing the amplitude of oscillation. This reduced amplitude is converted by the pulse shaper "D" into an output signal amplified by "V". H Lateral approach : target perpendicular to reference axis Actual sensing distance Sensing face A Detector Electrical characteristics: Operating characteristics: Sensing distance S: Distance at which the target determines a change in the status of the output signal, as it approaches the sensing face. Nominal sensing distance Sn: Conventional value used to describe the device. Does not take account of dispersion (due to manufacturing, temperature, voltage). Actual sensing distance Sr: Actual value measured from constant parameters (temperature, voltage, installation conditions etc), which must be between 90 and 110 % of the nominal sensing distance Sn. 0.9 Sn < Sr < 1.1 Sn Normally open function (NO): Corresponds to a detector whose output allows the current to pass through when the target is detected. Normally closed function (NC): Corresponds to a detector whose output blocks the current when the target is detected. Equivalent circuit diagram NO NC Voltage drop Ud: Voltage measured across the active output of the detector in closed state under its nominal operating current (load current Ia). Usable sensing distance Su: Value measured within the specified limits of the temperature and voltage zones, which must be between 81% and 121% of the nominal sensing distance Sn. 0.81 Sn < Su < 1.21 Sn Load current Ia: Maximum current with which the detector permanently operates correctly. Operating sensing distance Sa: Distance within which the detector will operate correctly in specified conditions. 0 < Sa < 0.81 Sn Minimum operating current Im: Current necessary to maintain conduction of the switching element. Repeatability R: Value of variation in the actual sensing distance Sr in specified conditions (time, temperature, voltage). Differential travel H: Distance between the pick-up point when the target approaches the detector and the drop-out point when the target moves away. Leakage current Ir: Current which continues to circulate in the load and in the output circuit when the detector is in the open state. Time delay before availability Tv: Time necessary for the sensor output signal to operate when powering up. Supply voltage Detector status accepted Un Target Tv Su max. + H Su max. Sr max. + H Sr max. Switching frequency F: Number of operating cycles carried out during a specified time. It is measured according to the method shown below (Standard EN 50010 NFC 63075). m : width of the target. Sr min. Detector Sr min. + H Su min. + H Su min. m 2m Measuring plate Guaranteed operation Sensing face Proximity detector m Sa 0.5x Sn ON Sn OFF Sn + H Rotation Disc Operating voltage Un: Voltage range within which the detector maintains its specified characteristics. Ripple voltage: Ratio between the amplitude of an alternating voltage (peak to peak) and the direct voltage on which it is superimposed. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/115 3 Inductive Proximity Detectors - Technical Guide Detection characteristic curves - cylindrical CENELEC types Screened versions Non-screened versions Range (Sn) Range (Sn) Range (Sn) - Range (Sn) Approach detection curve - - - Withdrawal detection curve (side detection) Sn Nominal sensing distance Approach detection curve - - Withdrawal detection curve (side detection) Sn Nominal sensing distance SCREENED IPD NON-SCREENED IPD O mm Dimensions (mm) of sensed plate of A37 steel O4 M5 O6.5 M8 M8 ext M12 M12 ext M18 M18 ext M30 5x5x1 5x5x1 8x8x1 8x8x1 8x8x1 12 x 12 x 12 x 12 x 18 x 18 x 18 x 18 x 30 x 30 x 1 1 1 1 1 Nominal sensing distance Sn (mm) 0. . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.8 0. . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.8 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5 0. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5 0. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 0. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 0. . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 0. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 0. . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 0. . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 O mm O 6.5 M8 M12 M18 M30 Dimensions (mm) of sensed plate of A37 steel 8x8x1 8x8x1 12 x 12 x 1 18 x 18 x 1 30 x 30 x 1 Nominal sensing distance Sn (mm) 0. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 0. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 0. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 0. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 0. . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Notes When materials other than steel are detected, the following correction factors must be applied : Material A37 mild steel 316 stainless steel Brass Aluminium Copper Correction factor 1 0.85 0.40 0.35 0.30 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/116 Inductive Proximity Detectors - Technical Guide Electrical connection 3-wire DC 2-wire AC Polarity reversible PNP version Brown 2 (4) NO (2) NC black cable (NO or NC) blue brown 3 load Load blue 1 PNP output: load connected to negative supply Earth wire only available in metal housings NPN version brown Load (4) NO (2) NC black cable (NO or NC) blue NPN output: load connected to positive supply Installation The figures given below (which are in line with European standards) are for mounting in mild steel (A 37) with non-restrictive operating conditions. Where there are multiple constraints (deposits, temperature, etc) additional correcting factors will need to be applied. Screened Non-screened metal free zone 3 Sn "Screened" sensors can be inset in surrounding metal rising flush with the sensing face. With "non-screened" versions, check that there is no metal in the immediate vicinity of the sensing face. European standards define the minimum distance which must be allowed between two sensors and/or between sensors and surrounding metal articles so that the sensors will not be affected. target metal free zone target 3 Sn 2 Sn metal metal sensor sensor 3 d1 Od1 Od1 2 d1 3 d1 2 Sn Od1 Od1 Od1 The sensing face of the sensor must not be positioned below the surface of the metal. Od1 Sn: Nominal sensing distance d1: diameter of IPD Where two sensors are installed facing one another, a gap of 10 x Sn must be left between the two sensing faces. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/117 3 Inductive Proximity Detectors - Technical Guide Mechanical installation advice Protection: Protect the cable against sharp objects or excessive heat. Do not exert a pulling force of more than 5 kg on the cable. The detectors are unable to withstand severe mechanical impact. The bracket must be sufficiently rigid to resist shock and vibration. Avoid using the detectors in a corrosive environment such as near strong acids, etc. (e.g. Nitric Acid). When a plastic detector is used in a chemical environment it is advisable to first verify the plastic's resistance to the chemical. Opposite is an example of a DC power supply for detectors using smoothing. To ensure that the resulting voltage is less than the maximum operating voltage of the detector, use a capacitor "C" to remove spikes and ripples greater than 10 %. Ideally, use a transformer with a secondary voltage less than your required voltage. Electrical installation advice Power supply: + Power source C - Eg. 17.5 VAC from the secondary of the transformer to obtain less than 24 VDC. Connection: Metal conduit Limit the length of the cables to 100 m and the capacitance of the line to 0.1 F. Also separate detector cables and power cables as far as possible. It is possible to connect detectors in series: Power cable Connecting more than one sensor: Series installation: (+) a (-) BN Detector 1 2-wire detectors AC or DC - Ensure that the voltage at the terminals of each sensor is less than or equal to the minimum operating voltage (in off-state). BU BN - In on-state, check that there is sufficient voltage available to activate the load. Detector x This connection method is not possible if multivoltage sensors are used. BU Load (+) a (-) (+) BN Detector 1 BK 3-wire DC detectors BU BN Detector 2 BK BU BN With this connection method, add the voltage drop of each detector together and deduct from the supply voltage to ensure there is sufficient voltage to activate the load. Note: detector 1 carries all the current for the additional detectors. Detector x BK BU Load (-) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/118 Inductive Proximity Detectors - Technical Guide Parallel installation: a Detector 1 Detector x BN BN 2-wire AC detectors BU With this type of installation the sum of the off-state leakage currents must be less than the current needed to drive the load. Note: this installation should only be used with detectors which are activated one at a time. BU Load a (+) Detector 1 Detector x BN BN 3-wire DC detectors BK BU BK BU It is possible to connect 3-wire detectors in this configuration without any problems. Load (-) Examples of applications Part positioning Parts recognition - Metal detection 3 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/119 Inductive Proximity Detectors - Technical Guide Examples of applications Detection of broken drill Rotation control Control of robot grip Screw detection Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/120 Capacitive Proximity Detectors - Technical Guide Capacitive proximity detectors consist of an RC-oscillator with a special multi-part sensing electrode. The electrode and the oscillator circuit have a tube connected with earth potential for lateral screening. This enables flush-mounting of the sensor in metal, since the electrical field is only present in front of the sensing electrode. This field is the active zone of the sensor. When the conductive material is removed from the active zone, the oscillator is undamped and the oscillation amplitude decreases. The oscillator voltage amplifier and the sensor sensitivity can be modified using the built-in potentiometer. The middle electrode and built-in reclosing function provide excellent compensation in conditions of humidity, dust or freezing. A special circuit automatically compensates for these influences. The preset sensing range remains practically constant. The electrode and compensating circuitry of the capacitive sensors are unique in design, and provide operating performances far superior to other capacitive sensors. H Screened configuration Sensors with a straight line electrical field. These units can sense solids (plates, components, PCBs, hybrids, cartons, bottles, plastic blocks and stacks of paper for example) at a distance or liquids through a separating wall (glass or plastic up to a maximum of 4 mm thick). Non-screened configuration Sensors with a spherical electrical field. These units are designed to touch the product, both bulk solids and liquids (granulate, sugar, flour, corn, sand or oil and water) with their active surface. A B C Sr A B and C indicates SENSOR ELECTRODE indicates COMPENSATION ELECTRODES Sensing range Applications Capacitive sensors can be used to limit the level in tanks and containers. These may contain fluids, pulverised or granulated materials such as PVC, powder, dyes, flour, sugar, powdered milk, etc. These sensors can also be used as limit switches for checking and regulating machinery settings, even if the materials are not made of metal (as in conveyor belt positioning and material stacking), for checking drive belts and paper reels for sag and tear. Additionally, they can be used as detectors for counting metal and non-metal components. CAP Areas of application for capacitive sensors. CAP Carton Granulate CAP The data was obtained using a 1 mm thick square steel plate (steel 37) as an actuator, with a side length equal to 3 x Sn. The steel plate was grounded. The ambient temperature was 25C. The maximum sensing range was defined as the nominal sensing range with a tolerance of 10%. The sensing range depends on the shape, size and type of object concerned. If the plate is made of different material or has a smaller diameter, the sensing distance will be reduced. 3 Size correction factor For objects which are not flat and which are smaller than the active sensor surface, the following sensing ranges are obtained depending on the scanned object F/FO surface, where F is the front sensor surface (active surface) and FO the front surface of the object being scanned. The figures in the table below refer to flush-mounting sensors and objects in the form of long thin rods. Scanned object F/FO surface 1.50 1.24 0.80 0.61 0.31 0.20 0.15 0.05 0.03 Nominal sensing range Sn in mm 100 100 100 100 94 85 82.5 67.5 57.5 The diagram below shows the data from the table in graphic form. F/FO CAP CAP Oil CAP Water CAP S Sn Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/121 Capacitive Proximity Detectors - Technical Guide Material correction factor Temperature If the object in question is not metal or water, the sensing range is reduced. The reduction factors for the different materials are shown in the table below. Capacitive proximity detectors operate within a temperature range of 5C to +70C. The maximum sensing distance deviation is 10 % when the adjusted sensing distance at +20C is no greater than the nominal specified distance (taking the material reduction factors into consideration). Sensing range compared to a surface of water 20 mm 10 mm 15 mm 10 mm Hand 20 10 15 10 Square steel plate (100 x 100 x 1) 20 10 15 10 6 4 2 Round steel plate (30 O x 1) 11 Stone (marble) 18 8.5 8 5 Wood 13 5 5 3 Glass 12 4 6 2.5 Carbon 19 9 12 9 PVC-block (30x30x5) 8 4 1.5 Lupolen granulate 1800 H 8 3 2.5 Head approx. 2 mm immersed Polystyrene 454 H 9.5 3 4 1 Hostalen GC 8960 H 8.2 1.5 2 Head approx. 1 mm immersed Vestyron 719-50 7.9 1.2 2 Head approx. 3 mm immersed Hostyren 8.2 3 3 Head approx. 1 mm immersed BM scrap material (Z) 6.7 1.4 1 Head surrounded Hostalen GC coarse powder 8 2 1.5 Head approx. 3 mm immersed Lupolen fine granulate 7.7 1.5 1 Head approx. 3 mm immersed Hostaform C 9.8 3.5 4 1 Hostyren (polystyrene) 7.4 2 2.5 Head approx. 2 mm immersed Hostalit S 7.5 2 1.5 Head surrounded Hostalit PP 5 1.5 1.5 Head surrounded Hostalit E 7.2 1 1 Head approx. 4 mm immersed Styropor unfoamed 8.1 3 3 0.5 Styropor O 1.5 Antimony-trioxyde 6.2 0.9 2.5 Direct contact Oil 9 3 5 3 Maximum sensing range 55 110 critical point % of sensing range Material M 30 a nd O 34 Temperature C Example of setting procedure A liquid (water, for example) is to be scanned through a separating wall by a sensor. The separating wall is made of glass or plastic, with a maximum thickness of 4 mm. The thickness in mm should be between 10 and 20% of the adjusted sensing distance, but always less than 4 mm. Maximum thickness 4 mm (glass or plastic) Water Conditions : Tu = 25 C ; VA = 24 Vdc In each case, the measurements were made from a level surface. Sensitivity adjustment % of sensing distance Capacitive proximity detectors are fitted with a 14-turn potentiometer. The potentiometer must be adjusted to suit most applications. Turn in a clockwise direction to increase sensitivity. From the original setting of 0.7-0.8 x Sn (Sn = nominal sensing range), the nominal sensing range is reached after 2-3 turns. This leads to non-linearity of the curve and hypersensitivity, which may cause the sensor to lock. If this occurs, decrease sensitivity by turning the potentiometer 2-3 turns anticlockwise. The face (active surface) of the sensor is bonded to the glass or plastic wall. The vessel is filled with water until approx. 75% of the active surface of the sensor is covered. Turn the sensor potentiometer anti-clockwise (to reduce the sensitivity) until the LEDs and the output signal turn off. Turn the potentiometer clockwise (to increase the sensitivity) until the LEDs and the output signal light up. Using the calibration process described ensures that the sensor does not detect the wall or the water residue on the wall. It only operates once the liquid has reached the 75% level described above. VR LED Potentiometer (number of turns) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/122 Capacitive Proximity Detectors - Technical Guide Effects of water droplets on the sensing face The presence of surrounding objects may affect capacitive proximity detectors. These objects may reduce sensing capacity or may themselves be detected. It is necessary to maintain a standard distance between a capacitive proximity detector and the surrounding objects when installing this type of detector. The curves below illustrate the modifications to the operating range which may be caused by the presence of water droplets on the sensing face of a capacitive proximity detector. If the quantity of water droplets is 0.2 ml (approx. 2-3 drops), the operating range is extended by around 20 %; if the water droplets cover the entire sensing face, the operating range is extended by more than 300 %. D Sensing distance (mm) >2D D Installation conditions >D Water Water (ml) Water 3 >1.5D D Sensing distance (mm) >3D D >2D Water (ml) Warning The presence of frost, ice, moisture, oil or dust on the active surface will prevent reliable operation. The detection of liquids or powders attached to the walls of non-metallic vessels will prevent reliable operation. >3D >2D D >D Connecting a DC capacitive proximity detector to a high-load current (current higher than 200 mA) (for electric motors and electromagnetic contacts) will cause the output transistor to malfunction. The detector must be connected via a relay. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/123 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/124 3 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/125 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/126 3 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/127 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 3/128 MotorsCatFront 7/7/04 11:52 AM Page i Products Available From Solid State Relays and I/O Modules Catalog 1 Automation Controls Catalog 2 Switches and Sensors Catalog 3 Motors and Fans Catalog 4 Pneumatics Catalog 5 4 For your copy of the catalogs, contact Tel: (800) 677-5311 / Fax: (800) 677-3865 www.crouzet-usa.com Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/i MotorsCatFront 7/7/04 11:52 AM Page ii Table of Contents CROUZET MOTOR CATALOG 4 D.C. motors ............................................................................................ 4/1 Direct Drive ..........................................................................................4/4 Geared ..............................................................................................4/16 Magnetic Encoder ............................................................................4/50 D.C. Brushless motors ...................................................................... 4/53 Direct Drive........................................................................................4/56 Geared ..............................................................................................4/60 Motomate .............................................................................................. 4/65 80W Direct Drive ..............................................................................4/68 80W Geared ......................................................................................4/68 Synchronous motors .......................................................................... 4/71 Direct Drive........................................................................................4/74 Synchronous Geared Single Direction Motors ..................................4/84 Synchronous Geared Reversible Motors ..........................................4/94 Stepper motors ................................................................................ 4/111 Direct Drive ....................................................................................4/114 Geared ............................................................................................4/126 Linear motors .................................................................................... 4/137 AC Reversible Version ....................................................................4/138 Stepper Versions ............................................................................4/140 Fans .................................................................................................. 4/145 DC Fans ..........................................................................................4/148 AC Fans ..........................................................................................4/152 Accessories ....................................................................................4/155 Fan Cross Reference ......................................................................4/156 MOTOR TECHNOLOGY GUIDES .................................................................... 4/157 D.C. Motors ........................................................................................ 4/158 D.C. Brushless Motors ...................................................................... 4/161 Motomate............................................................................................ 4/161 Synchronous Motors ........................................................................ 4/164 Stepper Motors .................................................................................. 4/168 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/ii MotorsCatFront 7/7/04 11:52 AM Page iii Index Part Number Page Part Number 26231145 26231703 26231708 26231711 26231720 26231728 26231801 26231822 26231851 26231903 26231909 26231924 26231941 79294790 79294791 79294792 80080005 80081001 80081002 80081003 80081004 80081006 80089704 80089705 80089706 80140004 80141001 80141002 80141003 80141004 80141006 80149604 80149605 80149606 80180001 80180002 80181001 80181002 80181003 80181004 80181006 80181010 80181011 80181012 80181013 80181015 80189701 80189702 80189703 80189704 80189705 80189706 803335A10.32MZ 803335A10.96MZ 803335A100.2MZ 803335A100.3MZ 803335A100.6MZ 803335A101.6MZ 803335A102.4MZ 803335A104.8MZ 803335A11.92MZ 803335A117.3MZ 803335A13.84MZ 803335A134.6MZ 803335A18.64MZ 803335A20.32MZ 803335A20.96MZ 803335A200.2MZ 803335A200.3MZ 803335A200.6MZ 803335A201.6MZ 803335A202.4MZ 803335A204.8MZ 803335A21.92MZ 803335A217.3MZ 803335A23.84MZ 803335A234.6MZ 803335A28.64MZ 803375A10.03MZ 803375A10.96MZ 4/78 4/82 4/76 4/76 4/80 4/78 4/76 4/82 4/76 4/78 4/82 4/76 4/78 4/68 4/68 4/68 4/68 4/68 4/68 4/68 4/68 4/68 4/68 4/68 4/68 4/56 4/61 4/61 4/61 4/61 4/61 4/60 4/60 4/60 4/58 4/58 4/64 4/64 4/64 4/64 4/64 4/64 4/64 4/64 4/64 4/64 4/62 4/62 4/62 4/63 4/63 4/63 4/90 4/90 4/90 4/90 4/90 4/90 4/90 4/90 4/90 4/90 4/90 4/90 4/90 4/90 4/90 4/90 4/90 4/90 4/90 4/90 4/90 4/90 4/90 4/90 4/90 4/90 4/92 4/92 803375A11.44MZ 4/92 803375A111.5MZ 4/92 803375A117.7MZ 4/92 803375A12.88MZ 4/92 803375A128.8MZ 4/92 803375A15.76MZ 4/92 803375A18.64MZ 4/92 803375A20.03MZ 4/92 803375A20.96MZ 4/92 803375A21.44MZ 4/92 803375A211.5MZ 4/92 803375A217.3MZ 4/92 803375A22.88MZ 4/92 803375A228.8MZ 4/92 803375A25.76MZ 4/92 803375A28.64MZ 4/92 803375J10.03MZ 4/92 803375J10.96MZ 4/92 803375J11.44MZ 4/92 803375J111.5MZ 4/92 803375J117.7MZ 4/92 803375J12.88MZ 4/92 803375J128.8MZ 4/92 803375J15.76MZ 4/92 803375J18.64MZ 4/92 803375J20.03MZ 4/92 803375J20.96MZ 4/92 803375J21.44MZ 4/92 803375J211.5MZ 4/92 803375J217.7MZ 4/92 803375J22.88MZ 4/92 803375J228.8MZ 4/92 803375J25.76MZ 4/92 803375J28.64MZ 4/92 805100 4/138 805105 4/138 805133A40.25MZ 4/102 805133A400.4MZ 4/102 805133A400.5MZ 4/102 805133A400.8MZ 4/102 805133A40001MZ 4/102 805133A40002MZ 4/102 805133A40005HZ 4/102 805133A40008HZ 4/102 805133A401.6MZ 4/102 805133A403.6MZ 4/102 805133A407.2MZ 4/102 805133A407.5HZ 4/102 805133A414.4MZ 4/102 805138A400.5MZ 4/102 805138A400.8MZ 4/102 805138A40001MZ 4/102 805138A40002MZ 4/102 805138A40004MZ 4/102 805138A40010HZ 4/102 805138A40015HZ 4/102 805138A40016HZ 4/102 805138A401.6MZ 4/102 805138A403.2MZ 4/102 805138A407.2MZ 4/102 805138A414.4MZ 4/102 805138A428.8MZ 4/102 805173A40.12MZ 4/106 805173A400.4MZ 4/106 805173A400.6MZ 4/106 805173A40012MZ 4/106 805173A40024MZ 4/106 805173A4009.6MZ 4/106 805173A401.2MZ 4/106 805173A402.4MZ 4/106 805173A403.6MZ 4/106 805173A404.8MZ 4/106 805173A407.2MZ 4/106 805230A40.25MZ 4/104 805230A400.4MZ 4/104 805230A400.5MZ 4/104 805230A400.8MZ 4/104 805230A40001MZ 4/104 805230A40002MZ 4/104 805230A40005HZ 4/104 Page Part Number Page 805230A40008HZ 4/104 805230A401.6MZ 4/104 805230A403.6MZ 4/104 805230A407.2MZ 4/104 805230A407.5HZ 4/104 805230A414.4MZ 4/104 805270A40.12MZ 4/106 805270A400.4MZ 4/106 805270A400.6MZ 4/106 805270A40012MZ 4/106 805270A40024MZ 4/106 805270A4009.6MZ 4/106 805270A401.2MZ 4/106 805270A402.4MZ 4/106 805270A403.6MZ 4/106 805270A404.8MZ 4/106 805270A407.2MZ 4/106 805274A40.18MZ 4/108 805274A400.6MZ 4/108 805274A400.9MZ 4/108 805274A40018MZ 4/108 805274A40036MZ 4/108 805274A401.8MZ 4/108 805274A403.6MZ 4/108 805274A405.4MZ 4/108 805274A407.2MZ 4/108 805274A410.8MZ 4/108 805274A414.4MZ 4/108 805330A400.5MZ 4/104 805330A400.8MZ 4/104 805330A40001MZ 4/104 805330A40002MZ 4/104 805330A40004MZ 4/104 805330A40010HZ 4/104 805330A40015HZ 4/104 805330A40016HZ 4/104 805330A401.6MZ 4/104 805330A403.2MZ 4/104 805330A407.4MZ 4/104 805330A414.4MZ 4/104 805330A428.8MZ 4/104 805470A40.12MZ 4/108 805470A400.4MZ 4/108 805470A400.6MZ 4/108 805470A40012MZ 4/108 805470A40024MZ 4/108 805470A401.2MZ 4/108 805470A402.4MZ 4/108 805470A403.6MZ 4/108 805470A404.8MZ 4/108 805470A407.2MZ 4/108 805470A409.6MZ 4/108 80803005 4/24 80803006 4/24 80803007 4/24 80803008 4/24 80803009 4/24 80803010 4/24 808030X006.5Z 4/24 808030X21.67Z 4/24 808030X25.28Z 4/24 808030X8.636Z 4/24 808030Y006.5Z 4/24 808030Y21.67Z 4/24 808030Y25.28Z 4/24 808030Y8.636Z 4/24 80804006 4/30 80804007 4/30 80804008 4/30 80804009 4/30 80804010 4/30 80804011 4/30 808040X00065Z 4/30 808040X02600Z 4/30 808040X162.5Z 4/30 808040Y00065Z 4/30 808040Y02600Z 4/30 808040Y162.5Z 4/30 808050X00049Z 4/34 808050X00245Z 4/34 Part Number Page Part Number Page 808050X024.5Z 808050X04.22Z 808050X06.75Z 808050X07.66Z 808050X12.25Z 808050X122.5Z 808050X15.31Z 808050X38.28Z 808050X61.25Z 808050Y00049Z 808050Y00245Z 808050Y024.5Z 808050Y04.22Z 808050Y06.75Z 808050Y07.66Z 808050Y12.25Z 808050Y122.5Z 808050Y15.31Z 808050Y38.28Z 808050Y61.25Z 80807001 80807012 80807013 80807014 80807015 80807016 80807017 80807018 80807019 80807020 80807021 80807022 808070X00250Z 808070X02500Z 808070X16.67Z 808070Y00250Z 808070Y02500Z 808070Y16.67Z 808092X00025 808092X00046 808092X00093 808092X00169 808092X00308 808092X06.75 808092Y00025 808092Y00046 808092Y00093 808092Y00169 808092Y00308 808092Y06.75 808130X006.5Z 808130X032.5Z 808130X16.18Z 808130X21.67Z 808130X25.28Z 808130X43.33Z 808130X8.636Z 808130Y006.5Z 808130Y032.5Z 808130Y16.18Z 808130Y21.67Z 808130Y25.28Z 808130Y43.33Z 808130Y8.636Z 808140X00065Z 808140X00325Z 808140X00650Z 808140X02600Z 808140X108.3Z 808140X162.5Z 808140Y00065Z 808140Y00325Z 808140Y00650Z 808140Y02600Z 808140Y108.3Z 808140Y162.5Z 808150X00049Z 808150X00245Z 808150X024.5Z 808150X04.22Z 4/34 4/34 4/34 4/34 4/34 4/34 4/34 4/34 4/34 4/34 4/34 4/34 4/34 4/34 4/34 4/34 4/34 4/34 4/34 4/34 4/36 4/36 4/36 4/36 4/36 4/36 4/36 4/36 4/36 4/36 4/36 4/36 4/36 4/36 4/36 4/36 4/36 4/36 4/46 4/46 4/46 4/46 4/46 4/46 4/46 4/46 4/46 4/46 4/46 4/46 4/24 4/24 4/24 4/24 4/24 4/24 4/24 4/24 4/24 4/24 4/24 4/24 4/24 4/24 4/30 4/30 4/30 4/30 4/30 4/30 4/30 4/30 4/30 4/30 4/30 4/30 4/34 4/34 4/34 4/34 808150X06.75Z 808150X07.66Z 808150X12.25Z 808150X122.5Z 808150X15.31Z 808150X38.28Z 808150X61.25Z 808150Y00049Z 808150Y00245Z 808150Y024.5Z 808150Y04.22Z 808150Y06.75Z 808150Y07.66Z 808150Y12.25Z 808150Y122.5Z 808150Y15.31Z 808150Y38.28Z 808150Y61.25Z 808170X00025Z 808170X00125Z 808170X00250Z 808170X00500Z 808170X012.5Z 808170X02500Z 808170X062.5Z 808170X16.67Z 808170X41.67Z 808170Y00025Z 808170Y00125Z 808170Y00250Z 808170Y00500Z 808170Y012.5Z 808170Y02500Z 808170Y062.5Z 808170Y16.67Z 808170Y41.67Z 80835002 80835003 80835004 80835005 80835006 80835008 80835009 80835012 80835013 80835014 80835015 80835016 80835017 80835018 808350X00049Z 808350X04.22Z 808350X07.66Z 808350X15.31Z 808350Y00049Z 808350Y04.22Z 808350Y07.66Z 808350Y15.31Z 808394X00025 808394X00046 808394X00093 808394X00169 808394X00308 808394X06.75 808394Y00025 808394Y00046 808394Y00093 808394Y00169 808394Y00308 808394Y06.75 808550X00049Z 808550X00245Z 808550X024.5Z 808550X04.22Z 808550X06.75Z 808550X07.66Z 808550X12.25Z 808550X122.5Z 808550X15.31Z 808550X38.28Z 4/34 4/34 4/34 4/34 4/34 4/34 4/34 4/34 4/34 4/34 4/34 4/34 4/34 4/34 4/34 4/34 4/34 4/34 4/36 4/36 4/36 4/36 4/36 4/36 4/36 4/36 4/36 4/36 4/36 4/36 4/36 4/36 4/36 4/36 4/36 4/36 4/38 4/38 4/38 4/38 4/38 4/38 4/38 4/38 4/38 4/38 4/38 4/38 4/38 4/38 4/38 4/38 4/38 4/38 4/38 4/38 4/38 4/38 4/48 4/48 4/48 4/48 4/48 4/48 4/48 4/48 4/48 4/48 4/48 4/48 4/40 4/40 4/40 4/40 4/40 4/40 4/40 4/40 4/40 4/40 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 1/ iii 4 MotorsCatFront 7/7/04 11:52 AM Page iv Index Part Number 808550X61.25Z 808550Y00049Z 808550Y00245Z 808550Y024.5Z 808550Y04.22Z 808550Y06.75Z 808550Y07.66Z 808550Y12.25Z 808550Y122.5Z 808550Y15.31Z 808550Y38.28Z 808550Y61.25Z 808593X00025 808593X00046 808593X00093 808593X00169 808593X00308 808593X06.75 808593Y00025 808593Y00046 808593Y00093 808593Y00169 808593Y00308 808593Y06.75 808995X00025 808995X00046 808995X00093 808995X00169 808995X00308 808995X06.75 808995Z00025 808995Z00046 808995Z00093 808995Z00169 808995Z00308 808995Z06.75 809100 809130 809135 809230 80927006 80927019 80927020 809330 809470 80947001 80947010 80947019 80947020 823040A10.12MX 823040A10.15MX 823040A10.24HX 823040A10.24MX 823040A10.48MX 823040A10.67MX 823040A10.86MX 823040A100.8HX 823040A10006MX 823040A10009MX 823040A10012MX 823040A10018MX 823040A101.2MX 823040A101.6HX 823040A102.4MX 823040A104.5MX 823040A107.2MX 823040A11.33MX 823040A114.4MX 823040A12.88MX 823040A128.8MX 823040A138.4MX 823040A20.12MX 823040A20.15MX 823040A20.24HX 823040A20.24MX 823040A20.48MX 823040A20.67MX 823040A20.86MX 823040A200.8HX 823040A20006MX Page 4/40 4/40 4/40 4/40 4/40 4/40 4/40 4/40 4/40 4/40 4/40 4/40 4/46 4/46 4/46 4/46 4/46 4/46 4/46 4/46 4/46 4/46 4/46 4/46 4/48 4/48 4/48 4/48 4/48 4/48 4/48 4/48 4/48 4/48 4/48 4/48 4/140 4/132 4/132 4/132 4/130 4/130 4/130 4/132 4/134 4/134 4/134 4/134 4/134 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/86 4/86 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page 823040A20009MX 823040A20012MX 823040A20018MX 823040A201.2MX 823040A201.6HX 823040A202.4MX 823040A204.5MX 823040A207.2MX 823040A21.33MX 823040A214.4MX 823040A22.88MX 823040A228.8MX 823040A238.4MX 823055A10.12MX 823055A10.15MX 823055A10.24HX 823055A10.24MX 823055A10.48MX 823055A10.67MX 823055A10.86MX 823055A100.8HX 823055A10006MX 823055A10009MX 823055A10012MX 823055A10018MX 823055A101.2MX 823055A101.6HX 823055A102.4MX 823055A104.5MX 823055A107.2MX 823055A11.33MX 823055A114.4MX 823055A12.88MX 823055A128.8MX 823055A138.4MX 823055A20.12MX 823055A20.15MX 823055A20.24HX 823055A20.24MX 823055A20.48MX 823055A20.67MX 823055A20.86MX 823055A200.8HX 823055A20006MX 823055A20009MX 823055A20012MX 823055A20018MX 823055A201.2MX 823055A201.6HX 823055A202.4MX 823055A204.5MX 823055A207.2MX 823055A21.33MX 823055A214.4MX 823055A22.88MX 823055A228.8MX 823055A238.4MX 82330514 82330520 823345A10.05HB 823345A10.12MB 823345A10.24MB 823345A100.1HB 823345A100.3MB 823345A100.4MB 823345A100.6HB 823345A100.6MB 823345A10001MB 823345A10003HB 823345A10003MB 823345A10006HB 823345A10006MB 823345A10009MB 823345A1001.2HB 823345A10012MB 823345A10015MB 823345A10018MB 823345A10024MB 823345A10036MB 823345A10060MB 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/88 4/75 4/75 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 823345A10072MB 823345A101.2MB 823345A102.4MB 823345A103.6HB 823345A103.6MB 823345A104.8HB 823345A104.8MB 823345A107.2MB 823345A114.4MB 823345A20.05HB 823345A20.12MB 823345A20.24MB 823345A200.1HB 823345A200.3MB 823345A200.4MB 823345A200.6HB 823345A200.6MB 823345A20001MB 823345A20003HB 823345A20003MB 823345A20006HB 823345A20006MB 823345A20009MB 823345A2001.2HB 823345A20012MB 823345A20015MB 823345A20018MB 823345A20024MB 823345A20036MB 823345A20060MB 823345A20072MB 823345A201.2MB 823345A202.4MB 823345A203.6HB 823345A203.6MB 823345A204.8HB 823345A204.8MB 823345A207.2MB 823345A214.4MB 823345J10.05HB 823345J10.12MB 823345J10.24MB 823345J100.1HB 823345J100.3MB 823345J100.4MB 823345J100.6HB 823345J100.6MB 823345J10001MB 823345J10003HB 823345J10003MB 823345J10006HB 823345J10006MB 823345J10009MB 823345J1001.2HB 823345J10012MB 823345J10015MB 823345J10018MB 823345J10024MB 823345J10036MB 823345J10060MB 823345J10072MB 823345J101.2MB 823345J102.4MB 823345J103.6HB 823345J103.6MB 823345J104.8HB 823345J104.8MB 823345J107.2MB 823345J114.4MB 823345J20.05HB 823345J20.12MB 823345J20.24MB 823345J200.1HB 823345J200.3MB 823345J200.4MB 823345J200.6HB 823345J200.6MB 823345J20001MB 823345J20003HB 823345J20003MB 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 823345J20006HB 823345J20006MB 823345J20009MB 823345J2001.2HB 823345J20012MB 823345J20015MB 823345J20018MB 823345J20024MB 823345J20036MB 823345J20060MB 823345J20072MB 823345J201.2MB 823345J202.4MB 823345J203.6HB 823345J203.6MB 823345J204.8HB 823345J204.8MB 823345J207.2MB 823345J214.4MB 82340050 82340185 823440A10.05HB 823440A10.12HB 823440A10.24MB 823440A100.1HB 823440A100.3MB 823440A100.4MB 823440A100.6HB 823440A100.6MB 823440A100.8MB 823440A10003HB 823440A10003MB 823440A10006HB 823440A10006MB 823440A10009MB 823440A10012MB 823440A10015MB 823440A10018MB 823440A10024MB 823440A10024MB 823440A10048MB 823440A10060MB 823440A10072MB 823440A101.2HB 823440A101.2MB 823440A102.4MB 823440A103.6HB 823440A103.6MB 823440A104.8HB 823440A104.8MB 823440A107.2MB 823440A114.4MB 823440A20.05HB 823440A20.12HB 823440A20.24MB 823440A200.1HB 823440A200.3MB 823440A200.4MB 823440A200.6HB 823440A200.6MB 823440A200.8MB 823440A20003HB 823440A20003MB 823440A20006HB 823440A20006MB 823440A20009MB 823440A20012MB 823440A20015MB 823440A20018MB 823440A20024MB 823440A20048MB 823440A20060MB 823440A20072MB 823440A201.2HB 823440A201.2MB 823440A202.4MB 823440A203.6HB 823440A203.6MB 823440A204.8HB 823440A204.8MB 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/86 4/74 4/74 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 823440A207.2MB 823440A214.4MB 823440J10.05HB 823440J10.12HB 823440J10.24MB 823440J100.1HB 823440J100.3MB 823440J100.4MB 823440J100.6HB 823440J100.6MB 823440J100.8MB 823440J10003HB 823440J10003MB 823440J10006HB 823440J10006MB 823440J10009MB 823440J10012MB 823440J10015MB 823440J10018MB 823440J10024MB 823440J10048MB 823440J10060MB 823440J10072MB 823440J101.2HB 823440J101.2MB 823440J102.4MB 823440J103.6HB 823440J103.6MB 823440J104.8HB 823440J104.8MB 823440J107.2MB 823440J114.4MB 823440J20.05HB 823440J20.12HB 823440J20.24MB 823440J200.1HB 823440J200.3MB 823440J200.4MB 823440J200.6HB 823440J200.6MB 823440J200.8MB 823440J20003HB 823440J20003MB 823440J20006HB 823440J20006MB 823440J20009MB 823440J20012MB 823440J20015MB 823440J20018MB 823440J20024MB 823440J20048MB 823440J20060MB 823440J20072MB 823440J201.2HB 823440J201.2MB 823440J202.4MB 823440J203.6HB 823440J203.6MB 823440J204.8HB 823440J204.8MB 823440J207.2MB 823440J214.4MB 825100A40300M 825105A40600M 825143A400.5MB 825143A40001MB 825143A40001MB 825143A40002MB 825143A40002MB 825143A40004MB 825143A40004MB 825143A40005MB 825143A40005MB 825143A40008MB 825143A40010MB 825143A40010MB 825143A40020MB 825143A40020MB 825143A40025MB 825143A40025MB 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/94 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/84 4/76 4/76 4/94 4/94 4/94 4/94 4/94 4/94 4/94 4/94 4/94 4/94 4/94 4/94 4/94 4/94 4/94 4/94 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/iv MotorsCatFront 7/7/04 11:52 AM Page v Index Part Number Page 825143A40040MB 4/94 825143A40050MB 4/94 825143A402.5MB 4/94 825143A402.5MB 4/94 825143A41.25MB 4/94 825143A412.5MB 4/94 825193A40.33MB 4/100 825193A400.1MB 4/100 825193A400.2MB 4/100 825193A400.5MB 4/100 825193A40001MB 4/100 825193A40003MB 4/100 825193A40006MB 4/100 825193A40012MB 4/100 825193A404.8MB 4/100 825198A40.66MB 4/100 825198A400.2MB 4/100 825198A400.4MB 4/100 825198A40001MB 4/100 825198A40002MB 4/100 825198A40006MB 4/100 825198A40012MB 4/100 825198A40024MB 4/100 825198A409.6MB 4/100 825200A40300M 4/78 825204A40450M 4/78 825240A40.33MB 4/96 825240A40001MB 4/96 825240A40002MB 4/96 825240A40004MB 4/96 825240A40005MB 4/96 825240A40010MB 4/96 825240A40020MB 4/96 825240A40025MB 4/96 825240A402.5MB 4/96 825240A412.5MB 4/96 825240A413.33MB 4/96 825244A400.5MB 4/96 825244A40003MB 4/96 825244A40006MB 4/96 825244A40015MB 4/96 825244A40018MB 4/96 825244A40030MB 4/96 825244A401.5MB 4/96 825244A407.5MB 4/96 825244A422.5MB 4/96 825244A43.75MB 4/96 825244A437.5MB 4/96 825290A40.15MB 4/98 825290A40.33MB 4/98 825290A40.75MB 4/98 825290A400.1MB 4/98 825290A400.5MB 4/98 825290A400.5MB 4/98 825290A40001MB 4/98 825290A40003MB 4/98 825290A40006MB 4/98 825290A40009MB 4/98 825290A40012MB 4/98 825290A40018MB 4/98 825290A401.5MB 4/98 825290A404.5MB 4/98 825290A404.8MB 4/98 825290A407.2MB 4/98 825300A40300M 4/80 825400A40300M 4/82 82800036 4/8 82800037 4/8 82800501 4/6 82800502 4/6 82800801 4/10 82800802 4/10 828020X00026Z 4/20 828020X00130Z 4/20 828020X032.5Z 4/20 828020X067.6Z 4/20 828020X43.33Z 4/20 828020X85.43Z 4/20 828020Y00026Z 4/20 828020Y00130Z 4/20 Part Number Page Part Number 828020Y032.5Z 828020Y067.6Z 828020Y43.33Z 828020Y85.43Z 828025X00338Z 828025X00650Z 828025X216.67Z 828025Y00338Z 828025Y00650Z 828025Y216.67Z 82810017 82810018 82810501 82810502 828120X00026Z 828120X00130Z 828120X032.5Z 828120X067.6Z 828120X43.33Z 828120X85.43Z 828120Y00026Z 828120Y00130Z 828120Y032.5Z 828120Y067.6Z 828120Y43.33Z 828120Y85.43Z 828125X00338Z 828125X00650Z 828125X216.67Z 828125Y00338Z 828125Y00650Z 828125Y216.67Z 82830009 82830010 82830501 82830502 828325X00130Z 828325X00338Z 828325X216.67Z 828325Y00130Z 828325Y00338Z 828325Y216.67Z 82850001 82850002 82860003 82860004 82860501 82860502 82861006 82861007 82861008 82861009 82861010 82861011 82861012 82861013 82861014 82861015 82861016 82861017 82861018 82861019 82861020 82861021 82861022 82861023 828610X00024B 828610X00048B 828610X00090B 828610X00150B 828610X00750B 828610X02400B 828610X05400B 828610X12000B 828610Y00024B 828610Y00048B 828610Y00090B 828610Y00150B 828610Y00750B 828610Y02400B 4/20 4/20 4/20 4/20 4/42 4/42 4/42 4/42 4/42 4/42 4/8 4/8 4/6 4/6 4/20 4/20 4/20 4/20 4/20 4/20 4/20 4/20 4/20 4/20 4/20 4/20 4/42 4/42 4/42 4/42 4/42 4/42 4/12 4/12 4/12 4/12 4/44 4/44 4/44 4/44 4/44 4/44 4/10 4/10 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/16 4/16 4/16 4/16 4/16 4/16 4/16 4/16 4/16 4/16 4/16 4/16 4/16 4/16 4/16 4/16 4/16 4/16 4/16 4/16 4/16 4/16 4/16 4/16 4/16 4/16 4/16 4/16 4/16 4/16 4/16 4/16 828610Y05400B 828610Y12000B 82862001 82862002 82862003 82862004 82862005 82862006 82862201 82862202 82862203 82862204 82862205 82862206 828630X006.5Z 828630X032.5Z 828630X16.18Z 828630X21.67Z 828630X25.28Z 828630X43.33Z 828630X8.636Z 828630Y006.5Z 828630Y032.5Z 828630Y16.18Z 828630Y21.67Z 828630Y25.28Z 828630Y43.33Z 828630Y8.636Z 828640X00065Z 828640X00325Z 828640X00650Z 828640X02600Z 828640X108.33Z 828640X162.5Z 828640Y00065Z 828640Y00325Z 828640Y00650Z 828640Y02600Z 828640Y108.33Z 828640Y162.5Z 82867001 82867002 82867003 82867004 82867005 82867006 82867007 82867008 82867009 82867010 82867011 82867012 828670X00250Z 828670X02500Z 828670X16.67Z 828670Y00250Z 828670Y02500Z 828670Y16.67Z 82869001 82869006 82869007 82869008 82869009 82869010 82869011 82869012 82869013 82869014 82869015 82869016 828690X00800X 828690X04800X 828690Y00800X 828690Y04800X 82890001 82890002 82910001 829102B000002 829102C000002 8291032B000002 Page 4/16 4/16 4/18 4/18 4/18 4/18 4/18 4/18 4/18 4/18 4/18 4/18 4/18 4/18 4/26 4/26 4/26 4/26 4/26 4/26 4/26 4/26 4/26 4/26 4/26 4/26 4/26 4/26 4/28 4/28 4/28 4/28 4/28 4/28 4/28 4/28 4/28 4/28 4/28 4/28 4/32 4/32 4/32 4/32 4/32 4/32 4/32 4/32 4/32 4/32 4/32 4/32 4/32 4/32 4/32 4/32 4/32 4/32 4/22 4/22 4/22 4/22 4/22 4/22 4/22 4/22 4/22 4/22 4/22 4/22 4/22 4/22 4/22 4/22 4/14 4/14 4/114 4/114 4/114 4/114 Part Number 8291032C000002 8291032D000002 8291034A000002 8291034B000002 8291034H000002 829104A000002 829104B000002 829104H000002 82910501 82910502 8291084H000002 829143 829148 829193 829198 82920001 82920012 829202F000001 829204G000001 829240 82924020 82924022 82924028 82924030 829290 82930002 82930015 829302D00000T1 829304D00000T1 82940002 82940015 8294021000001 829402J000001 99484001 99484002 99484003 99484004 99484005 99484006 99484007 99484008 99484051 99484052 99484053 99484054 99484055 99484056 99484057 99484058 99484101 99484102 99484103 99484104 99484105 99484106 99484151 99484152 99484153 99484154 99484155 99484156 99484201 99484202 99484203 99484204 99484205 99484206 99484251 99484252 99484253 99484254 99484255 99484256 99484301 99484302 99484303 99484304 99484305 99484306 99484351 Page 4/114 4/114 4/116 4/116 4/116 4/116 4/116 4/116 4/118 4/118 4/118 4/126 4/126 4/128 4/128 4/122 4/122 4/122 4/122 4/126 4/126 4/126 4/126 4/126 4/128 4/120 4/120 4/120 4/120 4/124 4/124 4/124 4/124 4/148 4/148 4/148 4/148 4/148 4/148 4/148 4/148 4/148 4/148 4/148 4/148 4/148 4/148 4/148 4/148 4/148 4/148 4/148 4/148 4/148 4/148 4/148 4/148 4/148 4/148 4/148 4/148 4/148 4/148 4/148 4/148 4/148 4/148 4/148 4/148 4/148 4/148 4/148 4/148 4/149 4/149 4/149 4/149 4/149 4/149 4/149 Part Number 99484352 99484353 99484354 99484355 99484356 99484401 99484402 99484403 99484404 99484406 99484451 99484454 99484501 99484502 99484601 99484602 99484603 99484604 99484701 99484751 99484801 99485900 99485901 99485902 99485903 99485904 99485905 99485906 99485907 99485908 99485909 99485910 99485920 99485921 99485922 99485923 99486804 99486814 99486904 99486914 99487102 99487104 99487112 99487114 99487400 99487401 99487403 99487405 99487410 99487411 99487413 99487415 99487420 99487421 99488905 99489102 99489301 99489400 99489401 99489403 99489405 99489410 99489411 99489413 99489415 99489420 99489421 99489430 99489431 99489701 99489702 99489703 99489704 99489804 Page 4/149 4/149 4/149 4/149 4/149 4/149 4/149 4/149 4/149 4/149 4/149 4/149 4/149 4/149 4/149 4/149 4/149 4/149 4/149 4/149 4/149 4/155 4/155 4/155 4/155 4/155 4/155 4/155 4/155 4/155 4/155 4/155 4/155 4/155 4/155 4/155 4/153 4/153 4/153 4/153 4/152 4/152 4/152 4/152 4/152 4/152 4/152 4/152 4/152 4/152 4/152 4/152 4/152 4/152 4/153 4/152 4/152 4/152 4/152 4/152 4/152 4/152 4/152 4/152 4/152 4/152 4/152 4/152 4/152 4/152 4/152 4/152 4/152 4/153 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/v 4 MotorsCatFront 7/7/04 11:52 AM Page vi New products Motomate The NEW Motomate system is designed to save you money by greatly reducing the time and effort needed to integrate it into your application. Motomate combines a brushless motor, movement and position control, together with full logic controller functionality in a single compact unit. This eliminates all of the hard work and compatibility problems usually associated with having to integrate separate components. Benefits to you * Brushless DC motor with integrated logic and motion controller * Guaranteed compatibility and ease of configuration * Reliability and safety built-in * Additional logic inputs and outputs * High torque, high efficiency and low noise * Communications options Benefits to your customer * Zero down time * Long life with low noise and low running costs * Compact size * Easily reconfigured grows with the installation For more information, see page 65 Choose your functions Construct your program Test your installation 1 2 3 Functions HIGH SPEED COUNTER xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx DELAY BLOCK xxxxx xxxxx MOVEMENT BLOCK xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx MEMORY BLOCK xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx MOTOR MULTIPLEXER xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/vi MotorsCatFront 7/7/04 11:52 AM Page vii Brushless DC motors The NEW brushless DC motor range offers very high levels of performance in a very small package. This all-in-one solution combines brushless motor technology integrated with advanced electronics to give speed control, dynamic braking and automatic protection. Benefits to you * All-in-one solution with motor, speed control and overload protection * Easy to integrate - no compatibility problems * Ultra-compact package * Easy to set up and use * Encoder output for positioning control * High starting torque and high efficiency * Low noise and long life Benefits to your customer * Small size * Zero maintenance * Long life and low power consumption * Overload protection built-in For more information, see page 53 Linear motors The NEW linear motor range provides a powerful and precise output force whilst remaining incredibly easy to control. A choice of either reversible synchronous or stepper motor technologies means that you can select the best control system to suit the application. 4 Benefits to you * Choice of technology - stepper or synchronous drive * High output force and precise positioning * Built-in shaft anti-rotation device for ease of installation * Simple robust construction Benefits to your customer * Low noise * Zero maintenance * Low power consumption For more information, see page 137 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/vii MotorsCatFront 7/7/04 11:52 AM Page viii Motor range overview Variable speed or positioning Fixed or variable speed Fixed or variable speed Fixed speed Fixed speed Motor options: * Special output shafts * Pinion on output shaft * Special supply voltages * Special wire lengths * Special output bearings * Optional encoder * Special mounting plate * Customised electronics * Special construction materials * Special connectors * Special IP rating Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/viii MotorsCatFront 7/7/04 11:52 AM Page ix Gearbox options: * Special output shafts * Special ratios * Special gear material * Special output bearings * Special mounting plate * Special construction materials * Special IP rating 4 Example motor * Crouzet adaptation service Look for this symbol for possible adaptations of standard products Brushless DC motor with special connector Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/ix MotorsCatFront 7/7/04 11:52 AM Page x Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/x CrouzetMotors.book Page 1 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM D.C. Motors 4 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/1 CrouzetMotors.book Page 2 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM DC Motors Selection guide Torque max (N m) Gearbox Speed Type of Gearbox 0.5 1.2 81 012 81 021 81 032.1 Direct Motors Power usable (w) 3 Torque nominal (mN.m) Speed nominal (rpm ) Voltage supply (V) 12 7.7 3700 24 8.7 41.5 9.4 45 12 2000 12 24 2580 12 2750 24 45 13 16 75 2000 12 24 20 2670 12 22 3070 24 20 2670 12 3070 24 70 70 22 27 172 12 1500 24 32 3100 12 33 3200 24 47 2630 12 50 2770 24 90 3200 24 3360 48 100 170 270 95 Type of motor dimensions (mm) p. 4 82 860 0 p.18 82 862 p.16 82 861 O 32 1.5 ... 441 rpm p. 8 0.36... 430 rpm 82 810 0 p.20 82 812 O 42 20... 130 rpm p. 6 82 810 5 O 42 p. 8 82 800 0 p.20 82 802 O 42 20... 130 rpm p. 6 82 800 5 O 42 p.10 82 800 8 O 42 p.12 82 830 0 O 63 p.10 82 850 0 O 42 p.12 82 830 5 O 63 p.14 82 890 0 O 63 Selection of a geared motor This choice is based upon the desired usable power at the gearbox output shaft 2 Power = ------ C n 60 (W) (Nm) (Rpm) A geared motor must have usable power equal to or greater than the power required to rotate the load desired. It is selected by checking that the point corresponding to the required operating conditions (torque and speed output) is higher than the nominal torque versus speed curve of the geared motor. The required torque output of a geared motor must be within its maximum recommended torque for continuous duty. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/2 CrouzetMotors.book Page 3 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM 2 5 81 033 p.22 81 043 82 869 0.9 ... 108 rpm p.26 81 044 82 863 p.28 6 81 035 81 035 81 037 82 864 99... 662 rpm 80 813 p.24 2... 66 rpm p.30 80 814 60... 400 rpm 1... 40 rpm 10.5... 616 rpm p.24 80 803 60... 400 rpm p.30 80 804 1... 40 rpm p.34 p.34 80 815 80 805 10.5... 616 rpm p.38 80 835 p.32 81 032 6 82 867 1.72... 344 rpm p.36 80 817 1.04... 208 rpm 4 / 8 / 12 rpm p.36 80 807 1.04... 208 rpm p.42 82 812 82 802 4 / 8 / 12 rpm 7.4... 426 rpm p.42 p.44 82 832 5... 69 rpm p.40 80 855 13.8... 805 rpm 4 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/3 CrouzetMotors.book Page 4 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM D.C. direct drive brushed motors O 32 mm 3.9 Watts A range of small 32 mm diameter D.C. direct-drive brushed motors with 3.9 Watts output power. Available in either 12 or 24 V D.C. versions. Sintered bronze bearings lubricated for life. Connection by 2.8 mm push-on terminals. Interference suppression fitted as standard. Specifications Type Voltage Part numbers No-load characteristics Speed of rotation (rpm) Absorbed power (W) Absorbed current (A) Nominal characteristics Speed (rpm) Torque (mN.m) Usable power (W) Absorbed power (W) Absorbed current (A) Gearbox case temperature rise (C) Efficiency (%) General characteristics Insulation class (conforming to IEC 85) Protection rating Max. output (W) Start torque (mN.m) Starting current (A) Resistance () Inductance (mH) Torque constant (Nm/A) Electrical time constant (ms) Mechanical time constant (ms) Thermal time constant (min) Inertia (g.cm2 ) Weight (g) No of segments Service life (h) Sintered bronze bearings 3.9 Watts 3.9 Watts with encoder 1 pulse/revolution 3.9 Watts 3.9 Watts with encoder 1 pulse/revolution 82 860 0 12 V 82 860 003 82 860 0 12 V 82 860 501 82 860 0 24 V 82 860 004 82 860 0 24 V 82 860 502 5000 1.2 0.1 5000 1.2 0.1 5000 1.92 0.08 5000 1.92 0.08 3700 7.7 3 6.2 0.43 50 48 3700 7.7 3 6.2 0.43 50 48 3700 7.7 3 6 0.26 50 50 3700 7.7 3 6 0.26 50 50 B (130 C) B (130C) B (130 C) B (130C) IP40 3.9 30 1.5 8 10 0.0214 1.3 36 8 19 96 3 3000 IP 40 3.9 30 1.5 8 10 0.0214 1.3 36 8 19 96 3 3000 IP40 3.9 30 0.76 32 41.6 0.0448 1.3 36 8 19 95 3 3000 IP 40 3.9 30 0.76 32 41.6 0.0448 1.3 36 8 19 95 3 3000 Products adaptations, available on request Special output shafts Pinion on output shaft Special supply voltages Special cable lengths Special output bearings Optional encoder Special mounting plate Customized electronics Special connectors Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/4 CrouzetMotors.book Page 5 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Curves A - Nominal speed and torque curves B - Torque/Current curves 82 860 0 82 860 0 A B mN.m mN.m 24 V 30 30 20 12 V 20 12V-24V 10 10 1 0 0 1000 3000 A 0 5000 0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 B RPM Dimensions 82 860 0 2 44.6 max. 1 B 2 tags NFC 20 - 120 series 2.8 x 0.5 mm C 3 holes at 120 on O 26 mm : use self tapping screws M2.2 ; screw depth max 6 mm 4 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/5 CrouzetMotors.book Page 6 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM D.C. direct drive brushed motors O 42 mm 14 to 31 Watts A range of 42 mm diameter D.C. direct-drive brushed motors with 14 to 31 W output power. Available in either 12 or 24 V D.C. versions. Sintered bronze bearings lubricated for life Replaceable brushes Magnetic encoder option Specifications Type Voltage Part numbers No-load characteristics Speed of rotation (rpm) Absorbed power (W) Absorbed current (A) Nominal characteristics Speed (rpm) Torque (mN.m) Usable power (W) Absorbed power (W) Absorbed current (A) Gearbox case temperature rise (C) Efficiency (%) General characteristics Insulation class (conforming to IEC 85) Protection (IEC 529) Housing Max. output (W) Start torque (mN.m) Starting current (A) Resistance () Inductance (mH) Torque constant (Nm/A) Electrical time constant (ms) Mechanical time constant (ms) Thermal time constant (min) Inertia (g.cm2 ) Weight (g) No of segments Service life (h) Sintered bronze bearings Replaceable brushes (mm) 14 Watts 16 Watts 22 Watts 31 Watts 82 810 5 12 V 82 810 501 82 810 5 24 V 82 810 502 82 800 5 12 V 82 800 501 82 800 5 24 V 82 800 502 3840 12 1 3860 11.28 0.47 3920 9.96 0.83 4010 12.24 0.51 2580 45 12 31 2.6 32 39 2750 45 13 32 1.32 33 40.8 2670 70 20 37 3.05 38 54 3070 70 22 41 1.71 40 54 F (155 C) F (155 C) F (155 C) F (155 C) IP20 14 138 6.2 1.94 4.45 0.0265 2.3 26 8 80 310 8 2000 IP20 16 156 3.4 7.06 16.94 0.0532 2.4 23 8 72 310 8 2000 IP20 22 219 9 1.33 2.67 0.0268 2 20 12 105 400 8 2000 IP20 31 298 6.16 3.9 9.35 0.0527 2.4 15 12 110 400 8 2000 Products adaptations, available on request Special output shafts Pinion on output shaft Special supply voltages Special cable lengths Special output bearings Optional encoder Special mounting plate Customized electronics Special connectors Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/6 CrouzetMotors.book Page 7 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Curves A - Torque/Speed curves B - Torque/Current curves 82 810 5 82 810 5 82 800 5 A B mN.m 200 24V 12V 50 350 24V 250 120 100 mN.m 300 140 100 B A mN.m 160 24V 150 82 800 5 300 250 200 12V 80 150 12V 60 100 150 0 0 1000 2000 3000 A 0 0 1 2 3 B RPM 4 5 6 12V 100 50 20 24V 200 40 1 mN.m 1 0 50 A 0 0 1000 2000 3000 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 B RPM Dimensions 82 810 5 69.8 max. 1 3 2 B 2 M3 at 180 depth 5 mm on O 32 C 2 x O 2.75 at 120 depth 5 mm on O 32 D 2 tags IEC 760 series 4.8 x 0.5 mm 82 800 5 84.8 max. 1 2 4 3 B 2 M3 at 180 depth 5 mm on O 32 C 2 x O 2.75 at 120 depth 5 mm on O 32 D 2 tags IEC 760 series 4.8 x 0.5 mm Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/7 CrouzetMotors.book Page 8 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM D.C. direct drive brushed motors O 42 mm 10 to 17 Watts A range of 42 mm diameter D.C. direct-drive brushed motors with 10 or 17 Watts output power. Available in either 12, 24 or 48V D.C. versions Sintered bronze bearings lubricated for life Supply connection by 4.75 mm tags Replaceable brushes Optional magnetic encoder Specifications Type Voltage Part numbers No-load characteristics Speed of rotation (rpm) Absorbed power (W) Absorbed current (A) Nominal characteristics Speed (rpm) Torque (mN.m) Usable power (W) Absorbed power (W) Absorbed current (A) Gearbox case temperature rise (C) Efficiency (%) General characteristics Insulation class (conforming to IEC 85) Protection (IEC 529) Housing Max. output (W) Start torque (mN.m) Starting current (A) Resistance () Inductance (mH) Torque constant (Nm/A) Electrical time constant (ms) Mechanical time constant (ms) Thermal time constant (min) Inertia (g.cm2 ) Weight (g) No of segments Service life (h) Sintered bronze bearings Replaceable brushes (mm) 10 Watts 10 Watts 17 Watts 17 Watts 82 810 0 12 V 82 810 017 82 810 0 24 V 82 810 018 82 800 0 12 V 82 800 036 82 800 0 24 V 82 800 037 2850 4.8 0.4 2780 4.3 0.18 2960 4.8 0.4 2750 4.3 0.18 2000 45 9.4 20.4 1.7 45 46 2000 41.5 8.7 15.6 0.65 46 55.7 2000 75 15.7 30 2.5 44 52 2000 75 15.6 26.4 1.1 40 59 F (155 C) F (155 C) F (155 C) F (155 C) IP20 10.3 127 4 3.1 2.5 0.035 0.8 19 10 80 310 8 3000 IP20 9.5 117 1.7 14.6 10.7 0.077 0.73 17 10 72 310 8 3000 IP20 16.3 185 5.8 2 1.8 0.0342 0.89 18 12 105 400 8 3000 IP20 17 210 2.7 7.7 6.9 0.0724 0.89 16 12 110 400 8 3000 Products adaptations, available on request Special output shafts Pinion on output shaft Special supply voltages Special cable lengths Special output bearings Optional encoder Special mounting plate Customized electronics Special connectors Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/8 CrouzetMotors.book Page 9 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Curves A - Torque/Speed curves B - Torque/Current curves 82 810 0 82 810 0 82 800 0 A 82 800 0 A B mN.m mN.m 120 120 48V 12V 24V 48V 24V 12V 200 24V - 48V 150 24V B mN.m mN.m 200 150 80 80 48V 100 100 12V 40 40 50 50 12V 1 0 0 1000 2000 3000 A 0 0 1 2 B RPM 3 4 1 0 0 1000 2000 3000 A 0 0 2 4 6 B RPM Dimensions 82 810 0 69.8 max. 1 3 2 B 2 M3 at 180 depth 5 mm on O 32 at 120 C depth 5 mm O 32 C 2 holes x O 2.75 D 2 tags IEC 760 series 4.8 x 0.5 mm 0.05 82 800 0 84.8 max. 1 4 3 2 B 2 M3 at 180 depth 5 mm on O 32 at 120 depth 5 mm O 32 C 2 x O 2.75 D 2 tags IEC 760 series 4.8 x 0.5 mm 0.05 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/9 CrouzetMotors.book Page 10 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM D.C. direct drive brushed motors O 42 mm 22 to 52 Watts A range of 42 mm diameter D.C. direct-drive brushed motors with 22 to 52 Watts output power. Available in either 12 or 24 V D.C. versions. Sintered bronze bearings lubricated for life Supply connection by 2 leads Specifications Type Voltage Part numbers No-load characteristics Speed of rotation (rpm) Absorbed power (W) Absorbed current (A) Nominal characteristics Speed (rpm) Torque (mN.m) Usable power (W) Absorbed power (W) Absorbed current (A) Gearbox case temperature rise (C) Efficiency (%) General characteristics Insulation class (conforming to IEC 85) Protection (IEC 529) Terminal Max. output (W) Start torque (mN.m) Starting current (A) Resistance () Inductance (mH) Torque constant (Nm/A) Electrical time constant (ms) Mechanical time constant (ms) Thermal time constant (min) Inertia (g.cm2 ) Weight (g) No of segments Service life (h) Sintered bronze bearings Wires length (mm) 22 Watts 31 Watts 42 Watts 52 Watts 82 800 8 12 V 82 800 801 82 800 8 24 V 82 800 802 82 850 0 12 V 82 850 001 82 850 0 24 V 82 850 002 3920 9.96 0.83 4010 12.24 0.51 4150 7.32 0.61 4050 7.44 0.31 2670 70 20 37 3.05 38 54 3070 70 22 41 1.71 40 54 3100 100 32.5 51 4.25 63 63 3200 100 33.5 52 2.15 54 64 F (155 C) F (155 C) F (155 C) F (155 C) IP20 22 219 9 1.33 2.67 0.0268 2 20 12 105 400 8 3000 IP20 31 298 6.16 3.9 9.35 0.0527 2.4 15 12 110 400 8 3000 IP20 42 390 14.8 0.81 0.7 0.027 0.85 16 26 140 640 8 3000 IP20 52 490 9.6 2.5 2.5 0.052 1 13 21 140 640 8 3000 200 200 200 200 Products adaptations, available on request Special output shafts Pinion on output shaft Special supply voltages Special cable lengths Special output bearings Optional encoder Special mounting plate Customized electronics Special connectors Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/10 CrouzetMotors.book Page 11 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Curves A - Torque/Speed curves B - Torque/Current curves 82 800 8 82 800 8 82 850 0 B A mN.m 300 350 24V 250 200 mN.m mN.m 500 500 24V 24 V 24 V 200 150 12V 250 250 150 100 12 V 12V 12 V 100 50 1 0 1 50 A 0 1000 B A mN.m 300 250 0 82 850 0 2000 3000 0 1 2 3 4 0 0 2000 0 5 6 7 8 9 B RPM A 0 4000 8 16 B RPM Dimensions 82 800 8 3 1 4 2 B 2 holes M3 x 0.5 at 180 depth 5 on O 32 C 2 holes 2.75 0.05 at 120 depth 5 mm on O 32 D 2 holes M3 x 0.5 at 180 depth 5.5 on O 32 E 2 holes M3 x 0.5 at 120 depth 5.5 on O 32 82 850 0 1 3 4 2 4 B 2 holes M3 x 0.5 at 180 depth 5 mm on O 32 C 2 holes 2.75 0.05 at 120 depth 5 mm on O 32 D 2 holes M3 x 0.5 at 180 depth 5.5 mm on O 32 E 2 holes M3 x 0.5 at 120 depth 5.5 mm on O 32 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/11 CrouzetMotors.book Page 12 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM D.C. direct drive brushed motors O 63 mm 33 to 67 Watts A range of 63mm diameter D.C. direct-drive brushed motors with 33 to 67 W output power. Available in either 12, 24 or 48V D.C. versions. Ball bearings on output shaft Supply connection by 2 leads Specifications Type Voltage Part numbers No-load characteristics Speed of rotation (rpm) Absorbed power (W) Absorbed current (A) Nominal characteristics Speed (rpm) Torque (mN.m) Usable power (W) Absorbed power (W) Absorbed current (A) Gearbox case temperature rise (C) Efficiency (%) General characteristics Insulation class (conforming to IEC 85) Protection (IEC 529) Terminal Max. output (W) Start torque (mN.m) Starting current (A) Resistance () Inductance (mH) Torque constant (Nm/A) Electrical time constant (ms) Mechanical time constant (ms) Thermal time constant (min) Inertia (g.cm2 ) Weight (g) No of segments Service life (h) Ball bearings Wires length (mm) 33 watts 33 Watts 67 Watts 67 Watts 82 830 0 12 V 82 830 009 82 830 0 24 V 82 830 010 82 830 5 12 V 82 830 501 82 830 5 24 V 82 830 502 2100 4.8 0.4 2100 4.8 0.2 3400 12.6 1.05 3660 12 0.5 1500 172 27 43 3.6 50 62 1500 172 27 45 1.9 50 60 2630 170 47 72 6 46 65 2770 170 50 72 3 50 69.4 F (155 C) F (155 C) F (155 C) F (155 C) IP20 33 600 12 1 1.4 0.0517 1.4 19 37 514 840 12 5000 IP20 33 600 6.2 3.9 6.4 0.1 1.64 19 37 492 840 12 5000 IP20 67 750 23.1 0.52 1.19 0.034 2.3 33 20 520 840 12 4000 IP20 67 700 11.8 2.03 4.68 0.0619 2.3 33 18 500 840 12 4000 200 200 200 200 Products adaptations, available on request Special output shafts Pinion on output shaft Special supply voltages Special cable lengths Special output bearings Optional encoder Special mounting plate Customized electronics Special connectors Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/12 CrouzetMotors.book Page 13 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Curves A - Torque/Speed curves B - Torque/Current curves 82 830 0 82 830 0 82 830 5 A 82 830 5 A B mN.m mN.m 48V 600 600 24V 12V 12V - 24V - 48V 200 200 700 600 600 500 24V 500 400 400 300 300 200 200 100 1 0 500 0 1000 1500 2000 A 0 0 3 6 9 1 0 0 12 B RPM 1000 mN.m 800 12V 700 400 400 B mN.m 800 2000 3000 24V 12V 100 A 0 0 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 B RPM Dimensions 82 830 0 1 3 2 at 90 on O 48 B 4 holes O 3.65 C 4 holes M5 on O 40 depth 7 mm D 4 holes M5 on O 40 depth 7 mm 0.05 4 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/13 CrouzetMotors.book Page 14 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM D.C. direct drive brushed motors O 63 mm 194 to 255 Watts A range of D.C. direct-drive brushed motors with a case diameter of 63 mm and between 194 and 255 Watts output power. Available in either 24 or 48V D.C. versions Ball bearings on output shaft Supply connection by 2 leads Specifications Type Voltage Part numbers No-load characteristics Speed of rotation (rpm) Absorbed power (W) Absorbed current (A) Nominal characteristics Speed (rpm) Torque (mN.m) Usable power (W) Absorbed power (W) Absorbed current (A) Gearbox case temperature rise (C) Efficiency (%) General characteristics Insulation class (conforming to IEC 85) Protection (IEC 529) Terminal Max. output (W) Start torque (mN.m) Starting current (A) Resistance () Inductance (mH) Torque constant (Nm/A) Electrical time constant (ms) Mechanical time constant (ms) Thermal time constant (min) Inertia (g.cm2 ) Weight (g) No of segments Service life (h) Ball bearings Wires length (mm) 194 Watts 255 Watts 82 890 0 24 V 82 890 001 82 890 0 48 V 82 890 002 3700 10.8 0.45 3750 9.6 0.2 3200 270 90 120 5.00 50 75 3360 270 95 118 2.45 50 80 F (155 C) IP20 194 2000 34.1 0.7 1.05 0.059 1.5 16 41 795 1580 12 5000 F (155 C) IP20 255 2600 21.7 2.2 4.62 0.12 2.1 12 36 795 1580 12 5000 200 200 Products adaptations, available on request Special output shafts Pinion on output shaft Special supply voltages Special cable lengths Special output bearings Optional encoder Special mounting plate Customized electronics Special connectors Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/14 CrouzetMotors.book Page 15 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Curves A - Torque/Speed curves B - Torque/Current curves 82 890 0 mN.m 82 890 0 A 8 6 12 V 24 V 4 2 1 0 0 1000 B RPM 3000 5000 Dimensions 82 890 0 1 2 3 at 90 on O 48 B 4 holes O 3.65 C 4 holes M5 on O 40 depth 7 mm D 4 holes M5 on O 40 depth 7 mm 0.05 4 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/15 CrouzetMotors.book Page 16 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM D.C. geared motors with brushes 0.5 Nm 3.9 Watts A range of D.C. geared motors with ovoid gearbox. Mechanical rating of gearbox with output shaft stalled : 0.5 Nm. 3.9 Watt motor versions. Available in either 12 or 24 V D.C. Gearbox ratios options for 0.36 to 430 rpm. Specifications Type Voltage Standard speed (rpm) Output speed (rpm) Ratios (i) 430 10 215 20 179 24 143 30 108 40 90 48 54 80 49 90 29 150 22 200 11 375 8.6 500 5.8 750 3.6 1200 1.8 2400 0.80 5400 0.36 12000 General characteristics Motor Gearbox Maximum permitted torque from gearmotor under continuous conditions (for 1 millions turns) Nm Axial load (static) daN Radial load (static) daN Max. output (W) Nominal output (W) Gearbox case temperature rise (C) Weight (g) 3.9 Watts 3.9 Watts 82 861 0 12 V 4300 82 861 0 24 V 4300 82 861 006 82 861 007 82 861 0X00024B 82 861 008 82 861 009 82 861 0X00048B 82 861 010 82 861 0X00090B 82 861 0X00150B 82 861 011 82 861 012 82 861 013 82 861 0X00750B 82 861 014 82 861 0X02400B 82 861 0X05400B 82 861 0X12000B 82 861 015 82 861 016 82 861 0Y00024B 82 861 017 82 861 018 82 861 0Y00048B 82 861 019 82 861 0Y00090B 82 861 0Y00150B 82 861 020 82 861 021 82 861 022 82 861 0Y00750B 82 861 023 82 861 0Y02400B 82 861 0Y05400B 82 861 0Y12000B 82 860 0 81 021 0 0.5 82 860 0 81 021 0 0.5 1 8 3.9 3 50 160 1 8 3.9 3 50 160 Products adaptations, available on request Special supply voltages Special lead lengths Optional encoder Special connectors Special output shafts Special gearbox ratios Special gear material Special output bearings Special mounting plate Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/16 CrouzetMotors.book Page 17 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Curves The shaded zone represents the operating range of the geared motor. The horizontal line marks the maximum torque available in continuous duty cycle for a given life. For higher torque ratings, service life will be reduced. Nominal speed and torque curves 3000 mN.m 1000 500 300 100 30 1 10 1 23 10 2030 100 200300 B RPM Dimensions 82 861 0 61.3 max. 3 4 1 2 B 2 fixing holes O 3.2 C 2 tags NFC 20-120 series 2.8 x 0.5 mm D (shaft pushed-in ) E 3.5 mm across flats Options Shaft 70 999 421 SP1295.10 1 Shaft 79 200 779 Shaft 79 200 967 1 1 2 4 B (shaft pushed-in ) C 5 across flat B (shaft pushed-in ) B (shaft pushed-in ) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/17 CrouzetMotors.book Page 18 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM D.C. geared motors with brushes 0.5 Nm 3.9 Watts A range of D.C. geared motors with sintered metal gears. Mechanical rating of gearbox with output shaft stalled : 0.5 Nm. 3.9 Watt motor power Available in either 12 or 24 V D.C. versions. Gearbox ratios options for 1.5 to 441 rpm. Options with magnetic encoder. Specifications Type Voltage Output speed (rpm) Ratios (i) 441 9.76 141 30.6 45 95.4 14 298 5 931 1.5 2910 General characteristics Motor Gearbox Maximum permitted torque from gearmotor under continuous conditions (for 1 millions turns) N.m Axial load (static) daN Radial load (static) daN Max. output (W) Nominal output (W) Gearbox case temperature rise (C) Weight (g) 3.9 Watts 3.9 Watts 82 862 0/2 12 V 82 862 0/2 24 V 82 862 001 82 862 002 82 862 003 82 862 201 82 862 202 82 862 203 82 862 004 82 862 005 82 862 006 82 862 204 82 862 205 82 862 206 82 860 0 81 012 0 / 81 012 2 0.5 82 860 0 81 012 0 / 81 012 2 0.5 1 8 3.9 3 50 160 / 170 1 8 3.9 3 50 160 / 170 Products adaptations, available on request Special supply voltages Special lead lengths Optional encoder Special connectors Special output shafts Special gearbox ratios Special gear material Special output bearings Special mounting plate Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/18 CrouzetMotors.book Page 19 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Curves The shaded zone represents the operating range of the geared motor. The horizontal line marks the maximum torque available in continuous duty cycle for a given life. For higher torque ratings, service life will be reduced. Nominal speed and torque curves mN.m 10000 82 862 0 1000 500 100 1 10 1 10 100 1000 B RPM Dimensions 82 862 0 1 24.3 68.1 3 4 2 B 4 mm across flats C (shaft pushed-in ) D 2 tags NFC 20-120 series 2.8 x 0.5 mm E 3 holes M3 depth 4.5 mm 82 862 2 1 35.1 4 78.9 3 2 B 4 mm across flats C (shaft pushed-in ) D 2 tags NFC 20-120 series 2.8 x 0.5 mm E 3 holes M3 depth 4.5 mm 4 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/19 CrouzetMotors.book Page 20 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM D.C. geared motors with brushes 1.2 Nm 10 and 17 Watts A range of D.C. geared motors with solid metal gears Mechanical rating of gearbox with output shaft stalled : 1.2 Nm 10 and 17 Watt motor power Available in either 12, 24 or 48 V D.C. Gearbox ratios options for 20 to 100 rpm Specifications Type Voltage Output speed Ratios (i) (rpm) 100 26 80 32.5 60 130/3 38 67.6 30 598/7 20 130 General characteristics Motor Gearbox Maximum permitted torque from gearmotor under continuous conditions for 10 millions turns Nm Axial load (dynamic) daN Radial load (dynamic) daN Max. output (W) Nominal output (W) Gearbox case temperature rise (C) Weight (g) 17 Watts 17 Watts 10 Watts 10 watts 82 802 0 12 V 82 802 0 24 V 82 812 0 12 V 82 812 0 24 V 82 802 0X00026Z 82 802 0X032.5Z 82 802 0X43.33Z 82 802 0X067.6Z 82 802 0X85.43Z 82 802 0X00130Z 82 802 0Y00026Z 82 802 0Y032.5Z 82 802 0Y43.33Z 82 802 0Y067.6Z 82 802 0Y85.43Z 82 802 0Y00130Z 82 812 0X00026Z 82 812 0X032.5Z 82 812 0X43.33Z 82 812 0X067.6Z 82 812 0X85.43Z 82 812 0X00130Z 82 812 0Y00026Z 82 812 0Y032.5Z 82 812 0Y43.33Z 82 812 0Y067.6Z 82 812 0Y85.43Z 82 812 0Y00130Z 82 800 0 81 032 1 1.2 82 800 0 81 032 1 1.2 82 810 0 81 032 1 1.2 82 810 0 81 032 1 1.2 3.5 5 16.3 15.7 44 670 3.5 5 17 15.6 40 670 3.5 5 10.3 9.4 45 670 3.5 5 9.5 8.7 46 670 Products adaptations, available on request Special supply voltages Special lead lengths Optional encoder Special connectors Special output shafts Special gearbox ratios Special gear material Special output bearings Special mounting plate Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/20 CrouzetMotors.book Page 21 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Curves The shaded zone represents the operating range of the geared motor. The horizontal line marks the maximum torque available in continuous duty cycle for a given life. For higher torque ratings, service life will be reduced. Nominal speed and torque curves 82 802 0 Nominal speed and torque curves 82 812 0 mN.m mN.m 10000 10000 3000 3000 1000 1000 300 300 12V 24V-48V 1 1 100 100 3 10 20 30 3 100 200 300 B RPM 10 20 30 100 200 300 B RPM Dimensions 82 802 0 Standard 25.3 25.3 1 126 mm 1.85 7 -0 O8 -0.015 O12 4 85 max. 1.6 81.6 max. 29.1 14.5 21.5 27.25 39.7 19.85 19.85 3 25.1 25.1 15 26.9 max. 2 64.1 max. 5 B 4 holes M4 depth 7.5 mm C 3 holes M5 at 120 depth 7.5 mm D 2 tags IEC 760 series 4.8 x 0.5 mm E 7 mm across flats F (shaft pushed-in ) 82 812 0 Standard 25.3 25.3 1 111 mm 1.85 7 -0 O8 -0.015 O12 3 25.1 25.1 64.1 max. 2 4 4 1.6 81.6 max. 85 max. 29.1 14.5 21.5 27.25 39.7 19.85 19.85 15 26.9 max. 5 B 8 holes M4 depth 7.5 mm C 3 holes M5 at 120 depth 7.5 mm D 2 tags IEC 760 series 4.8 x 0.5 mm E 7 mm across flats F (shaft pushed-in ) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/21 CrouzetMotors.book Page 22 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM D.C. geared motors with brushes 2 Nm 3.9 Watts A range of D.C. geared motors with ovoid gearbox. Mechanical rating of gearbox with output shaft stalled : 2 Nm. 3.9 Watt motor versions. Available in either 12 or 24 V D.C. Gearbox ratios options for 0.36 to 430 rpm. Alternative shaft options. Specifications Type Voltage Output speed (rpm) Ratios (i) 108 40 54 80 27 160 13 320 7.2 600 5.4 800 2.9 1500 0.90 4800 General characteristics Motor Gearbox Maximum permitted torque from gearmotor under continuous conditions for 1 millions turns Nm Axial load (static) daN Radial load (static) daN Max. output (W) Nominal output (W) Gearbox case temperature rise (C) Weight (g) 3.9 Watts 3.9 Watts 82 869 0 12 V 82 869 0 24 V 82 869 001 82 869 006 82 869 007 82 869 008 82 869 009 82 869 0X00800X 82 869 010 82 869 0X04800X 82 869 011 82 869 012 82 869 013 82 869 014 82 869 015 82 869 0Y00800X 82 869 016 82 869 0Y04800X 82 860 0 81 033 0 2 82 860 0 81 033 0 2 1 10 3.9 3 50 240 1 10 3.9 3 50 240 Products adaptations, available on request Special supply voltages Special lead lengths Optional encoder Special connectors Special output shafts Special gearbox ratios Special gear material Special output bearings Special mounting plate Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/22 CrouzetMotors.book Page 23 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Curves The shaded zone represents the operating range of the geared motor. The horizontal line marks the maximum torque available in continuous duty cycle for a given life. For higher torque ratings, service life will be reduced. Nominal speed and torque curves mN.m 3000 2000 1000 300 100 30 1 10 0 1 23 10 2030 100 B RPM Dimensions 82 869 0 4 1 5 2 3 79.6 max. B 2 fixing holes O 3.2 C 3 bosses O 7.2 at 120 on R=19.5 with 3 M3 holes D 2 tags NFC 20-120 series 2.8 x 0.5 mm E (shaft pushed-in ) F 5 mm across flats Options Shaft 79 202 573 2 4 1 B (shaft pushed-in ) C 5 across flat Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/23 CrouzetMotors.book Page 24 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM D.C. geared motors with brushes 2 Nm 10 and 17 Watts A range of D.C. geared motors with solid metal gears Mechanical rating of gearbox with output shaft stalled : 1.2 Nm 10 and 17 Watt motor power Available in either 12, 24 or 48 V D.C. Gearbox ratios options for 60 to 400 rpm Specifications Type Voltage Output speed Ratios (i) (rpm) 400 13/2 301 855/99 161 728/45 120 65/3 103 455/18 80 32.5 60 130/3 General characteristics Motor Gearbox Maximum permitted torque from gearmotor under continuous conditions for 1 millions turns Nm Axial load (dynamic) daN Radial load (dynamic) daN Max. output (W) Nominal output (W) Gearbox case temperature rise (C) Weight (g) 17 Watts 17 Watts 10 Watts 10 Watts 80 803 0 12 V 80 803 0 24 V 80 813 0 12 V 80 813 0 24 V 80 803 0X006.5Z 80 803 0X8.636Z 80 803 005 80 803 0X21.67Z 80 803 0X25.28Z 80 803 006 80 803 007 80 803 0Y006.5Z 80 803 0Y8.636Z 80 803 008 80 803 0Y21.67Z 80 803 0Y25.28Z 80 803 009 80 803 010 80 813 0X006.5Z 80 813 0X8.636Z 80 813 0X16.18Z 80 813 0X21.67Z 80 813 0X25.28Z 80 813 0X32.5Z 80 813 0X43.33Z 80 813 0Y006.5Z 80 813 0Y8.636Z 80 813 0Y16.18Z 80 813 0Y21.67Z 80 813 0Y25.28Z 80 813 0Y32.5Z 80 813 0Y43.33Z 82 800 0 81 043 0 2 82 800 0 81 043 0 2 82 810 0 81 043 0 2 82 810 0 81 043 0 2 2 2 16.3 15.7 44 600 2 2 17 15.6 40 600 2 2 10.3 9.4 45 500 2 2 9.5 8.7 46 500 Products adaptations, available on request Special supply voltages Special lead lengths Optional encoder Special connectors Special output shafts Special gearbox ratios Special gear material Special output bearings Special mounting plate Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/24 CrouzetMotors.book Page 25 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Curves The shaded zone represents the operating range of the geared motor. The horizontal line marks the maximum torque available in continuous duty cycle for a given life. For higher torque ratings, service life will be reduced. Nominal speed and torque curves 80 803 0 Nominal speed and torque curves 80 813 0 mN.m mN.m 2000 2000 1500 1500 1000 800 1000 800 600 500 400 600 500 400 300 300 200 200 1 1 50 60 80100 150 200 300 50 60 80 100 150 200 300 B RPM B RPM Dimensions 80 803 0 Standard 2 98.4 max. 3 1 B 2 tags IEC 760 series 4.8 x 0.5 mm C 7 mm across flats D (shaft pushed-in ) 80 813 0 Standard 2 83.4 max. 4 3 1 B 2 tags IEC 760 series 4.8 x 0.5 mm C 7 mm across flats D (shaft pushed-in ) Options Shaft 79 261 300 1 B (shaft pushed-in ) Shaft 79 261 309 1 B (shaft pushed-in ) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/25 CrouzetMotors.book Page 26 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM D.C. geared motors with brushes 2 Nm 3.9 Watts A range of D.C. geared motors with metal gearbox. Mechanical rating of gearbox with output shaft stalled : 2 Nm. 3.9 Watt motor power. Available in either 12 or 24 V D.C. Gearbox ratios options for 99 to 662 rpm. Specifications Type Voltage Output speed (rpm) Ratios (i) 662 13/2 498 855/99 266 728/45 198 65/3 170 455/18 132 32.5 99 130/3 General characteristics Motor Gearbox Maximum permitted torque from gearmotor under continuous conditions (for 1 millions turns) N.m Axial load (dynamic) daN Radial load (dynamic) daN Max. output (W) Nominal output (W) Gearbox case temperature rise (C) Weight (g) 3.9 Watts 3.9 Watts 82 863 0 12 V 82 863 0 24 V 82 863 0X006.5Z 82 863 0X8.636Z 82 863 0X16.18Z 82 863 0X21.67Z 82 863 0X25.28Z 82 863 0X032.5Z 82 863 0X43.33Z 82 863 0Y006.5Z 82 863 0Y8.636Z 82 863 0Y16.18Z 82 863 0Y21.67Z 82 863 0Y25.28Z 82 863 0Y032.5Z 82 863 0Y43.33Z 82 860 0 81 043 0 2 82 860 0 81 043 0 2 2 2 3.9 3 50 285 2 2 3.9 3 50 285 Products adaptations, available on request Special supply voltages Special lead lengths Optional encoder Special connectors Special output shafts Special gearbox ratios Special gear material Special output bearings Special mounting plate Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/26 CrouzetMotors.book Page 27 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Curves The shaded zone represents the operating range of the geared motor. The horizontal line marks the maximum torque available in continuous duty cycle for a given life. For higher torque ratings, service life will be reduced. Nominal speed and torque curves mN.m 5000 2000 1000 500 200 100 50 20 1 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 500 B RPM Dimensions 82 863 0 2 1 65.8 max. 3 B 2 tags NFC 20-120 series 2.8 x 0.5 mm C 7 mm across flats D (shaft pushed-in ) Options Shaft 79 261 300 1 Shaft 79 261 309 1 4 B (shaft pushed-in ) B (shaft pushed-in ) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/27 CrouzetMotors.book Page 28 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM D.C. geared motors with brushes 2 Nm 3.9 Watts A range of D.C. geared motors with metal gearbox. Mechanical rating of gearbox with output shaft stalled : 2 Nm. 3.9 Watt motor versions. Available in either 12 or 24 V D.C. Gearbox ratios options for 2 to 66 rpm. Specifications Type Voltage Output speed (rpm) Ratios (i) 66 65 40 325/3 26 162.5 13 325 7 650 2 2600 General characteristics Motor Gearbox Maximum permitted torque from gearmotor under continuous conditions (for 1 millions turns) N.m Axial load (dynamic) daN Radial load (dynamic) daN Max. output (W) Nominal output (W) Gearbox case temperature rise (C) Weight (g) 3.9 Watts 3.9 Watts 82 864 0 12 V 82 864 0 24 V 82 864 0X00065Z 82 864 0X108.3Z 82 864 0X162.5Z 82 864 0X00325Z 82 864 0X00650Z 82 864 0X02600Z 82 864 0Y00065Z 82 864 0Y108.3Z 82 864 0Y162.5Z 82 864 0Y00325Z 82 864 0Y00650Z 82 864 0Y02600Z 82 860 0 81 044 0 2 82 860 0 81 044 0 2 2 2 3.9 3 50 355 2 2 3.9 3 50 355 Products adaptations Special supply voltages Special lead lengths Optional encoder Special connectors Special output shafts Special gearbox ratios Special gear material Special output bearings Special mounting plate Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/28 CrouzetMotors.book Page 29 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Curves The shaded zone represents the operating range of the geared motor. The horizontal line marks the maximum torque available in continuous duty cycle for a given life. For higher torque ratings, service life will be reduced. Nominal speed and torque curves mN.m 5000 2000 1000 500 200 100 50 20 1 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 500 B RPM Dimensions 82 864 0 2 1 65.8 max. 3 B 2 tags NFC 20-120 series 2.8 x 0.5 mm C 7 mm across flats D (shaft pushed-in ) Options Shaft 79 261 300 1 Shaft 79 261 309 Shaft 79 261 314 1 1 2 B (shaft pushed-in ) B (shaft pushed-in ) 4 2 B (shaft pushed-in ) C 7 across flat Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/29 CrouzetMotors.book Page 30 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM D.C. geared motors with brushes 2 Nm 10 and 17 Watts A range of D.C. geared motors with solid metal gears. Mechanical rating of gearbox with output shaft stalled : 2 Nm. 10 and 17 Watt motor power. Available in either 12, 24 or 48 V D.C. Gearbox ratios options for 1 to 40 rpm. Specifications Type Voltage Output speed Ratios (i) (rpm) 40 65 24 325/3 16 162.5 8 325 4 650 1 2600 General characteristics Motor Gearbox Maximum permitted torque from gearmotor under continuous conditions for 1 millions turns Nm Axial load (dynamic) daN Radial load (dynamic) daN Max. output (W) Nominal output (W) Gearbox case temperature rise (C) Weight (g) 17 Watts 17 Watts 10 Watts 10 Watts 80 804 0 12 V 80 804 0 24 V 80 814 0 12 V 80 814 0 24 V 80 804 0X00065Z 80 804 006 80 804 0X162.5Z 80 804 007 80 804 008 80 804 0X02600Z 80 804 0Y00065Z 80 804 009 80 804 0Y162.5Z 80 804 010 80 804 011 80 804 0Y02600Z 80 814 0X00065Z 80 814 0X108.3Z 80 814 0X162.5Z 80 814 0X00325Z 80 814 0X00650Z 80 814 0X02600Z 80 814 0Y00065Z 80 814 0Y108.3Z 80 814 0Y162.5Z 80 814 0Y00325Z 80 814 0Y00650Z 80 814 0Y02600Z 82 800 0 81 044 0 2 82 800 0 81 044 0 2 82 810 0 81 044 0 2 82 810 0 81 044 0 2 2 2 16.3 15.7 44 670 2 2 17 15.6 40 670 2 2 10.3 9.3 45 570 2 2 9.5 8.7 46 570 Products adaptations, available on request Special supply voltages Special lead lengths Optional encoder Special connectors Special output shafts Special gearbox ratios Special gear material Special output bearings Special mounting plate Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/30 CrouzetMotors.book Page 31 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Curves The shaded zone represents the operating range of the geared motor. The horizontal line marks the maximum torque available in continuous duty cycle for a given life. For higher torque ratings, service life will be reduced. Nominal speed and torque curves 80 804 0 Nominal speed and torque curves 80 814 0 mN.m mN.m 100 000 10000 30 000 1000 500 10 000 100 3 000 1 10 1 10 100 1 2 3 1000 B RPM 5 10 20 40 B RPM Dimensions 80 804 0 Standard 2 98.4 max. 1 3 B 2 tags IEC 760 series 4.8 x 0.5 mm C 7 mm across flats D (shaft pushed-in ) 80 814 0 Standard 2 1 83.4 max. 3 4 B 2 tags IEC 760 series 4.8 x 0.5 mm C 7 mm across flats D (shaft pushed-in) Options Shaft 79 261 300 1 Shaft 79 261 309 Shaft 79 261 314 1 1 2 B (shaft pushed-in ) B (shaft pushed-in ) 2 B (shaft pushed-in ) C 7 across flat Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/31 CrouzetMotors.book Page 32 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM D.C. geared motors with brushes 5 Nm 3.9 Watts A range of D.C. geared motors with solid metal gears. Mechanical rating of gearbox with output shaft stalled : 5 Nm. 3.9 Watt motor versions. Available in either 12 or 24 V D.C. Gearbox ratios options for 1.7 to 344 rpm. Interference suppression on standard products Specifications Type Voltage Output speed (rpm) Ratios (i) 344 12.5 258 50/3 172 25 103 125/3 69 62.5 34 125 17 250 8.6 500 1.72 2500 General characteristics Motor Gearbox Maximum permitted torque from gearmotor under continuous conditions (for 1 millions turns) N.m Axial load (dynamic) daN Radial load (dynamic) daN Max. output (W) Nominal output (W) Gearbox case temperature rise (C) Weight (g) 3.9 Watts 3.9 watts 82 867 0 12 V 82 867 0 24 V 82 867 001 82 867 0X16.67Z 82 867 002 82 867 003 82 867 004 82 867 005 82 867 0X00250Z 82 867 006 82 867 0X2500Z 82 867 007 82 867 0Y16.67Z 82 867 008 82 867 009 82 867 010 82 867 011 82 867 0Y00250Z 82 867 012 82 867 0Y2500Z 82 860 0 81 037 0 5 82 860 0 81 037 0 5 2 3 3.9 3 50 465 2 3 3.9 3 50 465 Products adaptations, available on request Special supply voltages Special lead lengths Optional encoder Special connectors Special output shafts Special gearbox ratios Special gear material Special output bearings Special mounting plate Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/32 CrouzetMotors.book Page 33 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Curves The shaded zone represents the operating range of the geared motor. The horizontal line marks the maximum torque available in continuous duty cycle for a given life. For higher torque ratings, service life will be reduced. Nominal speed and torque curves 82 867 0 10000 5000 mN.m 2000 1000 500 200 100 50 20 1 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 500 B RPM Dimensions 82 867 0 3 79.8 max. 2 4 1 B 4 fixing holes O M4 x 12 mm C 2 tags NFC 20-120 series 2.8 x 0.5 mm D 7 mm 0.1 across flats E (shaft pushed-in ) Options Shaft 79 206 478 1 4 B (shaft pushed-in ) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/33 CrouzetMotors.book Page 34 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM D.C. geared motors with brushes 5 Nm 10 and 17 Watts A range of D.C. geared motors with solid metal gears. Mechanical rating of gearbox with output shaft stalled : 5 Nm. 10 and 17 Watt motor power. Available in either 12, 24 or 48 V D.C. Gearbox ratios options for 10.5 to 616 rpm. Specifications Type Voltage Standard speed (rpm) Output speed Ratios (i) (rpm) 616 4.22 385 6.75 339.5 7.66 212 12.25 170 15.31 106 24.5 68 38.28 53 49 42.5 61.25 21 122.5 10.5 245 General characteristics Motor Gearbox Maximum permitted torque from gearmotor under continuous conditions (N.m) Axial load (dynamic) daN Radial load (dynamic) daN Max. output (W) Nominal output (W) Gearbox case temperature rise (C) Weight (g) 17 Watts 17 Watts 10 Watts 10 Watts 80 805 0 12 V 2600 rpm 80 805 0 24 V 2600 rpm 80 815 0 12 V 2600 rpm 80 815 0 24 V 2600 rpm 80 805 0X04.22Z 80 805 0X06.75Z 80 805 0X07.66Z 80 805 0X12.25Z 80 805 0X15.31Z 80 805 0X024.5Z 80 805 0X38.28Z 80 805 0X00049Z 80 805 0X61.25Z 80 805 0X122.5Z 80 805 0X00245Z 80 805 0Y04.22Z 80 805 0Y06.75Z 80 805 0Y07.66Z 80 805 0Y12.25Z 80 805 0Y15.31Z 80 805 0Y024.5Z 80 805 0Y38.28Z 80 805 0Y00049Z 80 805 0Y61.25Z 80 805 0Y122.5Z 80 805 0Y00245Z 80 815 0X04.22Z 80 815 0X06.75Z 80 815 0X07.66Z 80 815 0X12.25Z 80 815 0X15.31Z 80 815 0X024.5Z 80 815 0X38.28Z 80 815 0X00049Z 80 815 0X61.25Z 80 815 0X122.5Z 80 815 0X00245Z 80 815 0Y04.22Z 80 815 0Y06.75Z 80 815 0Y07.66Z 80 815 0Y12.25Z 80 815 0Y15.31Z 80 815 0Y024.5Z 80 815 0Y38.28Z 80 815 0Y00049Z 80 815 0Y61.25Z 80 815 0Y122.5Z 80 815 0Y00245Z 82 800 0 81 035 0 5 82 800 0 81 035 0 5 82 810 0 81 035 0 5 82 810 0 81 035 0 5 6 6 16.3 15.7 44 920 6 6 17 15.6 40 920 6 6 10.3 9.4 45 820 6 6 9.5 8.7 46 820 Products adaptations, available on request Special supply voltages Special lead lengths Optional encoder Special connectors Special output shafts Special gearbox ratios Special gear material Special output bearings Special mounting plate Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/34 CrouzetMotors.book Page 35 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Curves The shaded zone represents the operating range of the geared motor. The horizontal line marks the maximum torque available in continuous duty cycle for a given life. For higher torque ratings, service life will be reduced. Nominal speed and torque curves 80 805 0 Nominal speed and torque curves 80 815 0 mN.m mN.m 5000 5000 1000 1000 1 1 100 1 2 5 10 100 100 1 2 5 10 500 B RPM 100 500 B RPM Dimensions 80 805 0 2 1 3 128.5 max. 4 B 4 fixing holes O 4.2 C 2 tags IEC 760 series 4.8 x 0.5 mm D 7 mm 0.1 across flats E (shaft pushed-in ) 80 815 0 Standard 2 1 3 113.5 max. 4 4 B 4 fixing holes O 4.2 C 2 tags IEC 760 series 4.8 x 0.5 mm D 7 mm 0.1 across flats E (shaft pushed-in ) Options Gearbox shaft 79 290 064 1 B (shaft pushed-in ) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/35 CrouzetMotors.book Page 36 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM D.C. geared motors with brushes 5 Nm 10 and 17 Watts A range of D.C. geared motors with solid metal gears. Mechanical rating of gearbox with output shaft stalled : 5 Nm. 10 and 17 Watt motor power. Available in either 12, 24 or 48 V D.C. Gearbox ratios options for 1 to 208 rpm. Specifications Type Voltage Output speed Ratios (i) (rpm) 208 12.5 156 50/3 104 25 62 125/3 42 62.5 21 125 10 250 5.20 500 1.04 2500 General characteristics Motor Gearbox Maximum permitted torque from gearmotor under continuous conditions for 1 millions turns N.m Axial load (dynamic) daN Radial load (dynamic) daN Max. output (W) Nominal output (W) Gearbox case temperature rise (C) Weight (g) 17 Watts 17 Watts 10 watts 10 Watts 80 807 0 12 V 80 807 0 24 V 80 817 0 12 V 80 817 0 24 V 80 807 012 80 807 0X16.67Z 80 807 013 80 807 014 80 807 015 80 807 016 80 807 0X00250Z 80 807 017 80 807 0X2500Z 80 807 018 80 807 0Y16.67Z 80 807 019 80 807 020 80 807 021 80 807 001 80 807 0Y00250Z 80 807 022 80 807 0Y02500Z 80 817 0X012.5Z 80 817 0X16.67Z 80 817 0X00025Z 80 817 0X41.67Z 80 817 0X062.5Z 80 817 0X00125Z 80 817 0X00250Z 80 817 0X00500Z 80 817 0X02500Z 80 817 0Y012.5Z 80 817 0Y16.67Z 80 817 0Y00025Z 80 817 0Y41.67Z 80 817 0Y062.5Z 80 817 0Y00125Z 80 817 0Y00250Z 80 817 0Y00500Z 80 817 0Y02500Z 82 800 0 81 037 0 5 82 800 0 81 037 0 5 82 810 0 81 037 0 5 82 810 0 81 037 0 5 2 3 16.3 15.7 44 800 2 3 17 15.6 40 800 2 3 10.3 9.4 45 710 2 3 9.5 8.7 46 710 Products adaptations, available on request Special supply voltages Special lead lengths Optional encoder Special connectors Special output shafts Special gearbox ratios Special gear material Special output bearings Special mounting plate Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/36 CrouzetMotors.book Page 37 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Curves The shaded zone represents the operating range of the geared motor. The horizontal line marks the maximum torque available in continuous duty cycle for a given life. For higher torque ratings, service life will be reduced. Nominal speed and torque curves 80 807 0 Nominal speed and torque curves 80 817 0 mN.m mN.m 30000 30000 10000 10000 3000 3000 1000 1000 12V 24V-48V 300 300 1 1 100 100 1 2 3 10 20 30 1 100 200 300 B RPM 2 3 10 20 30 100 200300 B RPM Dimensions 80 807 0 Standard 2 1 121 max. B C D 3 2 tags IEC 760 series 4.8 x 0.5 mm 7 mm across flats (shaft pushed-in ) 80 817 0 Standard 2 1 106 max. 3 B 2 tags IEC 760 series 4.8 x 0.5 mm C 7 mm across flats D (shaft pushed-in ) 4 Options Gearbox shaft 79 206 478 1 B (shaft pushed-in ) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/37 CrouzetMotors.book Page 38 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM D.C. geared motors with brushes 5 Nm 33 Watts A range of D.C. geared motors with solid metal gears. Mechanical rating of gearbox with output shaft stalled : 5 Nm. 33 Watt motor power. Available in either 12, 24 or 48 V D.C. Gearbox ratios options for 7.4 to 426 rpm. Specifications Type Voltage Standard speed (rpm) Output speed (rpm) Ratios (i) 426 4.22 266 6.75 235 7.66 147 12.25 118 15.31 73 24.5 47 38.28 37 49 29.4 61.25 14.7 122.5 7.4 245 General characteristics Motor Gearbox Maximum permitted torque from gearmotor under continuous conditions (N.m) Axial load (dynamic) daN Radial load (dynamic) daN Max. output (W) Nominal output (W) Gearbox case temperature rise (C) Weight (g) 33 Watts 33 Watts 80 835 0 12 V 1800 rpm 80 835 0 24 V 1800 rpm 80 835 0X04.22Z 80 835 012 80 835 0X07.66Z 80 835 013 80 835 0X15.31Z 80 835 014 80 835 015 80 835 0X00049Z 80 835 016 80 835 017 80 835 018 80 835 0Y04.22Z 80 835 009 80 835 0Y07.66Z 80 835 004 80 835 0Y15.31Z 80 835 002 80 835 003 80 835 0Y00049Z 80 835 008 80 835 006 80 835 005 82 830 0 81 035 0 5 82 830 0 81 035 0 5 6 6 33 27 50 1540 6 6 33 27 50 1540 Products adaptations, available on request Special supply voltages Special lead lengths Optional encoder Special connectors Special output shafts Special gearbox ratios Special gear material Special output bearings Special mounting plate Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/38 CrouzetMotors.book Page 39 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Curves The shaded zone represents the operating range of the geared motor. The horizontal line marks the maximum torque available in continuous duty cycle for a given life. For higher torque ratings, service life will be reduced. Nominal speed and torque curves mN.m 5000 1000 100 1 2 5 10 1 100 500 B RPM Dimensions 80 835 0 4 1 3 2 B 4 fixing holes O 4.2 C Lead length 200 mm 10 D 7 mm across flats E (shaft pushed-in ) Options Gearbox shaft 79 290 064 1 4 B (shaft pushed-in ) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/39 CrouzetMotors.book Page 40 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM D.C. geared motors with brushes 5 Nm 40 to 52 Watts A range of D.C. geared motors with solid metal gears. Mechanical rating of gearbox with output shaft stalled : 5 Nm. 40 to 52 Watt motor versions. Available in either 12 or 24 V D.C. Gearbox ratios options for 13.8 to 805 rpm. Specifications Type Voltages Standard speed (rpm) Output speed (rpm) Ratios (i) 805 4.22 503 6.75 444 7.66 277 12.25 222 15.31 139 24.5 89 38.28 69 49 55 61.25 28 122.5 13.8 245 General characteristics Motor Gearbox Maximum permitted torque from gearmotor under continuous conditions (2.5 million revolution) (N.m) Axial load (dynamic) daN Radial load (dynamic) daN Max. output (W) Nominal output (W) Gearbox case temperature rise (C) Weight (g) 42 Watts 52 Watts 80 855 0 12 V 3400 rpm 80 855 0 24 V 3400 rpm 80 855 0X04.22Z 80 855 0X06.75Z 80 855 0X07.66Z 80 855 0X12.25Z 80 855 0X15.31Z 80 855 0X024.5Z 80 855 0X38.28Z 80 855 0X00049Z 80 855 0X61.25Z 80 855 0X122.5Z 80 855 0X00245Z 80 855 0Y04.22Z 80 855 0Y06.75Z 80 855 0Y07.66Z 80 855 0Y12.25Z 80 855 0Y15.31Z 80 855 0Y024.5Z 80 855 0Y38.28Z 80 855 0Y00049Z 80 855 0Y61.25Z 80 855 0Y122.5Z 80 855 0Y00245Z 82 850 0 81 035 0 5 82 850 0 81 035 0 5 6 6 42 32 45 985 6 6 52 32 45 985 Products adaptations, available on request Special supply voltages Special lead lengths Optional encoder Special connectors Special output shafts Special gearbox ratios Special gear material Special output bearings Special mounting plate Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/40 CrouzetMotors.book Page 41 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Curves The shaded zone represents the operating range of the geared motor. The horizontal line marks the maximum torque available in continuous duty cycle for a given life. For higher torque ratings, service life will be reduced. Nominal speed and torque curves mN. m 5000 1000 1 100 1 2 5 10 100 B RPM Dimensions 3 1 2 4 B 4 fixing holes O 4.2 C 7 mm 0.1 across flats D 2 holes M3 x 0.5 at 180 depth 4 on O 32 E 2 holes 2.5 0.5 at 120 depth 4.5 on O 32 4 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/41 CrouzetMotors.book Page 42 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM D.C. geared motors with brushes 6 Nm 10 and 17 Watts A range of D.C. geared motors with solid metal gears. Mechanical rating of gearbox with output shaft stalled : 6 Nm. 10 and 17 Watt motor power. Available in either 12, 24 or 48 V D.C. Gearbox ratios options for 4 to 12 rpm. Specifications Type Voltage Output speed Ratios (i) (rpm) 12 650/3 8 338 4 650 General characteristics Motor Gearbox Maximum permitted torque from gearmotor under continuous conditions for 10 millions turns N.m Axial load (dynamic) daN Radial load (dynamic) daN Max. output (W) Nominal output (W) Gearbox case temperature rise (C) Weight (g) 10 Watts 10 Watts 17 Watts 17 Watts 82 812 5 12 V 82 812 5 24 V 82 802 5 12 V 82 802 5 24 V 82 812 5X216.7Z 82 812 5X00338Z 82 812 5X00650Z 82 812 5Y216.7Z 82 812 5Y00338Z 82 812 5Y00650Z 82 802 5X216.7Z 82 802 5X00338Z 82 802 5X00650Z 82 802 5Y216.7Z 82 802 5Y00338Z 82 802 5Y00650Z 82 810 0 81 032 6 6 82 810 0 81 032 6 6 82 800 0 81 032 6 6 82 800 0 81 032 6 6 3.5 5 10.3 9.4 45 880 3.5 5 9.5 8.7 46 880 3.5 5 16.3 15.7 44 880 3.5 5 17 15.6 40 880 Products adaptations, available on request Special supply voltages Special lead lengths Optional encoder Special connectors Special output shafts Special gearbox ratios Special gear material Special output bearings Special mounting plate Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/42 CrouzetMotors.book Page 43 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Curves The shaded zone represents the operating range of the geared motor. The horizontal line marks the maximum torque available in continuous duty cycle for a given life. For higher torque ratings, service life will be reduced. Nominal speed and torque curves 82 812 5 Nominal speed and torque curves 82 802 5 mN.m mN.m 30000 30000 12V 10000 10000 24V-48V 3000 3000 1 1 1000 2 3 1 10 1000 100 20 30 1 B RPM 2 3 10 20 30 100 B RPM Dimensions 82 812 5 Standard 3 1 2 25.1 130 max. 3 19.8 25.1 11.5 19.85 19.85 1.85 59.7 max. 26.9 max. 5 25.3 4 -0 0.5 14.5 O12 5.5 O8 -0.015 O42 85 max. 1.6 81.6 max. 14.5 21.5 29.1 39.7 27.25 15 25.3 64.1 max. B 8 holes M4 depth 7.5 mm C 3 holes M5 at 120 depth 7.5 mm D 2 tags IEC 760 series 4.8 x 0.5 mm E 7 mm across flats F (shaft pushed-in ) 82 802 5 Standard 3 1 2 25.1 144.5 max. 3 19.8 25.1 11.5 19.85 19.85 1.85 59.7 max. 26.9 max. 5 4 25.3 4 -0 0.5 14.5 O12 5.5 O8 -0.015 O42 85 max. 1.6 81.6 max. 14.5 21.5 29.1 39.7 27.25 15 25.3 64.1 max. B 8 holes M4 depth 7.5 mm C 3 holes M5 at 120 depth 7.5 mm D 2 tags IEC 760 series 4.8 x 0.5 mm E 7 mm across flats F (shaft pushed-in ) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/43 CrouzetMotors.book Page 44 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM D.C. geared motors with brushes 6 Nm 33 Watts A range of D.C. geared motors with solid metal gears. Mechanical rating of gearbox with output shaft stalled : 6 Nm. 33 Watt motor power. Available in either 12, 24 or 48 V D.C. Gearbox ratios options for 5 to 14 rpm. Specifications Type Voltages Output speed (rpm) Ratios (i) 14 130 8 650/3 5 338 General characteristics Motor Gearbox Maximum permitted torque from gearmotor under continuous conditions for 10 millions turns N.m Axial load (dynamic) daN Radial load (dynamic) daN Max. output (W) Nominal output (W) Gearbox case temperature rise (C) Weight (g) 33 Watts 33 Watts 82 832 5 12 V 82 832 5 24 V 82 832 5X00130Z 82 832 5X216.7Z 82 832 5X00338Z 82 832 5Y00130Z 82 832 5Y216.7Z 82 832 5Y00338Z 82 830 0 81 032 6 6 82 830 0 81 032 6 6 3.5 5 33 27 50 1400 3.5 5 33 27 50 1400 Products adaptations, available on request Special supply voltages Special lead lengths Optional encoder Special connectors Special output shafts Special gearbox ratios Special gear material Special output bearings Special mounting plate Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/44 CrouzetMotors.book Page 45 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Curves The shaded zone represents the operating range of the geared motor. The horizontal line marks the maximum torque available in continuous duty cycle for a given life. For higher torque ratings, service life will be reduced. Nominal speed and torque curves mN.m 30000 10000 3000 1 1000 1 10 2 3 20 30 100 B RPM Dimensions 82 832 5 2 1 6 3 5 4 B 3 holes M5 at 120 depth 7.5 mm C 8 holes M4 depth 7.5 mm D Lead length 200 mm E 7 mm across flats F 4 holes M5 on O 40 depth 7 mm G (shaft pushed-in ) 4 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/45 CrouzetMotors.book Page 46 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM D.C. geared motors with brushes 50 Nm 22 to 42 Watts Gearbox torque rating : 0.8 to 25 Nm. Associated DC motors : 15 to 90 watts. DC planetary geared motors with brushes Speed range : 11 to 454 rpm. Specifications 22 Watts Type Voltages Number of Speed (rpm) stages 1 454 1 477 2 122 2 128 2 69 2 70 3 33 3 34 3 20 3 19 3 12 3 11 General characteristics Motor Gearbox Max. torque Nm 42 Watts 80 809 2 12 V 80 859 3 24 V 12 V 24 V Ratios 6.75 6.75 25.0 25.0 46 46 93 93 169 169 308 308 80 809 2X06.75 80 809 2Y06.75 80 809 2X00025 80 809 2Y00025 80 809 2X00046 80 809 2Y00046 80 809 2X00093 80 809 2Y00093 80 809 2X00169 80 809 2Y00169 80 809 2X00308 80 809 2Y00308 82 800 5 81 049 2 0.8 (1 stage) 2 (2 stages) 4 (3 stages) 0.75 (1 stage) 0.7 (2 stages) 0.65 (3 stages) 1.5 (1 stage) 3 (2 stages) 4.5 (3 stages) 0.5 (1 stage) 1 (2 stages) 1.5 (3 stages) No Yes Efficiency (%) Radial load (dynamic) daN Axial load (dynamic) daN Output ball bearing Sintered bronze output bearing 80 859 3X06.75 80 859 3Y06.75 80 859 3X00025 80 859 3Y00025 80 859 3X00046 80 859 3Y00046 80 859 3X00093 80 859 3Y00093 80 859 3X00169 80 859 3Y00169 80 859 3X00308 80 859 3Y00308 82 850 0 81 049 3 3 (1 stage) 7.5 (2 stages) 15 (3 stages) 0.8 (1 stage) 0.75 (2 stages) 0.7 (3 stages) 16 (1 stage) 23 (2 stages) 30 (3 stages) 5 (1 stage) 8 (2 stages) 11 (3 stages) Yes No Products adaptations, available on request Special supply voltages Special lead lengths Optional encoder Special connectors Special output shafts Special gearbox ratios Special gear material Special output bearings Special mounting plate Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/46 CrouzetMotors.book Page 47 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Curves 80 809 2 80 859 3 N.m 100 N.m 100 10 10 1 1 1 0.1 1 10 100 1 0.1 1000 1 B RPM 10 100 1000 B RPM Dimensions 80 809 2 25 19.8 4 11.5 O 42 0.5 3 2 1 2.8 6.9 2 O8 O 25h10 O 42 50 0.2 + 14.3 L1 13 B Key 3 x 3 x 16 C 4 M4 x 10 on O 36 D 4 holes for M3 self-tapping screws on 3O 2, depth 10 E 2 tags 4.75 L1 1 stage : 134 mm L1 2 stages : 147 mm L1 3 stages : 160 mm 1 10 2 200 2.8 3 10 5 90 L1 O8 O 25h10 2.5 2 26 O -0.01 -0.01 12,7 -0.05 25 O 22 -0.05 O 42,21 max. 80 859 3 4 3 4 B Key 3 x 3 x 16 C 2 M3 x 0.5 at 180 depth 5.5 on 3O 2 D 2 M3 x 0.5 at 120 depth 5.5 on 3O 2 E 4 M4 x 10 on O36 F 4 M3 x 10 on O32 L1 1 stage : 162 mm L1 2 stages : 175 mm L1 3 stages : 188 mm Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/47 CrouzetMotors.book Page 48 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM D.C. geared motors with brushes 50 Nm 67 to 195 Watts Gearbox torque rating : 0.8 to 25 Nm. Associated DC motors : 15 to 90 watts. DC planetary geared motors with brushes Speed range : 11 to 454 rpm. Specifications 67 Watts Type Voltages Number of Speed (rpm) stages 1 410 1 474 2 110 2 128 2 62 2 70 3 30 3 34 3 18 3 19 3 11 3 11 General characteristics Motor Gearbox Max. torque Nm 195 Watts 80 839 4 12 V 80 899 5 24 V 24 V 48 V Ratios 6.75 6.75 25.0 25.0 46 46 93 93 169 169 308 308 80 839 4X06.75 80 839 4Y06.75 80 839 4X00025 80 839 4Y00025 80 839 4X00046 80 839 4Y00046 80 839 4X00093 80 839 4Y00093 80 839 4X00169 80 839 4Y00169 80 839 4X00308 80 839 4Y00308 82 830 5 81 049 4 2 (1 stage) 5 (2 stages) 10 (3 stages) 0.75 (1 stage) 0.7 (2 stages) 0.65 (3 stages) 20 (1 stage) 32 (2 stages) 45 (3 stages) 6 (1 stage) 10 (2 stages) 15 (3 stages) Yes No Efficiency (%) Radial load (dynamic) daN Axial load (dynamic) daN Output ball bearing Sintered bronze output bearing 80 899 5X06.75 80 899 5Z06.75 80 899 5X00025 80 899 5Z00025 80 899 5X00046 80 899 5Z00046 80 899 5X00093 80 899 5Z00093 80 899 5X00169 80 899 5Z00169 80 899 5X00308 80 899 5Z00308 82 890 0 82 849 5 4 (1 stage) 12 (2 stages) 25 (3 stages) 0.8 (1 stage) 0.75 (2 stages) 0.7 (3 stages) 20 (1 stage) 32 (2 stages) 45 (3 stages) 6 (1 stage) 10 (2 stages) 15 (3 stages) Yes No Products adaptations, available on request Special supply voltages Special lead lengths Optional encoder Special connectors Special output shafts Special gearbox ratios Special gear material Special output bearings Special mounting plate Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/48 CrouzetMotors.book Page 49 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Curves 80 839 4 100 80 899 5 N.m 100 10 10 1 1 N.m 1 0.1 1 10 100 0.1 1 1000 B RPM 1 10 100 1000 B RPM Dimensions 80 839 4 -0 25 30 2.8 ' 0.1 O 12 h7 2.5 L1 O 32 h8 90 O 63.2 max. 3 1 2 200 O 25 -0.05 O 40 10 25 O 52 2 B Key 4 x 4 x 16 C 4 M5 x 0.86 h depth 7 on O 40 D 4 M5 x 10 L1 1 stage : 159 mm L1 2 stages : 173 mm L1 3 stages : 187 mm 80 899 5 -0 25 30 2.8 ' L1 O 12 h7 0.1 O 32 h8 90 O 63.2 max. 2.5 3 1 2 200 O 25 -0.05 O 40 10 25 O 52 4 2 B Key 4 x 4 x 16 C 4 M5 x 0.86 h depth 7 on O 40 D 4 M5 x 10 L1 1 stage : 184 mm L1 2 stages : 198 mm L1 3 stages : 212 mm Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/49 CrouzetMotors.book Page 50 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Magnetic Encoder For motors: 82 800 0 - 82 810 0 - 82 800 5 - 82 810 5 - 82 860 For geared motors: 80 813 0 - 80 814 0 - 80 803 0 - 80 804 0 - 82 842 5 - 82 842 6 - 82 862 5 - 82 862 6 Magnetic encoders, resolution of 1 pulse per revolution Technology A magnetic wave is generated by a magnet integrated in the motor shaft. A Hall effect sensor reads this information and converts it into a square wave within the motor. General layout Vdc from .4 to 24 volts - current: 50 mA Output Signal 82 800 0 - 82 810 0 - 82 800 5 - 82 810 5 - 80 313 0 - 80 814 0 - 80 803 0 - 80 604 0 Applications Measuring systems for feed dispensing equipment Position settings for automatic access points Servomotors Magnetic encoder gives resolution of 5 pulses per revolution Made to order products, available on request Connections - Motor and encoder power supplies must be kept separate 12345- Motor Supply + Encoder supply + Encoder ground Encoder output ~ Motor ground 1- An integrated connector HE14 / 2.54 mm is used for motor and encoder power supplies and encoder output signals. 2 - Resistance R should be added (Value depends on Vdc) 3- Recommended customer connectors : STOCKO MKF 17-230/260/330/360 - LUMBERG 2.5 MBX 82 860 - 82 842 5 - 82 842 6 - 82 862 5 - 82 862 6 Applications Positioning dental radiology equipment Adjusting Venetian blinds Measuring systems for coffee machines Magnetic encoder with a resolution of 5 or 12 pulses per revolution Made to order products, available on request Connections - Motor and encoder power supplies must be kept separate 12345- + Motor supply output tag - Motor supply output tag Brown wire for + Vdc encoder supply Yellow wire for encoder signal Blue wire for encoder ground 1 - Encoder power supply and signal : lead length 135 mm 2 - Resistance R should be added (Value depends on Vdc) 3 - Standard motors 82 860 5 with magnetic encoders are equipped with interference suppression Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/50 CrouzetMotors.book Page 51 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Friction clutch for 81 021 This device is situated inside the gearbox and is particularly recommended when gearbox protection is required if accidental overloading occurs. In this system, the final gear is connected to the gearbox output shaft by means of a friction assembly. In some cases, this device can be used for time adjustment or zero reset on timers. The standard torque setting is : 1.8 to 2.5 cm/kg for gearbox 81 021 Needle Bearings for 81 032 Where operating conditions are severe, e.g. where there are high radial or alternating loads, it is advisable for needle bearings to be substituted for the normal bearings. Please consult us. Note: applies to 81 032 gearboxes only. Cover 2 for 81 032 4 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/51 CrouzetMotors.book Page 52 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/52 CrouzetMotors.book Page 53 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM D.C. Brushless Motors 4 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/53 CrouzetMotors.book Page 54 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM BRUSHLESS motors selection guide Right angle gearbox Torque max (Nm) Gearbox 0.6 1 1.7 Direct motors Power usable (w) Torque nominal (mN.m) Speed nominal (rpm) Voltage supply (V) Motor type dimensions (mm) 30 140 2200 24 p.56 80 140 p.61 80 141 440 rpm 240 3250 80 141 p.61 80 141 220 rpm p.64 80 181 110 rpm p.64 80 181 57x57 80 p.61 24 p.58 82 180 57x57 650 rpm 325 rpm 1 4.5 Planetary gearboxes Torque max (mN) Gearbox 0.8 Direct motors Power usable (w) Torque nominal (mN.m) Speed nominal (tr.mn) Voltage supply (V) 30 140 2200 24 Motor type dimensions (mm) p.56 80 140 p.60 80 149 O 62 57x57 316 rpm 80 240 3250 24 p.58 82 180 57x57 p.62 80 189 p.62 O 81 O 81 650 rpm 120 rpm Gearbox selection based upon mechanical constraint. Right angle Perpendicular output quietness (<53 dB) Irreversibility when Ratio = 30+ Planetary Centered output shaft High efficiency Reversible Power selection based upon available torque and electronic performance Electronic 30 Watt Speed regulation 1 Channel, 12 PPR Encoder NPN output type Electronic 80 Watt Torque & Speed regulation 2 channel, 12 PPR Encoder PNP output type Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/54 80 189 CrouzetMotors.book Page 55 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM 2 2.1 p.61 80 141 44 rpm p.61 2.9 3.4 80 141 74 rpm p.64 80 181 163 rpm 5 20 p.60 3.5 p.60 O 62 O 62 48 rpm 48 rpm p.62 p.64 65 rpm 80 181 p.64 80 181 108 rpm 30 80 149 80 149 80 189 O 81 4 Selection of a geared motor This choice is based upon the desired usable power at the gearbox output shaft. 2 Power = ----- C n 60 (W) (Nm) (Rpm) A geared motor must have usable power equal to or greater than the power required to rotate the load desired. It is selected by checking that the point corresponding to the required operating conditions (torque and speed output) is higher than the nominal torque versus speed curve of the geared motor. The required torque output of a geared motor must be within its maximum recommended torque for continuous duty. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/55 CrouzetMotors.book Page 56 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Direct drive BRUSHLESS DC motors 30 Watts Ideal for movement and positioning applications Adjustable : 4 quadrant varible speed control Complete : Brake, 2 channel encoder and integrated EMC filter Compact : High efficiency and starting torque Open : Compatible with Crouzet Millenium II+ logic controller Flexible : 24 V supply allows battery operation Specifications 30 Watts Speed control Part numbers Supply voltage (V) No-load characteristics Speed of rotation (rpm) Absorbed current (A) Nominal characteristics Speed (rpm) Torque (mN.m) Absorbed current (A) Maximum characteristics Start torque (mN.m) Starting current (A) General characteristics Insulation class (conforming to IEC 85) Casing temperature rise at 40C ambient max. (C) Thermal time constant (min) Inertia (g.cm2 ) Weight (g) Acoustic pressure at 50 cm (dBA) Service life L10 (h) 0-10 V speed input characteristics Input impedance (k) Full scale speed (rpm) PWM speed input characteristics Input impedance (k) Level 0 input voltage (V) Level 1 input voltage (V) Frequency range (Hz) Full scale speed (rpm) Output characteristics Type of output Max. current (mA) 0-10 V and PWM 80 140 004 24 (18 28) 3 100 0.2 2 200 140 1.9 220 3.0 B (120C) 15 15 50 800 40 20 000 10 3 100 10 < 1.7 >3 150 5 000 3 100 NPN 50 Products adaptations, available on request 2 quadrant speed regulation Motors with hall effect sensors only Adaptations on electronics Special cable lengths Special connectors fitted to the cable Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/56 CrouzetMotors.book Page 57 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Curves Speed/torque min Current/torque -1 4000 3000 2000 1000 0 mN.m 0 60 120 180 240 1 2 B Continuous operation C Cyclic operation B Continuous operation C Cyclic operation Dimensions Version IP 54 0.07 - 0.01 O 22 - 0.05 70 5 57 12.5 O12 4 0.1 O 45 - 0.010 6 - 0.020 2.5 1 .5 o5 2 57 8 0.1 73.2 max. 25 0.6 B Cable length : 40010 mm C 4 holes M5 x 0.86 H on O 40 depth 4.5 mm mini Connections Marking on motor Function Wire colour *a *a Power earth 24 V power supply Signal earth On/off input Direction input PWM speed setpoint 0-10 V speed setpoint 12 points/rev encoder output Black Red Blue Green Yellow Orange Brown Purple *b 1 power cable AWG24 8 conductors UL2464 Using information 4 Precautions to take to avoid damaging the motor *a) Do not invert the polarities *b) Do not short-circuit the encoder output (NPN) Do not use the motor as a generator Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/57 CrouzetMotors.book Page 58 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Direct drive BRUSHLESS DC motors 80 Watts Ideal for movement and positioning applications Adjustable : 4 quadrant varible speed control Complete : Brake, 2 channel encoder and integrated CEM filter Compact : High efficiency and starting torque Open : Compatible with Crouzet Millenium II+ logic controller Flexible : 24 V supply allows battery operation Specifications Speed control Part numbers Supply voltage (V) No-load characteristics Speed of rotation (rpm) Absorbed current (A) Nominal characteristics Speed (rpm) Torque (mN.m) Absorbed current (A) Maximum characteristics Start torque (mN.m) Starting current (A) General characteristics Insulation class (conforming to IEC 85) Casing temperature rise at 40C ambient max. (C) Thermal time constant (min) Inertia (g.cm2 ) Acoustic pressure at 50 cm (dBA) Service life L10 (h) 0-10 V speed input characteristics Input impedance (k) Full scale speed (rpm) PWM speed input characteristics Input impedance (k) Level 0 input voltage (V) Level 1 input voltage (V) Frequency range (Hz) Full scale speed (rpm) Output characteristics Type of output Max. current (mA) Weight (g) 80 Watts PWM control 80 Watts 0-10 V control PWM 80 180 001 24 (18 37) 0-10 V 80 180 002 24 (18 37) 4 200 0.4 4 200 0.4 3 250 240 4.8 3 250 240 4.8 300 6.0 300 6.0 B (120C) 20 15 105 50 20 000 B (120C) 20 15 105 50 20 000 - 440 4 200 19 < 2.5 > 11.5 150 1000 4 200 - PNP 50 1 400 PNP 50 1 400 Products adaptations, available on request 2 quadrant speed regulation Motors with hall effect sensors only Adaptations on electronics Special cable lengths Special connectors fitted to the cable Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/58 CrouzetMotors.book Page 59 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Curves Speed/torque Current/torque min-1 4500 4000 3500 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000 500 0 mN.m 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 1 2 B Continuous operation C Cyclic operation B Continuous operation C Cyclic operation Dimensions Short version 80 180 0 57 0.1 45 -0.010 o8 -0.020 -0.01 2.5 0.07 o25 -0.05 111.7 max 57 0.1 O12 13 1 2.5 max R4 (x4) 2 x AWG20 8 25 0.6 2 8 x AWG24 70 5 B 4 holes M5 x 0.86 H on O 40 depth 4.5 mm mini C Cable length : 500 15 mm Connections Marking on motor *a *a *b *b *b Function Wire colour Power earth 24 V power supply Signal earth On/off input Direction input Speed setpoint 12 points/rev encoder output Encoder direction output Torque limiting setpoint Torque saturation output Black (2nd harness) Brown (2nd harness) Black Green Yellow Orange Brown Red Blue Purple 1 power cable AWG20 2 conductors UL2464 1 control cable AWG24 8 conductors UL2464 4 Using information Precautions to take to avoid damaging the motor *a) Do not invert the polarities *b) Do not short-circuit the encoder output (NPN) Do not use the motor as a generator Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/59 CrouzetMotors.book Page 60 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM BRUSHLESS DC geared motors 30 Watts with O 62 mm planetary gearbox Concentric output shaft Ideal for high reduction ratios Ideal for high torque applications High efficiency Reversible Specifications Ratios (i) Output speed (rpm) 7 316 46 48 308 7 General characteristics Motor Speed control Axial load (dynamic) N Radial load (dynamic) N Efficiency (%) Casing temperature rise at 25C Weight (g) Available torque (N.m) 0.8 5 30 1 stage 2 stages 3 stages 80 149 604 80 149 605 80 149 606 80 140 0-10 V and PWM 50 240 90 35 1 600 80 140 0-10 V and PWM 70 360 80 35 2 000 80 140 0-10 V and PWM 120 520 70 35 2 400 Products adaptations, available on request 2 quadrant speed regulation Motors with hall effect sensors only Adaptations on electronics Special cable lengths Special connectors fitted to the cable Dimensions 2 3 57 9 0.1 73.2 max. 4 57 0.1 7 +0.2 0 L1 O 16 -0 8 O 40 - 0.01 +0.015 5.5 57 0.1 O12 .5 o5 12.5 30 5 70 5 4 0.6 O 14 - 0.018 1 O 62 B Cable length 400 10 mm C 4 holes M5 depth 10 at 90 on 5O 2 D Fixation hole M5 depth 12.5 E Key A5 x 5 x 18 L1 1 stage : 43.7 mm max. L1 2 stages : 59.7 mm max. L1 3 stages : 75.2 mm max. Using information Respect the limits and precautions of use written in the 30W brushless motor section Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/60 CrouzetMotors.book Page 61 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM BRUSHLESS DC geared motors 30 Watts with right-angle gearbox Output perpendicular to motor Ideal for low reduction ratios Ideal for applications needing a compact motor Silent operation Irreversible with high ratios Specifications Ratios (i) Output speed (rpm) 5 440 10 220 20 110 30 74 50 44 General characteristics Motor Speed control Axial load (dynamic) N Radial load (dynamic) N Temperature rise at 50 % cycle (C) Weight (g) Available torque (N.m) 0.6 1.0 1.7 2.1 2.0 1 stage 80 141 001 80 141 002 80 141 003 80 141 004 80 141 006 80 140 0-10 V and PWM 100 150 45 1 480 Products adaptations, available on request 2 quadrant speed regulation Motors with hall effect sensors only Adaptations on electronics Special cable lengths Special connectors fitted to the cable Dimensions 145.5 max. 74.2 max. 57x57 2 65 0.2 4 1 o10 11.5 50 4 82 0.5 o25 66 20 5 30 3.5 30 40 56 0.3 3 4 50 B 4 x M5 depth 8 mm C Cable length 400 10 mm D 4 x M4 on O 36 depth 8 mm E 4 x M5 depth 8 mm Using information Respect the limits and precautions of use written in the 30 W motor section. Continuous operation may cause overheating of the gearbox. This gearbox is recommended for applications where the on time does not exceed 50 % of the time, please consult us. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/61 CrouzetMotors.book Page 62 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM BRUSHLESS DC geared motors 80 Watts with O 81 planetary gearboxes - PWM control Concentric output shaft Ideal for high reduction ratios Ideal for high torque applications High efficiency Reversible Specifications Ratios (i) Output speed (rpm) 5 650 27 120 139 23 General characteristics Motor Speed control Axial load (dynamic) N Radial load (dynamic) N Efficiency (%) Casing temperature rise at 25C Weight (g) Available torque (N.m) 1 4.5 20 1 stage 2 stages 3 stages 80 189 701 80 189 702 80 189 703 80 180 PWM 80 200 80 35 3 200 80 180 PWM 120 300 70 35 3 900 80 180 PWM 200 500 60 35 4 600 Products adaptations, available on request 2 quadrant speed regulation Motors with hall effect sensors only Adaptations on electronics Special cable lengths Special connectors fitted to the cable Dimensions L2 o81 111.7 max. 5 0.1 3 2 1 8 o50 o19 6 0.1 4 8 x AWG24 9 0.8 40 0.1 2 x AWG20 B 4 holes M6 x 12 on O65 C Fixing hole M6 x 16 D Cable length 500 15 mm E Key A6 x 6 x 28 according to DIN6885 L2 1 stage : 182 mm max. L2 2 stages : 203.9 mm max. L2 3 stages : 226 mm max. Using information Respect the limits and precautions of use written in the 80W brushless motor section. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/62 CrouzetMotors.book Page 63 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM BRUSHLESS DC geared motors 80 Watts with O 81 mm planetary gearbox - 0-10 V control Concentric output shaft, Ideal for high reduction ratios, Ideal for high torque applications, High efficiency, Reversible. Specifications Ratios (i) Output speed (rpm) 5 650 27 120 139 23 General characteristics Motor Speed control Axial load (dynamic) N Radial load (dynamic) N Efficiency (%) Casing temperature rise at 25C Weight (g) Available torque (N.m) 1 4.5 20 1 stage 2 stages 3 stages 80 189 704 80 189 705 80 189 706 80 180 0-10 V 80 200 80 35 3 200 80 180 0-10 V 120 300 70 35 3 900 80 180 0-10 V 200 500 60 35 4 600 Products adaptations, available on request 2 quadrant speed regulation Motors with hall effect sensors only Adaptations on electronics Special cable lengths Special connectors fitted to the cable Dimensions L2 o81 111.7 max. 5 0.1 3 2 1 8 o50 o19 6 0.1 4 4 8 x AWG24 9 0.8 40 0.1 2 x AWG20 B 4 holes M6 x 12 x onO65 C Fixing hole M6 x 16 D Cable length 500 15 mm E Key A6 x 6 x 28 according to DIN6885 L2 1 stage : 182 mm max. L2 2 stages : 203.9 mm max. L2 3 stages : 226 mm max. Using information Respect the limits and precautions of use written in the 80W brushless motor section. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/63 CrouzetMotors.book Page 64 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM BRUSHLESS DC geared motors 80 Watts with right-angle gearbox Output perpendicular to motor Ideal for low reduction ratios Ideal for applications needing a compact motor Silent operation Irreversible with high ratios Specifications Ratios (i) Output speed (rpm) 5 650 10 325 20 163 30 108 50 65 General characteristics Motor Speed control Axial load (dynamic) daN Radial load (dynamic) daN Temperature rise at 50 % cycle (C) Weight (g) Available torque (N.m) 1.0 1.7 2.9 3.5 3.4 80 Watts PWM control 80 Watts 0-10 V control 80 181 001 80 181 002 80 181 003 80 181 004 80 181 006 80 181 010 80 181 011 80 181 012 80 181 013 80 181 015 80 180 PWM 10 15 45 1 920 80 180 0-10 V 100 150 45 1 920 Products adaptations, available on request 2 quadrant speed regulation Motors with hall effect sensors only Adaptations on electronics Special cable lengths Special connectors fitted to the cable Dimensions 183 max. B 4 x M5 depth 8 mm C Cable length 500 5 mm D 4 x M4 on O36 depth 8 mm E 4 x M5 depth 8 mm 2 2 x AWG20 6 x AWG24 3 1 111.7 max. 65 0.2 4 50 3.5 56 0.3 11.5 30 40 57x57 30 82 0.5 66 o10 o25 20 5 3 50 4 Using information Respect the limits and precautions of use written in the 80 W motor section. Continuous operation may cause overheating of the gearbox. This gearbox is recommended for applications where the on time does not exceed 50 % of the time, please consult us. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/64 CrouzetMotors.book Page 65 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Motomate 4 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/65 CrouzetMotors.book Page 66 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM MOTOMATE brushless with integrated programmable micro-controller Right angle gearboxes Torque max (Nm) Gearbox 1 Direct motors Power usable (w) Torque nominal (mN.m) Speed nominal (tr.mn) Voltage supply (V) Motor type dimensions (mm) 30 240 3250 24 p.68 80 080 p.68 80 081 57x57 650 rpm Planetary gearboxes Torque max (mN) Gearbox 1 Direct motors Power usable (w) Torque nominal (mN.m) Speed nominal (rpm) Voltage supply (V) Motor type dimensions (mm) 30 240 3250 24 p.68 80 080 p.68 57x57 650 rpm Gearbox selection based upon mechanical constraint Right angle Perpendicular output quietness (<53 dB) Irreversibility when Ratio = 30+ Planetary Centered Sortie dansoutput l axe shaft High efficiency Rendement elevee Reversible Reversible Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/66 80 089 CrouzetMotors.book Page 67 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM 1.7 p.68 2.9 80 081 p.68 325 rpm 163 rpm 4.5 20 p.68 120 rpm 80 089 p.68 3.4 80 081 p.68 65 rpm 3.5 80 081 p.68 80 081 108 rpm 80 089 4 23 rpm Selection of a geared motor This choice is based upon the desired usable power at the gearbox output shaft. 2 Power = ------- C n 60 ( (W) (Nm) (tr.mn) A geared motor must have usable power equal to or greater than the power required to rotate the load desired. It is selected by checking that the point corresponding to the required operating conditions (torque and speed output) is higher than the nominal torque versus speed curve of the geared motor. The required torque output of a geared motor must be within its maximum recommended torque for continuous duty. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/67 CrouzetMotors.book Page 68 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Motomate - Brushless motor with integrated logic controller Motomate 80 watts Movement control for simple mechanisms All-in-one solution for quick integration Compact with high performance Intuitive programming with graphical function blocks Adapted for severe environments Specifications Type Motor direct drive Right angle gearbox Planetary gearboxes Ratio - Max. speed (RPM) 3 250 Available torque (N.m) 0.2 Code 80 080 005 5 10 20 30 50 5 27 139 650 325 163 108 65 650 120 23 1 1.7 2.9 3.5 3.4 1 4.5 20 80 081 001 80 081 002 80 081 003 80 081 004 80 081 006 80 089 704 80 089 705 80 089 706 Accessories Designation Programming cable PC/Motomate - serial port Programming cable PC/Motomate - USB Programming software on CD ROM Code 79 294 791 79 294 790 79 294 792 General characteristics General characteristics Supply voltage (V) Max. current (A) Immunity from micro power cuts (ms) Operating temperature (oC) Protection index Programming Inputs / outputs Programming method Program size Program memory Program cycle time (ms) Real-time clock Logic inputs Max. number Input impedance (k) Logic 1 voltage threshold (V) Logic 0 voltage threshold (V) Response time (ms) High speed inputs Max. number Max. frequencyi (KHz) Analogue input Max. number Measurement range Resolution Accuracy Logic outputs / PWM Max. number Type of output Insulation Max. current (mA) Leakage current (mA) Response time (ms) PWM frequency (KHz) PWM precision at 120 Hz 24 (20 37) 6 1 -20 +40 IP 54 Function blocks / SFC 128 Flash EEPROM 10 No 4 (I1 I4) > 10 > 15 <5 10 2 (I1 I2) 4 2 (I3 I4) 0-Vdc / 0-10 V 8 bits 5% 4 (O1 O4) PNP 250 < 0.1 10 0.11 1.8 5% Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/68 CrouzetMotors.book Page 69 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Dimensions Direct drive -0.010 B Connector 6 way Programming motomate C Connector 10 way Inputs/outputs motomate D Connector 2 way Power supply E 4 holes M5 at 90 on O 40 depth 4.5 mini F Cable length : 500 15 mm o8 -0.020 45 57 0.1 -0.01 2.5 0.07 o25 -0.05 142.5 max. 57 0.1 O12 13 4 2.5 max R4 (x4) 25 0.6 5 8 16 x AWG26 1 2 2 x AWG20 70 5 3 Right angle gearbox 207.5 max. B Connector 6 way Programming motomate C Connector 10 way Inputs/outputs motomate D Connector 2 way Power supply E 4 x M5 depth 8 mm F Cable length 500 5 mm G 4 x M4 on O 36 depth 8 mm H 4 x M5 depth 8 mm 5 2 x AWG20 3 16 x AWG26 1 4 2 142.5 max. 65 0.2 4 66 o25 20 5 50 3.5 30 40 56 0.3 Axial load max. = 100 N 11.5 57x57 30 82 0.5 o10 Radial load max. = 150 N 6 7 50 Planetary gearboxes L2 o81 142.5 max. 5 0.1 7 4 5 8 6 16 x AWG26 1 9 0.8 40 0.1 o50 o19 6 0.1 B Connector 6 way Programming motomate C Connector 10 way Inputs/outputs motomate D Connector 2 way Power supply E 4 holes M6 on O 65 depth 12 mm F Fixing hole M6 x 16 G Cable length : 500 15 mm H Key A6 x 6 x 28 according to DIN 6885 2 2 x AWG20 4 3 L2 Ratio 5 : 212.8 mm max. L2 Ratio 27 : 234.7 mm max. L2 Ratio 139 : 256.8 mm max. Radial load max. = 200/300/500 N Axial load max. = 80/120/200 N (according to no. of stages) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/69 CrouzetMotors.book Page 70 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Connections Comment Legend Pin N Wire color *a +24V 1 Brown *a GND 2 Black Motomate connector Application connector PCB side top view 1 power connector Molex 2-way (Ref. 51144-0200) 1 2 Ref. 53520-0220 IN1 OUT1 IN2 OUT2 IN3 OUT3 IN4 OUT4 GND +24V +5V GND SCL SDA RX TX *b *b *b *b *a *a *a *a 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 Brown Blue Orange Purple Yellow Grey Green White Black Red White-Red White-Black White-Yellow White-Green White-Brown White-Orange PCB side top view 1 I/O connector Molex 10-way 2.54 mm spacing (Ref. 90142-0010) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 8 10 Ref. 90130-1110 PCB side top view 1programming connector Molex 6-way 2.54 mm spacing (Ref. 90142-0006) 1 2 3 4 5 6 Ref. 90130-1106 Applications Examples of input connections 24V 24V Motomate 1 2 3.3 K 24V 1 Motomate R 2.2 K 0.5 W R 1 B Sensor output PNP B Sensor output NPN B Potentiometer or C Contact Example of output connections 24V 24V 2,2K 2 1 1 2 0V >600 0V B Motor C Load LED B Motor C Load relay Products adaptations, available on request Special output shaft Special supply voltage Special cable length Customized electronics Special connectors Special gear ratios Special pinion materials Special mounting platee Using information *a) Never reverse the polarity of the supply *b) Do not short-circuit the outputs O1 to O4 to earth - Do not use the motor as a generator - For more details on the geared motors, consult the brushless catalogue Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/70 Motomate R CrouzetMotors.book Page 71 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Synchronous Motors 4 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/71 CrouzetMotors.book Page 72 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Synchronous motors selection guide Torque max (Nm) Gearboxes Gearbox type 0.5 81 021 Direct motors Power usable (w) Torque nominal (mN.m) Speed nominal (rpm) Voltage supply (V) Motor type dimensions (mm) Single direction 0.16 2.5 720 115 8 720 115 82 340 82 330 0.001 ... 60 rpm 82 334 p.86 p.84 82 344 O 47 0.42 p.74 p.75 O 47 0.001 ... 60 rpm Reversible: both direction 0.31 12 300 115 0.52 0.98 10 37.5 600 115 1.12 30 450 55 300 106 300 82 520 1... 60 rpm p.96 82 524 p.94 82 514 p.78 0.8... 60 rpm 115 115 p.80 82 530 O 58/79 2.65 O 51/75 1.37 82 510 O 36/50 300 p.76 p.82 82 540 65x65 Selection of a geared motor This choice is based upon the desired usable power at the gearbox output shaft. 2 Power = ------- C n 60 (W) (Nm) (Rpm) A geared motor must have usable power equal to or greater than the power required to rotate the load desired. It is selected by checking that the point corresponding to the required operating conditions (torque and speed output) is higher than the nominal torque versus speed curve of the geared motor. The required torque output of a geared motor must be within its maximum recommended torque for continuous duty. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/72 CrouzetMotors.book Page 73 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM 3 5 81 033 81 023 81 037 + 80 - 0.1 2 + 60 - 0.1 p.88 82 304 0.003... 32 rpm p.88 82 305 0.003... 32 rpm 0.167... 29 rpm p.100 82 519 p.90 p.102 80 333 80 513 p.92 80 337 0.24... 24 rpm p.106 80 517 0.001... 60 rpm p.98 82 529 0.167... 29 rpm p.104 80 523 0.24... 24 rpm 80 527 p.106 p.108 0.003... 32 rpm 0.167... 29 rpm p.104 80 533 0.24... 24 rpm 4 0.167... 29 rpm p.108 80 547 0.24... 24 rpm Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/73 CrouzetMotors.book Page 74 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Direct drive single direction synchronous motors Starting/running torque 2.5 mNm Constant speed dependent on supply frequency Direction of rotation controlled by long-life mechanical anti-return Permanent magnet rotor with 5 pole pairs Hardened shaft turning on two moulded polyamide bearings UL, CSA (class B) - VDE approved. Specifications 0.16 watts Type Direction of rotation Voltages/Frequencies Clockwise 115 V 60 Hz Counter-clockwise 115 V 60 hz General characteristics Base speed of motor (rpm) Absorbed power (W) Usable Power (W) Starting/running torque (mN.m) Stall torque (mN.m) Temperature rise (o C) Ambient temperature (oC) Maximum inertial load that can be moved (g.cm2 ) Number of offload starts 106 Max. reverse rotation angle (o ) Insulation resistance (M) Breakdown voltage (V-50 Hz) Weight (g) Wires length mm (approximately) Protection rating 82 340 0 82 340 050 82 340 185 720 3 0.16 2.5 3.3 55 -5 +60 4.6 10 360 75 x 103 1800 - 1 s 110 250 IP30 Products adaptations, available on request Special output shafts Pinion on output shaft Special supply voltages Special lead lengths Special output bearings Special mounting plate Special connectors Dimensions 82 340 0 1 O 2 at 120 on r=19.5 max. depth 2.4 mm B 3 fixing holes M Other information The speed of a motor powered by a 60 Hz supply is 20 % higher than that of a motor powered by a 50 Hz supply. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/74 CrouzetMotors.book Page 75 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Direct drive single direction synchronous motors Starting/running torque 8 mNm Constant speed dependent on supply frequency Direction of rotation controlled by long-life mechanical anti-return Permanent magnet rotor with 5 pole pairs Hardened shaft turning on two moulded polyamide bearings UL, CSA (class B) - VDE approved Specifications 0.42 Watts Type Voltage / Frequency Direction of rotation Clockwise Counter-clockwise General characteristics Base speed of motor (50 Hz) (rpm) Absorbed power (W) Usable Power (W) Starting/running torque (mN.m) Stall torque (mN.m) Temperature rise (o C) Ambient temperature (oC) Maximum inertial load that can be moved (g.cm2 ) Number of offload starts 106 Max. reverse rotation angle (o ) Insulation resistance (M) Breakdown voltage (V-50 Hz) Weight (g) Wires length mm (approximately) Protection rating 82 330 5 115 V - 60 Hz 82 330 514 82 330 520 720 3.5 0.42 8 12 55 -5 +60 11 10 72 75 x 103 1800 - 1 s 160 250 IP30 Products adaptations, available on request Special output shafts Pinion on output shaft Special supply voltages Special lead lengths Special output bearings Special mounting plate Special connectors 4 Dimensions 82 330 5 1 B 3 fixing holes O M2 at 120 on r=19.5 max. depth 3.5 mm Other information The speed of a motor powered by a 60 Hz supply is 20 % higher than that of a motor powered by a 50 Hz supply. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/75 CrouzetMotors.book Page 76 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Direct drive reversible synchronous motors Starting/running torque 12 mNm Constant speed, dependant upon supply frequency Direction of rotation controlled by dephasing capacitor Sintered bearing lubricated for life Silent operation UL, CSA (class B) - VDE approved. Specifications Type Voltages/Frequencies Part numbers General characteristics Base speed of motor (rpm) Absorbed power (W) Usable Power (W) Starting/running torque (mN.m) Stall torque (mN.m) Temperature rise (o C) Ambient temperature (oC) Maximum inertial load that can be moved (g.cm2 ) Number of offload starts Insulation resistance (M) Breakdown voltage (V-50 Hz) Weight (g) Wires length mm (approximately) Protection rating 2.7 Watts 2.7 Watts 82 510 0 115 V - 60 Hz 82 510 0A40300M 82 510 5 115 V - 60 Hz 82 510 5A40600M 300 2.7 0.31 12 15 55 -10 +75 22 75x103 1800-1 sec 90 250 IP40 600 2.7 0.52 10 12 65 -5 +65 22 75x103 1800-1 sec 90 250 IP40 Products adaptations, available on request Special output shafts Pinion on output shaft Special supply voltages Special lead lengths Special output bearings Special mounting plate Special connectors Accessories Voltages/Frequencies Capacitors motors 82 510 0 230-240 V - 50 Hz 115 V - 50/60 Hz 24 V - 50 Hz 24 V - 60 Hz Capacitors motor 82 510 5 230-240 V 50/60 Hz 115 V - 50/60 Hz 24 V - 50/60 Hz F V Code 0.33 10 % 0.27 10 % 8.2 10 % 6.8 10 % 400 250 70 63 26 231 801 26 231 851 26 231 711 26 231 708 0.39 10 % 0.39 10 % 8.2 10 % 630 630 70 26 231 924 26 231 924 26 231 711 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/76 CrouzetMotors.book Page 77 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Dimensions 82 510 0 82 510 5 3.2 1 1 B 2 fixing holes O 3.2 B 2 fixing holes O 3.2 Connections In parallel Motors 82 510 0 In series Motors 82 510 0/5 only 230 V - 240 V 50 Hz version 1 1 2 2 SA UN B SA : Clockwise C SI : Counter-clockwise SI SA SI UN B SA : Clockwise C SI : Counter-clockwise Other information The speed of a motor powered by a 60 Hz supply is 20 % higher than that of a motor powered by a 50 Hz supply. 4 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/77 CrouzetMotors.book Page 78 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Direct drive reversible synchronous motors Starting/running torque from 30 and 37.5 mN.m Constant speed, dependent on supply frequency Direction of rotation controlled by dephasing capacitor Sintered bearing lubricated for life Silent operation UL, CSA (classe B) - VDE approved Specifications Type Voltages/Frequencies Part numbers General characteristics Base speed of motor (rpm) Absorbed power (W) Usable Power (W) Starting/running torque (mN.m) Stall torque (mN.m) Temperature rise (o C) Ambient temperature (oC) Maximum inertial load that can be moved (g.cm2 ) Number of offload starts Insulation resistance (M) Breakdown voltage (V-50 Hz) Weight (g) Wires length mm (approximately) Protection rating 3.5 Watts 3.5 Watts 82 520 0 115 V 60 Hz 82 520 0A40300M 82 520 4 115 V 60 Hz 82 520 0A40450M 300 3.5 0.98 37.5 42 55 -10+75 33 75x103 1800 -1 sec. 210 250 IP40 450 3.5 1.12 30 31 55 -10+75 33 75x103 1800 -1 sec. 210 250 IP40 Products adaptations, available on request Special output shafts Pinion on output shaft Special supply voltages Special lead lengths Special output bearings Special mounting plate Special connectors Accessories Voltages/Frequencies Capacitors motor 82 520 0 230-240 V - 50 Hz 115 V 60 Hz 24 V - 50 Hz Capacitors motor 82 520 4 230/240 V - 50 Hz 115 V - 60 Hz 24 V - 50 Hz 24 V - 60 Hz F V Code 0.10 10 % 0.33 10 % 8.2 10 % 700 400 70 26 231 941 26 231 801 26 231 711 0.12 10 % 0.39 5 % 15 5 % 12 5 % 600 630 70 63 26 231 903 26 231 924 26 231 728 26 231 145 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/78 CrouzetMotors.book Page 79 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Options 82 520 0 - 82 520 4 1 B 2 fixing holes Connections In parallel Motors 82 520 0 - 82 520 4 1 2 SA SI UN B SA : Clockwise C SI : Counter-clockwise Other information The speed of a motor powered by a 60 Hz supply is 20 % higher than that of a motor powered by a 50 Hz supply. 4 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/79 CrouzetMotors.book Page 80 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Direct drive reversible synchronous motors Starting/running torque 55 mN.m Constant speed, dependent on supply frequency Direction of rotation controlled by dephasing capacitor Sintered bearing lubricated for life Silent operation UL, CSA (class B) - VDE approved. Specifications 3.6 Watts Type Voltage / Frequency Part numbers General characteristics Base speed of motor (rpm) Absorbed power (W) Usable Power (W) Starting/running torque (mN.m) Stall torque (mN.m) Temperature rise (o C) Ambient temperature (oC) Maximum inertial load that can be moved (g.cm2 ) Number of offload starts Insulation resistance (M) Breakdown voltage (V-50 Hz) Weight (g) Wires length mm (approximately) Protection rating 82 530 0 115 V 60 Hz 82 530 0A40300M 300 3.6 1.37 55 58 45 -10 +85 130 75x103 1800 -1 sec. 340 250 IP40 Products adaptations, available on request Special output shafts Pinion or bush on output shaft Special supply voltages Special lead lengths Special output bearings Special mounting plate Special connectors Accessories Voltages/Frequencies Capacitors motor 82 530 0 230-240 V - 50 Hz 115 V 50/60 Hz 24 V - 50 Hz 24 V - 60 Hz F V Code 0.10 10 % 0.39 10 % 10 5 % 6.8 10 % 700 630 100 63 26 231 941 26 231 924 26 231 720 26 231 708 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/80 CrouzetMotors.book Page 81 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Options 82 530 0 1 B 2 fixing holes O 4.4 Connections In parallel Motors 82 530 0 1 2 SA SI UN B SA : Clockwise C SI : Counter-clockwise Other information The speed of a motor powered by a 60 Hz supply is 20 % higher than that of a motor powered by a 50 Hz supply. 4 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/81 CrouzetMotors.book Page 82 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Direct drive reversible synchronous motors Starting/running torque 106 mN.m Constant speed,dependent on supply frequency Direction of rotation controlled by dephasing capacitor Sintered bearing lubricated for life Silent operation UL, CSA (class B) - VDE approved. Specifications 7.2 Watts Type Voltages/Frequencies Part numbers General characteristics Base speed of motor (rpm) Absorbed power (W) Usable Power (W) Starting/running torque (mN.m) Stall torque (mN.m) Temperature rise (o C) Ambient temperature (oC) Maximum inertial load that can be moved (g.cm2 ) Number of offload starts Insulation resistance (M) Breakdown voltage (V-50 Hz) Weight (g) Wires length (mm) Protection rating 82 540 0 115 V 60 Hz 82 540 0A40300M 300 7.2 2.65 106 118 60 -10 +70 180 75x103 1800 -1 sec. 540 250 IP40 Products adaptations, available on request Special output shafts Pinion or bush on output shaft Special supply voltages Special lead lengths Special output bearings Special mounting plate Special connectors Accessories Voltages/Frequencies Capacitors motor 82 540 0 230-240 V 50 Hz 115 V - 60 Hz 24 V - 50 Hz 24 V - 60 Hz F V Code 0.22 5 % 0.56 5 % 22 10 % 15 5 % 630 400 63 70 26 231 909 26 231 822 26 231 703 26 231 728 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/82 CrouzetMotors.book Page 83 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Options 82 540 0 1 B 4 oblong fixing holes 4.2 mm wide Connections In parallel Motors 82 540 0 1 2 SA SI UN B SA : Clockwise C SI : Counter-clockwise Other information The speed of a motor powered by a 60 Hz supply is 20 % higher than that of a motor powered by a 50 Hz supply. 4 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/83 CrouzetMotors.book Page 84 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Single direction synchronous geared motors 0.5 Nm 3 Watts Mechanical strength : 0.5 Nm Constant speed, dependent on supply frequency Wide range of speeds available Direction of rotation controlled by long-life mechanical anti-return device Permanent magnet rotor Specifications Type Voltage / Frequency Direction of rotation Output Ratios (i) speed 72 rpm 10 60 rpm 12 48 rpm 20 24 rpm 30 18 rpm 40 15 rpm 48 14.4 rpm 50 12 rpm 60 9 rpm 80 7.2 rpm 100 6 rpm 120 4.8 rpm 150 3.6 rpm 200 3 rpm 240 2.4 rpm 300 1.2 rpm 600 0.80 rpm 750 0.60 rpm 1200 0.40 rpm 1800 0.30 rpm 2400 0.24 rpm 3000 0.12 rpm 6000 6.00 rph 7200 4.80 rph 9000 3.60 rph 12000 3.00 rph 14400 1.20 rph 36000 0.60 rph 72000 1/10 rph 432000 1/240 rph 864000 General characteristics Motor Gearbox Maximum permitted torque from gearmotor under continuous conditions for 1 millions turns of the gearmotor Nm Axial load (static) daN Radial load (static) daN Absorbed power (W) Motor output (W) Maximum temperature rise (oC) Ambient temperature (oC) Weight (g) Wires length mm (approximately) Protection rating 3 Watts 3 Watts 3 Watts 3 Watts 82 344 0 115 V 60 Hz Counter-clockwise 82 344 0 115 V 60 Hz Clockwise 82 344 0 220 V 60 Hz Counter-clockwise 82 344 0 220 V 60 Hz Clockwise 82 344 0A20072MB 82 344 0A20060MB 82 344 0A20048MB 82 344 0A20024MB 82 344 0A20018MB 82 344 0A20015MB 82 344 0A214.4MB 82 344 0A20012MB 82 344 0A20009MB 82 344 0A207.2MB 82 344 0A20006MB 82 344 0A204.8MB 82 344 0A203.6MB 82 344 0A20003MB 82 344 0A202.4MB 82 344 0A201.2MB 82 344 0A200.8MB 82 344 0A200.6MB 82 344 0A200.4MB 82 344 0A200.3MB 82 344 0A20.24MB 82 344 0A20.12HB 82 344 0A20006HB 82 344 0A204.8HB 82 344 0A203.6HB 82 344 0A20003HB 82 344 0A201.2HB 82 344 0A200.6HB 82 344 0A200.1HB 82 344 0A20.05HB 82 344 0A10072MB 82 344 0A10060MB 82 344 0A10048MB 82 344 0A10024MB 82 344 0A10018MB 82 344 0A10015MB 82 344 0A114.4MB 82 344 0A10012MB 82 344 0A10009MB 82 344 0A107.2MB 82 344 0A10006MB 82 344 0A104.8MB 82 344 0A103.6MB 82 344 0A10003MB 82 344 0A102.4MB 82 344 0A101.2MB 82 344 0A100.8MB 82 344 0A100.6MB 82 344 0A100.4MB 82 344 0A100.3MB 82 344 0A10.24MB 82 344 0A10.12HB 82 344 0A10006HB 82 344 0A104.8HB 82 344 0A103.6HB 82 344 0A10003HB 82 344 0A101.2HB 82 344 0A100.6HB 82 344 0A100.1HB 82 344 0A10.05HB 82 344 0J20072MB 82 344 0J20060MB 82 344 0J20048MB 82 344 0J20024MB 82 344 0J20018MB 82 344 0J20015MB 82 344 0J214.4MB 82 344 0J20012MB 82 344 0J20009MB 82 344 0J207.2MB 82 344 0J20006MB 82 344 0J204.8MB 82 344 0J203.6MB 82 344 0J20003MB 82 344 0J202.4MB 82 344 0J201.2MB 82 344 0J200.8MB 82 344 0J200.6MB 82 344 0J200.4MB 82 344 0J200.3MB 82 344 0J20.24MB 82 344 0J20.12HB 82 344 0J20006HB 82 344 0J204.8HB 82 344 0J203.6HB 82 344 0J20003HB 82 344 0J201.2HB 82 344 0J200.6HB 82 344 0J200.1HB 82 344 0J20.05HB 82 344 0J10072MB 82 344 0J10060MB 82 344 0J10048MB 82 344 0J10024MB 82 344 0J10018MB 82 344 0J10015MB 82 344 0J114.4MB 82 344 0J10012MB 82 344 0J10009MB 82 344 0J107.2MB 82 344 0J10006MB 82 344 0J104.8MB 82 344 0J103.6MB 82 344 0J10003MB 82 344 0J102.4MB 82 344 0J101.2MB 82 344 0J100.8MB 82 344 0J100.6MB 82 344 0J100.4MB 82 344 0J100.3MB 82 344 0J10.24MB 82 344 0J10.12HB 82 344 0J10006HB 82 344 0J104.8HB 82 344 0J103.6HB 82 344 0J10003HB 82 344 0J101.2HB 82 344 0J100.6HB 82 344 0J100.1HB 82 344 0J10.05HB 82 340 0 81 021 0 0.5 82 340 0 81 021 0 0.5 82 340 0 81 021 0 0.5 82 340 0 81 021 0 0.5 1 8 3 0.16 55 1 8 3 0.16 55 1 8 3 0.16 55 1 8 3 0.16 55 -5 +60 160 250 -5 +60 160 250 -5 +60 160 250 -5 +60 160 250 IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/84 CrouzetMotors.book Page 85 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Products adaptations, available on request Special supply voltages Special lead lengths Special connectors Special output shafts Special gearbox ratios Special gear material Special output bearings Special mounting plate Curves Graph of torque versus speed 82 344 0 mN.m 500 400 300 200 150 100 80 60 40 30 20 1 2 3 4 56 10 15 30 60 B RPM Dimensions 82 344 0 2 3 1 4 B 2 fixing holes O 3.2 C (pushed-in shaft) D 3.5 across flat E Fixing clip 4 Options Shaft 79 200 967 Shaft 79 200 779 Shaft 70 999 421 SP1295-10 1 B (pushed-in shaft ) B (pushed-in shaft ) B Across flat Other information The speed of a motor powered by a 60 Hz supply is 20 % higher than that of a motor powered by a 50 Hz supply. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/85 CrouzetMotors.book Page 86 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Single direction synchronous geared motors 0.5 Nm 3.5 Watts Mechanical strength : 0.5 Nm Constant speed, dependent on supply frequency Wide range of speeds available Direction of rotation controlled by long-life mechanical anti-return device Permanent magnet rotor Specifications Type Voltage / Frequency Direction of rotation Output Ratios (i) speed 72 rpm 10 60 rpm 12 36 rpm 20 24 rpm 30 18 rpm 40 15 rpm 48 14.4 rpm 50 12 rpm 60 9 rpm 80 7.2 rpm 100 6 rpm 120 4.8 rpm 150 3.6 rpm 200 3 rpm 240 2.4 rpm 300 1.2 rpm 600 1 rpm 750 0.6 rpm 1,200 0.4 rpm 1,800 0.3 rpm 2,400 0.24 rpm 3,000 0.12 rpm 6,000 6.00 rph 7,200 4.80 rph 9,000 3.60 rph 12,000 3.00 rph 14,400 1.20 rph 36,000 0.60 rph 72,000 1/10 rph 432,000 1/20 rph 864,000 General characteristics Motor Gearbox Maximum permitted torque from gearmotor under continuous conditions for 1 millions turns of the gearmotor Nm Axial load (static) daN Radial load (static) daN Absorbed power (W) Motor output (W) Maximum temperature rise (oC) Ambient temperature (oC) Weight (g) Wires length mm (approximately) Protection rating 3.5 Watts 3.5 Watts 3.5 Watts 3.5 Watts 82 334 5 115 V 60 Hz Counter-clockwise 82 334 5 115 V 60 Hz Clockwise 82 334 5 220 V 60 Hz Counter-clockwise 82 334 5 220 V 60 Hz Clockwise 82 334 5A20072MB 82 334 5A20060MB 82 334 5A20036MB 82 334 5A20024MB 82 334 5A20018MB 82 334 5A20015MB 82 334 5A214.4MB 82 334 5A20012MB 82 334 5A20009MB 82 334 5A207.2MB 82 334 5A20006MB 82 334 5A204.8MB 82 334 5A203.6MB 82 334 5A20003MB 82 334 5A202.4MB 82 334 5A201.2MB 82 334 5A20001MB 82 334 5A200.6MB 82 334 5A200.4MB 82 334 5A200.3MB 82 334 5A20.24MB 82 334 5A20.12MB 82 334 5A20006HB 82 334 5A204.8HB 82 334 5A203.6HB 82 334 5A20003HB 82 334 5A2001.2HB 82 334 5A200.6HB 82 334 5A200.1HB 82 334 5A20.05HB 82 334 5A10072MB 82 334 5A10060MB 82 334 5A10036MB 82 334 5A10024MB 82 334 5A10018MB 82 334 5A10015MB 82 334 5A114.4MB 82 334 5A10012MB 82 334 5A10009MB 82 334 5A107.2MB 82 334 5A10006MB 82 334 5A104.8MB 82 334 5A103.6MB 82 334 5A10003MB 82 334 5A102.4MB 82 334 5A101.2MB 82 334 5A10001MB 82 334 5A100.6MB 82 334 5A100.4MB 82 334 5A100.3MB 82 334 5A10.24MB 82 334 5A10.12MB 82 334 5A10006HB 82 334 5A104.8HB 82 334 5A103.6HB 82 334 5A10003HB 82 334 5A1001.2HB 82 334 5A100.6HB 82 334 5A100.1HB 82 334 5A10.05HB 82 334 5J20072MB 82 334 5J20060MB 82 334 5J20036MB 82 334 5J20024MB 82 334 5J20018MB 82 334 5J20015MB 82 334 5J214.4MB 82 334 5J20012MB 82 334 5J20009MB 82 334 5J207.2MB 82 334 5J20006MB 82 334 5J204.8MB 82 334 5J203.6MB 82 334 5J20003MB 82 334 5J202.4MB 82 334 5J201.2MB 82 334 5J20001MB 82 334 5J200.6MB 82 334 5J200.4MB 82 334 5J200.3MB 82 334 5J20.24MB 82 334 5J20.12MB 82 334 5J20006HB 82 334 5J204.8HB 82 334 5J203.6HB 82 334 5J20003HB 82 334 5J2001.2HB 82 334 5J200.6HB 82 334 5J200.1HB 82 334 5J20.05HB 82 334 5J10072MB 82 334 5J10060MB 82 334 5J10036MB 82 334 5J10024MB 82 334 5J10018MB 82 334 5J10015MB 82 334 5J114.4MB 82 334 5J10012MB 82 334 5J10009MB 82 334 5J107.2MB 82 334 5J10006MB 82 334 5J104.8MB 82 334 5J103.6MB 82 334 5J10003MB 82 334 5J102.4MB 82 334 5J101.2MB 82 334 5J10001MB 82 334 5J100.6MB 82 334 5J100.4MB 82 334 5J100.3MB 82 334 5J10.24MB 82 334 5J10.12MB 82 334 5J10006HB 82 334 5J104.8HB 82 334 5J103.6HB 82 334 5J10003HB 82 334 5J1001.2HB 82 334 5J100.6HB 82 334 5J100.1HB 82 334 5J10.05HB 82 330 5 81 021 0 0.5 82 330 5 81 021 0 0.5 82 330 5 81 021 0 0.5 82 330 5 81 021 0 0.5 1 8 3.5 0.42 55 1 8 3.5 0.42 55 1 8 3.5 0.42 55 1 8 3.5 0.42 55 -5 +60 210 250 -5 +60 210 250 -5 +60 210 250 -5 +60 210 250 IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/86 CrouzetMotors.book Page 87 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Products adaptations, available on request Special supply voltages Special cable lengths Special connectors Special output shafts Special gearbox ratios Special gear material Special output bearings Special mounting plate Curves Graph of torque versus speed 82 334 5 mN.m 500 400 300 200 150 100 80 60 40 30 20 1 2 3 4 56 10 15 30 60 B RPM Dimensions 82 334 5 2 3 1 4 B 2 fixing holes O 3.2 C (pushed-in shaft) D 3.5 across flat E Fixing clip 4 Options Shaft 79 200 967 Shaft 79 200 779 Shaft 70 999 421 SP1295-10 1 B (pushed-in shaft ) B (pushed-in shaft ) B Across flat Other information The speed of a motor powered by a 60 Hz supply is 20 % higher than that of a motor powered by a 50 Hz supply. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/87 CrouzetMotors.book Page 88 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Single direction synchronous geared motors 2 Nm 3 and 3.5 Watts Mechanical strength : 2 Nm Constant speed, dependent on supply frequency Wide range of speeds available Direction of rotation controlled by long-life mechanical anti-return Permanent magnet rotor Silent operation UL, CSA, VDE approved, comply with IEC standards Specifications Type Voltage / Frequency Output Ratios speed 38.4 rpm 18.75 28.8 rpm 25 18 rpm 40 14.4 rpm 50 12 rpm 60 9 rpm 80 7.2 rpm 100 6 rpm 120 4.5 rpm 160 2.88 rpm 250 2.4 rpm 300 1.33 rpm 540 1.2 rpm 600 0.86 rpm 800 0.67 rpm 1,080 0.48 rpm 1,500 0.24 rpm 3,000 0.15 rpm 4,800 0.12 rpm 6,000 8/5 rph 27,000 4/5 rph 54,000 6/25 rph 180,000 General characteristics Motor Gearbox Maximum permitted torque from gearmotor under continuous conditions for 1 millions turns of the gearmotor (N.m) Radial load (static) daN Axial load (static) daN Absorbed power (W) Motor output (W) Maximum temperature rise (oC) Ambient temperature (oC) Weight (g) Wires length mm (approximately) Protection rating 3 Watts 82 304 0 115 V - 60 Hz Counter-Clockwise Clockwise 82 304 0A238.4MX 82 304 0A228.8MX 82 304 0A20018MX 82 304 0A214.4MX 82 304 0A20012MX 82 304 0A20009MX 82 304 0A207.2MX 82 304 0A20006MX 82 304 0A204.5MX 82 304 0A22.88MX 82 304 0A202.4MX 82 304 0A21.33MX 82 304 0A201.2MX 82 304 0A20.86MX 82 304 0A20.67MX 82 304 0A20.48MX 82 304 0A20.24MX 82 304 0A20.15MX 82 304 0A20.12MX 82 304 0A201.6HX 82 304 0A200.8HX 82 304 0A20.24HX 82 304 0A138.4MX 82 304 0A128.8MX 82 304 0A10018MX 82 304 0A114.4MX 82 304 0A10012MX 82 304 0A10009MX 82 304 0A107.2MX 82 304 0A10006MX 82 304 0A104.5MX 82 304 0A12.88MX 82 304 0A102.4MX 82 304 0A11.33MX 82 304 0A101.2MX 82 304 0A10.86MX 82 304 0A10.67MX 82 304 0A10.48MX 82 304 0A10.24MX 82 304 0A10.15MX 82 304 0A10.12MX 82 304 0A101.6HX 82 304 0A100.8HX 82 304 0A10.24HX 3.5 Watts 82 305 5 115 V - 60 Hz Counter-Clockwise Clockwise 82 305 5A238.4MX 82 305 5A228.8MX 82 305 5A20018MX 82 305 5A214.4MX 82 305 5A20012MX 82 305 5A20009MX 82 305 5A207.2MX 82 305 5A20006MX 82 305 5A204.5MX 82 305 5A22.88MX 82 305 5A202.4MX 82 305 5A21.33MX 82 305 5A201.2MX 82 305 5A20.86MX 82 305 5A20.67MX 82 305 5A20.48MX 82 305 5A20.24MX 82 305 5A20.15MX 82 305 5A20.12MX 82 305 5A201.6HX 82 305 5A200.8HX 82 305 5A20.24HX 82 340 0 81 033 0 2 82 330 5 81 033 0 2 1 10 3 0.16 55 1 10 3.5 0.42 55 -50 +60 250 250 -50 +60 300 250 IP40 IP40 82 305 5A138.4MX 82 305 5A128.8MX 82 305 5A10018MX 82 305 5A114.4MX 82 305 5A10012MX 82 305 5A10009MX 82 305 5A107.2MX 82 305 5A10006MX 82 305 5A104.5MX 82 305 5A12.88MX 82 305 5A102.4MX 82 305 5A11.33MX 82 305 5A101.2MX 82 305 5A10.86MX 82 305 5A10.67MX 82 305 5A10.48MX 82 305 5A10.24MX 82 305 5A10.15MX 82 305 5A10.12MX 82 305 5A101.6HX 82 305 5A100.8HX 82 305 5A10.24HX Products adaptations, available on request Special supply voltages Special lead lengths Special connectors Special output shafts Special gearbox ratios Special gear material Special output bearings Special mounting plate Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/88 CrouzetMotors.book Page 89 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Curves Graph of torque versus speed 82 304 0 Graph of torque versus speed 82 305 0 m N .m mN.m m N .m mN.m 2000 1500 1200 1000 2000 1500 1000 600 400 300 200 600 400 300 200 1 1 1 3/2 2 1/4 1/3 1/2 3 4 1/4 1/3 1/2 6 B RPM 1 3/2 2 3 4 6 B RPM Dimensions 82 304 0 - 82 305 5 4 4 5 3 1 2 B 2 fixing holes O 3.2 C 3 mounting bosses O 7.2 at 120 on radius = 19.5 with 3 holes M3 depth 4 D across flat E (pushed-in shaft ) F fixing clip 82 304 0 L1 = 54.8 mm max. / O L2 = 47.2 mm max. / L3 = 16.9 mm max. 82 305 5 L1 = 59.85 mm max. / O L2 = 47.2 mm max. / L3 = 22.9 mm max. Options Shaft 79 202 573 2 4 1 B 5 across flat C (pushed-in shaft ) Other information The speed of a motor powered by a 60 Hz supply is 20 % higher than that of a motor powered by a 50 Hz supply. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/89 CrouzetMotors.book Page 90 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Single direction synchronous geared motors 3 Nm 3.5 Watts Mechanical strength : 3 Nm Constant speed, dependent on supply frequency Wide range of speeds available Direction of rotation controlled by long-life mechanical Permanent magnet rotor UL, CSA, VDE approved, comply with IEC standards Specifications Type Base speed of motor (rpm) Voltage / Frequency Direction of Rotation Output speed (rpm) Ratios (i) 34.6 20.83 17.3 41.66 8.64 83.33 4.8 150 3.84 187.5 2.4 300 1.92 375 1.2 600 0.96 750 0.6 1,200 0.32 2,250 0.3 2,400 0.2 3,600 General characteristics Motor Gearbox Maximum permitted continuous rated gearbox output torque for 1 million revolutions of gearbox output shaft Nm Axial load (static) daN Radial load (static) daN Absorbed power (W) Motor output (W) Maximum temperature rise (oC) Ambient temperature (oC) Weight (g) Wires length mm (approximately) Protection rating 3.5 Watts 3.5 Watts 80 333 5 720 115 V - 60 Hz Clockwise 80 333 5 720 115 V - 60 Hz Counter-clockwise 80 333 5A134.6MZ 80 333 5A117.3MZ 80 333 5A18.64MZ 80 333 5A104.8MZ 80 333 5A13.84MZ 80 333 5A102.4MZ 80 333 5A101.6MZ 80 333 5A11.92MZ 80 333 5A10.96MZ 80 333 5A100.6MZ 80 333 5A10.32MZ 80 333 5A100.3MZ 80 333 5A100.2MZ 80 333 5A234.6MZ 80 333 5A217.3MZ 80 333 5A28.64MZ 80 333 5A204.8MZ 80 333 5A23.84MZ 80 333 5A202.4MZ 80 333 5A201.6MZ 80 333 5A21.92MZ 80 333 5A20.96MZ 80 333 5A200.6MZ 80 333 5A20.32MZ 80 333 5A200.3MZ 80 333 5A200.2MZ 82 330 5 81 023 3 82 330 5 81 023 3 2 3 3.5 0.42 55 -5 +60 440 250 IP00 2 3 3.5 0.42 55 -5 +60 440 250 IP00 Products adaptations, available on request Special supply voltages Special cable lengths Special connectors Special output shafts Special gearbox ratios Special gear material Special output bearings Special mounting plate Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/90 CrouzetMotors.book Page 91 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Curves Graph of torque versus speed 80 333 5 mN.m B RPM Dimensions 80 333 5 B 2 fixing holes O 4.1 max. Other information The speed of a motor powered by a 60 Hz supply is 20 % higher than that of a motor powered by a 50 Hz supply. 4 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/91 CrouzetMotors.book Page 92 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Single direction synchronous geared motors 5 Nm 3.5 Watts Mechanical strength : 5 Nm Constant speed, dependent on supply frequency Speeds from 0.24 rpm to 24 rpm Direction of rotation controlled by long-life mechanical anti-return Permanent magnet rotor UL, CSA, VDE approved, comply with IEC standards Specifications Type Voltage / Frequency Direction of rotation Output Speed (RPM) Ratios Counter-clockwise 28.8 25 Counter-clockwise 17.3 41.66 Counter-clockwise 11.5 62.5 Counter-clockwise 8.64 83.33 Counter-clockwise 5.76 125 Counter-clockwise 2.88 250 Counter-clockwise 1.44 500 Counter-clockwise 0.96 750 Counter-clockwise 0.03 2500 Clockwise 28.8 25 Clockwise 17.3 41.66 Clockwise 11.5 62.5 Clockwise 8.64 83.33 Clockwise 5.76 125 Clockwise 2.88 250 Clockwise 1.44 500 Clockwise 0.96 750 Clockwise 0.03 2500 General characteristics Motor Gearbox Maximum permitted continuous-rated gearbox output torque over 1 million revolutions (N.m) Radial load static (daN) Axial load static (daN) Absorbed power (W) Motor output (W) Maximum temperature rise (oC) Ambient temperature (oC) Weight (g) Wires length mm (approximately) Protection rating 3.5 Watts 3.5 Watts 80 337 5 115 V - 60 Hz 80 337 5 220 V - 60 Hz 80 337 5A228.8MZ 80 337 5A217.7MZ 80 337 5A211.5MZ 80 337 5A28.64MZ 80 337 5A25.76MZ 80 337 5A22.88MZ 80 337 5A21.44MZ 80 337 5A20.96MZ 80 337 5A20.03MZ 80 337 5A128.8MZ 80 337 5A117.7MZ 80 337 5A111.5MZ 80 337 5A18.64MZ 80 337 5A15.76MZ 80 337 5A12.88MZ 80 337 5A11.44MZ 80 337 5A10.96MZ 80 337 5A10.03MZ 80 337 5J228.8MZ 80 337 5J217.7MZ 80 337 5J211.5MZ 80 337 5J28.64MZ 80 337 5J25.76MZ 80 337 5J22.88MZ 80 337 5J21.44MZ 80 337 5J20.96MZ 80 337 5J20.03MZ 80 337 5J128.8MZ 80 337 5J117.7MZ 80 337 5J111.5MZ 80 337 5J18.64MZ 80 337 5J15.76MZ 80 337 5J12.88MZ 80 337 5J11.44MZ 80 337 5J10.96MZ 80 337 5J10.03MZ 82 330 5 81 037 0 5 82 330 5 81 037 0 5 2 3 3.5 0.42 55 -5 +60 480 250 IP40 2 3 3.5 0.42 55 -5 +60 480 250 IP40 Products adaptations, available on request Special supply voltages Special lead lengths Special connectors Special output shafts Special gearbox ratios Special gear material Special output bearings Special mounting plate Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/92 CrouzetMotors.book Page 93 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Dimensions 80 337 5 2 1 3 B 4 holes M4 depth 12 mm C 7 across flat D pushed-in shaft Options Shaft 79 206 478 20 max. O14 O8 1 B (pushed-in shaft ) Other information The speed of a motor powered by a 60 Hz supply is 20 % higher than that of a motor powered by a 50 Hz supply. 4 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/93 CrouzetMotors.book Page 94 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Reversible synchronous geared motors 0.5 Nm 2.7 and 4.2 Watts Mechanical strength : 0.5 Nm Constant speed, dependent on supply frequency Wide range of speeds available Direction of rotation controlled by dephasing capacitor Permanent magnet rotor UL, CSA, VDE approved, comply with IEC standards. Specifications Type Standard motor speed (rpm) Voltage / Frequency Output speed (250 RPM) Output speed (600 RPM) Ratios 25.00 tr/min 50.00 tr/min 12 20.00 tr/min 40.00 tr/min 15 12.50 tr/min 25.00 tr/min 24 10.00 tr/min 20.00 tr/min 30 5.00 tr/min 10.00 tr/min 60 4.00 tr/min 8.00 tr/min 75 2.50 tr/min 5.00 tr/min 120 2.00 tr/min 4.00 tr/min 150 1.25 tr/min 2.50 tr/min 240 1.00 tr/min 2.00 tr/min 300 0.50 tr/min 1.00 tr/min 600 General characteristics Motor Gearbox Base speed of motor (rpm) Maximum permitted continuous rated gearbox output torque for 1 million revolutions of gearbox output shaft Nm Axial load (static) daN Radial load (static) daN Absorbed power (W) Motor output (W) Maximum temperature rise (oC) Ambient temperature (oC) Weight (g) Wires length mm (approximately) Protection rating 2.7 Watts 4.2 Watts 82 514 3 300 115 V - 60 Hz 82 514 8 600 115 V - 60 Hz 82 514 3A40025MB 82 514 3A40020MB 82 514 3A412.5MB 82 514 3A40010MB 82 514 3A40005MB 82 514 3A40004MB 82 514 3A402.5MB 82 514 3A40002MB 82 514 3A41.25MB 82 514 3A40001MB 82 514 3A400.5MB 82 514 3A40050MB 82 514 3A40040MB 82 514 3A40025MB 82 514 3A40020MB 82 514 3A40010MB 82 514 3A40008MB 82 514 3A40005MB 82 514 3A40004MB 82 514 3A402.5MB 82 514 3A40002MB 82 514 3A40001MB 82 510 0 81 021 0 300 0.5 82 510 5 81 021 0 600 0.5 1 8 2.7 0.31 50 -5 +70 140 250 IP40 1 8 4.2 0.52 60 -5 +60 140 250 IP40 Products adaptations, available on request Special supply voltages Special lead lengths Special connectors Special output shafts Special gearbox ratios Special gear material Special output bearings Special mounting plate Curves Graph of torque versus speed 82 514 0 Graph of torque versus speed 82 514 5 mN.m mN.m 500 500 300 200 150 100 300 200 150 100 60 60 40 40 1 2 3 4 5 B RPM 10 20 25 40 50 1 2 3 4 5 10 20 25 40 50 B RPM Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/94 CrouzetMotors.book Page 95 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Accessories Voltages/Frequencies Capacitors motor 82 514 0 230-240 V - 50 Hz 115 V - 50/60 Hz 24 V - 50 Hz 24 V - 60 Hz Capacitors motor 82 514 5 230-240 V 50/60 Hz 115 V 50/60 Hz 24 V 50/60 Hz F V Code 0.33 10 % 0.27 10 % 8.2 10 % 6.8 10 % 400 250 70 63 26 231 801 26 231 851 26 231 711 26 231 708 0.39 10 % 0.39 10 % 8.2 10 % 630 630 70 21 231 924 26 231 924 26 231 711 Dimensions 82 514 0 - 82 514 5 4 1 B 2 fixing holes O 3.2 C Fixing claw D 3.5 across flat E pushed-in shaft 82 514 0 L = 40.5 mm 82 514 5 L = 42.8 mm 3 2 Options Shaft 79 200 967 Shaft 79 200 779 Shaft 70 999 421 SP1295-10 1 B (pushed-in shaft ) B (pushed-in shaft ) B 5 across flat Connections In parallel Motors 82 510 0 - 82 510 5 In series Motors 82 510 0 and 82 510 5 only 230 V - 240 V 50 Hz version 1 1 2 2 4 SA UN B SA : Clockwise C SI : Counter-clockwise SI SA SI UN B SA : Clockwise C SI : Counter-clockwise Other information The speed of a motor powered by a 60 Hz supply is 20 % higher than that of a motor powered by a 50 Hz supply. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/95 CrouzetMotors.book Page 96 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Reversible synchronous geared motors 0.5 Nm 3.5 Watts Mechanical strength : 0.5 Nm Constant speed, dependent on supply frequency Wide range of speeds available Direction of rotation controlled by dephasing capacitor Permanent magnet rotor UL, CSA, VDE approved, comply with IEC standards Specifications Type Base speed of motor (rpm) Voltage / Frequency Output speed (250 RPM) Output speed (375 RPM) Ratios (i) 25.00 tr/min 37.50 tr/min 12 20.00 tr/min 30.00 tr/min 15 13.33 tr/min 20.00 tr/min 20 12.50 tr/min 18.75 tr/min 25 10.00 tr/min 15.00 tr/min 30 5.00 tr/min 7.50 tr/min 60 4.00 tr/min 6.00 tr/min 75 2.50 tr/min 3.75 tr/min 120 2.00 tr/min 3.00 tr/min 150 1.00 tr/min 1.50 tr/min 300 0.33 tr/min 0.50 tr/min 900 General characteristics Motor Gearbox Maximum permitted continuous rated gearbox output torque for 1 million revolutions of gearbox output shaft Nm Axial load (static) daN Radial load (static) daN Absorbed power (W) Motor output (W) Maximum temperature rise (oC) Ambient temperature (oC) Weight (g) Wires length mm (approximately) Protection rating 3.5 Watts 3.5 Watts 82 524 0 300 115 V - 60 Hz 82 524 4 450 115 V - 60 Hz 82 524 0A40025MB 82 524 0A40020MB 82 524 0A413.33MB 82 524 0A412.5MB 82 524 0A40010MB 82 524 0A40005MB 82 524 0A40004MB 82 524 0A402.5MB 82 524 0A40002MB 82 524 0A40001MB 82 524 0A40.33MB 82 524 4A437.5MB 82 524 4A40030MB 82 524 4A422.5MB 82 524 4A40018MB 82 524 4A40015MB 82 524 4A407.5MB 82 524 4A40006MB 82 524 4A43.75MB 82 524 4A40003MB 82 524 4A401.5MB 82 524 4A400.5MB 82 520 0 81 021 0 0.5 82 520 4 81 021 0 0.5 1 8 3.5 0.98 50 -5 +70 140 250 IP40 1 8 3.5 1.12 50 -5 +70 140 250 IP40 Products adaptations, available on request Special supply voltages Special cable lengths Special connectors Special output shafts Special gearbox ratios Special gear material Special output bearings Special mounting plate Curves Torque/speed curves 82 524 0 Torque/speed curves 82 524 4 mN.m mN.m 500 400 300 200 150 100 80 60 40 500 400 300 200 150 100 80 60 40 82 524.0 82 524.4 1 2 3 4 5 8 6 15 10 25 20 30 75/2 B RPM 1 2 3 4 5 8 6 B RPM Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/96 15 10 25 20 30 75/2 CrouzetMotors.book Page 97 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Accessories Voltages/Frequencies Capacitors for motor 82 524 0 230-240 V - 50 Hz 115 V 60 Hz 24 V - 50 Hz Capacitors motor 82 524 4 230/240 V - 50 Hz 115 V 60 Hz 24 V - 50 Hz 24 V - 60 Hz F V Code 0.10 10 % 0.33 10 % 8.2 10 % 700 400 70 26 231 941 26 231 801 26 231 711 0.12 10 % 0.39 5 % 15 5 % 12 5 % 600 630 70 63 26 231 903 26 231 924 26 231 728 26 231 145 Dimensions 82 524 0 - 82 524 4 4 3 1 B 2 fixing holes O 3.2 C Fixing claw D 3.5 across flat E pushed-in shaft 2 Options Shaft 79 200 967 Shaft 79 200 779 Shaft 70 999 421 SP1295-10 1 B (pushed-in shaft ) B (pushed-in shaft ) B 5 across flat Connections In parallel Motors 82 520 0 - 82 520 4 1 2 4 SA SI UN B SA : Clockwise C SI : Counter-clockwise Other information The speed of a motor powered by a 60 Hz supply is 20 % higher than that of a motor powered by a 50 Hz supply. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/97 CrouzetMotors.book Page 98 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Reversible synchronous geared motors 2 Nm 3.5 Watts Machanical strength : 2 Nm Constant speed, dependent on supply frequency Wide range of speeds available Direction of rotation controlled by dephasing capacitor Permanent magnet rotor UL, CSA, VDE approved, comply with IEC standards Specifications Type Voltage / Frequency Base speed of motor (rpm) Output speed (300 RPM) Output speed (450 RPM) Ratios (i) 12.00 tr/min 18.00 tr/min 25 6.00 tr/min 9.00 tr/min 50 4.80 tr/min 7.20 tr/min 125/2 3.00 tr/min 4.50 tr/min 100 1.00 tr/min 1.50 tr/min 250 0.50 tr/min 0.75 tr/min 500 0.33 tr/min 0.50 tr/min 750 0.10 tr/min 0.15 tr/min 3000 General characteristics Motor Gearbox Maximum permitted continuous rated gearbox output torque for 1 million revolutions of gearbox output shaft Nm Axial load (static) daN Radial load (static) daN Absorbed power (W) Motor output (W) Maximum temperature rise (oC) Ambient temperature (oC) Weight (g) Wires length mm (approximately) Protection rating 3.5 Watts 3.5 watts 82 529 0 115 V - 60 Hz 300 82 529 4 115 V - 60 Hz 450 82 529 0A40012MB 82 529 0A40006MB 82 529 0A404.8MB 82 529 0A40003MB 82 529 0A40001MB 82 529 0A400.5MB 82 529 0A40.33MB 82 529 0A400.1MB 82 529 0A40018MB 82 529 0A40009MB 82 529 0A407.2MB 82 529 0A404.5MB 82 529 0A401.5MB 82 529 0A40.75MB 82 529 0A400.5MB 82 529 0A40.15MB 82 520 0 81 033 0 2.0 82 520 4 81 033 0 2.0 1 10 3.5 0.98 50 -5 +70 260 250 IP40 1 10 3.5 1.12 50 -5 +70 350 250 IP40 Products adaptations, available on request Special supply voltages Special lead lengths Special connectors Special output shafts Special gearbox ratios Special gear material Special output bearings Special mounting plate Curves Torque/speed curves 82 529 0 Torque/speed curves 82 529 4 mN.m mN.m 2000 1500 1000 800 600 400 300 200 1 100 1 5/6 15 2 10/3 15/2 25/2 20 5/2 5 B RPM 2000 1500 1000 800 600 400 300 200 1 100 1 5/6 15 2 10/3 15/2 25/2 20 5/2 5 B RPM Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/98 CrouzetMotors.book Page 99 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Accessories Voltages/Frequencies Capacitors for motor 82 520 0 230-240 V - 50 Hz 115 V - 60 Hz 24 V - 50 Hz Capacitors for motor 82 520 4 230/240 V - 50 Hz 115 V - 60 Hz 24 V - 50 Hz 24 V - 60 Hz F V Code 0.10 10 % 0.33 10 % 8.2 10 % 700 400 70 26 231 941 26 231 801 26 231 711 0.12 10 % 0.39 5 % 15 5 % 12 5 % 600 630 70 63 26 231 903 26 231 924 26 231 728 26 231 145 Dimensions 82 529 0 - 82 529 4 B 2 fixing holes O 3.2 C Fixing claw D 5 across flat E (pushed-in shaft ) F 3 mounting bosses O 7.2 at 120 on radius= 19.5 - 3 holes M3 depth 4 Options Shaft 79 200 967 Shaft 79 200 779 Shaft 70 999 421- SP1295-10 1 B (pushed-in shaft ) B (pushed-in shaft ) B 5 across flat Connections In parallel Motors 82 520 0 - 82 520 4 1 2 4 SA SI UN B SA : Clockwise C SI : Counter-clockwise Other information The speed of a motor powered by a 60 Hz supply is 20 % higher than that of a motor powered by a 50 Hz supply. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/99 CrouzetMotors.book Page 100 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Reversible synchronous geared motors 2 Nm 2.7 and 4.2 Watts Mechanical strength : 2 Nm Constant speed, dependent on supply frequency WIde range of speeds available Direction of rotation controlled by dephasing capacitor Permanent magnet rotor UL, CSA, VDE approved, comply with IEC standards. Specifications Type Voltage / Frequency Base speed of motor (rpm) Output speed (300 RPM) Output speed (600 RPM) Ratios (i) 12.00 tr/min 24.00 tr/min 25 6.00 tr/min 12.00 tr/min 50 4.80 tr/min 9.60 tr/min 125/2 3.00 tr/min 6.00 tr/min 100 1.00 tr/min 2.00 tr/min 125 0.50 tr/min 1.00 tr/min 250 0.33 tr/min 0.66 tr/min 500 0.20 tr/min 0.40 tr/min 750 0.10 tr/min 0.20 tr/min 1500 General characteristics Motor Gearbox Maximum permitted continuous rated gearbox output torque for 1 million revolutions of gearbox output shaft Nm Axial load (static) daN Radial load (static) daN Absorbed power (W) Motor output (W) Maximum temperature rise (oC) Ambient temperature (oC) Weight (g) Wires length mm (approximately) Protection rating 2.7 Watts 4.2 Watts 82 519 3 115 V - 60 Hz 300 82 519 8 115 V - 60 Hz 600 82 519 3A40012MB 82 519 3A40006MB 82 519 3A404.8MB 82 519 3A40003MB 82 519 3A40001MB 82 519 3A400.5MB 82 519 3A40.33MB 82 519 3A400.2MB 82 519 3A400.1MB 82 519 8A40024MB 82 519 8A40012MB 82 519 8A409.6MB 82 519 8A40006MB 82 519 8A40002MB 82 519 8A40001MB 82 519 8A40.66MB 82 519 8A400.4MB 82 519 8A400.2MB 82 510 0 81 033 0 2.0 82 510 5 81 033 0 2.0 1 10 2.7 0.31 50 -5 +70 230 250 IP40 1 10 4.2 0.52 60 -5 +60 230 250 IP40 Products adaptations, available on request Special supply voltages Special lead lengths Special connectors Special output shafts Special gearbox ratios Special gear material Special output bearings Special mounting plate Curves Graph of torque versus speed 82 519 3 Graph of torque versus speed 82 519 8 mN.m mN.m 2000 1500 1000 2000 1500 1000 600 400 300 200 600 400 300 200 100 1 5/6 1 B RPM 2 10/3 5 15/2 15 20 100 1 5/6 1 2 10/3 5 15/2 15 20 B RPM Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/100 CrouzetMotors.book Page 101 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Accessories Voltages/Frequencies Capacitors for motor 82 510 0 230-240 V - 50 Hz 115 V - 50/60 Hz 24 V - 50 Hz 24 V - 60 Hz Capacitors for motor 82 510 5 230-240 V - 50/60 Hz 115 V - 50/60 Hz 24 V - 50/60 Hz F V Code 0.33 10 % 0.27 10 % 8.2 10 % 6.8 10 % 400 250 70 63 26 231 801 26 231 851 26 231 711 26 231 708 0.39 10 % 0.39 50 % 8.2 10 % 630 630 70 26 231 924 26 231 924 26 231 711 Dimensions 82 519 0 - 82 519 5 4 1 3 B 2 fixing holes O 3.2 C Fixing claw D 5 across flat E pushed-in shaft 82 519 0 L = 58.7 mm 82 519 5 L = 61 mm 2 5 Options Shaft 79 200 967 Shaft 79 200 779 Shaft 79 999 421- SP1295-10 1 B (pushed-in shaft ) B (pushed-in shaft ) B 5 across flat Connections In parallel Motors 82 510 0 - 82 510 5 In series Motors 82 510 0 and 82 510 5 only 230 V - 240 V 50 Hz version 1 1 2 2 SA UN B SA : Clockwise C SI : Counter-clockwise SI SA 4 SI UN B SA : Clockwise C SI : Counter-clockwise Other information The speed of a motor powered by a 60 Hz supply is 20 % higher than that of a motor powered by a 50 Hz supply. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/101 CrouzetMotors.book Page 102 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Reversible synchronous geared motors 3 Nm 2.7 Watts Mechanical strength : 3 Nm Constant speed, dependent on supply frequency Direction of rotation controlled by dephasing capacitor Permanent magnet rotor UL, CSA, VDE approved, comply with IEC standards Specifications Type Voltages / Frequencies Base speed of motor (rpm) Output speed Output speed Ratios (i) (300 RPM) (600 RPM) 14.4 28.8 20.83 7.2 14.4 41.66 3.6 7.2 83.33 2 4 150 1.6 3.2 187.5 1 2 300 0.8 1.6 375 0.5 1 600 0.4 0.8 750 0.25 0.5 1200 8 rph 16 rph 2250 7.5 rph 15 rph 2400 5 rph 10 rph 3600 General characteristics Motor Gearbox Maximum permitted continuous rated gearbox output torque for 1 million revolutions of gearbox output shaft (Nm) Axial load (static) daN Radial load (static) daN Absorbed power (W) Motor output (W) Maximum temperature rise (oC) Ambient temperature (oC) Weight (g) Wires length mm (approximately) Protection rating 2.7 Watts 2.7 Watts 80 513 3 115 V 60 Hz 300 80 513 8 115 V 60 Hz 600 80 513 3A414.4MZ 80 513 3A407.2MZ 80 513 3A403.6MZ 80 513 3A40002MZ 80 513 3A401.6MZ 80 513 3A40001MZ 80 513 3A400.8MZ 80 513 3A400.5MZ 80 513 3A400.4MZ 80 513 3A40.25MZ 80 513 3A40008HZ 80 513 3A407.5HZ 80 513 3A40005HZ 80 513 8A428.8MZ 80 513 8A414.4MZ 80 513 8A407.4MZ 80 513 8A40004MZ 80 513 8A403.2MZ 80 513 8A40002MZ 80 513 8A401.6MZ 80 513 8A40001MZ 80 513 8A400.8MZ 80 513 8A400.5MZ 80 513 8A40016HZ 80 513 8A40015HZ 80 513 8A40010HZ 82 510 0 81 023 0 3 82 510 5 81 023 0 3 2 3 2.7 0.31 55 -10 +75 370 250 IP00 2 3 3.5 0.52 65 -5 +65 370 250 IP00 Products adaptations, available on request Special supply voltages Special lead lengths Special connectors Special output shafts Special gearbox ratios Special gear material Special output bearings Special mounting plate Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/102 CrouzetMotors.book Page 103 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Curves Torque / speed curves 80 513 0 Torque / speed curves 80 513 5 B RPM B RPM Accessories Voltages/Frequencies Capacitors for motor 82 510 0 230-240 V - 50 Hz 115 V - 50/60 Hz 24 V - 50 Hz 24 V - 60 Hz Capacitors for motor 82 510 5 230-240 V - 50/60 Hz 115 V - 50/60 Hz 24 V - 50/60 Hz F V Code 0.33 10 % 0.27 10 % 8.2 10 % 6.8 10 % 400 250 70 63 26 231 801 26 231 851 26 231 711 26 231 708 0.39 10 % 0.39 10 % 8.2 10 % 630 630 70 26 231 924 26 231 924 26 231 711 Dimensions 80 513 0/5 18.5 max. + 2.3 - 0.3 48 + 2.3 - 0.3 20.6 8 + 16 - 0.7 + 80 - 0.1 6 13 1 + 60 - 0.1 40.2 max. B 2 fixing holes O 4.1 max. Connections 4 1 2 SA SI UN B SA : Clockwise C SI : Counter-clockwise Other information The speed of a motor powered by a 60 Hz supply is 20 % higher than that of a motor powered by a 50 Hz supply. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/103 CrouzetMotors.book Page 104 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Reversible synchronous geared motors 3 Nm 3.5 Watts Mechanical strength : 3 Nm Constant speed, dependent on supply frequency Direction of rotation controlled by dephasing capacitor Permanent magnet rotor UL, CSA, VDE approved, comply with IEC standards Specifications Type Voltages / Frequencies Base speed of motor (rpm) Output speed Output speed Ratios (i) (300 RPM) (600 RPM) 14.4 28.8 20.83 7.2 14.4 41.66 3.6 7.2 83.33 2 4 150 1.6 3.2 187.5 1 2 300 0.8 1.6 375 0.5 1 600 0.4 0.8 750 0.25 0.5 1200 8 rph 16 rph 2250 7.5 rph 15 rph 2400 5 rph 10 rph 3600 General characteristics Motor Gearbox Maximum permitted continuous rated gearbox output torque for 1 million revolutions of gearbox output shaft (Nm) Axial load (static) daN Radial load (static) daN Absorbed power (W) Motor output (W) Maximum temperature rise (oC) Ambient temperature (oC) Weight (g) Wires length mm (approximately) Protection rating 3.5 Watts 3.5 Watts 80 523 0 115 V 60 Hz 300 80 533 0 115 V 60 Hz 600 80 523 0A414.4MZ 80 523 0A407.2MZ 80 523 0A403.6MZ 80 523 0A40002MZ 80 523 0A401.6MZ 80 523 0A40001MZ 80 523 0A400.8MZ 80 523 0A400.5MZ 80 523 0A400.4MZ 80 523 0A40.25MZ 80 523 0A40008HZ 80 523 0A407.5HZ 80 523 0A40005HZ 80 533 0A428.8MZ 80 533 0A414.4MZ 80 533 0A407.4MZ 80 533 0A40004MZ 80 533 0A403.2MZ 80 533 0A40002MZ 80 533 0A401.6MZ 80 533 0A40001MZ 80 533 0A400.8MZ 80 533 0A400.5MZ 80 533 0A40016HZ 80 533 0A40015HZ 80 533 0A40010HZ 82 520 0 81 023 0 3 82 530 0 81 023 0 3 2 3 3.5 0.98 55 -10 +75 490 250 IP00 2 3 3.6 1.37 45 -10 +85 620 250 IP00 Products adaptations, available on request Special supply voltages Special lead lengths Special connectors Special output shafts Special gearbox ratios Special gear material Special output bearings Special mounting plate Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/104 CrouzetMotors.book Page 105 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Curves Torque / speed curves 80 523 0 Torque / speed curves 80 533 0 B RPM B RPM Accessories Voltages/Frequencies Capacitors for motor 82 520 0 230-240 V - 50 Hz 115 V - 60 HZ 24 V - 50 Hz Capacitors for motor 82 530 0 230-240 V - 50 Hz 115 V - 50/60 Hz 24 V - 50 Hz 24 V - 60 Hz F V Code 0.10 10 % 0.33 10 % 8.2 10 % 700 400 70 26 231 941 26 231 801 26 231 711 0.10 10 % 0.39 10 % 10 5 % 6.8 10 % 700 630 100 63 26 231 941 26 231 924 26 231 720 26 231 708 Dimensions Connections 80 523 0 In parallel Motors 82 523 0 - 82 533 0 18.5 max. + 2.3 - 0.3 48 1 + 2.3 - 0.3 2 + 80 - 0.1 6 13 20.6 8 + 16 - 0.7 1 SA SI UN + 60 - 0.1 44.1 max. 5.5 B 2 fixing holes O 4.1 max. B SA : Clockwise C SI : Counter-clockwise 80 533 0 In parallel Motors 82 520 0 - 82 520 4 36.5 1 + 2.3 - 0.3 48 4 2 + 80 - 0.1 6 13 20.6 8 + 16 - 0.7 1 3.25 max. SA SI UN 18.5 max. + 60 - 0.1 B 2 fixing holes M4 x 11 53.9 max. 5.5 B SA : Clockwise C SI : Counter-clockwise Other information The speed of a motor powered by a 60 Hz supply is 20 % higher than that of a motor powered by a 50 Hz supply. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/105 CrouzetMotors.book Page 106 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Reversible synchronous geared motors 5 Nm 2.7 and 3.5 Watts Mechanical strength : 5 Nm Constant speed, dependent on supply frequency Direction of rotation controlled by dephasing capacitor Permanent magnet rotor UL, CSA, VDE approved ; comply with IEC standards Specifications Type Voltage / Frequency Base speed of motor (rpm) Output speed (300 RPM) Ratios 24 tr/min 12.5 12 tr/min 25 9.6 tr/min 31.25 7.2 tr/min 41.66 4.8 tr/min 62.5 3.6 tr/min 83.33 2.4 tr/min 125 1.2 tr/min 250 0.6 tr/min 500 0.4 tr/min 750 0.12 tr/min 2500 General characteristics Motor Gearbox Maximum permitted continuous rated gearbox output torque for 1 million revolutions of gearbox output shaft (Nm) Axial load (static) daN Radial load (static) daN Absorbed power (W) Motors output (W) Maximum temperature rise (oC) Ambient temperature (oC) Weight (g) Wires length mm (approximately) Protection rating 2.7 watts 3.5 Watts 80 517 3 115 V - 60 Hz 300 80 527 0 115 V - 60 Hz 300 80 517 3A40024MZ 80 517 3A40012MZ 80 517 3A409.6MZ 80 517 3A407.2MZ 80 517 3A404.8MZ 80 517 3A403.6MZ 80 517 3A402.4MZ 80 517 3A401.2MZ 80 517 3A400.6MZ 80 517 3A400.4MZ 80 517 3A40.12MZ 80 527 0A40024MZ 80 527 0A40012MZ 80 527 0A409.6MZ 80 527 0A407.2MZ 80 527 0A404.8MZ 80 527 0A403.6MZ 80 527 0A402.4MZ 80 527 0A401.2MZ 80 527 0A400.6MZ 80 527 0A400.4MZ 80 527 0A40.12MZ 82 510 0 81 037 0 5 82 520 0 81 037 0 5 2 3 2.7 0.31 50 -10 +70 410 250 IP40 2 3 3.5 0.98 50 -10 +70 530 250 IP40 Products adaptations, available on request Special supply voltages Special lead lengths Special connectors Special output shafts Special gearbox ratios Special gear material Special output bearings Special mounting plate Curves Torque/speed curves 80 517 0 Torque/speed curves 80 527 0 mN.m mN.m 4000 5000 3000 2000 800 1000 600 400 300 200 80 100 60 40 4000 5000 3000 2000 1 1/2 1 800 1000 600 400 300 200 100 80 60 2 3 4 6 10 20 6 8 15 B RPM 1 1 2 3 4 6 10 15 30 8 B RPM Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/106 CrouzetMotors.book Page 107 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Accessories Voltages/Frequencies Capacitors for motor 82 510 0 230-240 V - 50 Hz 115 V - 50/60 Hz 24 V - 50 Hz 24 V - 60 Hz Capacitors for motor 82 520 0 230-240 V - 50 Hz 115 V - 60 Hz 24 V - 50 Hz F V Code 0.33 10 % 0.27 10 % 8.2 10 % 6.8 10 % 400 250 70 63 26 231 801 26 231 851 26 231 711 26 231 708 0.10 10 % 0.33 10 % 8.2 10 % 700 400 63 26 231 941 26 231 801 26 231 711 Dimensions 80 517 0 - 80 527 0 2 1 3 B 4 holes M4 depth 12 C 7 across flat D (pushed-in shaft ) 80 517 0 L1 = 55.3 mm O L2 = 35.8 mm L3 = 21.7 mm 80 527 0 L1 = 59.2 mm O L2 = 51.3 mm L3 = 25.6 mm Options Shaft 79 206 478 20 max. O8 O14 1 B (pushed-in shaft ) Connections In parallel Motors 82 510 0 - 82 520 0 In series Motor 82 510 0 only 230 V - 240 V 50 Hz version 1 1 2 2 SA UN B SA : Clockwise C SI : Counter-clockwise SI SA 4 SI UN B SA : Clockwise C SI : Counter-clockwise Other information The speed of a motor powered by a 60 Hz supply is 20 % higher than that of a motor powered by a 50 Hz supply. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/107 CrouzetMotors.book Page 108 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Reversible synchronous geared motors 5 Nm 3.5 and 7.2 Watts Mechanical strength : 5 Nm Constant speed, dependent on supply frequency Direction of rotation controlled by dephasing capacitor Permanent magnet rotor UL, CSA, VDE approved ; comply with IEC standards Specifications Type Voltage / Frequency Base speed of motor (rpm) Output speed (450 RPM) Output speed (300 RPM) Ratios 36 tr/min 24 tr/min 12.5 18 tr/min 12 tr/min 25 14.4 tr/min 9.6 tr/min 31.25 10.8 tr/min 7.2 tr/min 41.66 7.2 tr/min 4.8 tr/min 62.5 5.4 tr/min 3.6 tr/min 83.33 3.6 tr/min 2.4 tr/min 125 1.8 tr/min 1.5 tr/min 250 0.9 tr/min 1.2 tr/min 500 0.6 tr/min 0.6 tr/min 750 0.18 tr/min 0.12 tr/min 2500 General characteristics Motor Gearbox Maximum permitted continuous rated gearbox output torque for 1 million revolutions of gearbox output shaft (Nm) Axial load (static) daN Radial load (static) daN Absorbed power (W) Motors output (W) Maximum temperature rise (oC) Ambient temperature (oC) Weight (g) Wires length mm (approximately) Protection rating 3.5 Watts 7.2 Watts 80 527 4 115 V / 60 Hz 450 80 547 0 115 V / 60 Hz 300 80 527 4A40036MZ 80 527 4A40018MZ 80 527 4A414.4MZ 80 527 4A410.8MZ 80 527 4A407.2MZ 80 527 4A405.4MZ 80 527 4A403.6MZ 80 527 4A401.8MZ 80 527 4A400.9MZ 80 527 4A400.6MZ 80 527 4A40.18MZ 80 547 0A40024MZ 80 547 0A40012MZ 80 547 0A409.6MZ 80 547 0A407.2MZ 80 547 0A404.8MZ 80 547 0A403.6MZ 80 547 0A402.4MZ 80 547 0A401.2MZ 80 547 0A400.6MZ 80 547 0A400.4MZ 80 547 0A40.12MZ 82 520 4 81 037 0 5 82 540 0 81 037 0 5 2 3 3.5 1.12 50 -10 +70 530 250 IP40 2 3 7.2 2.65 55 -10 +70 860 250 IP40 Products adaptations, available on request Special supply voltages Special cable lengths Special connectors Special output shafts Special gearbox ratios Special gear material Special output bearings Special mounting plate Curves Torque/speed curves 80 527 4 Torque/speed curves 80 547 0 mN.m mN.m 5000 4000 3000 2000 4000 5000 3000 2000 800 1000 600 400 300 200 80 100 60 40 800 1000 600 400 300 200 80 1 1/2 1 100 60 40 2 3 4 6 10 20 6 8 15 B RPM 1 1/2 1 B RPM Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/108 2 3 4 6 10 20 5 8 15 CrouzetMotors.book Page 109 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Accessories Voltages/Frequencies Capacitors for motors 82 520 4 230/240 V - 50 Hz 115 V - 60 Hz 24 V - 50 Hz 24 V - 60 Hz Capacitors for motor 82 540 0 230-240 V 50 Hz 115 V - 60 Hz 24 V - 50 Hz 24 V - 60 Hz F V Code 0.12 10 % 0.39 5 % 15 5 % 12 5 % 600 630 70 63 26 231 903 26 231 924 26 231 728 26 231 145 0.22 5 % 0.56 5 % 22 10 % 15 5 % 630 400 63 70 26 231 909 26 231 822 26 231 703 26 231 728 Dimensions 80 527 4 - 80 547 0 B 4 holes M4 depth 12 C 7 acroos flat D (pushed-in shaft ) 2 80 527 4 L1 = 59.2 mm O L2 = 51.3 mm L3 = 25.6 mm 80 547 0 L1 = 76.6 mm O L2 = 65.3 mm L3 = 43 mm 1 3 Options Shaft 79 206 478 20 max. O14 O8 1 B (pushed-in ) Connections In parallel Motors 82 520 4 - 82 540 0 1 2 4 SA SI UN B SA : Clockwise C SI : Counter-clockwise Other information The speed of a motor powered by a 60 Hz supply is 20 % higher than that of a motor powered by a 50 Hz supply. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/109 CrouzetMotors.book Page 110 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Accessories Torque Limiter F symbol This device is situated inside the gearbox and is particularly recommended when gearbox protection is required in the event of accidental overloading. In this system, the final gear is connected to the gearbox output shaft by means of a friction assembly. In some cases, this device can be used for time adjustment or zero reset on timers. The standard torque setting is from: - 1.8 to 2.5 cm.kg for gearbox 81 021 with an initial breakpoint of 7 cm.kg - 7 to 10 cm.kg for gearbox 81 033 with an initial breakpoint of 28 cm.kg Freewheel device - Y system This device, situated inside the gearbox, enables the output shaft to be rotated by an external force (manual or mechanical) independently of the final wheel of the gearbox. Description A specifically shaped cam (1) is directly fitted on the gearbox output shaft. The final wheel (2) of the gearbox pivots freely on this shaft and has a housing into which the cam fits (1). Between the cam and final wheel two rollers are symmetrically located held in place under the pressure of two springs(4). When the geared motor is energized. it causes the final wheel (2) to rotate which, via the two rollers (3), in turn drives the output shaft. If, under external force, the output shaft is turned in the same direction as the final wheel but at a higher speed, the two rollers (3) release the final wheel and the shaft speed becomes independent of the speed of the final wheel. COUNTER CLOCKWISE FREE WHEEL EXAMPLE SHOWN The rollers can be located according to whether the final wheel is rotating clockwise or counter-clockwise. Can be used with gearboxes: 81 021 0 and 81 033 0 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/110 CrouzetMotors.book Page 111 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Stepper Motors 4 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/111 CrouzetMotors.book Page 112 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Stepper motors selection guide Torque max (N m) Gearboxes Gearbox type 0.5 81 021 Direct motors Absorbed Power (w) Holding torque Number of Motor type (mN.m) steps dimensions (mm) 2 phases 4 phases 5 20 15 24 25 20 48 70 57 48 180 155 48 300 240 48 p.116 82 910 p.126 82 914 p.122 82 920 p.126 82 924 p.120 82 930 O 58 12.5 82 914 O 51 10 p.126 O 35 7.5 O 35 5 p.114 82 910 p.124 82 940 O 65 Selection of a geared motor This choice is based upon the desired usable power at the gearbox output shaft 2 Power = ------- C n 60 (W) (Nm) (Rpm) A geared motor must have usable power equal to or greater than the power required to rotate the load desired. It is selected by checking that the point corresponding to the required operating conditions (torque and speed output) is higher than the nominal torque versus speed curve of the geared motor. The required torque output of a geared motor must be within its maximum recommended torque for continuous duty. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/112 CrouzetMotors.book Page 113 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM 3 5 81 033 81 023 81 037 + 80 - 0.1 2 + 60 - 0.1 p.128 82 919 p.132 80 913 p.130 80 917 p.128 82 919 p.132 80 913 p.130 80 917 p.128 82 929 p.132 80 923 p.130 80 927 p.132 80 933 p.134 80 947 4 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/113 CrouzetMotors.book Page 114 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Direct drive stepper motors 7.5 5 Watts 48 steps/revolution (7.5) Absorbed power : 5 W 2 or 4 phase versions available Specifications 2 phase Type Part numbers Plastic bearing Sintered bronze bearing General characteristics Resistance per phase () Inductance per phase (mH) Current per phase (A) Holding torque (mN.m) Voltage at motor terminals (V) Absorbed power (W) Step angle (o) Positioning accuracy (mm) Inertia of rotor (gcm2) Max. detent torque (mN.m) Max. coil temperature (oC) Storage temperature (0C) Thermal resistance of coil - ambient air (C/W) Insulation resistance (at 500 Vcc) (M) following NFC 51200 standard Insulation voltage (50 Hz, 1 minute) (V) following NFC 51200 standard Wires length (mm) Weight (g) Protection rating 82 910 82 910 32D000002 82 910 001 9 12 0.52 25 4.7 5 7.5 5 4.9 3 120 -40 +80 14 > 103 2 phase 82 910 82 910 32C000002 82 910 2C000002 12.9 15 0.44 25 5.6 5 7.5 5 4.9 3 120 -40 +80 14 > 103 2 phase 82 910 82 910 32B000002 82 910 2B000002 66 68 0.19 25 12.7 5 7.5 5 4.9 3 120 -40 +80 14 > 103 > 600 > 600 > 600 250 90 IP 40 250 90 IP 40 250 90 IP40 Products adaptations, available on request Special output shafts Pinion on output shaft Special supply voltages Special lead lengths Special output bearings Customized electronics Special contruction materials Special connectors Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/114 CrouzetMotors.book Page 115 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Curves Inertia of measuring chain : 1.5 g.cm2 a = constant voltage controller with Rs (resistance in series) = 0 b = constant voltage controller with Rs (resistance in series) = R motor c = constant voltage controller with Rs (resistance in series) = 2R motor d = constant voltage controller with Rs (resistance in series) = 3R motor The measurements are made with full stepping, 2-phases energized. 2 phases Max. stopping-starting and operating curves at I constant (PBL 3717) for 2 (motor) phases 12.9 mN.m Max. stopping-starting frequency curves as a function of the external inertia load at zero antagonistic torque mN.m d 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 c 15 3 a 2 12.5 10 b 3 7.5 2 5 1 2 2.5 200 250 400 500 0 600 800 1000 1200 Hz 750 1000 1200 1500 1 B RPM C Max. stopping-starting curves D Max. operating curves 400 500 800 1200 1000 1500 1600 2000 Hz 2000 2500 1 B RPM C Max. stopping-starting curves D Max. operating curves B 2 phases C 4 phases OC OA Dimensions Shaft Type O shaft - A Type 1 2 - 0.002 - 0.006 9 Type 2 2 - 0.002 - 0.006 10 Type 3 3.17 0 - 0.006 O center - C - 0.010 - 0.060 - 0.010 - 0.060 9.52 - 0.010 - 0.060 Length shaft - D 9 9 9 3.2 D 1 B 2 fixing holes O 3.2 Connections 2 phase 1 1 + + - 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 + + + 3 + + - 4 + + + 4 3 2 1 4 2 3 4 B Step Energization sequence for clockwise rotation (viewed shaft end) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/115 CrouzetMotors.book Page 116 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Direct drive stepper motors 7.5 5 Watts 48 steps/revolution (7.5) Absorbed power : 5 W 2 or 4 phase versions available Specifications Type Electronic controller used Bearings Sintered bronze Plastic General characteristics Electronic controller used Resistance per phase () Inductance per phase (mH) Current per phase (A) Holding torque (mN.m) Voltage at motor terminals (V) Absorbed power (W) Step angle (o) Positioning accuracy (mm) Inertia of rotor (gcm2) Max. detent torque (mN.m) Max. coil temperature (oC) Storage temperature (0C) Thermal resistance of coil - ambient air (C/W) Insulation resistance (at 500 Vcc) (M) following NFC 51200 standard Insulation voltage (50 Hz, 1 minute) (V) following NFC 51200 standard Wires length (mm) Weight (g) Protection rating 4 phase 4 phase 4 phase 82 910 0 Unipolar 82 910 0 Unipolar 82 910 0 Unipolar 82 910 4A000002 82 910 34A000002 82 910 4B000002 82 910 34B000002 82 910 4H000002 82 910 34HC000002 Unipolar 15.5 8 0.4 20 6.2 5 7.5 5 4.9 3 120 -40 +80 14 > 103 Unipolar 66 28 0.19 20 12.7 5 7.5 5 4.9 3 120 -40 +80 14 > 103 Unipolar 115 55 0.14 20 17 5 7.5 5 4.9 3 120 -40 +80 14 > 103 > 600 > 600 > 600> 250 90 IP 40 250 90 IP 40 250 90 IP40 Products adaptations, available on request Special output shafts Pinion on output shaft Special supply voltages Special lead lengths Special output bearings Customized electronics Special contruction materials Special connectors Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/116 CrouzetMotors.book Page 117 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Curves Inertia of measuring chain : 1.5 g.cm2 a = constant voltage controller with Rs (resistance in series) = 0 b = constant voltage controller with Rs (resistance in series) = R motor c = constant voltage controller with Rs (resistance in series) = 2R motor d = constant voltage controller with Rs (resistance in series) = 3R motor The measurements are made with full stepping, 2-phases energized. 4 phases Max. stopping-starting frequency curves as a function of the external inertia load at zero antagonistic torque mN.m 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 c 2 3 b 1 a 2 200 250 400 500 600 800 1000 1200 Hz 750 1000 1200 1500 1 B RPM C Max. stopping-starting curves D Max. operating curves B 2 phases C 4 phases OC OA Dimensions Shaft Type O shaft - A Type 1 2 - 0.002 - 0.006 9 Type 2 2 - 0.002 - 0.006 10 Type 3 3.17 0 - 0.006 O center - C - 0.010 - 0.060 - 0.010 - 0.060 9.52 - 0.010 - 0.060 Length shaft - D 9 9 9 3.2 D 1 B 2 fixing holes O 3.2 Connections 4 phase 1 4 4 c 3 c 2 2 c 1 3 c 4 Energization sequence for clockwise rotation : 2 phases energized (viewed from shaft end, front forward) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/117 CrouzetMotors.book Page 118 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Direct drive stepper motors 15 5 Watts 24 steps/revolution (15) Absorbed power : 5 W 2 or 4 phase versions available Specifications Type Number of phases Part numbers General characteristics Electronic controller used Resistance per phase () Inductance per phase (mH) Current per phase (A) Holding torque (mN.m) Voltage at motor terminals (V) Absorbed power (W) Step angle (o) Positioning accuracy (mm) Inertia of rotor (gcm2) Max. detent torque (mN.m) Max. coil temperature (oC) Storage temperature (0C) Thermal resistance of coil - ambient air (C/W) Insulation resistance (at 500 Vcc) (M) following NFC 51200 standard Bearings Insulation voltage (50 Hz, 1 minute) (V) following NFC 51200 standard Wires length (mm) Weight (g) Protection rating 2 phase 4 phase 4 phase 82 910 5 2 82 910 501 82 910 5 4 82 910 502 82 910 8 4 82 910 84H000002 Bipolar 12.9 17.3 0.44 20 5.6 5 15 5 4.9 3 120 -40 +80 14 > 103 Unipolar 115 62 0.14 15 17 5 15 5 4.9 3 120 -40 +80 14 > 103 Unipolar 115 62 0.14 15 17 5 15 5 4.9 3 120 -40 +80 14 > 103 Sintered bronze > 600 Sintered bronze > 600 Plastic > 600 250 90 IP40 250 90 IP 40 250 90 IP 40 Products adaptations, available on request Special output shafts Pinion on output shaft Special supply voltages Special lead lengths Special output bearings Customized electronics Special contruction materials Special connectors Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/118 CrouzetMotors.book Page 119 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Curves Measurement conditions 2 phase : L 297 298 SGS constant voltage supply board, 5.6 V at motor terminals, 2 phases energized, full steps, inertia of measuring system 4.53 g.cm2 Measurement conditions 4 phase : 89 990 101 constant voltage supply board, 17 V at motor terminals, 2 phases energized, full steps, inertia of measuring system 4.53 g.cm2 Nominal value dynamic curves 2 phase - 12.9 Nominal value dynamic curves 4 phase - 115 mNm mNm 15 15 10 10 3 2 5 3 5 2 0 0 50 100 125 250 200 500 300 750 400 1000 500 1250 0 600 Hz 1 B RPM C Stopping-starting D Max. operating curves 0 50 100 125 250 200 500 300 750 400 1000 500 1250 600 Hz 1 B RPM C Stopping-starting D Max. operating curves Dimensions Shaft Type 2 3.2 3 O shaft - A Type 1 2 - 0.002 - 0.006 Type 2 2 - 0.002 - 0.006 Type 3 3.17 0 - 0.006 O center - C 9 10 - 0.010 - 0.060 - 0.010 - 0.060 9.52 - 0.010 - 0.060 Length shaft - D 9 9 9 4 1 B 2 fixing holes O 3.2 +0.1 0 Connections 2 phase 4 phase 1 4 1 3 2 2 3 1 4 2 2 c 1 3 c B Step Energization sequence for clockwise rotation (viewed from shaft end) 4 4 c 3 c 4 B Step Energization sequence for clockwise rotation : 2 phases energized (viewed from shaft end, front forward) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/119 CrouzetMotors.book Page 120 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Direct drive stepper motors 7.5 10 Watts 48 steps/revolution (7.5) Absorbed power : 10 W 2 or 4 phase versions available Specifications Type Number of phases Electronic controller used Resistance per Current per Voltage at motor phase () phase (A) terminals (V) 9 0.75 6.6 22.3 0.48 10.4 General characteristics Absorbed power (W) Holding torque (mN.m) Step angle (o) Positioning accuracy (mm) Inertia of rotor (gcm2) Max. detent torque (mN.m) Max. coil temperature (oC) Storage temperature (0C) Thermal resistance of coil - ambient air (C/W) Insulation resistance (at 500 Vcc) (M) following NFC 51200 standard Insulation voltage (50 Hz, 1 minute) (V) following NFC 51200 standard Wires length (mm) Weight (g) Protection rating 2 phase 4 phase 82 930 0 2 Bipolar 82 930 0 4 Unipolar 82 930 2D00000T1 82 930 002 82 930 4D00000T1 82 930 015 10 180 7.5 5 84 12 120 -40 +80 7 > 103 10 155 7.5 5 84 12 120 -40 +80 7 > 103 > 600 > 600 250 340 IP40 250 340 IP 40 Products adaptations, available on request Special output shafts Pinion on output shaft Special supply voltages Special lead lengths Special output bearings Customized electronics Special contruction materials Special connectors Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/120 CrouzetMotors.book Page 121 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Curves Inertia of measuring chain : 3.4 g.cm2 a = constant voltage controller with Rs (resistance in series) = 0 b = constant voltage controller with Rs (resistance in series) = R motor c = constant voltage controller with Rs (resistance in series) = 2R motor d = constant voltage controller with Rs (resistance in series) = 3R motor The measurements are made with full stepping, 2-phases energized. 2 phase 2 phase - Max. stopping-starting and operating curves at I constant (PBL 3717) for 2 (motor) phases 9 mN.m 4 phase Max. stopping-starting frequency curves as a function of the external inertia load at zero antagonistic torque. Tests at constant U. mN.m mN.m 120 70 105 160 140 120 100 80 60 40 20 60 90 50 75 2 60 d 2 40 3 30 45 a b 2 30 c 100 125 200 250 300 375 400 500 Hz 0 1 B RPM C Max. stopping-starting curves 20 1 15 200 400 250 500 10 600 800 1000 1200 Hz 750 1000 1250 1500 1 0 B RPM C Max. stopping-starting curves D Max. operating curves B 2 phases C 4 phases Hz 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 1 B RPM C Max. stopping-starting curves Dimensions 30 O78.9 max. r:6 D Shaft Type O shaft - A 0 - 0.008 O center - C -0 - 0.05 Type 1 4 Type 2 6.35 0 - 0.01 11.13 Type 3 6.35 0 - 0.01 12.7 16 1 1.5 O57.8 max. OC OA 34 .2 ma 66.7 x. 12 Length shaft - D 0 - 0.05 0 - 0.05 19 19 1.6 35.4 max. B 2 Fixing holes O 4.4 Connections 2 phases 4 phases 1 4 1 3 2 3 1 4 4 c 3 c 2 2 2 c 1 4 3 Energization sequence for clockwise rotation : (viewed shaft end) 4 c Energization sequence for clockwise rotation : 2 phases energized (viewed shaft end, front forward) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/121 CrouzetMotors.book Page 122 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Direct drive stepper motors 7.5 7.5 Watts 48 steps/revolution (7.5) Absorbed power : 7.5 W 2 or 4 phase versions available Specifications Type Number of phases Electronic controller used Resistance per Current per Voltage at motor phase () phase (A) terminals (V) 10.7 0.59 6.3 46 0.28 12.9 General characteristics Absorbed power (W) Holding torque (mN.m) Step angle (o) Positioning accuracy (mm) Inertia of rotor (gcm2) Max. detent torque (mN.m) Max. coil temperature (oC) Storage temperature (0C) Thermal resistance of coil - ambient air (C/W) Insulation resistance (at 500 Vcc) (M) following NFC 51200 standard Insulation voltage (50 Hz, 1 minute) (V) following NFC 51200 standard Wires length (mm) Weight (g) Protection rating 2 phase 4 phase 82 920 0 2 Bipolar 82 920 0 4 Unipolar 82 920 001 82 920 2F000001 82 920 4G000001 82 920 012 7.5 70 7.5 5 18.8 6 120 -40 +80 9.3 > 103 7.5 57 7.5 5 18.8 6 120 -40 +80 9.3 > 103 > 600 > 600 250 210 IP40 250 210 IP 40 Products adaptations, available on request Special output shafts Pinion on output shaft Special supply voltages Special lead lengths Special output bearings Customized electronics Special contruction materials Special connectors Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/122 CrouzetMotors.book Page 123 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Curves Inertia of measuring chain : 2.2 g.cm2 a = constant voltage controller with Rs (resistance in series) = 0 b = constant voltage controller with Rs (resistance in series) = R motor c = constant voltage controller with Rs (resistance in series) = 2R motor d = constant voltage controller with Rs (resistance in series) = 3R motor The measurements are made with full stepping, 2-phases energized. 2 phase 2 phases - Max. stopping-starting and operating curves at I constant (PBL 3717) for 2 (motor) phases 12.9 Max. stopping-starting frequency curves as a function of the external inertia load at zero antagonistic torque. Tests at constant U. mN.m mN.m 40 mN.m 40 60 d 30 50 a 10 b 30 c 3 2 0 Hz 1 B RPM C Max. stopping-starting curves D Max. operating curves d 2 a b 10 10 100 200 300 400 500 600 125 250 375 500 625 750 20 2 20 2 c 30 3 40 20 4 phase 1 200 250 400 500 600 750 800 1000 100 200 300 400 500 600 125 250 375 500 625 750 1000 Hz 1250 1 B RPM C Max. stopping-starting curves D Max. operating curves B 2 phases C 4 phases Hz 1 B RPM C Max. operating curves Dimensions Shaft Type O shaft - A Type 1 2 0 - 0.006 9 Type 2 2 0 - 0.006 10 Type 3 3.17 0 - 0.006 O center - C - 0.010 - 0.050 - 0.010 - 0.050 9.52 - 0.010 - 0.050 Length shaft - D 9 9 9 1 B 2 oblong fixing holes : wide 3.5 B 2 oblong fixing holes : wide 3.5 1 4 Connections 2 phase 1 4 phase 1 + + - 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 + + + 3 + + - 4 + + + 4 3 2 1 1 - 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 - 3 - 4 - - 1 4 c 3 c 2 3 2 2 c 1 3 4 c 4 B Step B Step Energization sequence for clockwise rotation : (viewed shaft end) Energization sequence for clockwise rotation : 2 phases energized (viewed shaft end, front forward) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/123 CrouzetMotors.book Page 124 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Direct drive stepper motors 7.5 12.5 Watts 48 steps/revolution (7.5) Absorbed power : 12.5 W 2 or 4 phase versions available Specifications Type Number of phases Electronic controller used Resistance per Current per Voltage at motor phase () phase (A) terminals (V) 5.2 1.1 5.7 26.7 0.48 12.7 General characteristics Absorbed power (W) Holding torque (mN.m) Step angle (o) Positioning accuracy (mm) Inertia of rotor (gcm2) Max. detent torque (mN.m) Max. coil temperature (oC) Storage temperature (0C) Thermal resistance of coil - ambient air (C/W) Insulation resistance (at 500 Vcc) (M) following NFC 51200 standard Insulation voltage (50 Hz, 1 minute) (V) following NFC 51200 standard Wires length (mm) Weight (g) Protection rating 2 phase 4 phase 82 940 0 2 Bipolar 82 940 0 4 Unipolar 82 940 2I000001 82 940 002 82 940 015 82 940 2J000001 12.5 300 7.5 5 180 16 120 -40 +80 5.6 > 103 12.5 240 7.5 5 180 16 120 -40 +80 5.6 > 103 > 600 > 600 250 540 IP40 250 540 IP 40 Products adaptations, available on request Special output shafts Pinion on output shaft Special supply voltages Special lead lengths Special output bearings Customized electronics Special contruction materials Special connectors Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/124 CrouzetMotors.book Page 125 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Curves Inertia of measuring chain : 20.5 g.cm2 a = constant voltage controller with Rs (resistance in series) = 0 b = constant voltage controller with Rs (resistance in series) = R motor c = constant voltage controller with Rs (resistance in series) = 2R motor d = constant voltage controller with Rs (resistance in series) = 3R motor The measurements are made with full stepping, 2-phases energized. 2 phase mN.m 4 phase Max. stopping-starting frequency curves as a function of the external inertia load at zero antagonistic torque. Tests at constant U. 2 phase - Max. stopping-starting and operating curves at I constant (PBL 3717) for 2 (motor) phases 5.2 mN.m 200 180 160 140 120 100 80 60 40 20 160 140 120 100 80 60 40 20 0 2 d a b c 50 100 150 200 250 300 62.5 125 187.5 250 312.5 375 Hz 1 B RPM C Max. stopping-starting curves mN.m 160 140 120 100 80 60 40 20 2 1 2 d c a b 50 100 150 200 250 300 62.5 125 187.5 250 312.5 375 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Hz B Max. stopping-starting curves C Max. operating curves B 2 phases C 4 phases Hz 1 B RPM C Max. stopping-starting curves Dimensions Shaft Type 1 O shaft - A 0 - 0.008 O center - C 0 - 0.050 Type 1 6 Type 2 6.35 0 - 0.01 12.7 Type 3 6.35 0 - 0.01 14 12 0 - 0.050 0 - 0.050 Length shaft - D 15 15 15 B 4 oblong fixing holes 4.2 wide Connections 2 phase 1 4 phase 1 + + - 1 2 3 4 5 2 + + + 3 + + - 4 + + + 1 - 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 - 3 - 4 4 - 1 1 4 3 2 1 2 3 4 4 c 3 c 2 2 c 1 3 c B Step Energization sequence for clockwise rotation : (viewed shaft end) 4 B Step Energization sequence for clockwise rotation : 2 phases energized (viewed shaft end, front forward) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/125 CrouzetMotors.book Page 126 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Geared stepper motors 0.5 Nm 5 and 7.5 Watts Mechanical strength: 0.5 Nm Various ratios available 2 or 4 phase versions available Specifications Type Number of phases Ratios 10 20 25 50 100 250 500 General characteristics Stepper motor Gearbox Step angle (o) Maximum permitted torque from gearmotor under continuous conditions (N.m) Axial load static (daN) Radial load static (daN) Absorbed power (W) Coil temperature (C) Weight (g) Wires length (mm) Protection rating 7.5 Watts 7.5 Watts 5 Watts 5 Watts 5 Watts 5 Watts 82 924 0 2 82 924 0 4 82 914 8 2 82 914 8 4 82 914 3 2 82 914 3 4 82 924 020 82 924 022 82 924 028 82 924 030 - - - - 82 920 001 81 021 7.5 0.5 82 920 012 81 021 7.5 0.5 82 910 8 81 021 15 0.5 82 910 8 81 021 15 0.5 82 910 3 81 021 7.5 0.5 82 910 3 81 021 7.5 0.5 1 8 7.5 120 140 250 IP40 1 8 7.5 120 140 250 IP40 1 8 5 120 140 250 IP40 1 8 5 120 140 250 IP40 1 8 5 120 140 250 IP40 1 8 5 120 140 250 IP40 Products adaptations, available on request Special output shafts Special supply voltages Special lead lengths Special output bearings Customized electronics Special contruction materials Special connectors Special gearbox ratios Special mounting plate Special gear material Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/126 CrouzetMotors.book Page 127 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Dimensions 82 924 0 4 2 1 B 2 fixing holes O 3.2 C 3.5 across flat D (pushed-in shaft ) 82 914 0 - 82 914 5 1 2 B 2 fixing holes O 3.2 C 3.5 across flat 82 914 0 = L max. 39.5 82 914 5 = L max. 42.7 Options O8 2 6.8 B (Pushed-in shaft ) 1 23.2 max. B (Pushed-in shaft ) 4 O6 1 13.2 O1.5 O12 1 70 999 421 SP 1295-10 O8 O4 13.2 max. 79 200 779 O4 Optional shafts for 81 021 79 200 967 12.5 B (Pushed-in shaft ) C 5 across flat Other information Other versions are possible to special order in reasonable quantities : - other reduction ratios - special shafts - different exit angle for leads - special grease - mounting by M3 tapped holes - motor screw-assembled not clip jointed - available with other gearboxes in the Crouzet range - available with 82 930 basic motors (82 934 0 and 82 939 0) Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/127 CrouzetMotors.book Page 128 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Geared stepper motors 2 Nm 5 and 7.5 Watts Mechanical strength : 2 Nm Various ratios available 2 or 4 phase versions available Specifications Type Number of phases Ratios 25 50 100 250 General characteristics Stepper motor / Number of phases Gearbox Step angle (o) Maximum permitted torque from gearmotor under continuous conditions (N.m) Axial load static (daN) Radial load static (daN) Absorbed power (W) Coil temperature (C) Weight (g) Wires length (mm) Protection rating 7.5 Watts 7.5 Watts 5 Watts 5 Watts 5 Watts 5 Watts 82 929 0 2 82 929 0 4 82 919 8 2 82 919 8 4 82 919 3 2 82 919 3 4 82 920 001 81 033 7.5 2 82 920 012 81 033 7.5 2 82 910 8 81 033 15 2 82 910 8 81 033 15 2 82 910 3 81 033 7.5 2 82 910 3 81 033 7.5 2 1 10 7.5 120 260 250 IP 40 1 10 7.5 120 260 250 IP 40 1 10 5 120 140 250 IP 40 1 10 5 120 140 250 IP 40 1 10 5 120 230 250 IP 40 1 10 5 120 230 250 IP 40 Products adaptations, available on request Special output shafts Special supply voltages Special lead lengths Special output bearings Customized electronics Special contruction materials Special connectors Special gearbox ratios Special mounting plate Special gear material Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/128 CrouzetMotors.book Page 129 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Dimensions 82 929 0 1 2 3 B 2 fixing holes O 3.2 C 5 across flat D 3 mounting bosses O 6.8 at 120 on radius = 19.5 3 holes M3 depth 4.5 82 919 0 - 82 919 5 1 2 3 B 2 fixing holes O 3.2 C 5 across flat D 3 mounting bosses O 6.8 at 120 on radius = 19.5 3 holes M3 depth 4.5 82 919 0 = L max. 58.5 82 919 5 = L max. 60.2 Options 4 O12 2 O6 1 23.2 max. 12.5 B (Pushed-in shaft ) C 5 across flat Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/129 CrouzetMotors.book Page 130 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Geared stepper motors 5 Nm 5 and 7.5 Watts Mechanical strength : 5 Nm Various ratios available 2 or 4 phase versions available Specifications Number of phases Ratios 12.5 25 31.25 41.66 62.5 83.33 125 250 500 750 2500 General characteristics Motor Gearbox Maximum permitted torque from gearmotor under continuous conditions (N.m) Number of phases Axial load static (daN) Radial load static (daN) Absorbed power (W) Coil temperature (C) Weight (g) Wires length (mm) Protection rating 5 Watts 2/4 7.5 Watts 2 7.5 Watts 4 80 927 019 80 927 020 80 927 006 82 910 0 81 037 5 82 920 001 81 037 5 82 920 012 81 037 5 2/4 2 3 5 120 410 250 IP 40 2 2 3 7.5 120 530 250 IP 40 4 2 3 7.5 120 530 250 IP 40 Products adaptations, available on request Special output shafts Special supply voltages Special lead lengths Special output bearings Customized electronics Special contruction materials Special connectors Special gearbox ratios Special mounting plate Special gear material Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/130 CrouzetMotors.book Page 131 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Dimensions 80 917 0 - 80 927 0 2 1 3 B 4 holes M4 depth 12 C across flat D (pushed-in shaft ) 80 917 0 = L1 : 58.5 mm - L O 2 : 35.8 mm - L3 : 22.3 mm 80 927 0 = L1 : 59.2 mm - L O 2 : 51.3 mm - L3 : 25.6 mm Options Shaft 79 206 478 20 max. O14 O8 1 B (pushed-in shaft ) 4 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/131 CrouzetMotors.book Page 132 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Geared stepper motors 3 Nm 2.5 and 3.5 Watts Mechanical strength: 3 Nm Various ratios available 2 or 4 phase versions available Specifications Type Ratios 150 187.5 300 375 600 750 1200 2250 2400 3600 General characteristics Motor Gearbox Maximum permitted torque from gearmotor under continuous conditions (N.m) Axial load static (daN) Radial load static (daN) Absorbed power (W) Weight (g) Wires length (mm) Protection rating 2.5 Watts 2.5 Watts 3.5 Watts 3.5 Watts 80 913 0 80 913 5 80 923 0 80 933 0 82 910 0 81 023 0 3 82 910 5 81 023 0 3 82 920 81 023 0 3 82 930 81 023 0 3 2 3 2.5 370 250 IP00 2 3 2.5 370 250 IP00 2 3 3.5 490 250 IP00 2 3 3.6 620 250 IP00 Products adaptations, available on request Special output shafts Special supply voltages Special lead lengths Special output bearings Customized electronics Special contruction materials Special connectors Special gearbox ratios Special mounting plate Special gear material Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/132 CrouzetMotors.book Page 133 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Dimensions 80 913 0/5 18.5 max. + + 2.3 - 0.3 48 2.3 - 0.3 20.6 8 + 16 - 0.7 + 80 - 0.1 6 13 1 + 60 - 0.1 40.2 max. 80 923 0 18.5 max. + 2.3 - 0.3 48 + 2.3 - 0.3 + 80 - 0.1 6 13 20.6 8 + 16 - 0.7 1 + 60 - 0.1 44.1 max. 5.5 80 933 0 36.5 + 2.3 - 0.3 48 + 80 - 0.1 6 13 20.6 8 + 16 - 0.7 3.25 max. 1 4 18.5 max. + 0.1 60 - 53.9 max. 5.5 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/133 CrouzetMotors.book Page 134 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Geared stepper motors 5 Nm 12.5 Watts Mechanical strength : 5 Nm Various ratios available 2 or 4 phase versions available Specifications Type Number of phases Ratios 12.5 25 31.25 41.66 62.5 83.33 125 250 500 750 2500 General characteristics Motor Gearbox Maximum permitted torque from gearmotor under continuous conditions (N.m) Number of phases Axial load static (daN) Radial load static (daN) Absorbed power (W) Coil temperature (C) Weight (g) Wires length (mm) Protection rating 12.5 Watts 12.5 Watts 80 947 0 2 80 947 0 4 80 947 019 80 947 001 80 947 020 80 947 010 82 940 002 81 037 5 82 940 015 81 037 5 2 2 3 12.5 120 860 250 IP 40 4 2 3 12.5 120 860 250 IP 40 Products adaptations, available on request Special output shafts Special supply voltages Special cable lengths Special output bearings Customized electronics Special contruction materials Special connectors Special gearbox ratios Special mounting plate Special gear material Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/134 CrouzetMotors.book Page 135 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Dimensions 80 947 0 2 1 3 B 4 holes M4 depth 12 C across flat D (pushed-in shaft ) 80 947 0 = L1 : 76.6 mm - L O 2 : 65.3 mm - L3 : 43 mm Options Shaft 79 206 478 20 max. O14 O8 1 B (pushed-in shaft ) 4 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/135 CrouzetMotors.book Page 136 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/136 CrouzetMotors.book Page 137 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Linear Motors 4 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/137 CrouzetMotors.book Page 138 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Linear actuators -synchronous 10 mm displacement - 115 Volts A range of digital linear actuators based upon synchronous motor technology. They offer a linear travel of 10 mm as standard and up to 35 mm upon request for versions with an anti-rotation device built-in. Linear step speed 0.833 or 1.67 mm per second. Output force between 27 and 45 N. Specifications Low speed - series connection Part numbers General characteristics Rated displacement (mm) Base speed of motor (rpm) Vitesse de deplacement (f= 50 Hz) (mm/s) End stop Axial load (static) daN Radial load Ambient operating temperature (C) Wires length (mm) Electromechanical specifications Dynamic axial load to 100 Hz (N) Absorbed power (W) Absorbed current nominal (A) Temperature rise at T = 25C Life Mounting position Storage temperature (0C) Weight (g) 80 510 0 Low speed - parallel connection 80 510 0 High speed - series connection 80 510 5 High speed - parallel connection 80 510 5 10 250 0.833 10 250 0.833 10 500 1.67 10 500 1.67 10 Consult us -5 / +75 250 10 10 Consult us -5 +75 250 10 10 Consult us -5 +75 25010 10 Consult us -5 +75 250 10 35 2.7 10.9 mA 57C 10 % 500 000 cycles Any position -40 +80 90 45 4.3 16 mA 80C 10 % 500 000 cycles Shaft horizontal -40 +80 90 27 2.7 10.9 mA 57C 10 % 500 000 cycles Any position -40 +80 90 38 4.3 16 mA 80C 10 % 500 000 cycles Shaft horizontal -40 +80 90 Products adaptations, available on request Product adaptations available upon request Special output shafts Pinion on output shaft Special supply voltages Special lead lengths Special output bearings Special mounting plate Customized electronics Special construction materials Special connectors Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/138 CrouzetMotors.book Page 139 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Dimensions 80 510 0 - 80 510 5 31.5 max. o4 .4 3.4 21.5 46 .6 23 0 2 o12 ma x . o4.5 1 M3 o1 3.2 11 14 4 B Shaft in C Travel Connections In series In parallel SA 1 1 2 2 SI SA UN B SA : Shaft out C Si : Shaft in SI UN B SA : Shaft out C SI : Shaft in Other information Electromagnetic compatibility : Conducted emissions : EN 55 014 Radiated emissions : EN 55 022 Protection index IP40 EN 60 034 / CEI 529 Temperature limit when stalled Classe B EN 60 335-1 CEI 85 4 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/139 CrouzetMotors.book Page 140 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Linear actuators -stepper 10 mm displacement -7.5 step angle A range of digital linear actuators based upon stepper motor technology. They offer a linear travel of 10 mm as standard and up to 35 mm upon request for versions with an anti-rotation device built-in. Linear step displacement 0.0167 mm per step. Available in 2 or 4 phase configuration. Output force 38 or 58 N. Specifications Type nominal voltage (V) Part numbers General characteristics Motor step () Number of phases Rated displacement (mm) Linear step displacement (mm) Positioning accuracy (mm) Axial load (static) daN Radial load Operating temperature (oC) Wires length (mm) Coil () Electromechanical specifications Dynamic axial load to 100 Hz (N) Absorbed power (W) Absorbed current nominal (A) Life Mounting position Storage temperature (0C) Weight (g) 80 910 0 -2 phase 80 910 0 -4 phase 80 910 0 5.6 80 910 0 12.7 7.5 2 10 0.0167 < 0.01 10 Consult us -5 +75 250 10 12.9 7.5 4 10 0.0167 < 0.01 10 Consult us -5 +75 250 10 66 58 5 0.44 A nominal 500 000 cycles Any -40 +80 90 38 5 0.145 A nominal 500 000 cycles Any -40 +80 90 Products adaptations, available on request Product adaptations available upon request Special output shafts Pinion on output shaft Special supply voltages Special lead lengths Special output bearings Special mounting plate Customized electronics Special construction materials Special connectors Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/140 CrouzetMotors.book Page 141 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Dimensions 80 910 0 31.5 max. o4 .4 3.4 21.5 46 .6 23 0 2 o12 ma x . o4.5 1 M3 o1 3.2 11 14 4 B Shaft in C Travel Connections 2 phases 1 4 phases 1 + + - 1 2 3 4 5 2 + + + 3 + + - 4 + + + 1 - 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 - 3 - 4 - - 1 1 4 3 2 1 3 4 c 3 c 2 2 4 2 c 1 3 c B Step Energization sequence for shaft outward movement 4 B Step Energization sequence for shaft outward movement Other information Electromagnetic compatibility : Conducted emissions : EN 55 014 Radiated emissions : EN 55 022 Protection index IP40 EN 60 034 / CEI 529 Temperature limit when stalled Classe B EN 60 335-1 CEI 85 4 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/141 CrouzetMotors.book Page 142 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Linear actuators -stepper 10 mm displacement -15 step angle A range of digital linear actuators based upon stepper motor technology. They offer a linear travel of 10 mm as standard and up to 35 mm upon request for versions with an anti-rotation device built-in. Linear step displacement 0.033 mm per step. Available in 2 or 4 phase configuration. Output force 38 or 43 N. Specifications Type nominal voltage (V) Part numbers General characteristics Motor step () Number of phases Rated displacement (mm) Linear step displacement (mm) Positioning accuracy (mm) Axial load (static) daN Radial load Operating temperature (oC) Wires length (mm) Coil () Electromechanical specifications Dynamic axial load to 100 Hz (N) Absorbed power (W) Absorbed current nominal (A) Life Mounting position Storage temperature (0C) Weight (g) 80 910 0 -2 phase 80 910 5 -4 phase 80 910 5 5.6 80 910 5 17 15 2 10 0.033 < 0.01 10 Consult us -5 +75 250 10 12.9 15 4 10 0.033 < 0.01 10 Consult us -5 +75 250 10 115 43 5 0.44 500 000 cycles Any -40 +80 90 24 5 0.12 500 000 cycles Any -40 +80 90 Products adaptations, available on request Product adaptations available upon request Special output shafts Pinion on output shaft Special supply voltages Special lead lengths Special output bearings Special mounting plate Customized electronics Special construction materials Special connectors Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/142 CrouzetMotors.book Page 143 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Dimensions 80 910 5 31.5 max. o4 .4 3.4 21.5 46 .6 23 0 2 o12 ma x . o4.5 1 M3 o1 3.2 11 14 4 B Shaft in C Travel Connections 2 phases 1 4 phases 1 + + - 1 2 3 4 5 2 + + + 3 + + - 4 + + + 1 - 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 - 3 - 4 - - 1 1 4 3 2 1 3 4 c 3 c 2 2 4 2 c 1 3 c B Step Energization sequence for shaft outward movement 4 B Step Energization sequence for shaft outward movement Other information Electromagnetic compatibility : Conducted emissions : EN 55 014 Radiated emissions : EN 55 022 Protection index IP40 EN 60 034 / CEI 529 Temperature limit when stalled Classe B EN 60 335-1 CEI 85 4 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/143 CrouzetMotors.book Page 144 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/144 CrouzetMotors.book Page 145 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Fans 4 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/145 CrouzetMotors.book Page 146 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/146 CrouzetMotors.book Page 147 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Axial Fans General characteristics Noise data Operating voltage Acoustic measurements made at a distance of 1.0 metre from the surface of the fan (inner side) and 45 radially off the fan axis. AC : 115 V : 85 V - 125 V 220 V : 185 V - 245 V DC : 12 V : 10.2 V - 13.8 V 24 V : 20.4 V - 27.6 V Air flow performance data The performance data were determined in accordance with AMCA standard 210-74 on a double chamber test set up with measurement on the suction side. Dielectric strength AC : DC : Overload All Crouzet fans have integrated protection against locked rotor condition to avoid damage to windings and electronic components. Restarting is automatic as soon as any constraints on running have been removed. Bearing systems All Crouzet fans have specially designed and precision lubricated sleeve bearings for long, maintenance-free performance at low noise level. Ball bearing on request. Safety All fans are designed and manufactured in conformance with the requirements of UL, CSA and VDE. 1500 V a for one minute 600 V a for 2 seconds Insulation resistance AC : DC : 500 V c 100 M 250 V c 10 M Flow conversion table 1 CFM 1 m3/h 1 m3/min 1 l/min 1 l/s CFM 1 0.588 35.28 0.035 2.12 m3/h 1.7 1 60 0.06 3.6 m3/min 0.028 0.017 1 0.001 0.06 l/min 28.3 16.67 1000 1 60 l/s 0.47 0.28 16.67 0.017 1 The new KDE range Self-commutated DC fans Life AC fans Bearings sleeve 120 x 38 mm 92 x 25 mm 80 x 38 mm 80 x 25 mm The range of DC fans have the advantage of a new, patented design referred to as "single winding". 100 000 hours at 25 C 25 000 hours at 55 C 10 000 hours at 70 C 80 000 hours at 25 C 20 000 hours at 55 C 10 000 hours at 70 C This new range, the KDE range, forms a useful replacement for the MD range and provides the following improvements: - higher air flow thanks to smaller motor diameter, - quieter (gain of at least 2 dB), - longer life, - greater dielectric strength. AC fans Ball bearings 120 x 38 mm 92 x 25 mm 80 x 38 mm 80 x 25 mm 100 000 hours at 25 C 25 000 hours at 55 C 10 000 hours at 70 C 80 000 hours at 25 C 25 000 hours at 55 C 10 000 hours at 80 C DC fans Bearings sleeve 120 x 38 mm 92 x 25 mm 80 x 25 mm 60 x 25 mm 100 000 hours at 25 C 80 000 hours at 25 C 80 000 hours at 25 C 65 000 hours at 25 C 30 000 hours at 55 C 20 000 hours at 65 C Operating temperature AC : DC : -10 C at + 70 C 0 C at + 70 C The new range offers upward compatibility (1) with the MD range (see table below) and allows us to offer fans even more compact than the 0 x 0, 0 x 0, 0 x 0, and 0 x 0 models. (1) Current consumption should be checked however, as it may be higher in some cases. Old part no O 60 99 486 177 99 486 179 99 486 179 O 80 99 486 277 99 486 279 99 486 287 99 489 287 99 486 289 O 92 99 486 377 99 489 377 99 486 379 99 486 387 99 486 389 New part no 99 484 401 99 484 403 99 484 404 99 484 301 99 484 303 99 484 304 99 484 354 99 484 306 99 484 201 99 484 251 99 484 203 99 484 204 99 484 206 Old part no O 120 99 487 477 99 487 478 99 487 479 99 487 487 99 487 488 99 487 489 99 487 377 99 487 378 99 487 379 99 487 387 99 487 388 99 487 389 New part no 99 484 001 99 484 003 99 484 004 99 484 005 99 484 007 99 484 008 99 484 101 99 484 102 99 484 103 99 484 104 99 484 105 99 484 106 4 Storage temperature AC : DC : -30 C at + 75 C -30 C at + 75 C Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/147 CrouzetMotors.book Page 148 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Brushless DC Axial Fans Part Voltage Current Speed Number (V) (A) (RPM) 120 x 120 x 38mm (4 3/4 x 1 1/2") Material: Body PBT UL 94V-0 99484001 12 0.65 3100 Fan PBT UL 94V-0 99484002 12 0.59 3000 99484003 12 0.42 2750 Insulation Class E 99484004 12 0.27 2300 Approvals UL, cUL 99484005 24 0.33 3100 Recognized 99484006 24 0.25 3000 E118509 99484007 24 0.23 2750 99484008 24 0.14 2300 Box Count: 99484051 12 0.65 3150 120 x 38 40 pieces 120 x 25 40 pieces 99484052 12 0.59 3100 92 x 25 50 pieces 99484053 12 0.42 2850 80 x 25 50 pieces 99484054 12 0.27 2350 60 x 25 100 pieces 99484055 24 0.33 3150 60 x 15 200 pieces 40 x 20 200 pieces 99484056 24 0.25 3100 40 x 10 400 pieces 99484057 24 0.23 2850 25 x 10 500 pieces 99484058 24 0.14 2350 General Specifications Power (W) Airflow (CFM) Max. Air Pressure (Inch-H2O) Noise (dBA) Weight Bearing (g) Type 7.8 7 5 3.2 7.9 6 5.5 3.4 7.8 7 5 3.2 7.9 6 5.5 3.4 119 105 92 83 119 105 92 83 120 106 93 84 120 106 93 84 0.34 0.31 0.22 0.18 0.34 0.31 0.22 0.18 0.34 0.32 0.23 0.19 0.34 0.31 0.23 0.19 46.5 45.0 41.0 36.0 46.5 45.0 41.0 36.0 48.0 46.5 42.0 36.5 48.0 46.5 42.0 36.5 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 Sleeve Sleeve Sleeve Sleeve Sleeve Sleeve Sleeve Sleeve Ball Ball Ball Ball Ball Ball Ball Ball 120 x 120 x 25mm (4 3/4 x 1") 99484101 12 0.42 99484102 12 0.26 99484103 12 0.23 99484104 24 0.25 99484105 24 0.22 99484106 24 0.17 99484151 12 0.42 99484152 12 0.26 99484153 12 0.23 99484154 24 0.25 99484155 24 0.22 99484156 24 0.17 3000 2700 2300 3000 2700 2300 3100 2800 2400 3100 2800 2400 5 3.1 2.8 6 5.3 4.1 5 3.1 2.8 6 5.3 4.1 84 77 65 84 77 65 85 78 66 85 78 66 0.25 0.20 0.16 0.25 0.20 0.16 0.26 0.21 0.17 0.26 0.21 0.17 44.0 40.0 35.0 44.0 40.0 35.0 44.5 41.0 35.5 44.5 41.0 35.5 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 Sleeve Sleeve Sleeve Sleeve Sleeve Sleeve Ball Ball Ball Ball Ball Ball 92 x 92 x 25mm 99484201 99484202 99484203 99484204 99484205 99484206 99484251 99484252 99484253 99484254 99484255 99484256 3200 2700 2400 3200 2700 2400 3400 2800 2500 3400 2800 2500 2.6 2 1.4 3.6 2.2 1.7 2.6 2 1.4 3.6 2.2 1.7 50 44 42 50 44 42 51 45 42.5 51 45 42.5 0.19 0.17 0.15 0.19 0.17 0.15 0.19 0.17 0.15 0.19 0.17 0.15 33.0 27.0 25.5 33.0 27.0 25.5 34.0 28.0 26.0 34.0 28.0 26.0 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 Sleeve Sleeve Sleeve Sleeve Sleeve Sleeve Ball Ball Ball Ball Ball Ball (3 9/16 x 1") 12 0.22 12 0.16 12 0.12 24 0.15 24 0.12 24 0.10 12 0.22 12 0.16 12 0.12 24 0.22 24 0.16 24 0.12 Other Information For dimensions and air flow performance see pages 150-151. All DC fans are supplied with Lead wires only. To Order, Specify: 99484002 Standard, normally stocked products 99484003 Products produced to order - minimum quantities may apply Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/148 CrouzetMotors.book Page 149 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Brushless DC Axial Fans Part Voltage Current Number (V) (A) 80 x 80 x 25mm (3 1/8 x 1 1/2 ) Material: Body PBT UL 94V-0 99484301 12 0.22 Fan PBT UL 94V-0 99484302 12 0.16 99484303 12 0.12 Insulation Class E 99484304 24 0.15 Approvals UL, cUL 99484305 24 0.12 Recognized 99484306 24 0.10 E118509 99484351 12 0.22 99484352 12 0.16 Box Count: 99484353 12 0.12 120 x 38 40 pieces 120 x 25 40 pieces 99484354 24 0.22 92 x 25 50 pieces 99484355 24 0.16 80 x 25 50 pieces 99484356 24 0.12 60 x 25 100 pieces General Specifications 60 x 15 40 x 20 40 x 10 25 x 10 200 pieces 200 pieces 400 pieces 500 pieces Speed (RPM) Power (W) Airflow (CFM) Max. Air Pressure (Inch-H2O) Noise (dBA) Weight Bearing (g) Type 3000 2650 2200 3000 2650 2200 3200 2800 2500 3100 2800 2350 2.6 2 1.4 3.6 2.9 2.4 2.6 2 1.4 2.6 2 1.4 41.7 34.4 29.4 41.7 34.4 29.4 42.5 35 30 38 34 27 0.19 0.17 0.15 0.19 0.17 0.15 0.23 0.20 0.14 0.23 0.20 0.14 33.0 28.0 24.5 33.0 28.0 24.5 33.5 28.3 25.0 33.5 28.3 25.0 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 Sleeve Sleeve Sleeve Sleeve Sleeve Sleeve Ball Ball Ball Ball Ball Ball 60 x 60 x 25 (mm) 99484401 12 99484402 12 99484403 12 99484404 24 99484406 24 99484451 12 99484454 24 0.19 0.13 0.09 0.11 0.06 0.19 0.11 4500 3800 3300 4500 3300 4700 4500 2.2 1.6 1.2 2.6 1.4 2.2 2.6 21.7 17.6 15.9 21.7 15.9 22.1 21.7 0.20 0.14 0.10 0.20 0.10 0.22 0.20 34.0 31.0 26.7 34.0 26.7 34.3 34.0 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 Sleeve Sleeve Sleeve Sleeve Sleeve Ball Ball 60 x 60 x 15 (mm) 99484501 12 99484502 12 0.16 0.09 4000 3300 1.9 1.2 17.8 14.8 0.14 0.11 31.0 26.0 45 45 Sleeve Sleeve 40 x 40 x 20 (mm) 99484601 12 99484602 12 99484603 24 99484604 24 0.07 0.50 0.07 0.05 6000 4500 6500 6000 0.9 0.6 1.6 1.2 6.5 5.2 7.8 6.5 0.12 0.08 0.16 0.12 25.5 22.8 29.0 25.5 35 35 35 35 Sleeve Sleeve Sleeve Sleeve 40 x 40 x 10 (mm) 99484701 12 99484751 12 0.09 0.09 5500 6600 1.1 1.1 5.8 6.5 0.11 0.15 25.0 27.0 15.3 15.3 Sleeve Ball 25 x 25 x 10 (mm) 99484801 12 0.10 10000 1.1 1.5 0.10 23.0 7 Sleeve Other Information For dimensions and air flow performance see page 154. All DC fans are supplied with Lead wires only. 4 To Order, Specify: 99484002 Standard, normally stocked products 99484003 Products produced to order minimum quantities may apply Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/149 CrouzetMotors.book Page 150 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Brushless DC Axial Fans - Dimensions and Performance Dimensions Air performance 120 x 38 99 484 002 - 99 484 006 120 x 25 UL 1007 24 AWG + Red - Black 38.50.5 119.50.5 104.80.3 mm-H2O Inch-H2O 40.1 12 Air flow 0.50 10 0.40 8 0.30 6 104.80.3 31015 Rotation 0.20 4 61 2 0 0.10 0 0 Air flow 8 x O4.3 92 x 25 20 40 60 0.8 100 80 1.6 120 CFM 3.2 m 3 /min 2.4 99 484 201 / 204 - 99 484 203 / 206 920,5 25.50.5 82.50.3 40.3 mm-H2O Inch-H2O 6 0.25 5 0.20 Air flow Rotation 4 82.50.3 UL 1007 24 AWG + Red - Black 99 484 201 99 484 204 0.15 3 0.10 2 30050 1 0 Air flow 8 x O4.3 99 484 203 99 484 206 0.05 0 10 7 0 80 x 25 0.32 20 30 0.64 50 CFM 40 0.96 3 /min mm3 /min 1.28 99 484 301 / 304 - 99 484 303 / 306 800.5 25.50.5 71.50.3 40.3 mm-H2O Inch-H2O 6 0.25 5 0.20 Air flow Rotation 4 71.50.3 UL 1007 24 AWG + Red - Black 99 484 301 99 484 304 0.15 3 0.10 30050 2 1 0 8 x O4.3 99 484 303 99 484 306 0 7 Air flow 0.05 10 0 60 x 25 0.32 20 0.64 30 40 0.96 50 CFM 1.28 3/min 3 /min mm 99 484 401 - 99 484 403 6 0.25 5 0.20 Air flow 40.3 500.3 Rotation mm-H2O Inch-H2O 25.50.5 600.5 UL 1007 24 AWG + Red - Black 4 99 484 401 0.15 0.10 30030 500.3 3 2 1 7 0 8 x O4.3 Air flow 0.05 99 484 403 0 5 0 0.16 10 0.32 15 20 0.48 25 CFM 0.64 m 3 /min Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/150 CrouzetMotors.book Page 151 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Brushless DC Axial Fans - Dimensions and Performance Dimensions Air performance 60 x 15 99 484 501 mm-H2O Inch-H2O 15.50.5 600.5 30.3 500.3 Rotation UL 1007 26 AWG + Red - Black 6 0.25 5 0.20 4 Air flow 0.15 3 30050 500.3 0.10 2 1 0.05 7 0 0 Air flow 5 10 15 25 CFM 20 4 x O4.3 0 40 x 20 0.16 0.32 0.48 m 3 /min 99 484 601 mm-H2O Inch-H2O UL 1007 26 AWG + Red - Black 0.64 200.5 400.5 320.3 Air flow 6 30.3 5 Rotation 0.20 4 300 50 3 0.10 2 7 1 Air flow 4 x O4.3 0 2 0 40 x 10 4 0.08 6 0.16 10 CFM m 3 /min 0.24 99 484 701 mm-H2O Inch-H2O 320.3 Air flow 6 +0.5 10 0 400.5 UL 2468 26 AWG + Red - Black 8 5 30.3 Rotation 0.20 4 3 300 50 0.10 2 7 1 Air flow 4 x O4.3 0 0 25 x 10 2 4 0.08 6 0.16 4 10 CFM 0.24 m 3 /min 99 484 801 mm-H2O Inch-H2O 200.3 Air flow 6 10+0.5 0 250.5 UL 2468 26 AWG + Red - Black 8 5 30.3 0.20 Rotation 4 15030 3 0.10 2 7 1 4 x O2.8 Air flow 0 1 0 0 0.02 0.04 2 CFM 0.06 m 3 /min Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/151 CrouzetMotors.book Page 152 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM AC Axial Fans General Specifications Part Number Voltage Frequency (V) (Hz) Material: Body Aluminum 172 x 151 x 51mm (6 3/4 x 6 x 2") Fan PBT UL 94V-0 Insulation Class B Approvals UL, cUL Recognized VDE pending E118509 Box Count: 172 x 51 12 pieces 120 x 38 40 pieces 120 x 25 40 pieces 92 x 25 50 pieces 80 x 38 50 pieces 80 x 25 50 pieces Current (A) [50/60 Hz] Maximum Speed Power Airflow Air Pressure Noise Weight Connection Bearing (RPM) (W) (CFM) (Inch-H2O) (dBA) (g) Type [50/60 Hz] [50/60 Hz] [50/60 Hz] [50/60 Hz] [50/60 Hz] 99489701 115 50/60 0.60/0.55 2800/3200 49/45 180/200 0.48/0.48 52/55 942 Terminals 99489702 220/240 50/60 0.25/0.22 2600/2800 39/35 178/192 0.38/0.44 52/54 942 Terminals Ball Ball 99489703 115 50/60 0.60/0.55 2650/2950 49/45 180/200 0.48/0.48 52/55 942 Leads Ball 99489704 220/240 50/60 0.25/0.22 2600/2800 39/35 178/192 0.38/0.44 52/54 942 Leads Ball 120 x 120 x 38mm (4 3/4 x 1 1/2") 99487421 220/240 50/60 0.14/.012 2700/3100 22/21 95/115 0.33/0.38 44/49 550 Leads Sleeve 99487420 220/240 50/60 0.14/.012 2700/3100 22/21 95/115 0.33/0.38 44/49 550 Terminals Sleeve 99487400 220/240 50/60 0.13/0.11 2550/2900 20/19 85/105 0.25/0.30 43/48 550 Leads Sleeve 99487401 220/240 50/60 0.13/0.11 2550/2900 20/19 85/105 0.25/0.30 43/48 550 Terminals Sleeve 99487405 220/240 50/60 0.08/0.06 2000/2200 10/10 70/76 0.08/0.12 36/38 550 Leads Sleeve 99487403 220/240 50/60 0.08/0.06 2000/2200 10/10 70/76 0.08/0.12 36/38 550 Terminals Sleeve 99487410 115 50/60 0.12/0.18 2550/2900 20/18 85/105 0.25/0.30 43/48 550 Leads Sleeve 99487411 115 50/60 0.12/0.18 2550/2900 20/18 85/105 0.25/0.30 43/48 550 Terminals Sleeve 99487415 115 50/60 0.13/0.11 2000/2200 11/11 70/76 0.08/0.12 36/38 550 Leads Sleeve 99487413 115 50/60 0.13/0.11 2000/2200 11/11 70/76 0.08/0.12 36/38 550 Terminals Sleeve 99489421 220/240 50/60 0.14/0.12 2850/3150 22/21 97/117 0.34/0.39 45/50 550 Leads Ball 99489420 220/240 50/60 0.14/0.12 2850/3150 22/21 97/117 0.34/0.39 45/50 550 Terminals Ball 99489400 220/240 50/60 0.12/0.18 2750/3050 20/19 87/107 0.26/0.32 45/50 550 Leads Ball 99489401 220/240 50/60 0.12/0.18 2750/3050 20/19 87/107 0.26/0.32 45/50 550 Terminals Ball 99489405 220/240 50/60 0.08/0.06 2150/2300 10/10 72/78 0.09/0.13 37/39 550 Leads Ball 99489403 220/240 50/60 0.08/0.06 2150/2300 10/10 72/78 0.09/0.13 37/39 550 Terminals Ball 99489431 115 50/60 0.26/0.24 2850/3150 22/20 97/117 0.34/0.39 45/50 550 Leads Ball 99489430 115 50/60 0.26/0.24 2850/3150 22/20 97/117 0.34/0.39 45/50 550 Terminals Ball 99489410 115 50/60 0.12/0.18 2750/3050 20/18 87/107 0.26/0.32 45/50 550 Leads Ball 99489411 115 50/60 0.12/0.18 3750/3050 20/18 87/107 0.26/0.32 45/50 550 Terminals Ball 99489415 115 50/60 0.13/0.11 2150/2300 11/11 72/78 0.09/0.13 37/39 550 Leads Ball 99489413 115 50/60 0.13/0.11 2150/2300 11/11 72/78 0.09/0.13 37/39 550 Terminals Ball 0.09/0.09 2150/2300 19/18 66/78 0.14/0.16 44/46 330 Terminals Ball 120 x 120 x 25mm (4 3/4 x 1") 99489301 220/240 50/60 92 x 92 x 25mm (3 9/16 x 1") 99487104 220/240 50/60 0.07/0.06 2250/2750 14.5/14 29/36 0.12/0.18 36/39 280 Leads Sleeve 99487102 220/240 50/60 0.07/0.06 2250/2750 14.5/14 29/36 0.12/0.18 36/39 280 Terminals Sleeve 99487114 115 50/60 0.12/0.11 2250/2750 13/12 29/36 0.12/0.18 36/39 280 Leads Sleeve 99487112 115 50/60 0.12/0.11 2250/2750 13/12 29/36 0.12/0.18 36/39 280 Terminals Sleeve 99489102 220/240 50/60 0.07/0.06 2350/2850 14.5/14 30/37 0.13/0.19 37/40 280 Terminals Ball Other Information For dimensions and air flow performance see page 154. To Order, Specify: 99484002 Standard, normally stocked products 99484003 Products produced to order - minimum quantities may apply Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/152 AC Axial Fans General Specifications Part Number Voltage Frequency (V) (Hz) Material: Body Aluminum 80 x 80 x 38mm (3 1/8 x 1 1/2") Fan PBT UL 94V-0 Insulation Class B Approvals UL, cUL Recognized VDE pending E118509 Box Count: 172 x 51 12 pieces 120 x 38 40 pieces 120 x 25 40 pieces 92 x 25 50 pieces 80 x 38 50 pieces 80 x 25 50 pieces Current (A) [50/60 Hz] Maximum Speed Power Airflow Air Pressure Noise Weight Connection Bearing (RPM) (W) (CFM) (Inch-H2O) (dBA) (g) Type [50/60 Hz] [50/60 Hz] [50/60 Hz] [50/60 Hz] [50/60 Hz] 99486904 220/240 50/60 0.07/0.06 2300/2750 14/12 23/30 0.12/0.18 31/35 340 Leads Sleeve 99486914 115 50/60 0.17/0.13 2300/2750 14/12 23/30 0.12/0.18 31/35 340 Leads Sleeve 99488905 220/240 50/60 0.07/0.06 2400/2850 14/13.5 24/31 0.13/0.19 32/36.5 340 Leads Ball 80 x 80 x 25mm (3 1/8 x 1") 99486804 220/240 50/60 0.07/.007 2300/2750 14/13.5 17/21 0.12/0.18 29/33 260 Leads Sleeve 99486814 115 50/60 0.12/.010 2300/2750 12/11 17/21 0.12/0.18 29/33 260 Leads Sleeve 99489804 220/240 50/60 0.07/0.07 2450/2900 14/13.5 18/22 0.13/0.19 30/34.5 260 Leads Ball Dimensions Air performance 510.5 ROTATION 171.50.5 1620.5 28010 80.5 AIR FLOW 994897 45.50.5 172 x 51 STATIC PRESSURE mm - H2O Inch - H2O 24 0.80 50 HZ 16 UL1007 18AWG BLACK LEAD WIRE 60 HZ 0.40 151.50.5 8 MO O4.5 0 -0.2 2-Holes 0 4 CFM 0 0 100 200 2.83 5.66 3 m /min Other Information For dimensions and air flow performance see pages 154. To Order, Specify: 99484002 Standard, normally stocked products 99484003 Products produced to order - minimum quantities may apply Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/153 AC Axial Fans - Dimensions and Performance Dimensions Air performance 120 x 38 99 487 420 mm-H2O Inch-H2O Air flow 12 10 UL 1007 24 AWG 119.50.5 104.80.3 38.50.5 8 40.3 6 0.4 60 Hz 0.2 4 Rotation 50 Hz 2 0 0 99 487 4 99 489 4 40 20 0 104.80.3 310 6.9 0.8 60 1.6 80 100 120 CFM m3/min 3.2 2.4 mm-H2O Inch-H2O Air flow 0.5 61 12 10 0.4 8 0.3 6 Air flow 8 x O4.3 60 Hz 0.2 4 2 0 0.1 50 Hz 0 20 0 40 0.8 60 1.6 80 100 120 CFM m3/min 3.2 2.4 99 487 1 92 x 25 UL 1007 24 AWG mm-H2O Inch-H2O +1 920.5 25-0 6 0.25 5 0.20 Air flow 3.50.3 82.50.3 Rotation 4 0.15 3 0.10 310 82.50.3 6.9 1 61 0 UL 1007 24 AWG 0.05 800.5 71.50.3 38.50.5 40.3 Rotation 10 0 99 486 914 99 486 904 251 50 Hz 0 Air flow 8 x O4.3 80 x 38 80 x 25 60 Hz 2 20 0.4 30 40 0.8 0.25 5 0.20 4 m3/min 1.2 mm-H2O Inch-H2O 6 50 CFM Air flow 0.15 3 71.50.3 1 61 330 0.10 60 Hz 2 0 8 x O4.3 0.05 50 Hz 0 Air flow 10 0 2 earth tags 99 486 814 99 486 804 20 0.4 30 0.8 0.25 5 0.20 4 m3/min 1.2 mm-H2O Inch-H2O 6 50 CFM 40 Air flow 0.15 3 0.10 60 Hz 2 1 0 0.05 50 Hz 0 10 0 20 0.4 30 0.8 40 50 CFM 1.2 m3/min Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/154 CrouzetMotors.book Page 155 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Accessories for Fans 1 Part numbers Fingerguard plastic O 40 mm O 60 mm O 80 mm O 92 mm O 120 mm T-type cord Length 300 mm Length 600 mm Length 1000 mm Length 2000 mm Length 3000 mm Filter for fan - Protection 120 x 120 + Filter + Cover metal 99 485 910 99 485 900 99 485 901 99 485 904 99 485 902 99 485 923 99 485 922 99 485 921 99 485 920 99 485 903 99 485 905 99 485 906 99 485 907 99 485 908 99 485 909 Characteristics Products in conformity with UL - CSA - VDE Material - UL 94V- 0 - Dimensions Cover Plastic fingerguard Metal fingerguard L4 Filter Filter L1 L2 OA Protection OB L1 L3 L3 L2 OB L1 O 40 mm O 60 mm O 80 mm O 92 mm O 120 mm L2 L3 plastic metal plastic metal plastic metal 50 71.5 82.5 105 48 71.4 82.5 104.5 60 80 92 120 32 53.5 76.4 89.4 115.5 7.3 7.3 7.3 7 50.35 5 5 5.5 5.5 L4 OA OB 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.7 25 34 34 49 40.05 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 Protection 3.2 116 Cord 4 116 15.65 7.5 Cover 6.8 8 120 104.4 17.5 To order, specify : 1 Part number Example : Fingerguard - 99 485 922 120 104.4 Standard products Made to order products, available on request Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/155 CrouzetMotors.book Page 156 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Crouzet Fans - Cross Reference Comair Rotron 027117 027119 028021 028023 028027 028029 028171 028245 028291 028309 028516 EBM-Pabst 612 614 3412 3412G 3412GL 3412GM 3412L 3412M 3414 3414G 3414GL 3414GM 3414L 3414M 3906 3906L 3906M 3956 3956L 3956M 4212 4212GM 4212L 4212M 4214 4214G 4214H 4292GM 4294H 4500AX 4500N 4530AX 4530N 4530Z 4530ZW 4550AX 4550N 4580AX 4580N 4580Z 4580ZW 4600AX 4600N 4600VX 4600X 4600XP 4600Z 4600ZW 4606AX 4606N 4606VX 4606X 4608N 4608Z 4608ZW 4650AX 4650N 4650VX 4650X 4650Z 4650ZW 4656AX 4656N 4656VX 4656X 4658N 4658Z 4658ZW 4800AX 4800N 4800Z 4800ZW 4840N 4850AX 4850N 4850N 4850Z 4850ZW 612G 612GL 612GM 612L 612M 614GL 614S 8412 8412G 8412GL 8412L 8412M 8414 8414G 8414GL 8414GM 8414L 8414M Crouzet 99487413 99487411 99487411 99487401 99489411 99489401 99487403 99489701 99487413 99489702 99487401 Crouzet 99484401* 99484404* 99484251 99484201 99484203 99484203 99484253 99484253 99484254 99484204 99484206 99484205 99484256 99484256 99487112* 99487112* 99487112* 99489102 99489102 99489102 99484052 99484004 99484054 99484054 99484057 99484007 99484055 99484004 99484055 99487411 99487411 99487411 99487411 99487413 99487415 99487401 99487401 99487401 99487401 99487403 99487405 99487411 99487411 99487411 99487411 99487411 99487411 99487410 99489411 99489411 99489411 99489411 99489411 99489411 99489410 99487401 99487401 99487401 99487401 99487401 99487400 99489401 99489401 99489401 99489401 99489401 99489401 99489400 99487413 99487413 99487413 99487415 99487413 99487403 99487403 99487403 99487403 99487405 99484401 99484403 99484401 99484403* 99484401* 99484404 99484404* 99484352 99484301 99484353 99484353 99484353 99484354 99484304 99484306 99484306 99484356 99484356 Etri 125DH-1LP11-000 125DH-1LP31-000 125DH-1TP11-000 125DH-1TP31-000 125DH-2LP11-000 125DH-2LP31-000 125DH-2TP11-000 125DH-2TP31-000 125DL-1LP11-000 125DL-1LP31-000 125DL-1TP11-000 125DL-1TP13-000 125DL-2LP11-000 125DL-2LP31-000 125DL-2TP11-000 125DL-2TP31-000 125DM-1LP11-000 125DM-1LP31-000 125DM-2LP11-000 125DM-2LP31-000 125LG-0281-010 125LG-0282-010 125LG-2281-090 125LG-2282-010 125XL-0281-010 125XL-0282-010 125XL-2281-030 125XL-2282-030 125XR-0281-010 125XR-0282-010 125XR-2281-010 125XR-2282-010 126LF-0181-000 126LF-0182-000 126LF-0281-000 126LF-0282-000 126LF-2181-000 126LF-2182-000 126LF-2281-000 126LF-2282-000 126LH-2181-000 126LH-2182-000 126LJ-0181-000 126LJ-0182-000 126LJ-2181-000 126LJ-2182-000 129LG-0281-010 129LG-0282-010 129LG-2281-010 129LG-2282-010 129XL-0281-010 129XL-0282-010 129XL-2281-010 129XL-2282-010 129XR-0281-010 129XR-0282-010 129XR-2281-010 129XR-2282-010 141LS-0281-010 141LS-0282-010 141LS-2281-010 141LS-2282-010 141LT-0281-010 141LT-0282-010 141LT-2281-010 141LT-2282-010 141LV-0281-010 141LV-0282-010 141LV-2281-010 141LV-2282-010 144LS-0281-010 144LS-0282-010 144LS-2281-010 144LS-2282-010 144LT-0281-010 144LT-0282-010 Globe A31-B10A-15W3-000 A31-B15A-15W1-000 A31-B15A-15W2-000 A31-B15A-15W3-000 A31-B15A-23W1-000 A31-B15A-23W2-000 A31-B15A-23W3-000 A36-B10A-15T1-000 A36-B10A-15T2-000 A36-B10A-15T3-000 A36-B10A-23T1-000 A36-B10A-23T2-000 A36-B10A-23T3-000 A47-B10A-23T2-000 A47-B10A-23T3-000 A47-B15A-15T1-000 A47-B15A-15T2-000 A47-B15A-15T3-000 A47-B15A-23T1-000 A47-B15A-23T2-000 A47-B15A-23T3-000 D24-B10A-04W3-100 D24-B10A-04W4-100 D24-B10A-04W5-100 D24-B10A-05W3-100 Crouzet w/ Terminals 99489403 99489413 99487403 99487413 99489403 99489413 99487403 99487413 99489401 99489411 99487401 99487411 99486904* Crouzet w/ Leads 99484052 99484002 99484052 99484002 99484056 99484006 99484056 99484006 99484054 99484004 99484054 99484004 99484058 99484008 99484058 99484008 99484054 99484004 99484058 99484008 99489405 99489415 99487405 99487415 99489405 99489415 99487405 99487415 99489400 99489410 99487400 99487410 99486914* 99486904* 99486914* 99486904 99486914 99486904 99486914 99486904 99486914 99486904* 99486914* 99486904 99489403 99489413 99487403 99487413 99489403 99489413 99487403 99487413 99489401 99489411 99487401 99487411 99489401 99489411 99487401 99487411 99489403 99489413 99487403 99487413 99489403 99489413 99487403 99487413 99489401 99489411 99487401 99487411 99489403 99489413 Crouzet 99486814 99486914 99486914 99486914 99486904 99486904 99486904 99487112 99487112 99487112 99489102 99489102 99489102 99489301 99489301 99489413 99489411 99489411 99489403 99489401 99489401 99484451 99484451 99484451 99484404 99486914 99489405 99489415 99487405 99487415 99489405 99489415 99487405 99487415 99489400 99489410 99487400 99487410 99489400 99489410 99487400 99487410 99489405 99489415 99487405 99487415 99489405 99489415 99487405 99487415 99489400 99489410 99487400 99487410 99489405 99489415 Etri 144LT-2281-010 144LT-2282-010 144LV-0281-010 144LV-0282-010 144LV-2281-010 144LV-2282-010 146DF-0181-000 146DF-0182-004 146DF-2181-000 146DF-2182-004 146DH-1LP31-000 146DH-2LP31-000 146DJ-0182-004 146DJ-2182-030 146DL-1LP31-000 146DL-2LP31-000 146DM-1LP31-000 146DM-2LP31-000 154DA-0281-030 154DA-0282-030 154DE-0281-030 154DE-0282-030 154DG-0281-030 154DG-0282-030 180DH-1LP31-000 180DL-1LP31-000 180DM-1LP31-000 181DH-1LP31-000 181DH-2LP31-000 181DL-1LP31-000 181DM-1LP31-000 181DM-2LP31-000 225DH-1LP11-000 225DL-2LP11-000 225DM-1LP11-000 246DH-1LP11-000 246DH-2LP11-000 246DL-1LP11-000 246DL-2LP11-000 270DM-1LP11-000 280DH-1LP11-000 281DH-1LP11-000 281DH-2LP11-000 281DL-1LP11-000 281DL-2LP11-000 298DM-1LP11-000 298DM-2LP11-000 299DH-1LP11-000 98DH-1LP31-000 98DH-2LP31-000 98DL-1LP31-000 98DL-2LP31-000 98DM-1LP31-000 98DM-2LP31-000 98XC-0181-000 98XC-2181-000 98XH-0181-000 98XH-2181-000 99DH-1LP31-000 99DH-2LP31-000 99DL-1LP31-000 99DL-2LP31-000 99DM-1LP31-000 99DM-2LP31-000 99XM-0181-000 99XM-0182-000 99XM-2181-000 99XM-2182-000 99XU-0181-000 99XU-0182-000 99XU-2181-000 99XU-2182-000 99XW-0181-000 99XW-0182-000 99XW-2181-000 99XW-2182-000 Globe D24-B10A-05W4-100 D24-B10A-05W5-100 D31-B10A-04W2-100 D31-B10A-04W3-100 D31-B10A-04W5-100 D31-B10A-05W2-100 D31-B10A-05W3-100 D31-B10A-05W5-100 D36-B10A-04W2-100 D36-B10A-04W3-100 D36-B10A-04W5-100 D36-B10A-05W2-100 D36-B10A-05W3-100 D36-B10A-05W5-100 D47-B10A-04W2-000 D47-B10A-04W3-000 D47-B10A-05W2-000 D47-B10A-05W3-000 D47-B15A-04W2-100 D47-B15A-04W3-100 D47-B15A-04W4-100 D47-B15A-05W2-100 D47-B15A-05W3-100 D47-B15A-05W4-100 Crouzet 99484404 99484404 99484353 99484352 99484351 99484356 99484355 99484354 99484253 99484252 99484251 99484256 99484255 99484254 99484152 99484151 99484155 99484154 99484053 99484052 99484051 99484057 99484056 99484055 Crouzet w/ Terminals 99487403 99487413 99489403 99489413 99487403 99487413 99489702 99489701 99489702 99489701 99489702 99489701 99487102* 99487112* 99487102 99487112 99487102* 99487112* 99487102 99487112 99487102* 99487112* 99487102 99487112 Grainger (Dayton) 4WT33 4WT34 4WT35 4WT36 4WT37 4WT38 4WT39 4WT40 4WT41 4WT42 4WT43 4WT46 4WT47 4WT48 4WT49 MR2B3 MR77B3 MU2A1 MU2B1 MU3A1 MU3B1 MX2A3 MX2B3 MX3A3 MX3B3 SU2A1 SU3A1 WR2A1 WR3A1 Crouzet w/ Leads 99487405 99487415 99489405 99489415 99487405 99487415 99486804* 99486814* 99486804 99486814 99484302 99484305 99486814* 99489814 99484303 99484306 99484303 99484306 99489704 99489703 99489702 99489703 99489704 99489703 99484602 99484602 99484602 99484403 99484404 99484403 99484403 99484404 99484051 99484055 99484052 99484351 99484354 99484353 99484356 99484751 99484601* 99484401* 99484404* 99484401* 99484404* 99484152* 99484155* 99484251* 99484103 99484106 99484103 99484106 99484103 99484106 99489301 99489301 99489301 99489301 99484202 99484205 99484203 99484206 99484203 99484206 99487104* 99487114* 99487104 99487114 99487104* 99487114* 99487104 99487114 99487104* 99487114* 99487104 99487114 Crouzet 99487401 99484402 99484301 99484001 99484404 99484304 99484005 99486914 99486904 99489701 99489702 99487490 99487411 99487413 99487413 99489701 99489702 99487411 99489411 99487401 99489401 99487411 99489430 99487420 99489423 99486914 99486904 99487413 99487403 Multicomp MC1123HST MC1123HBT MC1123HSL MC2123HST MC2123HBT MC2123HSL MC1123LST MC1123LSL MC2123LST MC2123LSL MC1092HST NMB 2410ML-04W-B10 2410ML-04W-B20 2410ML-04W-B30 2410ML-04W-B40 2410ML-05W-B10 2410ML-05W-B20 2410ML-05W-B30 2410ML-05W-B40 2410ML-05W-B50 2410ML-05W-B60 2410NL-04W-B10 2410NL-04W-B20 2410NL-04W-B30 2410NL-04W-B40 2410NL-04W-B50 2410NL-05W-B10 2410NL-05W-B20 2410NL-05W-B30 2410NL-05W-B40 2410NL-05W-B50 3110NL-04W-B10 3110NL-04W-B20 3110NL-04W-B30 3110NL-04W-B40 3110NL-04W-B50 3110NL-05W-B10 3110NL-05W-B20 3110NL-05W-B30 3110NL-05W-B40 3110NL-05W-B50 3110PS-12W-B30 3115FS-12T-B00 3115FS-12T-B10 3115FS-12T-B20 3115FS-12T-B30 3115PS-12T-B10 3115PS-12T-B20 3115PS-12T-B30 3610NL-04W-B10 3610NL-04W-B20 3610NL-04W-B30 3610NL-04W-B40 3610NL-04W-B50 3610NL-04W-B50 Toyo TAC12025230HT TAC12025230MT TAC12038115HT TAC12038115LT TAC12038115MT TAC12038230HT TAC12038230LT TAC12038230MT TAC17251115HT TAC17251115LT TAC17251115MT TAC17251230HT TAC17251230LT TAC17251230MT TAC8025115HW TAC8025115MW TAC8025230HW TAC8025230MW TAC8038115HW TAC8038115LW TAC8038115MW TAC8038230HW TAC8038230LW TAC8038230MW TAC9225115HT TAC9225115LT TAC9225115MT TAC9225230HT TAC9225230LT TAC9225230MT USTF1202512LW USTF1202512MW USTF120252302T USTF120252303T USTF1202524LW USTF1202524MW USTF120381151T USTF120381152T USTF120381153T USTF120381155T Crouzet 99487411 99489411 99487410 99487401 99489401 99487400 99487413 99487415 99487403 99487405 99487112 Crouzet 99484403* 99484403* 99484401* 99484401* 99484404* 99484404* 99484404* 99484404* 99484404* 99484404* 99484403* 99484403* 99484403* 99484401* 99484401* 99484404* 99484404* 99484404* 99484404* 99484404* 99484353 99484353 99484352 99484351 99484351 99484356 99484356 99484354 99484354 99484354 99486814* 99486914* 99486914* 99486914* 99486914* 99486914* 99486914* 99486914* 99484253 99484253 99484252 99484251 99484251 99484254 Crouzet 99484301 99484301 99489411 99489413 99489413 99489401 99489403 99489403 99489701 99489701 99489701 99489702 99489702 99489702 99486814* 99486814* 99486804* 99486804* 99486914* 99486914* 99486914* 99486904* 99486904* 99486904* 99487112* 99487112* 99487112* 99487102* 99487102* 99487102* 99484152 99484151 99489301 99489301 99484155 99484154 99489413 99489413 99489411 99489411 Multicomp MC1092HSL MC2092HST MC2092HSL MC1083HSL MCKD1204PFB2 MCKDE1208PTB2-6 MCKDE2408PTB2-6 MCKDE1209PTB2-6 MCKDE2409PTB2-6 MCKDE1212PTB2-6A MCKDE2412PTB2-6A NMB 3610NL-05W-B10 3610NL-05W-B20 3610NL-05W-B30 3610NL-05W-B40 3610PS-12T-B10 3610PS-12T-B20 3610PS-12T-B30 4710NL-04W-B10 4710NL-04W-B20 4710NL-04W-B30 4710NL-04W-B40 4710NL-04W-B50 4710NL-05W-B10 4710NL-05W-B20 4710NL-05W-B30 4710NL-05W-B40 4710NL-05W-B50 4715FS-12T-B00 4715FS-12T-B10 4715FS-12T-B20 4715FS-12T-B30 4715FS-12T-B40 4715FS-12T-B50 4715ML-04W-B10 4715ML-04W-B20 4715ML-04W-B30 4715ML-04W-B40 4715ML-05W-B10 4715ML-05W-B20 4715ML-05W-B30 4715ML-05W-B40 4715MS-12T-B10 4715MS-12T-B20 4715MS-12T-B30 4715MS-12T-B40 4715MS-12T-B50 4715PL-04W-B20 4715PL-04W-B30 4715PL-05W-B20 4715PL-05W-B30 4715PS-12T-B10 4715PS-12T-B20 4715PS-12T-B30 Crouzet 99487114 99487102 99487104 99486914 99484751 99484352 99484305 99484252 99484255 99484152 99484155 Crouzet 99484255 99484255 99484255 99484254 99487112* 99487112* 99487112* 99484153 99484153 99484152 99484152 99484151 99484156 99484156 99484155 99484155 99484154 99489413 99489413 99489413 99489411 99489411 99489411 99484054 99484053 99484052 99484051 99484058 99484057 99484056 99484055 99489413 99489413 99489411 99489411 99489411 99484054 99484053 99484058 99484057 99489413 99487490 99487490 Toyo USTF1203812HW USTF1203812LW USTF1203812MW USTF120382301T USTF120382302T USTF120382303T USTF120382305T USTF1203824HW USTF1203824LW USTF1203824MW USTF251012HW USTF251012MW USTF401012LW USTF401012MW USTF402012HW USTF402012MW USTF601512HW USTF601512LW USTF601512MW USTF601512VHW USTF602524HW USTF602524LW USTF602524MW USTF80251153W USTF802512HW USTF802512MW USTF802524HW USTF802524MW USTF80381153T USTF80382303T USTF92251152T USTF92251153T USTF922512HW USTF922512LW USTF922512MW USTF92252302T USTF92252303T USTF922524HW USTF922524LW USTF922524MW Crouzet 99484051 99484054 99484052 99489403 99489403 99489401 99489401 99484055 99484058 99484056 99484801 99484801* 99484751 99484751 99484601* 99484601* 99484502* 99484502* 99484502* 99484501* 99484404* 99484404* 99484404* 99489814* 99484351 99484352 99484354 99484355 99486914* 99486904* 99487112* 99487112* 99484251 99484253 99484252 99487102* 99487102* 99484254 99484256 99484255 Sunon DP200A2123XBL DP200A2123XBT DP200A2123XBT(S) DP200A2123XSL DP200A2123XST DP200A2123XST(S) DP201A2123HBL DP201A2123HBT DP201A2123HSL DP201A2123HST DP203A2123LBL DP203A2123LBT DP203A2123LSL DP203A2123LST KDE1202PFS2 KDE1204PFS2 KDE1204PKS2 KDE1204PKS3 KDE1206PHS2 KDE1206PHS3 KDE1206PTS1 KDE1206PTS2 KDE1206PTS3 KDE1208PTB1-6 KDE1208PTB2-6 KDE1208PTB3-6 KDE1208PTS1-6 KDE1208PTS2-6 KDE1208PTS3-6 KDE1209PTB1-6 KDE1209PTB2-6 KDE1209PTB3-6 KDE1209PTS1-6 KDE1209PTS2-6 KDE1209PTS3-6 KDE1212PMB1-6A KDE1212PMB2-6A KDE1212PMB3-6A KDE1212PMBX-6A KDE1212PMS1-6A KDE1212PMS2-6A KDE1212PMS3-6A KDE1212PMSX-6A KDE1212PTB1-6A KDE1212PTB2-6A KDE1212PTB3-6A KDE1212PTS1-6A KDE1212PTS2-6A KDE1212PTS3-6A KDE2406PTS1 KDE2408PTS1-6 KDE2408PTS2-6 KDE2408PTS3-6 KDE2409PTB1-6 KDE2409PTB2-6 KDE2409PTB3-6 KDE2409PTS1-6 KDE2409PTS2-6 KDE2409PTS3-6 KDE2412PMB1-6A KDE2412PMB2-6A KDE2412PMB3-6A KDE2412PMBX-6A KDE2412PMS1-6A KDE2412PMS2-6A KDE2412PMS3-6A KDE2412PMSX-6A KDE2412PTB1-6A KDE2412PTB2-6A KDE2412PTB3-6A KDE2412PTS1-6A KDE2412PTS2-6A KDE2412PTS3-6A SF11580A1083HSL SF11580AT1082HSL SF11592A1092HSL SF11592A1092HST SF23080A2083HSL SF23080AT2082HSL SF23092A2092HBT SF23092A2092HSL SF23092A2092HST SP101A1123HBL SP101A1123HBT SP101A1123HSL SP101A1123HST SP103A1123LBL SP103A1123LBT SP103A1123LSL SP103A1123LST *Ball Bearings by request only. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/156 Crouzet 99489421 99489420 99489422 99487421 99487420 99487422 99489400 99489401 99487400 99487401 99489405 99489403 99487405 99487403 99484801 99484701 99484601 99484602 99484501 99484502 99484401 99484402 99484403 99484351 99484352 99484353 99484301 99484302 99484303 99484251 99484252 99484253 99484201 99484202 99484203 99484052 99484053 99484054 99484051 99484002 99484003 99484004 99484001 99484151 99484152 99484153 99484101 99484102 99484103 99484404 99484304 99484305 99484306 99484254 99484255 99484256 99484204 99484205 99484206 99484056 99484057 99484058 99484055 99484006 99484007 99484008 99484005 99484154 99484155 99484156 99484104 99484105 99484106 99486914 99486814 99487114 99487112 99486904 99486804 99489102 99487104 99487102 99489410 99489411 99487410 99487411 99489415 99489413 99487415 99487413 CrouzetMotors.book Page 157 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Crouzet Motor 4 Technology Guides Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/157 CrouzetMotors.book Page 158 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM DC motor technology guide 1 - Why choose a DC motor? Composition of a DC motor Rotor Many applications call for a high start-up torque. The DC motor, by its very nature, has a high torque vs. falling speed characteristic and this enables it to deal with high starting torques and to absorb sudden rises in load easily. The speed of the motor adjusts to the load. Furthermore, the DC motor is an ideal way of achieving the miniaturization designers are constantly seeking because the efficiency it gives is high compared with other designs. Stator Magnet Brush Shaft Commutator 2 - Design of Crouzet DC motors 2.1 Safety Crouzet DC motors are designed and manufactured for integration into equipment or machines which meet, for example, the requirements of the machinery standard : EN 60335-1 (IEC 335-1, "Safety of domestic electrical appliances"). Integration of Crouzet DC motors into equipment or machines should, as a rule, take the following motor characteristics into account : no ground connection so-called "principal insulation" motors (single insulation) * * * * protection index : IP00 to IP40 insulation classes : A to F } (see the catalogue page details for individual motor types) EC LOW VOLTAGE DIRECTIVE 73/23/EEC OF 19/02/73 : Crouzet DC motors and geared motors are not covered by this directive (LVD 73/23/EEC applies to voltages greater than 75 VDC). The stator is formed by a metal carcass and one or more magnets that create a permanent magnetic field inside the stator. At the rear of the stator are the brush mountings and the brush gear which provide electrical contact with the rotor. The rotor is itself formed by a metal carcass carrying coils which are interconnected at the commutator at the rear of the rotor. The commutator and brush assembly then select the coil through which the electric current passes in the opposite direction. Principle of operation Whatever the complexity of the rotor coil windings, once they are energized, they may be represented in the form of a ferromagnetic cylinder with a solenoid wrapped around it. The wire of the solenoid is in practice the wire bundle located in each groove of the rotor. The rotor, when energized, then acts as an electromagnet, the magnetic field following the axis separating the wires of the solenoid in the direction of the current which flows through them. Rotor Coil 2.2 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) Crouzet Ltd can provide the EMC characteristics of the various types of product on request. EC DIRECTIVE 89/336/EEC OF 03/05/89, "ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY" : DC motors and geared motors are considered as components meant for integration into other equipment and therefore fall outside its field of application. However, these products are designed in compliance with EMC characteristics and consequently can be incorporated in equipment having to comply with the EMC directive. The motor, therefore, consists of fixed permanent magnets (the stator) a moving magnet (the rotor) and a metal carcass to concentrate the flux (the motor body). 3 - How to select from the Crouzet range The motor unit is selected according to the required output power. Depending on the required speed, a direct motor or a geared motor is selected. Speeds 1,000 to 5,000 rpm Speeds below 500 rpm Direct motor Geared motor The gearbox is selected depending on the maximum required torque and the duty cycle. 4 - Definition of the DC motor This motor follows linear laws of operation and because of this it is easier to fully exploit its characteristics compared to synchronous or asynchronous motors. By the attraction of opposite poles and repulsion of like poles, a torque then acts on the rotor and makes it turn. This torque is at a maximum when the axis between the poles of the rotor is perpendicular to the axis of the poles of the stator. As soon the rotor begins to turn, the fixed brushes make and break contact with the rotating commutator segments in turn. The rotor coils are then energized and de-energized in such a way that as the rotor turns, the axis of a new pole of the rotor is always perpendicular to that of the stator. Because of the way the commutator is arranged, the rotor is in constant motion, no matter what its position. Fluctuation of the resultant torque is reduced by increasing the number of commutator segments, thereby giving smoother rotation. By reversing the power supply to the motor, the current in the rotor coils, and therefore the north and south poles, is reversed. The torque which acts on the rotor is thus reversed and the motor changes its direction of rotation. By its very nature, the DC motor is a motor with a reversible direction of rotation. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/158 CrouzetMotors.book Page 159 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM DC motor technology guide Torque and speed of rotation Torque and supply current The torque generated by the motor, and its speed of rotation, are dependent on each other. This is the second important characteristic of a DC motor. It is linear and is used to calculate the no-load current and the current with the rotor stationary (start-up current). This is a basic characteristic of the motor ; it is a linear relationship and is used to calculate the no-load speed and the start-up torque of the motor. Motor Torque (N.m) Start Torque Motor Torque Start Torque Current (no load) Speed (no load) Current (Amps) Starting Current Rotation speed The curve for the output power of the motor is deduced from the graph of torque versus speed. The graph for this relationship does not vary with the supply voltage of the motor. The end of the curve is extended in accordance with the torque and the start-up current. The gradient of this curve is called the "torque constant" of the motor. Cd Kc = 2p Pu(W) = x C (N.m) x N (rpm) 60 Output power Motor torque ld-lo This torque constant is such that : Speed of rotation C = Kc (I - Io) The "rotational friction torque" is Kc Io. The torque is therefore expressed as follows : Output power C = Kc I - Cf with Cf = Kc Io Maximum Power Kc C Cd Cf I Io Id 1/2 Speed (no load) Speed (no load) Rotation speed The torque vs. speed and output power curves depend on the supply voltage to the motor. The supply voltage to the motor assumes continuous running of the motor at an ambient temperature of 20C in nominal operational conditions. It is possible to supply the motor with a different voltage (normally between -50% and + 100% of the recommended supply voltage). If a lower voltage is used compared to the recommended supply the motor will be less powerful. If a higher voltage is used, the motor will have a higher output power but will run hotter (intermittent operation is recommended). For variations in supply voltage between approximately - 25% to + 50%, the new torque vs. speed graph will remain parallel to the previous one. Its start-up torque and no-load speed will vary by the same percentage (n%) as the variation in supply voltage. The maximum output power is multiplied by (1 + n%)2. Example : For a 20% increase in supply voltage Start-up torque increases by 20% ( x 1.2) No-load speed increases by 20% ( x 1.2) Output power increases by 44% ( x 1.44) = Torque constant (Nm/A) = Torque (Nm) = Start-up Torque (Nm) = Rotational friction torque (Nm) = Current (A) = No-load current (A) = Start-up current (A) The graph of torque vs. current and torque vs. speed is used to determine the absorbed power as a function of the speed of rotation of the motor. Power (W) 4 Output power (no load) Efficiency Max. power Output power rpm rpm Speed (no load) Efficiency The efficiency of a motor is equal to the mechanical output power that it can deliver, divided by the power which it absorbs. The output power and the absorbed power vary in relation to the speed of rotation, therefore the efficiency is also a function of the speed of the motor. Maximum efficiency is obtained with a given rotational speed greater than 50% of no-load speed. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/159 CrouzetMotors.book Page 160 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM DC motor technology guide Temperature rise Selection of a geared motor The temperature rise of a motor is due to the difference between the absorbed power and the output power of the motor. This difference is the power loss. Temperature rise is also related to the fact that power loss, in the form of heat from the motor, is not rapidly absorbed by the ambient air (thermal resistance). The thermal resistance of the motor can be greatly reduced by ventilation. A geared motor is selected according to the required usable power output. Important The nominal operating characteristics correspond to the voltagetorque-speed characteristics required for continuous operation at an ambient temperature of 20 C. Only intermittent duty is possible outside these operating conditions : without exception, all checks concerning extreme operating conditions must be performed in the actual customer application conditions in order to ensure safe operation. P usable W = 2 .C .n 60 Nm rpm A geared motor must have usable power equal to or greater than the power required to rotate the load. It is selected by checking that the point corresponding to the required operating conditions (torque and speed output) is higher than the nominal torque versus speed curve of the geared motor. The required torque output of a geared motor must be within its maximum recommended torque for continuous duty. Selecting the reduction gear ratio 5 - Motor and gearbox combinations DC motors are constructed to operate continuously within a range of speeds near their no-load speed. This range of speeds is generally too high for most applications. In order to reduce this speed, a full range of geared motors is available, each with a series of gear ratios to suit most speed requirements. The complete range is suitable for a wide variety of applications. Two selection criteria may be applied. - The first criterion concerns the required speed output of the reduction gear only. It is adequate for most applications and is easy to apply. Given that : R= N1 = required speed of geared motor Nb = basic nominal speed of motor N1 Nb - The second criterion concerns the required usable power output of the motor. The rotational speed of the motor is given by : Gearbox characteristics Our gearboxes have been designed for optimum performance and for maximum life under normal operating conditions. N = 1/2 (No + Their main characteristic is the capacity to withstand maximum design torque with continuous duty. The range of gearboxes shown in this catalogue can operate with maximum torque of 0.5 to 6 N.m for long time periods. All values previously stated are for standard products in normal operating conditions, as specified. In certain cases, these values may be increased if a shorter life is required. Please consult our Sales Office for further information. Every gearbox has a torque limit, which is the breaking torque If this torque is applied to the gearbox, it will cause severe damage. N No P Cd No 2 4P ) with A = A Cd 30No = speed of motor (rpm) = no-load speed of motor (rpm) = required output power (W) = start-up torque of motor (Nm) This gives the equation : R = N1 N In order to avoid using numbers less than 1 where the reduction ratio is concerned, the value 1/R is employed. Due to the fact that it is always a reduction gear and not a "multiplier" gear, there should be no ambiguity concerning the number used. 1/R = Nb N ou 1/R = or N1 N1 Gearbox construction Motor shaft Gearwheels DC Motor Output shaft Bearing Gearbox case Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/160 CrouzetMotors.book Page 161 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Brushless DC motors and Motomate technology guide - The control electronics determine the position of the rotor using the Hall effect sensors.The electronics deduce from the sensors the orientation to give to the magnetic field of the stator. During rotation, they control the three coils to regularly adjust the orientation of the field to the position of the rotor, in order to drive it in the direction chosen by the user. Principle 1.1.Composition of the driving part: Brushless motors comprise 3 main elements: Electronic plate Hall effect sensors Stator - By modulating the current in the coils, the electronics can accelerate or slow down the motor and thus regulate its speed.They can also orientate the magnetic field in order to brake the movement of the rotor to bring it to a standstill. Rotor - By limiting the current in the coils, the electronics can also limit the torque of the motor, and activate the corresponding output. - The electronics also generate the outputs of the built-in encoder using the Hall effect sensors. Speed regulation 2.1.What is 4-quadrant regulation? Ball bearings The four zones of a torque/speed diagram are known as `quadrants': - A positive speed represents clockwise rotation, and a negative speed counter-clockwise - A rotating part, the rotor, which has permanent magnets. Like the needle of a compass, these magnets permanently drive the rotor to try to align itself with the magnetic field of the stator. For optimum service life of the motor, the rotor is mounted on ball bearings. - A positive torque represents motor operation, and a negative torque brake operation. Motor 2 Reverse operation - Three "Hall effect" magnetic sensors. These sensors provide information on the position of the rotor magnets at all times. magnetic field Stator (coils) Rotor (magnets) Rotor N Field Rotational movement Control electronics 4 1-quadrant regulation operates in a single direction of rotation, with no possibility of braking. In the event of overspeed, the regulator cuts off the current until the motor is braked by the load. The principle is identical for 2-quadrant regulation, but in both directions of rotation.This operating mode is offered as an option on Crouzet brushless motors, when required by a specific application. 4-quadrant regulation also operates in both directions of rotation, but also allows braking. In the event of overspeed, the motor is involved in the braking and the system quickly loses speed. All Crouzet brushless motors have 4-quadrant regulation as standard. S Outputs: Encoder Direction info(*) Torque info(*) Clockwise Brake Crouzet brushless motors incorporate their control electronics as standard. The control electronics control the phases of the motor, regulate the speed and incorporate the encoder function. Control of coils 1 Speed axis 3 1.2. The integrated control electronics: Inputs: On/off Direction Speed Torque(*) Torque axis - A fixed part, the stator, which has three groups of coils, called the three phases of the motor. These coils operate as electromagnets and generate various orientations of magnetic field regularly distributed around the central shaft of the motor. Hall effect sensors Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/161 4 CrouzetMotors.book Page 162 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Brushless DC motors and Motomate technology guide 2.2. Braking: Torque limiting (*) Braking means absorbing the energy of the mechanical system.There are several different types of braking, depending on the use made of this absorbed energy: Regenerative braking converts the energy of the system into electrical current, which will be directed to the motor power supply. Apart from batteries, most commercially available power supplies do not accept this type of current feedback (they are known as `non-reversible'). It is therefore necessary to ensure that the directed current can be consumed by another device, without which the power supply may be damaged.This braking mode is offered as an option on Crouzet brushless motors, but must be used with caution. 3.1. Operation Torque limiting is used to deliberately check the motor at certain moments in the operation of a system: - If there is a risk of encountering an end stop or jamming, to prevent damage to the system - To maintain a force when the system is at an end stop - To control the tension of an element located between two moving motor Crouzet brushless motors have braking `without energy rejection' as standard. This means that on braking the kinetic energy of the system is converted into heat inside the motor itself, with no feedback to the power supply.This is the most suitable type of braking for most applications. However, if there is prolonged braking, the heat that is generated may trip the thermal protection of the motor. For high inertia applications, or operation as a generator, PLEASE CONSULT CROUZET. Depending on the circumstances, our specialists will advise you to select either 2-quadrant regulation, or braking with energy rejection. PWM (Pulse Width Modulation) control is a method of indicating the speed setpoint to the motor. A PWM control motor should be chosen in the following cases: - Control by CROUZET Millenium II logic controllers (see MOTOMATE information) - Control by PLC with PWM outputs - Control by digital control system Ton T Ton T This input can be controlled in 0-10V and in PWM, whatever type of speed control is selected (Input impedance 16 k ohms. Minimum PWM voltage 12 volts.) Frequency range 150 Hz - 1 kHz - When the input is at 0 or not connected, the motor delivers up to 140% of its nominal torque - When the input is at maximum (100% PWM or 10V), the motor delivers around 30% of its nominal torque 2.3. Control by PWM V 3.2. Torque limiting input (*) Maximum torque Nominal torque Ton T T T T PWM control consists of pulse trains of fixed frequency (Period "T") but variable width ("Ton" period of the pulse). The speed setpoint depends on the Ton/T ratio. However it is independent of the voltage or frequency of the pulses, within the limits of the stated specifications. 0V 0% 10 V 100 % Torque limit input When the torque limit is reached, the motor does not follow its speed setpoint, but maintains a constant torque equal to this limit, as long as its speed remains below the setpoint. 3.3. Limit reached alert output (*) Ton/T = 0% Ton/T = 100% Ton/T = 50% Speed setpoint = 0 Speed setpoint = No-load speed of the motor Speed setpoint = No-load speed of the motor/2 This output is at logic state 1 when the torque limit is reached. IMPORTANT:This output is PNP type.Consult the wiring diagrams and the precautions for use of this output in the motor specifications. 2.4. Control by 0-10V Built-in protection 0-10V voltage control is the other method of indicating the speed setpoint to the motor. A 0-10V input motor should be chosen in the following cases: 4.1. 30 watt motors - Control by potentiometer - Control by PLC with analogue converter outputs - Control by analogue control system If the motor locks when it is controlled, a protection system cuts off the power after a few seconds. The motor can only restart when the On input changes to 0 then 1. No-load speed 4.2. 80 watt motors 0V A temperature sensor incorporated in the motor switches the motor to safety mode when the temperature exceeds a value which may damage it. When the trigger temperature is reached, the power is cut off, which causes the motor to stop. It can only restart when the temperature has fallen below the restart temperature and the On input has changed to 0 then 1. 10V In this type of control, the speed setpoint depends on the voltage U at the speed setpoint input: U=0 Speed setpoint = 0 U = 10V Speed setpoint = No-load speed of the motor U = 5V Speed setpoint = No-load speed of the motor/2 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/162 CrouzetMotors.book Page 163 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Brushless DC motors and Motomate technology guide * Product usage: Direction and on/off controls If these products are being used in very specific operating conditions: Input logic table On 0 1 1 1 Direction Speed X X X 0 1 V 0 V Action Braking and stop Braking and stop Clockwise direction at speed V Anti-clockwise direction at speed V - food and beverage (eg:non-continuous, rectified) - ambient atmosphere (extreme temperatures and vibrations, significant relative humidity, explosive or confined atmosphere, etc) ->other (use as load, sudden stalling, severe operating cycle,etc), please consult us. EMC Compatibility On and Direction inputs: - Input impedance: 60 - Logic state 0: < 2V - Logic state 1: > 4V Built-in encoder The built-in encoder supplies fixed width pulses each time a Hall effect sensor switches. These pulses can be counted to ascertain the speed and position of the motor, or filtered to obtain an analogue signal proportional to the speed. The additional direction of rotation (*) output is used to determine the direction of count of the pulses. IMPORTANT: These outputs are NPN or PNP type depending on the version. Consult the wiring diagrams and the precautions for use ofthese outputs in the motor specifications. On request, Crouzet will provide the EMC characteristics of the various types of product. European directive 89/336/EEC of 03/05/89, "electromagnetic compatibility": DC motors and geared motors which are components designed for professionals to be incorporated in more complex devices, and not for endusers, are excluded from the scope of this directive. However, conscious of the potential customer difficulties concerning problems connected with electromagnetic compatibility, Crouzet has designed its products to meet the requirements of the standards: for example EN 55011 Gr.1 class B (medical) and also EN 55022, class B (data processing) in terms of emitted electromagnetic interference, in addition to standards connected with immunity: IEC 1000- 4 -2/3/4/5/6/8 * Wiring precautions 500 s 24V 0V Safety For EMC conformity: Crouzet BRUSHLESS DC motors are designed and manufactured to be integrated into appliances or machines which meet, for example, the specifications of the machine standard: EN 60335-1 (IEC 335-1, "Safety of household and similar electrical appliances"). The integration of Crouzet DC motors into appliances or machines should generally take account of the following motor characteristics: - no earth connection - "simple isolation" motors - protection index: IP54 - insulation system class: B (120 C) - Vibration: EN 60068.2.6:5G from 55 Hz to 500 Hz/0.35 mm peak to peak from 10 Hz to 55 Hz - Shock: IEC 60068.2.27: 1/2 sine 50G for 11 ms European low voltage directive 73/23/EEC of 19/02/73: Crouzet DC motors and geared motors are outside the scope of this directive (LVD 73/23/EEC applies to voltages over 75 volts DC). IMPORTANT * Product operation: To ensure correct operation of Brushless actuators, it is advisable to take account of all the necessary installation and wiring precautions. - The motor should be connected to earth via its front flange. - The length of the wires is 0.5 m max.(*) Note: Functions marked with an asterisk are only available on the 80 watt versions. If they are required on 30 watt motors, please consult Crouzet. * Electromagnetic compatibility: Emission * Conducted emissions: * Radiated emissions: EN 55022/11G1 class B EN 55022/11G1 class B Immunity * Electrostatic discharges: * Electromagnetic fields: * Pulse trains: * Shock waves: * Radio frequency: * Magnetic field: * Voltage dips: EN 61000-4-2 Level 3 EN 61000-4-3 level 3 EN 61000-4-4 level 3 EN 61000-4-5 level 2 EN 61000-4-6 level 3 EN 61000-4-8 level 4 EN 61000-4-29 4 (*) Note: Functions marked with an asterisk are only available on the 80 watt versions. If they are required on 30 watt motors, please consult Crouzet * Product characteristics: The stated nominal operating characteristics correspond to the voltagetorque-speed characteristics which permit continuous operation, at an ambient temperature of 40 C. Above these operating conditions, only intermittent duty cycles will be possible: without exception, where extreme conditions prevail, all checks should be performed by the customer in the real-life context of the application to ensure safe operation. ->For operation in non-nominal conditions, please consult us Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/163 CrouzetMotors.book Page 164 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Synchronous motor technology guide 1 - Why choose a synchronous motor? To produce a certain number of movements within a well defined time period - in this case, the motor is used as a time base. To produce a rotation movement requiring relatively low torque at reasonable cost. Example : A motor equipped with 5 pole pairs would give : V= 60x 50 5 = 600 rpm using a 50 Hz supply 60x 60 5 = 720 rpm using US supply (60 Hz) and V= 2 - How to select from the Crouzet range The Crouzet synchronous range consists of the following motor types : 1 Single direction Construction of a permanent magnet synchronous motor Single direction Technology Casing poles S.N.S.N.S.N Either : - clockwise (CW or SA) - or counter-clockwise (ACL or SI) Stator cover Rotor Induction coil (We will see below how to ensure the correct direction of rotation). In special applications it is possible to dispense with the anti-return totally (SAR version). In this case, the motor may rotate in a clockwise direction. 2 Reversible The motor rotates in either a clockwise or an counter-clockwise direction. The direction of rotation is controlled by a capacitor. Anti-return Stator casing 3 - Definition of a synchronous motor This motor is characterised by a constant speed of rotation which is independent of the load but linked to the supply frequency. A synchronous motor maintains its speed of rotation until an overload occurs. When overload occurs, the motor loses synchronisation, ie. it stops and develops an oscillation (vibration). Speed of rotation This basic characteristic can be calculated as below : Speed (in rpm) = 60x f(enHz) P f Hz : The frequency of the AC voltage through the coil. P : The number of pole pairs in the motor (1 pair = 1 North Pole + 1 South Pole). Cover poles N.S.N.S.N.S Our single direction motors are only available with a mechanical antireturn. This assembly offers the double advantage of being a relatively simple technical design while offering good performance. The permanent magnet rotor has at its periphery a number of alternating NORTH and SOUTH poles equal to the number of poles on the stator. The latter, energized by a single coil connected to an AC supply, produces a magnetic asymmetry which positions the rotor when stopped in such a way that it is attracted by an oscillating torque when the current is switched on. Therefore the speed of rotation of a synchronous motor is defined by its construction. This start-up condition would cause the motor to turn in either direction if a mechanical device called an "anti-return" did not define and impose the direction of rotation. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/164 CrouzetMotors.book Page 165 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Synchronous motor technology guide Principle of operation Synchronous motors with a single-phase AC voltage and a permanent magnet must have, for reverse operation, at least 2 stators and 2 coils. Reverse operation can be achieved electrically using a single-pole switch. A capacitor is used on reversible synchronous motors with 2 coils to produce an electrical dephasing of 90 between the 2 coils. This creates a circular revolving magnetic field. Component precision assures a perfectly circular field and ensures silent motor operation. Wiring diagram for capacitor Figure 1 Figure 2 Coil 1 The principle assumes an electro-magnet : a permanent NS magnet rotates around axis O in the air-gap of the electro-magnet, perpendicular to the lines of magnetic force. Let us suppose that this moving permanent magnet reaches the position marked in figure 1. If the relative positions of the electromagnet poles are as shown in this figure, the magnet will be repelled and tend to oscillate around an equilibrium position at 180 to direction S'N'. When the permanent magnet is just past this position (figure 2) and the polarity of the electro-magnet is reversed, the magnet will be repelled and return to its previous position, and so on. By energizing the electro-magnet with an AC current of frequency f, the magnet will turn at a speed of f revolutions per second. In these circumstances, a motor can start up in either direction. To determine a particular direction, a mechanical device (anti-return) is placed on the rotor to ensure that the motor operates only in the direction required. There are several types of anti-return device which are differentiated by the degree of the reverse rotation angle within which the rotor can move. Reversible (Also called reversible synchronous motors) Coil 2 The capacitor specification must be appropriate to each type of motor and to the supply voltage. An incorrect capacitor may distort the magnetic field and have detrimental effects on the reliability of the startup of the motor as well as on operational quality. The curve (motor reversing curve) below shows the limits within which the motor will always start in relation to variation in supply voltage and the capacitor values. Voltage Safety zone Safety zone Maximum voltage Minimum voltage Technology Rotor Coils Voltage of capacitor Minimum voltage of the capacitor 4 Maximum voltage of capacitor Nominal voltage of capacitor Zone within which the direction of the motor on starting is not controllable Zone within which the motor will not start Pole pairs Bronze sintered bearing Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/165 CrouzetMotors.book Page 166 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Synchronous motor technology guide The zone within which the motor operates, ie. the area around the nominal voltage of the capacitor, must be completely controlled by the manufacturer. Operating within this zone guarantees starting and operating in the direction selected by the user. As the diagram shows, we build our motors so that the operating zone is as far as possible from the critical zones, whatever the nature of the torque. Boosted winding Gearbox characteristics Each gearbox has been designed for a certain workload. We have defined its potential and its limits for optimum mechanical life. The principal characteristic is its capacity to absorb a maximum torque in continuous operation. The range of gearboxes in this catalogue can be used for maximum torques of between 0.5 and 6 N.m for long mechanical lives. The values given are for standard products used in the normal operating conditions specified. Our experience in this area allows us, in certain cases and depending on the precise specification, to operate outside this zone to produce a higher torque and increase performance by between 30 and 80%. Please consult us. In certain cases, these values can be increased if the required life is reduced. Special cases are dealt with by our design staff. Each gearbox nevertheless has a limit which is the Breakdown torque Motor torque This torque, applied to the gearbox, can cause its destruction when first used. 2 types of torque can be distinguished. Gearbox construction Torque Metal or moulded wheels Gearbox cover Cd : Stall torque Output shaft Bronze sintered bearing Gearbox casing Ca : Starting/running torque Collar Rotor pinion Speed (rpm) Greasing Speed of synchronization Starting/running torque (or synchronization torque) This is the torque that a synchronous motor can develop both at start-up and at synchronization speed. N.B : In all technical data concerning geared motors in this catalogue, the torque/speed curves indicate the value of the starting/running torque for all the gearbox output speeds. Stall torque (or desynchronization torque) This is the torque limit at which a synchronous motor loses its synchronization. Synchronous motor Gearwheel pins attached to the gearbox casing Fixing clips between motor and gearbox Selecting a geared motor Selection is made in relation to the prospective workload. Before making a selection, it should be remembered that the motor absorbs a certain amount of power, the absorbed power and it cannot deliver more than a fraction of this power : the maximum is defined as the usable power or the mechanical power. Usable power links 2 factors. 4 - Motor and gearbox combination torque and speed The motor output shaft turns at a defined speed as in paragraph 3.1. This speed is generally too high for the majority of applications. To reduce this speed we provide users with a complete range of gearboxes, each equipped with a series of ratios. As a result, the motors can be used for numerous functions. Usable power expressed in Watts Maximum torque expressed in N.m Angular speed of the output shaft expressed in radians per second Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/166 CrouzetMotors.book Page 167 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Synchronous motor technology guide Analysis of this formula clearly shows the function of the gearbox. It reduces speed and increases torque since the usable power produced by the motor is recovered by the gearbox (within the limits of normal efficiency of course). The torque requirement thus serves to define the gearbox (characterised by its maximum torque) and the choice of motor depends on the speed at which the torque is required. The usable power should be borne in mind in all cases, as it is the basic parameter when choosing a motor. 6 - Standards and approvals Our motors are in general designed to conform to international recommendations (IEC), American standards (UL - CSA) and/or European standards (EN). Proof of compliance with these standards and recommendations is demonstrated by an approval (a mark or certificate of conformity granted by an accredited body) or the manufacturer's declaration of conformity (drafted in accordance with ISO/IEC 22 guidelines). 7 - Rules and regulations 5 - Additional information EC directives Temperature rise Permanent magnet motors generally have relatively low efficiency and some of the lost energy is converted into a rise in the temperature of the motor. We consider that this rise in temperature reaches its maximum level after 2 hours of continuous operation. To calculate the rise, we use the method known as resistance variation. T = R (234.5 + Ta) - (T1 - Ta) R Our motors are compatible with European Community directives (Low voltage 73/23 > 50 VAC) and in particular the aspects of electrical safety referred to in the above standard EN 60335 (domestic electrical appliances). The "CE" mark on all our products is proof of this conformity. Moreover, our products are particularly suited, for example, to applications concerning both office equipment and medical equipment covered by standards EN 60601 and EN 60950 respectively. R = Coil resistance at ambient temperature before applying voltage to the motor (expressed in Ohms - ). Environmental protection R' = Resistance of the same coil after 2 hours of continuous motor operation. The modern concept of protection of the environment is an integral part of our motors, from product design through to packaging. R =R' - R = Increase in coil resistance. T1 = Ambient temperature at the end of the test (in degrees KELVIN). Ta = Ambient temperature at the beginning of the test. Dielectric strength All our products are tested to current standards. Insulation resistance This is greater than or equal to 75,000M measured using a 500 VDC current in conditions of ambient temperature and humidity. 8 - Electromagnetic compatibility (EC Directive 89/336/EEC dated 03/05/89) Both asynchronous and synchronous motors and geared motors designed for integration into more complex equipment by professionals, rather than end users, are excluded from the areas of application of this directive. Crouzet will however be pleased to provide the EMC characteristics of its products on request. Safety Crouzet synchronous motors are designed and manufactured for integration into equipment or machines meeting, for example, the requirements of the Machinery standard : EN 60335-1 (IEC 335-1) : Safety of domestic electrical appliances. Integration of Crouzet synchronous motors into appliances or machines should, as a rule, take into account the following motor characteristics : - no earth connection, - so-called "principal insulation" motors (single insulation) - protection index : IP40 - insulation class : B. 4 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/167 CrouzetMotors.book Page 168 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Stepper motor technology guide It is useful to examine the principal characteristics of stepper motors and evaluate their advantages Characteristics Advantages No brushes No wear, therefore long operating life No need for encoder or emulator (cost reduction) Provides optimum characteristics for the resolution of speed/load. Open loop operation Several step angles available Direct motor drive from a digital signal 2-phase motor - two-pole supply Easy integration into a complex system 4-phase motor - single-pole supply The basic advantage of a stepper motor is that it can operate within an open loop, that is to say that in normal operating conditions, for n impulses one obtains n steps. Stepper motors are found in numerous applications such as : photocopiers, typewriters, bank printers, computer peripherals, x-y plotters, instrumentation, medical pumps, drip feeders, vending machines, gaming machines, automobiles, heating and ventilation and process control. 1 - Principles of stepper motors The operation of a stepper motor requires the presence of the following elements : - A control unit ( a micro-processor for example) which supplies impulses the frequency of which is proportional to the speed of the motor. This applies equally to both directions of rotation. 2 - Different types of energization 2 phases - A sequencer which will direct the impulses to the various motor coils. 1 phase on - A power supply. Power supply 2 phases on Control unit Motor Sequencer 1/2 step The variable reluctance stepper motor This type of motor functions according to the Law of maximum flux. Constitution : I1 I 0 -I 0 I -I -I I I I 0 -I -I -I 0 I I2 0 I 0 -I I I -I -I 0 I I I 0 -I -I -I 0 90 180 270 45 135 225 315 0 45 90 135 180 225 270 315 4 phases - A stator with teeth - A rotor with teeth 1ST step 2ND step 3RD step 1 phase on 2 phases on The permanent magnet stepper motor 1/2 step Constitution : - A stator with teeth - A magnetized rotor I11 I 0 0 0 I 0 0 I I I 0 0 0 0 0 I I12 0 0 I 0 0 I I 0 0 0 0 I I I 0 0 I21 0 I 0 0 I I 0 0 0 I I I 0 0 0 0 I22 0 0 0 I 0 0 I I 0 0 0 0 0 I I I Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/168 0 90 180 270 45 135 225 315 0 45 90 135 180 225 270 315 CrouzetMotors.book Page 169 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Stepper motor technology guide The resistive torque caused by dry friction 3 - Static characteristics Current per phase This is the current rating per phase at zero frequency (motor stopped) which produces the maximum permitted temperature rise for the motor in operation. This current is measured when power & voltage are constant. This is always against the direction of movement. By definition, this friction represents the result of actions applied on a solid moving against another solid. Example of the paper feed on a printer. Inertias : J pinions + J gears + J rollers. These inertias must be applied to the motor shaft. Static holding torque With the motor energized, the static holding torque is the torque which must be applied via the motor shaft to induce continuous rotation. Antagonistic torque : This is the weight of the paper. It is not significant compared to the dry friction torque. Viscous friction torque : This torque caused by the displacement of the roller in air is negligible. Dry friction torque : This is the torque caused by the friction of the different shafts (gears and rollers) on their bearings. Up to now, we have mentioned the external constraints but there are constraints caused by inertia, viscous friction and dry friction inside the motor. Inertia : = step angle Inertia of the rotor. Holding torque (Cm) Viscous friction : The holding torque is the minimum torque which needs to be applied to the rotor for it to turn, measurement being made with the "motor energized two phases at a time" at zero frequency. - Friction of the rotor in the air. - Resistive torque caused by resulting air flow of which the effect is the equivalent of viscous torque. Detent torque Dry friction : This torque has the same definition as the holding torque but with the motor de-energized. For a given system, the variation of the antagonistic torque and the frequency of the drive impulses determine the dynamic characteristics of the motor. Dynamic torques 4 - Dynamic characteristics Elementary movement There are 4 types of constraints which can influence a motor : For a given system, the variation of the antagonistic torque and the frequency of the drive impulses determine the dynamic characteristics of the motor, for one power value. C The inertial load JL This factor only affects the motor during acceleration or deceleration, and also influences the resonant frequency. If JL is the result of the load inertia (directly applied to the motor shaft) the equivalent torque caused by this inertia is a function of the transmission system (see later section concerning mechanical aspects). Limit characteristic of the stop-start condition Limit characteristic of the overspeed condition A B C D E f= 4 1 T Zone A motor direction Operation possible but risk of excessive noise generation due to motor shocks. Zone B Risk of loss of synchronization : low frequency resonance. The antagonistic torque MR Zone C This is the torque which opposes the general rotation of the motor. A pulley and weight system best exemplifies this torque. Stop-start zone. The resistive torque caused by viscous friction Zone D This is proportional to the speed. By definition, this friction represents the result of the actions of a liquid or a gas on a solid which moves though liquid or gas. Cars and aircraft are good examples of this. Starting and stopping of the motor in this zone without loss of step. Overspeed zone. Operation possible if the stopping and starting occur in zone C. Zone E Operation impossible. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/169 CrouzetMotors.book Page 170 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Stepper motor technology guide Remarks on a given specification Two-level voltage supply For a given type of motor and number of phases several coil types are available. They have been developed in order to adapt the motor to each type of electronic control. For example : a low resistance is required for a DC supply and a higher resistance will be appropriate for a constant voltage supply. However, all the coil types are roughly equivalent from the point of view of power absorbed, ampere/revolution and the (L/R) time constant (static). These motors will have about the same performance for a given type of electronic control. All the improvements are based on increasing the ramp at the source of the current in the (R-L) circuit. The first method consists of increasing the total resistance of the circuit. The second method consists of increasing the supply voltage for a certain time, with the average power dissipated within the motor not producing a temperature rise above that permitted. U1 U0 Example motor 82 910 - 2 phases. R L N tr Ie NI A.tr P Z=L/R 82 910 001 9 12 320 0.52 166.4 4.9 1.3 H A W ms 82 910 005 12.9 15 373 0.44 164 5 1.15 82 910 022 66 68 762 0.19 145 4.8 1 t U1 R U0 R t Step precision Constant current supply Condition : (full stepping with 2 phases energized) The external loads are nil, the current is at its nominal value. Measurement is made on all the steps and for a complete rotation. The supply voltage is considerably higher than the nominal RI. The current is regulated by a transistor functioning in digital mode following the given principle of chopper supplies. Definition Positioning precision This is the variance with the theoretical equilibrium position. I maximum Step precision I average This is the variance of the movement angle (step) I minimum Influence of the inertia of the load Fo - Maximum frequency of stopping-starting with no load inertia JR - Inertia of the rotor t T JL - Inertia of the load Note : 6 - Comparisons The above formula is determined using the approximation JL ~ JR Energization "one phase at a time" "two phases at a time" Comparison at the same absorbed power. 5 - Power supplies 1 phase at a time Notation One phase of the motor has a resistance R and an inductance L Constant voltage supply without a series resistor Power P = R ( 2I )2 Current per phase 2 I Holding torque 2 2 phases at a time P = 2RI2 I with a series resistor 2 Cm The holding torque is proportional to the current and is linear in the magnetic region. Beyond this, the phenomenon of saturation renders the holding torque almost independent of the current. Cm1 = Holding torque produced by phase 1 supplied by I The use of a series resistor necessitates the increase of the supply voltage from : U to R + Ro U R Cm2 = Holding torque produced by phase 2 supplied by I in order to maintain the same absorbed power to the motor. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/170 CrouzetMotors.book Page 171 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Stepper motor technology guide 8 - Notes In this catalog, each motor shown has an 8-digit part number which is a complete definition. To avoid any error, this part number should appear on orders. CM2 CM For any additional information and to order please contact your sales office. CM1 9 - How to define your requirements Cm = Holding torque of the motor energised "two phases at a time" The stepper motor can satisfy numerous applications : to find the right motor for your application, certain points require definition : Comparison "2 phases" - "4 phases" Mechanical characteristics 2 phases Define clearly your system and your drive layout in order to evaluate the frictions and inertias as they apply to the motor shaft (see appendix covering mechanical aspects). 4 phases Define your transmission mode. Determine the usable torque, in dynamic and holding form. Determine the number of steps to accomplish and the time allocated for this movement. t Comparison with constant voltage and resistance. Select an operating speed. Comparison of the "2 phases" and "4 phases" motor supplied at constant voltage Select a supply mode (constant voltage, two voltage levels, constant current). 2 phases 4 phases Performance High in low frequency Low in high frequency High in low frequency Motor price Low Supplement to cover 6 leads Electronics 8 transistors 4 transistors Should the motor selected produce the necessary torque at the required frequency but in the overspeed zone, do not forget to ramp up and down to prevent any loss of step. Determination of conditions of use : temperature, axial and radial load, operational frequency. In certain cases the use of a gearbox will provide extra torque and speed; for such cases refer to curves in the catalogue to indicate the usable power and 3/15 speed available. 7 - Approvals Specific requirements Permanent magnet stepper motors The standard connection leads AWG22 are approved to UL 80C, 300V. (AWG24 available on request). Elements to provide to define a motor correctly if you do not find the product you need in the catalog: Dimensions, step angle, resistance, number of phases, lead length, type of connector, supply type, operating frequency, required torque, operating cycle. Hybrid stepper motors The standard connection leads AWG22 are approved to UL 125C, 300V. UL 325 - 6 CSA. Other hybrid stepper versions Certain hybrid motors can be supplied in 2 phase (4 leads) or 4 phase (8 leads). The motors are marked as follow. Red But if your application requires special shafts or other mechanical or electric adaptations (pinions, connectors etc) our staff are at your disposal (for significant quantities). We point out as well that numerous adaptations exist as standard or semi-standard versions. Red Black Red/White Red/White Green Green A - Connections in series B - Connections in parallel Red Red Black Black Green/White Orange White Red/White Green Orange Green/White White Brown Green Brown Red/White Green/White White Green/White Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/171 4 CrouzetMotors.book Page 172 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Stepper motor technology guide Wheel/screw system 1 J = Jv + R 2 Transmission by belt (or chain) Jr J= M 1 + 2m + M 2 2 2 R1 Jv = Inertia considered as a cylinder of a diameter equal to the initial diameter. M1 = Mass of motor pulley M2 = Mass of drawn pulley Jr = Inertia of the wheel considered as a whole cylinder of a diameter equal to the initial diameter. m = Mass of belt If the drawn pulley also receives the inertia moment Jc of a load then : R = Reduction ratio Rack and pinion 2 J = Mr + mr 2 2 J= M 1 + 2m + M 2 2 2 R1 + J c R1 2 R2 Example of a gearbox M = Mass to be moved m = Mass of pinion J= 1 R 2 Jc + Jr Threaded screw system MP 2 J= 4 2 + mr 2 Jc = Load inertia carried at the gearbox output shaft 2 Screw pitch Jr = Gearbox inertia R = Gearbox ratio M = Mass to be moved m = Mass of the screw r = Average radius of screw NB : Inertia Calculation of inertias applied to motor Cylinder MR J= 2 The inertia of a gearbox is calculated stage by stage, each gearwheel being considered as a cylinder. Jr = J1 + 2 1 R1 2 J2 + J3 + 1 R1 2 J 4 + J 5 + ....... In practice the calculation of the first two gears, even the first one only, will give a sufficient approximate value. Wheel - Weight/pulley J = MR 2 J = MR + 2 mR 2 2 Coaxial cylinders (tenons) 2 J= M 1R1 2 2 + M 2R2 2 M1 = Mass of cylinder 1 M2 = Mass of cylinder 2 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/172 CrouzetMotors.book Page 173 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM 4 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/173 CrouzetMotors.book Page 174 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 4/174 Products Available From 1 Solid State Relays and I/O Modules Catalog 1 2 Automation Controls Catalog 2 Switches and Sensors Catalog 3 3 Motors and Fans Catalog 4 Pneumatics Catalog 5 4 For your copy of the catalogs, contact 5 Tel: (800) 677-5311 / Fax: (800) 677-3865 www.crouzet-usa.com Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/ i PNEUMATICS PNEUMATICS 5) Pneumatics Man/Machine Interface Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/1 Manual Control Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/2 3/2 Valves and Actuators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/4 2-Hand Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/6 Impulse Counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/9 Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/10 Position Detectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/11 Pressure Decay Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/12 Position Detectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/13 Pressure Switch Amplifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/23 Pressure Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/24 Adjustable Vacuum Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/27 Leak Sensor Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/28 Amplifier Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/29 Pneumatic Logic Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/31 Sequencer Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/33 Sequencer Sub-Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/34 Logic Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/36 Memory Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/38 Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/39 Timer Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/42 Regulator Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/43 Sub-Bases for Logic Elements and Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/44 Mounting Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/46 Electro-Pneumatic Miniature Control Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/47 Control Valve Assembly Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/48 Miniature Solenoid Valves and Sub-Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/50 Miniature Control Valves and Sub-Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/53 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/ii PNEUMATICS PNEUMATICS Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/55 Miniature Power Valve Stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/56 Solenoid Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/58 3/2 Control Valve and Sub-Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/59 Control Valves (ISO 5599) and Sub-Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/60 Intrinsically Safe Miniature Solenoid Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/63 Intrinsically Safe Miniature Valves and Sub-Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/64 Intrinsically Safe Pressure Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/68 Multi-Fluid Solenoid Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/71 Solenoid Valves for Fluids and Inert Gases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/72 5 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/iii Index Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page 24679127 24679128 24679129 24679171 24679172 24679173 24679174 24679176 24679178 24679180 24679181 24679182 24679701 70507529 79215741 79215742 79450609 79450618 79451698 79451903 79451904 79451905 79452103 79452104 79452123 79452124 79452133 79452808 79453569 79453569 81213101 81280010 81280010 81280510 81280510 81281010 81281010 81281504 81281509 81281510 81281510 81283510 81290001 81290501 81371401 81372201 81372401 81372901 81501025 81501065 81502110 81502140 81502150 81502160 81502230 81502320 81502435 81503025 81503540 81503710 81503720 81503725 81504025 81504025 81505110 81505140 81505150 81505160 81505230 81505320 81505435 81506025 81506540 81506710 81506720 81506725 81506940 81507540 81507720 5/5 5/5 5/5 5/5 5/5 5/5 5/5 5/5 5/5 5/5 5/5 5/5 5/4 5/13 5/13 5/13 5/46 5/46 5/40 5/40 5/41 5/41 5/20 5/20 5/20 5/20 5/20 5/42 5/52 5/67 5/59 5/3 5/13 5/3 5/13 5/3 5/13 5/15 5/13 5/3 5/13 5/14 5/13 5/13 5/22 5/22 5/22 5/22 5/37 5/37 5/27 5/26 5/26 5/26 5/29 5/29 5/28 5/37 5/39 5/40 5/40 5/40 5/11 5/37 5/27 5/26 5/26 5/26 5/29 5/29 5/28 5/37 5/39 5/40 5/40 5/40 5/41 5/41 5/41 81508110 81509080 81509085 81510001 81512201 81512401 81513001 81513011 81513052 81513052 81513055 81513058 81513059 81513060 81513064 81513065 81513075 81513076 81513100 81513200 81513501 81513502 81513510 81513516 81513522 81513527 81513530 81513552 81513600 81514101 81514161 81516081 81516082 81516082 81516082 81516085 81516100 81516200 81517101 81517106 81517201 81517206 81519032 81519035 81519080 81519332 81519335 81519378 81519380 81519381 81519632 81519635 81519679 81519680 81519732 81519774 81519775 81519776 81519777 81519832 81520601 81521501 81522501 81523201 81523601 81525101 81526001 81527001 81529003 81529004 81529005 81529006 81529007 81529008 81529010 81529025 81529901 81531001 81532001 5/27 5/25 5/25 5/30 5/19 5/19 5/54 5/54 5/55 5/67 5/55 5/55 5/55 5/54 5/55 5/54 5/66 5/66 5/53 5/53 5/24 5/24 5/25 5/25 5/24 5/25 5/68 5/24 5/53 5/52 5/52 5/55 5/25 5/55 5/57 5/55 5/53 5/53 5/54 5/66 5/54 5/66 5/50 5/64 5/51 5/50 5/64 5/51 5/51 5/51 5/50 5/64 5/51 5/51 5/58 5/58 5/58 5/58 5/58 5/58 5/43 5/36 5/36 5/38 5/38 5/42 5/42 5/43 5/42 5/42 5/42 5/42 5/42 5/42 5/42 5/42 5/43 5/45 5/45 81532102 81532104 81533001 81533501 81536801 81540001 81540004 81541001 81542002 81543006 81543206 81544101 81546001 81547001 81547501 81548010 81549010 81549510 81550001 81550201 81550601 81551001 81551101 81552102 81552601 815552 815553 81580101 81580202 81580503 81580504 81715511 81715512 81716511 81716512 81733511 81735011 81735511 81735512 81737501 81921501 81921701 81921702 81921707 81921714 81921806 81921911 81921912 81922010 81922205 81922210 81922401 81923001 84150201 84150202 84150203 89538201 89541007 89541037 89541047 89541067 89544001 89544501 89545005 89545105 89545205 89545305 99766002 5/44 5/44 5/46 5/46 5/46 5/36 5/36 5/37 5/44 5/60 5/60 5/59 5/72 5/72 5/72 5/73 5/73 5/73 5/33 5/33 5/33 5/35 5/34 5/34 5/34 5/57 5/57 5/7 5/7 5/8 5/8 5/3 5/3 5/3 5/3 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/13 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/17 5/17 5/17 5/17 5/20 5/20 5/20 5/20 5/18 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/9 5/60 5/60 5/60 5/60 5/4 5/4 5/4 5/4 5/4 5/4 5/9 Part Number Page Part Number Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/iv Page Man/machine interface components 5 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/1 Manual Control Valves for 1/2 (12mm) hole size 1 Part Number Round push button 81 735 511 81 735 512 81 735 011 - Features Version NC NO black red black/red black red black/red Miniature push button 81 752 511 Round double push button 81 733 511 - 81 752 011 - Symbol NC NO Characteristics Operating Pressure Internal orifice Flow @ 90 PSI (6 bar) NC : black Valve NO : grey Operating force Effective travel Fluid: dry or lubricated air Push-in connection for semi-rigid tubing O.D. (NFE 49100) Operating temperature Mechanical life Weight PSI (bar) inches (mm) cfm (Nm3/h) lbs. (N) inches (mm) 30 > 120 0.106 7 (2 > 8) (2.7) (200) 30 > 120 0.106 7 2>4 0.04 (8 > 18) (1) 2>4 0.04 (4) 5/32 inches (mm) F (C) grams Dimensions (2 > 8) (2.7) (200) 5/32 30 > 120 0.106 7 (2 > 8) (2.7) (200) (8 > 18) (1) 2>4 0.04 (4) 5/32 (8 > 18) (1) (4) +20 >+120 (-5 >+50) +20 >+120 (-5 >+50) +20 >+120 (-5 >+50) 1.5 million 1.5 million 1.5 million 35 35 35 81 735 81 752 81 733 2 holes threaded M3 or 3/32" (2.3) thru. Single thread barrel (47) 1-7/8 (42) 1-11/16" (36.5) 1-7/16" 2 holes threaded M3 or 3/32" (2.3) thru. Double thread barrel min. (42) 1-3/4" (O 12,5) 1/2" dia (O 12,5) (23) 1" min. (23) 1/2" dia 1.260" (32) 0.906 1.811" (46) Use (metric) dimensions for critical data Other Information on request Part Numbers. : 81 702 011 / 511 - 81 715 012 - 81 716 011 / 012 - 81 731 011 / 511 - 81 733 011 81 734 011 / 012 / 511 / 512 - 81 735 012 - 81 752 012 / 512 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/2 1 3 position manual return lever 81 716 511 81 716 512 - 30 > 120 0.106 7 3 position spring centered lever 81 715 511 81 715 512 - (2 > 8) (2.7) (200) 30 > 120 0.106 7 horizontal output replacement valve 81 280 510 81 280 010 - (2 > 8) (2.7) (200) 30 > 120 0.106 7 (2 > 8) (2.7) (200) 2>4 0.04 (8 > 18) (1) 2>4 0.04 (4) 5/32 5/32 (8 > 18) (1) 3 > 1/8 0.04 (4) 5/32 +20 >+120 (-5 > +50) 1.5 million 65 vertical output replacement valve 81 281 510 81 281 010 - 30 > 120 0.106 7 (15) (1) 3>1/8 0.04 (4) 5/32 +20 >+120 (-5 > +50) 1.5 million 65 (2 > 8) (2.7) (200) (15) (1) (4) +20 >+120 (-5 > +50) +20 >+120 (-5 > +50) 1.5 million 1.5 million 14 14 81 715 - 81 716 81 280 010 - 81 280 510 2.8 (71) (4.5) .18 Max. .33 (6.4) 2-1/8 (51,5) O 5.32 (4) 59 (15) 81 281 010 - 81 281 510 .02 (0.6) .02 (0.6) (38) (15) 59 7/16 (10.5) .1 (2.4) O 1/2 (12.5) 1.496" 1/2 (12.7) 2 holes threaded M3 or 3/32 (2.3) thru. .65 (16.5) (2x O 3,2) (14) 1.61 (41) 71 71 (18) (18) 45 45 (11.5) (11.5) F 8 Holes O.08 (2.2) .1 (2.4) 9/16 1/2 (12.7) 48 (12.2) Lever cut-out 49 (12.4) O.11(2.8) 1/2 1/2 (12.5) (12.5) O.21 (5.5) Use (metric) dimensions for critical data To order, specify: Standard product 1 Standard product not stocked 5 Part number Example: Round push button in black-81 735 511 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/3 3/2 valves for manual actuators (O 22 mm) 1 Part numbers Connection O 4 3/2 valve supplied with screws 1/8 BSP for fixing the adaptor Connection O 4 3/2 valve (module and adaptor) Adaptor for 3/2 valve on actuators O 22 Version 89 544 501 89 544 701 89 544 001 89 544 201 - - - - - - 89 545 105 89 545 005 89 545 305 89 545 205 - - - - NC + NC 24 679 701 0 10 2 90 12.6 -10 +60 1.5 x 106 - NC NO NC NO NC + NO bar mm NI/min N C operations 0 10 2 90 12.6 -10 +60 1.5 x 106 0 10 2 90 12.6 -10 +60 1.5 x 106 0 10 2 90 12.6 -10 +60 1.5 x 106 0 10 2 90 12.6 -10 +60 1.5 x 106 0 10 2 90 12.6 -10 +60 1.5 x 106 g 50 - Symbol Characteristics Operating pressure Orifice diameter Flow at 4 bars Control force Operating temperature in dry air Life Non-connectable exhaust Weight Principle of operation 50 60 Dimensions NC version 60 110 110 O 22 series 89 544 001 - 89 544 201 89 544 501 - 89 544 701 Exhaust 1 2 Supply Output Holes drilled in panel for actuators O 22 Installation EN 50007 7E Holes drilled for the (optional) use of a round locating lug. * > 40 O 40 push-buttons * > 45 for lever type rotary switches To order, specify: Standard products Standard products, non stocked 1 Part number Example : Valve module 89 544 501 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/4 40 Actuators (O 22 mm) for manually operated valves 1 Part numbers Red Green Black Push buttons 2-position rotary switches 3-position rotary switches Function 24 679 129 24 679 128 24 679 127 Flush push contact 24 679 173 24 679 172 Emergency stop plastic O 40 24 679 171 Emergency stop O 40 mm pushturn 24 679 174 Black symmetrical actuator 24 679 175 Black long lever Symbol Position 45 Weight g 30 45 45 45 45 24 679 127 - 24 679 128 24 679 171 - 24 679 172 24 679 129 24 679 173 O 29 O 40 32 12 Dimensions 45 1 Part numbers 2-position rotary switches 3-position rotary switches Function 24 679 180 RONIS key 455 removable in position 0 24 679 176 Black symmetrical actuator 24 679 178 Black symmetrical actuator with return 24 679 182 RONIS key 455 remov. in pos. 0 3 positions with spring to centre 24 679 181 RONIS key 455 removable in position 0 3 fixed positions Symbol Position 70 Weight 2 x 45 45 45 2 x 45 2 x 90 70 70 24 679 174 - 24 679 176 24 679 180 - 24 679 181 24 679 178 24 679 182 O 29 O 29 21 27 Dimensions 2 x 45 23 45 To order, specify: Standard products 5 1 Part number Example : Actuators O 22 mm 24 679 129 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/5 e s to th e m r o f ctiv Con y Dire r e n i h Mac Definition (conforming to EN 574) A pneumatic 2-hand control device is used with dangerous machinery and requires the simultaneous use of both hands to trigger and maintain machine operation. Such a device must be located outside the dangerous zone, so that the operator cannot enter this zone before the machine has come to a complete standstill. A pneumatic 2-hand control device is composed of 2 parts : 2 manual pushbuttons which require the simultaneous use of both hands. A pneumatic relay. Types of 2-hand control devices Type Requirements I III II A B C Use of both hands (simultaneous actuation) Relationship between input signals and output signal Cessation of the output signal Prevention of accidental operation Prevention of defeat Reinitiation of the output signal Synchronous actuation Use of category 1 (EN 954-1) Use of category 3 (EN 954-1) Use of category 4 (EN 954-1) Category 1 (EN 954-1) : the system should use well tried components and principles. Category 3 (EN 954-1) : the system must be designed so that a single fault will not cause the loss of the safety function. Category 4 (EN 954-1) : the system must be designed so that an accumulation of faults must not lead to a loss of the safety function. Synchronous action An output signal is only generated if both control actuating devices are actuated within 500 ms. Resetting the output signal The release of a single control device interrupts the output signal, but a reset is only possible once both control devices have been released. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/6 Pneumatic relay for two-hand control Conforms to the Machinery Directive CE Test Certificate type 1 Part numbers Pneumatic relay for two-hand control EN 574 classification CE Test Certificate type 81 580 101 III A 0526 520 1690 0197 81 580 202 III B 0526 520 1692 0197 Symbol 1 1 3 2 Characteristics Operating pressure Orifice diameter Max. delay between input signals Connection Operating temperature Mechanical life Weight Principle of operation (2 > 8) 30 > 120 0.1 (2.5) 0.2 max. Sub-base 81 532 001 -5 +50 C 107 operations 90 g Connections (Typical application with double-acting cylinder) 81 580 101 81 580 101 psi inches 30 > 120 (2 > 8) 0.1 (2.5) 0.2 max. Semi-rigid tubing O 4 (NFE 49100) -5 +50 107 320 (bar) (mm) s 81 580 202 1 81 580 101 81 580 202 Components follow current standards To obtain an output signal it is necessary to give simultaneous input signals 'a' and 'b' with a max. delay of 0.45. The output signal 's' is lost if one or both of the inputs are removed. Dimensions 81 580 202 34,5 64 125,7 10,5 15 25 76 23 32 81 580 101 Sa 32 2 x M3 Depth 10 24 Other information Sb Pa Pb Mounted on sub-base 81 532 001 (See page 5/44 and 5/45 of Pneumatic catalogue) Sb Sb Pb Pb M4 5 To order, specify: Standard products 1 Part number Example : Pneumatic 2-hand control - 81 580 101 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/7 Two-hand pneumatic safety start module Conforms to the Machinery Directive and standard EN 574 Including pneumatic relay to classification IIIA or IIIB depending on version 1 Part numbers Two-hand pneumatic safety start module Pneumatic relay (to EN 574) 81 580 504 Type III A 81 580 503 Type III B S S P P Symbol Characteristics (bar) Operating pressure psi Orifice diameter inches (mm) Max. delay between input signals s Connection Operating temperature C Mechanical life operations Weight g Connections (Typical application with double-acting cylinder) 81 580 504 P (2 > 8) 30 > 120 0.1 (2.5) 0.2 max. Semi-rigid tubing O 4 (NFE 49100) -5 +50 1.5 x 106 1000 S 30 > 120 (2 > 8) 0.1 (2.5) 0.2 max. Semi-rigid tubing O 4 (NFE 49100) -5 +50 1.5 x 106 1410 81 580 503 P 1 81 580 504 S 81 580 503 Components follow current standards Dimensions 81 580 503 - 81 580 504 Supply via 4 mm push-in fitting Output via 4 mm push-in fitting Fixing viewed from below Other information To order, specify: Standard products 1 Part number Example : Two-hand pneumatic safety start module - 81 580 503 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/8 Pneumatic impulse counters 1 Part numbers Totalizer Preselection counter Version 99 766 002 4 digits with manual zero reset 89 538 201 5 digits with manual or pneumatic zero reset Symbol Characteristics Supply pressure Dis-engagement pressure Engagement pressure Reset: Minimum pressure Reset time Preselector output valve Circuit pressure Signal emitted when the preselector is reached Operating temperature Weight PSI PSI PSI PSI ms (bar) (bar) (bar) (bar) 30 > 120 <2 > 12 30 150 30 >120 <2 > 12 30 150 (2 > 8) (< 0.15) (> 0.8) (2) (2 > 8) (< 0.15) (> 0.8) (2) 30 > 120 (2 > 8) PSI (bar) +32 >+140 (0 >+60) 48 F (C) grams +32 >+140 (0 >+60) 136 Connection A - Output signal P - Supply Y - Reset to zero signal Z - Input signal Note: the count pulse must be removed before the reset pulse is applied. The preselected value can be changed during operation without the counter resetting to zero. Dimensions 99 763 001 - 99 763 002 89 538 201 2 x 1/8 dia c'sk 90 (O 3.2 f/90) 2x M3 or 1/8 (3.2) hole thru 2 x 1/8 dia c'sk 903 (O 3.2 f/90) 3-3/16 (63) (80.7) 2 2-1/2 (75) (48) (52) 3 (41.5) 3 (75) 1.634 (63) 2-1/2 1 (24) (2 holes for M3 screws) (23) 29/32 (37) 1.457 2x M3 OR 1/8(3.2) hole thru (68) (62) (52) 2-3/8 2-3/8 2-3/16 ( 1.634 Other information To order, specify: Standard products 1 Standard products, non stocked 5 Part number Example : Pneumatic impulse counter 99 766 002 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/9 Indicators and pedal valves 1 Parts numbers Type Pneumatic indicators for 7/8 (22mm) cut-out 84 84 84 84 Red Green Yellow Blue Pedal valve - Version NC 150 150 150 150 201 202 203 204 - Symbol Characteristics Operating Pressure Instant connection for tube O.D. Weight (bar) (mm) grams PSI inches 30 > 120 5/32 34 (2 > 8) (4) Dimensions 84 150 201 - 84 150 202 84 150 203 - 84 150 204 2-1/8 (54) 1-7/8" (22.5) O 1-1/4 (30) M22 x 100 1-1/4 (31.5) Cut out for indicators O 29/32 (22.5) min. 1-1/4 (30) Use (metric) dimensions for critical data To order, specify: Standard products 1 Part number Example: pneumatic indicator O 22 - 84 150 201 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/10 Position Detectors 5 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/11 Pressure decay sensor 1 Part numbers Pressure decay sensor 81 504 025 Symbol Characteristics Operating pressure Flow at 90 psi (6 bars) Tripping point at 90 psi (6 bar) supply Connection Operating temperature Mechanical life Weight Relay Color Connections psi (bar) cfm(NI/min) psi (bar) 30 > 120 (2 > 8) 7 (200) 4.5 (0.3) Sub-base page 5/44 - 5/45 or PAC mounting +25 > +120 (-5 > +50) 10 million 25 Light grey F (C) operations (grams) Pressure decay sensor Position of one-way flow restrictors Signal when cylinder is in Signal when cylinder is out Principle of operation Mounted in-line between the cylinder and the control valve, the sensor will give an output when the pressure in this line is exhausted and the cylinder is at end of stroke. For the correct usage of sensors on a falling pressure, it is recommended that the practical cylinder load is limited to 60% of the theoretical force. Evolution of pressure within a double-acting cylinder. Pressure in the cylinder 90 psi Circuit pressure (6 bars) Working pressure Operation of the sensor on a fall in pressure Pressure difference Note: Caution should be taken on application because mechanical binding or seal failure of cylinder or valve will cause sensor to give or not give output signal. Exhaust pressure 4.5 psi (0.3 bars) Cylinder response time Cylinder travel time Starting point Control of cylinder valve changeover Time End of stroke Dimensions 81 504 025 1-1/4" (32) 1" (25) .590" (15) 1-1/16" (28) .905" (23) Note: Use (metric) for critical data. To order, specify : Standard products 1 Part number Example : Pressure decay sensor - 81 504 025 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/12 Low force position detectors Conforms to standard DIN 43365 Form A Low activation force < 1.7 oz. (50 g @ at 6 bars) at 90 psi No continuous consumption of compressed air 1 Part numbers NO NC Function 81 290 501 - 81 290 001 Symbol Characteristics Orifice diameter Operating pressure Flow at 60 psi(4 bars) Activation force at 90 (6 bars) Permissible fluid: air, inert gases Max/min. of fluid temperatures operating storage Mechanical life at 90psi (6 bars) Response on activation time on release Barb connection for semi-rigid tubing Weight Principle of NC operation Deactivated inches(mm) psi(bar) cfm(NI/min) ounces(g) 5/64" 30 > 120 4.5 <1.7 F(C) F(C) F(C) cycles ms ms inches(mm) grams +20> +120 +20> +140 +20> +160 (2) (2 > 8) (130) (< 50) 5/64" 30 > 120 2.5 <1.7 (2) (2 > 8) (>70) (< 50) (-10 > +50) (-10 > +60) (-40 > +70) +20> +120 +20> +140 +20> +160 10 million 15 15 0.106"I.D.x 5/32"O.D. 8.5 (-10 > +50) (-10 > +60) (-40 > +70) 10 million 15 15 0.106"I.D.x 5/32"O.D. 8.5 (2.7x4) (2.7x4) Activated exhaust 2 x S (11) (2) (1) 2 Operation accessories Unless otherwise requested, flat and roller-ended levers are supplied loose. 161 A flat 79 215 741 161 G roller 70 507 529 161 A 161 E 2.5 Total travel .098 (26) 79 215 742 0.09" 2.4 (2.4) 1 ) 5.4 " (2 R 0.125" 6.3 (6.3) .126 (3.2) 5" ) 5.4 (2R 0.31" 8 (8) 0.19" dia O4.8 (o4.8) 0.9 .118+0.06 -.002 (3+0.15 -0.05) 0.134" 3.4 (3.4) .15 (3.8) .788 (20) 1.18 (30) .608 (10.3) .197 .466 (5) (11.8) Operating position .59+0.02 (14.7+0.5) .154 (3.9) .118+.006 +.002 +0.15 (3+0.05 ) Reset position .63 (16) .65 (16.5) 0.2 4.3 +0.08 0.169 (4.3 +0.2) .43 (10.7) Dimensions .134 (3.4) .51 (12.95) .874 (22.2) .23 (5.8) Use (metric) dimensions for critical data Other information On request : To order, specify : Standard products Wide range of actuators Connectable exhaust 1 5 2 Part number Accessory Example : Low force position detector 81 290 501 Flat lever 79 215 741 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/13 "Microvalve" series position detectors 81 280 81 281 1 Part numbers NO NC Version (grey body color) (black body color) 81 280 010 81 280 510 Horizontal output 81 281 010 81 281 510 Vertical output psi(bar) inches(mm) cfm(NI/min) oz. (N) inches(mm) 30 > 120 0.106 7 50 0.04" (2 > 8) (2.7) (200) (15) (1) 30 > 120 0.106 7 50 0.04" inches(mm) 5/32" (4) F(C) operations grams +20 > +120 5 million 14 (-5 > +15) Features 81 283 510 not shown Rear connection by screw Symbol NO NC Characteristics Operating pressure Orifice diameter Flow at 6 bars 90 psi (6 bar) Operating force 90 psi (6 cm) Effective travel Push-in connection for O.D. semi-rigid tubing (NFE 49100) Operating temperature Mechanical life Weight 30 > 120 (2 > 8) 4.8 50 0.04" (138) (15) (1) 5/32" (4) 5/32" (4) +20 > +120 5 million 14 (-5 > +15) +20 > +120 5 million 20 (-5 > +15) NO PR NC PRT PA PFC Principle of operation (2 > 8) (2.7) (200) (15) (1) Actuation positions : PFC PA PRT PR : : : : End of travel position.............................0.423" (10.75) Operating position (max output kV).......0.449" (11.4) Release position (max. exhaust kV)......0.463" (11.75) Rest position..........................................0.488" (12.4) Non-connectable exhaust port is on the "output" side. Dimensions 81 281 010 - 81 281 510 81 280 010 - 81 280 510 81 283 510 41 o2,8 12,7 18 2.8 (71) 12,8 16,6 2,2 o o5,5 12.5 12.5 2'' (4.5).18Maxi 0 x o2,2 o12 .33 (6.4) 0,6 o5/32(4) 12,2 12,4 11.5 11.5 15 2,4 0,6 18 59 (15) Width 1/2 (127) 2 Holes M3 Widdth 12''(12.7) Width 1/2 (12.7) .45'' .45'' (11.5) (11.5) Use (metric) dimensions for critical data Other information To order, specify : Standard products 1 Standard products, non stocked Part number Example : "Microvalve" series position detectors 81 280 010 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/14 "Microvalve" series position detectors 1 Part numbers Features Version NC Vertical output Short lever With ball With roller 81 281 502 81 281 504 81 281 509 Threaded barrel Plunger for 5/8" hole 81 737 501 30 > 120 0.04 7 50 0.04" (2 > 8) (2.7) (200) (15) (1) 30 > 120 0.04 7 50 0.04" (2 > 8) (2.7) (200) (15) (1) 30 > 120 0.04 7 50 0.04" (2 > 8) (2.7) (200) (15) (1) 30 > 120 0.04 7 83 0.04" (2 > 8) (2.7) (200) (25) (1) 5/32" (4) 5/32" (4) 5/32" (4) 5/32" (4) Symbol Characteristics Operating pressure psi (bar) Orifice diameter inches(mm) Flow at 90 psi (6 bars) cfm(NI/min) Operating force at 90 psi (6 bars) oz(N) Effective travel inches(mm) Push-in connection for semi-rigid (mm) tubing O.D. Inches(NFE 49100) Operating temperature F (C) Mechanical life cycles Weight grams +20>.+120(-5>+50) 5 million 16 +20>.+120(-5>+50) 5 million 18 +20>.+120(-5>+50) 5 million 18 +20>.+120(-5>+50) 5 million 90 Dimensions 81 281 502 Ball dia. 0.354"(O 9) .072" (18.4) PR 0.571" (14.5) .072" (18.4) (L+6.4mm) PR 0.095" 0.315" (2.4) (8) (O2.2) 81 281 504 0.71" (18) (13) V= (R 0.7 18 3" .5 ) 8 rivets 0.086"I.D. 0.71" (18) 81 281 509 81 737 501 Actuation positions : PR : Rest position PR Max. fixing capacity 11/16" (18 mm) .0886" (22,5) 0.336'' wide (L=8,5mm) 1.830" (46,5) threads M16 roller 0.315" dia. x 0.197" wide (O8 L=5mm) PR radius = 0.61" (R11,5) 2.657" (67,5) dia. =0.315" (O8) Use (metric) dimensions for critical data Other information To order, specify : Standard products, non stocked 1 Part number Example : "Microvalve" series position detectors 81 280 002 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/15 5 "Miniature" series position detectors 1 Part numbers Version Push-in connection for semi-rigid tubing (NFE 49100) O 4 silenced exhaust M5 connectable exhaust O 4 connectable exhaust * O 6 connectable exhaust * O 4 silenced exhaust O 6 silenced exhaust NC NO Control 81 921 501 Simple plunger 81 921 701 Lever with plastic roller 81 921 702 Lever with roller bearing 81 921 707 Lever with one-way trip plastic roller Symbol NC NC NC Characteristics psi (bar) inches (mm) cfm (NI/min) oz (N) 2 >120 0.106 7 63 F (C) operations grams +20>+120 (-5>+50) +20>+120 (-5>+50) 10 million 10 million 62 75 Actuation travel (0.18>8) (2.7) (200) (18) 2 >120 0.106 7 63 NC (0.18>8) (2.7) (200) (18) 2 >120 0.106 7 63 NO (0.18>8) (2.7) (200) (18) 2 >120 0.106 7 63 +20>+120 (-5>+50) 10 million 77 Vertical attack PO = .547" (13.9) PA = .531" (13.5) Exhaust PFC = .433 (11) PR = .590" (15) Simple plunger Actuation positions : PA : Operating position (max output CV) PFC : End of travel position PO : Mid-position closed (no exhaust, no outlet) PRT : Release position (max exhaust CV) PR : Rest position Poppet Dimensions 1/4"(6) 81 921 701 - 81 921 702 .787" (20) 1.181" (30) 81 921 707 O.472 (12) 1.555" (39.5) 1/4"(6) 1-3/16" (30) 1/2" (13) 1/2" (13) 1.004" (25.5) 1.004" (25.5) 1-3/4" (44.5) 1.004" (25.5) 1/4"(6) .374" (6.5) .551" (14) 1.594" (40.5) O4,2 .256" (6.5) .787" (20) 1.555" (44.5) 81 921 501 1-3/16" (30) 1/2" (13) Use (metric) dimensions for critical data Other information * with barb for tube 0.106 (2.7) I.D. AND 5/32 (4) O.D. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/16 (0.18>8) (2.7) (200) (18) +20>+120 (-5>+50) 10 million 80 PRT = .563" (14.3) Operating pressure Orifice diameter Flow at 90 psi (6 bars) Actuation force at 90 psi (6 bars) Circuit function : NC Circuit function: NO Operating temperature Mechanical life Weight Principle of operation 1 81 921 806 Lever with plastic roller 81 921 714 Lever with roller bearing 81 921 719 81 921 911 81 921 901 Lever with plastic roller NC (0.18>8) (2.7) (200) (18) NC 2 >120 0.106 7 63 (0.18>8) (2.7) (200) (18) NO 2 >120 0.106 7 63 (0.18>8) (2.7) (200) (18) 2 >120 0.106 7 63 (0.18>8) (2.7) (200) (18) +20>+120 (-5>+50) 10 million 75 +20>+120 (-5>+50) 10 million 80 +20>+120 (-5>+50) 10 million 100 +20>+120 (-5>+50) 10 million 100 Horizontal actuating 30 cam (other angles of attack are also possible, 45 even 90). With lever With lever One-way trip lever PRT = .650 (16.5) PA = .650 (16.3) 81 921 714 PR = 1.555 (39) 26 25,5 44,5 1.004 (25.5) 1-3/4 (44.5) 1.520 (38.6) 81 921 717 - 81 921 719 81 921 901 - 81 921 902 81 921 911 - 81 921 912 1/2 (13) 1-3/16 (30) 1.407 (36) 1.594 min. (40.5) PRT = .571 (14.5) 1.024 (26) 1/4 (6) PA = .720 (18.3) PO = .646 (16.4) .827 (21) .933 (23.7) .827 (21) 81 921 806 - 81 921 714 - 81 921 911 - 81 921 912 PR=1.024(26) PRT = .890 (20) PO = .787 (20) PR = 1.024 (26) PA = .787 (20) PO = .709 (18) 1.093 min. (26.5) PO = .937 (23.8) PRT = .969 (24.6) PA = .901 (22.9) PFC = .783 (19.9) With lever PR = 1.024 (26) .933 (23.7) 2 >120 0.106 7 63 81 921 717 81 921 912 81 921 902 Lever with roller bearing 36 Use (metric) dimensions for critical data To order, specify : Standard products Standard products, non stocked 5 1 Part number Example : "Miniature" series position detectors 81 921 501 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/17 "Adjustable stop" series position detectors 1 Part numbers Push-in connection for semi-rigid tubing (NFE 49100) 81 923 001 Barb for tube with 5/32" (4mm) O.D. x 0.106" (2.7mm) I.D. 81 921 505 Push-in connector for tube with 5/32" (4mm) O.D. 2 > 120 0.079" 5 56 (0.1> 8) (2) (130) (16) 2 > 120 0.106" 7 94 (1000) 2,200 Symbol Characteristics Operating pressure psi (bar) Orifice diameter inches(mm) Flow at 90 psi (6 bar) cfm(NI/min) Actuation force at 90 psi (6 bar) oz (N) Circuit function: NC Max. load: without shock lbs (daN) Will stop a 2 1/2" O cylinder @ 90 psi: (6 bar) supply Operating temperature F (C) Mechanical life cycles Weight (grams) 2,200 (0.1> 8) (2.7) (200) (21) (1000) +20>+120 (-5>+50) 10 million 27 +20>+120 (-5>+50) 10 million 90 inches(mm) inches(mm) 0.016 0 (0.4) (0) 0.028 0 (0.7) (0) inches(mm) 0.035 (0.9) 0.040 (1) inc hes(mm) 0.059 (1.5) 0.059 (1.5) inches(mm) 0.118 (3) 0.118 (3) Principle of operation Actuation positions PA : Operating position (max output Cv) PFC: End of travel position PO : Mid-point closed (no exhaust, no outlet) PRT : Release position (max. exhaust kV) PR : Rest position Black barb Actuation positions : PA : Operating position (max output Cv) PFC : End of travel position PO : Mid-position closed (no exhaust, no outlet) PRT : Release position (max exhaust Cv) PR : Rest position Exhaust Poppet Dimensions 81 923 001 81 921 505 Mounting M12 x 100 M12 x 100 O O.106"(2.7) .551" (4) 1.81" (30) Other information 1 (64) 2-1/2" .787" (20) M12 threaded hole .374" (8.5) .768" (19.5) 4.165" (9.2) 1/2" dia. mounting hole R 0.083" (2.1) .286" (6.5) 1.260" (32) 5/32" (4) (36) 1-11/16" (43) 1-7/16" (O12.5) 17 AF 17 AF 1-13/16" (46) This should be as close as possible to the plunger .512" (13) Use (metric) for critical data. To order, specify : Standard products Standard products, non stocked 1 Part numbers Example : "Adjustable stop" series position detectors - 81 923 001 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/18 "Sensitive" position detectors 1 Part numbers Version 81 512 201 with ball 81 512 401 with wire 5/32" Symbol Characteristics Push-in connection for semi-rigid tubing O.D. (NFE 49100) Life at 90 psi (6 bars) Actuation force at 90 psi (6 bars) Supply provided by leak sensor relay Operating temperature Weight Connection inches (mm) 5/32" cycles oz (N) 10 million 2.77 (0.8) (4) (4) F (C) (grams) +20>+120 (-5> +50) 24.5 +20>+120 (-5> +50) 23.5 10 million 0.09 (0.025) Principle of operation Supplied at industrial pressure, the relay produces a permanent bleed at its input port. A sensor shutting off this bleed causes the relay to switch. 81 502 435 (see page 5/28) Exhaust Sub-base see page 5/44 - 5/45 Dimensions Instant connection O 5/32" (4) 81 512 401 M12 x 100 M12 x 100 81 512 201 1-3/4" (43) 1-3/16" (30) 5/32" (4) .079" (2) Instant connection O 5/32" (4) 17 AF 6-9/16" (166) 4-27/32" (123) 1-3/16" (30) 5/32" (4) Note: > 8 deflection for actuation 17 AF use (metric) for critical data Note: Clearance hole of O 1/2" (12.5) or threaded hole M12 required for mounting. Other information To order, specify : Standard products 1 5 Part number Example : "Sensitive" position detectors 891 592 201 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/19 "Compact" series position detectors 1 Part numbers Features Direct acting 81 922 401 Roller plunger with unthreaded barrel Version Rotary actuator 81 922 205 Right-hand rotary head with roller lever (CNOMO) Rotary actuator 81 922 010 Programmable rotary head without lever Rotary actuator 81 922 210 Programmable rotary head without lever Symbol Characteristics BSP push-in for semi-rigid tubing inches (mm) O.D.(NFE 49100) Operating pressure psi (bar) Bore diameter inches (mm) Flow at 90 psi (6 bars) cfm (Nm3/h) Activation force at 90 psi (6 bars) oz (daN) Circuit function: NC Mechanical life operations Silenced or connectable (1/8) exhaust Operating temperature F (C) Weight (grams) -- Connection 1/8 5/32" (4) 2 > 120 0.118 7 90 (0.1>8) (3) (12) (2.5) -- -- 2 > 120 0.118 7 90 (0.1>8) (3) (12) (2.5) 5/32" (4) 2 > 120 0.118 7 90 (0.1>8) (3) (12) (2.5) 10 million -- 2 > 120 0.118 7 90 10 million 1/8 10 million (0.1>8) (3) (12) (2.5) 10 million +20> +120 (-5>+50) 150 +20> +120 (-5>+50) 193 +20> +120 (-5>+50) 175 +20> +120 (-5>+50) 175 2 Accessories plastic bearing Lever with adjustable plastic roller bearing Adjustable steel rod lever 79 79 79 79 79 Lever with roller 452 452 452 452 452 103 104 123 124 133 - Principle of operation Exhaust 2 S Poppet 1 Vertical attack Horizontal attack Detectors with roller plunger with unthreaded barrel. Detectors with roller plunger with unthreaded barrel. PRT PO PA Line of attack PFC PA PO PRT PR Actuation positions : PA PFC PO PRT PR : : : : : Operating position (max output kV) End of travel position Mid-position closed (no exhaust, no outlet) Release position (max exhaust kV) Rest position Other information The detectors 81 922 010 and 81 922 210 can operate to both left and right. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/20 Rotary actuator Detectors with levers 81 922 - 81 922 0 - 81 922 2 PF PA 26 20 (10) 0.276 PO (7 1) 0.093 PRT (2,5) C PO 30 55 0.394 PA 2.913 (74 1) 2.667 (68 1) 0.709" (18) 16 PRT Dimensions 79 452 123 - 79 452 124 1-11/16" (42,5) 3,4 13/64" O (5.2) (3) 1/8" (R = 47 to 96) R = 1-7/8" to 3-3/4" .492" (12.5) .083" R (2.1) (37) 1-1/2" (32,5) 1-9/32" O (11.6) .457" .165" (4.2) 2-3/32" (53) .925" (23.5) 1.169" (29.7) O (11) 7/16" Width (3.4) .134" 79 452 133 R (120) max. 4-3/4" 81 922 401 = = .393".393" (10) (10) (16) 5/8" 1.220" (31) 81 922 205 - 81 922 0 - 81 922 2 79 452 103 - 79 452 104 1-3/16" (36) 3/4" O (18) 11/16" (18) (49) 1-5/16" (21,5) 2-7/32" (25) 1" Use (metric) dimensions for critical data. To order, specify : Standard products Standard products, non stocked 1 5 2 Part number Accessory Example : "Compact" series position detectors 81 922 010 - Lever with plastic roller 79 452 103 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/21 Position detectors 1 Part numbers 81 371 401 proximity detector 81 372 201 fixed gap 81 372 401 adjustable gap 81 372 901 palette Symbol S P S P Characteristics Detection distance Supply pressure Minimum output pressure Unlimited life (static component) Operating temperature Consumption at supply 8 psi (0.5 b) pressure of: 40 psi (2.5 b) Barb connection for semi-rigid tubing (NFE 49100) nozzle Operating @ 8" 1" (200 mm) sensor pressure @ 4" (100 mm) nozzle at 30 psi (2 bar) Flow sensor at 30 psi (2 bar) at 30 psi (2 bar) supply Trip force of at 90 psi (6 bar) supply palette Sensor consumption for relay supply at 90 psi (6 bar) Weight Principle of operation inches (mm) psi (bar) psi (mbar) 1/4 > 3/8 (6 > 10) 8 > 40 (0.5 > 2.5) 0.02 (1) 11/16" 8 > 40 0.02 F (C) cfm (NI/h) cfm (NI/h) -5 > +160(- 20 > +70) -5 > +160(- 20 > +70) -5 > +160(- 20 > +70) -5 > +160(- 20 > +70) 0.5 (800) 0.05 (70) 0.06 (100) 1.5 (2500) 1.30 (2244) 0.45 (700) - inches(mm) 5/32" O.D. x 0.106" I.D. (2.7 x 4) 5/32" O.D. x 0.106" I.D. (2.7 x 4) (18) (0.5 > 2.5) (1) (100) (0.5 > 2.5) (1) 4 8 > 40 0.02 5/32" O.D. x 0.106" I.D. (2.7 x 4) psi (bar) psi (bar) psi (bar) cfm (NI/h) cfm (NI/h) oz (N) oz (N) cfm (NI/min) - - - - - - grams 36 9 36 Black barb 5/32" O.D. x 0.106" I.D. (2.7 x 4) 30 to 120(2 to 8) 30 to 120(2 to 8) 15 to 60 (1 to 4) 0.20 (320) 0.20 (320) 0.11 (0.03) 0.33 (0.08) 0.18 (5) 14 Black barb Black barb Supply Connection For use with amplifier on page 5/29 No amplifier required for 81 372 901 Black barb Dimensions 81 372 201 1-7/8" (48) 81 372 401 81 372 901 P 17 AF O 11/64" (4.5) 17 AF 5/32" (4) 5/32" (4) 17 AF Use (metric) dimensions for critical data. Other information 3/8" (10) 5/16" (8) 1" (25) O 1/8" (3.2) M5 To order, specify : Standard products Standard products, non stocked 1 Part number Example : Position detectors - 81 371 401 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/22 1/8" (3) .932" (7) 11/16" (18) 1-3/16" (30) 1/8" (3) M12 x 100 2-11/16" (68.5) .335" (8.5) .787" (20) .689" (17.5) 1-7/16" (36) 1-5/32" (29.5) 5 1-3/8" (35) 1-1/8" (28.5) 3/4" (18) 1/4" (6) O .118" (3) 1-9/16" (40) .295" (7.5) M12 x 100 9.32" (7) O .118" (3) 1-9/16" (40) 1-11/32" (34) 5/32" (4) O .118" (3) 1-7/8" (47) 3/4" (10) O .118"(3) 81 371 401 Pressure Switches Amplifiers 5 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/23 Pressure switches Conform to the Low Voltage Directive Can be used without enclosure according to IEC 664-1 pollution group III 1 Part numbers Pressure and vacuum switches Mounting Actuators Manual override 81 513 552 DIN rail EN 50022 Pressure with 81 513 502 DIN rail EN 50022 Pressure without 81 513 501 DIN rail EN 50022 Low pressure without 81 513 522 DIN rail EN 50022 Vacuum without O 4 ext. O 4 ext. O 4 ext. O 4 ext. - - - Symbol Characteristics Pneumatic connection Push-in connection for semi-rigid mm tubing (NFE 49100) Tapped BSP via connector IEC 529 IP 20 Protection Permissible fluid: air, inert gases and liquids Adjustment of switching pressure (* adjusted to 0.3) Hysteresis at 1 bar at 2 bars at 4 bars at 6 bars max. 200 mb max. 250 mb Pressure to break Mechanical life (operations) Contact rating (V resistive) Wire cross-section Operating temperature Weight Standard electrical contact UL and cUL approval IP 20 bar bar bar bar bar mm2 C g Operation Pressure operated 28 0.5 0.6 0.8 1 106 5A - 220-230 V 0.75 -10+70 48 V4 83 170 4 I W2 MH15213 (R) IP 20 28 0.5 0.6 0.8 1 106 5A - 220-230 V 0.75 -10+70 46 V4 83 170 4 I W2 MH15213 (R) Vacuum operated IP 20 0.3 1.2 * -0.3 -0.8 - - - 106 5A - 220-230 V 0.75 -10+70 46 V4 83 170 4 I W2 MH15213 (R) 106 5A - 220-230 V 0.75 -10+70 46 V4 83 170 4 I W2 MH15213 (R) Electrical life (Crouzet microswitch "V4" ref 83 170 4-1-W2) Number of cycles Resistive circuit Inductive circuit Electrical output - common - normally closed contact - normally open contact { L c __ = 5 ms R a cos q = 0.8 Mechanical life Adjustment of switching pressure 1 to 8 bars Standard microswitch 5 A / 220 V Manual override Pneumatic indicator Marking tag Current in Amps Pneumatic signal For continuous vacuum applications, please consult us. Other information On request : - Microswitch V4 ref. 83 170 0 i W2 high current - Microswitch V4 ref. 83 170 9 i W2 low current Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/24 1 81 513 516 Base mounted page 5/44 Pressure without 81 513 510 Base mounted page 5/45 Pressure with 81 513 527 Base mounted page 5/44 Vacuum without O 4 ext. - O 4 ext. - O 4 ext. - IP 54 IP 54 IP 54 28 0.5 0.6 0.8 1 106 5A - 220-230 V 0.75 -10+70 56 V4 83 170 4 I W2 MH15213 (R) 28 0.5 0.6 0.8 1 106 5A - 220-230 V 0.75 -10+70 58 V4 83 170 4 I W2 MH15213 (R) Electrical connections 81 513 501 - 81 513 502 81 513 522 - 81 513 552 81 513 533 2 screws M4 81 513 523 2 screws M4 Pressure without Vacuum without 1/8 BSP IP 54 -0.3 -0.9 - 28 0.5 0.6 0.8 1 106 5A - 220-230 V 0.75 -10+70 65 V4 83 170 4 I W2 MH15213 (R) 106 5A - 220-230 V 0.75 -10+70 56 V4 83 170 4 I W2 MH15213 (R) Dimensions 81 513 552 - 81 513 502 81 513 501 - 81 513 522 81 509 080 Base mounted page 5/44 Pressure without 81 509 085 Base mounted page 5/45 Pressure with - - 1/8 BSP IP 54 Via sub-base Via sub-base IP 54 IP 54 -0.3 -0.8 106 5A - 220-230 V 0.75 -10+70 65 V4 83 170 4 I W2 MH15213 (R) Pressure switch with connector 81 513 516 - 81 513 510 81 513 527 1.4 0.5 0.6 0.2 106 5A - 220-230 V 1.5 -10+70 80 83 133 004 1.4 0.5 0.6 0.2 106 5A - 220-230 V 1.5 -10+70 80 83 133 004 81 516 082 81 513 533 81 513 523 1 - Common 4 - NO contact 2 - NC contact 81 513 510 - 81 513 521 81 513 516 - 81 513 527 For M4 screws length 24 mm Pilot signal 81 513 533 81 513 523 - 81 513 533 Pilot signal 81 509 080 - 81 509 085 To order, specify : Standard products Standard products, non stocked 5 1 Part number Example : Pressure and vacuum switches 81 513 552 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/25 Adjustable pressure switches (manostats) Counter balance leakage Yes Yes 1 Part numbers (and adjustment ranges) Adjustment range 0.7 to 8 psi (50 to 500 mb) 2 to 35 psi (0.1 to 2.5 b) 30 to 120 psi (2 to 8 b) Version Accuracy 81 505 140 81 505 150 81 505 160 Positive output (N.C.) 10 % 4% 4% 81 502 140 81 502 150 81 502 160 Negative output (N.O.) 10 % 4% 4% (mm) (Nl/min) (50 to 500 mb) (0.1 to 2.5 b) (2 to 8 b) 0.1 6 0.9 1.5 5 (2.5) (170) (60 mb) (100 mb) (320 mb) 0.1 6 0.9 1.5 5 F(C) operations grams +20>+120 3 Million 160 Light gray (-5 >+50) +20>+120 3 Million 160 Yellow 0.7 to 8 psi (50 to 500 mb) 2 to 35 psi (0.1 to 2.5 b) 30 to 120 psi (2 to 8 b) Symbol Characteristics Orifice diameter Flow at 90 psi (6 bars) Hysteresis inches cfm 0.7 to 8 psi 2 to 35 psi 30 to 120 psi Connection - sub-base page 5/44-5/45 Operating temperature Mechanical life Weight Relay color (2.5) (170) (60 mb) (100 mb) (320 mb) (-5 >+50) Connections Example of pressure threshold adjustment (mini-regulator - manostat) Principle of operation The manostats provide an on or off output signal when the input signal reaches a predetermined pressure threshold. Positive output (N.C.) Output signal Negative output (N.O.) Output signal Pilot Hysteresis Pilot Hysteresis Switching on Switching on Switching off Switching off Dimensions 81 502 140 - 81 502 150 - 81 502 160 81 505 140 - 81 505 150 - 81 505 160 (82 to 90) 3-1/4 to 3-9/16 1-1/4 (32) Other information Pressure switches with electrical output on request. (15) 1 (25) .590 .950 (23) Use (metric) dimensions for critical data To order, specify : Standard products Standard products, non stocked 1 Part number Example : Adjustable pressure switches (manostats) - 81 505 140 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/26 Adjustable vacuum switches (vacuostat) Counter balance leakage Yes Yes 1 Part numbers 81 505 110 Positive output (N.C.) 81 502 110 Negative output (N.O.) 81 508 110 Electrical output /hg (bar) cfm (Nl/min) /hg (mb) 3 > 23 6 3 (-0.1 > -0.9) (170) (80) 3 > 23 6 3 (-0.1 > -0.9) (170) (80) - 0.1 * -0.9 6 80 F (C) operations grams +20 > +120 3 Million 160 Light gray (-5 > +50) +20 > +120 3 Million 160 Yellow (-5 > +50) -5 +50 3 x 10 6 180 Symbol Characteristics Adjustment range Flow at 6 bars Hysteresis Connection - sub-base page 5/44-5/45 Operating temperature Mechanical life Weight Relay color (170) Connections Example of use: Vacuum handling (vacuum generator, vacuum pad, vacuostats). Principle of operation Vacuostats provide an on or off output signal when the input signal reaches a predetermined pressure threshold. Positive output (N.C.) Negative output (N.O.) Output signal Output signal Switching off Switching off Switching on Switching on Hysteresis Vacuum Hysteresis Vacuum Vacuum Vacuum Dimensions 81 508 110 81 502 110 - 81 505 110 (82 to 90) 3-1/4 to 3-9/16 (15) 1 (25) .590 .950 (23) 1-1/4 (32) Other information Use (metric) dimensions for critical data To order, specify : Standard products Standard products, non stocked 1 5 Part number Example : Adjustable vacuum switches (vacuostat) - 81 505 110 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/27 Leak sensor relay 1 Part numbers 81 502 435 Positive (N.C.) Output 81 505 435 Negative (N.O.) Symbol Characteristics Operating pressure Sensor consumption for relay supply at 90 psi (6 bar) The distance between relay and sensor must be less than 45 ft (15 m) using a 5/32 (.06) O.D. Connection - sub-base see page 5/44-5/45 Operating temperature Mechanical life Weight Relay color psi (bar) 30 > 120 (2 > 8) 30 > 120 (2 > 8) cfm (Nl/min) 0.2 (5) 0.2 (5) tubing F (C) operations grams +20 > +120 (-5 > +50) 10 Million 35 Yellow +20 > +120 (-5 > +50) 10 Million 35 Light gray Dimensions 81 502 435 - 81 505 435 1 3/8" .950 (23) (15) 1 (25) .590 (34) 1-1/4 Other information Bases for mounting components see page 5/44-5/45 To order, specify : Standard products 1 Part number Example : Leak sensor relay - 81 502 435 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/28 Amplifier relays 1 Part numbers Simple amplifiers Sensitive amplifiers Version 81 502 230 positive (N.C.) 81 505 230 negative (N.O.) 81 502 320 positive (N.C.) 81 505 320 negative (N.O.) Symbol Characteristics Pressure to make psi (mb) Operating pressure (non-lubricated air) psi (bar) Orifice diameter inches (mm) Average consumption at 60 psi (mb) (4 bar) cfm (Nl/min) Permissible overload for 1 hour psi (mb) Operating temperature F (C) Mechanical life operations Weight grams 0.15>0.30 (10>20) 30>120 (2>8) 0.1 (2.5) 0.18 (5) 12 (800) +20>+120(- 5>+50) 3 Million 150 yellow Connections used for gaps up to 1 (25 mm). The supply to the sensor should be made via a pressure regulator or one-way flow restrictor Connection - sub-base see page 5/44-5/45. 0.15>0.30 (10>20) 30>120 (2>8) 0.1 (2.5) 0.18 (5) 12 (800) +20>+120(- 5>+50) 3 Million 150 light grey 0.15>0.30 (10>20) 30>90 (2>6) 0.1 (2.5) 0.18 (5) 12 (800) +20>+120(- 5>+50) 3 Million 185 yellow 0.15>0.30 (10>20) 30>90 (2>6) 0.1 (2.5) 0.18 (5) 12 (800) +20>+120(- 5>+50) 3 Million 185 light grey Black barb (1"Maxi) N.C. N.O. Black barb Principle of operation Simple amplifiers An output at normal industrial pressure is delivered on a low pressure input. Note: Hysteresis is 20% of the pilot pressure. PSI (bar) Pilot pressure 81 505 230 Positive output Negative output (N.C.) (N.O.) .30 (20) Pilot Zone 1- pilot 2- supply 3- output .15 (10) .05 Supply pressure Pa (3) (2) 30 (0) PSI (bar) Sensitive amplifiers An output at normal industrial pressure is delivered on a very low pressure input. 81 502 230 .08 (4) 60 (6) 90 (bar) PSI (8) 120 Pilot pressure (5) 81 502 320 81 505 320 (4) .05 (3) Pilot Zone (2) Note: The specifications are given for a supply pressure of 90 psi, and for detection at the mid-point of the gap. .02 Supply pressure Pa (1) 0 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) 30 60 90 120 (bar) PSI Dimensions 81 502 230 - 81 505 230 - 81 502 234 - 81 505 234 81 502 320 - 81 505 320 1-1/4 (32) 1-1/4 (32) 2-7/8 (73) 1 (25) (15) 0.590 2-9/32 (58) (15) .590 1 (25) (23) .0950 (23) 0.950 Other information With gap sensors, use an amplifier with negative output if a signal on interruption of the jet is required. Port #1 for sensor: Push-in connection for semi-rigid tubing O.D. 5/32 (O 4 mm) (NFE 49100) Use (metric) dimensions for critical data To order, specify : Standard products Standard products, non stocked 1 5 Part number Example : Amplifier relays - 81 502 230 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/29 Amplifier relays 1 Part numbers 81 510 001 Positive output (N.C) Amplifiers with integral regulator Version Symbol Characteristics Pressure to make Reduced pressure supplied at port 8 Flow through port 8 Consumption of amplifier only Permissible overload for 1 hour Operating temperature Mechanical life Weight Detectors psi (mb) psi (bar) cfm (Nm3/h) (NI/h) psi (mb) F (C) operations grams Nominal range Min. total consumption for detection (8 psi (0.5 b regulated pressure) Max. total consumption for short response time (40 psi (2.5 b regulated pressure) Min. detectable nominal sensing distance dimensions /2 Max. frequency of use Force exerted by the jet on the parts to be detected Principle of operation 8 (0,5) 81 371 401 5/16 (8) 81 372 201 11/16 (18) cfm (NI/h) 0.52 (880) 0.08 (140) cfm - (NI/h) 1.65 (2750) 0.25 (400) 0.55 (920) inches (mm) inches (mm) (Hz) 0.12 0.08 5 (3) (2) 0.06 (1.5) - 1/4 (6.5) - oz. 0.1 > 2.5 (0.02 >0.7) 0.05 to 0.11 (0.01 >0.3) (N) 5 45 PSI (3 bar) (1) 15 81 372 401 4 (100) inches (mm) 5 0.36 (0.1) Dimensions This amplifier Push-in connection for semi-rigid tubing 5/32 O.D. (O 4 mm)(NFE 49100) is suitable for providing a supply 120 PSI (8 bar) to associated 75 PSI (5 bar) sensors. pilot pressure (0,5) 8 Proximity detector Proximity (1,5) 23 (2) 30 (2,5) 40 (40) Viewed from A (20,5) 0.807 (bar) Regulated pressure (bar) psi 8 - Supply to sensor 9 - Signal on return of sensor Viewed from B 9/16 (14) Gap sensor 1-5/8 (40) 1-5/8 (1) Gap 5/8 (16) (1,5) 15 (-5 to 50) 5/32 (O4) 23 (0.5>1.5) (0.5>2.5) (0.1>2.5) (100>200) 4-5/32 (105) psi (bar) 0.008>0.023 8 > 40 0.06 > 1.50 0.06 > 0.12 4 (300) +30 to +120 3 Million 380 Proximity Detectors see page 5/22 (14) 9/16 Adjustable regulator Note: 81 510 001 must be mounted with regulation screw down Use (metric) dimensions for critical data To order, specify : Standard products, non stocked 1 Part number Example : Amplifier relays 81 510 001 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/30 Pneumatic Logic Components 5 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/31 General characteristics Operating fluid - Compressed air or inert gas Flow graphs Conditions of use - Operating pressure 30 to 120 PSI (2 to 8 bars). - Fluid: Filtered air to 50 microns - non lubricated. - Operating temperature from 20 to 120 F (-5 to 50 C) under 20 F (5 C) the dew point must be below 5 F (10 C) for the application). - For optimum performance, the elements should be inter-connected by air supply tubing with an internal diameter of 0.106" (25mm). Cv (kV) O of passage inches (mm) 0.20" (5) 0.84 (12) 0.77 (11) P. supply pressure: 60 PSI 0.70 (10) ( 4 bars) Mounting recommendations - The elements should be mounted and piped in a clean atmosphere in order to prevent any form of pollution entering the system. - Minimum torque for element fixing screws: 16"/oz (5 cm/kg). - Maximum torque for element fixing screws: 32"/oz (10 cm/kg). 0.63 (9) 0.56 (8) 0.49 (7) 0.42 (6) Characteristics common to all elements in the modular system. - The characteristics have been obtained with a supply pressure at 90 psi (6 bars). - The flow in cfm (Nl/min) is the number of cubic feet (litres) of air at normal atmospheric pressure obtained with the output open to atmosphere and the supply pressure at 60 psi (4 bars). - The consumption in cfm (Nl/min) is the number of cubic feet (litres) of free air necessary for the unit to function. - Cv (kV) = the flow coefficient of the equipment. - Mechanical life 10 million and greater. 0.35 (5) 0.25 (4) 0.21 (3) 0.14 (2) 0.16" (4) 0.12" (3) 0.08" (2) P. supply pressure: 90 PSI ( 6 bars) 0.07 (1) 0.035 (0,5) (0) 0 0.04" (1) Flow (100) (200) (300) (400) (500) (600) (700) (800) (900) (NL/mn) 7 14 21 28 cfm Module with auto reset PAC Modules The principle is to ensure the step by step operation of a sequential cycle. A system comprises of individual modules which are joined together by means of a sub-base. Each module has a memory which delivers an output signal and receives an input signal. An indicator on each module allows the operator to monitor the progress of the cycle and identify quickly and easily any faults which may occur. Brake This returns the memory spool to the reset condition only when the supply is lost. Shift register modules Operation results from the combination of three functions (memory, AND and OR) which constitute each module. The memory activates the output and gives priority to the reset signal. The AND element ensures the transition to the next module but only if an input signal is present. The OR element ensures the resetting of all previously operated modules. The general principle is to advance the sequencer step by step by command impulses to the inputs of the even steps, alternating with the command impulses to the inputs of the odd steps. Used for example on a transfer machine to shift the information "bad component" collected at a test-station `n' steps further along the machine to a reject station. Function diagram Function diagram Auto reset sequencer module Sequencer module with maintained reset Brake This maintains the memory spool in position only when the supply is lost. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/32 Sequencer modules 1 Part numbers Versions 81 550 001 maintained - 81 550 201 Auto Reset - 81 550 601 Auto Reset (bar) (mm) (Nl/min) 30 > 120 0.106" 5.25 30 > 120 0.106" 5.25 30 > 120 0.106" 5.25 grams (70) PAC sequencer shift register Symbol Characteristics Operating pressure psi Orifice diameter Inches Flow at 90 PSI (6 bars) cfm Connection - sub-base page 5/44 - 5/45 Weight (2 > 8) (2.7) (150) (2 > 8) (2.7) (150) (2 > 8) (2.7) (150) (70) (70) Minimum pressure to be applied to ports 1-4-7 to switch the valve PSI (bar) (4,5) (4) 60 (3,5) (3) 45 (2,5) 30 (2) (1,5) 18 (1,25) (1) (0,7) (0,5) supply pressure 0 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120 (bar) PSI Principle of operation (supplied without logic element. For choice of units see page 5/36 - 5/37 - 5/39 - 5/40 - 5/42) Programmable Air Controller (PAC) module with maintained reset 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 - Shift register with maintained reset 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Input signal Supply Output signal Start signal In cycle signal End of cycle signal Reset to zero signal Input signal Supply Port plugged Input signal Port plugged Output signal Reset to zero signal Mounting plan for sequencer Dimensions 2 Holes M4 1-15/16" (49) min depth 9/32" (7) 0.482" (12.25) 0.130" (3.3) 1 Hole O3/32" (4) 0.259" (6.5) 0.276" 0.276" (7) (7) 0.563" (14.3) 0.354" (9) Use (metric) dimensions for critical data. 0.598" (15.2) Other information 0.307" (3.3) 0.026" (0.65) 0.146" (3.7) 0.236 (6) 0.482" (12.25) 6 Holes O 0.118" (3) 1 Hole O0.110"(2.8) (51,3) 2" 1-1/4" (32) - To order, specify : Standard products Standard products, non stocked 1 5 Part number Example : Sequencer modules 81 550 001 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/33 Sequencer sub-bases 1 Part numbers 81 551 101 Sub-base (DIN omega) Front connecting (DIN-omega) 81 552 102 End bases - 1 pair entry & exit modules 81 552 601 Diversion base Characteristics Sub-bases Rotatable connectors Pressure indicators Weight Sequencer connections 55 grams 135 60 Front connecting 1 - Input port (green - port 1) O 5/32" (4 mm) 2 - Output port (red - port 3) O 5/32" (4 mm) 3 - Input port, cycle start (green - port 4) O 5/32" (4 mm) 4 - Output port, in-cycle signal (red - port 5) O 5/32" (4 mm) 5 - Supply port (yellow - port 2) O 1/4" (6.35 mm) 6 - Output port, end of cycle (red - port 6) O 5/32" (4 mm) 7 - Input port, reset to zero (green - port 7) O 5/32" (4 mm) 8 - Output indicator (red) 9 - Input indicator (green) 10 - Cycle start indicator at port 4 (green) 11 - In-cycle indicator at port 5 (red) 12 - Input indicator at port 7 (green) 13 - End of cycle indicator at port 6 (red) 14 - Supply indicator at port 2 (yellow) 15 - Interconnecting ports 16 - Mounting screws 17 - Engraved arrow to indicate direction of sequence 18 - Marking tag 19 - Marking tag position 20 - Marking tag position 21 - Mounting tongue 22 - Mounting groove 23 - Sub-base 24 - End bases Dimensions Front connecting Finished product on DR rail Mounted on W rail (EN 50022) 1-1/4" (33) 1-3/8" (35) x N 1-1/8" (28) 4-1/16" (108) for AND transition (81522 501) 1" (23) End bases - one pair 3-3/4" (94) 3-3/4" (94) 1-5/16" (33,5) N = number of sub-bases 2-1/2" (62) 7-1/2" (190) for TIMER transition (81503 725) Push-in connection for semi-rigid tubing 5/32" O.D. (O 4 mm) (NFE 49100) Use (metric) dimensions for critical data. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/34 1 81 551 001 Sub-base (with clips) 81 552 001 End bases - one pair entry & exit modules - 40 120 Rear connecting 1 - Input port (marked port 1) 2 - Supply port (Port 2) 3 - Output port (Port 3) 4 - Cycle start signal port (Port 4) 5 - In-cycle signal port (Port 5) 6 - End of cycle signal port (Port 6) 7 - Reset to zero signal port (Port 7) 8 - Indicator at supply port 9 - Marking area Rear connecting Finished product on 5/16" rods. Push-in connection for semi-rigid tubing 5/32" O.D. (O 4 mm) (NFE 49100) 1-3/8" (35) Sub-base End bases - one pair N = number of sub-bases 3-7/8" (98) for AND transitions (81522501) 3-1/8" (80) 81 551 001 7-1/16" (179) for TIMER transitions (81503725) 13/16" (20) 3-1/8" (80) 1-3/8" (35) x N 2-5/8" (67) 1-3/8" (35) Mounted on steel rod 5/16" dia. (O 8 mm) Use (metric) dimensions for critical data. To order, specify : Standard products 5 1 Part number Example : Sequencer sub-bases - 81 551 101 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/35 Logic elements 1 Part numbers Functions OR AND YES NOT 81 521 501 On sub-base page 5/44 - 5/45 Version 81 540 001 Plug-in O 5/32 (4mm) 81 540 004 Plug-in O 5/32 (4mm) 81 522 501 On sub-base page 5/44 - 5/45 Symbol Characteristics Push-in connection for semi-rigid tubing (NFE 49100) O.D. Color Operating pressure Orifice diameter Flow at 90 PSI (6 bars) Pressure indicator Switching time Operating temperature Mechanical life Weight Pilot/pressure curves psi (bar) inches (mm) cfm (Nl/min) ms F (C) cycles grams O 5/32 - Male/Female/Female Female/Female/Female Blue 30 > 120 0.106 6 (4 mm) - Blue 30 > 120 (2 > 8) 0.106 (2.7) 6 (170) +20 > +120 (-5 > +50) +20 > +120 (-5 > +50) 10 million 25 12 (2 > 8) (2.7) (170) O 1/4 (6.35 mm) Blue 30 > 120 (2 > 8) 0.157 (4) 7 (200) +20 > +120 (-5 > +50) 10 million 25 Green 30 > 120 0.106 6 (2 > 8) (2.7) (170) +20 > +120 (-5 > +50) 10 million 25 P.p : Pilot pressure P.a : Supply pressure Principle of operation 11/16" (15,5) (25) 1" 13/32" (10,7) 1-1/8" (29 0.1) 1-1/4" (32) 81 540 001 - 81 541 001 1-1/4" (30.7) 3/32" dia. hole (0 4,5) 7/16" (11) 1-1/16" (28) 0.590" (15) M4 81 540 004 - 81 541 010 1" (24) Dimensions 81 521 501 - 81 522 501 AND element The output signal "S" is present only when signals "a" AND "b" are present simultaneously. S = a AND b S=a.b 5/32" dia. (O 4) OR element The output signal "S" is present when a signal at "a" OR "b" is present S = a OR b S=a+b 1-5/8" (40) 0.905" (23) 1-5/8" (40) 9/16" (14,5 0.1) 7/16" (11) Use (metric) dimensions for critical data. Other information See page 4/8 for mounting plan for logic elements. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/36 1 81 541 001 Plug-in O 5/32" (4) O 5/32 81 501 025 Standard On sub-base page 5/44 - 5/45 (4 mm) - 81 501 065 Manual override On sub-base page 5/44 - 5/45 - Green 30 > 120 (2 > 8) 0.106 (2.7) 5-1/4 (150) +20 > +120 (-5 > +50) 10 million 13 81 503 025 Low-ratio On sub-base page 5/44 - 5/45 - Yellow 30 to 120 (2 to 8) 0.106 (2.7) 6 (170) - Yellow 30 to 120 (2 to 8) 0.106 (2.7) 6 (170) Orange 30 to 120 (2 to 8) 0.106 (2.7) 6 (170) 81 504 025 Standard and inhibition On sub-base page 5/44 - 5/45 81 506 025 Low-ratio On sub-base page 5/44 - 5/45 Light grey 30 to 120 (2 to 8) 0.106 (2.7) 6 (170) Dark grey 30 to 120 (2 to 8) 0.106 (2.7) 6 (170) <4 +20 > +120 (-5 > +50) 10 million 30 <4 +20 > +120 (-5 > +50) 10 million 35 <4 +20 > +120 (-5 > +50) 10 million 30 <4 +20 > +120 (-5 > +50) 10 million 30 <4 +20 > +120 (-5 > +50) 10 million 30 PSI PSI PSI PSI 75 (5) 75 (5) 75 (5) 75 (5) 60 (4) 60 (4) 60 (4) 60 (4) 45 (3) 45 (3) 45 (3) 45 (3) 30 (2) 30 (2) 30 (2) 30 (2) 15 (1) 15 (1) 15 (1) 15 (1) (2) (4) (6) (8) 30 60 90 120 PSI (2) (4) (6) (8) 30 60 90 120 PSI (2) (4) (6) (8) 30 60 90 120 PSI (2) (4) (6) (8) 30 60 90 120 PSI YES element NOT element The output signal "S" is only present when the pilot is present : S = a YES b S=a The output signal "s" is present only if the input signal "a" is NOT present. The output signal is therefore the inverse of the pilot signal. S= NOT a S=a If the supply port is connected to a 2nd input "b", the function obtained is called Inhibition. S = NOT a AND b 0.590" (15) 1-1/16" (28) 1" (25) M4 (25) 1" 0.590" (15) 1-1/4" (32) 81 501 065 M4 81 501 025 - 81 503 025 81 504 025 - 81 506 025 S=a.b 0.905" (23) 0.905" (23) 1-1/4" (32) 1-7/16" (36) Use (metric) dimensions for critical data. To order, specify : Standard products Standard products, non stocked 5 1 Part number Example : Logic elements 81 521 501 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/37 Memory element 1 Part numbers Version 81 523 201 With pressure indicator 81 523 601 With pressure indicator and manual override Black 30 > 120 0.06" 40 7 Black 30 > 120 0.06" 40 7 Symbol Characteristics Color Operating pressure psi (bar) Orifice diameter inches (mm) Minimum memory pilot pressure psi (bar) Flow at 90 PSI (6 bars) cfm (Nl/min) Connection - On sub-base page 5/44 - 5/45 Switch Time ms Weight grams (2 > 8) (2.7) (2.5) (200) (2 > 8) (2.7) (2.5) (200) 29 90 25 90 Principle of operation The function is that of a 4/2 valve. The appearance of signal "X1" causes the displacement of the slide valve. The output port "x" is then put under pressure. This state is remembered until the arrival of signal "X0". This signal reverses the slide valve, the output "x" is put under pressure. This state is likewise remembered. The output : - "x" under pressure indicates that the information in the MEMORY is "X1". - "x" under pressure indicates that the information in the MEMORY is "X0". Dimensions Dimensions of logic and memory elements 81 523 201 - 81 523 601 4 x M4 0.590" (15) = = 2 holes 0.126" (O 3.2) for location 1/8" (2.5 mm) deep 0.905" (23) 1-5/8" (40) 1-1/4" (32) 1-7/8" (48) 7/32" (5) .905" (23) 7/32" (5) M4 M4 1/2" (12) 4 x 1/8" dia. (O3 max.) (27) 1-1/16" Viewed from above Use (metric) dimensions for critical data. Other information To order, specify : Standard products 1 Part number Example : Memory element - 81 523 201 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/38 Timers (with fixed timing) 1 Part numbers 81 503 540 81 506 540 Positive output (N.C.) Negative output (N.O.) Version Symbol Characteristics Timing seconds Operating pressure psi (bar) Flow at 90 psi (6 bars) cfm (Nl/min) Orifice diameter inches (mm) Accuracy % Min. reset time seconds Connection - On sub-base page 5/44 - 5/45 Operating temperature F (C) Mechanical life operations Weight grams Relay color 0.4 30 > 120 6 0.106 5 <0.1 0.4 30 > 120 6 0.106 5 <0.1 (2 > 8) (170) (2.7) (2 > 8) (170) (2.7) +20 > +120 (-5 > +50) 10 million 106 orange +20 > +120 (-5 > +50) 10 million 106 dark gray Principle of operation with positive output (N.C.) with negative output (N.O.) Port Port Port Port Port Port Time Time Dimensions 81 503 540 - 81 506 540 1" (25) 0.590" (15) M4 .905" (23) 1-1/4" (32) 3" (76) Other information Use (metric) dimensions for critical data. To order, specify : Standard products 1 Standard products, non stocked Part number Example : Timers (with fixed timing) - 81 503 540 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/39 5 Timers (with adjustable timing) 1 Part numbers 81 503 710 Function positive negative 81 506 710 - - 81 503 720 81 506 720 - 81 503 725 81 506 725 - - - 0.1 * 15 30 > 120 (2 > 8) 6 (170) 0.406 (27) 5 <0.1 0.1 * 30 30 > 120 (2 > 8) 6 (170) 0.406 (27) 5 <0.1 0.1 * 30 30 > 120 (2 > 8) 6 (170) 0.406 (27) 5 <0.1 0.1 * 60 30 > 120 (2 > 8) 6 (170) 0.106 (2.7) 5 <0.1 0.1 * 60 30 > 120 (2 > 8) 6 (170) 0.106 (2.7) 5 <0.1 Symbol Characteristics Timing s Operating pressure psi (bar) Flow at 6 bars cfm (Nl/min) Orifice diameter inches (mm) Accuracy % Min. reset time s Connection - On sub-base page 5/44 - 5/45 Operating temperature C Mechanical life operations Weight g 0.1 * 15 30 > 120 (2 > 8) 6 (170) 0.406 (27) 5 <0.1 -5 +50 >10 7 90 -5 +50 >10 7 90 -5 +50 >10 7 100 -5 +50 >10 7 100 -5 +50 >10 7 120 -5 +50 >10 7 120 Accessories Panel mounting adaptor Weight g 79 451 698 53 Principle The operation of these pneumatic timers is similar to that of electronic timers (circuit with capacitor/resistor) 79 451 698 79 451 903 53 53 Principle of operation 79 451 903 53 with positive output - 2 - with negative output Timing by charging of reservoir Time Time The reservoir fills via the flow restrictor until the switching point of the timer output is reached (positive or negative). The non-return valve allows the reservoir to be emptied rapidly for the next timing. Dimensions Adaptor 79 451 . . . Part numbers 81 503 710 - 81 506 710 81 503 720 - 81 506 720 81 503 725 - 81 506 725 L (mm) 78 92 125 For panel mounting, a pre-drilled hole O 10.5 mm is required To order, specify : Standard products Standard products, non stocked 1 2 Part number Accessory Example : Timers (with adjustable timing) - 81 503 710 - Adaptor 79 461 698 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/40 Timers 1 Part numbers Single impulse generator Fixed Adjustable 81 507 540 - 81 507 720 - seconds Hz (bar) psi cfm (Nl/min) inches (mm) % seconds 0.4 0.1 > 30 (C) F cycles grams +20 > +120 (-5 > 50) 10 million 106 +20 > +120 (-5 > 50) 10 million 180 +20 > +120 (-5 > +50) 10 million 68 79 451 904 53 79 451 905 53 Adjustable frequency generator 81 506 940 Symbol Characteristics Timing Frequency Operating pressure Flow at 6 bars Orifice diameter Accuracy Min. reset time Connection - On sub-base page 5/44 - 5/45 Operating temperature Mechanical life Weight - 30 > 120 6 0.106 5 <0.1 - (2 > 8) (170) (2.7) 30 > 120 6 0.106 5 <0.1 (2 > 8) (170) (2.7) 0.02 > 8 hz 30 > 120 6 0.106 5 <0.1 (2 > 8) (170) (2.7) 2 Accessories Panel mounting adaptors Weight (g) - Principle of operation Single impulse generator Frequency generator Adjustable impulse generator Time Time Operating time Dimensions Part numbers 81 507 540 81 507 720 81 506 940 Period time 79 451 L (mm) 73 99 72 For panel mounting, a pre-drilled hole O 10.5 mm is required To order, specify : Standard products Standard products, non stocked 1 Part number 2 5 Accessory Example : Timer 81 507 720 - Panel mounting adaptor 79 451 904 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/41 Timer components 1 Part numbers One-way in-line fixed flow restrictors Flow at 4 bars NI/min 0.18 0.30 0.35 0.50 0.58 0.77 0.80 1.06 1.10 1.39 1.45 1.65 2.30 2.80 2.08 0.12 O orifice (mm) 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 1 0,25 white yellow red green blue grey black white 81 81 81 81 81 81 81 81 529 529 529 529 529 529 529 529 One-way adjustable flow restrictor 10 * 60 s Capacity for timing 003 004 005 006 007 008 010 025 - 81 525 101 - 81 526 001 - 79 452 808 1.06 (30) 0 > 0.02 (0 > 0.5) 15 > 120 (1 > 8) - 7 (200) 0 > 0.07 (0 > 1.7) 30 > 120 (2 > 8) - 10 > 60 or 60 > 180 1.8 (30) > 5.5 (90) - Symbol Characteristics Free flow cfm (Nl/min) Orifice diameter inches (mm) Operating pressure psi (bars) Timing seconds (cm3) Capacity Cu. in. Sub-base page 5/44 - 5/45 Connection Push-in connection for semimm rigid tubing (NFE 49100) Weight g Connections For timing circuit - One-way flow restrictor 81 525 0 - 81 529 0 (1) - Reservoir 79 452 808 (2) - Relay element 81 503 0 - 81 506 0 (3) page 4/7 Sub-base page 4/14 - 4/15 Depending on orifice Depending on orifice 15 > 120 (1 > 8) O4 - - 60 8 (3) One-way One-way with fixed flow with adjustable flow 81 526 001 79 452 808 O 25 O4 81 525 101 O 11 Dimensions 81 529 40 (2) (1) Principle of operation O4 70 45 115 Other information One-way flow restrictor with orifice diameter of 1.4 mm on request. To order, specify : Standard products 1 Part number Example : Restrictor - 81 529 003 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/42 Regulator accessories 1 Part numbers 81 527 001 Mini-regulator - Plug element In-line non-return - - 81 529 901 81 520 601 - Symbol Characteristics Operating pressure psi Flow at 6 bars cfm Adjustable output pressure psi sub-base page 5/44 - 5/45 Connection Push-in connection for semirigid tubing (NFE 49100) Weight Dimensions 81 530 ... (bars) (Nl/min) (bars) 30 > 120 (2 > 8) 7 (200) 15 > 120 (1 > 8) 30 > 120 (2 > 8) 7 (200) - - mm g O4 150 70 70 81 520 601 a O 11,5 81 529 901 38,5 Other information 81 530 001 / 81 530 101 / 81 530 801 on request. To order, specify : Standard products 1 Standard products, non stocked Part number 5 Example : Regulator - 81 527 001 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/43 Sub-bases for logic elements and relays 1 Part numbers 81 532 104 81 532 102 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 - Two-hand module (page 5/7 ) Pressure decay sensor (page 5/12) Pressure switches (page 5/25) Manostats - vacuostats (pages 5/26 - 5/27) Leak sensor and amplifier relays (pages 5/28 - 5/29) Logic elements and timers (pages 5/36 - 5/37 - 5/41) Regulator accessories (page 5/42 - 5/43) Memory relay (page 5/38) 81 542 002 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 - rotatable DIN rail 35 mm EN 50022 56 rotatable DIN rail 35 mm EN 50022 52 rotatable DIN rail 35 mm EN 50022 95 Note : The number indicates the qty of logic footprints on the base Characteristics Push-in connection for semi-rigid tubing 5/32" O.D. (O 4 mm) (NFE 49100) Mounting Front connecting A grams B Selector Dimensions 81 532 104 - 81 532 102 Mounted on W DIN rail (EN 50022) Push-in connector for 5/32" (O 4 mm) O.D. tube 90 90 57 33,5 1/2" (13) 81 542 002 33,5 1-1/16" (27) x N A - Single sub-base or end base B - Associable sub-base 1 - Input port (green - port 1) 2 - Output port (red - port 3) 3 - Input/supply port (yellow - port 2) O 5/32" (4 mm) 4 - Input port integral to sub-base 5 - Input indicator (green) 6 - Output indicator (red) 7 - 1/4 turn screws 8 - Marking tag 9 - Arrow indicating flow direction 10 - Mounting tongue 11 - Mounting groove 12 - Selector 67 Associable sub-bases Sub-base supplied with inlet connection 57 Weight Bases for elements and relays 19 19 Push-in connection for semirigid tubing 5/32" (O 4 mm) (NFE 49100) W DIN rail 35 mm EN 50022 N = number of sub-bases. Use (metric) dimensions for critical data. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/44 1 81 532 001 81 531 001 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 rear rear Clips for rails 5/16" dia. (O 8 mm) 35 10 Memory element sub-base, front and rear connecting 2 M4 screws Rear connecting The modular logic elements are mounted by means of 2 screws onto the sub-base. A locating pin on each element prevents incorrect mounting. The piping of an element is achieved via the sub-base. This has 3 push-in connections which accept semi-rigid tubing of O 5/32" (4 mm). 1 - Input port X1 (green - port 1) 2 - Input port X0 (green - port 1) 3 - Output port X (red - port 3) 4 - Output port X (red - port 3) 5 - Supply port (brass - port 2) 7 - 1/4 turn screws 8 - Input indicators 9 - Output indicators 10 - Marking tags 11 - Arrow indicating the flow direction 1 - Input signal 2 - Signal port for passive logic elements, air supply for active logic elements. 3 - Output signal 81 531 001 TYP. .45" (11.5) = = 3/4" (15) 1-1/16" (27) O 11/64" (4.5) 3-5/32" (80) 5/16" O(8) ROD O 5/32" (4) 2.638" (67) 1.50" (38) .63" (19) .75" (19) 1.8" (4) 1/2" (15) 3O 11/64" (4.5) 1-13/16" (46) O 11/64" (4.5) 81 532 001 3/16" (4.3 mm) 1-3/8" (35) 11/16" (17) Use (metric) dimensions for critical data. To order, specify : Standard products 5 1 Part number Example : Sub-bases for logic elements and relays 81 532 104 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/45 Mounting accessories 1 Part numbers 81 533 501 Hole domino Mounting equipment Supply manifold 13 outputs Nylon tubing Natural Green Red Natural O D1 O D2 2.7 2.7 2.7 4 4 4 4 6 R min. of curvature 18 18 18 35 81 533 001 Clip domino - - - - 8 For mounting on the end of a zinc-coated mild steel rod O 8 mm on an asymmetrical DIN rail 4 For adjustable mounting on a zinc-coated mild steel rod O 8 mm on an asymmetrical DIN rail 79 450 609 Bar clips O8 - 79 450 618 Locking clip - - 81 536 801 - - Characteristics Weight (g) 80 Packet of 100 pieces 40 Packet of 100 pieces 80 Dimensions 81 536 801 Mounted on steel rod O 8 mm O 413 outputs 80 push-in fittings 4 mm O 67 O 8Input port 8 mm O push-in fitting 25 35 Push-in connection for semi-rigid tubing O 4 mm (NFE 49100) Other information Use WEID MULLER plastic labels for marking components part number FW 4734-6. To order, specify : Standard products 1 Standard products, non stocked Part number Example : Supply manifold (13 outlets) 81 536 801 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/46 Electro-Pneumatic Miniature Control Valves 5 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/47 Electro-pneumatic miniature control valves Mounting cabinet machine Connectors Mini-solenoid valves Indicators - LED seals - LED Valve modules - Poppet 3/2 single pilot 4/2 single pilot - Slide valve 4/2 double pilot 4/2 single pilot poppet valve slide valves slide valve Sub-bases For miniature For valve modules For valve modules Associable Double Single Individual Complete product Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/48 Cabinet mounting (DIN rail) Machine mounting Simple clip-on installation (no tools required) Individual Connection E1 E2 E3 In a bank B E4 E5 E6 DIN rail adaptation B C A 3 1 1 3 1 1 2 2 2 3 4 5 3 3 3 1 6 1 24 24 24 24 4 A - Common electrical supply B - Electrical pilot C - Pneumatic pilot 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 1 - Common supply 2 Pneumatic output 4 3 - Common exhaust } Other options Pneumatic - Supply at different pressures Electrical - Supply at different voltages - Independent supply to each module is possible if the integral electrical common pin on the sub-base is removed. Maintenance 01 - LED indicator 02 - Manual override to produce input - Function symbols - Terminal marking - Port marking 03 - Marking tag 04 - Pneumatic output indicator Cabinet mounting Machine mounting 5 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/49 Miniature solenoid valves for direct current Conform to the Low Voltage Directive For mounting on sub-base or footprint in accordance with CNOMO recommendation E 06-36-120N 1 Part numbers (and voltages) Consumption 1W Function Version Voltage 24 V c 81 519 032 3/2 NC Without manual override 81 519 332 3/2 NC With manual override by impulse 81 519 632 3/2 NC With maintained manual override Characteristics Operating pressure Orifice diameter Flow at 90 psi (6 bars) Cv (kV) Switching time milliseconds Mechanical life (cycles) Operating temperature Compressed air or inert gas - oil-free air filtered to 50 Duty factor Insulation class Weight Rotatable connector 4 positions in 90 steps Degree of with M12 5-pin connector protection with connector 81 516 082 UL and cUL approval Mounting plan psi inches cfm (Bars) (mm) (Nl/min) (ms) F grams (C) 15 > 120 (1 > 8) .03 (0.8) 1 (30) .02 (0.3) 5>15 15 million +15 > +120 (-10>+50) 15 > 120 (1 > 8) .03 (0.8) 1 (30) .02 (0.3) 5>15 15 million +15 > +120 (-10>+50) 15 > 120 (1 > 8) .03 (0.8) 1 (30) .02 (0.3) 5>15 15 million +15 > +120 (-10>+50) 100 % ED (IEC 85) F 35 100 % ED F 35 100 % ED F 35 100 % ED F 35 (IEC 529) IP 20 (IEC 529) IP 65 MH 15085 Dimensions 81 519 0 according to CNOMO E 06.36.120.N 15 > 120 (1 > 8) .03 (0.8) 1 (30) .02 (0.3) 5>15 15 million +15 > +120 (-10>+50) IP 20 IP 65 MH 15085 Mounting 1-1/32 (26) 3/8 0,1 (9,4 ) 9,40,1 3/8 0,1 (9,4 ) 9,40,1 26 IP 20 IP 65 MH 15085 81 519 3 81 519 6 IP 20 IP 65 MH 15085 Manual override 1-1/32 26 (15) 15 5/8 (26) 1-11/16 42 max. (42) Max (42)max. Max 42 1-11/16 3/8 (16) 16 5/8 (15) 15 5/8 (21) 21 7/8 1 - Supply 2 - Output 3 - Exhaust use (metric) dimensions for critical data Other information Other voltages on request. Other orifice diameters (1.2 mm, 1.5 mm) on request. To order, specify : Standard products 1 Part number Example : Miniature solenoid valves - 81 519 032 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/50 Miniature solenoid valves for alternating current Conform to the Low Voltage Directive For mounting on sub-base or footprint in accordance with CNOMO recommendation E 06-36-120N 1 Part numbers (and voltages) Consumption 2.5 VA 2.5 VA 2.5 VA 2.5 VA Voltage 24 V a 50-60 Hz 48 V a 50-60 Hz* 110 V a 50-60 Hz 220 V- 230 V a 50-60 Hz Function Version 81 519 080 - 81 81 81 81 519 519 519 519 380 381 378 379 3/2 NC Without manual override 3/2 NC With manual override by impulse 81 81 81 81 519 519 519 519 680 681 678 679 3/2 NC With manual override by latching (1/4 turn) Characteristics Operating pressure psi Orifice diameter inches Flow at 90 psi (6 bars) cfm Cv (kV) Switching time milliseconds Mechanical life (cycles) Operating temperature F Compressed air or inert gas - oil-free air filtered to 50 Duty factor Insulation class Weight grams Rotatable connector 4 positions in 90 steps Degree of with sub-base (page 5/52) protection with connector 81 516 082 (page 5/55) UL and cUL approval Mounting plan according to CNOMO E 06.36.120.N (Bars) (mm) (Nl/min) (ms) (C) 15 > 120 (1 > 8) .03 (0.8) 1 (30) .02 (0.3) 5>15 15 million +15 > +120 (-10>+50) 15 > 120 (1 > 8) .03 (0.8) 1 (30) .02 (0.3) 5>15 15 million +15 > +120 (-10>+50) 15 > 120 (1 > 8) .03 (0.8) 1 (30) .02 (0.3) 5>15 15 million +15 > +120 (-10>+50) 15 > 120 (1 > 8) .03 (0.8) 1 (30) .02 (0.3) 5>15 15 million +15 > +120 (-10>+50) 100 % ED (IEC 85) F 35 100 % ED F 35 100 % ED F 35 100 % ED F 35 (IEC 529) IP 20 (IEC 529) IP 65 MH 15085 Dimensions 81 519 0 IP 20 IP 65 MH 15085 Mounting 1-1/32 (26) 3/8 0,1 (9,4 ) 9,40,1 3/8 0,1 (9,4 ) 9,40,1 26 IP 20 IP 65 MH 15085 81 519 3 81 519 6 IP 20 IP 65 MH 15085 Manual override 1-1/32 26 (15) 15 5/8 (26) 1-11/16 42 max. (42) Max (42)max. Max 42 1-11/16 3/8 (16) 16 5/8 (15) 15 5/8 (21) 21 7/8 1 - Supply 2 - Output 3 - Exhaust Other information Other voltages on request To order, specify : Standard products 1 Part number Example : Miniature solenoid valves - 81 519 080 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/51 5 Sub-bases for miniature pilot solenoid valves 1 Part numbers Pair of end bases Intermediate sub-base Adaptor sub-base for mounting plan CNOMO 06-05-80 / NFE 49066 81 514 101 - 81 514 161 - 79 453 569 Characteristics Pneumatic indicator on output Common supply Common exhaust Wire size Push-in connection for semi-rigid tubing 5/32 O.D. (O 4 mm) (NFE 49100) Mounting UL and cUL approval Weight Connection Pneumatic AWG (mm2) 14 (3) 14 (3) DIN rail EN 50022 MH 15085 65 (grams) DIN rail EN 50022 MH 15085 65 2 screws M4 provided 50 Electrical A2 1 - Supply 2 - Output 3 - Exhaust A1 A1 - Pilot signal A2 - Common - Ground Dimensions with miniature solenoid valve (page 5/4) Miniature solenoid valve 81 519 ... see page 5/50 CNOMO mounting plan E 06-36-120N for mounting miniature solenoid valve 81 519 1-3/8 (34,7) 9/16 (15) Mounting on mounting plan CNOMO 06-05-80 NFE 49066 13/16 2-1/16(52) max. (32) 1-1/4 9 0 (7) max. (8) 5/16 1-1/4 (52) max. 2-1/16 Connector ref 81 516 082 (rotatable in 90 steps) see page 5/55 2-5/8 (66) (51) 2 1-1/4 (37,8) 5/8 (16) 79 453 569 (21) 81 514 101 - 81 514 161 (14) (25) 9/16 1 Fixing on CNOMO 06-05-80/ NFE 49-066 mounting plan via 2 cap screws M4 (NFE 25-127) use (metric) dimensions for critical data Other information To order, specify : Standard products 1 Part number Example : Sub-bases for miniature pilot solenoid valves - 81 514 101 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/52 Miniature control valves 1 Part numbers 81 513 100 3/2 NC Function 81 513 600 3/2 NO 81 513 200 4/2 81 516 100 4/2 single pilot spring-return 81 516 200 4/2 double pilot 1-3/8 (35) 50>120 (3.5>8) 5/32 (4) 10.5 (300) +15>120(-10>+50) .28 (4) 10 10million 106 1-3/8 (35) 50>120 (3.5>8) 5/32 (4) 10.5 (300) +15>120(-10>+50) .28 (4) 10 10million 106 Symbol 14 3 1 2 Characteristics Width inches (mm) Operating pressure psi (bars) Orifice diameter inches (mm) Flow at 90 psi(6 bars) with 5/32 sub-base (page 5/54) cfm Operating temperature F (C) Cv(kV) with 5/32 sub-base (page 5/54) Switching time of the relay only (Milliseconds) Mechanical life (cycles) Weight (grams) 11/16 (17.5) 45>120 (3>8) 1/8 (3) 7 (200) +15>120(-10>+50) .15 (2.2) 5 15million 38 11/16 (17.5) 45>120 (3>8) 1/8 (3) 7 (200) +15>120(-10>+50) .15 (2.2) 5 15million 38 11/16 (17.5) 45>120 (3>8) 1/8 (3) 7 (200) +15>120(-10>+50) .15 (2.2) 5 15million 38 Mounting plan for poppet minivalve Mounting plan for slide mini valve 81 513 100 - 81 513 200 - 81 513 600 81 516 100 - 81 516 200 1.614" (41) 1.614" (41) 1.413" (35.9) 1.407" (35.75) .935" (23.75) .541" (13.75) 4 holes M4 depth of thread .394" (10 mm) min. 2 holes .150" (3.8) .024" (0.7) 4 holes .110" x .118" (2.8) x 3 .689" (17.5) .089" (2.25) .331 (8.4) 2 holes .150" (3.8) 81 516 11/16 (17.5) 17,5 1-3/8 (35) 35 2-1/32 51,5(51.5) 35,2 1-3/8 (35.2) 35,2 1-3/8 (35.2) 35,2 51,5(51.5) 2-1/32 .089" (2.25) .148" (3.75) .118" (3) 20 1.417" (36) 81 513 .152" (3.83) .207 .207 (5.75)(5.75) 2 holes .162" x .118" (4.1) x 3 1.093" (27.75) Dimensions .242" (6.15) .148" (3.75) 3 holes .110" (2.8) x 3 4 holes .138" (3.5) x 4 .152" (3.83) .344" .130" (3.3) (8.75) (4/2 only) 2 holes .147" (3.8) .207 .207 (5.75)(5.75) 2 holes M4 depth of thread .394" (10mm) min. .152" (3.85) .197" (5) .207" .207" (5.25)(5.25) .138" (3.5) .547" (12.9) .108" (2.75) .148" .197" (3.75) (5) .130" .236" (3.3) (6) .089" (2.25) .150" (3.8) use (metric) dimensions for critical data Other information To order, specify : Standard products On request : Miniature power valve supplied mounted on a sub-base and equipped with its own control solenoid valve Standard products, non stocked 1 Part number Example : Miniature control valve - 81 513 100 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/53 5 Sub-bases and end bases for miniature control valves 1 Part numbers Mounting Version Push-in connection for semirigid tubing (NFE 49100) Sub-bases End bases (pair) Intermediate supply module O 4 mm O 6 mm O 6 mm Cabinet 17.5 mm 81 513 060 81 513 065 - Cabinet 35 mm 81 517 101 81 517 201 - Cabinet 81 513 011 - - - 3 MM15085 DIN rail 35 mm EN 50022 55 3 MM15085 DIN rail 35 mm EN 50022 110 DIN rail 35 mm EN 50022 86 O 6 mm Cabinet 81 513 001 Characteristics mm2 Torque capacity UL and cUL approval Mounting g Weight Connections Pneumatic DIN rail 35 mm EN 50022 44 81 513 011 - 81 513 001 2 - Pneumatic output 4/2 (NO) 4 - Pneumatic output 3/2 or 4/2 (NC) 2 Output at rest (NO) 2 Output at rest * 4 Output at rest * 4 Output operating (NC) Note : Each sub-base can accept - sub-base 81 513 060-065 : 1 relay 3/2 or 4/2, width 17.5 mm - sub-base 81 517 101-201 : 1 bistable relay 4/2 (width 35 mm) or 2 relays 3/2 or 4/2 (width 17.5 mm) 02 2 Supply ports 03 2 Exhaust ports Integral push-in connections O 6 mm Electrical Degree of protection : IP20 when assembled. A1 - Pilot signal A2 - Common t Earth A1 - Operating control signal (14) A2 - Common A1 - Rest control signal (12) A2 - Common t Earth Dimensions with miniature control valves (page 5/53) + miniature solenoid valves (page 5/50) + indicators (page 5/55) End bases Intermediate base LED indicator 80 Module 3 1 2 1 17,5 3 1 4 3 17,5 5 35 17,5 17,5 35 x (n module + 1) O4 3 6 12,5 1 77 max. O6 Other information To order, specify : Standard products 1 Part number Example : Miniature control valve - 81 513 060 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/54 Accessories 1 Part numbers Visual indicators* 24 V - 50-60 Hz c 48 V - 50-60 Hz c 110 V - 50-60 Hz c 230 V - 50-60 Hz (-10% +6 %) Version LED seal 12 to 24 V - DC - AC 81 513 052 81 513 055 81 513 058 - - - - - 81 513 059 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - With antisurge and indication - Exhaust Plug-in O 6 silencer Plug-in O 8 Connector for solenoid valve Without manual override Pneumatic With manual override pilots by impulse Push-in connection for semi-rigid tubing O 4 mm (NFE 49100) Blanking plate 81 513 064 - - 81 537 001 81 537 201 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Instantane O 4 ext. - 81 516 082 - 81 516 081 81 516 085 Symbol 81 513 052 81 513 055 81 513 058 81 513 059 Characteristics - 0.24 - 10 to + 50 - - - - - - - - - 6 - - 30 2 10 Connection 81 513 052 - 81 513 055 Mounted by plugging into push-in connector for semirigid tubing (NFE 49100) 81 513 058 - 81 513 059 3 Pilot signal t 81 537 001 - 81 537 201 Earth (4) 81 516 082 + 0,1 15,5 - 0 15 15,5 - 0 + 0,1 M3 26 29 O 15 5 1 2 Dimensions 35 Consumption W Temperature C Connection mm Mounted between the pilot solenoid valve and the body of the module Supplied in multiples of 5 Supplied in multiples of 10 Packet of 10 pieces g Weight 50 28 Other information * Other voltages available on request 15 Pg 7 O 14 To order, specify : Standard products 1 5 Part number Example : LED seal - 81 513 064 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/55 To order, specify : Reference for the station configuration 81 555 2 station with 8 inputs / 8 outputs 81 555 3 station with 16 inputs / 16 outputs Communications protocol Profibus C-Bus Device Net Dimension of connectors for output ports push-in connectors for O 4 mm push-in connectors for O 6 mm Reference for valve modules and corresponding quantity 81 513 100 valve module 3/2 NC (1 mounting position) 81 513 200 valve module 4/2 monostable (1 mounting position) 81 516 100 valve module 4/2 monostable (2 mounting positions) 81 516 200 valve module 4/2 bistable (2 mounting positions) 81 516 085 blanking plate (1 mounting position) Reference for pilot solenoid valves and corresponding quantity 81 519 032 without manual override 81 519 332 with pulsed manual override 81 519 632 with maintained manual override Example of an order : 1 station with 8 inputs / 8 outputs 81 555 2, Profibus DP protocol, push-in connectors O 6 mm, 7 valve modules 81 513 100, 1 blanking plate 81 516 085, 7 pilot solenoid valves without manual override 81 519 032. Note : Disks containing the configuration files and programming manuals should both be ordered separately. Dimensions 81 555 2-- 81 555 3-85 142,4 6 124,5 85 6 142,4 5,5 5,5 P R O F I + 24 VDC PROCESS FIELD BUS B U S POWER BUS CPU OFF ON RUN ERROR RUN ERROR O0.2 O0.3 O0.4 O0.5 O0.6 O0.7 140 O0.1 125 O0.0 160,2 160,2 160,2 341 181 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/56 140 STATION ADDRESS PROCESS FIELD BUS B U S 125 P R O F I Miniature power valve stations 1 Part numbers 81 555 2-- 81 555 3-- 8 8 16 16 24 -10 % +15% 5% 40 500 0,8 Level 3 24 -10 % +15% 5% 40 500 0,8 Level 3 Phoenix 3-pin plug connector 3.81 mm pitch Phoenix 3-pin plug connector 3.81 mm pitch 2 or 3-wire sensors for Un = 24 VDC Level 1 : 11 to 30 Level 0 : 0 to 5 In : 12 5 800 Phoenix 3-pin plug connector 3.81 mm pitch Phoenix 3-pin plug connector 3.81 mm pitch 2 or 3-wire sensors for Un = 24 VDC Level 1 : 11 to 30 Level 0 : 0 to 5 In : 12 5 800 Number of valve positions at 17.5 mm intervals Connection of common supply of pressurised medium Connection of common exhaust 8 2 push-in connectors for 6 mm o.d. tubing 16 3 push-in connectors for 6 mm o.d. tubing 2 push-in connectors for 6 mm o.d. tubing 3 push-in connectors for 6 mm o.d. tubing Output connections 2 push-in connectors for 4 or 6 o.d. tubing per mounting position 3.5 to 8 bars for 81 516 power valves 3 to 8 bars for 81 513 power valves Compressed air or inert gas oil-free air filtered to 50 2 push-in connectors for 4 or 6 o.d. tubing per mounting position 3.5 to 8 bars for 81 516 power valves 3 to 8 bars for 81 513 power valves Compressed air or inert gas oil-free air filtered to 50 IP 20 -5 to +50 -15 to +50 10 to 57 / 0.5 g / amplitude 0.0375 mm 750 IP 20 -5 to +50 -15 to +50 10 to 57 / 0.5 g / amplitude 0.0375 mm 1 406 Number of inputs (electrical) Number of outputs (pneumatic) Electrical characteristics Power supply Ripple max. Consumption per pilot solenoid valve Max. sensor consumption Dielectric strength acc. to IEC1131-2 Electromagnetic compatibility IEC 801-2-3-4 and IEC 255-4 Power supply connection VDC Un mA mA KV DC Input connections (electrical) Type of inputs Operating voltage for each input VDC Current consumption for each input Insulation resistance for each input mA DC Pneumatic characteristics Working pressure bars Working medium General characteristics Class of protection IEC 529 Operating temperature IEC 68-2-14 Storage temperature IEC 68-2-1-2 Vibration resistance IEC 68-2-6 Weight (not fitted with valve modules) C C HZ g PROTOCOL Disk containing configuration files Programming French manual English German Other versions PROFIBUS 79 453 656 79 453 630 79 453 631 79 453 632 Profibus DP Profibus FMS (DIN 19245) Sinec L2 TF (Siemens) RS 485 SUB D 9 connector Type of link Connection Speed selection Speeds (K bits / sec) Transmission distance (m) Setting station addresses Max. number of stations 19,2 1200 93,75 1200 187,5 1000 with 7 switches 127 Other informations Other communication protocol : please consult us. DEVICE NET 79 453 660 79 453 633 79 453 634 79 453 635 RS 485 SUB D 9 connector as standard Device Net Phoenix plug connector 5.08 mm pitch / 5-pin with 2 switches with 2 switches Automatic recognition 9,6 1200 CBUS - 79 453 630 79 453 631 79 453 632 Modbus 500 200 2,4 1200 4,8 1200 9,6 1200 19,2 1200 125 500 with 5 switches 31 250 200 500 100 with 6 switches 54 To order, specify : Standard products Other configurations : please consult us. 1 5 Part number Example : See page 5/56. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/57 Solenoid valves 1 Part numbers and voltages Function Mounting Solenoid valves with impulse manual override 24 Vdc 24 Vac - 50/60 Hz 48Vac - 50/60 Hz 110 Vac - 50/60 Hz 220 Vac - 50/60 Hz (+10% (+10% (+10% (+10% (+10% -15%) -15%) -15%) -15%) -15%) 3/2 NC On sub-base (p.5/44) 81 519 732 81 519 774 81 519 775 81 519 776 81 519 777 3/2 NO On sub-base (p.5/44) 81 519 832 - Symbol Characteristics Operating pressure Orifice diameter Flow at 90 psi(6 bars) Rotatable coil 4 positions in 90 steps Degree of protection (with connector 81 516 082 not supplied) (see page 5/11) Mechanical life Consumption psi 30>120 (2 > 8) (bar) inches (mm) 0.106 (2.7) cfm (Nl/min) 6 (170) IEC 529 cycles W VA F (C) (grams) ~ Operating temperature Weight UL and cUL approval Principle of operation Pneumatic IP 65 15 million 1 2.5 (-5 > +50) 70 MH15085 15 million 1 2.5 (-5 > +50) 70 MH15085 Dimensions 81 519 { 1 - Supply 2 - Output On separate sub-base - 2 - Pilot signal { 1Ground 2-7/16" (61) Electrical IP 65 Connections 1-2 30>120 (2 > 8) 0.106 (2.7) 6 (170) 1" (25) .590" (15) Electrical connection by connector 81 516 062 (see page 5/55) .90" (23) 1-1/4" (32) use (metric) dimensions for critical data Other information To order, specify : Standard products 1 Part number Example : Solenoid valve 81 519 777 Standard products, non stocked 1 Part number Example : Solenoid valve 81 519 775 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/58 3/2 control valve and sub-base 1 Part numbers 3/2 control valve with pneumatic pilot Sub-base - push-in connection for semi-rigid tubing 5/16 O.D. (O 8 mm) (NFE 49100) 81 213 101 - - 81 544 101 Symbol Characteristics Pilot pressure Operating pressure Orifice diameter Flow at 90 psi(6 bars) upstream Life at 60 psi (4 bars) Weight Dimensions psi psi inches cfm 30>120 (2 > 8) 30>150 (2 > 12) 1/4 (6) 26 (750) 10 million 350 (bar) (bar) (mm) (NL/min) cycles grams 81 213 101 220 81 544 101 1.725 (44) 177 (4.5) 3.031 (77) 3.031" (77) 44 .177" (4.5) 1-5/8" (42) 1-5/8(42) 1.100 28 (28) 3-7/16(87) 3-7/16" (87) OO295(7.5) .295" (7.5) Locating pin 1-1/16(26) 26 O 5/16(8) O 5/16" (8) 2.638(67) 2.638" (67) .394" (10) .394(10) Mounting on rod O 8 mm pilot port push-in connection for semi-rigid tubing 5/32(O4) O.D.(NFE 49100) push-in connection for semi-rigid tubing 5/16 (8) O.D. (NFE 49100) .472 (12) 12 (30) 30 1-3/16 (68,5) 2-3/468,5 (14) 14 (14) 14 .551 .551 1-5/8 40(40) 2xM45 2 x M45 8) (11, 8) .465 .465 (11, 11,8 11,8 .867 (22) 22 1.276 (32,4) 32,4 (22) 22 .867 (34) 34 1.339 use (metric) dimensions for critical data Other information To order, specify : Standard products 1 Part number Example : 3/2 control valve and accessories - 81 213 101 5 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/59 Control valves, ISO 5599-size 1 footprint 1 Part numbers Pneumatic pilot Function 89 541 007 Air pilot spring return 5/2 89 541 037 Double air pilot 45>150(+3 > +10) 45>150(+3 > +10) 5/2 89 541 047 Double air pilot closed center 5/3 89 541 067 Double air pilot open center 5/3 45>150(+3 > +10) 45>150(+3 > +10) Symbol Characteristics Operating with internal pilot supply pressure with external pilot supply Pilot pressure Operating temperature Flow at 90 psi(6 bars) (ANR) Life (cycles) Mounting plan : ISO standard 5599-01 Weight Dimensions psi psi psi F cfm (bar) (bar) (bar) (C) (NL/min) vacuum to 180(-0.950>12) vacuum to 180(-0.950>12) vacuum to 180(-0.950>12) vacuum to 180(-0.950>12) 45>150(3>10) +15>+150(-10> +70) 50(1400) 30 million 45>150(3>10) +15>+150(-10> +70) 50(1400) 30 million (grams) 45>150(3>10) +15>+150(-10> +70) 50(1400) 30 million 415 415 Air pilot spring return Double air pilot 5/2 45>150(3>10) +15>+150(-10> +70) 50(1400) 30 million 415 415 2 50 (50) 89 541- 1-1/2 38 (38) 4/7/8 122 (122) Products available to order (please consult us) Electro-pneumatic control Function Double air pilot closed center 5/3 Double air pilot open center 5/3 Symbol Dimensions (178) 7 178 6 150 (150) On request 3/4 19 (19) Connector Ref : 81 516 082 see page 5/55 4-9/16 115 (115) Miniature solenoid valve Ref : 81 519 ... see page 5/50 Adaptor sub-base Ref 79 453 569 for CNOMO 06.05.80 mounting plan 4-7/8 122 (122) Other information For characteristics of pilot solenoid valve, see page 5/50 use (metric) dimensions for critical data To order, specify : Standard products 1 Part number Example : Pneumatic control valve - 81 541 007 Made to order products, please consult us Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/60 Sub-bases for ISO size 1 control valves 5/2 and 5/3 1 Part numbers Single sub-base (with clips) Single sub-base with side connections 81 543 006 81 543 206 O 6 mm 950 O 8 mm 950 Characteristics 89 543 102 12/32" (13.5) 3/8" .984" .728" (18.5) (25) .728" (18.5) 4 2 12 2 holes 1/4 NPT OR 3/8 NPT 14 2 holes 1/8 NPT (for pilot air) 1 4 4 5 2 1 1 5 3 3.15" (80) 3/8" (9) 984" " 5) 1-7/8" (48) 9/16" O (14) flange (9) 3/8" 7/32" O (5.5) 1.89" (48) 1-7/16" (38) 3 1 .531" (13.5) 5 .945" (24) 3 holes 1/4 NPT OR 3/8 NPT 3/8" (10) Weight Dimensions push-in for semi-rigid tubing (NFE49100) tapped hole (grams) 1-1/32" (28) Connection Port 1= 2= 3= 4= 5= 12= 14= supply output port at rest exhaust port 2 output port on actuation exhaust port of 4 rest pilot actuation pilot use (metric) dimensions for critical data Other information To order, specify : Standard products 1 Part number Example : Sub-bases for ISO control valves 81 543 002 Standard products non-stocked Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/61 5 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/62 Intrinsically Safe Miniature Solenoid Valves 5 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/63 Intrinsically safe miniature solenoid valves EEx ia II C T6 LCIE approval no. 93 C 6014X For mounting on sub-base or footprint in accordance with CNOMO recommendation E 06-36-120N 1 Part numbers (and voltages) Voltage max. power consumption U nominal Supply voltage 12 Vdc 0.70 W (barrier output or interface) between 5 and 18 Vdc inc. U nominal Supply voltage 24 Vdc 0.70 W (barrier output or interface) between 12 and 28 Vdc inc. Function Versions Without manual override With manual override 81 519 034 81 519 334 81 519 634 81 519 035 81 519 335 81 519 635 3/2 NC 3/2 NC 3/2 NC impulse latched (1/4 turn) - Symbols 3 1 3 1 2 3 1 2 2 Characteristics Permitted fluids Operating pressure Orifice diameter Flow at 6 bars Flow coefficient Temperature Switching time Mechanical life Construction Weight Duty factor Insulation class Degree of protection (IEC 529) filtered 10 , lubricated (ASTM2) or not bars mm NL/min KV operating C fluid C ms operations Stainless steel, brass NBR, PA 66 g IEC 85 with connector 81 516 082 (see page 5/67) with sub-bases 81 513.../81 517... (see page 5/66) air or inert gases 17 0.5 12 0.12 - 10 + 50 - 10 + 30 8 to 15 1.5 x 107 air or inert gases 17 0.5 12 0.12 - 10 + 50 - 10 + 30 8 to 15 1.5 x 107 air or inert gases 17 0.5 12 0.12 - 10 + 50 - 10 + 30 8 to 15 1.5 x 107 35 100% ED F 35 100% ED F 35 100% ED F IP 65 IP 65 IP 65 IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 see see see see below page 5/52 page 5/53 page 5/53 see see see see below page 5/52 page 5/53 page 5/53 see see see see below page 5/52 page 5/53 page 5/53 see see see see below page 5/67 page 5/52 page 5/66 see see see see below page 5/67 page 5/52 page 5/66 see see see see below page 5/67 page 5/52 page 5/66 Pneumatic connections Geometry of footprint via miniature pilot sub base 81 514 101 On modules 81 513 100/200/600 81 516 100/200 Electrical connections 90 rotatable 90 rotatable types 81 513.../81 514... types 81 513.../81 517... 15 2 spade terminals 2.8x0.5 81 519 634 81 519 635 6 min. Footprint 9 min. 2 x M3 - 6H depth 6 7,5 min. 26 Solenoid valve projects on this side 41 + - 81 519 334 81 519 335 26 Locating pin O 4 ext. ht. 5 41 9.4 81 519 034 81 519 035 Manual override 16 21 Adjacent side of footprint when valves mounted in bank Other information Note: Our intrinsically safe miniature solenoid valves have a locating pin which prevents their mounting on our standard sub-bases. They must be used only with our sub-bases approved to EEx ia II C T6 as shown on page 6/6. To achieve EEx ia II C T6 when using a plug type connector, only our connector 81 516 082 (approved for use with our miniature solenoid valves 81 519...) must be used. 3 9,7 Dimensions 17 min. 2 spade terminals on coil via connector 81 516 082 via miniature pilot sub base via miniature sub base 2 1 1,4 3,8 3,8 2 or 3 O 1.6 min 2 max To order, specify : Standard products 1 Part number Example : Intrinsically safe miniature solenoid valve - 81 519 034 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/64 7,5 min. General information Important : Low consumption (0.7W), CROUZET 3/2 miniature solenoid valves comply with European Standards EN 50014 and EN 50020 relating to equipment operating in potentially explosive atmospheres. These intrinsically safe products are recommended for the chemical, petrochemical, gas and mining industries, etc. These intrinsically safe miniature solenoid valves must be individually connected to an approved safety barrier. Placed in a safe zone, these barriers make it possible to supply intrinsically safe miniature solenoid valves installed in a hazardous zone. Hazardous Zone EEx ia II C T6 I max. 2 1 Group II Electrical apparatus for places with a potentially explosive atmosphere, other than mines susceptible to firedamp. + R + - Category ia Ignition must not be provoked during normal operation, nor in the presence of a single fault, nor in the presence of a combination of faults. Non Hazardous Zone U supply - 3 Temperature class T6 Maximum surface temperature = 85 C C (gas group) More severe subdivision including hydrogen, acetylene & carbon bi-sulphide. Intrinsically safe miniature solenoid valve Safety barrier or interface Safety description (to LCIE approval no. 93 C 6014 X) 81 519 034 /334 81 519 035 /335 U source EEx 18 V 28 V I max. / coil 74 mA 37 mA U supply = source of intrinsically safe supply to the miniature solenoid valve. I max. / coil = maximum current across the coil. The electrical connection between the safety barrier (or interface) and the miniature solenoid valve can be made with ordinary wires or cables. The inductance of the connecting line between the safety barrier and the solenoid valve must be less than 0.5 mH. Recommended barriers and interfaces These CROUZET recommended safety barriers and interfaces can be obtained from the manufacturers indicated below. When ordering, specify that they are to be used to supply miniature solenoid valves (type 81 519) EEx ia II C T6, LCIE no. 93.C6014 X. For 12 Vdc miniature solenoid valves part numbers : 81 519 034 / 81 519 334 Manufacturer Barrier Interface Approval reference reference laboratory GEORGIN BZC 13/100/1/179 LCIE AVB 131 LCIE MEASUREMENT MTL 715 + BASEEFA TECHNOLOGY LTD 9004/01-168-050-00 ICS 1000 9451/12-01-10 STAHL PTB BVS For 24 Vdc miniature solenoid valves part numbers : 81 519 035 / 81 519 335 Manufacturer Barrier Interface Approval reference reference laboratory GEORGIN BZC 24/63/1/4A LCIE AVB 109 LCIE MEASUREMENT MTL 728 + BASEEFA TECHNOLOGY LTD MTL 708 + BASEEFA MTL 2241 BASEEFA MTL 3021 BASEEFA PEPPERL & FUCHS Z 428 EX BASEEFA KHD3-ISD/EX148-90A BASEEFA STAHL 9004/01-280-025-00 PTB ICS 1000 9451/12-02-10 BVS A PUISSANCE 3 ELVA-15/130+A230 LCIE Gas group II C II C II C Authorized zones all zones all zones V supply barrier / interface 12 Vdc +/- 10% 220 Vac +/- 10% 12 Vdc +10% -15% II C II C zones 1 and 2 zones 1 and 2 12 Vdc +10% -15% 24 Vdc +10% -15% Gas group II C II C II C II C II C II C II C II C II C II C II C Authorized zones all zones V supply barrier / interface 24 Vdc +/- 10% 220 Vac +/- 10% 20 to 26.6 Vdc 21 to 35 Vdc 180 to 260 Vac 20 to 35 Vdc 20 to 26.5 Vdc 20 to 35 Vdc 20 to 28 Vdc 20 to 30 Vdc 230 V 50 Hz general power supply + 24 Vdc control all zones all zones zones 1 and 2 zones 1 and 2 all zones 5 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/65 Sub-bases for intrinsically safe miniature solenoid valves EEx ia II C LCIE approval no. 93 C 6014X 1 Part numbers Sub-bases for use with : Miniature solenoid valves 81 519... Miniature control valves 81 513... Miniature control valves 81 516... Sub-base width for tube O ext (mm) 4 4 4 6 4 6 mm intermediate sub-base end bases intermediate sub-base, width 17.5 intermediate sub-base, width 35 81 513 075 81 513 076 1 sub-base 17.5 81 517 106 81 517 206 1 sub-base 35 Function Pneumatic and electrical connections miniature solenoid valves 81 519 034 /035 /334 /335 miniature control valves 81 513 100 /200 /600 miniature control valves 81 516 100 /200 1 footprint - 2 footprints 1 footprint Characteristics Permitted fluids Operating pressure Temperature lubricated (ASTM2) or not air or inert gases 0 to 8 -10 to +50 -10 to +30 81 513 011 bars C C operating of fluid Sub-base fixing by clip by end bases Rail mounting by rail EN 50022 width 35 mm Construction NBR, PA 66 fireproof, brass Integral pressure indicator Weight g Degree of protection air or inert gases 0 to 8 -10 to +50 -10 to +30 81 513 011 - - 55 IP 20 105 IP 20 output at rest (NO) output operating(NC) - output at rest (NO) output at rest (NO) output at rest (NO) output operating(NC) output operating(NC) output operating(NC) Pneumatic connections Port 1 function Port 3 function Port 2 function Port "2" function Port 4 function Port "4" function Integral push-in fittings (NFE 49100) common supply common exhaust miniature solenoid valve 81519... miniature control valve 81 513 200 /600 miniature control valve 81 513 200 /600 miniature control valve 81 516... miniature control valve 81 513 100 /200 miniature control valve 81 516... miniature control valve 81 513 100 /200 Electrical connections Integral electrical connections number 1 Screw clamp clamping capacity : number 2 (A1 and A2) terminals 3 mm2 Dimensions Associable sub-bases for miniature control valves EEx 81 513... and 81 516... Pair of end bases 81 513 011 (see page 5/54 general catalogue) 80 1 3 1 4 2 1 17,5 3 17,5 o4 3 6 5 17,5 35 o6 Mounted on rail l.35 mm (EN 50022) 12,5 Electrical connections 2 2 (A1 and A2) Visual indicator 81 513 052 (see page 5/67) Miniature solenoid valve EEx 81 519 (see page 5/64) Miniature control valve 81 513 or 51 516 (see page 5/53) Push-in connection for semi-rigid tubing O 4 mm (NFE 49100) Other information Note : Sub-bases 81 513 075 / 076 and 81 517 106 / 206 must be used with end bases 81 513 011 and intermediate module 81 513 001 (if required). Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/66 EEx ia II C T 6 accessories General information Part numbers CROUZET intrinsically safe sub-bases conform to European Standards EN 50014 and EN 50020 relating to equipment operating in potentially explosive atmospheres. Visual 24 V - 50-60 Hz c indicator Connector for solenoid valve Adaptor sub-base for CNOMO 05-8 footprint These sub-bases must be individually connected to an approved safety barrier. (See recommended barriers & interfaces on page 5/65.) Symbol Hazardous Zone 1 81 513 052 - - - 79 453 569 81 513 052 81 513 055 + A2 A1 - Sub-base for intrinsically safe miniature solenoid valve - 81 516 082 - Non Hazardous Zone R - Safety barrier Characteristics Mounts between pilot solenoid valve and sub-base of 5 Supplied in multiples of 10 Packet of 10 pieces Fixing g Weight Connection - - - - - 2 screws M4x10 - 6 10 A1 = - terminal A2 = + terminal 1 2 Control signal t Earth (4) Dimensions 79 453 569 Connector ref. 81 516 082 (rotatable in 90 steps) 52 max. 15 Miniature solenoid valve 81 519... see page 5/64 CNOMO footprint E 06-36-120N for mounting miniature solenoid valve 81 519 8 28 Note : When using LED indicators only our indicator 81 513 052 (approved for use with our miniature solenoid valves 81 519...) should be used to achieve EEx ia II C T6. 7 max. 34,7 52 max. Fixing onto CNOMO 06-05-80/NFE 49-066 footprint by 2 cap screws M4x10 (NFE 25-127) 21 15 Mounting on CNOMO 06-05-80 / NFE 49-066 footprint 32 Note : In order to satisfy the safety conditions of EEx ia II C T6 our intrinsically safe miniature solenoid valves 81 519 ... must be used ONLY with the sub-bases shown on page 5/66. These sub-bases cannot be used for mounting our standard range of 81 519 ... miniature solenoid valves (non approved). 81 513 052 29 Distinctive features of the EEx sub-base : - No integral electrical common - No provision for earth pin - There is provision for the locating pin for each intrinsically safe miniature solenoid valve 81 519. 14 25 Note : When using plug connectors, only our connectors 81 516 082 (approved for use with our miniature solenoid valves 81 519 ...) should be used to achieve EEx ia II C T6. To order, specify : Standard products 1 5 Part number Example : Sub-base for miniature solenoid valve - 81 514 166 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/67 Intrinsically safe pressure switches EEx ia II C T6 LCIE approval no. 93 C 6015X Conform to the Low Voltage Directive Can be used without enclosure according to IEC 664-1 pollution group III 1 Part numbers 81 513 530 DIN rail 35 mm EN 50022 Fixing Function Version control manual override pressure with Symbol Characteristics Permitted fluids air, inert gases and liquids bar Adjustable switching pressure (* set at 0.3) Hysteresis at 1 bar at 2 bars at 4 bars at 6 bars Pressure indicator Temperature operating C of fluid C Mechanical life operations Maximum voltage V Construction POM, brass, AU4G Weight g Degree of protection IEC 529 2 to 8 0.5 0.6 0.8 1 - 10 + 50 - 10 + 30 106 60 Vdc 48 IP 20 Pneumatic connections Connection Push-in connection for semi-rigid tubing O 4 mm (NFE 49100) Tapped holes 1/8 BSP - Electrical connections Integral electrical connections Screw terminals Wire cross-section Terminal capacity Dimensions number mm2 mm2 3 (1-2-4) 0.75 3 81 513 530 Electrical connection Adjustment of switching pressure Manual override Pneumatic indicator Pilot signal Other information On request : - Low pressure version from 0.2 to 1.2 bars - Vacuum version adjustable from -0.3 to -1 bar To order, specify : Standard products 1 Reference Example : Intrinsically safe pressure switches 81 513 530 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/68 General information CROUZET intrinsically safe pressure switches conform to European Standards EN 50014 and EN50020 relating to equipment operating in potentially explosive atmospheres. These intrinsically safe products are recommended for the chemical, petro-chemical, gas and mining industries, etc. These intrinsically safe pressure switches must be individually connected to an approved safety barrier. Placed in a safe zone, these safety barriers make it possible to supply intrinsically safe pressure switches installed in a hazardous zone. Hazardous Zone 4 Non Hazardous Zone + R 2 a U < 60 V - 1 Intrinsically safe pressure switch Safety barrier or interface 1 = common 2 = NC contact 4 = NO contact The electrical connection between the safety barrier (or interface) and the pressure switch can be made with ordinary wires or cables. The maximum intrinsically safe supply voltage must not exceed 60V. Recommended barriers and interfaces These CROUZET recommended safety barriers and interfaces can be obtained from the manufacturers indicated below. Specify when ordering that they are to be used to supply intrinsically safe pressure switches (type 81 513) EEx ia II C T6, LCIE no. 93.C6015 X. For CROUZET intrinsically safe pressure switches Manufacturer Barrier reference GEORGIN BZC 24/20/1/275 Interface reference RD 11 RD 21 MEASUREMENT TECHNOLOGY LTD MTL 787 S + MTL 707 + MTL 2210 B MTL 3011 MTL 4013 PEPPERL & FUCHS GB LTD Z 428 EX STAHL 9001/01-252-060-14 KHD2-RW1/EX1 KHA6-RW1/EX1 ICS PAK 9250 ICS 1000 9201/04-..-24 Approval laboratory LCIE LCIE LCIE BASEEFA BASEEFA BASEEFA BASEEFA BASEEFA BASEEFA PTB PTB PTB PTB PTB Gas Group II C II C II C II C II C II C II C II C II C II C II C II C II C II C Authorised zones all zones all zones all zones all zones 5 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/69 Intrinsically safe electro-pneumatic miniature control valves EEx ia II C T6 Mounting Cabinet Machine Connectors EEx ia II C T6 When using plug connectors, only our connectors 81 516 082 (which have been approved for use with our miniature solenoid valves 81 519 ...) should be used, to comply with EEx ia II C T6. Miniature solenoid valves EEx ia II C T6 Indicators EEx ia II C T6 When using LED indicators, only our indicators 81 513 052 (which have been approved for use with our miniature solenoid valves 81 519...) should be used, to comply with EEx ia II C T6. Valve modules - Poppet 3/2 monostable (17.5 mm) 4/2 monostable (17.5 mm) - Slide valve 4/2 bistable (35 mm) 4/2 monostable spring-return (35 mm) Sub-bases EEx ia II C T6 For miniature solenoid valves For valve modules For valve modules Associable Double Single Individual Complete product EEx ia II C T6 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/70 Multi-Fluid Solenoid Valves 5 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/71 Standard 2/2 miniature solenoid valves for fluids and inert gases Variable orientation coil Low power consumption : 1 W Quick to fit together, no tools needed Mounting Individual Bank end valves (1 pair) Intermediate valve 1 Part numbers Orifice diameter (0.8 mm) Adjustment range psi (bar) Power 15>30 (1>8b) 1W CV (KV) .2 0 (0.3) NC 81 546 001 NC 81 547 001 NC 81 547 501 81 547 551 Standard features 24V c 2.8 x 0.5 blade terminals (W7D5) at 9.4 mm centres tapped holes M5 without Voltage Electrical connections Fluid connection Manual override + pressure indicator General characteristics Response time Operating temperature Viscosity range Vibration resistance Air flow rate (at 2 bars) Maximum switching rate Individual mounting Weight Bank end/inner valves Body material Mechanical life (operations) UL and cUL approval 5 to 15 ms - 5 C +50 C up to 30 cst up to 5 g 15 to 40 Nl/mn 30 Hz 32.5 g 35 g Glass-reinforced polyamide 6.6 1.5 x 107 MH 15085 2 Accessories for 2/2 miniature solenoid valves Connector for solenoid valve (see page 5/11) Visual indicators 24 V-50/60 Hz CC (see page 5/67) 48 V-50/60 Hz AC 110 V-50/60 Hz AC 220 V-50/60 Hz AC LED seal 12-24 V a c (see page 5/67) 81 81 81 81 81 516 513 513 513 513 082 052 055 058 059 81 513 064 Dimensions Individual 5/16" standard 3 blade terminals 0.443" (11.25) 1" (4.75) 5/16" (7.5/8) 1-1/4" (30.2) max 0.443" (9.4 0.1) 0.370 0.004" M3 (4.85) (13) 0.191" 0.512" 5/8" = (15.5) (15) 1 x 3.2 mm O ( M3 x 20 screw) = = = = 0.591" (18) 0.708" = (11.25) 1" (24.75) 5/16" (7.5/8) 1-1//4" = = 0.382 0.004" M3 0.187 0.002" (4.75 0.05) 2"max (9.7 0.1) = = (9.4 0.1) (50.5 max) 2" max (50.5 max) (18) 0.708" 0.370 0.004" (30.2 max) (9.75) 0.384" 2 x 1/8" (3.2) hole thru. (4.75 0.05) 0.187 0.002" = (15) = 81 547 5 standard 3 blade terminals 0.314" (8) (45 max) 0.787" = (20) = 81 547 0 0.106" 2 tapped holes 0.591" Intermediate valve standard 3 blade terminals (2.7) (8) (26.9 max) 1-1/16" max. 81 546 0 Bank end valves (1 pair) Use (metric) dimensions for critical data Other information For options see page 5/74 To order, specify : Standard products Standard products, non stocked 1 Part number Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/72 2 Accessory Example : Standard 2/2 miniature solenoid valve 81 546 001 - LED seal 81 513 064 Standard 3/2 miniature solenoid valves for fluids and inert gases All connections on one face Small size Mounting Individual Bank end valves (1 pair) Intermediate valve 1 Part numbers Orifice diameter CV (KV) psi (0.8 mm) .2 (0.3) 15>120 (0.8 mm) .2 (0.3) 15>120 Adjustment range Power (1>8 bar) 1W (1>8 bar) 2W NC 81 548 010 NC 81 549 010 NC 81 549 510 81 548 051 Standard features Voltage Electrical connections Fluid connection Manual override Pressure indicator 24V c 2.8 x 0.5 blade terminals (W7D5) at 9.4 mm centres tapped holes M5 by impulse without General characteristics Response time Operating temperature Viscosity range Vibration resistance Air flow rate (at 2 bars) Maximum switching rate Individual mounting Weight Bank end/inner valves Body material Mechanical life (operations) UL and cUL approval 5 to 15 ms - 5 C +50 C up to 30 cst up to 5 g 15 to 40 Nl/min 30 Hz 32.5 g 35 g Glass-reinforced polyamide 6.6 1.5 x 107 MH 15085 2 Accessories for 3/2 miniature solenoid valves Connector for solenoid valve (see page 5/11) Visual indicators 24 V-50/60 Hz DC (see page 5/55) 48 V-50/60 Hz AC 110 V-50/60 Hz AC 220 V-50/60 Hz AC LED seal 12-24 V a c (see page 5/55) 81 81 81 81 81 516 513 513 513 513 082 052 055 058 059 81 513 064 Dimensions Individual 3 blade terminals Manual override Intermediate valve 81 549 0 81 549 5 (50.5 max) 2" max (18) 0.708" M3 (4.85) (13) 0.191" 0.512" = 5/8" (15.5) (15) (9.4 0.1) 0.370 0.004" Use (metric) dimensions for critical data Other information For options see page 5/74 = = = = 0.591" 3/16" (2) (4.85) (6) (3) 5/16" 1/4" 1/8" 1 x 3.2 mm O ( M3 x 20 screw) = 0.187 0.002" (4.75 0.05) 2 x 1/8" ( 3.2 mm) O hloe thru. (9.4 0.1) M3 0.370 .004" 0.443" (11.25) 1" (4.75) 5/16" (7.5/8) 1-1/4" (30.2) max 0.443" (11.25) (50.5 max) 2"max 0.708" (18) 7/16" (10.5) 3/8" (9.5) 5/8" = (15) = = = 0.187 .002" (4.75 0.05) 1" (24.75) 0.414" (10.25) 2" (51.2) max 5/16" (7.5/8) 1-1//4" (8) 5/16" 1-1/16" (26.9) max 1/8" (21.5) 5/16" (7.5/8) (6.25) 1/4" 2 tapped holes standard 3 blade terminals standard 3 blade terminals (30.2 max) 81 548 0 Bank end valves (1 pair) To order, specify : Standard products Standard products, non stocked 1 Part number 2 Accessory Example : Standard 3/2 miniature solenoid valve 81 548 010 - LED seal 81 513 064 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/73 5 Miniature solenoid valves for fluids and inert gases 2/2 miniature solenoid valves for fluids 3/2 miniature solenoid valves for fluids Mounting Single Bank end valves Intermediate valve Single Bank end valves Type 81 546 0 81 547 0 81 547 5 81 548 0 81 549 0 Intermediate valve 81 549 5 1 Functions NO NC Please consult us for more information on the options available 2 Bore diameter O 0.8 mm (1 * 8 bar) O 1.2 mm (- 0.9 * 3 bar) O 1.5 mm (0 * 2 bar) 3 Voltage 6Vc 12 V c 24 V c 48 V c 24 V a 48 V a 110 V a 220-230 V 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 Hz Hz Hz Hz Please consult us 4 Electrical connections Blade terminals 2.8 x 0.5 mm Latch-in connector Output via moulded connector lead (0.30 m) Only with a 24 V DC miniature solenoid valve 5 Fluid connections M5 tapped hole Plain ends Push-in connector O 4 mm 6 Manual override without by impulse maintained 7 Pressure indicator with (except for O 1.2 mm items used in vacuum applications) without Characteristics of standard miniature solenoid valves (see 5/72 and 5/73) Options available for the entire range Output via moulded connector lead (0.3 m) Barbs Manual override by impulse Latch-in connector Accessory for connection option Part no : 79 452 899 (wire length : 0.30 m) Push-in connector for semi-rigid 4 mm O tubing (NFE 49100) Maintained manual override, no indicator To order, specify : Standard products, non stocked 1 5 Function Fluid connection 2 6 Orifice diameter Manual override 3 7 Voltage Pressure indicator 4 Electrical connection Example : 81 548 0 - NO O 0.8 - 48 VAC - Blade terminals 2.8 x 0.5 mm M5 - Manual override by impulse - With pressure indicator Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/74 Quality The quality of CROUZET pneumatic and electropneumatic components is one of our very first considerations, from product design through to commercialisation and eventually delivery to customers. All CROUZET services are designed in accordance with the company's Quality Assurance Manual and the International Standards Directives ISO 9001. The production site where our pneumatic and electropneumatic components are manufactured (la Plaine factory in Valence) has ISO 9001 approval, which ensures the very highest level of quality. Standards and approvals Our pneumatic and electro-pneumatic components are designed according to IEC international recommendations, European standards (EN) and some in line with American standards (UL-CSA). Unless otherwise indicated, as specified in the "characteristics" table, our electro-pneumatic components comply with standards IEC 536 (class I) and IEC 664-1 (Category II). Proof of conformity with these standards and recommendations is demonstrated by the "approval" (the mark or certificate of conformity issued by an authorised body) or by the manufacturer's declaration of conformity (drawn up in accordance with the ISO / IEC 22 guide). Rules and regulations EC directives Our pneumatic components are compatible with European standard EN 983 (safety of machinery : safety of fluid power systems and their components) and can therefore be used within the scope of the European Community's machinery directive 89/392/EEC. Our electro-pneumatic components are compatible with the European Community's low voltage directive 73/23/EEC and with European standards : * EN 60 204 (safety of machinery : electrical equipment of machines), in accordance with International standard IEC 204-1 * EN 983 (safety of machinery : safety of fluid power systems and their components) Our two-hand controls conform to the European directive 93/44/EEC and can be used within the scope of the machinery directive 89/392/EEC. Our two-hand safety start modules conform to the draft European directive EN 574. Protection of the environment The modern concept of protection of the environment is an integral part of the manufacture of our pneumatic and electro-pneumatic components, from product design through to packaging. They can therefore be used within the scope of the European Community's machinery directive 89/392/EEC. 5 They conform to the European Community's EMC directive 89/336/EEC. Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/75 Products and specifications subject to change without notice. Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com 5/76